QUT Handbook 2001 · 2016. 4. 22. · 2001 HANDBOOK Queensland University of Technology . INDEX OF COURSES 2001 Queensland University of Technology HANDBOOK . Gardens Point campus

HAND

BOOK

2 0 0 1

Queensland University of Technology

www.qut.edu.au

IND

EX O

FC

OU

RSES

2 0 0 1

Queensland University of Technology

HAND

BOOK

www.qut.edu.au

Gardens Point campus2 George Street, BrisbanePostal Address: GPO Box 2434, Brisbane Q 4001Telephone: (07) 3864 2111Fax: (07) 3864 1510

Kelvin Grove campusVictoria Park Road, Kelvin Grove, BrisbanePostal Address: Victoria Park Road, Kelvin Grove Q 4059Telephone: (07) 3864 2111Fax: (07) 3864 3998

Carseldine campusBeams Road, Carseldine, BrisbanePostal Address: Beams Road, Carseldine Q 4034Telephone: (07) 3864 2111Fax: (07) 3864 4999

Price $20.00

Information compiled in September 2000

Produced by QUT Publications© Queensland University of Technology, 2000

Compiled by Tamara Tesolin

ISSN 1034-3989

Printed by Merino Litho Pty Ltd

IND

EX O

FC

OU

RSES

CONTENTS

1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Preface ....................................................................................................................................................... 3

Principal Dates ........................................................................................................................................... 4

Council and Committees ........................................................................................................................... 5

Senior Officers of the Administration ....................................................................................................... 7

University Medals ...................................................................................................................................... 8

Academic and Student Support Services ................................................................................................... 9

QUT Alumni ............................................................................................................................................ 16

QUT Cultural Precinct ............................................................................................................................. 17

Student Guild ........................................................................................................................................... 18

2 STUDENT RULES

Student Rules, Policies and Procedures ................................................................................................... 21

Policy Statements .................................................................................................................................... 50

3 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Faculty of Arts ......................................................................................................................................... 59

Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering ..................................................................................... 109

Faculty of Business ................................................................................................................................ 173

Faculty of Education .............................................................................................................................. 223

Faculty of Health ................................................................................................................................... 285

Faculty of Information Technology ....................................................................................................... 325

Faculty of Law ....................................................................................................................................... 345

Faculty of Science ................................................................................................................................. 373

QUT International College .................................................................................................................... 403

University-wide and Interfaculty Courses ............................................................................................. 409

4 UNIT SYNOPSES

Unit Coding and Numbering ................................................................................................................. 509

Synopses ................................................................................................................................................ 510

5 QUT CAMPUS MAPS .................................................................................................... 753

11

one

GE

NE

RA

L I

NF

OR

MA

TIO

N

2

C O N T E N T S

PREFACE............................................................................................................ 3

PRINCIPAL DATES............................................................................................. 4

COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES ........................................................................... 5

SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION ............................................... 7

UNIVERSITY MEDALS ....................................................................................... 8

ACADEMIC AND STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICESCareers and Employment ................................................................................................................... 9Counselling Service ............................................................................................................................ 9Chaplaincy Services ........................................................................................................................... 9Equity ............................................................................................................................................... 10Health Service .................................................................................................................................. 11Information Technology Services ..................................................................................................... 11International Student Services .......................................................................................................... 12Oodgeroo Unit .................................................................................................................................. 12Student Centres ................................................................................................................................. 13Student Copying and Printing Services ............................................................................................ 13Student Ombudsman ........................................................................................................................ 13Teaching and Learning Support Services .........................................................................................14University Library ............................................................................................................................ 14

QUT ALUMNI.................................................................................................... 16

QUT CULTURAL PRECINCT............................................................................. 17

STUDENT GUILD .............................................................................................. 18

33

P R E F A C E

HISTORYThe Queensland University of Technology (QUT)was created in January 1989 by redesignation of theQueensland Institute of Technology (QIT). However,QUT’s origins go back to the beginning of technicaland teacher education in Queensland when theBrisbane School of Arts was established in 1849.QIT had its origins in the Central Technical College,which was established in 1914 on what is now theUniversity’s Gardens Point campus. On its formationin 1965, QIT absorbed the professional coursesoffered by the Central Technical College and in itsfirst year enrolled some 2000 part-time students.

In May 1990, QUT amalgamated with the BrisbaneCollege of Advanced Education (BCAE), a largemulti-campus institution specialising in the arts,business, education and the social sciences. BCAEwas formed by an amalgamation that took place inJanuary 1982, its precursors being the Kelvin Grove,Mount Gravatt and North Brisbane Colleges ofAdvanced Education and the Brisbane KindergartenTeachers’ College. These institutions wereestablished, under other designations, in 1914, 1969,1961 and 1907 respectively. The Mount Gravattcampus of BCAE was transferred to GriffithUniversity in January 1990 prior to BCAEcommencing amalgamation negotiations with QUT.

The institution resulting from the amalgamation ofBCAE with QUT has retained the title QueenslandUniversity of Technology. It is a major university inthe Australian context with a broad academic profileand an increasing involvement in research andpostgraduate education. QUT has an enrolment ofover 28 000 students and expectations of sustainedgrowth. It currently has campuses at Carseldine,Kelvin Grove and Gardens Point, all in metropolitanBrisbane.

MISSIONWithin its mission statement QUT has identifiedthree main goals:

TeachingTo ensure that QUT graduates possess knowledge,professional competence, a sense of communityresponsibility, and a capacity to continue theirprofessional and personal development throughouttheir lives.

ResearchTo advance and apply knowledge germane to theprofessions and to the communities with which QUT

interacts, and relevant to the enhancement ofeconomic, cultural and social conditions.

ServiceTo contribute to the development of Australia’sinternational responsibility and competitiveness, toenhance QUT’s relationship with the professions,and to increase community awareness of issuesthrough professional service and social commentary.

INFORMATIONIn addition to the handbook, the University producesa range of publications to which the public hasaccess. These include the Research and ConsultancyReport, the Annual Report and the University’sManual of Policy and Procedures (MOPP). Thesepublications are available in the University’s librariesor may be obtained, on request, from the Registrar.

All correspondence should be addressed to:

The RegistrarQueensland University of TechnologyGPO Box 2434Brisbane Qld 4001Australia

QUT is subject to the Queensland Freedom ofInformation Act 1992 which commenced on19 November 1992.

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTUREThe QUT organisational structure consists of theChancellery, eight faculties, and three divisions.

The faculties are:

ArtsBuilt Environment and EngineeringBusinessEducationHealthInformation TechnologyLawScience

The divisions are:

Administrative ServicesInformation and Academic ServicesResearch and Advancement.

4

The schedule of dates which appears below is the University’s official calendar. Not all courses complywith the official calendar in every respect. Detailed information on individual course calendars is availablefrom faculty offices.

P R I N C I P A L D A T E S

Public Holidays 20011 January New Year’s Day26 January Australia Day13 April Good Friday14 April Easter Saturday16 April Easter Monday25 April Anzac Day7 May Labour Day11 June Queen’s Birthday15 August Royal National Show25 December Christmas Day26 December Boxing Day

FIRST SEMESTER 200126 February – 2 March Week 15 – 9 March Week 212 – 16 March Week 319 – 23 March Week 426 – 31 March Week 52 – 6 April Week 69 – 13 April Week 716 – 20 April Vacation23 – 27 April Week 830 April – 4 May Week 97 – 11 May Week 1014 – 18 May Week 1121 – 25 May Week 1228 May – 1 June Week 134 June Classes in lieu of

Labour Day holiday5 June Classes in lieu of Good

Friday holiday6 June Classes in lieu of

Anzac Day holiday4 – 8 June Exam Preparation11 – 15 June Exams18 – 22 June Exams25 – 29 June Exams2 – 6 July Vacation9 – 13 July Vacation

SECOND SEMESTER 200116 – 20 July Week 123 – 27 July Week 230 July – 3 August Week 36 – 10 August Week 413 – 17 August Week 520 – 24 August Week 627 – 31 August Week 73 – 7 September Week 810 – 14 September Week 917 – 21 September Week 1024 – 28 September Vacation1 – 5 October Week 118 – 12 October Week 12

15 – 19 October Week 1322 October Classes in lieu of Royal

National Show holiday22 – 26 October Exam Preparation29 October – 2 November Exams5 – 9 November Exams12 – 16 November Exams

SUMMER PROGRAM 2001/200219 – 23 November Week 126 – 30 November Week 23 – 7 December Week 310 – 14 December Week 417 – 21 December Week 524 – 28 December Vacation31 December – 4 January 2002 Week 67 – 11 January Week 714 – 18 January Week 821 – 25 January Week 928 January – 1 February Week 104 – 8 February Week 1111 – 15 February Week 1218 – 22 February Vacation/Orientation

Week25 February First semester 2002

commences

55

COUNC I L AND COMMITTEES

COUNCILComposition, membership, powers andresponsibilities of QUT Council are governed by theQUT Act 1998 (see MOPP Appendix 1). Proceduresfor meetings, dealing with business in Council, andestablishment of committees are included in CouncilProcedure 1 – Conduct of meetings of Council andCommittees (see MOPP Appendix 2).

QUT Council comprises senior members of theprofessions for which QUT prepares graduates;appointees from higher education, government,commerce and industry; elected staff, students andmembers of Alumni, and the University’s chiefexecutive officer. Council is responsible for the entiremanagement of the University.

Council is empowered to establish committees andto delegate power to committees or officers of theUniversity. While Council is ultimately responsiblefor the management and operation of QUT, it hasdelegated authority to the chief executive officer, theVice-Chancellor, and to various senior administratorsof QUT for much of the day to day management ofthe University (see MOPP Appendix 3). Council hasalso established a number of advisory committees,some of which have been authorised to makedecisions in respect of prescribed policy andprocedural matters.

COUNCIL MEMBERSHIPChancellor (Chairperson)

Dr C. (Cherrell) Hirst, AO, MBBS BEdSt Qld.Medical Director, Breast Clinic, Wesley Hospital.

Vice-ChancellorProf R. D. (Dennis) Gibson, BSc Hull, MSc PhDN’cle (UK), DSc CNAA, DUniv USC, FAIM, FTS.

Nominees of the Minister for EducationMr P.B. (Peter) Chen, Business Adviser and ProjectConsultant, Peter Chen and Partners Pty Ltd.

Ms G. (Glenys) Fisher, BA Qld, GradDip (IR) Qld.Commissioner, Queensland Industrial RelationsCommission.

Mr R. (Robert) Grice, HonDPhil Qld. Partner,KPMG Chartered Accountants and BusinessAdvisers. Deputy Chancellor.

Mr K. (Keith) Hilless, BE(Elec) Qld. ManagingDirector and Chief Executive Officer, NRG Asia-Pacific Ltd.

Ms J. (Julie-Anne) Schafer, LLB(Hons) Qld.Solicitor, Thynne and Macartney.

Dr D. (David) Wyatt, BAppSc QUT, GradDipEd(Tertiary) USQ, PhD Qld, MBA Qld. CompanyDirector and Consultant, Novogenesis.

Vacant

Vacant

Nominee of the Director-General ofEducation

Ms S. (Susan) Rankin, BCom Qld , DipEd Qld,Assistant Director-General (Resource Services),Education Queensland

Nominees of CouncilMr F. (Frank) Haly, AO, DUniv QUT, AAUQ, FCA,FASA, CPA. Company Director and CharteredAccountant, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

Dr D. (Douglas) McTaggart, BEc (1st Hons) ANU,MA Chicago, PhD Chicago. Chief ExecutiveOfficer, Queensland Investment Corporation.

Elected non-academic staff membersMr G.P. (Paul) Abernethy, BA Qld, GradDipBusAdmin QIT, MPubAdmin Qld. Associate Director,Campus Services (Gardens Point).

Ms E. (Elaine) Harding, BA Qld, Campus Manager,QUT Carseldine.

Elected academic staff membersDr R. (Bob) Cope, CertT Sydney TC, BEd(Hons)James Cook, MEdSt Qld, PhD QUT, Coordinator(Secondary), School of Professional Studies, Facultyof Education.

Mrs G.I. (Geraldine) Mackenzie, LLB QIT, LLMQUT. Senior Lecturer, Faculty of Law.

Ms L. (Leanne) Wiseman, LLB(Hons) GradDipLegalPrac QIT, LLM Lond. Senior Lecturer, Facultyof Law.

Elected student membersMs S. (Sophia) Tagliapietra

Ms F. (Fiona) Maxwell

Elected Alumni membersMs K. (Karyn) Brinkley, BBus(Comn), MBus(ComnMgt). General Manager, Marketing andCommercial Services, Agforce Queensland.

Ms A. (Ann-Maree) McDiarmid, LLB QUT, LLMMonash.

SecretaryMr K.E. (Kenneth) Baumber, BSc St AndrewsScotland, Registrar.

6

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (attends byinvitation)

Prof O.P. (Peter) Coaldrake, BA(Hons) James Cook,PhD Griff, FAIM, FRIPAA.

TenureCouncil serves a three-year term.

COMMITTEESQUT committees form the major decision-makingstructure of the University and student representationis provided for on both University and facultycommittees. The major University committees whichhave student representation as part of theirmembership are:

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander CommitteeAcademic Appeals Committee*

Academic Procedures and Rules CommitteeAdmission Appeals Committee*

Community Service CommitteeCultural Diversity CommitteeDisability Services CommitteeEquity BoardEquity Initiatives Funds Selection PanelIntellectual Property CommitteeOutstanding Contribution Award (Academic Staff)CommitteeOutstanding Contribution Award (General Staff)CommitteeQUT CouncilResearch Degrees CommitteeTeaching and Learning CommitteeUniversity Academic BoardUniversity Health and Safety Committee

* pending review

QUT encourages student representation on the abovecommittees. If you are interested in finding out moreinformation about University committees contact theSecretariat on (07) 3864 2357. If you wish to findout how to become a student representative memberof any of the above committees contact the StudentGuild on (07) 3864 1666.

77

SEN IOR OF F I CERS OF THE ADM IN ISTRAT ION

ChancelleryVice-Chancellor: Professor R.D. Gibson,BSc(Hons) Hull, MSc PhD N’cle(UK), DScCNAA, FAIM, FTSDeputy Vice-Chancellor: Professor O.P.Coaldrake, BA(Hons) James Cook, PhD Griff.,FAIM, FRIPAAActing Head, Planning & Resources Department:J.A. Nelson, BCom Qld, AAUQ, FCPADirector, Corporate Communication: P.H. Hinton,BA QldDirector, Academic Policy and Programs: Dr D.W.Field BSc(Hons) PhD Adel., DipT Adel.CAE, FAIPManager, Oodgeroo Unit: P.E.R. Tripcony, BADipEd Melb., MEd Adel.

Administrative Services DivisionRegistrar – Head, Administrative Services: K.E.Baumber, BSc StAnd, Fellow, W’gongDirector, Student Administration: R.P. Morley,BBus QIT, MAdmin Griff.Associate Director, Operations & Systems: H.Tinsley, BBus Griff.Associate Director, Admission & Information:H. Cook, BA UQ, BEdSt UQ, DipEd UQ,GradDipBusAdmin BCAEDirector, Accounting and Business Services: P.G.Sullivan, BBus BCAE, FCPADirector, Human Resources: C. Dickenson,BBus(Mgt) QIT, PhD Qld, CMAHRIDirector, Facilities Management: A. Frowd,BEng(Hons) QIT, MEngSc Mon, MEngSc QUT,GradDipMgtStud RAAFC, MHEAust, CPEngAssociate Director, Campus Services (GardensPoint):G.P. Abernethy, BA MPubAdmin Qld,GradDipBusAdmin QITAssociate Director, Campus Services (KelvinGrove/Carseldine): D.W. Spann, BA QldAssociate Director, Operations: B. Fenn, BScBirm, MBA QldAssociate Director, Capital Works: T. Moore,FAIQSManager, Publications: I.A. WynneManager, Secretariat: S.E. Johnstone, BA ANU,DipContEd UNECoordinator, Equity: M.A. Kelly, BA DipEd QldHead, Counselling Services: Dr R. Schweitzer,MA(ClinicalPsych) PhD RhodesHead, Health Services: G. Warren, BEd DipTDeakinStudent Ombudsman: Dr R. Wolff, D.Phil Oxon,BSc(Hons) Qld

Information and Academic ServicesDivisionPro-Vice-Chancellor – Head, Information andAcademic Services: T. Cochrane,BA Qld, MPhil Griff., AALIADirector, Information Technology Services:N. ThelanderDirector, Library Services: G.M. Austen,BA(Hons) Melb., DipLib Canb., MBA Qld,AALIA, AIMMDirector, Teaching & Learning Support Services(TALSS): G. Hart, DipNurs BCIT, DCHNCumberland, BA MHP PhD UNSWAssociate Director, Online Teaching Coordination,TALSS: H. GossAssociate Director, TALSS: G.A. Roberts,BA(Hons) DipEd UNSW, MScEd EducSpecialistIndianaManager, Central Information Services: J. DascoliManager, Network Services: R.A. Gorham,BE(Hons) DipCompSci Qld., MBA Deakin,MACS, AIMMAssociate Director, Library Services,Development: J. NovakAssociate Director, Library Services, InformationResources: C. Young, BA Qld., AALIA

Research and Advancement DivisionPro-Vice-Chancellor – Head, Research andAdvancement: D.G. Gardiner, BA LLM(Hons)Syd, BarristerDirector, Postgraduate Research Studies: ProfessorR.C. Wissler, BA(Hons) PhD QldDirector, International College: E. McDade,TDipCom Strathclyde, TCert Jordanhill, BEdStQld, MAcc, Charles SturtDirector of Studies, University Entry Programs:A. Poiner, BSc DipEd BEd DipPsych QldDirector of Studies, English Language Programs:I. McGregor, BA Griff, GradDipEd PGDipSocScQld, MEd(TESOL) UNEManager, International Marketing Office:Mr K. O’Brien, MA TrinityManager, Commercial Services: C. Melvin,BBus(Mgnt) QIT, MBA QldManager, Office of Research: N.H. Gilbert,BA(Hons) MEd GradDipEdAdmin Monash,DipEd Hawthorn IEManager, Development: Dr D. McDiarmid,BA(Hons) PhD Qld, GradDipRE Mt Gravatt CAE,MA(Hons) Syd. CFRE

8

UN IVERS I TY MEDALS

The University may award medals known asQueensland University of Technology Medals tograduands of certain courses who have achieved anexceptionally high level of performance in theirstudies.

Eligibility to be considered for the award of aUniversity Medal will be limited to:

graduands of honours degrees where performancein the related bachelor degree is also taken intoaccount

graduands of degrees with honours

graduands of bachelor degrees of at least threeyears normal duration where no honours award isavailable, including relevant components ofdouble degree programs where no honours awardis available.

In completing one of the above degrees, graduandsmust have been enrolled at QUT for at least two yearsof full-time study or equivalent.

For the award of a medal, a graduand should havereached a distinguished academic standard based ona grade point average in all units and in a thesis where

such is required. The standard should be at a higherlevel than would normally be expected from anexcellent graduand. The medal should be testimonythat the recipient not only shows exceptionalacademic promise at the time of the award, but alsoexhibits a distinguished record of achievementthroughout the whole of the degree.

Because the University Medal is awarded only foroutstanding achievement, University AcademicBoard has indicated as a guide to faculties that theproportion of graduands who may receive medalsin any year should normally be not more than oneper 200 bachelor-level graduands (or part thereof)per faculty. It is possible that in some years facultieswould choose not to recommend a medallist.

The award is a silver medallion, suitably embossedand inscribed, together with a certificate attestingthe award. The medallion is 5.5 centimetres squarewith rounded corners. The QUT logo is embossedone side and the reverse carries an inscription citingthe year of the award and the name of the awardee.Further details may be placed on the certificate.

99

A CADEM IC AND STUDENT SUPPORT SER V ICES

Locations:CarseldineCommunity Building, second levelPhone: (07) 3864 4539

Gardens PointCommunity Building, lower levelPhone: (07) 3864 2383

Kelvin GroveCommunity Building, upper levelPhone: (07) 3864 3488

CHAPLAINCY SERVICESThe University caters for the emotional and spiritualneeds of students and staff through the provision ofChaplaincy Services. The multi-faith Chaplaincy isa joint venture of QUT and the major Christiandenominations. There is presently one coordinatingchaplain and a number of part-time chaplainsworking at QUT, operating on a schedule of visitsto each campus as well as responding to urgentneeds.

Chaplaincy Centres and ChapelsThe Chaplaincy Centres are multi-faith, and althoughthe chaplains represent the major Christiandenominations, they are available to people of otherreligions or of no particular religion as well. Whenrequired, they are able to put people in touch withappropriate contacts from various Christiandenominations or other world living religions.

The Chaplaincy Centres are a focus for Christiansand religious people from a diversity of traditionsand theological emphases. Their purpose is toencourage a community spirit and to be a livelyinfluence within each campus. The chaplains aim torelate faith and spirituality to both personalcommitment and to the corporate structures ofchurch and society. Activities include counselling,social gatherings, discussion groups, Eucharist,prayer and meditation groups. Chaplaincy can alsoserve as a bridge across the divisions that may surfacein any human institution.

Two chapels are available at the Gardens Pointcampus for quiet private prayer, worship servicesand prayer meetings. The centre incorporates a drop-in room with tea/coffee facilities, a good place inwhich to meet friends and make new ones. There isalso a Muslim mosque in rooms adjacent to the mainchaplaincy facility. The chaplain’s movements areposted on notice boards at all three chaplaincycentres and voice mail connected to (07) 3864 2700.

CAREERS AND EMPLOYMENTCareers & Employment (C&E) assists enrolledstudents and recent graduates with a variety of careermanagement issues, such as course and careerplanning, employment opportunities, job listings, jobsearch strategies and further study options. C&Eaims to assist students to make informed course andcareer decisions and to reach their employmentgoals.

Services include: individual career and employmentcounselling; workshops and seminars; careers andemployment information; job listings; mentorprogram; employment interviews; the GraduateDestination Survey; and a Career Resource Centre.

Refer to the Careers and Employment Web site formore information. http://qut.com/careers.

Locations:CarseldineStudent CentreLevel 3, C Block – (07) 3864 4831

Gardens PointLevel 2, U Block – (07) 3864 2649

Kelvin GroveLevel 3, C Block – (07) 3864 3656

COUNSELLING SERVICEThe service provides professional counsellingservices on each campus and is available to studentsand staff who may want to talk about:

stress, depression and anxietypersonal developmentrelationship issuesstudy effectivenessfinancecourse and career issuesUniversity procedures.

Individual counselling at the Counselling Service isgenerally short-term in nature. The duration ofcounselling during any one academic year isnegotiated between you and your counsellor. Eachsession lasts approximately 50 minutes.

We also offer a range of personal developmentworkshops, which are advertised each semester.Contact the Service for a confidential appointment,or use our walk-in service, which is available on eachcampus between 11.00am 1.00pm. No appointmentis necessary.

10

which are socially and culturally inclusive;providing support programs for students in equitytarget groups to improve their success andretention; and providing procedures to resolvecases of harassment and discrimination.

The student equity target groups are:

people with disabilitiesAboriginal people and Torres Strait Islanderpeoplepeople from non-English speaking backgroundspeople from low-income or disadvantagedbackgroundswomen in non-traditional areas of study, andpeople from rural and isolated areas.

Special Admission and Support ProgramsQUT offers a range of programs and services to helpremove barriers to access and success at university,including:

the Q-Step Program, which provides special entry,orientation and support services for people fromlow-income backgrounds (contact the Q-StepProgram Coordinator on (07) 3864 3731)

the Oodgeroo Unit, which coordinates a specialentry program and support for Aboriginal studentsand Torres Strait Islander students (see informationon Oodgeroo Unit in this section)

the WIBEE Project, which provides services andsupport for women studying in built environmentor engineering (contact the WIBEE Coordinatoron (07) 3864 2849), and

assistance and support for people with disabilities(see information on Students with Disabilities inthis section).

For more information on special admission programsrefer to the publication Making Inroads which isavailable from QUT’s Admissions Office, phone (07)3864 2000.

Inclusiveness and Discrimination/Harassment

QUT is committed to providing an inclusive and safework and study environment. Harassment of staffor students by any member of the Universitycommunity is unacceptable.

The University’s policies on equal opportunity,inclusive language and presentation, sexual andgender based harassment, racial discrimination andharassment and disabilities are contained in theStudent Rules section of this handbook.

The policies on equal opportunity, anddiscrimination and harassment outline the groundsof discrimination and harassment, and provide

A chaplain is available at the Chaplaincy Centresbelow:

Gardens PointOld Government HouseThrough large coach doors near the entrance to theLibrary and U BlockFax: (07) 3864 2086Mobile: 041 464 2700e-mail: [email protected]

Kelvin GroveChaplaincy Centre and ChapelRoom A131 (ground floor near the Library)Main BuildingContact: same as for Gardens Point above

CarseldineChaplain’s OfficeStudent CentreLevel 3, C BlockWeekly visits and ecumenical servicesPeriodic Catholic MassContact: same as for Gardens Point above.

EQUITYQUT strives to support cultural and social diversityin its staff and student body, to provide an educationaland work environment which promotes the principlesof equity and social justice, and to ensure that ourgraduates possess a sense of communityresponsibility.

QUT’s equity objectives and strategies are containedin the QUT Equity Plan 2000-2004, and equityconsiderations are integrated within all aspects ofthe University’s planning and operations.

The Equity Section, within the Division ofAdministrative Services, supports the day-to-dayimplementation of QUT’s Equity Plan. The EquitySection assists the University with development andimplementation of policies, programs and activitieswith the aim of achieving equal opportunity, or afair go for all, in education and employment.

Equity for StudentsQUT is committed to expanding educationalopportunities for people who are under-representedin the student population and providing anenvironment which is inclusive and supportive ofpeople from all backgrounds.

The University’s equity objectives include:

student diversity – ensuring that QUT’s studentbody reflects the cultural and social diversity ofthe University’s catchment area, and

student inclusivity and support – providingstudents with learning experiences and services

1111

information on what constitutes sexual and genderbased harassment and racial discrimination orharassment. QUT has specific procedures forresolving complaints of sexual and gender basedharassment and racial discrimination andharassment, and trained Sexual Harassment ContactOfficers and Racial Harassment Contact Officers toprovide confidential advice on options. A list ofcontact officers is available from the Equity Section.

The policy on inclusive language and presentationrefers to presenting a more accurate view of the worldin how we speak, write and visually represent people,by reflecting social and cultural diversity and a rangeof perspectives rather than using stereotypes. Tocomplement this policy, the publication Workingwith diversity: A guide to inclusive language andpresentation is available from the Equity Section.

The policy on disability services seeks to ensure equalopportunities for people with disabilities to participatein all aspects of university life including educationand employment. It is based on the philosophy ofinclusion, which promotes strategies to develop aflexible work and study environment which is able tomeet the needs of a diverse range of users. The policyis accompanied by detailed operational guidelinesavailable from the Equity Section.

Information and AdviceFor confidential advice or information on equitymatters or to obtain copies of QUT’s Equity Plan orother publications, contact the Equity Section, phone(07) 3864 2699 or e-mail [email protected] and publications are also available onthe internet from the Equity Section web site(www.qut.edu.au/admin/equity/).

The Equity Section is located in Room O430, OBlock Podium, Gardens Point campus, and RoomK214, K Block, Kelvin Grove campus.

Equity Coordinator: Mary Kelly (Gardens Pointcampus)

Equity Officer: Danelle Dobinson (Kelvin Grovecampus)

HEALTH SERVICEQUT Health Services are available to all studentsand staff. Services include:

Comprehensive general practice patient-care:Lifestyle advise, including information onexercise, stress, drugs and sexually transmitteddiseases; minor surgery including removal ofwarts, moles and sunspots; pathology servicesincluding blood tests.

Well-woman care: smear tests, breast examina-tions and contraceptive advice.

Campus accident and emergency care: First aidtreatment of injury and acute illnesses occurringon campus.

Ongoing nursing care: General advice on healthmaintenance; continuing care of injuries andminor operations; surveillance of medicalconditions such as hypertension, asthma anddiabetes; vaccinations and international traveladvice; health education information andpamphlets.

Health Services are available on each campus andall consultations are strictly confidential. Medicalconsultations are bulk billed and internationalstudents are provided with a full refund.

Locations:CarseldineC Block, level 2Room C216Phone: (07) 3864 4673


Kelvin GroveCommunity Building, top floorPhone: (07) 3864 3126

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYSERVICESThe Department of Information Technology Services(ITS) is part of the Division of Information andAcademic Services. ITS provides informationtechnology facilities, services and support for staffand students. It provides hardware and systemssupport for management computing and corporateinformation systems. It also provides voice and datacommunications infrastructure, services and support.

Information Technology Services supports clients byproviding:

The Help Desk to provide phone support onstandard computer problems for staff andpostgraduate research students. Phone (07) 38642898

Online and printed information for staffand students, including a regular newslettercirculated to all full-time staff (and to part-timestaff and research postgraduates on request). It isavailable in HTML and PDF form on the web.www.qut.edu.au/its/

12

Information technology planning and strategicsupport for faculties and divisions

The QUT Computer Account Registration system,which provides IT security through the registrationand authentication of students and staff allowingthem access to computer related resources

Qdial (QUT’s student dial-in service) provides off-campus access to the QUT network and theInternet via modem, thus enabling access tonetwork services. Qdial provides connections atspeeds up to 56K. The Student Computing HelpDesk provides telephone support for the Qdialservice and will help you configure your computerto enable you to connect to the QUT network.More information about Qdial can be found atwww.qut.edu.au/student/qdial

Research is supported through the availability ofa Silicon Graphics High Performance Computer,a Researchers Lab, a connection to the QueenslandParallel Supercomputing Foundation Resources,computer support specialists and a wide range ofsoftware applications

Training related to QUT specific softwareapplications for staff and postgraduate researchstudents

A desktop maintenance and support service forQUT standard hardware and software.

The QUT data and voice network is a vital resourcethat gives members of the QUT community accessto:

Electronic mail within QUT and throughout theworld

The Internet and its global resources

Student based information through QUT Virtual

Specialised server computers for teaching,research and administration

Telephones, faxes and voice mail at QUT.

For more information on any of these services pleasevisit the Information Technology Services webpages. www.qut.edu.au/its/

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTSERVICESInternational Student Services (ISS) assists interna-tional students and Australian students from non-English speaking backgrounds with accommodation;English language; learning skills and support; andacademic, financial and personal matters.

Services available include pre-departure briefings,airport reception, an accommodation service,orientation programs, promotion of social andcultural activities, understanding Australian customs,liaison with academic staff, newsletters, job club,support for student associations, womens groups,training workshops and preparation for returninghome.

For general and/or confidential advice, students cane-mail: [email protected].

Locations:CarseldineCommunity BuildingPhone: (07) 3864 4539


Kelvin GroveCommunity Building, upper level(Phone: 07) 3864 3488

Emergency (after hours only)Phone: 041 622 3004.

OODGEROO UNIT (opened in 1990)The Oodgeroo Unit, a distinct section within theChancellery, performs a range of teaching, researchand service functions in the University. A centralactivity is the recruitment and subsequent academicand counselling support of Aboriginal and TorresStrait Islander students enrolled in degree programsat QUT. Students who are supported by the Unit haveexperienced a high success rate in universityprograms and have been able to secure employmentin their chosen fields of interest.

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students areincreasingly enrolling in the whole range of Facultiesacross QUT, including degree programs inInformation Technology, Law, Science, Business,Built Environment and Engineering, Nursing andother Health areas, Education, Arts, and SocialScience. Throughout student’s degree programs, unitstaff support students as they develop study skillsand a professional knowledge of their discipline.

The unit designs and teaches units in IndigenousStudies and Indigenous Education. In addition, stafffrom the Oodgeroo Unit contribute lectures andworkshops to many degree programs, both atundergraduate and postgraduate level. Through theseteaching activities a range of students undertakingQUT courses have opportunities to learn about cross-cultural issues in Australia.

1313

The Oodgeroo Unit also engages in the professionaldevelopment of QUT staff in respect to thedevelopment of appropriate skills and awareness forworking in educational environments of culturaldiversity. This function is also extended to thebroader society, where the unit has input to a rangeof government and community services.Conferences, seminars and workshops offered by theOodgeroo Unit are designed to raise awareness ofAboriginal and Torres Strait Islander issues in thebroader community.

Research into issues of contemporary concern toAboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people is apriority activity for the unit. In this way, the unitseeks to contribute to the achievement of the goalsof the National Aboriginal and Torres Strait IslanderEducation Policy (NAEP), Reconciliation, SocialJustice Policy and Equity Policies.

The Oodgeroo Unit’s central office is located at theKelvin Grove campus, with service offices onCarseldine and Gardens Point campuses. Phone: (07)3864 3610.

STUDENT CENTRESStudent Centres are the first point of contact forstudents seeking information on administrative,course or other student matters.

Student Centre staff assist students with enquiriesregarding admission, enrolment, fees, student IDcards, transport concessions and other StudentAdministration or general enquiries. Student Centresare also the place to obtain and lodge StudentAdministration application forms and other generalforms.

Payment of fees can be made at Financial Serviceslocated adjacent to each Student Centre.

Marketing LoungesMarketing lounges have been conveniently placedin Student Centres at Gardens Point and Carseldinecampuses. Electronic, self-help facilities allowprospective and current students to find courseinformation and browse the QUT web site. A widerange of course information brochures and bookletsare also provided.

Student Info-LineThe Student Info-Line is a phone service that assistsstudents with Student Administration and othergeneral student matters.

Phone: (07) 3864 2000Monday to Friday, 8.00am – 5.30pm.

Locations:Carseldine: Level 3, C BlockHours: 8.30am to 5.00pm*

Gardens Point: Level 1, A BlockHours: 9.00am to 6.00pm

Kelvin Grove: Level 4, K BlockHours: 8.30am to 5.00pm*

* Carseldine and Kelvin Grove Student Centres areopen until 6.00pm during the first two weeks ofsemester.

STUDENT COPYING AND PRINTINGSERVICESStudent Copying and Printing Services (SCPS) ispart of the Division of Information and AcademicServices. Student Copying provides a wide range ofcopying, printing and digital media productionservices for students. The Student Copying SNAP(laptop leasing) service offers students low costaccess to state of the art notebook computers.Service outlets at each campus library offer a varietyof value added services to assist in the preparationof assignments, reports and presentations.

The full range of services and campus opening hourscan be found on the Student Copying web site atwww.scps.qut.edu.au.

STUDENT OMBUDSMANThe Student Ombudsman is available to discussqueries, concerns or grievances of any nature withstudents, and to provide advice or assistance. Thisis a free and confidential service. The StudentOmbudsman can also help refer students to othersources of assistance, either inside QUT or externalagencies, and can become involved in resolutionprocesses through mediation, negotiation, facilitationor representation, as appropriate.

If you have any issues concerning fair treatment,proper application of procedure or resolution ofcomplaints, then you should not hesitate to contactthe Student Ombudsman. The Student Ombudsman’soffice is A117 at Gardens Point, however,consultations on all campuses are available.

Phone: (07) 3864 2457Fax: (07) 3864 4472e-mail: [email protected]: www.qut.edu.au/ombudsman/

Write to:Student OmbudsmanQUTGPO Box 2434Brisbane QLD 4001

14

TEACHING AND LEARNINGSUPPORT SERVICESTeaching and Learning Support Services (TALSS)is a part of the Division of Information and AcademicServices. TALSS provides students with thefollowing services:

Academic Learning SupportAcademic writing and study preparation coursesat the beginning of each semester. Registrationis necessary for these courses.Weekly learning skills seminars on eachcampus.Individual consultations by appointment duringsemester.Drop-in sessions with Student LearningAdvisers in each LibrarySmall and large group learning skills sessionswithin your lectures and tutorials, tailored toyour specific course needs.

QUT’s on-line teaching environment (OLT) athttps://olt.qut.edu.au. The technological literacyimprovement package LitKit is also available fromthis site.

Student Computing Helpdesk: This serviceprovides phone support for students usingQdial, needing to change passwords etc. Phone(07) 3864 2898.

Student Computing Labs: Students can access theInternet, e-mail, databases, lecture notes, tutorialsand much more in the central Student ComputingLabs on each campus Lab advisors are on hand toassist students.

Audiovisual Equipment: Students have access tovideo camcorders, still cameras, mini-diskrecorders, video projectors and a range of otherequipment through the Audiovisual Servicesoutlets at each campus. Studio and Videoduplication, video conversion, video editing andaudio recording are also available. (In most casesprior approval from your lecturer is required. Hirefees apply without this approval).

For further information on TALSS services pleasee-mail us at [email protected]. We encourage youto have a look at our web site for the most up-to-date information at www.tals.dis.qut.edu.au.

UNIVERSITY LIBRARYThe Library is part of the Division of Informationand Academic Services and, with its colleagues,works to meet the information needs of theUniversity.

Students and staff of QUT have access to a widerange of information resources, assistance and othersupport services in the University Library. Thelibrary comprises four branch libraries, one on eachcampus and a separate Law Library at Gardens Pointcampus.

Local holdings of books, periodicals and multimediaresources have been developed in the University’steaching and research disciplines. Electronicdatabases are available on the Library’s networkwhich is accessible in the Library, across theuniversity in student computing laboratories and instaff offices. In addition, access to a large numberof external online databases and electronicinformation resources is provided via the Internet.Professional staff can undertake searches onspecialised databases for eligible staff and students.

AccessMost of the library’s collections are arranged on openshelving by subject. Signs explaining the shelvingsystem are displayed in the stack areas.

The local collection can be searched via the library’scatalogue available within the branches, elsewherein the University on the network, across the Internetand through dial-up modem connection.

Extended access to information is available via thelibrary’s web page at wwwlib.qut.edu.au

MembershipAll staff and students (full-time, part-time andexternal) are automatically members of the libraryand can use any branch library. Identification cardsare required whenever and wherever a client borrows.

Under an extensive reciprocal borrower scheme, staffand students are also eligible for membership ofGriffith University Library. As well external studentsmay be able to register for reciprocal privileges witha number of tertiary institutions. Details are availablefrom the loans desk.

HoursHours vary from branch to branch and duringsemester breaks. Current opening hours are availableas a recorded message on (07) 3864 2983, throughthe Library catalogue, via the Library’s web pageand are advertised at each location.

BorrowingMembers can borrow from any branch library andcan request an item on loan be held for collectionon its return. Required materials not held at amember’s home campus can be requested via theLibrary catalogue for collection at their local branchlibrary.

1515

QUT staff and students can also request material forcollection at their local branch library from GriffithUniversity Library via the special reciprocal loansservice (SRL).

Staff and postgraduates with special research needsmay request materials not held in the library viadocument delivery. Once registered, eligiblemembers can place requests electronically, twenty-four hours a day from any computer with access tothe library’s web page. Ask at Document Delivery.

Course Reserve CollectionMaterial in high demand such as lecturers’ notes,textbooks and recommended readings are held in theCourse Reserve Collection and may be borrowedfor use in the library only. Some material is nowavailable via an electronic reserve accessible throughthe library’s web page. Details are available at theloans desk.

AssistanceStaff at the information desk can answer queries andassist clients in finding and using informationresources. Information about the library’s servicesand collections is available in each library in a varietyof formats: brochures, pamphlets, subject guides toinformation sources and information sheets onspecial resources. In addition, the library’s web pagecan be accessed at wwwlib.qut.edu.au.

Telephone EnquiriesThe following numbers may be called for telephoneassistance:

Carseldine Library (07) 3864 4555Gardens Point Library (07) 3864 2083Kelvin Grove Library (07) 3864 3374Law Library (07) 3864 2842

Academic and Postgraduate ServicesA professional librarian works closely with eachschool, consulting academic and research personnelon developing collections, accessing services andassisting with all information issues. LiaisonLibrarians also assist postgraduates with theirinformation needs.

A Researchers’ Centre, located on level 7 of GardensPoint Library, provides a range of services to supportthe information and research needs of academic andpostgraduate research students.

Information Literacy SkillsInstruction in effective information use is availablethrough a variety of formal and informal programs.Students should enquire at the information desk orask their lecturers to arrange classes. Staff andpostgraduates may contact their Liaison Librarian

or the Information Literacy Librarian about Internettraining, the Advanced Information Retrieval Skills(IFN001/airs) course and other subject specificclasses.

16

QUT A LUMN I

learn about the existing Alumni Chapters at QUT;

discover the Friends of QUT Program whichoffers close associates of the University(particularly former staff) an opportunity tocontribute meaningfully to the current and futureactivities of the University in a voluntary capacity;and

find out about the services and facilities that theUniversity has to offer its Alumni.

meet and interact with other Alumni in our on-line community.

GIVING TO QUTQUT is proud of the strong support it receives fromthe community.

Committed alumni, individuals, corporations andgovernment bodies give generously to the universitysteaching and research activities.

This ensures support for students throughscholarships and prizes, an improved learningenvironment and world leading research that solvesreal world problems.

Donations to QUT are fully tax deductible. Bequestsfor general or specific purposes may be made to theUniversity.

For further information contact QUT Development(07) 3864 2147.

When you graduate from QUT, you will become amember of the University’s Alumni. QUT Alumnipromotes friendly communication and cooperationamong the University’s graduates, students, facultystaff and close associates. Membership of QUTAlumni is free. All registered members of the Alumnireceive regular news and information on servicesavailable to them. Graduates can also register toparticipate in elections for the QUT Alumni Board.

The Alumni Relations Unit at QUT provides servicesand programs for graduates to enhance professionaldevelopment, promote lifelong learning and createopportunities for keeping in touch with othergraduates and continuing involvement with theUniversity. As a current student of QUT, you canbenefit from the news, programs and servicesorganised by QUT Alumni for the Universitycommunity, including graduates and closeassociates.

The Alumni web site (www.qut.edu.au/draa/alumni/)provides useful information about QUT Alumni andits sponsored activities. Visit the site to:

discover how to participate in the MentorScheme, which is an opportunity for currentstudents to link with graduates for encouragementand support and to get a practical start tounderstanding the workplace;

explore QUT Links magazine on-line. QUTpublishes this magazine twice a year for itsAlumni, close associates and interested membersof the University community including businessand industry professionals. The magazine profilessuccessful graduates and provides information onwhat’s happening in the lives of QUT Alumnimembers;

discover the latest news on Alumni events andother activities for graduates and students bychecking out the events listing at QUT Events;

find out all about QUT Today and the history ofthe University’s origins at QUT of yesteryear;

source information on scholarships available atQUT;

learn about the Outstanding Alumni Awardwhich recognises graduates who have performedexceptionally in their chosen career and who havemade outstanding contributions to the community;

keep in touch with QUT by updating your contactinformation and stay active in the life of theUniversity;

1717

QUT CULTURAL PREC INCT

The QUT Cultural Precinct, located at theUniversity’s Gardens Point campus, is also situatedon one of Queenslands most central and historicallyimportant sites. Adjacent to Brisbanes popular CityBotanic Gardens and historic Old GovernmentHouse, the Precinct encompasses the QUT ArtMuseum, one of Australia’s most sophisticatedcontemporary art museums and The GardensTheatre, with a 400 seat state-of-the-art theatre.

This world class facility for performing and visualarts was launched in July 2000. The Cultural Precinctprovides the community with accessible venues toenjoy and nurture the talents of our artists,craftsworkers, musicians and performers and hostsa broad-based education program through whichparticipants gain valuable insights into their arts andcultural heritage

The opening of the pedestrian and cycling GreenBridge in mid-2001 will place the Cultural Precinctat the very centre of a circuit of culture and recreationincorporating the Southbank precinct with itsparklands and cultural centre, the city heart with itsgalleries and shopping, and Gardens Point itself withits Botanic Gardens, Riverstage, historic campusbuildings, Parliament House and Old GovernmentHouse.

In addition to the core activity of exhibitions andperformances, the Cultural Precinct offers uniquearts-based educational programs which providepractical ways for the Queensland University ofTechnology to extend the benefits of its knowledge,research and services to the wider Queenslandcommunity.

These programs have a practical emphasis andinclude hands-on sessions with curators, artists talks,activity booklets, guided tours and demonstrations.

The Cultural Precinct also offers a choice of stunningspaces for hire. The QUT Art Museum provides anelegant and sophisticated space for a small cocktailparty whilst The Gardens Theatre provides apicturesque and spacious function area, within theglass walled foyer, overlooking the City BotanicGardens.

LocationMain DriveQUT Gardens Point

InformationPhone: (07) 3864 2797e-mail: [email protected] site: www.culturalprecinct.qut.edu.au.

THE GARDENS THEATREThe Gardens Theatre is a premium and versatilevenue offering an annual program of student andprofessional productions including works frommajor Queensland performing arts companies.

Featuring a spacious foyer overlooking the CityBotanic Gardens and an auditorium that seats 400,the Gardens Theatre provides an intimateperformance space for both QUT Academy of theArts presentations as well as local and visiting drama,music and dance productions.

This state-of-the-art venue is located on the QUTGardens Point campus at the heritage end of GeorgeStreet in Brisbane’s CBD. Acknowledged as one ofthe city’s premier performing arts venues, theGardens Theatre also features exceptional facilitiesfor audiences including a licenced bar, palm treeatrium and disabled access.

The Gardens Theatre facilities and foyer area areavailable for hire (subject to availability) and a hirekit is available from the theatre manager.

LocationX Block, Main DriveQUT Gardens Point

Box OfficeThe Theatre box office opens one hour prior to allscheduled performances.

Bookings & Show InformationFor advance bookings and information on currentshows, phone QTIX Dial ’n Charge on 136 246.

What’s OnFree program guides are available from the theatrebox office or refer to program listings on the QUTweb site at www.qut.com.

InformationPhone: (07) 3864 4213Fax: (07) 3864 4462e-mail: [email protected] site: www.gardenstheatre.qut.edu.au

QUT ART MUSEUMThe QUT Art Museum is an important new culturalfacility for the city of Brisbane. The Museum playsa vital role in the educational and intellectual life ofthe University. It houses a significant art collectionthat has become a valuable cultural resource for thestudents and staff of the University, and for the widercommunity.

18

S T U D E N T G U I L D

The Guild is governed by Guild Council whichconsists of the Executive (President, GeneralSecretary, Education Director, International StudentServices Director, Womens Services Director,Welfare Services Director, Recreation Director,Queer Services Director, and three CampusDirectors), campus representatives, and specialistrepresentatives (for part-time and external students,Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students, queerstudents and postgraduate students).

The QUT Student Guild is owned and operated byand for students.

Members of the Guild Council are elected at theannual general election and all students are eligibleto stand for positions at the election. Students willalso be able to nominate and vote for campuscoordinator positions to help organise activities andservices on campuses.

The Guild sends representatives to express students’views to many University committees, including theUniversity Academic Board.

All QUT students are members of the Guild and theirrespective national union, NUS. Quite often accessand equity to education can be affected bygovernment policy. The Guild will often call on itsmembers to attend rallies to stop regressive changesto the education system. The Guild fully supports afree public education system where everyone hasequal access.

The QUT Student Guild is a service organisationoperated for the benefit of the student body. TheGuild exists to make a student’s time at Universityeasier and more enjoyable. QUT staff and membersof the public are also encouraged to join the Guildas associate members.

The Guild has a presence on the web which can beaccessed at www.sg.qut.edu.au/. Many of the Guild’sservices are listed there along with an events pagewhere students can find out what is happening ontheir campus.

The collection is now one of the largest inQueensland and contains holdings of great qualityand diversity, mostly by Australian artists. It includesfine early paintings, choice ceramics and prints,important examples of indigenous art, andchallenging contemporary works in a range ofartforms.

As part of its exciting and dynamic program theMuseum offers changing exhibitions drawn from thecollection, touring exhibitions from other galleriesand collections, and works from several creativeacademic disciplines within the University. TheMuseum’s educational services are designed tocomplement and enhance the exhibitions programfor the benefit and enjoyment of the public.

LocationLevel 1, U Block, Main DriveQUT Gardens Point

Museum HoursTuesday to Friday: 10am – 4pmSaturday and Sunday: 12noon – 4pmClosed Mondays.

AdmissionEntry to the museum is free.

InformationPhone: (07) 3864 5370e-mail: [email protected] site: www.artmuseum.qut.edu.au

19

two

STU

DE

NT

RU

LE

S

20

CONTENTS

STUDENT RULES, POLICIES AND PROCEDURESIntroduction ............................................................................................................................................. 21

1. Application .......................................................................................................................................... 21

2. Enrolment ............................................................................................................................................ 21

3. Non-award studies ............................................................................................................................... 28

4. Transfer of credit ................................................................................................................................. 28

5. Assessment .......................................................................................................................................... 30

6. Review of grades and academic rulings .............................................................................................. 33

7. Unsatisfactory academic performance and exclusion ......................................................................... 34

8. Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) ................................................................................ 36

9. Student Guild fee rules ........................................................................................................................ 37

10. Student fees ....................................................................................................................................... 37

11. Sanctions for failure to meet payment obligations ............................................................................ 38

12. Sanctions for breach of assessment rules .......................................................................................... 38

13. Student appeals against exclusions .................................................................................................... 39

Schedule 1: Postgraduate tuition fees ...................................................................................................... 41

Schedule 2: Visiting student fees ............................................................................................................. 43

Schedule 3: Administrative charges......................................................................................................... 43

Appendix 1: Credit transfer policies ........................................................................................................ 44

Appendix 2: Eligibility for graduation – limits on grades of 3 ............................................................... 46

Appendix 3: Exclusion – designated units .............................................................................................. 47

Appendix 4: Replacement and substitute award certificates ................................................................... 48

Appendix 5: Unit addition and withdrawal dates for 2001 ..................................................................... 49

POLICY STATEMENTSAccess to assessment results ................................................................................................................... 50

Assessment provisions for students with disabilities .............................................................................. 50

Children of students on campus .............................................................................................................. 51

Information access and privacy ............................................................................................................... 51

Disability services policy ........................................................................................................................ 52

Awards with Honours .............................................................................................................................. 53

Equal opportunity policy ......................................................................................................................... 54

Policy on inclusive language and presentation ........................................................................................ 54

Sexual and gender-based harassment policy ........................................................................................... 55

Policy on racial discrimination and harassment ...................................................................................... 56

Supplementary assessment ...................................................................................................................... 57

21

STUDENT RULES , POL IC I ES AND PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTIONAs a result of an extensive review and modernisationof the University’s legislative framework, the QUTCouncil adopted the following Rules in March 1999.These Rules, which generally preserve the policiesand procedures in-place prior to the review, havebeen formulated to provide the least disadvantageto continuing students. If any students consider theyhave been disadvantaged by a change in the Rules,the student should make the case in writing to theRegistrar.

For information on the University’s admission policyand procedures, please refer to the various bookletsavailable from QUT’s Admissions Office.

STUDENTS ARE WARNED THAT PENALTIES(INCLUDING FINES, SANCTIONS, WITH-HOLDING RESULTS, EXCLUSION OREXPULSION) MAY BE IMPOSED ONSTUDENTS WHO CONTRAVENE THESE ORANY OTHER QUT RULE OR POLICY, OR WHOFAIL TO MEET THEIR OBLIGATIONS,(INCLUDING FAILING TO PAY PRESCRIBEDFEES, LATE FEES OR FINES, OR FOR FAILINGTO RETURN LIBRARY/FACULTY MATERIALSOR EQUIPMENT).

These Student Rules are made pursuant to:

QUT Statute No. 1 (Course of Study) 1999QUT Statute No. 2 (Student Discipline) 1999QUT Statute No. 3 (Fees) 1999.

It should also be read in conjunction with:

Schedule 1 to the QUT Act 1998, Conduct onUniversity Land. This Schedule authorises certainUniversity officers to direct disorderly persons orthose creating disturbances to leave the University.A person failing to comply with such a directionmay be fined.

the Library Rules and Regulations;

Information Technology Rules and Regulations;

all relevant QUT policies.

THE RULES

1. APPLICATION(1) These Rules apply to all commencing, current,

suspended and excluded students of QUT.

(2) “ Registrar” means the University’s ChiefAdministrative Officer.

2. ENROLMENT(1) Failure to enrol following admissionIf a commencing student fails to enrol for thesemester by the date specified in the University’sletter of offer, the enrolment lapses and the offer ofadmission is withdrawn.

(2) Enrolment to conform with offerCommencing students are required to enrol asspecified in the University’s letter of offer, includingthe specific course, and, where applicable, specificmajor, attendance mode and/or specific campus.

(3) Enrolment (commencing students)A commencing student is enrolled on completionof all of the following:

(a) application for admission;

(b) acceptance of the offer of a quota place in termsof the conditions prescribed;

(c) submission of a completed enrolment form andits acceptance by the University;

(d) payment of prescribed fees (unless the Registrarhas granted an extension of time for suchpayment and has accepted the enrolment subjectto payment at a later prescribed date);

(e) submission of a completed HECS PaymentsOptions Declaration Form (not required forinternational students, exempted students,students who are New Zealand citizens andsome permanent residents); and

(f) completion of any other required procedures.

FORM: Enrolment Form for CommencingStudents.

SOURCE: Enrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus, or Office of InternationalStudents, Kelvin Grove campus (forinternational students only) orStudent Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Enrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus or Student Centres.

(4) Re-enrolment (continuing students)A continuing student is required to lodge anenrolment form each calendar year. A continuingstudent is enrolled on completion of the following:

(a) submission of a completed enrolment form andits acceptance by the University;

(b) payment of prescribed fees (unless the Registrarhas granted an extension of time for such

22

payment and has accepted the enrolment subjectto payment at a later prescribed date); and

(c) completion of any other required procedures,provided that the student is not subject toexclusion or termination of enrolment, or hasnot been refused the right to re-enrol underStatute No 3 (Fees) or section 12 of these Rulesfor breach of academic assessment.

Students are required to re-enrol by the publishedclosing date. An enrolment form lodged after theclosing date may be accepted at the discretion of theRegistrar on payment of a late fee. Students whofail to re-enrol will be subject to cancellation ofenrolment.

FORM: Enrolment Form for ContinuingStudents.

SOURCE: QUT Virtual (unless advice to thecontrary is received from theEnrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus).

SUBMIT TO: Follow instructions on QUT Virtual(unless advice to the contrary isreceived from the EnrolmentsOffice, Kelvin Grove campus).

(5) Personal informationStudents are obliged to provide personal information,including their full name, for record keepingpurposes and for statistical purposes as required bythe Commonwealth Government.

Students who change their name from that recordedby the University should submit their request inwriting together with appropriate supportingdocumentation, such as a birth certificate or marriagecertificate.

Students should note that the name reported forgraduation purposes will be the one recorded by theUniversity at the time of the official release of resultsfor the last semester of enrolment.

(6) Mailing addressStudents are required to provide a reliable mailingaddress for correspondence with the University andmust promptly notify the University of any changeof address. Failure to receive a notice because ofchange of address is not a sufficient excuse formissing a deadline or an obligation.

The University is required by the CommonwealthGovernment to record for statistical purposes eachstudent’s ‘Permanent Home Residence’. Thisaddress cannot be a PO Box, a Mail Service, or careof another person or company. QUT will notnormally send mail to a student’s ‘Permanent HomeResidence’.

FORM: Change to Personal Details Form(Form D).

SOURCE: Student Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Enrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus or Student Centres.

(7) Enrolment adviceEach semester, the University provides students withenrolment advice, outlining their current enrolmentprogram. This information can be accessed on theStudent Profile screens via QUT Virtual.

It is the students responsibility to inform theUniversity of any discrepancy. Failure to correct aninaccurate record may have serious financial,administrative and academic consequences.

Students should refer to section 2(10) for details onthe conditions for changing their current enrolmentprogram and how to make the changes.

(8) Final Notice of Enrolment and HECSLiabilityEach semester, the University provides students witha final confirmation of enrolment outlining theircurrent enrolment program. This notification willalso include the HECS liability for the semesterdetermined by the unit enrolment on the census datefor the semester (see section 8(6)).

(9) Nomination of enrolment program(a) Maximum and minimum semester loads:Except with the approval of the Dean of faculty, afull-time student will not enrol for a program whichexceeds the standard credit points for a full-timesemester in the course, or the number of credit pointsallocated to the semester of the course from whichthe majority of units has been selected, whicheveris the greater.

Except with the approval of the Dean of faculty, apart-time student will enrol in a program with creditpoints totalling at least 35 per cent of the standardcredit points for the full-time course.

International students studying on campus must enrolin a full-time program, except where part-timestudies allow completion of course requirements, orwhere prior approval has been granted by theManager, Office of International Students.

(b) Prerequisites, corequisites and incompatibleunits of study:A prerequisite unit is one which must be passed beforethe student proceeds to a further unit which has theprerequisite so specified. A corequisite is one which,if not previously passed, must be studied concurrentlywith another unit with which it is a corequisite.

23

A Head of School may permit a student to undertakea unit without the student having passed the specifiedprerequisites if the Head of School is satisfied thatthe student has the appropriate backgroundknowledge necessary for the unit.

Enrolment in a unit of study is not permitted if astudent has successfully completed any unit listedas ‘incompatible with’ the proposed unit. (See unitsynopsis.)

(c) Right to amend enrolment programs:A course coordinator may amend a student’senrolment program for any of the following reasons:

(i) credit points exceeding the maximum allowed;(ii) credit points less than the minimum allowed;(iii) timetable incompatibility;(iv) non-compliance with course rules.

(10) Amending enrolments(a) Change to enrolment program:Students are responsible for advising the Registrarof changes to enrolment details. Each semester theUniversity provides students with enrolment adviceon Student Profile screens via QUT Virtual, whichoutlines their current program. Students may thenuse the On-line Change of Enrolment form, accessedthrough the Student Profile screens via QUT Virtualto advise of a change to their enrolment. Due datesfor submission are noted on the form and are outlinedin sections 2(10)(b) and (c). A request for additionor substitution submitted on any other document willbe processed only if accompanied by a $50.00administrative fee.

(b) Addition and substitution of units:Each semester students may submit a request to addor substitute units up to a published date. Studentsshould refer to section 2(10)(a) for details on howto submit such a request and Appendix 5 for duedates.

Requests received after the published date are subjectto payment of a late fee and must bear the writtensupport of the unit coordinator. Requests are onlyapproved if all of the following conditions are met:

the unit coordinator has confirmed that the studentmay enrol in the unit after the published date; and

the student has demonstrated the existence ofexceptional circumstances as determined by theRegistrar or relevant course coordinator; and

the student has provided proof of payment of thelate fee.

International students who wish to add unitsexceeding the total number of credit pointspreviously approved, must make application throughthe Office of International Students to do so.

Request submitted without written support of theunit coordinator and proof of payment of the latefee will be returned to the student unprocessed.

By due date:

FORM: On-line Change of Enrolment Form(unless advice to the contrary isreceived by the Enrolments Office,Kelvin Grove campus)

SOURCE: QUT Virtual (unless advice to thecontrary is received from theEnrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus)

SUBMIT TO: Follow instructions on QUT Virtual(unless advice to the contrary isreceived from the EnrolmentsOffice, Kelvin Grove campus)

After due date:

FORM: Paper-based Change of EnrolmentForm (Restricted) (CR Form)

SOURCE: Student Centres

SUBMIT TO: Enrolments Office, Kelvin Grovecampus, Office of InternationalStudents (for international studentsonly) or Student Centres.

(c) Cancellation of Units:Students may cancel their enrolment in units exceptwhere the cancellation results in an enrolmentprogram which has fewer credit points than theminimum allowable, or represents a departure froma program prescribed for a student on probation.Cancellation of units where no addition of unitsoccurs will not incur an administrative charge.

The following rules relate to the academicimplications of cancelling unit enrolments. Studentsshould refer to Appendix 5: unit withdrawal datesfor 2000 to determine the appropriate cancellationdates. Students are also advised to refer to section 8,section 9, section 10 or the Office of InternationalStudents, for financial implications of unitcancellation.

For single and multi-semester length unitsundertaken in the first or second semestersincluding Brisbane Graduate School of Businessunits and QUT International College units thefollowing results are recorded:

(i) Cancellation before 2/3 of the way through theteaching period: A status of ‘Withdrawn’ isrecorded against the units concerned. A‘Withdrawn’ unit is not included in thecalculation of the student’s GPA and does notappear on the student’s official academic record;

24

(ii) Cancellation after 2/3 of the way through theteaching period: A result of ‘Withdrawn –Failure’ is awarded. The examiner may award apassing grade on the basis of the assessmentundertaken by the student prior to cancellation.

For units undertaken in the intensive study mode,offshore programs, or summer program, theremay be differing, and sometimes unique, commence-ment dates. Students should refer to the advertisedcommencement date of the units. For units under-taken in the these categories, the following willapply:

(i) Units with a teaching period up to two weeks:

Cancellation prior to the commencement ofteaching: A status of ‘Withdrawn” is recordedagainst the units concerned. A ‘Withdrawn’ unitis not included in the calculation of the student’sGPA and does not appear on the student’sofficial academic record.

(ii) Units with a teaching period of more thantwo weeks and up to six weeks:

Cancellation in the first two weeks of theteaching period: A status of ‘Withdrawn” isrecorded against the units concerned. A‘Withdrawn’ unit is not included in thecalculation of the student’s GPA and does notappear on the student’s official academic record.

(iii) Units with a teaching period of more thansix weeks:

Cancellation in the first six weeks of theteaching period: A status of ‘Withdrawn” isrecorded against the units concerned. A‘Withdrawn’ unit is not included in thecalculation of the student’s GPA and does notappear on the student’s official academic record.

(iv) Cancellation after these periods: A result of‘Withdrawn – Failure’ is awarded. The examinermay award a passing grade on the basis of theassessment undertaken by the student prior tocancellation.

The Registrar, on advice from the faculty, may waivethe ‘fail’ result arising from late cancellation whensatisfied that the cancellation was necessitated bymedical, compassionate or other exceptionalcircumstances. Documentary evidence, such asmedical certificates or statements from employers,must be submitted in support of requests.

FORM: On-line Change of Enrolment Form(unless advice to the contrary isreceived by the Enrolments Office,Kelvin Grove campus).



After due date:

FORM: Paper-based Change of EnrolmentForm (Restricted) (CR Form).

SOURCE: Student Centres


(11) Change of courseOffers of admission to commencing students specifythe particular course and, where applicable, majorfor which the offer is made. Students are required toenrol as specified in section 2(3) and complete atleast the first semester accordingly.

(a) Transfer to another course offered by thesame faculty:Students who wish to transfer to:

another course offered by the same faculty,

from a single to a double degree in the samefaculty, provided both components of the doubledegree are provided by the faculty,

from one degree to another double degree wherethe faculty or faculties involved in the course beingsought are those involved in the current course,or

to a single component of a double degree,

may apply to do so using the Intra-Faculty ChangesForm (Form I). Applications will be determined byfaculties and are subject to the followingprescriptions:

(i) if the application is made after completion ofthe first semester but before completion of thefirst year, the student must have met theminimum entry level, and any prerequisites,which applied for the proposed new course ormajor in the most recent admission period;

(ii) if the application is made after completion ofthe first year, the student’s eligibility will beassessed according to criteria established byDeans of Faculties and published before theclose of applications each year.

25

(iii) There must be a place available in the proposedcourse.

FORM: Intra-Faculty Changes Form(Form I).


SUBMIT TO: Admissions Office, Kelvin Grovecampus, Office of InternationalStudents (for international studentsonly) or Student Centres.

(b) Transfer to a course offered by a differentfaculty:Students who wish to transfer to a course offered bya different faculty, including double degrees offeredby more than one faculty, should apply as follows:

(i) in the case of an undergraduate course offeredvia QTAC, to QTAC;

(ii) in the case of an undergraduate course notoffered via QTAC, directly to QUT using FormTS;

(iii) in the case of a postgraduate course, to the QUTAdmissions Office, using Form TS; or

(iv) in the case of international students, to the QUTOffice of International Students, using Form F.

(c) Change of major:Students who wish to transfer to another majorwithin the same course may apply to do so using theIntra-Faculty Changes Form (Form I). Applicationswill be determined by faculties and will be subjectto the following:

(i) if the application is made after completion ofthe first semester but before completion of thefirst year, the student must have met theminimum entry level, and any prerequisites,which applied for the proposed new major inthe most recent admission period;

(ii) if the application is made after completion ofthe first year, the student’s eligibility will beassessed according to criteria established byDeans of faculties and published before theclose of applications each year.

(iii) There must be a place available in the proposedmajor.

FORM: Intra-Faculty Changes Form(Form I).


SUBMIT TO: Admissions Office, Kelvin Grovecampus or Student Centres.

(d) Change of attendance mode/Change ofattendance type:Offers of admission to commencing students willspecify the attendance mode and attendance type forwhich the offer is made. Students are required toenrol as specified in section 2(3) and complete atleast the first semester accordingly.

Students who wish to change to another attendancemode or attendance type may apply to do so usingthe form specified below by the published datesdetailed in section 2(10)(b) and 2(10)(c).Applications will be determined by faculties, andfor international students, also by the Office ofInternational Students.

By due date:

FORM: On-line Change of Enrolment Form(unless advice to the contrary isreceived by the Enrolments Office,Kelvin Grove campus).



After due date:

FORM: Paper-based Change of EnrolmentForm (Restricted) (CR Form).



(e) Definitions of attendance/modes andattendance typesAttendance Types:(i) Full-time students are normally those studentswho are enrolled for the semester in 75 per cent ormore of the standard credit points for a full-timesemester of the course.

(ii) Part-time students are students who are enrolledfor the semester in less than 75 per cent of the standardcredit points for a full-time semester of the course.

Attendance Modes:(i) Internal students are those who undertake all unitsof study in which they are enrolled throughattendance on campus, either in Australia or at anoffshore location. Attendance includes undertakingunits on a block basis (one week on campus),

26

intensive mode (five to seven week period), flexibledelivery or as per an agreed schedule for the purposeof supervision and/or instruction.

(ii) External students are classified as external whenall units of study for which they are enrolled involvespecial arrangements whereby teaching materials,assignments, etc. are delivered to the student, andany associated attendance at the University is of anincidental, irregular, special or voluntary nature

(iii) Multi-modal students are those who undertakeat least one unit of study on an internal mode ofattendance and at least one unit of study on anexternal mode of attendance.

(12) Transfer to another campusWhere a course is offered on more than one campus,students will be allocated to one of the campusesand will be required to attend that campus for at leastthe first semester. Students who wish to change toanother campus may apply to do so using theEnrolment Statement (Form E). Faculties willdetermine applications.

(13) ExceptionsIn special circumstances, Deans of faculties mayapprove exceptions to the following policies:

(a) the requirement that commencing students enroland complete at least the first semester of theircourse as specified in their offer of admission;that is, no change to course, major, attendancemode or campus before the end of the firstsemester of the course;

(b) the requirement in section 2(11)(a)(i) andsection 2(11)(c)(i) that students who wish totransfer to another course or major within thesame faculty must have met the minimum entrylevel which applied for the proposed new courseor major in the most recent admission round.

(14) Concurrent enrolmentConcurrent enrolment in two or more QUT coursesis permitted except where the total study load in asemester exceeds 48 credit points, in which case theapproval of the course coordinator of each course isrequired.

(15) Alternative StudiesAlternative studies refers to the completion of a unitor units at QUT or another tertiary institution –

(a) in place of core units listed in the coursestructure; or

(b) in satisfaction of elective or other requirementswhere the unit is not listed in a schedule of unitsfor such purposes.

An application to undertake alternative studiesrequires the course coordinator to approve thenominated alternative as a valid substitute in termsof the course rules. Where the alternative studies areoffered by another QUT faculty, the approval of thefaculty offering the unit is required.

Where alternative studies involve units taken at QUT,the units and results will appear on the student’sacademic record in the normal way. Where thealternative studies are undertaken at anotherinstitution, it is the student’s responsibility to providean official statement of results from that institution.In this case, credit for the alternative studies will begiven.

(16) Leave of absenceStudents who find that their circumstances necessitatea period of absence from their course may requestleave of absence. Normally leave of absence will notbe granted in the first semester of the first year ofstudy except where the absence is necessitated bymedical, compassionate or other exceptionalcircumstances as determined by the Registrar.

Following the first semester of the first year of studyfor students in undergraduate courses, except wherespecified in the course rules, approval of leave ofabsence for periods up to one year is automatic (notethat international students must be able to enrol in afull-time program on their return from leave). Forperiods in excess of one year or for students inpostgraduate courses, leave of absence is subject toapproval by the relevant Dean of faculty.

In cases where leave of absence is granted after thedates referred to in Appendix 5: unit withdrawal datesfor 2000, a ‘Withdrawn – Failure’ result will beawarded except where the Registrar, on advice fromthe faculty, is satisfied that the period of leave wasnecessitated by medical, compassionate or otherexceptional circumstances. Documentary evidence,such as medical certificates or statements fromemployers, must be submitted in support of requests.

At the end of the nominated period, students are senta form with which to re-enrol. If they do not re-enrol,their leave of absence is terminated and theirenrolment status is altered to ‘Cancelled’.

FORM: Leave of Absence/CourseCancellation Form (Form L).



27

(17) Cancellation of enrolmentStudents may cancel their enrolment in a course atany time but should take into account the provisionsof section 2(10). International students who canceltheir enrolment will have their student visa cancelled.

FORM: On-line Change of Enrolment Formor Leave of Absence/CourseCancellation Form (Form L).

SOURCE: QUT Virtual or Student Centre.

SUBMIT TO: On-line submissions – Followinstructions on QUT Virtual. Paperbased form to Enrolments Office,Kelvin Grove campus, Office ofInternational Students (forinternational students only) orStudent Centres.

(18) Re-admission following a period ofnon-attendance or exclusionStudents who wish to re-enter a course after a periodof absence and who are not returning from leave ofabsence may apply for re-admission. Re-admissionapplicants who have not completed all first andsecond semester units listed in the courserequirements for the full-time mode of anundergraduate course must satisfy the entryrequirements and cut-off levels applicable for themost recent admissions period.

Students who have been excluded from a course asa result of unsatisfactory academic performance willnot be considered for re-admission until at leasttwelve months have elapsed since exclusion.Applications require the approval of the relevantFaculty Academic Board.

Application is made directly to the University andmust be lodged by the published due date of thesemester in which the student wishes to resume. Thestudent must submit a written statement in supportof the application, which should address such factorsas changed circumstances, academic and/orvocational performance since exclusion, maturityand motivation.

A student who is permitted to re-enrol following aperiod of absence will be required to satisfy thecourse requirements, which apply at the time ofresumption. Depending on the length of the absenceand on changes to course content and structureduring the intervening period, the student will notnecessarily retain credit for all units completed priorto the absence. The course coordinator may requirea student to repeat units that have been passedpreviously or to undertake additional units in orderto satisfy the current course requirements.

FORM: Re-admission Form (Form R) orApplication for Admission as anInternational Student (Form F).

SOURCE: Admissions Office, Kelvin Grovecampus or Office of InternationalStudents, Kelvin Grove campus orStudent Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Admissions Office, Kelvin Grovecampus, Office of InternationalStudents, Kelvin Grove campus orStudent Centres.

(19) Time limits for completion of coursesStudents are expected to progress with minimuminterruption towards completion of their course. Thetime limits are measured in calendar years from thefirst day of the first semester in which the studentwas enrolled. The time limits, inclusive of periodsof exclusion, but exclusive of periods of approvedleave of absence or other approved periods ofinterruption, are as follows:

(a) doctoral and masters degree courses by research– as per course requirements. Maximum timelimit for part-time PhD candidature – 8 years.Extension beyond 8 years considered only inexceptional circumstances and only for no morethan 1 year;

(b) graduate diplomas and masters degree coursesequivalent to two years of full-time study – 6years;

(c) graduate diplomas, honours degrees, degreesand masters degrees equivalent to one year offull-time study – 4 years;

(d) degrees, graduate diplomas and Masters degreesequivalent to one and a half years of full-timestudy – 5 years;

(e) bachelor degrees and diploma courses – 10years;

(f) combined degree courses – 11 years;

(g) associate degree and associate diploma courses– 7 years;

(h) graduate and advanced certificate courses – 2years.

At the end of the academic year, students who haveexceeded these time limits will be eligible forexclusion. A Faculty Academic Board may excludea student, place them on probationary enrolment orapply no penalty.

Students excluded because of failure to complete acourse within time limits have the right of appeal(see section 13(4)).

28

3. NON-AWARD STUDIES(1) DefinitionNon-award students are those who have approval toundertake certain units from an award course withoutenrolling in the course itself. Non-award studentsreceive normal instruction, assessment andexamination results in such units but are not admittedto undertake a complete award course.

(2) CategoriesThere are two categories of non-award students:

(a) cross-institution students who undertake QUTunits for credit towards an award course at anAustralian Commonwealth-funded institution;

(b) visiting students who undertake units fromaward courses for purposes of professional orpersonal development, or in order to meetcourse entry requirements (this also includesHECS-liable students wishing to undertakeunits additional to the requirements of theiraward course).

(3) Application procedureNon-award students are required to make applicationfor each semester in which they wish to study.Applicants are responsible for obtaining informationon unit availability, suitability of their backgroundand timetables.

An application for enrolment as a non-award studentmay be rejected if the applicant does not have aneducational background appropriate to the unit/sapplied for, or if there are insufficient placesremaining in the class. An application for enrolmentas a non-award student requires the approval of therelevant Dean of faculty.

(a) Cross-institution studentsAn application for admission as a cross-institutionstudent must be accompanied by documentaryevidence from a recognised institution of highereducation that the proposed unit(s) are accepted forcredit in a course offered by the institution.

FORM: Application for Visiting or Cross-institution Admission (Form V).



(b) Visiting studentsFORM: Application for Visiting or Cross-

institution Admission (Form V).



(4) Fees for non-award studiesDomestic cross-institution students are required asa condition of their enrolment to make paymentsunder the Higher Education Contribution Scheme,and to pay fees for membership of the QUT StudentGuild.

Visiting students are required to pay tuition and otherfees as advised by the University. Non-payment offees will lead to cancellation of enrolment.International visiting student fees are charged on apro-rata basis according to the full-time course fee.

(5) Rules relating to non-award studiesNon-award students are subject to the University’sstudent rules generally, with the exception of thoserelating to unsatisfactory academic performance insection 7.

Award course students may use previous visitingstudent studies as a basis for applying for credit undersection 4. The maximum credit allowable will bedetermined by these Rules.

Where a student is excluded from a course, thestudent is not permitted to enrol as a non-awardstudent in any unit of that course, except at thediscretion of the Dean of faculty responsible for thecourse.

4. TRANSFER OF CREDIT(1) PolicyCredit towards a QUT award may be given forassessable learning outcomes achieved throughformal and/or informal learning, work-relatedexperience and/or life experience, to an extent thatis consistent with maximising student progressionwhile maintaining established academic standards.

It is considered to be in the interests of students tofacilitate their movement between institutions andbetween courses of various types and levels. To thatend, the University has negotiated formalarrangements with a number of institutionsconcerning course articulation and the granting ofagreed academic credit (Appendix 1); where no sucharrangement exists, applications will be consideredon their individual merit and in the spirit of thispolicy. The course coordinator, in consultation withrelevant academic staff, is responsible for approvingapplications for academic credit, which are notcovered by formal arrangement.

29

Applicants may seek credit for continuing educationprograms. Such credit may be granted wherelearning outcomes relevant to the award course canbe demonstrated, or where faculties havearrangements for the automatic granting of academiccredit for designated continuing education programs.

FORM: Application for Academic Credit(Form AC).


SUBMIT TO: Academic Credit Office, KelvinGrove campus or Student Centres.

(2) In making a determination onapplications for academic credit,consideration will be given to the following:(a) Total credit availableThe maximum credit which may be granted dependson the length of the University award course withinwhich credit is sought. For courses the duration ofwhich is two years of equivalent full-time study orgreater, credit may be granted up to a limit whichensures that the student completes at least theequivalent of one year of full-time study whileenrolled in a QUT award course.

For courses the duration of which is less than twoyears of equivalent full-time study, credit may begranted up to a limit which ensures that the studentcompletes at least one half of the total credit pointsspecified for the course while enrolled in a QUTaward course.

In practice, credit is approved progressively until:

account has been taken of all assessed learningoutcomes relevant to the course, or

credit has been awarded up to the credit limitspecified above.

Where appropriate, a student may seek to completean award course of a previously attended institutionby enrolling in an agreed program of study at QUTas a cross-institution student. The students previousinstitution must agree in advance to the proposedprogram of study. It is the students responsibility tosecure the agreement of the previous institution.

(b) Recency of previous studiesIn determining whether credit may be granted, theUniversity must be confident of the currency of theapplicants knowledge. An applicant cannot obtaincredit for studies undertaken ten or more yearsprevious to the date of application unless theapplicant makes a special case or is assessed toestablish the currency of his/her knowledge. Further,in fields where practice and technology are changingrapidly, credit may not be granted where knowledgehas become dated.

(3) Forms of creditThree alternatives are available:(a) Specified exemptionSpecified exemption will be approved when priorlearning outcomes are assessed as satisfying theobjectives and requirements of the course unit orunits for which credit is sought.

(b) Unspecified exemptionWhere course rules permit, exemption may be givenfrom an unspecified unit on the basis of assessedlearning outcomes judged to be equally acceptablewithin the structure of the course.

(c) Block exemptionWhere course rules permit, block exemption of afixed number of credit points may be given on thebasis of assessed learning outcomes judged to beequally acceptable within the structure of the course.

Credit may be granted on a provisional basis, inwhich case confirmation of the granting credit isdependent on the students performance in somespecified part of the course.

(4) Application procedure(a) Timing of applicationsApplicants and potential applicants for entry to aQUT course who also intend to apply for academiccredit should do so immediately they are inpossession of all the required documentation onwhich that credit will be based. Applications foracademic credit may be submitted before an offerof a place in the course has been received, but mustbe submitted before the stipulated due date foracademic credit applications.

Students already enrolled in a QUT course whobecome eligible to apply for credit should ensurethat their application is submitted before the due datefor academic credit applications in any semester inwhich the award of credit might affect theirenrolment in a particular course unit or units.

Applications for academic credit received after thedue date may not be processed in time for enrolmentto be adjusted to reflect the credit granted.Applications received after the census date in anysemester cannot be effective for that semester.

(b) DocumentationApplicants are responsible for providing all relevantdocumentation, for example, an official transcriptof results and copies of the course structure andoutline or syllabus of all completed course unitsrelevant to their application for academic credit.Before doing so, applicants are encouraged to contactthe course coordinator to determine which of theirprevious studies and other learning experiences are

30

likely to be relevant. Undocumented applications foracademic credit are not considered.

(c) Other requirementsApplicants for academic credit may be required toattend an interview or to undergo such assessmentas the course coordinator may determine.

(d) NotificationApplicants are notified in writing by the Registrarof the outcome of their application.

(5) Review of credit application decisionsApplicants for academic credit who are dissatisfiedwith the outcome of an application may have thedecision reviewed and can expect to be provided witha clear indication of the reasons for the ruling. Thereview procedure is set out in section 6(2).

5. ASSESSMENT(1) Assessment policyStudents will be assessed in accordance with thepublished assessment policy and practices of thefaculty offering the unit.

(2) Penalties for breach of assessmentrulesIf a student breaches any of these section 5Assessment Rules, particularly those relating toexaminations, cheating and plagiarism, the studentmay be dealt with under section 12.

(3) Notification of assessmentrequirementsA unit outline will be published and a copy madeavailable for each student as soon as possible andno later than the second week of a teaching period.The outline will contain at least the followinginformation:

(a) unit objectives;

(b) statements of all assessment items, includingdue dates;

(c) procedures to be used in determining the finalgrade including, where appropriate, a statementof any item/s for which a pass is required inorder to gain an overall pass in the unit;

(d) procedures for reviewing the mark for anassessment item;

(e) procedures to facilitate feedback on progressiveassessment during the course of a semester; and

(f) a reference to the University’s policy onplagiarism and any specific guidance to thestudent on the nature of the unit’s assessmentitems.

No subsequent changes to assessment requirementswill be made except by mutual agreement between

the lecturer responsible for the unit and the studentstaking the unit, and then only if approved by therelevant Head of School.

(4) Availability for examinationsInternal students must be available to undertakeexaminations at the relevant QUT campusthroughout periods designated for centrallyorganised examinations and at times specified in unitoutlines for School-based examinations.

External students will sit examinations at the sametime as internal students; however, they undertakethem at external examination centres. A student whofails to attend an examination receives no mark forthe examination unless he or she is granted a deferredexamination.

Examinations may be held between 8.00am and9.00pm on weekdays, and 8.00am and 6.00pm onSaturdays.

(5) TimetablesFinal timetables for centrally organised examinationswill be released to students at least two weeks beforeexams commence.

(6) Student identificationStudents must bring into the examination room andkeep displayed their current Student IdentificationCard.

(7) Students to comply with directionsA student will comply with all directions given bythe examination supervisor and all instructions tocandidates set out on the examination materials ordisplayed in the examination room. A student’sbehaviour must not disturb, distract or adverselyaffect any other student.

(8) Entering and leaving an examinationroomStudents who are given permission to enter or leavean examination room will comply with anyconditions relating to the grant of the permission.However, students are not permitted to leave theexamination room:

(a) until half the prescribed working time haselapsed;

(b) during the last 15 minutes of working time

unless there are exceptional circumstances such asillness.

Students, who arrive late, but before half the workingtime for the examination has elapsed, will normallybe permitted to take the examination. However, noadditional working time will be allowed unlessexceptional circumstances warrant.

31

In the case of central examinations, the decision togrant extra time is made by the Examinations Officer,in consultation where necessary with the unitcoordinator.

(9) Unauthorised material not to bebrought into the examination roomStudents may bring into an examination room onlythose materials approved for the unit underexamination and indicated as such on theexamination paper. All other materials are expresslyprohibited unless:

(a) brought into the room with the permission ofthe examination supervisor; and

(b) deposited by the student directly upon enteringthe examination room at a place stipulated bythe examination supervisor.

It is inconsequential for this rule that theunauthorised material is not related to the unit underexamination.

(10) Students not to remove papersA student will not remove from the examinationroom any worked scripts or other paper providedfor use during the course of the examination (otherthan the question paper supplied where this isauthorised by the examination supervisor) or othermaterial which is the property of the University.

(11) Students not to communicate withothersDuring an examination a student will not communi-cate by word or otherwise with any other personexcept the examination supervisor or examiner.

(12) CheatingStudents are expected to exhibit honesty and ethicalbehaviour in undertaking assessment requirementsof units.

Cheating is defined as any behaviour whatsoever bystudents in relation to any item of assessment whichmay otherwise defeat the purposes of the assessment.

A student will not cheat, attempt to cheat, or inciteor assist other students to cheat in any assessmentitem.

(13) PlagiarismA student will not plagiarise in any item ofassessment.

Plagiarism is the act of taking and using anotherperson’s work as one’s own. For the purpose of theserules any of the following acts constitute plagiarism,unless the work is appropriately acknowledged –(a) copying the work of another student;

(b) directly copying any part of another person’swork;

(c) summarising the work of another person;

(d) using or developing an idea or thesis derivedfrom another person’s work;

(e) using experimental results obtained by anotherperson;

(f) incitement by a student of another to plagiarise.

Where plagiarism occurs in items of assessmentcontributing to the result in a unit or course, it willbe regarded as, and treated in the same manner as,cheating in an examination.

(14) Deferred examinationsStudents who through medical or other exceptionalcircumstances beyond their control are unable toattend an examination at the prescribed time orcomplete an examination may apply to sit for adeferred examination.

Applications for deferred examinations shouldinclude the documentation detailed in section 5(16)and should normally be submitted prior to or withinthree days of the examination date, depending onthe circumstances.

Normally, deferred examinations are not granted tocandidates who misread examination timetables.

A deferred examination is regarded as a significantconcession to a student and, as such, will only begranted when a properly documented and timely caseis made by the applicant. Students should not expectto be granted an unlimited number of deferredexaminations.

Students will receive written notification of theoutcome of their application including, whereappropriate, the date, time, campus and format ofthe deferred examination.

FORM: Application for Deferred Examina-tion/Special Consideration.

SOURCE: Examinations Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Examinations Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

(15) Special consideration of factorsaffecting assessment performanceStudents who consider that their performance in anassessment item was adversely affected by illnessor other exceptional circumstances beyond theircontrol may apply for special consideration.

Applications for special consideration, including thedocumentation detailed in section 5(16), shouldnormally be submitted prior to or within three daysof the examination or the submission of theassessment item.

32

(16) Documentation required for deferredexamination or special considerationStudents applying for a deferred examination orspecial consideration on medical grounds mustsubmit a medical certificate from a registeredmedical or dental practitioner stating:

(a) for a deferred examination – the date on whichthe practitioner examined the student the nature,severity and duration of the complaint (whereappropriate) that in the practitioner’s opinionthe student was not fit to sit for an examinationon that day.

(b) for special consideration – the date on whichthe practitioner examined the student the nature,severity and duration of the complaint, or thepractitioner’s opinion of the effect of thecomplaint on the student’s ability to performsatisfactorily in the assessment item.

In the case of an application for a deferredexamination, a statement that a student was ‘not fitfor duty’ will not be accepted. When applying forspecial consideration, a statement that a student is/was suffering from a ‘medical condition’, withoutsupporting comments from the practitioner as to theeffect of the complaint, will not allow fullconsideration to be given to the student.

It is preferred that the practitioner provides astatement on surgery letterhead paper, oralternatively, completes the formatted medicalcertificate printed on the reverse side of theapplication form.

Students applying for a deferred examination orspecial consideration on other than medical groundsmust submit with the application a statutorydeclaration stating the disability or exceptionalcircumstances which:

(c) prevented or will prevent the student from sittingfor the examination in the case of an applicationfor a deferred examination; or

(d) affected the student’s performance in theassessment item in the case of an applicationfor special consideration.

Students should also supply any corroborativeevidence in support of the application.

(17) Religious convictions – Alternativeexamination sittingsStudents with religious convictions, which precludeattendance at examinations in accordance with theofficial timetable, have the right to alternativeexamination arrangements. Written requests foralternative examination sittings must be submittedto the Examinations Officer within 14 days of the

release of the final timetable and include supportingdocumentation from the religious leader onorganisational letterhead.

(18) Final results – Grading ScalePass Grades

7 High Distinction6 Distinction5 Credit4 Pass3 Low Pass (see Note)S3 Pass Supplementary; final grade awarded

following satisfactory completion ofsupplementary assessment (see Note), or

S Satisfactory (where approved for use).

Fail Grades2 FailS2 Fail Supplementary1 Low FailK Withdrawn – Failure, orU Unsatisfactory (where approved for use).

Note: A grade of 3 counts as a passing grade for thepurpose of completing award requirements andfulfilling prerequisite requirements. The limit on thenumber of grades of 3 which may be credited towardsan award is specified in Appendix 2: eligibility forgraduation – limits on grades of 3. Grades of S3 arenot regarded as equivalent to grades of 3 for thesepurposes.

Other ResultsE ExemptW Withdrawn

(19) Unfinalised resultsThe following will be recorded when a result is notfinalised at the time of release of results:

A Result Unfinalised – The result will be issuedwhen available.

SA Supplementary Assessment – Student is toundertake supplementary assessment.

DA Deferred Assessment – Student is to undertakedeferred assessment.

T Assessment Continues – Studies extending overmore than one semester.

(20) Grade Point AverageThe Grade Point Average (GPA) is a simplenumerical index which summarises the student’sacademic performance in a course in a singlesemester and over the duration of the student’senrolment in the course.

The GPA is reported on the Certificate of Resultsand on the Statement of Academic Record. Two

33

values of the GPA are given: the GPA for thesemester and the GPA in the course.

GPA = Σ (credit points of unit X numeric value of grade)

Σ (credit points of unit)

(a) The GPA calculation includes all attempts atunits which are awarded a numeric grade or theresult ‘Withdrawn – Failure’ (which is convertedto a 1).

(b) Unfinalised results are not included in thecalculation.

(c) Only QUT units are included (not units takenat an external institution).

(d) Only units taken after the introduction of theseven-point grading scale are included in thecalculation.

(21) Release of resultsFollowing certification by Deans of Faculties, resultswill be released at the direction of the Registrar.

(22) Notification of resultsStudents will be advised of results at the end of eachsemester and after the completion of any summerprogram studies on Student Profile screens on QUTVirtual, via Esi-line and on University campusnoticeboards.

(a) Request for non-publication of results:Students may request to have their results withheldfrom public release on campus noticeboards and inthe press. Application must be made no later than30 May for first semester, 30 October for secondsemester and 31 December for summer programstudies. The request to withhold results from publicrelease will remain in force until revoked in writingby the student.

FORM: Application for Non-publication ofResults.

SOURCE: Examination Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Examination Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

(23) Eligibility for graduationStudents are eligible to graduate upon completionof course requirements. A passing grade must beachieved in all units set out in the course structure,except that in certain specified units a grade of 4 orbetter must be obtained to satisfy the courserequirements. In addition, Faculty Academic Boardshave set a limit on the number of grades of 3 thatmay be credited towards awards. These limits arespecified in Appendix 2: eligibility for graduation –limits on grades of 3.

Once a student has completed course requirements,a date of completion and the student’s graduationname will be recorded.

6. REVIEW OF GRADES AND ACADEMICRULINGS(1) Review of gradesDuring the course of a semester students shoulddiscuss their progress in all coursework exercises(including examinations which form part ofprogressive assessment) with relevant teaching staff,and can expect to be provided with a clear indicationof the extent to which they have or have not achievedthe objectives set for each assessment item.

Any student who believes that an error has beenmade or an injustice done with regard to a final gradefor a unit may request a review of the grade, to theRegistrar within 14 days of the release of the results.The steps for this process are outlined below.

Where, after discussion, the student believes that anerror persists or that the final grade is not a fairreflection of his or her work, the student may requesta review at the end of semester following notificationof the final grade.

FORMS: Application for Review of Grade,Application for Review of Aca-demic Ruling.

SOURCE: Examination Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

SUBMIT TO: Examination Office, Gardens Pointcampus or Student Centres.

The review process may involve three steps.

Step 1 – Informal consultationUpon notification of the final grade, a student whois dissatisfied with the grade should contact relevantteaching staff (lecturer, unit coordinator, coursecoordinator) and seek clarification of the reason forthe grade.

Step 2 – School-level reviewIf a student remains dissatisfied after Step 1, or ifthe student is unable to make contact with relevantteaching staff, an application for a formal review maybe submitted. Applications must be made on anApplication for Review of Grade Form.

Applications normally must be submitted to theRegistrar within 14 days of the release of the results,accompanied by appropriate information anddocumentation if available, and must state thespecific grounds on which the application for reviewis based.

34

The Application for Review is forwarded to the Headof School responsible for the unit in dispute, whodetermines the form of the review. The Universityminimally requires that any such review considerwhether all items of assessment have been markedand whether the aggregate marks were compiledaccurately.

The Registrar normally advises students of theoutcome within 14 days of receipt of the application.

Step 3 – Faculty-level reviewA student who is dissatisfied with the outcome ofStep 2 may apply to the Registrar within seven daysof receipt of such notification to progress to a furtherstage of review. The student must resubmit theApplication for Review Form stating why theprevious review was inadequate and may provideadditional reasons or evidence for the further review.

The application is forwarded through the chairpersonto the faculty review committee, which is a sub-committee of the Faculty Academic Board, andwhich minimally must comprise the Dean (ornominee), a member of academic staff and a studentrepresentative appointed by the Faculty AcademicBoard. The quorum of the committee is three. Thecommittee determines whether grounds exist for thefurther review.

The process for Step 3 requires the faculty involved,through the relevant Head of School, to reconsiderthe assessment of the item(s) in dispute. All suchreconsiderations must be accompanied by a writtenrationale for the final decision reached, to ensurethat due process has been observed and that a recordexists of the decision.

The faculty-level review committee must endorseoutcomes of such reviews. The committeedetermines whether reviews have been conductedappropriately, monitors the number and type ofreviews conducted and reports on its activities to theFaculty academic board.

The Registrar normally advises students of theoutcome within 21 days of receipt of the application.

Reviews may lead to no change or to either a lessfavourable or more favourable outcome for thestudent.

Reviews of pass grades under Steps 2 and 3 involveseparate fees, which are reimbursed if a higher gradeis awarded following the review. Review of failgrades attracts no reimbursement of fees.

(2) Review of academic rulingsStudents who have received advice of a ruling inregard to an academic matter (for example, amount

of credit awarded, cancellation of units, amendmentof enrolment program, refusal of application to waiveprerequisite), and who wish to be provided withfurther information on the basis and implications ofthe ruling, should contact their faculty office. Facultyadministration officers will provide availableinformation in response to such a request, or arrangefor the student to have further discussions as deemedappropriate in the circumstances.

If, after having received such further advice, thestudent believes that an error has been made or thata ruling is unjust, the student is entitled to submit anapplication for review. Applications must be madeon an Application for Review of Academic RulingForm.

Applications must be submitted to the Registrarwithin 14 days of mailing of written advice of aruling. Applications must be accompanied byappropriate information and documentation ifavailable, and must state the specific grounds onwhich the application for review is based.

Applications are referred to the relevant dean offaculty, who determines the form of the review. Areview may lead to no change or to either a lessfavourable or more favourable outcome for thestudent. The Registrar advises students of theoutcome of reviews.

(3) Status of students awaiting theoutcome of a reviewThe University will make determinations on reviewsas soon as practicable, but will not necessarilyresolve any particular case before the close ofenrolments for the next semester.

7. UNSATISFACTORY ACADEMICPERFORMANCE AND EXCLUSION(1) PolicyStudents are expected to maintain a satisfactory levelof performance in their studies at QUT. Suchperformance may be defined in University or course-specific rules. Performance is reviewed at the endof each semester. Students whose performance isunsatisfactory are placed on probationary enrolment.If performance continues at an unsatisfactory levelthe student may be excluded. In addition, a singlefailure in a unit designated as critical to students’progress in the course may result in exclusion.

This policy applies to studies undertaken whileenrolled in an award course. Non-award students arerequired to apply for enrolment each semester andtheir applications may be accepted or rejected bythe Registrar on the recommendation of the relevantDean of faculty.

35

(2) Probationary enrolmentA student is placed on probationary enrolment if:

(a) the student fails a unit which has been failedpreviously; or

(b) the student fails two or more units which arecross-linked; or

(c) the student has a grade point average of lessthan 3.0 in the course in which he or she isenrolled.

For the purpose of this rule a unit is uniquelyidentified by the unit code. Where a unit code and/or title has been changed on administrative grounds,the unit will be deemed to be the same unit for thepurpose of this rule.

The Registrar notifies students that they have beenplaced on probationary enrolment and advises themthat they should discuss their progress with theircourse coordinator.

(3) Terms of probationary enrolmentStudents on probationary enrolment are required toenrol as the course coordinator directs. Studentsplaced on probationary enrolment at the end of firstsemester remain on probationary enrolment for theduration of the following semester. Students placedon probationary enrolment at the end of secondsemester remain on probationary enrolment for firstand second semester of the following year.

If a student cancels their enrolment while onprobationary enrolment, any subsequent enrolmentin that course is a probationary enrolment for thepurposes of defining eligibility for exclusion. Theperiods of probationary enrolment before and afterthe period of cancelled enrolment are counted as oneperiod of probationary enrolment.

(4) ExclusionThe faculty academic board may exclude a studentunder the following circumstances:

(a) at the end of second semester, the academicboard may exclude a student who has had, or iseligible for, a second or subsequent period ofprobation during the year;

(b) at the end of second semester, the academicboard may exclude a student who has failed toachieve a satisfactory level of performance in adesignated unit.

Designated units are indicated in Appendix 3:exclusion – designated units, and include professionalexperience units, units requiring the development ofparticular skills and units requiring certain personalqualities. A satisfactory level of performance in a

designated unit is a grade of 3 (Low Pass) or higher,or S – Satisfactory, where appropriate.

A student who is eligible under (a) or (b) above butwho is not excluded by the academic board is placedon probation.

Exclusion normally applies to the course in whichthe student was enrolled. An academic board mayexclude a student from all courses or a specifiedgroup of courses offered by the faculty if the studentis eligible for exclusion under (a) or (b) above andhas either had at least two periods of probationaryenrolment or been excluded previously from anotherQUT course.

The academic committee, on the recommendationof the academic board, may exclude a student fromall QUT courses if the academic board isrecommending exclusion from all the Faculty’scourses and the student has been excluded previouslyfrom a course in another faculty.

An excluded student may not enrol as a non-awardstudent in any units in the course or courses fromwhich they have been excluded except at thediscretion of the Dean of the faculty responsible forthe course.

Students who are excluded are notified by registeredmail. Excluded students have the right of appeal tothe Academic Appeals Committee.

(5) Duration of exclusion and readmissionafter exclusionIf a student does not appeal against an exclusiondecision or if the student’s appeal is not successful,the exclusion remains in force for an indefinite periodof time and may only be revoked by the decision ofthe Faculty Academic Board to approve anapplication for readmission.

An application for readmission will not beconsidered until at least twelve months have elapsedsince the exclusion was imposed.

The student’s application for readmission must beaccompanied by a statement which addresses suchfactors as changed circumstances, academic and/orvocational performance since exclusion, maturityand motivation.

Students readmitted after a period of exclusion willbe placed on probationary enrolment for first andsecond semester.

At the end of the academic year, the academic boardof the relevant faculty will review the academicperformance of each student readmitted to the courseduring that year. If the student’s grade point averagesince readmission is less than 3.5, the student maybe excluded under section 7(4).

36

If the student is permitted to proceed with the course,in subsequent years the student is subject to theprobationary rules. In administering the probationaryrules, units failed prior to the period of exclusionand the grade point average prior to the period ofexclusion will be taken into account.

8. HIGHER EDUCATION CONTRIBUTIONSCHEME (HECS)Under Commonwealth Government legislation, allHECS-liable students must comply with certainconditions with respect to the HECS as a conditionof their enrolment. A number of changes to HECSwere introduced in 1997. The most significant ofthese were:

differential HECS contributions for studentscommencing a course of study from 1 January1997;

lower compulsory repayment thresholds and rates.

(1) Existing HECS rates for pre-1997studentsA student is to be regarded as pre-1997 if he or shewas a contributing student (or would have been acontributing student had he or she not deferred) atQUT or at another Australian university prior to 1January 1997. Pre-1997 students will be chargedHECS under existing arrangements until thecompletion of their courses. Further details definingthe categories of pre-1997 students are available fromthe Student Fees Office.

In 2001, the HECS contribution for a pre-1997student continuing a course of study and undertakinga full-time study load is $2644 for a full year. Pre-1997 students are charged HECS under existingarrangements until the completion of their courses.

(2) Differential HECS rates for commencingstudentsCommencing students who are not treated as pre-1997 students are required to pay HECS at thedifferential HECS rates. Calculation of differentialHECS liability for a unit of study is based on studyload or EFTSU (Equivalent Full-time Student Unit)and the discipline classification of the unit.Discipline classification for each unit is linked toone of three HECS band rates. To determine HECSliability, EFTSU for the semester is then multipliedby the HECS band. Further details of HECS bandrates are available from the Student Fees Office.

(3) HECS Payment Options DeclarationFormAll students (except for international students,exempted students, students who are New Zealandcitizens and some permanent residents) are required

to lodge the HECS Payment Options Declarationform at the time of their initial enrolment in a course.Proof of citizenship or residency may be requiredwhen lodging this form. A new HECS PaymentOptions Declaration form must be lodged when astudent changes course or when a student wishes tochange HECS payment options. Studentsconcurrently enrolled in more than one course arerequired to lodge a new HECS Payment OptionsDeclaration form for each course.

Unless a student is exempted from HECS under theterms of Commonwealth legislation, the studentmust select either the up-front payment option, thepartial up-front payment option, or the deferredoption as the method for making their HECSpayment. Students who select the up-front paymentoption may also choose the safety net provision, byproviding their tax file number.

Students who fail to lodge a valid HECS PaymentOptions Declaration form by the first day of thesemester of enrolment in their course will have theirenrolment cancelled on the grounds that they havenot fulfilled the conditions of enrolment.

(4) Australian permanent residents andNew Zealand citizensThe following categories of students are required topay HECS up-front without the 25 per cent discountand cannot select the deferred payment option:

(a) New Zealand citizens who commenced a courseof study on or after 1 January 1996;

(b) New Zealand citizens who commenced a courseof study prior to 1996, and who have beenresident in Australia for a continuous period ofless than two years;

(c) New Zealand citizens enrolling as externalstudents resident outside Australia;

(d) Australian permanent residents residing outsideAustralia for the semester for a reason other thana requirement of the course;

(e) persons both granted permanent resident statuson or after 1 January 1996 AND commencing acourse of study on or after 1 January 1996 andwho, after meeting the normal requirements forAustralian citizenship, do not becomeAustralian citizens within 12 months ofsatisfying the citizenship requirements.

(5) Changing HECS payment optionEligible students may change their HECS paymentoption by lodging a new HECS Payment OptionsDeclaration form by the first day of the semester.The new payment option applies to all future

37

semesters until a further change of payment optionis notified.

(6) Notice of HECS LiabilityFollowing the census date for a semester, studentsare provided with Notice of HECS Liability for thesemester which was determined by their unitenrolment on the census date. Students have 14 daysfrom the date of the notice to advise StudentAdministration of any error in the notice.

(7) HECS census datesThe HECS census dates for standard semesters are:

first semester: 31 Marchsecond semester: 31 August.

Census dates for non-standard semesters, includingsummer program, are:

teaching periods of less than six weeks in length:first day of teaching

teaching periods of more than six weeks in length:fourteenth day of teaching.

A HECS liability is incurred for any unit or unitscancelled after the census date.

9. STUDENT GUILD FEE RULES(1) Membership of the Student GuildSubject to section 9(2), all enrolled students,excepting such persons or classes of persons as QUTCouncil declares by resolution to be ineligible formembership, will be members of the Student Guild.

(2) Conscientious objectionAn enrolled student who:

(a) declares by letter addressed to the Registrar thenature of his or her conscientious objection tobeing a member of the Student Guild; and

(b) notifies the Student Guild that he or she hasmade such declaration in writing to theRegistrar; and

(c) pays to QUT an amount equivalent to theStudent Guild fees which would be payable ifthe student were a member of the Student Guild;

is exempt from membership of the Student Guild.

(3) Fees to be paidStudent Guild fees payable for membership of theStudent Guild will be the amount approved by QUTCouncil. Student Guild fees for both semesters willbe paid in full prior to, or at the time of, submittingan Enrolment Form.

(4) Consequences of non-payment or part-paymentIf Student Guild fees payable by a student have notbeen paid at the time of lodging an Enrolment Form,

or the student has not notified the Registrar of aconscientious objection as per section 9(2), theRegistrar may refuse to accept the student’s enrolment.

A student who has not paid all Student Guild feesdue and who satisfies the Registrar that he or she isunable to make payment at the time of submittingan Enrolment Form may be granted an extension oftime in which to pay the fees. In this case theenrolment is accepted subject to an agreement thatall Student Guild fees will be paid by the extendeddate indicated by the Registrar.

A student who has not paid the full amount ofStudent Guild fees due may be dealt with undersection 11.

(5) Refund of feesA student who cancels enrolment on or before 31March for first semester, or 31 August for secondsemester will be entitled to a refund of the StudentGuild fees for that semester. The University, onbehalf of the QUT Student Guild, will make therefund. The student is required to surrender anycurrent QUT Student Identification Card.

(6) The annual Student Guild membershipfees for 2001 are:Full-time students $200Part-time students $90External students $30

Student Guild fees are inclusive of the Goods andServices Tax (GST).

10. STUDENT FEES(1) Postgraduate tuition feesStudents enrolled in the courses shown in Schedule 1to these Rules, will be required to pay thepostgraduate tuition fee listed, unless they have beenpreviously enrolled in the course on a HECS liablebasis and have not exceeded the maximum time limitfor completion of the course.

Students who fail to pay the invoiced amount by thedue date will be charged a late fee for acceptance ofthe payment. Failure to pay the required fee by thesemester census date will lead to cancellation ofenrolment.

(2) Visiting student feesThe visiting student fees applicable to domesticstudents for each faculty are listed in Schedule 2 tothese Rules.

Students who fail to pay the invoiced amount by thedue date will be charged a late fee for acceptance ofthe payment. Failure to pay the required fee by thesemester census date will lead to cancellation ofenrolment.

38

(3) Tuition Fee Refund Policy (excludinginternational students)For single and multi-semester units undertaken inthe first or second semester, students who cancel theirenrolment in the first two weeks of the semester areentitled to a full refund of any fees paid. Wherecancellation occurs from the third week of thesemester to 31 March in the case of first semester,or 31 August in the case of second semester, anadministration charge equivalent to 25 per cent ofthe student’s assessed liability will be levied and anyremaining portion of the tuition fee which has beenpaid will be issued as a refund. Where cancellationoccurs after 31 March in the case of first semester,or 31 August in the case of second semester, norefund of fees will be approved.

For units undertaken in the summer program andunits undertaken in the intensive study mode, thefollowing refund policy applies:

students who cancel their enrolment prior to thecommencement of teaching are entitled to a fullrefund of any fees paid;

for teaching periods of less than six weeks inlength: if cancellation occurs after thecommencement of teaching, students will befinancially liable for any unit or units in whichthey are enrolled and no refund of tuition fees willbe approved;

for teaching periods of six weeks or more inlength: if cancellation occurs after thecommencement of teaching and before the end ofthe second week, an administration chargeequivalent to 25 per cent of the students assessedliability will be levied and any remaining portionof the tuition fee, which has been paid, will beissued as a refund. Where cancellation occurs afterthe second week of teaching students will be fullyfinancially liable for any unit or units in whichthey are enrolled and no refund of fees will beapproved.

The Registrar, on advice from the faculty, may waivethe refund administration charge when satisfied thatthe cancellation was necessitated by medical,compassionate or other exceptional circumstances.

(4) Administrative chargesThese charges, as listed in Schedule 3 to these Rules,are subject to review and the University reserves theright to make changes as necessary.

(5) Deposit system for use of laboratoryfacilitiesA student enrolled in any unit included in the‘Schedule of Units relating to Laboratory Deposits’,

which the Registrar may vary from time to time, willdeposit $50 for the use of laboratory facilities.

The student will be required to pay only one depositirrespective of the number of such units included inan enrolment. At the end of the year the deposit willbe refunded to the student less the cost of anybreakages which have not been made good.

11. SANCTIONS FOR FAILURE TO MEETPAYMENT OBLIGATIONSStudents who fail to meet one or more of thefollowing obligations:

(a) payment of prescribed fees(b) payment of late fees(c) payment of fines(d) payment of a debt to the university(e) failing to return library/faculty materials(f) failing to comply with instructions or essential

procedures.

will be dealt with under QUT Statute No.3 (Fees)1999.

12. SANCTIONS FOR BREACH OFASSESSMENT RULES(1) The Registrar may impose one or more of thefollowing penalties on a student who breaches orfails to comply with the assessment rules in section 5:

(a) withholding of results;

(b) withholding of transcript of academic record;

(c) withholding of award certificate;

(d) loss of right to re-enrol, but not where theobligation is to repay a debt to the University;

(e) the award of a Low Fail result in the unit con-cerned;

(f) the award of Low Fail results in all units inwhich the student would have received finalresults in the same academic semester;

(g) referral to QUT Statute 2 (Student Discipline)1999;

(h) exclusion from the University for a period;

(i) expulsion from the University;

(j) any combination of the above.

(2) However, before any sanction is imposed, theRegistrar will notify the person in writing and givethe person seven days to provide a written statementin their defence, or details of mitigatingcircumstances. At the discretion of the Registrar, anynotification issued under this subsection will be inwriting to the person’s last known postal address, orby message to their computer account.

39

(3) After considering any material supplied undersection 12(2), the Registrar will determine theappropriate sanction or penalty, if any, and willadvise the person in writing of the outcome. Wheresection 12(1)(h) (exclusion) has been applied, theRegistrar must also advise the student of their rightto appeal under section 13(5). At the discretion ofthe Registrar, any notification issued under thissubsection will be in writing to the person’s lastknown postal address, or by message to theircomputer account.

(4) Where the sanctions in section 12(1)(a), (b) and/or (c) have been imposed, a statement that the studenthas completed course requirements may still beprovided for the purposes of seeking employment.

13. STUDENT APPEALS AGAINSTEXCLUSIONS(1) Right to appealAny student who has been excluded has a right ofappeal.

(2) General procedure to lodge an appealAppeals are made in writing to the Secretary of theAcademic Appeals Committee. Applications mustbe made on an exclusion appeal form and mustinclude the grounds and reasons for the Appeal.Appeals must reach the Secretary of the AcademicAppeals Committee within 14 days of the date ofthe letter which advised the student of the exclusion.The University is not obliged to consider an appeallodged after this date.

(3) Appeals against exclusion forunsatisfactory academic performanceAn appeal against exclusion for unsatisfactoryacademic performance is referred to the relevantFaculty Academic Board. That Academic Boardrecommends to the Academic Appeals Committeewhether the appeal should be upheld or dismissed.The committee considers:

(a) whether the penalty imposed and proceduresfollowed were correct according to policy andrules;

(b) the severity or otherwise of the penalty imposed;

(c) mitigating circumstances advanced by or onbehalf of the student in the appeal.

Appellants may be invited to present their case tothe Academic Appeals Committee at a timenominated by the committee. An appellant maychoose to be accompanied by a companion. Thecompanion may not speak unless invited to do so bythe Chair of the Committee.

When an appeal against exclusion is upheld, thestudent is placed on probationary enrolment for the

remainder of the academic year. The decision of theAcademic Appeals Committee will be final.

(4) Appeals against exclusion for failure tocomplete a course within time limitsAn appeal against exclusion for failing to completea course within time limits is referred to the relevantAcademic Board. The Academic Board recommendsto the Academic Appeals Committee whether theappeal should be upheld or dismissed. Thecommittee considers:

(a) whether the penalty imposed and the proceduresfollowed were correct according to the relevantpolicies and rules;

(b) the severity or otherwise of the penalty imposed;

(c) mitigating circumstances advanced by or onbehalf of the student in the appeal.

Appellants may be invited to present their case tothe Academic Appeals Committee at a timenominated by the committee. An appellant maychoose to be accompanied by a companion. Thecompanion may not speak unless invited to do so bythe Chair of the committee.

When the Academic Board recommends that anappeal be upheld, the Board includes in its report aspecified period in which the student will completethe course requirements and any units or specialexaminations that the student will be required toundertake.

When the Academic Appeals Committee decides thatan appeal be upheld, the appeal is referred back tothe Academic Board to determine conditions underwhich the student may complete the course. Thedecision of the Academic Appeals Committee willbe final.

(5) Appeals against exclusion for breach ofassessment rulesAn appeal against exclusion for a breach of assessmentrules is referred to the Academic Appeals Committeewhich determines whether the appeal should beupheld or dismissed. The committee considers:

(a) whether the original penalty was correct underthe relevant rules;

(b) whether procedures were properly carried out;

(c) the severity or otherwise of the penalty imposed.

Appellants may be invited to present their case tothe Academic Appeals Committee at a timenominated by the Committee. An appellant maychoose to be accompanied by a companion. Thecompanion may not speak unless invited to do so bythe Chair of the Committee. The decision of theAcademic Appeals Committee will be final.

40

(6) Status of students awaiting theoutcome of an appealThe University will make determinations onacademic appeals as soon as practicable, but willnot necessarily resolve any particular case beforethe close of enrolments for the next semester.Students whose appeals will not be resolved beforethe commencement of semester (where the delay isnot the fault of the student) are issued with a letterof authorisation for attendance at classes onlypending the outcome of the appeal unless advicefrom the Dean of the Faculty is received to thecontrary.

If the appeal is upheld, the student will be permittedto enrol in the recommended course of study. Nolate enrolment penalties will apply providedenrolment occurs within seven days after receivingthe advice from the University.

41

SCHEDULE 1

POSTGRADUATE TUITION FEESStudents enrolled in courses shown below will berequired to pay the postgraduate tuition fee listed,unless they are a continuing student enrolled in thecourse on a HECS liable basis.

Fee percredit point

FACULTY OF ARTSAA84 Master of Communication Design $100AA95 Master of Music $75HS16 Master of Social Science (Human Services) $65MJ32 Master of Arts (Digital Media) $70PY12 Master of Counselling $65PY17 Master of Counselling Psychology $65AA07 Graduate Diploma in Dance Instruction $75AA94 Graduate Diploma in Music $75HS15 Graduate Diploma in Social Science

(Human Services) $65MJ31 Graduate Diploma in Digital Media $70PY08 Graduate Diploma in Psychology $65PY20 Post Graduate Diploma in Psychology $65PY30 Graduate Diploma in Clinical Hypnosis $65PY41 Graduate Diploma in Road Safety $80AA06 Graduate Certificate in Dance Instruction $75AA93 Graduate Certificate in Music $75MJ24 Graduate Certificate in Arts (Creative

Writing) $65MJ25 Graduate Certificate in Arts (Film and

Television Production) $75MJ26 Graduate Certificate in Arts (Journalism) $75MJ30 Graduate Certificate in Digital Media $70PY31 Graduate Certificate in Clinical and

Experimental Hypnosis $65PY32 Graduate Certificate in Clinical Hypnosis

Practice $65PY40 Graduate Certificate in Road Safety $80

FACULTY OF BUILT ENVIRONMENT ANDENGINEERINGCN75 Master of Facilities Management $95CN77 Master of Project Management $95CN92 Master of Property Economics $95EE78 Master of Engineering Science in

Electricity Supply Engineering $150+

CN64 Graduate Diploma in Project Management $95CN91 Graduate Diploma in Property Economics $95EE60 Graduate Diploma in Electricity Supply

Engineering $150+

PS74 Graduate Diploma in Geomatics $90AR65 Graduate Certificate in Building Fire

Safety $75AR80 Graduate Certificate in Architectural

Practice $75

CE62 Graduate Certificate in Civil Engineering $80CN81 Graduate Certificate in Project Management $95CN90 Graduate Certificate in Property Economics $95EE82 Graduate Certificate in Electricity

Supply Engineering $150+

ME70 Graduate Certificate in Engineering(Materials Technology) $75

ME75 Graduate Certificate in EngineeringManagement $75

PS73 Graduate Certificate in Geomatics $90

FACULTY OF BUSINESSBS81 Master of Business Administration $65BS88 Master of Business (Communication

Studies) $75BS89 Master of Business (Professional

Accounting) $80BS93 Master of Business $75BS94 Master of Commerce $75BS98 Master of Applied Finance $80GS80 MBA (International) $110GS81 MBA (Professional) $110GS82 MBA (New Venture Management) $110GS85 Master of Business Administration

(continuing) $110GS85 Master of Business Administration

(commenced 2000) $130BS70 Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting $75BS72 Graduate Diploma in Communication $75BS96 Graduate Diploma in Applied Finance $80GS70 Graduate Diploma in Business

Administration $110GS86 Graduate Diploma in Business

Administration (commenced pre-2000) $110GS91 Graduate Diploma in Business

Administration (commenced 2000) $130BS30 Graduate Certificate in Management $110GS13 Graduate Certificate in Business

Administration (commencing 2001) $140GS12 Graduate Certificate in Management

(commencing 2001) $140GS87 Graduate Certificate in Business

Administration (commencing 2000) $130GS11 Graduate Diploma in Business

Administration (commencing 2001) $140GS10 Master of Business Administration

(commencing 2001) $140GS94 Executive Master of Business

Administration $140BS39 Graduate Certificate in Business $75GS87 Graduate Certificate in Business

Administration (commenced pre-2000) $110

+ Additional charges may apply for short course/distance education units.

42

FACULTY OF EDUCATIONED13* Master of Education $65ED14 Master of Education (TESOL) $65ED16 Master of Education $65ED20* Graduate Diploma in Education

(Early Childhood) $65ED21* Graduate Diploma in Education

(Computer Education) $65ED23* Graduate Diploma in Education

(Educational Management) $65ED25* Graduate Diploma in Education

(Teacher-Librarianship) $65ED28* Graduate Diploma in Education

(Learning Support) $65ED61 Graduate Certificate in Education (Generic) $65ED77 Graduate Certificate in Education (TESOL) $65

FACULTY OF HEALTHHL88* Master of Health Science $70NS85* Master of Nursing $70HL68* Graduate Diploma in Health Science $70NS64* Graduate Diploma in Nursing $70PU65* Graduate Diploma in Occupational

Health & Safety $70NS30 Graduate Certificate in Intensive Care

Nursing $70HL38 Graduate Certificate in Health Science $70NS31 Graduate Certificate in Cancer Nursing $70NS33 Graduate Certificate in Medical/Surgical

Nursing $70NS34 Graduate Certificate in Community Practice $70NS35 Graduate Certificate in Paediatric, Child

and Youth Health Nursing $70NS36 Graduate Certificate in Women’s Health $70NS39 Graduate Certificate in Aged Care $70PU32 Graduate Certificate in Environmental

Health $70PU38 Graduate Certificate in Health Services

Management $70PU39 Graduate Certificate in Health Promotion $70NS68 Graduate Diploma in Midwifery $70HM30 Graduate Certificate in Human Movement

Studies (Professional Studies) $70HM33 Graduate Certificate in Exercise and Sports

Nutrition $70HM38 Graduate Certificate in Sports Studies $70

* HECS places exist for this course however tuition fee paying places are offered to students after HECS liable placesfilled.

FACULTY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYIT40 Master of Information Technology $75IT45 Master of Information Technology $75IT50 Master of Information Technology

(Professional) $100IT35 Graduate Diploma in Information

Technology $75IT38 Graduate Diploma in Information

Technology $75IT18 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology $100IT91 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology (Software Engineering) $100IT92 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology (Information Security) $100IT93 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology (Enterprise Wide Software) $100IT95 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology (Project) $100IT97 Graduate Certificate in Information

Technology (Generic) $100

FACULTY OF LAWJS51 Master of Arts (Justice Studies) –

Intelligence Major $65LW51 Master of Laws by Coursework $85LP41 Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice $75JS51 Graduate Certificate in Legal and Justice

Studies $85LW60 Graduate Certificate in Law $85

FACULTY OF SCIENCELS80 Master of Applied Science (Life Science) $75PH80* Master of Applied Science (Medical

Physics/Medical Ultrasound/MedicalImaging/Radiation Therapy) $75

LS70* Graduate Diploma in Biotechnology $75LS71* Graduate Diploma in Diagnostic

Technologies $75PH71* Graduate Diploma in Applied Science

(Medical Physics/ Medical Ultrasound/Medical Imaging/Radiation Therapy) $75

PH60* Graduate Certificate in Applied Science(Medical Imaging/Radiation Therapy) $75

INTERFACULTY COURSESIF92 Graduate Diploma in Facilities Management $95IF91 Graduate Certificate in Facilities

Management $95IF88 Graduate Certificate in Risk Management $70

43

SCHEDULE 2

VISITING STUDENT FEESThe visiting student fees applicable to domesticstudents are as follows:

Fee percredit point

Students enrolled in an undergraduate unitoffered by the Faculty of Science $75

Students enrolled in a postgraduate unitoffered by the Faculties of Arts, Educationor Health $75

Students enrolled in a postgraduate offeredby the Faculty of Built Environment andEngineering $90

Students enrolled in a postgraduate unitoffered by the Faculties of Business orInformation Technology $100

Students enrolled in a postgraduate unitoffered by the Faculty of Law $85

Students enrolled in a postgraduate unitoffered by the Faculty of Science $85

SCHEDULE 3

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES

Late lodgement of application for admission $50

Late lodgement of enrolment form $50

Late addition to enrolment program $50

Addition to enrolment program not made onprescribed form $50

Reinstatement of enrolment followingadministrative cancellation $100

Review of Pass Grades (refundable)Step 2: school level review $20Step 3: faculty level review $30

Copy of examination script $10

Statement of Academic Record $10

Re-issue of student ID card $10

Re-issue of Award Certificate $50

Re-issue of receipt for fees paid/statement offees paid $10

Late fee for up-front HECS payment $50

Late fee for payment of tuition fees $50

Re-issue of Final Notice of Enrolment andHECS liability $10

44

APPEND I X 1

maximum recognition for prior learning. Creditshould be given for all appropriate learning ex-periences.

(v) The adoption of flexible constructs for creditexemptions: Flexible constructs should beadopted to ensure that the combined creditexemptions of unit blocks, individual units andrecognition of prior learning are not reducedby a pre-determined ceiling. The only limitingfactor in such arrangements is standard QUTpolicy regarding transfer of credit.

(vi) Joint use of resources: Where appropriate andmutually beneficial, maximum utilisation ofjoint resources (human and physical) will bemade in the development and delivery ofcourses.

(vii) Combined awards: Where joint arrangementscould provide more effectively for theflexibility and specialisations sought byindustry, the development of combined awardswill be encouraged.

(viii) New articulation and credit transferarrangements: Individuals or groups seekingto initiate any development that may lead toarticulation and/or transfer of credit betweenTAFE and QUT are encouraged to do sothrough the Dean of faculty or StudentAdministration Project Officer.

1.2 Articulation of awardsThe University considers that it is in the interest ofstudents to facilitate their movement between coursesof various types and levels. In developing newcourses or revising existing courses, faculties areasked to pay particular attention to achieving closearticulation between courses both within theUniversity and between institutions/sectors (e.g.QUT and TAFE).

Specific articulation and credit transfer arrangementsbetween levels of completed awards in related fieldswill normally be as follows:

Associate degreeUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) certificate – 24 credit points (0.5 semester),1

or

(ii) advanced certificate – 48 credit points (1.0semester).

CREDIT TRANSFER POLICIES

1 All semester values refer to full-time or equivalent. QUT operates on standard length semesters of 48 credit points.

1.1 Policy statement: general principlesconcerning transfer of credit and combinedawards – Technical and Further Education;(TAFE)/QUTThere is a history of favourable credit transfer ar-rangements between various TAFE and QUTcourses. Further, there is a general willingness onthe part of TAFE and QUT to review courses to iden-tify areas in which advanced standing, transfer ofcredit, efficient progression from TAFE to QUTcourses and the development of combined awardsmight be appropriate. TAFE and QUT seek to elimi-nate unnecessary barriers to student progression,recognise problem areas and seek appropriate solu-tions and processes so that increased numbers ofbetter educated graduates can be made available toindustry.

The following principles form the substance of theagreement between QUT and TAFE in this area.

PrinciplesNote: These principles apply specifically to credittransfer arrangements and combined awards betweenTAFE advanced diploma and diploma courses andQUT degree level courses in related fields.

(i) Course development/review: When develop-ing and/or reviewing units with common orclosely linked vocational outcomes, TAFE andQUT will work in consultation with a view toestablishing automatic equivalence. Units de-veloped in this way will give TAFE studentsfull QUT exemptions.

(ii) Block exemptions: The awarding of blockcredits is given a high priority. This allows forappropriate substitution in degree courses with-out disadvantaging the student’s foundation incore discipline units. While a normal exemp-tion would comprise 96 credit points (diplomaor advanced diploma), in certain circumstancesadditional credit may be awarded.

(iii) Individual unit exemptions: Where there isa close equivalence between TAFE and QUTunits and/or they have been prepared jointly,then the student will be given credit forindividual units that may fall outside thosealready credited in any block exemption.

(iv) Maximum recognition of previously com-pleted learning: A student should be given

45

Bachelor degree awardsUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) associate diploma – 96 credit points (2.0semesters), or

(ii) diploma – 96 credit points (2.0 semesters), or

(iii) advanced diploma – 96 to 192 credit points(2.0 – 4.0 semesters).

Graduate diploma awardsUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) graduate certificate – 48 credit points (1.0semester).

Two-year Masters degree awardsUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) four-year bachelor degree at honours standard– 96 credit points (2.0 semesterrêt or

(ii) honours – 96 credit points (2.0 semesters), or

(iii) graduate certificate – 48 credit points (1.0semester) or

(iv) graduate diploma – 96 credit points (2.0semesters).

Professional doctorate awardsUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) masters degree – 48 credit points (1.0 semester).

Doctor of philosophy awardsUpon entry to these awards, students will normallygain credit on the basis of the following:

(i) masters degree – 48 credit points (1.0 semester).

Specific articulation and credit transfer arrangementsbetween levels of awards in related fields on the basisof incomplete studies will normally be as follows:

Masters degree awardsStudents admitted to a doctoral research award or aprofessional doctorate award but who either do notqualify to progress to the award or do not wish toproceed may on application be transferred to amasters degree award.

Graduate diploma awardsIn specifically designed masters/graduate diplomaawards, students may be granted a graduate diplomaon the basis of the following:

(i) masters degree by coursework – satisfactorycompletion of at least 96 credit points (2.0semesters)

if they either do not qualify or do not wish to proceedto the higher level award.

Graduate certificateIn specifically designed masters/graduate diplomaawards, students may be granted a graduatecertificate on the basis of satisfactory completion ofat least 48 credit points (1.0 semester) of units whichconstitute an approved graduate certificate program.

46

ELIGIBILITY FOR GRADUATION – LIMITS ON GRADES OF 3

FACULTY OF HEALTHGraduate Diploma: 1All other courses: 12.5% of total course credit points

FACULTY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYMasters: 1Graduate Diploma: 1Graduate Certificate: 1Honours: 0Bachelor: 3Double degree*: 2Diploma: 1

* Faculty of Information Technology component.Note that all units are assumed to be 12 credit points each.

FACULTY OF LAWDoctor: 0Masters: 0Graduate Certificate: 0All undergraduate courses: 12.5% of total course credit

points

FACULTY OF SCIENCEAll courses: 12.5% of total course credit points

INTERFACULTYMasters: 1Graduate Diploma: 1Double degrees in Education: 4

(with a maximum of three 3s in either the disciplineor education component)

All other double degree courses: 12.5% of each of thedegree component course credit points

All other courses: 12.5% of each of the total coursecredit points

FACULTY OF ARTSMasters*: 0Graduate Diplomas**: 0Graduate Certificates: 0Honours: 0Bachelor: 3Associate Degrees: 1

* Master of Social Science (Counselling): 1** Graduate Diploma in Social Sciences

(Counselling): 1

FACULTY OF BUSINESSStudents enrolled in the Bachelor of Business (BS56)may graduate with a maximum of three grades of 3in units totalling a maximum of 36 credit points.

Students enrolled in Faculty of Businesspostgraduate programs may graduate with grades of3 in units totalling a maximum of 12 credit points.

FACULTY OF EDUCATIONDoctor: 0Master of Education (Coursework and TESOL): 1Master of Education (Research): 0Master of Teaching: 2Graduate Diploma: 1Graduate Certificate: 0Bachelor*: 3

* Bachelor of Education (In-service): 1

FACULTY OF BUILT ENVIRONMENT &ENGINEERINGAll courses: 12.5% of total course credit points

APPEND I X 2

47

EXCLUSION – DESIGNATED UNITS

FACULTY OF ARTS

Bachelor of Arts (Dance) – Performance StrandonlyAAB184 Technique Options 1AAX111 Repertoire & Practice Period 1AAX112 Repertoire & Practice Period 2AAX113 Repertoire & Practice Period 3AAX114 Repertoire & Practice Period 4AAX117 Ballet Technique 1AAX118 Ballet Technique 2AAX119 Ballet Technique 3AAX121 Contemporary Technique 1AAX122 Contemporary Technique 2AAX123 Contemporary Technique 3

Bachelor of Arts (Drama)AAB202 Acting 1AAB203 Acting 2AAB247 Acting 3AAB248 Acting 4

Bachelor of MusicAAB641 Principal Studies AAAB642 Principal Studies B

Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts)AAB740 Studio Art Practice 1AAB741 Studio Art Practice 2AAB742 Studio Art Practice 3AAB743 Studio Art Practice 4

Bachelor of Social Science (Human Services)SSB026 Fieldword Practice 1SSB036 Fieldwork Practice 2

APPEND I X 3

Associate Degree in DanceAAX111 Repertoire & Practice Period 1AAX112 Repertoire & Practice Period 2AAX113 Repertoire & Practice Period 3AAX114 Repertoire & Practice Period 4AAX117 Ballet Technique 1AAX118 Ballet Technique 2AAX119 Ballet Technique 3AAX120 Ballet Technique 4AAX121 Contemporary Technique 1AAX122 Contemporary Technique 2AAX123 Contemporary Technique 3AAX124 Contemporary Technique 4

FACULTY OF HEALTH

Bachelor of Nursing (Preregistration)NSB212 Clinical Practice 2NSB222 Clinical Practice 3NSB322 Clinical Practice 4NSB323 Clinical Practice 5

Bachelor of Applied Science (Optometry)OPB553 Clinical Practice 5OPB653 Clinical Practice 6OPB752 Clinical Practice 7*OPB753 Specialist Practice 7*OPB852 Clinical Practice 8*OPB853 Specialist Practice 8*

* Units will be offered from 2002

48

REPLACEMENT AND SUBSTITUTE AWARD CERTIFICATES

The student’s name on the replacement and substitutecertificates will be the same as on the originalcertificate. Certificates will not normally be re-issuedon account of a change of name. In exceptionalcircumstances the Registrar may approve variationsto the application of this policy.

ENDORSEMENTSReplacement certificatesReplacement certificates will carry no endorsementwhere the original certificate can be replicated inevery respect. The University cannot guarantee toprovide replicas in every instance.

However, where there has been any change in theproforma itself, the Common Seal, or the signatories,and no stock of the original is available, areplacement certificate will be endorsed as follows:

‘This is a replacement for a certificate issuedunder the Common Seal on (day, month, yearappearing on original certificate)(under thename of [name appearing on originalcertificate]).’

Substitute certificatesSubstitute certificates will carry, as appropriate, oneof the following endorsements in every case:

‘This is a substitute for a certificate, (number –if known), issued on (date, month, year, appear-ing on original certificate) by (institution), (un-der the name of [name appearing on originalcertificate]) which was incorporated intoQueensland University of Technology on 1 May1990.’

or

‘This is a substitute for a certificate issued on(date, month, year appearing on originalcertificate) (under the name of [name appearingon original certificate]) by Queensland Instituteof Technology which became QueenslandUniversity of Technology on 1 January 1989.’

A ‘replacement’ certificate is a replacement for acertificate issued originally by the QueenslandUniversity of Technology.

A ‘substitute’ certificate is a substitute for acertificate issued originally by antecedents ofQueensland University of Technology (includingBrisbane College of Advanced Education, BrisbaneKindergarten Teachers’ College, Kedron ParkTeachers’ College, Kelvin Grove Teachers’ College,Kelvin Grove College of Teacher Education, KelvinGrove College of Advanced Education, NorthBrisbane College of Advanced Education,Queensland Institute of Technology, [Queensland]Teachers’ College and the [Queensland] Teachers’Training College).

Substitute certificates will not be issued forcertificates issued originally by the QueenslandDepartment of Education or other bodies notcurrently associated with higher education.

FEES FOR REPLACEMENT ORSUBSTITUTIONReplacement certificates will be issued free of chargewhere the original was lost or damaged intransmission or was defective. A fee will be chargedin all other cases, including the issue of substitutecertificates (refer to Schedule 3 to these Rules fordetails).

CONDITIONS OF REPLACEMENT ORSUBSTITUTIONBoth replacement and substitute certificates will beissued subject to the following conditions:

where the original certificate has been lost intransmission or subsequently, a statutorydeclaration is submitted to that effect

where the original certificate was defective or hasbeen damaged, the certificate is returned

payment of the prescribed fee, where applicable.

FORM OF CERTIFICATESAll replacement and substitute certificates will beproduced on QUT proforma, and, except where areplica is issued as a replacement, will be producedusing the proforma current at the time of issue ofthe replacement or substitute, and incorporate thesignatures of the incumbent Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Registrar.

APPEND I X 4

49

AP

PE

ND

IX 5

: U

NIT

AD

DIT

ION

AN

D W

ITH

DR

AW

AL

DA

TE

S F

OR

20

01

Uni

tsTe

achi

ng P

erio

dA

dditio

n D

ate

Withd

raw

al D

ate

*S

tand

ard

Firs

t Sem

este

r26

Feb

ruar

y –

1 Ju

ne 2

001

^9

Mar

ch 2

001

4 M

ay 2

001

Sta

ndar

d S

econ

d S

emes

ter

16 J

uly

– 19

Oct

ober

200

1 ^

27 J

uly

2001

14 S

epte

mbe

r 20

01

Mul

ti S

emes

ter

Two

or m

ore

sem

este

rs9

Mar

ch 2

001

for

units

Cen

sus

date

of s

emes

ter

ofco

mm

enci

ng in

firs

t sem

este

r;en

rolm

ent f

or fi

nal c

ompo

nent

27 J

uly

for

units

com

men

cing

(31

Mar

ch o

r 31

Aug

ust 2

001

in s

econ

d se

mes

ter

as

appr

opria

te)

Inte

rnat

iona

l Col

lege

(Q

UT

IC)

Teac

hing

Per

iod

1:26

Feb

ruar

y –

1 Ju

ne 2

001

9 M

arch

200

14

May

200

1Te

achi

ng P

erio

d 2:

25 J

une

– 28

Sep

tem

ber

2001

6 Ju

ly 2

001

31 A

ugus

t 200

1Te

achi

ng P

erio

d 3:

22 O

ctob

er –

1 F

ebru

ary

2002

2 N

ovem

ber

2001

21 D

ecem

ber

2001

Bris

bane

Gra

duat

e S

choo

l of

6 cr

edit

poin

t mod

ules

Bus

ines

s (B

GS

B)

Sem

este

r 1A

:5

Mar

ch –

13

Apr

il 20

015

Mar

ch 2

001

30 M

arch

200

1S

emes

ter

1B:

7 M

ay –

15

June

200

17

May

200

11

June

200

1S

emes

ter

2A:

16 J

uly

– 24

Aug

ust 2

001

16 J

uly

2001

10 A

ugus

t 200

1S

emes

ter

2B:

10 S

epte

mbe

r –

19 O

ctob

er 2

001

10 S

epte

mbe

r 20

015

Oct

ober

200

1S

emes

ter

3A:

5 N

ovem

ber

– 14

Dec

embe

r 20

015

Nov

embe

r 20

0130

Nov

embe

r 20

01S

emes

ter

3B:

7 Ja

nuar

y –

15 F

ebru

ary

2002

7 Ja

nuar

y 20

021

Feb

ruar

y 20

02

12 c

redi

t poi

nt u

nits

Stu

dent

s un

dert

akin

g 12

cre

dit p

oint

BG

SB

uni

ts s

houl

d re

fer

to th

e st

anda

rd fi

rst a

nd s

econ

d se

mes

ter

date

s in

this

sch

edul

eas

app

licab

le. F

or u

nits

und

erta

ken

in th

e su

mm

er p

rogr

am 2

001/

2002

, the

end

of W

eek

2 is

the

last

dat

e fo

r ad

ditio

ns a

ndth

e en

d of

Wee

k 9

will

be

the

last

day

to w

ithdr

aw w

ithou

t aca

dem

ic p

enal

ty.

Cor

pora

te P

rogr

ams

and

Exe

cutiv

e M

BA

Stu

dent

s un

dert

akin

g th

ese

prog

ram

s m

ay h

ave

diffe

ring

addi

tion

and

with

draw

al d

ates

to th

ose

abov

e. R

efer

to y

our

prog

ram

doc

umen

tatio

n fo

r fu

rthe

r de

tails

.

Inte

nsiv

e M

ode,

Sum

mer

Pro

gram

Teac

hing

Per

iod:

Up

to tw

o w

eeks

Firs

t day

of t

each

ing

perio

dP

rior

to th

e co

mm

ence

men

t of

or O

ff-sh

ore

the

teac

hing

per

iod

Teac

hing

Per

iod:

Mor

e th

an tw

o w

eeks

and

up

Firs

t day

of t

each

ing

perio

dIn

the

first

two

wee

ks o

f the

to s

ix w

eeks

teac

hing

per

iod

Teac

hing

Per

iod:

Mor

e th

an s

ix w

eeks

Firs

t day

of t

each

ing

perio

dIn

the

first

six

wee

ks o

f the

teac

hing

per

iod

* A

cade

mic

pen

alty

will

app

ly fo

r w

ithdr

awal

afte

r th

ese

spec

ified

dat

es^

Som

e un

its m

ay c

omm

ence

prio

r to

this

dat

e

50

POL ICY STATEMENTS

Suggested variations in assessment techniques forstudents with disabilities are listed below. Issues ofvalidity, reliability and equity, together with ease ofmarketing, should be taken into account whenadopting such alternatives.

Variations ExamplesModeQuestioning Brailed or audiotaped questions,modality viva voce testing, signing inter-

preter, etc.

Response Oral rather than written answers –modality recorded on tape, viva voce,

signing, etc.

ContextTime Extended period to answer

examination, respite breaks duringan examination, extra time tocomplete assignments, defermentwithout penalty, etc.

Equipment Tape recorder, brailler, printmagnifier, electric typewriter,special desk for wheelchair,adapted laboratory equipment, etc.

Separate Special equipment, personalexamination assistance (to avoid disturbingroom others).

Personal Amanuensis, reader, interpreter,assistance aide.

To support their request for alternative assessmentarrangements, students may be required by therelevant lecturer and course coordinator to present acertificate from a medical or other relevant specialistpractitioner which substantiates the nature of thespecial need.

The University accepts that general principles ofconfidentiality and privacy should apply in suchcircumstances. Therefore, students may choose torefer the certificate to the QUT Disability Officer ora QUT counsellor who shall recommend appropriateaction to the relevant lecturer or course coordinator.

Following any decisions in relation to such a request,all documentation in relation to the disability shouldbe forwarded to the QUT Disability Officer forretention on a confidential file. A record of requestsand adaptations will be retained for review purposesby the QUT Disability Officer with a record of thedecision forwarded to the Examinations Officer forretention on the student’s file.

ACCESS TO ASSESSMENT RESULTSThe University is committed to a policy of opennesswith respect to the release of assessment results.Effective from the date of commencement of theQueensland Freedom of Information Act, QUTpolicy on access to assessment results and/or marksis as follows:

For units where percentage marks are calculated,such marks will be placed on the confidentialindividual student records located in the QUTVirtual web pages (https://qutvirtual.qut.edu.au).

Faculty academic boards must make appropriatearrangements for students who request to perusetheir own examination scripts or written answersto examination questions or other forms ofassessment, provided that the request is madewithin three months of the release of theexamination results. Should students request aphotocopy of their script, a fee will be levied.

Where examination question papers or other formsof assessment will be re-used in successiveexaminations, Faculty academic boards mustarrange for students to receive advice on theirperformance with reference to their ownexamination scripts in a way which does notprejudice the examination mode.

ASSESSMENT PROVISIONS FORSTUDENTS WITH DISABILITIESStudents with permanent or temporary disabilitieshave the right to alternative arrangements whichareconsistent with a commitment to academicexcellence and the provision of equality ofopportunity to enable students to fulfil courserequirements.

Normally, students should notify the relevant coursecoordinator in writing early in the semester, but nolater than the semester census date. Failure to do somay jeopardise access to appropriate services.Students who suffer a disability, illness or injury afterthe census date can, during the semester, seek specialconsideration or other means of addressing their needfor alternative arrangements.

Alternative forms of assessment are usually negoti-ated between student and course coordinator, but ad-vice can be sought from the QUT Disability Officeras needed, particularly if differing views are heldabout the appropriateness of such accommodation/arrangements.

51

The student must be advised in writing of anyvariations that will be made to assessment. TheExaminations Section will notify the student in thecase of central examinations and the school officewill do so for school-based assessment.

Students who are not granted alternative assessmentbut believe that they are entitled to alternativeassessment under the above provisions may requesta review of the decision under the University’sprocedures for reviews of academic rulings.

QUT POLICY ON CHILDREN OFSTUDENTS ON CAMPUSUnder the Queensland Workplace Health and SafetyAct 1995 QUT has obligations to ensure the healthand safety of all, including children, at or near theworkplace. Students bringing children on campusare expected to familiarise themselves withobligations outlined in the QUT Policy on Childrenof Students on Campus.

Note that the policy does not apply to situationswhere a child is brought on campus for the purposeof attending a registered child care facility, the EarlyChildhood Development Unit, clinics and approvedprograms such as vacation care.

The policy is available at:

www.publications.qut.edu.au/ltd/qut/pubs/mopp/A/A_09_10.html

INFORMATION ACCESS ANDPRIVACYQUT recognises that privacy is essential to humandignity and a key value which underpins other keyvalues such as freedom of speech and freedom ofassociation (Australian Privacy Charter, AustralianPrivacy Charter Council, December 1994).

However, the University is required to have on recorda variety of factual information about staff andstudents, both for internal use and for the compilationof statistical reports to meet the requirements of suchexternal bodies as the Department of Education,Training and Youth Affairs, and the AustralianTaxation Office.

QUT also recognises that all staff and students, bothpast and present, are entitled to a legitimateexpectation that the University will protect allinformation of a personal nature which it holds aboutthem. The Registrar is the official custodian of allrecords containing such information, and isresponsible to the Vice-Chancellor for their propermaintenance and control.

The University accepts that the general principlesof confidentiality and privacy apply to the use andavailability of its records. Where information abouta staff member or student includes personal details,that person may quite reasonably expect that theUniversity will maintain confidentiality, exceptwhere disclosure is required for legitimate purposes.

QUT also recognises the increased tendency to storeand access records by electronic means. Anyreference to “personal records” or “files containingpersonal information”, includes files held in hard-copy form, and also by all electronic means.

With respect to disclosure required by law, theUniversity acknowledges that other legislativeobligations, such as the Queensland Freedom ofInformation Act 1992 (FOI Act) (see section F/9.7of the MOPP), may require the divulging ofinformation which the University would ordinarilyseek to protect. In such circumstances, theprocedures set out in the FOI Act will be followed;that is, information about a person will only bereleased where the public interest of disclosureoutweighs the need to maintain the privacy of therecords.

Student assessment and publication ofresultsEach semester, the University publishes students’results in the press and on University notice boards.Students who would prefer that their results are notpublished in the press or displayed by name onUniversity notice boards have the right to requestthat their academic records remain confidential. Therequest to withhold results from public releaseremains in force until specifically revoked by thestudent.

Student Records, Transcripts andReferencesIt is the responsibility of the Registrar to providestudents with copies of their official Universitytranscripts on request for use at the student’sdiscretion, or to forward the transcript to anotherperson or organisation when authorised in writingby the student to do so.

Should the Registrar of another institution to whicha student is seeking admission formally request acopy of a student’s academic record, its transmissionwill be assumed to be authorised by the student.Official University transcripts may only be providedto other individuals, employers or agencies outsidethe University upon the written authorisation orrequest of the student addressed to the Registrar.

Staff members who are asked to provide referencesfor students should indicate that official transcripts

52

are available only through the Student AdministrationDepartment, but where they are asked by a student tocomment on general academic performance and otherattributes they are clearly free to do so.

DISABILITY SERVICES POLICY1. IntroductionIn accordance with QUT’s Equal Opportunity Policy,(ref A8.4) the University recognises its social andlegal obligation to provide an accessible andinclusive environment for people with disabilities.QUT is bound by the Commonwealth DisabilityDiscrimination Act 1992 and the Queensland Anti-Discrimination Act 1991, under which the Universitycan be vicariously liable for discrimination orharassment against a person with a disability by amember of staff or any of its agents.

This policy seeks to ensure equal opportunities forpeople with disabilities to participate in all aspectsof university life, including education andemployment. It is based on the philosophy ofinclusion, which promotes strategies to develop aflexible work and study environment which is ableto meet the needs of a diverse range of users.

The policy is accompanied by detailed operationalguidelines available from the Equity Section.

2. PrinciplesQUT is committed to the creation of an environmentwhich promotes dignity, acknowledges the right toprivacy and confidentiality, and cultivates anawareness of the needs and rights of people withdisabilities.

In creating this environment, the University is guidedby the following principles:

Reasonable accommodations are to be providedfor people with disabilities. It is the responsibilityof the student or staff member to substantiate theireligibility for disability services.

The needs of people with disabilities are to beassessed in consultation with them by theDisability Officer/s on an individual basis.

Accommodations for people with disabilities willneither advantage nor disadvantage them incomparison to other people not receiving disabilitysupport services, but will be designed to ensurethat people with a disability have equal access toemployment or education.

Any information in relation to a person’s disabilityremains confidential, is not part of the person’sopen record of employment or academic progress,and will not be disclosed without prior written

consent, except for statistical reports designed formonitoring and evaluation. (Ref. F9.2 for policyon confidentiality of staff and student records).

The University may seek information about aperson’s disability only insofar as it relates to therequest for reasonable accommodation and/or theneed for general accountability to fundingagencies, policy development or monitoring andevaluation of policies and programs, includingaffirmative action programs for staff withdisabilities.

By law, access to work and study may not belimited on the basis of the cost of services andaccommodations required, unless the adjustmentswould impose “unjustifiable hardship” on theUniversity.

People with disabilities should be able to accessand negotiate each campus in safety and with ease.

People with disabilities should have access to ex-isting information networks (e.g. advertisements,publications, promotional material) in appropri-ate formats.

3. DefinitionsDisability

As outlined in the relevant legislation, a disabilitymay be either temporary or permanent, total orpartial, physical, psychological or psychiatric, life-long or acquired. Also included are people whorequire devices or aids for assistance, or areaccompanied by guide dogs.

Reasonable AccommodationReasonable accommodation refers to administrative,physical or procedural alterations required to ensureequal opportunity for a person with a disability.

Unjustifiable HardshipIn some cases it may be unreasonable for theUniversity to make certain adjustments. Relevantcircumstances in determining unjustifiable hardshipinclude:

the nature of the benefit or detriment likely toaccrue or be suffered by any persons concerned;

the financial circumstances of the institution andthe cost of making the required adjustments.

A thorough understanding of the effect of the disabilityon the individual and the impact of any adjustment oralteration is required in order to determine whethersuch adjustments are reasonable and necessary. Therelevant State and Commonwealth administrativebodies require detailed evidence to support a claimof unjustifiable hardship.

53

4. Provisions of Disability Services PolicyThe policy makes the following provisions:

Entry to Work and StudyQUT does not discriminate on grounds other thanacademic and merit based criteria when consideringapplications for admission as a student or staffmember.

Access to Academic Programs andEmployment

The University will endeavour to make all itsacademic programs, employment and developmentopportunities available to prospective students andstaff members with a disability, consistent with theentry provisions above.

Support ServicesQUT has a wide range of support services availableto all staff and students. The University recognisesthat students and staff with disabilities may requirespecialised assistance. Support services include note-takers, alternative formatting of learning material,participation assistants etc.

Adapting the Learning and WorkingEnvironment

The University supports the practice of job re-design,workplace modifications and alternative teachingand assessment practices to enable a staff memberor a student with a disability to fulfil the requirementsof a particular position or academic course.

Creation of Employment/StudyOpportunities

The University aims to provide equal employmentand educational opportunities and to implementaffirmative action programs for equity groups (seesection A/8.4) . The University develops strategies totake full advantage of funding initiatives byGovernment agencies aimed at providing employmentopportunities for people with disabilities, includingits own graduates.

The Physical EnvironmentThe built environment should be accessible to peoplewith disabilities. All new buildings are designed inaccordance with the appropriate standards and codes.The University endeavours to improve access toolder buildings which do not meet these standards.

Promotion of Disability AwarenessAll staff and students will be given the opportunityto acquire the understanding and skills necessary tomeet the employment, educational and social supportneeds of people with disabilities.

Non-Discriminatory Presentation andPractice

In accordance with QUT Policy and Guidelines onInclusive Language and Presentation (MOPP.A/8.7),

the University will endeavour to ensure that allessential educational, administrative andpromotional material is available in alternativeformats for access by people with disabilities.

Community Service and OutreachThe University has a responsibility to make itshuman and physical resources available in a mannerwhich is responsive to the needs and aspirations ofpeople with disabilities, unless to do so would causeunjustifiable hardship for the University.

Quality Assurance MeasuresThe University is committed to the continued reviewof policy and procedures, and to the involvement ofpeople with disabilities in matters that affect them.The University will actively seek to involveconsumers in decision-making, and develop qualityassurance mechanisms to support this policy.

AWARDS WITH HONOURSThis policy does not deal with honours programswhich are end-on to a bachelor degree course.

In degree courses of four or more years, a degreewith honours may be awarded to students who haverecorded outstanding achievement in the four-yearprogram. Honours are presently awarded in thedegree courses in Architecture, Engineering,Information Technology, Law, Optometry, HumanMovement Studies, and Education. Degrees withhonours are also awarded to students who haverecorded outstanding achievement in a componentof a double degree program where that componentis a degree for which awards with honours are made.

First class honours, second class honours divisionA and second class honours division B may beawarded. Candidates for a degree with honours mustfulfil the requirements for a pass degree and achievea standard of proficiency in all course units as mayfrom time to time be determined by the relevantfaculty academic board and approved by UniversityAcademic Board.

Honours are awarded:

to indicate that students may appropriately proceedto higher degrees

to encourage students to work consistentlythroughout a course

to ensure that QUT students can apply equally foremployment in competition with honoursgraduates from other institutions

to ensure that QUT graduates are eligible for thesame level of salary on commencement asgraduates from other institutions

54

to enable QUT graduates to compete equally forscholarships.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY POLICYThe Council of the Queensland University ofTechnology is committed to a policy of equalopportunity and freedom from all forms ofdiscrimination as determined by legislation or byCouncil. The policy is issued on the basis that it isfair and just and contributes to the fulfilment ofQUT’s Missions and Goals.

In fulfilling this policy, the University aims to:

promote the development of a University culturesupportive of equity principles

ensure all of its management and educationalpolicies and practices reflect and respect the socialand cultural diversity contained within theUniversity and the community it serves

ensure that the appointment and advancement ofstaff and admission and progression of studentswithin QUT are determined on the basis of merit

provide equal employment and educationalopportunities within QUT and identify and removebarriers to participation and progression inemployment and education, and implement anAffirmative Action Program for equity groups

eliminate unlawful discrimination against staff andstudents on the grounds of sex; marital status;pregnancy; breastfeeding; race; age; parenthood;physical, intellectual and mental impairment;religious belief; lawful sexual activity; trade unionactivity; criminal record; social origin; medicalrecord; nationality; or political belief or activity

comply with state and federal legislation onDiscrimination, Equal Opportunity and AffirmativeAction and binding international human rightsinstruments.

The Vice-Chancellor, through the Registrar and themanagement of the University, is responsible forimplementation of this policy. The Registrar isassisted by the Equity Coordinator.

QUT expects all staff, students and members of theUniversity community to act in accordance with thispolicy.

POLICY ON INCLUSIVE LANGUAGEAND PRESENTATIONUnder its Equal Opportunity policy (1993),Queensland University of Technology aims to‘provide equal employment and educationalopportunities within QUT and identify and remove

barriers to participation and progression inemployment and education’.

To this end, QUT supports a policy of inclusivelanguage and presentation in all administrative andacademic activities of the University. This means thatthe University will:

actively promote awareness and use of inclusivelanguage and presentation by staff and studentsin all QUT documents and materials in all forms

actively promote the use of inclusive texts andmaterials in all QUT teaching and presentations

work towards the elimination of demeaning ordiscriminatory language use and visualrepresentations at QUT

take active steps to ensure all staff and studentsare aware of their responsibilities under the policyand take appropriate action to assist staff andstudents to comply, and

develop and maintain a procedure for resolvingcomplaints of demeaning or discriminatorylanguage and presentation.

For the purpose of this policy:

Inclusive language and presentation positivelyreflects the richness of the social and culturaldiversity of Australian society and QUT communityby embracing the lifestyles, experiences and valuesof all groups of people.

Discriminatory language and presentationdevalues or demeans people or groups of people byharassing them, highlighting individualcharacteristics in an offensive or prejudicial manner,or by excluding them.

QUT recognises that use of inclusive language andpresentation in all activities will assist in theUniversity’s mission to bring the benefit of teaching,research and learning to the community.

QUT expects all staff, students and other membersof the University community to act in accordancewith this policy.

ResponsibilityDeans, Heads of Divisions and Chancellery areresponsible for ensuring that their staff and, whereapplicable, students act in accordance with this policy.

Information on Inclusive Language andPresentationIn support of this policy, QUT has produced aguidebook to inclusive language and presentation. Theguidebook contains examples and practicalsuggestions on how to be inclusive in communicationand procedures for resolving complaints of demeaningor discriminatory language and presentation.

55

The guidebook is available from the Equity Section,Division of Administrative Services.

SEXUAL AND GENDER-BASEDHARASSMENT POLICYQUT has adopted a Policy on Equal Opportunity toreflect its commitment to equal opportunity andfreedom from all forms of discrimination ineducation and employment, as determined bylegislation or by Council.

QUT recognises the right of all students and staff towork and/or study in an environment free fromsexual and gender-based harassment. Sexualharassment and discrimination on the basis of sexare unlawful and unacceptable within the University.

The University acknowledges its responsibility toensure that staff, students and members of the uni-versity community are made aware of what consti-tutes unacceptable behaviour within the Universityand that all managers and supervisors are aware oftheir responsibility for ensuring the maintenance ofproper standards of conduct within the University.

The University recognises also its responsibility totake prompt and effective action to deal withcomplaints of sexual and gender-based harassmentand to ensure that all people involved in thecomplaint, including the complainant, the personcomplained about and witnesses are treated fairly.The University will do everything in its power toensure that people are not victimised in any way. Italso recognises the responsibility of managers to takea pro-active role in dealing with any manifestationsof sexual and gender-based harassment inaccordance with this policy.

What is harassment?Harassment is a form of discrimination. It isoffensive social behaviour which occurs particularlyin staff/student or employer/employee relationshipswhere there is a relationship of power and/orauthority of one person over another.

The University recognises however that the work orstudy environment may also be adversely affected bysexual or gender-based harassment by peers (student/student or employee/employee) and will not toleratesuch behaviour. Similarly, the University will nottolerate harassment of staff by students nor harassmentby staff or students of visitors or members of the publicwhilst engaged in University activities.

Behaviour that is regarded as harmless, trivial or ajoke may constitute sexual or gender-based harass-ment, where personally offensive, humiliating ordistressing to the recipient.

Sexual harassmentSexual harassment is any form of offensive sexualattention that is uninvited and unwelcomed. It canbe a single incident or a persistent pattern ofunwelcomed behaviour and it should be noted thatthe distress can be the same whether the conduct isintentional or unintentional. Although a majority ofcomplaints of sexual harassment come from women,sexual harassment is not confined to any gender orsexuality. Sexual harassment can range from subtlebehaviour to explicit demands for sexual activity oreven criminal assault and includes the following:

inappropriate remarks with sexual connotationssmutty sexual jokesthe display of offensive materialstares and leers or offensive hand or body gesturesinappropriate posturingcomments and questions about another person’ssexual conduct and/or private relationshipspersistent unwelcome invitationsrequests for sexual favoursoffensive written, telephone or electronic mail orother computer system communications

unnecessary close physical proximity includingpersistently following a personunwelcome physical conduct such as brushingagainst or touching a personactual molestationsexual assault.

Gender-based harassmentGender-based harassment is any conduct that isunwelcome because it denigrates a person on thebasis of their gender. It can be a single incident or apersistent pattern of unwanted behaviour andconstitutes unlawful discrimination if it can be shownthat the person being harassed is being treatedunfavourably on the basis of her or his sex. The termcovers a range of behaviour which in its contextamounts to harassment including:

denigrating comments regarding a person’s gender

the display of written or pictorial material thatdenigrates a person’s gender

negative behaviours, for example bullying,intimidation or exclusion related to the gender ofthe recipient

expressing stereotyping, that is, assumptions basedon gender about an individual’s gender, groupbehaviour, values, culture or ability.

Information on harassmentQUT has procedures designed for dealing withcomplaints of sexual or gender-based harassment.

56

There is also a network of trained Sexual HarassmentContact Officers who can advise and assist peopleinterested in making a complaint.

Information on the policy and procedures and/or theSexual Harassment Contact Officers are availablefrom the Equity Section.

Equity CoordinatorRoom 0430, O Block PodiumGardens Point CampusPhone: 07 3864 2115

Equity OfficerRoom 214, K BlockKelvin Grove CampusPhone: 07 3864 3652

POLICY ON RACIAL DISCRIMINATIONAND HARASSMENTQUT recognises the right of all students and staff towork and/or study in an environment free from allproscribed forms of discrimination and harassment,including racial discrimination and harassment.

QUT has adopted a Policy on Equal Opportunity(MOPP, A/8.4) to reflect its commitment to equalopportunity and freedom from all forms ofdiscrimination in education and employment, asdetermined by legislation or by Council.

QUT is committed to protecting the rights of bothstudents and staff to achieve their full potential inan environment which values cultural diversity andis free from racial discrimination or harassment. Assuch it aims to provide an environment in whichpositive actions are taken to:

affirm and value cultural identity

give due recognition to the history and experiencesof the indigenous peoples of Australia particularlythrough the provision of information on Aboriginaland Torres Strait Islander culture and society inthe curricula of courses within discipline areaswhere such information is relevant

give due recognition to its culturally diversecommunity through the provision of informationon diverse cultures and societies in the curriculaof courses within discipline areas where suchinformation is relevant

develop cross-cultural awareness and the activeparticipation of staff and students in establishinga climate, within all University activities,conducive to the elimination of racialdiscrimination and harassment

eliminate racial discrimination and harassment

inform students and staff of their right to makecomplaints on the basis of racial discriminationand harassment, and to ensure complaints are dealtwith promptly, seriously, fairly, and effectively

alert staff, students, and organisational units totheir responsibilities in regard to racialdiscrimination and harassment, and encouragethem to take an active role in opposing racialdiscrimination and harassment

ensure supervisors are aware of theiraccountability for maintaining proper standardsof conduct within their areas of responsibility

ensure all polices and practices of the Universityand its organisational units take account of the aimto eliminate racial discrimination and harassment.

QUT acknowledges its responsibility to ensure thatstaff, students, and members of the Universitycommunity are made aware of what constitutesunacceptable behaviour within the University andthat all managers and supervisors are aware of theirresponsibility for ensuring the maintenance of properstandards of conduct within the University.

QUT recognises its responsibility to deal with racialdiscrimination and harassment and to take promptand effective action to deal with complaints, and todo everything in its power to ensure that all peopleinvolved in a complaint, including the complainant,the person complained about (the respondent), andwitnesses are treated fairly by the University andare not victimised in any way. It also recognises theresponsibility of managers to take a proactive rolein dealing with any manifestations of discriminationor harassment in accordance with this policy.

What is racial discrimination andharassment?Any distinction, exclusion, restriction or preferencewithin QUT’s study and work environment basedupon race, colour, national or ethnic origin, descent,migrant status, ancestry, or nationality amounts toracial discrimination. Discrimination on the groundsof religion may in some circumstances constituteracial discrimination.

The University may however develop AffirmativeAction Programs for specific groups of people inkeeping with the University’s Policy on EqualOpportunity (MOPP, A/8.4). Affirmative ActionPrograms include strategies to provide increasedopportunities for identified groups of people and toremove barriers to participation and progression inemployment and education which are as a result ofhistorical or existing disadvantage, harassment anddiscrimination. Affirmative Action Programs are

57

therefore not included in a definition of racialdiscrimination and harassment.

Discrimination may be both direct and indirect. Anexample of direct racial discrimination would bedenigrating the racial background of a student in alecture. An example of indirect racial discriminationcould be when examination timetables do notprovide reasonable alternatives for clashes withreligious holidays.Discrimination includes discrimination on the basisof actual attributes (such as appearance, racialbackground or accent) and also includesdiscrimination on the basis of imputed or presumedattributes, such as unsubstantiated assumptions abouta person’s racial background.

Harassment is a form of discrimination. It isoffensive social behaviour. The Universityrecognises that the work or study environment maybe adversely affected by racial harassment in staff/student or employer/employee relationships andbetween peers (student/student or employee/employee), and it will not tolerate such behaviour.Similarly, the University will not tolerate harassmentby or of staff or students with respect to any otherperson whilst engaged in University-relatedactivities.

Behaviour that is regarded by some as harmless,trivial, or a joke may to others constitute racialharassment, when it is personally offensive,humiliating, or distressing to the recipient.When used in this policy, the term ‘racially-based’means based upon attributes which may include race,colour, national or ethnic origin, descent, migrantstatus, ancestry, and nationality.

Racial discrimination and harassment may consistof a variety of behaviours and actions including, butnot limited to the following examples:

racially-based discrimination and harassment inaccess to services, education, or employmentopportunities

offensive racially-based comments, made in thecourse of lectures and class meetings or interviews

racially-based derogatory name calling, insults,and offensive jokes

written racially-based offensive comments by staffor students

racially-based offensive comment in telephone orelectronic mail or other computer systemcommunications

racially-based offensive graffiti

distribution of racially-based offensive material

making racially-based threats against a person orgroup

display of racially-based offensive comment egon clothing and badges

using University facilities to recruit students orstaff to organisations or groups which advocateracial discrimination or harassment

advocating racial or religious hatred or incitingunlawful racial discrimination.

Information on racial discrimination andharassmentIn support of this policy, QUT has put in placeprocedures for dealing with complaints of racialdiscrimination and harassment.

Information on racial discrimination and harassmentand the complaints procedures is available from theEquity Section.

SUPPLEMENTARY ASSESSMENTSupplementary assessment is provided to facilitatethe course completion of students and will thereforeonly be granted to students whose current enrolmentwould satisfy the requirements for graduation.Supplementary assessment is only provided to thefollowing:

(i) students enrolled in undergraduate bachelordegrees or graduate diplomas leading to thegranting of an initial professional qualification;or

(ii) students enrolled in a QUT InternationalCollege (QUTIC) diploma.

Supplementary assessment is not a reassessment ofthe student’s overall grade or the mark for anindividual assessment item. It is a new item ofassessment designed to assist final semester studentsto complete requirements for their qualification.Students enrolled in a bachelor degree or graduatediploma may be granted a maximum of twosupplementary assessments in any one course.QUTIC diploma students may be granted amaximum of one supplementary assessment in anyone course.

Faculty academic boards are responsible fordetermining eligibility for supplementary assessmentat the time exam results are considered. Facultyacademic boards will be guided by advice from therelevant School(s), as to whether, given the student’sgrades for the unit(s) and the nature of the unit(s) itis possible for the student to achieve a passingstandard through supplementary assessment.

58

The form and type of supplementary assessment isat the discretion of the Faculty which will ensurethat academic standards are maintained.

Supplementary assessment should only be providedin the following circumstances:

when a student receives a grade of 3 in a unit wherea 4 is required for course completion

when a student receives a grade of 2 in a unit wherea 3 is required for course completion.

Supplementary assessment will not be granted in thefollowing circumstances:

to students enrolled in designated units listed inAppendix 3 to the Student Rules

to students who have been graded 1 Low Fail orK Withdrawn Failure.

Students who are not granted supplementaryassessment but believe they are entitled tosupplementary assessment may request a review ofthe decision under the University’s procedures forreviews of academic rulings.

The only grades that will be recorded following sup-plementary assessment are S3 (Pass Supplementary)and S2 (Fail Supplementary).

AR

TS

59

three

AC

AD

EM

IC P

RO

GR

AM

S

60

AR

TS

61

FAC

ULT

Y O

F A

RTS

62

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .......................................................................................................64

RESEARCH CENTRES .....................................................................................65

SENIOR STAFF .................................................................................................67

COURSES■ Master of Arts (Research) (AT22) ...................................................................................................... 68

Academy of The Arts .......................................................................................................................... 68

School of Human Services ................................................................................................................. 69

School of Psychology and Counselling .............................................................................................. 69

School of Humanities and Social Science .......................................................................................... 70

School of Media and Journalism ........................................................................................................ 70

■ Master of Arts (Digital Media) (MJ32) .............................................................................................. 71

■ Master of Fine Arts (AA24) ............................................................................................................... 72

■ Master of Communication Design (AA84) ........................................................................................ 72

■ Master of Music (AA95) .................................................................................................................... 73

■ Master of Counselling (PY12) ............................................................................................................ 73

■ Master of Counselling Psychology (PY17) ........................................................................................73

■ Master of Social Science (Human Services) (HS16) ......................................................................... 74

■ Graduate Diploma of Arts (Film & Television Production) (MJ23) .................................................. 74Graduate Diploma of Arts (Journalism) (MJ23) ................................................................................ 74

■ Graduate Diploma in Clinical Hypnosis (PY30) ................................................................................ 75

■ Graduate Diploma in Dance Instruction (AA07) ............................................................................... 76

■ Graduate Diploma in Digital Media (MJ31) ...................................................................................... 76

■ Graduate Diploma in Music (AA94) .................................................................................................. 77

■ Post Graduate Diploma in Psychology (PY20) .................................................................................. 77

■ Graduate Diploma in Psychology (PY08) ..........................................................................................78

■ Graduate Diploma in Road Safety (PY41) .........................................................................................78

■ Graduate Diploma in Social Science (Human Services) (HS15) ....................................................... 78

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts (Creative Writing) (MJ24) ..................................................................... 79

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts (Film & Television Production) (MJ25) ................................................ 79

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts (Journalism) (MJ26) .............................................................................. 80

■ Graduate Certificate in Clinical Hypnosis Practice (PY32) ............................................................... 80

■ Graduate Certificate in Dance Instruction (AA06) ............................................................................. 80

■ Graduate Certificate in Digital Media (MJ30) ...................................................................................80

■ Graduate Certificate in Music (AA93) ............................................................................................... 81

■ Graduate Certificate in Road Safety (PY40) ...................................................................................... 81

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (Communication Design) (AA82) ......................................................... 81

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (Dance/Drama/Visual Arts) (AA40) ...................................................... 81

AR

TS

63

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (Creative Writing Production/Film & TelevisionProduction/Journalism/Media Studies) (MJ21) .................................................................................. 82

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (Humanities) (HU21) ............................................................................. 82

■ Bachelor of Music (Honours) (AA92) ............................................................................................... 83

■ Bachelor of Social Science (Honours) (Human Services) (HS14) ..................................................... 83

■ Bachelor of Social Science (Honours) (SS13) ................................................................................... 84

■ Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) (PY09) ....................................................................................... 84

■ Bachelor of Arts (HU20)* .................................................................................................................. 85

■ Bachelor of Arts (HU22) .................................................................................................................... 85

■ Bachelor of Arts (Creative Writing Production) MJ20) ..................................................................... 90Bachelor of Arts (Film and Television Production) (MJ20) ............................................................... 90Bachelor of Arts (Journalism) (MJ20) ................................................................................................ 90Bachelor of Arts (Media Studies) (MJ20) .......................................................................................... 90

Academy of the Arts Open Electives .................................................................................................. 93

■ Bachelor of Arts (Communication Design) (AA81) .......................................................................... 93

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance) (AA11) ...................................................................................................... 94

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance) (La Salle College) (AA12) ........................................................................ 95

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama) (AA21) ..................................................................................................... 95

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama) (La Salle College) (AA22) ....................................................................... 97

■ Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts) (AA71) .............................................................................................. 97

■ Bachelor of Music (AA91) ................................................................................................................. 98

■ Bachelor of Psychology (PY07) ......................................................................................................... 99

■ Bachelor of Social Science (SS60) ................................................................................................... 100

■ Bachelor of Social Science (Human Services) (HS07) .................................................................... 106

■ Advanced Certificate in Dance Teaching (AA14) ............................................................................ 107

■ Certificate in Dance Teaching (AA13) ............................................................................................. 107

■ Associate Degree in Dance (AA09) ................................................................................................. 108

64

FACULTY OF ARTS

OVERVIEWQUTs Faculty of Arts is focussed on multi-disciplinary learning and offers a broad range ofsubjects with international and commercialconnections. The faculty promotes creative andcritical thinking in its many communities and isdistinctive regionally and nationally for its strongvocational focus and diversity. Our multimedia labsare among the most advanced in Australia. Otherfacilities include studios for film and televisionproduction, digital media, conservatorium-styleperforming arts theatres, visual arts studios,multimedia language teaching spaces and state-of-the-art computer labs.

The faculty offers programs across QUT’s threecampuses.

The Academy of the Arts at Kelvin Grove campusequips visual and performing artists with the skillsto shape contemporary arts practice. Academygraduates are articulate arts advocates andautonomous practitioners who work across thespectrum of the arts industry. Enrolling about 1000students in communication design, dance, drama,music and visual arts, the academy offers coursesfrom associate degrees to doctorates, and its facilitiesencompass lecture theatres, studios and performancevenues spanning Brisbane campuses. Course linksare developing with the Faculty of InformationTechnology in the communication design area. Inconjunction with the Faculty of Education, theacademy also offers a double degree program indance, drama, music and visual arts, preparingteachers for Queensland schools. The academy iscontinually building links with the national andinternational performing and visual arts industry,ensuring its graduates receive the best possibleemployment opportunities.

Humanities and Social Science at Carseldinecampus offers three-year degrees in either Arts (BA)or in Social Science (BSocSc) and double degreeprograms can be taken with Business, Education,Law or Science. A fourth-year honours program isalso available. Major study areas for both thesedegrees include:

Applied EthicsAsia Pacific StudiesGender StudiesGeography and Environmental StudiesLanguages (French, German, Indonesian,Japanese and Mandarin)Literary and Cultural Studies

International & Global Studies*HistoryPolitical StudiesSociology.

* Subject to final approval.

In addition, minor study areas are available inAustralian Studies, European Studies and IndigenousStudies. Students may combine any of the areasabove with significant studies from other schoolsand faculties.

Postgraduate studies are available in most of theareas listed above.

Media and Journalism at Gardens Point campushas a national reputation for educating outstandinggraduates who are immediately employable inmedia-related professions. The school provides adynamic combination of cutting-edge technology,innovative course design and strong industry ties,within a creative environment. Links to the Academyof the Arts will culminate in students learning howto deliver creative inputs for the content componentsof the new knowledge economy.

The school teaches in four main areas: CreativeWriting Production, Film and Television Production,Journalism and Media Studies. Courses range fromBachelor degrees through to doctorates. Journalismand Media Studies are also offered as majors indouble degree programs with the Faculties ofBusiness and Law. The school also teaches inprograms offered by other academic areas such asthe Faculty of Education and the School ofHumanities and Social Science. The school alsooffers a range of postgraduate programs in the areaof Digital Media. A degree in Mass Communicationtaught jointly with the Faculty of Business is undercurrent consideration.

Human Services at Carseldine campus offersundergraduate and postgraduate courses with astrong focus on contemporary issues. The programscover aged care, disability services, corrections, childand family studies and services to young people.Policy development and an appreciation of socialchange processes are integral features of the courses.School staff are committed to building strong linkswith industry and professions in the field of humanservice delivery. Research and community serviceactivities are regarded as key strategies to build on-going links with industry and the wider community.

Psychology and Counselling at Carseldine campusoffers excellent teaching technology and research

AR

TS

65

facilities for its undergraduate and postgraduatecourses. Programs provide graduates with theopportunity to gain practical qualifications that arewell regarded in the community.

The Bachelor of Psychology is a three-year degreeprogram that will both prepare graduates for furtherstudies in psychology, and offer excellentemployment opportunities in a number of fields.Graduates aiming for professional registration mayseek admission to a fourth year of study in eitherthe Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) of the PostGraduate Diploma in Psychology.

The school’s postgraduate offerings include Mastersin Counselling and Counselling Psychology, andGraduate Diplomas and Certificates in Hypnosis andRoad Safety. These programs can also be undertakenat doctorate level.

The school has a Family and Counselling Clinic,which is open to the public, and a research centre inRoad Safety and Accident Prevention. The schoolalso teaches in programs offered by other academicareas such as Built Environment and Engineering,Business, Health and Science.

RESEARCH CENTRES

CENTRE FOR ACCIDENT RESEARCH ANDROAD SAFETYDirector: Prof Mary Sheehan, BA(Hons),GradDip(Clinical Psych) Syd. PhD QldPhone: + 61 7 3864 4549Fax: + 61 7 3864e-mail: [email protected]

Deputy Director: Jeremy Davey, BEdDipTeach,MEd JCUPhone: + 61 7 3864 4574Fax: + 61 7 3864e-mail: [email protected]

Operating since 1996, the Centre for AccidentResearch and Road Safety-Queensland is aninitiative of the Motor Accident InsuranceCommission (MAIC). Funded by MAIC and QUT,CARRS-Q provides a centre of excellence foraccident research and injury prevention, bycombining the efforts of University researchers androad safety professionals. CARRS-Q is concernedwith the contribution of human factors to transport,workplace and other accidents and injuries. TheCentre is involved in the development of relevantroad safety, work safety and other interventions.

It has an international advisory board, which includesleading Australian and overseas experts on crashprevention. Its board of management comprisesmembers of QUT, RACQ, Queensland Transport,

Queensland Insurance Commission, CONROD, QldPolice, Qld Health and MAI.

The key purposes of the centre are to:

foster excellence in collaborative research, bycombining the efforts of university researchers androad safety professionals in the fields of accidentresearch and injury prevention

undertake interdisciplinary consulting activities

undertake interdisciplinary teaching, and to thisend currently offers a Graduate Diploma andGraduate Certificate in Road Safety

administer a large national competitive researchscheme, The Road Accident Prevention and RoadSafety Research Grant Scheme, which supportsbehavioural, medical, engineering and communityintervention studies.

To date, centre staff have worked on road safetyintervention education programs, rehabilitationprograms, safety initiatives for internationaltravellers and drug and alcohol workplace awarenessprograms.

CENTRE FOR COMMUNITY AND CROSS-CULTURAL STUDIESDirector: Dr Laurie Buys BA West Virg, MS SIU,GradCertGerontology PhD UNCPhone: + 61 7 3864 4761Fax: + 61 7 3864 4995e-mail: [email protected]

Research, consultancy and community service isundertaken by staff and postgraduate students witha focus on the social, cultural, creative, political,psychological, emotional and moral dimensions ofcommunity life in plural societies. Cross-disciplinary, with members from the fields ofHumanities and Social Science, Human Services,Psychology and Counselling it provides a base forthe following types of programs:

Gerontology Program headed by Dr Laurie BuysDisability and ageing, housing, employment,retirement, aged care resource centre.

Community Studies and Counselling Programheaded by Dr Kathryn Gow

Counselling/Psychology: counselling supervision(individual & group), psychoanalyticalpsychotherapy, solutions focus therapy(individuals and family), family therapy (includingthe use of videos), alcohol and other drug abuse,organisational therapy, psychotraumatology,neuropsychology, experimental psychology,cognitive psychology, counselling psychology,counselling, personal characteristics andoutcomes, grief processes, psychology of gender,

66

health psychology, environmental psychology,applied social psychology, urban social studies.

Human Services: welfare and counselling servicesdelivered in community/residential/ Federal/State/Church/commercial settings for: the disabled,youth (homeless/disadvantaged), children andfamilies (victims of abuse/domestic violence,) theaged, adult and juvenile offenders (correctiveservices: prison, on home detention, in communitycorrections facilities or within probation or parolesystems).

Unemployment: unemployment and social policy,psychological and community aspects ofunemployment.

Colonialism and Culture in Asia Programheaded by Professor Carl A. TrockiAsian opium trade, Ethnic issues in Malaysia andSingapore , Ethnic politics in Asia Politics andviolence in South-East Asia, Central Asianpolitics, including Iran and the former Sovietstates, The Asian diaspora in Australia.

Public History and Heritage Program headedby Dr Wayne HindsleyPublic, Private and Voluntary Sector CorporateHistory, Public Policy History, Architectural andBuilt Environment and Cultural History, HistoricalArchaeology, Environmental Cultural Parks andthe Cultural Landscape, Family and CommunityHistory, Historiography Biography.

Contemporary Australian Cultures headed byDr Sharyn PearcePost Colonialism, Comparative Literatures,Australian Political and Cultural Studies,Comparative Indigenous Studies, ComparativeMulticultural Studies.

CENTRE FOR INNOVATION IN THE ARTSDirector: Prof Peter Lavery, BADipEd Qld, Dip DBrist, Mlitt NE

Research Students Coordinator: Dr Brad Haseman,DipT Mt Gravatt, BA Qld, MA PhD Sussex,AdvDipS&D Lond., LSDA, FTCLPhone: +7 3864 3217e-mail: [email protected]

Grants and Projects: Mr Michael Whelan, ADPABrisbane,BA(Drama) MCreativeArts James CookPhone: +7 3864 3582e-mail: [email protected]

The centre, located within the Academy of the Artsat the Kelvin Grove campus, has three purposes:

to facilitate the creation and presentation of newartistic works

to encourage multimedia innovation incontemporary worksto enhance the commercialisation of new artisticworks.

The centre initiates projects and collaborates withother arts companies, festivals, research institutesand individual artists in joint ventures. An Artist-in-Residence scheme brings national and internationalvisual and performing artists into the QUT andBrisbane communities.

Artistic and scholarly research is undertaken into theperforming and visual arts in the fields of Dance,Drama, Music, Visual Arts and CommunicationDesign. Both theoretical and applied research isundertaken by composers, choreographers, directors,writers, visual artists and, scholars with a focus onthe creative process and innovation in arts practice.

Staff attached to the centre provide consultancyexpertise over a wide range of multi-disciplinaryapplications. Postgraduate students associated withthe centre focus on the creation and/or analysis ofnew artistic works and processes, often incollaboration with outside artists funded by theAustralia Council and other grants. Multi-media andon-line experimentation is undertaken using theAcademy’s Arts and Technology Laboratory. Newmedia applications, cross-cultural arts and festivalculture are particularly active areas of staff andstudent endeavour.

The five research programs within the centre are:

1. Artistic Practice2. Arts and Technology3. Arts in Cultural Development4. Arts Theory5. Arts Education.

CENTRE FOR MEDIA POLICY ANDPRACTICEDirector: Terry Flew, MEc SydneyPhone: +7 3864 2276e-mail: [email protected]

Deputy Directors:Christina Spurgeon, BA NSWIT, PhD UTSPhone: +7 3864 1182e-mail: [email protected]

Helen Yeates, BA BEdSt Qld, GradDipMediaAFTRS, MBus(Comm)Phone: +7 3864 1231e-mail: [email protected]

The Centre for Media Policy and Practice, is basedin the School of Media and Journalism, located onthe Gardens Point campus. It is an institutionalparticipant in the Australian Key Centre for Cultural

AR

TS

67

and Media Policy, a nationally funded centre ofexcellence in research and teaching. Researchstrengths lie in film and television production, mediapolicy, media representations, the organisation andculture of journalism, film and television, new mediatechnologies, and creative writing theory andpractice. Significant projects have been funded bylarge Australian Research Council grants researches.Centre staff and supervised postgraduates undertakecontinuing education, public seminars and otherprofessional services including consulting work.Through such activities, the centre seeks to developstrong links between students, the academiccommunity, media professionals, government,community and public interest groups.

Centre members provide expert commentary forpublication in state and national newspapers and forAustralian and international broadcast media. Inaddition, the centre has undertaken commissionedresearch on the implications of new mediatechnologies for higher education, and participatedin public inquiries into media policy such as theProductivity Commission’s Review of BroadcastingRegulation. An active collaboration has also beenforged between the centre and Briz31 communitytelevision through students researching, producingand presenting a regular news program; and withradio 4EB through a broadcast training program forethnic unemployed and QUT students.

Activities of the Centre for Media Policy and Practicefocus on media policy, journalism management andethical issues, including:

media and cultural policy environment – history,issues, regulatory – structures and processes,public interest analysismedia and journalism educationmedia and citizenshipAsian media and journalismthe Internet and new media technologieshistory of journalismmedia studiestextual analysis of film, television, advertising andother mediafilm and television project development.

CREATIVE INDUSTRIES RESEARCH ANDAPPLICATIONS CENTRE (PROPOSED)It is proposed that CIRAC will pursue both pure andapplied research, and will replace two existingschool-based research centres; the Centre forInnovation in the Arts in the Academy of the Arts;and the Centre for Media Policy and Practice in theSchool of Media and Journalism. It will also takeover some activities of the Centre for Community

and Cross-Cultural Studies in the School ofHumanities and Social Sciences. It is envisaged thatall research-active staff in the Creative Industries areawithin QUT will be located in ClRAC.

SENIOR STAFFFaculty Office

Dean: Professor J. Hartley, BA(Hons) Wales, PhDMurdoch, D.Litt Wales, FRSA

Faculty Administration Manager: E.D. Harding, BAQld

Academy of the ArtsHead: Professor P.D. Lavery, BA DipEd Qld, DipDBrist., MLitt NE

Communication DesignHead: Associate Professor J.I.Jones, BA MSU, MPSNYU

DanceHead: Associate Professor C.F. Stock, BA(Hons)Flinders, PhD

DramaHead of Theatre and Teaching Studies: J. Martin,DipT Kelvin Grove, BA PhD Stockholm, LTCL

Head of Acting and Technical Production: Vacant

MusicHead: Associate Professor A. Arthurs, BMus(Hons)Surrey

Visual ArtsHead: D. Fitzpatrick, BA(VisArts) PCDP CAI,BLitt(Hons) Deakin, MFA NSW

School of Human ServicesHead: R.L. Matchett, BSocWk(Hons) Qld, MAASW

School of Humanities and Social ScienceActing Head: Associate Professor C. Bean, BAMA(Hons) Canterbury, PhD ANU

Professor:C.A. Trocki, BA Cleveland, MA PhD C’nell

Associate Professors:H. Guille, BSc(Hons) R’dg, PhD Griff.G.J. Ianziti, BA San Fran., MA PhD Nth Car.

School of Media and JournalismHead: Professor S. Cunningham, BA(Hons) Qld,MA McG., PhD Griff, FAHA

Associate Professor: P. M. Neilsen, BA(Hons) MA,PhD Qld, ASA

School of Psychology and CounsellingHead: Professor M. Sheehan, BA(Hons) GradDip(Clinical Psych) Syd., PhD Qld

68

COURSES

Course StructureEntry with approved three-year qualification(Bachelors degree or equivalent)

Students normally will undertake 48 credit pointsof coursework and a 96 credit point research project.

Entry with approved four-year qualification(Bachelors degree plus Honours/ GraduateDiploma, or equivalent)

Students normally will not undertake courseworkunits unless otherwise recommended by thediscipline coordinator. They will be required toundertake a 96 credit point research project or thesis.

With approval from the relevant postgraduate studiescoordinator, instead of undertaking 96 credit pointsof research, students may enrol in 12 or 24 creditpoints of coursework and reduce the weighting oftheir research project to 84 or 72 credit points. Thoseundertaking 84 credit points of research will be givenexemption for ATN007/1. Those undertaking 72credit points of research will be given exemptionfor ATN007/1 and ATN007/2.

Research ComponentDepending on the discipline, the research compo-nent may be undertaken

either as a research thesis (approximately 30,000– 50,000 words,)or as a creative or production-based project witha written component (approximately 10,000 –20,000 words).

It is possible to undertake:

a significant creative work such as a theatrical ormusical productiona long work of fiction or non-fictiona screen-based script or productiona multi-media script or production.

Any project likely to involve University resourcesmust have the support of the appropriate Head ofSchool/Academy.

Academy of The ArtsENTRY WITH THREE-YEARQUALIFICATIONFull-time Course StructureSemester 1AAB004 Contemporary Aesthetic DebatesAAN020 Research Methods in the Visual &

Performing ArtsATN007/1 Research Project 1ATN007/2 Research Project 2

■ Master of Arts (Research)(AT22)

Offered in the:

Academy of The Arts: Dance, Theatre and TeachingStudies, Music Visual Arts.

School of Human Services: Services for the Aged/Youth/Child & Family, Corrective Services,Disability Services.

School of Humanities & Social Science: AppliedEthics, Applied Linguistics, Asia Pacific Studies,Crosscultural Studies, Gender Studies, Geography,History, Literature, Political Studies, Sociology.

School of Media & Journalism: Creative WritingProduction, Film & Television Production,Journalism, Media Studies.

School of Psychology & Counselling: Clinical &Neuropsychology, Cognition, Counselling, Drug &Alcohol Studies, Developmental Psychology,Human-Environment Interactions, Social &Organisational Behaviour, Road Safety & Road Use.

Location:Academy of the Arts: Kelvin GroveSchool of Human Services: CarseldineSchool of Humanities and Social Science: CarseldineSchool of Media and Journalism: Gardens PointSchool of Psychology and Counselling: Carseldine

Course Duration:Entry with 3 year qualification (bachelors orequivalent): 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-time

Entry with 4 year qualification (bachelors plushonours, or bachelors plus graduate diploma, orequivalent): 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time

Total Credit Points:Entry with 3 year qualification: 144Entry with 4 year qualification: 96

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester:48Course Coordinator: Professor Carl TrockiDiscipline Coordinators:

Academy of The Arts: Dr Brad HasemanDance: Associate Professor Cheryl StockTheatre and Teaching Studies: Dr Brad HasemanActing/Technical Production & Management:VacantMusic: Dr Adrian ThomasVisual Arts: Dr Andrew McNamara

Humanities and Social Science: Dr Peter IsaacsMedia and Journalism: A /Prof Philip NeilsenHuman Services: Dr John TomlinsonPsychology and Counselling: Dr Sandy Smith

AR

TS

69

Semester 2ATN007/3 Research Project 3ATN007/4 Research Project 4ATN007/5 Research Project 5

Elective1

Semester 3ATN200 Graduate SeminarATN007/6 Research Project 6ATN007/7 Research Project 7ATN007/8 Research Project 8

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1AAB004 Contemporary Aesthetic DebatesAAN020 Research Methods in the Visual &

Performing Arts

Semester 2ATN007/1 Research Project 1

Elective1

Semester 3ATN007/2 Research Project 2ATN007/3 Research Project 3



Semester 6ATN200 Graduate SeminarATN007/8 Research Project 8

ENTRY WITH FOUR-YEAR QUALIFICATIONFull-time Course StructureSemester 1ATN007/1 Research Project 1ATN007/2 Research Project 2ATN007/3 Research Project 3ATN007/4 Research Project 4

Semester 2ATN007/5 Research Project 5ATN007/6 Research Project 6ATN007/7 Research Project 7ATN007/8 Research Project 8

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1ATN007/1 Research Project 1ATN007/2 Research Project 2




School of Human ServicesSchool of Psychology andCounselling

ENTRY WITH THREE-YEARQUALIFICATIONFull-time Course StructureSemester 1ATN007/1 Research Project 1PYB454 Logic of Social Inquiry

Elective2

Elective2

Semester 2ATN007/2 Research Project 2ATN007/3 Research Project 3ATN007/4 Research Project 4ATN200 Graduate Seminar


Part-time Course StructureSemester 1PYB454 Logic of Social Inquiry

Elective2

Semester 2ATN200 Graduate Seminar

Elective2





1 An elective of 12 credit points is chosen by the student, in consultation with their principal supervisor, from universitywide offerings.

2 The elective will be drawn either from units offered in approved honours or coursework masters degree programs, orfrom advanced undergraduate units subject to approval by the School Postgraduate Studies Coordinator.

70







School of Humanities andSocial Science

ENTRY WITH THREE-YEARQUALIFICATIONFull-time Course StructureSemester 1PYB454 Logic of Social InquiryATN007/1 Research Project 1

Elective2

Elective2

Semester 2ATN200 Graduate SeminarATN007/2 Research Project 2ATN007/3 Research Project 3ATN007/4 Research Project 4


Part-time Course StructureSemester 1PYB454 Logic of Social Inquiry

Elective2

Semester 2ATN200 Graduate Seminar

Elective2











School of Media andJournalism

Although you do not enrol in ATN200 GraduateSeminar, as required in the other three schools, allcandidates within the School of Media andJournalism MUST attend:

either the research seminar series conducted bythe Centre for Media Policy and Practice,

2 The Elective will be drawn either from units offered in approved honours or coursework masters degree programs, orfrom advanced undergraduate units subject to approval by the School Postgraduate Studies Coordinator.

AR

TS

71

or attend sessions relevant to their topic offeredby other schools or faculties.

ENTRY WITH THREE-YEARQUALIFICATIONFull-time Course StructureSemester 1MJP391 Media Research Methods

Plus select THREE units from:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & TV Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP110 Media Theory & Policy



Part-time Course StructureSemester 1MJP391 Media Research Methods


Semester 3Select TWO units from:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & TV Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP110 Media Theory & Policy










■ Master of Arts (Digital Media)(MJ32)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time or 6semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenCourse RequirementsApplicants must have:

a bachelor’s degree from a university in a non-cognate discipline area, or,

a three year diploma in an area relevant to digitalmedia, or,

professional standing and successful professionalpractice relevant to digital media, to thesatisfaction of the course coordinator and the Deanof Faculty.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAB819 Electronic PublishingMJB295 Virtual CulturesAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyMJB349 Media Audiences

Year 1, Semester 2MJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB348 Applied Media StudiesMJP392 Digital Media Project 1

Year 2, Semester 1AAB816 Interactive WritingMJP110 Media Theory & PolicyMJP393 Digital Media Project 2

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyMJB295 Virtual Cultures

72

Year 1, Semester 2MJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB348 Applied Media Studies

Year 2, Semester 1AAB819 Electronic PublishingMJB349 Media Audiences

Year 2, Semester 2MJP392 Digital Media Project 1

Year 3, Semester 1AAB816 Interactive WritingMJP110 Media Theory & Policy


■ Master of Fine Arts (AA24)Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time; 3 years part-time (Acting Studio: 2 years full-time only)Total Credit Points: 144Discipline Coordinators:

Independent Study:• Dance: Associate Professor Cheryl Stock• Drama: Dr Jacqueline Martin• Music: Associate Professor Andy Arthurs• Visual Arts: Mr Donal Fitzpatrick

Acting Studio: Ms Dianne Eden Painting Studio: Mr Dan Mafe

Course StructureIndependent Study

Full-time Course Structure (suggested)Semester 1AAN011 Advanced Professional Practice 1AAN012 Advanced Professional Practice 2

Electives

Semester 2AAN013 Advanced Professional Practice 3

Electives

Semester 3AAN010 MFA Project

Part-time Course StructurePart-time students should contact the coursecoordinator to discuss their enrolment program.

Painting StudioStudents undertake 144 credit points of approvedunits. Refer to your discipline coordinator for advice.

Acting Studio

Year 1, Semester 1AAB011 Music Theatre SkillsAAB233 Voice & Movement 3AAB247 Acting 3

Year 1, Semester 2AAB012 Music Theatre ProjectAAB234 Voice & Movement 4AAB248 Acting 4

Year 2, Semester 1AAB235 Voice & Movement 5AAB255 Theatre Production 1

Year 2, Semester 2AAB256 Theatre Production 2

■ Master of CommunicationDesign (AA84)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time (3 semesters)/2years part-time (6 semesters)Total Credit Points: 144Course Coordinator: Associate Professor Jeff Jones

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1AAN818 Introduction to Digital Media TechnologiesAAN808 Introduction to Communication DesignAAN816 Information Design

Elective 1

Semester 2AAN824 Project Administration

Elective 2AAN851/1 Design ProjectAAN851/2 Design Project

Semester 3Elective 3Elective 4AAN851/3 Design ProjectAAN851/4 Design Project

Suggested elective choices (note that placement ofelectives is across the three semesters):

Technology and Design Strand ElectivesElective 1 – AAN819 Electronic PublishingElective 2 – AAN809 Interactive DesignElective 3 – AAN810 Information ArchitectureElective 4 – AAB815 Experimental Multimedia

Digital Media Strand ElectivesElective 1 – AAB803 Digital VideoElective 2 – AAB804 3D AnimationElective 3 – AAB822 Interactive Digital VideoElective 4 – AAB820 Advanced 3D Animation

Project Management Strand ElectivesElective 1 – AAN819 Electronic PublishingElective 2 – AAN810 Information ArchitectureElective 3 – AAN817 Project ManagementElective 4 – Elective from the Brisbane Graduate School

of Business.

AR

TS

73

■ Master of Music (AA95)Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time, 6 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Adrian Thomas

Full-time course structureStudents normally undertake four units per semester.Contact the course coordinator before making unitselection.

Part-time course StructureStudents should select two units each semester.

Pathways: Music Composition for the CreativeIndustriesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAN610 Materials of MusicAAB638 Sound & ImageAAN608 Composing for Moving PicturesAAB621 Sound Recording and Acoustic DesignAAB620 Popular Song CompositionAAB056 Professional StudiesAAN609 Independent ProjectAAN601 Music Project 1AAN602 Music Project 2

Pathway: Music and Media TechnologiesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB621 Sound Recording and Acoustic DesignAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship (Sound Media)AAN613 Music and Sound for Digital MediaAAN606 Advanced Digital RecordingAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAB056 Professional StudiesAAN609 Independent ProjectAAN601 Music Project 1AAN602 Music Project 2

Pathway: Instrumental Music InstructionAAN611 Multi-Instrumental Studies 1AAN615 Advanced ConductingAAP433 Music Curriculum Studies 2AAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAN612 Multi-Instrumental Studies 2AAN614 Teaching Music with TechnologyAAP434 Music Curriculum 1AAAB639 Music DirectingAAN601 Music Project 1AAN602 Music Project 2

Pathway: Project5 x 24cp Music Project units (AAN601 AAN605).

■ Master of Counselling (PY12)Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24

Course Coordinator: Mr Glen Guy

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must have:

(i) an approved degree in a human service orrelated area

(ii) at least two years work experience(iii) access to ongoing counselling related work with

clients(iv) personal suitability.

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYN000 Counselling Studies 1PYN001 Professional Studies 1

Year 1, Semester 2PYN002 Counselling Studies 2PYN003 Group Studies

Year 2, Semester 1PYN004 Counselling Studies 3PYN006 Professional Studies 2

Year 2, Semester 2PYN005 Research Methods & IssuesPYN013 Advanced Counselling Studies

Year 3, Semester 1PYN007 Professional Studies 3PYN008/1 Project

Year 3, Semester 2PYN008/2 ProjectPYN008/3 Project

■ Master of CounsellingPsychology (PY17)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 4 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Contact Person: Dr Roger Lowe

Entry requirementsApplicants must have completed a recognised APSaccredited fourth year of training.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYN026 Advanced Counselling Psychology IPYN027 Advanced Psychology Assessment

Year 1, Semester 2PYN029 Advanced Counselling Psychology IIPYN030 Ethical Legal & Supervision Issues on

Counselling Psychology

Year 2, Semester 1PYN035 Supervised Practicum

Elective

74

Year 2, Semester 2PYN036 Supervised Practicum

Elective

Year 3, Semester 1PYB454 Logic of Social InquiryPYN031/1 Research Thesis

Year 3, Semester 2PYN031/2 Research ThesisPYN031/3 Research Thesis

Year 4, Semester 1PYN031/4 Research ThesisPYN037 Supervised Practicum

Year 4, Semester 2Elective

PYN038 Supervised Practicum

■ Master of Social Science(Human Services) (HS16)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time/3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John Tomlinson

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must have:

(i) completed a three year undergraduate degreein human services or social work, or

(ii) possess a non-human services three year un-dergraduate degree and be able to demonstrateemployment experience in the communityservice industry of at least one year’s duration.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HSP411 Critical Issues in the Human ServicesHSP412 Leadership in the Human ServicesPYB454 The Logic of Social Inquiry

Any one elective unit selected from the following,or any postgraduate unit as approved by thepostgraduate coordinator:GSN202 Managerial AccountingGSN206 MarketingHSB323 Aged Services – AdvancedHSB324 Child & Family Services – AdvancedHSB325 Corrective Services – AdvancedHSB326 Disability Services – AdvancedHSB327 Services to Young People – AdvancedMGN516 Policy AnalysisMGN517 Program Management & EvaluationPYN000 Counselling Studies I

Year 1, Semester 2HSP421 Managing Human Service OrganisationsHSP423 Skills for the Contract RegimeHSP422 Managed Care & Case Management

Any one elective unit selected from the following,or any postgraduate unit as approved by thepostgraduate coordinator:PYN013 Advanced Counselling StudiesHSB230 Casework and Case ManagementHSB231 Social Policy ProcessesHSB232 Group and Team PracticeHSB233 Indigenous Australia: Country, Kin &

Culture

Year 2, Semester 1 (or Summer Program)HSP511/1 Practice Related Research 1HSP511/2 Practice Related Research 2

Part-time Course StructurePlease contact the course coordinator for advice onnominating a part-time program.

■ Graduate Diploma of Arts(Film & TelevisionProduction) (MJ23)Graduate Diploma of Arts(Journalism) (MJ23)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. The part-time mode of this course may notnecessarily be available by evening study.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenDiscipline Coordinators:Journalism: Mr Lee DuffieldFilm & Television Production: Mr John Hookham

Course RequirementsApplicants must have a degree or diploma from arecognised tertiary institution, with the proviso thatdiploma graduates may be required to undertakeadditional work at the discretion of the course ordiscipline coordinator.

A limited number of special entry places will beavailable to practitioners in the relevant professionswho, while possessing no formal degree, candemonstrate and document significant experientialgrasp of their professions. These candidates will besenior members of their profession.

An applicant who does not meet the requirements fornormal entry may present documentary evidence ofqualifications, experience and other relevantinformation for special consideration. QUT film &television production, journalism and media studiesgraduates, if they enrol in the Graduate Diplomacourse, must select a major different from their

AR

TS

75

undergraduate major. Except in exceptionalcircumstances and with the approval of the Dean ofthe Faculty, a part-time student may not enrol for morethan two units in any one semester. Prerequisites forall units with MJB codes may be waived for studentsin the Graduate Diploma in Arts at the discretion ofthe course or discipline coordinator.

Elective units are 12 credit points in value.

Students commencing mid-year should consult thediscipline coordinator for further information onenrolment and unit selection.

FILM AND TELEVISION PRODUCTIONFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB155 Media ProductionMJB111 Media Writing

Select TWO of the following units:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJB185 Informational ProductionMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

ElectiveElective

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB155 Media Production

Select ONE of the following units:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJB185 Informational Production

Elective

Year 2, Semester 1MJB111 Media Writing


Year 2, Semester 2MJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Elective

JOURNALISMFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB120 NewswritingMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJP105 Theories of Journalism

Select ONE of the following units:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJB121 Journalistic Inquiry

ElectiveElective

MJB224 Feature WritingOR

MJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Year 1, Semester 2MJB121 Journalistic Inquiry

Elective

Year 2, Semester 1MJP105 Theories of Journalism

Select ONE of the following units:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 2, Semester 2MJB224 Feature Writing

ORMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1

ElectiveRecommended electives for Graduate Diploma(Journalism) students include MJB275 Media LegalIssues and MJB239 Journalism Ethics and Issues.

Recommended electives for Graduate Diploma (Filmand Television Production)students include MJB260Community and Educational Video, MJB229 Filmand Television Scriptwriting and MJB147 Film andTelevision Genres.

■ Graduate Diploma in ClinicalHypnosis (PY30)

Applicants must hold a degree in medicine, dentistryor psychology (4 year trained) or other appropriateaccredited health-related qualification.

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Kathryn Gow

Part-time Course StructureYear 1 Semester 1PYP300 Clinical Hypnosis: Foundations in Theory &

PracticePYP301 Hypnosis: Processes & Techniques

76

Year 1 Semester 2PYP302 Clinical Applications of Hypnosis: General

& Discipline BasedPYP307 Clinical Case Supervision (Group &

Individual)

Year 2 Semester 1PYP304 Foundations of Effective Clinical Research

in HypnosisPYP306/1 Dissertation: Clinical Research Review

Year 2 Semester 2PYP306/2 Dissertation: Clinical Research ReviewPYP306/3 Dissertation: Clinical Research Review

Intending full-time students should contact thecourse coordinator for program details.

Students who have completed the GraduateCertificate in Hypnosis must apply for credit forYear 1 of this course.

■ Graduate Diploma in DanceInstruction (AA07)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time (3 semesters)external, 2 years part-time externalTotal Credit points: 96Course Coordinator: Ms Jude SmithCourse Structure

Full-time studentsSelect four units from both first and second semester,and both units in the summer program.

Part-time studentsSelect two units from both first and second semester,and either one or both units in the summer program.

First SemesterAAP104 Safe Dance PracticeAAP125 Dance Analysis & HistoryAAP189 Dance Assessment & Reporting ProceduresAAP190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance TeachersAAP191 Dance Teaching MethodologiesAAP192 Stagecraft & Costume Design for Dance

Second SemesterAAP104 Safe Dance PracticeAAP125 Dance Analysis & HistoryAAP189 Dance Assessment & Reporting ProceduresAAP190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance TeachersAAP191 Dance Teaching MethodologiesAAP192 Stagecraft & Costume Design for Dance

Summer ProgramAAP180 Dance Technique Studies 1 (residency)AAP181 Dance Technique Studies 2 (residency)

Students should contact the course coordinator todiscuss their enrolment program.

■ Graduate Diploma in DigitalMedia (MJ31)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time or 4semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsen

Course RequirementsApplicants must have:

a bachelor’s degree from a university in a non-cognate discipline area, or,

a three year diploma in an area relevant to digitalmedia, or,

professional standing and successful professionalpractice relevant to digital media, to thesatisfaction of the course coordinator and the Deanof faculty.

Due to workload considerations in the AAB units,students enrolling full-time in the Graduate Diplomain Digital Media would be encouraged to completeAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia Technology inthe summer semester prior to undertaking AAB819Electronic Publishing.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAB819 Electronic PublishingMJB295 Virtual CulturesAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB348 Applied Media StudiesMJP392 Digital Media Project 1



Year 2, Semester 1AAB819 Electronic PublishingMJP110 Media Theory & Policy


AR

TS

77

Graduate Diploma in Music(AA94)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time, 4 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Adrian Thomas

Full-time course structureStudents normally undertake four units per semester.Contact the course coordinator before making unitselection.


Pathways: Music Composition for the CreativeIndustriesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAN610 Materials of MusicAAB638 Sound & ImageAAN608 Composing for Moving PicturesAAB621 Sound Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB620 Popular Song CompositionAAB056 Professional StudiesAAN609 Independent Project

Pathway: Music and Media TechnologiesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB621 Sound Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship (Sound Media)AAN613 Music & Sound for Digital MediaAAN606 Advanced Digital RecordingAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAB056 Professional StudiesAAN609 Independent Project

Pathway: Instrumental Music InstructionAAN611 Multi-Instrumental Studies 1AAN615 Advanced ConductingAAP433 Music Curriculum Studies 2AAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAN612 Multi-Instrumental Studies 2AAN614 Teaching Music with TechnologyAAP434 Music Curriculum 1AAAB639 Music Directing

■ Post Graduate Diploma inPsychology (PY20)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. The part-time mode of this course may not benecessarily available by evening study.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Doug Mahar

Entry RequirementsApplicants must meet the following entryrequirements:

(i) Completion of either of the two followingundergraduate degrees:

Bachelor of Psychology (PY07) orAny undergraduate degree which wouldallow the student to apply for entry to anAustralian Psychological Society (APS)accredited Honours (Psychology) program.

(ii) In the above undergraduate degree, theapplicant must have achieved a minimumgrade-point average of 5.0 in the APSaccredited second and third year psychologyunits included in that degree.

(iii) External applicants must provide certifiedcopies of their complete academic transcripts.

In all cases, the student must meet the normalprerequisites for the selected units unless waived bythe unit coordinator.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB450/1 Research ThesisOne research methods unit selected from thefollowing options:PYB462 Survey MethodsPYB401 Advanced Research MethodsPYB454 Logic of Social Inquiry

Two advanced Psychology units selected from thefollowing options:PYB402 Counselling PsychologyPYB403 Cognitive Neuro PsychologyPYB404 Advanced Social & Developmental

PsychologyPYB405 Advanced Organisational Psychology

Year 1, Semester 2PYB407 Research & Professional Development

SeminarPYB450/2 Research ThesisPYB450/3 Research Thesis

One cognate elective unit approved by thecourse coordinator

Part-time Course StructurePlease contact the course coordinator via the Schoolof Psychology and Counselling on (07) 3864 4625for advice on nominating a part-time course load.

■ Graduate Diploma inPsychology (PY08)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24

78

Course Coordinator: Dr Doug Mahar

Entry RequirementsThis bridging course is available to students whohave completed an undergraduate degree in adiscipline other than Psychology. Students must alsohave completed an introductory Psychology unit andan introductory Psychological Research unit.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB205 Social PsychologyPYB210 Research Design & Data Analysis

Year 1, Semester 2PYB203 Developmental Psychology

Elective

Year 2, Semester 1PYB303 Cognitive PsychologyPYB304 Physiological Psychology

Year 2, Semester 2PYB306 Personality & PsychopathologyPYB311 Psychological AssessmentElectivesChoose one of the following:PYB054 Psychology & GenderPYB159 Alcohol & Other Drug StudiesPYB201 PerceptionPYB208 Counselling Theory & Practice 1PYB250 Environmental PsychologyPYB258 Introduction to Theory & Research in

HypnosisPYB302 Industrial & Organisational PsychologyPYB350 Advanced Statistical Analysis*

PYB353 Occupational & Vocational PsychologyPYB358 Advanced Developmental PsychologyPYB359 Introduction to Family Therapy

Other units, including those in Addictive Behavioursand Road Safety, may be approved by the coursecoordinator.* PYB350 is essential for those wishing to apply

for entry to the Bachelor of Psychology (Honours)PY09.

■ Graduate Diploma in RoadSafety (PY41)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse duration: 2 years part-timeCourse Coordinator: Mr Barry Watson

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have either:

a degree from a university; or

have completed the Graduate Certificate in RoadSafety or another qualification, relevant to roadsafety.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYP401 Introduction to Road Safety

And one of the following units:PYP402 Understanding Road User BehaviourPYP405 Road Safety Evaluation ModelsCEP127 Road & Traffic Engineering*

Year 1, Semester 2PYP404 Modifying Road User BehaviourAny approved elective or a summer program unit

Year 1, Summer ProgramCEP151 Road Safety Audit**

Consideration will be given to offering core orelective units in block mode, as demand warrants.

Year 2, Semester 1And two of the following unitsPYP402 Understanding Road User BehaviourPYP405 Road Safety Evaluation ModelsPYP407 Independent StudyCEP127 Road & Traffic Engineering*

Year 2, Semester 2PYP406 Road Safety Theory to Practice

And one of the following units or a summer programunit:PYP404 Modifying Road User BehaviourPYP407 Independent Study


Consideration will be given to offering core orelective units in block mode, as demand warrants.* This unit is offered by the School of Civil

Engineering at Gardens Point campus.** This unit is conducted jointly by QUT and Main

Roads and will usually be offered in November.It may also be offered at other times of the year,subject to demand.

■ Graduate Diploma in SocialScience (Human Services)(HS15)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John Tomlinson

Entry RequirementsApplicants must meet the following entryrequirements:

(i) Have completed a three year undergraduatedegree in human services or social work, or

AR

TS

79

(ii) possess a non-human services three year un-dergraduate degree and be able to demonstrateemployment experience in the communityservice industry of at least one year’s dura-tion.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HSP411 Critical Issues in the Human ServicesHSP412 Leadership in the Human Services

Any two elective units selected from the following,or any postgraduate unit as approved by thepostgraduate coordinator:PYB454 The Logic of Social InquiryPYN000 Counselling Studies IMGN516 Policy AnalysisMGN517 Program Management & EvaluationGSN202 Managerial AccountingGSN206 MarketingHSB323 Aged Services – AdvancedHSB324 Child & Family Services – AdvancedHSB325 Corrective Services – AdvancedHSB326 Disability Services – AdvancedHSB327 Services to Young People – Advanced

Year 1, Semester 2HSP421 Managing Human Service OrganisationsHSP423 Skills for the Contract RegimeHSP422 Managed Care & Case Management

Any one elective unit selected from the following,or any postgraduate unit as approved by thepostgraduate coordinator:PYN013 Advanced Counselling StudiesHSB230 Casework & Case ManagementHSB231 Social Policy ProcessesHSB232 Group & Team PracticeHSB233 Indigenous Australia: Country, Kin &

Culture

Part-time Course StructurePlease contact the course coordinator for advice onnominating a part-time program.

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts(Creative Writing) (MJ24)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time or 1 yearpart-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenDiscipline Head: Associate Professor Philip Neilsen

Course RequirementsApplicants will normally have a bachelor degree inany field, although other evidence that a candidatecould cope adequately with postgraduate study (for

example, employment at a relatively senior level,relevant industry experience) will be looked onfavourably.

The following two units must be completed as partof the certificate: MJB350 and MJP103.

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1MJB350 Creative Writing & PublishingMJP103 Creative Writing Theory

Semester 2MJB229 Film & Television Scriptwriting

Select ONE of the following units:MJB380 Non-fiction Creative WritingMJB399 Professional Issues in Creative Writing

Notes1. Full-time mode is possible. For further

information consult the discipline head.

2. Students commencing mid year should noteMJP103 is available in Semester 1 only. For furtherinformation on enrolment and unit selectionconsult the discipline head.

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts(Film & TelevisionProduction) (MJ25)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeStandard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenDiscipline Head: Mr John Hookham

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJP155 Media Production

Select ONE of the following units:MJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJP185 Informational Production

Select ONE of the following units:MJB260 Community & Educational VideoMJP111 Media Writing

Note: Students commending mid year should consultthe discipline head for further information onenrolment and unit selection.

80

■ Graduate Certificate in Arts(Journalism) (MJ26)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full time or 1 yearpart-timeStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenDiscipline Head: Mr Lee Duffield

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP120 NewswritingMJP224 Feature Writing

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP120 Newswriting

Year 1, Semester 2MJP224 Feature Writing

Select one of the following units:MJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJP232 Radio & Television Journalism 1

Note: Students commencing mid year should consultthe discipline head for further information onenrolment and unit selection.

■ Graduate Certificate inClinical Hypnosis Practice(PY32)

Applicants must hold a degree in medicine, dentistryor psychology or other appropriate accredited health-related qualification (4 year trained).Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Kathryn Gow

Part-time Course StructureYear 1 Semester 1PYP300 Clinical Hypnosis: Foundations in Theory &

PracticePYP301 Hypnosis: Processes & Techniques

Year 1 Semester 2PYP302 Clinical Applications of Hypnosis: General

& Discipline BasedPYP307 Clinical Case Supervision (Group &

Individual)

■ Graduate Certificate in DanceInstruction (AA06)

Location: External (by correspondence)Course Duration: 1 semester full-time external, 1year part-time externalTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Jude Smith

Course StructureStudents are required to complete the two core unitsand two electives

Full-time studentsSelect four units from either first or second semester

Part-time studentsSelect two units from both first and second semester.

First SemesterAAP104 Safe Dance Practice (core)AAP125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories (elective)AAP189 Dance Assessment & Reporting Procedures

(elective)AAP190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance Teachers (core)AAP191 Dance Teaching Methodologies (elective)

Second SemesterAAP104 Safe Dance Practice (core)AAP125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories (elective)AAP189 Dance Assessment & Reporting Procedures

(elective)AAP190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance Teachers (core)AAP191 Dance Teaching Methodologies (elective)

Summer ProgramAAP180 Dance Technique Studies 1 (residency)

(elective)

■ Graduate Certificate in DigitalMedia (MJ30)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PhilipNeilsenCourse RequirementsApplicants must have:

a bachelor’s degree from a university in a non-cognate discipline area, or,a three year diploma in an area relevant to digitalmedia, or,professional standing and successful professionalpractice relevant to digital media, to thesatisfaction of the course coordinator and the Deanof Faculty.

AR

TS

81



Graduate Certificate in Music(AA93)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full time, 2 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Adrian Thomas

Full-time Course StructurePlease contact the course coordinator before makingunit selection.


Pathway: Music Composition for the CreativeIndustriesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAN610 Materials of MusicAAB638 Sound & ImageAAN608 Composing for Moving Pictures

Pathway: Music and Media TechnologiesAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB621 Sound Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship (Sound Media)AAN613 Music & Sound for Digital Media

Pathway: Contemporary Music StudiesAAB640 Sex, Drugs & Rock ‘N’ RollAAB631 World MusicAAN607 Australian Music CultureAAB638 Sound & Image

Pathway: Instrumental Music InstructionAAN611 Multi-Instrumental Studies 1AAN615 Advanced ConductingAAP433 Music Curriculum Studies 2AAAB619 Introduction to Music Technology

■ Graduate Certificate in RoadSafety (PY40)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeCourse Coordinator: Mr Barry Watson

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have either:

a degree from a university; or

have a qualification, professional standing and/orwork experience in the area of road safety.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYP401 Introduction to Road SafetyAnd one of the following unitsPYP402 Understanding Road User BehaviourPYP405 Road Safety Evaluation ModelsCEP127 Road & Traffic Engineering*

Year 1, Semester 2PYP406 Road Safety Theory to PracticeAnd the following unit or a summer program unitPYP404 Modifying Road User Behaviour


Consideration will be given to offering core orelective units in block mode, as demand warrants.* This unit is offered by the School of Civil

Engineering at Gardens Point campus** This unit is conducted jointly by QUT and Main

Roads and will usually be offered in November.It may also be offered at other times of the year,subject to demand.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours)(Communication Design)(AA82)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Course Coordinator: Associate Professor Jeff JonesCourse StructureSemester 1AAB001/1 Research ProjectAAB850 Research & Development

Elective

Semester 2AAB001/2 Research ProjectAAB002 Graduate Seminar

Elective

Electives relevant to the student’s research interestsand project outcomes may be taken from across theUniversity.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours)(Dance/Drama/Visual Arts)(AA40)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96

82

Discipline Coordinators:Dance: Ms Kristen BellDrama: Dr Paul MakehamVisual Arts: Mr Dan Mafe

Course StructureSemester 1AAB001/1 Research ProjectAAB004 Contemporary Aesthetic Debates

Select unit from list A ORElective3


Select unit from list A ORElective3

List AAAB005 Readings in Visual ArtsAAB275 Understanding TheatreAAN200 Dramaturgy

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours)(Creative Writing Production */Film & Television Production/Journalism/Media Studies)(MJ21)

* Offering of the Creative Writing Production majoras part of MJ21 is subject to final course approval.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Christina Spurgeon

Course RequirementsApplicants must have completed a Bachelor of Artsdegree in the relevant discipline area from QUT or asimilar degree from QUT or another university, andmust have achieved a level of attainment consideredby the Faculty Academic Board to be acceptable forthe purposes of proceeding to an Honours degree(normally a GPA of 5 on a seven-point scale).

Alternatively, candidates who produce evidence ofother qualifications and/or experience and/or portfoliowhich is considered by the Faculty Academic Boardon advice of the course coordinator to qualify thecandidate for admission, may be accepted.

In selecting the three out of four discipline basedunits in the course structure, students must complete

the unit offered by their discipline major. Forexample, Journalism students must do MJP105Theories of Journalism.

Elective units are 12 credit points in value.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJP391 Media Research Methods

Select THREE of the following units:MJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 1, Semester 2MJP107/1 DissertationMJP107/2 DissertationMJP107/3 DissertationMJP107/4 Dissertation

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJP391 Media Research Methods


Year 1, Semester 2MJP107/1 DissertationMJP107/2 Dissertation

Year 2, Semester 1Select TWO of the following units:MJP104 Film & Television Production TheoryMJP105 Theories of JournalismMJP103 Creative Writing TheoryMJP110 Media Theory & Policy

Year 2, Semester 2MJP107/3 DissertationMJP107/4 Dissertation

■ Bachelor of Arts (Honours)(Humanities) (HU21)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-timeStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Zlatko Skrbis

Course StructureCore units:PYB454 The Logic of Social InquiryHUB901 Literature ReviewHUB902 Honours Dissertation I

3 Students may choose from units offered elsewhere in the University, which are deemed by the discipline coordinator tobe relevant to the research project.

AR

TS

83

One of the elective units:HUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific StudiesHUB758 Research Methods in Applied Ethics

Or any other advanced elective unit which is besttailored to student’s needs. The selection of electivesshould be discussed with your thesis supervisor andapproved by honours coordinator.

HUB124 Research ColloquiumHUB903 Honours Dissertation II

Language StudentsLanguage students note the following:

1. Language students will, where appropriate, doextensive work in HUB901, HUB902 andHUB903 in the target language. Where feasiblethe Honours Dissertation will be written in thetarget language.

2. Language students may, if they wish, exercise anoption to substitute HUB906 (Overseas Study) forHUB900 (Research, Contexts and Issues) and theirfirst semester elective. Students who elect thisoption must make arrangements with theirsupervisor for completing HUB901 and HUB902in the distance mode.

Part-time StudentsPart-time students may take units in an alternativesequence approved by course coordinator.

Course RulesThe requirements for graduating are satisfactory (orbetter) performance in all prescribed units. The finalmark for the course is determined on the basis ofmarks assigned in the following units:

PYB454 Logic of Social InquiryHUB901 Literature Review IElective

PLUS the mark awarded for the Dissertation

= FINAL RESULT*

The Honours dissertation will be marked by twoassessors, one of whom will normally be external tothe school.

■ Bachelor of Music (Honours)(AA92)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Course Coordinator: Mr Andrew Brown

Course StructureSemester 1AAB001/1 Research ProjectAAB850 Research & Development

Elective


Elective

■ Bachelor of Social Science(Honours) (Human Services)(HS14)

Location: Carseldine campusDuration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Contact person: Dr John Tomlinson

Entry RequirementsQUT applicants graduating from the Bachelor ofSocial Science (Human Services)(HS07) (previouslySS07) will need:(i) An overall GPA of 5.0(ii) A grade of 5.0 for the subject HSB222 (SSB058)

Social Inquiry

Non-QUT graduates will need:(i) An overall GPA of 5.0(ii) Completion of at least 8 units out of 16 at the

second and third year level in human servicesubjects or their equivalent with a grade of 5 inat least two of these subjects.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB454 The Logic of Social InquiryHSP411 Critical Issues in the Human ServicesHSP413/1 Research ThesisHSP413/2 Research Thesis

Year 1, Semester 2HSP413/3 Research ThesisHSP413/4 Research ThesisHSP413/5 Research ThesisHSP413/6 Research Thesis (Seminar)

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB454 The Logic of Social InquiryHSP411 Critical Issues in the Human Services

Year 1, Semester 2HSP413/1 Research ThesisHSP413/2 Research Thesis

Year 2, Semester 1HSP413/3 Research ThesisHSP413/4 Research Thesis

84

Year 2, Semester 2HSP413/5 Research ThesisHSP413/6 Research Thesis (Seminar)

■ Bachelor of Social Science(Honours) (SS13)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-timeStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Zlatko SkrbisCourse StructureCore offerings:PYB454 The Logic of Social InquiryHUB901 Literature ReviewHUB902 Honours Dissertation IOne of the elective offerings:HUB139 Postmodernity & Its CriticsHUB688 Geographical Research Methods

Or any other advanced elective unit which is besttailored to student’s needs. The selection of electivesshould be discussed with your thesis supervisor andapproved by honours coordinator.HUB124 Research ColloquiumHUB903 Honours Dissertation II

Part-time studentsPart-time students may take units in an alternativesequence approved by course coordinator.

Course RulesThe requirements for graduating are satisfactory (orbetter) performance in all prescribed units. The finalmark for the course is determined on the basis ofmarks assigned in the following units:

PYB454 Logic of Social InquiryHUB901 Literature Review IElective

PLUS the mark awarded for the Dissertation

= FINAL RESULT*

*Disclaimer: Please note that the final result isdetermined by the Honours Board. The boardreserves the right to make any necessary adjustments.

The Honours dissertation will be marked by twoassessors, one of whom will normally be external tothe school.

■ Bachelor of Psychology(Honours) (PY09)

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time

Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Doug Mahar

Entry to Honours and PostgraduateProgramsTo be eligible for entry into the Bachelor ofPsychology (Honours) program, applicants musthave completed an undergraduate degree majoringin Psychology through a degree program recognisedfor accreditation purposes by the AustralianPsychological Society (APS). Specifically, entry intothe Honours program can be gained after completionto the required standard of one of the following:

(i) Bachelor of Psychology (PY07)

(ii) other approved courses in Psychologyaccredited by the Australian PsychologicalSociety.

For internal applicants, the base level requirementsfor consideration for inclusion in the Honoursprogram will be:

a minimum grade point average of 5.0 in theoverall undergraduate degree program

a minimum overall grade point average of 5.0 innine prescribed second and third year Psychologysubjects or their equivalent, specifically:

PYB201 PerceptionPYB203 Developmental PsychologyPYB205 Social PsychologyPYB210 Research Design & Data AnalysisPYB303 Cognitive PsychologyPYB304 Physiological PsychologyPYB306 Personality and PsychopathologyPYB311 Psychological AssessmentPYB350 Advanced Statistical Analysis

For external applicants, similar requirements will beexpected. They will also be required to providecertified copies of complete academic transcripts andevidence of their eligibility to undertake an Honoursprogram at their home institution.

The GPA of entry qualification/s will be used whenfilling quota places in this course.

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1PYB400/1 Research Thesis Part 1PYB401 Advanced Research Methods

Two units from the electives indicated below

Semester 2PYB400/2 Research Thesis Part 2PYB400/3 Research Thesis Part 3PYB400/4 Research Thesis Part 4PYB407 Research & Professional Development

Seminar

AR

TS

85

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB401 Advanced Research Methods

One of the electives indicated below.

Year 1, Semester 2PYB400/1 Research Thesis Part 1PYB407 Research & Professional Development

Seminar

Year 2, Semester 1PYB400/2 Research Thesis Part 2

One of the electives indicated below.ElectivesPYB402 Counselling PsychologyPYB403 Cognitive NeuropsychologyPYB404 Advanced Social & Developmental

PsychologyPYB405 Advanced Organisational Psychology

■ Bachelor of Arts (HU20)** This course is being phased out (new studentscannot enrol in it). Any student who wishes to discusstheir enrolment should contact the coursecoordinator.

Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Jane Williamson-FienCourse RequirementsStudents must complete:

HU20 first year requirementsFour Arts faculty foundation unitsOne major study sequence offered by the Schoolof Humanities and Social Science in the HU20program.

Note that a major study sequence in the HU20 degreeis made up of 96 credit points of which at least 72credit points must be at second and/or third yearlevel.

■ Bachelor of Arts (HU22)Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time; 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Jane Williamson-FienCourse RequirementsStudents are required to complete the followingcomponents of the degree:

the first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude:

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (see List A)two to three course foundation units (see ListB)two to three elective units (see List C )

Note: A minimum of four of these eight units mustbe chosen from School of Humanities and SocialScience units.

One major study sequence chosen from thoseoffered within the School of Humanities andSocial Science.

And, either:

one further major study sequence (or two minorstudy sequences) from those offered within theSchool of Humanities and Social Science

OR

one major study sequence (or up to two minorstudy sequences) from those offered by schoolsother than the School of Humanities and SocialScience.

Students must ensure that:

they maintain a 50% enrolment in the School ofHumanities and Social Science units until theyhave completed eight units in the HU22 course

a minimum of 12 of the total of 24 course unitsmust be chosen from the School of Humanitiesand Social Science units.

Students who enter the course with advancedstanding should discuss their enrolment with thecourse coordinator.

All students doing courses in the School ofHumanities and Social Science at Carseldine campusare required to complete HUB000. This unit will beoffered in semesters 1 and 2. Students may beexempted if they have completed a first yearuniversity course or a similar unit at another tertiaryinstitution. Students seeking exemption must discusstheir case with the course coordinator.

Major/Minor Study SequencesThe School of Humanities and Social Science offersa number of major and minor study sequences.

Majors*

Applied EthicsAsia Pacific StudiesGeography and Environmental StudiesGender StudiesHistoryInternational and Global Studies

86

Languages (French, German, Indonesian,Japanese, Mandarin** )Literary and Cultural StudiesPolitical StudiesSociology

MinorsEuropean StudiesIndigenous Studies

* Any of the majors may be taken as a minor studyareas.

** Mandarin is available only in intensive summerprogram mode followed by in-country study.

Course StructureExample of Full-time Course Structure (twomajor option)Year 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit or HUB000Course foundation unitElective

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit or HUB000Course foundation unitElective

Year 2, Semester 1Major 1Major 2Major 2Elective




Example of Full-time Course Structure (onemajor, two minors option)Year 1, Semester 1



Year 2, Semester 1Major 1Major 1Minor 1Minor 2

Year 2, Semester 2Major 1Minor 1Minor 2Elective


Year 3, Semester 2Major 1ElectiveElectiveElective

Note: Credit points in electives can be taken asadditional units in students’ designated major orminor study areas. However, students must complete12 of these 24 units in the School of Humanitiesand Social Science if they wish to completeadditional units in major or minor study sequencesoutside the school.

Part-time StudentsDuring their first year part-time students normallyenrol in four units.

The following is the recommended pattern ofenrolment.

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (one per semester)(see List A)one course foundation units offered by Humanities(see List B) orone electives (see List C ).

YEAR 1

LIST A – FACULTY FOUNDATION UNITSStudents must complete two faculty foundation unitsin first year. The following table indicates the unitson offer for 2001. These units are subject toconfirmation by the faculty.

Semester 1AAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & SkillsHSB002 Introduction to Human Rights

Semester 2AAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & Culture

AR

TS

87

HUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & SkillsHSB002 Introduction to Human Rights

LIST B – COURSE FOUNDATION UNITSStudents must complete two to three of the followingentry-level units to the various majors and minorsoffered by the School of Humanities and SocialScience.

MAJOR STUDY AREAS Applied Ethics

HUB601 Human Identity & Change

Asia Pacific StudiesHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

Gender StudiesHUB760 Introduction to Gender Studies

Geography and Environmental StudiesHUB202 World Regions

HistoryHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific StudiesHUB649 Interpreting the Past

International and Global StudiesHUB221 Introduction to International & Global

Studies

Literary and Cultural StudiesHUB716 Introduction to Literary & Cultural Studies

Political StudiesHUB694 Australian Politics

SociologyHUB120 Introduction to Sociology

(incompatible with SSB000 Introduction toSociology 1A)

LanguagesAll language teaching in 2001 will be scheduled onthe Gardens Point campus. Students wishing to studya language other than English should select fromthe following:HUB650 Indonesian 1 ORHUB652 Indonesian 3 (for students who have

completed year 12 Indonesian or equivalent)

HUB660 Japanese 1 ORHUB662 Japanese 3 (for students who have

completed Year 12 Japanese or equivalent)

HUB670 French 1 ORHUB672 French 3 (for students who have completed

Year 12 French or equivalent)

HUB735 German 1 ORHUB737 German 3 (for students who have completed

Year 12 German or equivalent)

HUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1HUB451 Mandarin for Chinese 2 (not on offer in

2001)HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2

MINOR STUDY AREAS European Studies

HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

Indigenous StudiesHUB700 Indigenous Australian Culture Studies

Note that students may take additional coursefoundation units in the Bachelor of Arts as theirelectives. Students may also wish to take other unitsoffered by other schools/faculties within QUT.Students planning to take a major or minor areaoffered by another school as part of their degree,need to take the appropriate entry-level unit(s) intheir first year.

YEAR 2 AND 3In years 2 and 3 students must complete therequirements of their two major study sequences (orone major and two minor study sequences). Detailsof the individual study sequences are listed below.

LIST C – MAJOR STUDY SEQUENCES Applied Ethics

Course foundation unit (compulsory):HUB601 Human Identity & Change

Discipline studies unit (six units from the following):HUB751 Public & Professional EthicsHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB753 Ethical Decision-makingHUB754 Feminism & EthicsHUB755 Vulnerable IdentitiesHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the EnvironmentHUB758 Research Methods in Applied EthicsHUB831 Gene Technology & Ethics

Asia Pacific StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

Discipline Studies Unit (six units from the following):East AsiaHUB332 Korean Cultures & SocietiesHUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB220 Windows on Japan

Pacific IslandsHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in

2001)HUB627 Australia & the South Pacific (not on offer in

2001)

Southeast AsiaHUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB633 Sex & Drugs in Southeast Asia (not on offer

in 2001)

Asia ThematicHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB618 Asian WomenHUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific Studies

(for third year and honours students)

88

Gender StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB760 Introduction to Gender Studies

Discipline studies unit (six from the following):HUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB618 Asian WomenHUB711 Australian Women’s Writing (not on offer in

2001)HUB730 Gender & RepresentationHUB754 Feminism & EthicsHUB121 Social Inequality & Difference in Australia4

(not on offer in 2001)PYB054 Psychology & GenderHUB140 Qualitative Research Methods4

AAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & PerformingArts

HUB131 Sex, Gender & Society4

HUB139 Postmodernism & Its CriticsHUB145 Virgins, Saints & SinnersMJB307 Feminist Media studiesPYB010 Human Sexuality4PYB061 Gender & Organisations4

Advanced seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB715 Advanced Seminar in 19th Century

Feminine/Feminist Fictions (not on offer in2001)

Geography and Environmental StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB202 World Regions

Discipline studies unit (six units from the following):Environment and ResourcesHUB201 Environment & SocietyHUB207 Environmental HazardsHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB685 Australian Resource ManagementHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the Environment

Regional and Local StudiesHUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB683 Australian Geographical StudiesHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB330 Brisbane in the 20th Century

Advanced seminar (for third year and honoursstudents)HUB688 Geographical Research Design

Other electives for geography major:PSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSB655 Remote SensingHUB130 Survey MethodsHUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

HistoryCourse foundation unit (compulsory – one of):HUB649 Interpreting the PastHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

Discipline studies units (six units from thefollowing):

Modern HistoriesHUB618 Asian WomenHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in

2001)HUB627 Australia & the South Pacific (not on offer in

2001)HUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB692 Conspiracy & Dissent in Australian HistoryHUB720 Europe Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB723 War & Revolution in Europe 1914-1945 (not

on offer in 2001)HUB743 Nations & Nationalism in Modern Europe

(not on offer in 2001)HUB330 Brisbane in the 20th Century

Advanced seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific StudiesHUB695 Rethinking Histories (not on offer in 2001)

Pre Modern HistoriesHUB721 Classical World – RomeHUB722 Foundations of Modern EuropeHUB744 Medieval EuropeHUB745 Classical World – Greece (not on offer in

2001)

International Studies Major*HUB221 Introduction to International & Global

Studies (course foundation unit)HUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

(discipline studies unit)

Plus five of the following discipline studies units:Regional StudiesHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB332 Korean Societies & CulturesHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific StudiesHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB626 Contemporary South East AsiaHUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB633 Sex & Drugs in South East Asia (not on

offer in 2001)HUB720 Europe Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB954 Independent Project (may be taken in-

country or with an international agency)

Geography & Development StudiesHUB202 World RegionsHUB617 Women, Aid & Development

Applied Ethic StudiesHUB601 Human Identity & ChangeHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the Environment

Sociology & Political StudiesHUB134 Political SociologyHUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism (not on offer in

2001)HUB138 Identities: The Body, Technology &

Cyberspace (not on offer in 2001)

4 These units have been re-coded. Continuing students should check with the School of Humanities and Social Scienceto avoid unit incompatibility.

AR

TS

89

HUB139 Postmodernism & Its CriticsHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB800 Politics & MarketsHUB802 Politics & Social Contact

Literary & Cultural StudiesHUB725 20th Century Literature & Culture

MinorTwo compulsory unitsplus two units from the above list

OR

You can combine units in International & Global Studieswith language studies in Indonesian, Japanese,Mandarin, French or German as either a major or minorsequence.

As a major – 4 units of Language & 3 units ofInternational & Global Studies

As a minor – 2 units of Language & 2 units ofInternational & Global Studies

* The International and Global Studies major willbe offered in 2001 subject to final approval.

LanguagesFRENCH – six units from the following:HUB670 French 1HUB671 French 2HUB672 French 3HUB673 French 4HUB674 French 5HUB675 French 6HUB678 French 7HUB677 French 8HUB679 French 9HUB731 French 10HUB452 French for the Tourism Industry

Discipline unit (compulsory):HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

GERMAN – six units from the following:HUB735 German 1HUB736 German 2HUB737 German 3HUB738 German 4HUB739 German 5HUB740 German 6HUB741 German 7HUB742 German 8


INDONESIAN – six units from the following:HUB650 Indonesian 1HUB651 Indonesian 2HUB652 Indonesian 3HUB653 Indonesian 4HUB654 Indonesian 5HUB655 Indonesian 6HUB656 Indonesian 7

HUB657 Indonesian 8

Discipline unit (compulsory):HUB626 Contemporary Southeast Asia

JAPANESE – six units from the following:HUB660 Japanese 1HUB661 Japanese 2HUB662 Japanese 3HUB663 Japanese 4HUB664 Japanese 5HUB665 Japanese 6HUB666 Japanese 7HUB667 Japanese 8

Discipline unit (compulsory):HUB220 Windows on JapanHUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)

MANDARINHUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1HUB451 Mandarin for Chinese 2 (not on offer in 2001)HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2

Overseas Units – all languagesHUB646 International Intensive ProgramHUB647 International Summer School or equivalentHUB648 In-country Study – A (1 semester)HUB641 In-country Study – B (1 semester)

Literary and Cultural StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB716 Introduction to Literary & Cultural Studies

Discipline studies unit – six units from the following:Australian WritingHUB701 Indigenous Australian WritingHUB710 Australian Literature & CultureHUB711 Australian Women’s Writing (not on offer in

2001)HUB712 Australian Children’s & Adolescent Fiction

World WritingHUB625 North American LiteratureHUB724 Nineteenth Century English Literature &

CultureHUB725 Twentieth Century English Literature &

CultureHUB729 Shakespeare & the Modern WorldHUB730 Gender & Representation

Advanced seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB704 Advanced Seminar in Indigenous Film &

Text (not on offer in 2001)

Political StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB694 Australian Politics

Compulsory discipline studies unit:HUB126 Political Behaviour4


90

Discipline studies units – five units from thefollowing:HSB231 Social Policy ProcessesHUB222 Issues in International & Global StudiesHUB682 Social Movements in AustraliaHUB703 Indigenous Politics & Political CultureHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB772 Political IdeologiesHUB800 Politics & the Social ContractHUB802 Politics & Social Change in Human ServicesHUB130 Survey Methods4HUB134 Political Sociology4HUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism4 (not on offer in

2001)

SociologyCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB120 Introduction to Sociology4

Discipline studies units – six from the following:HUB130 Survey Methods4HUB133 Sociological Theory4HUB139 Postmodernism & its Critics4

HUB140 Qualitative Research Methods4

HUB121 Social Inequality & Difference in Australia4

(not on offer in 2001)HUB127 Sociology of Health & Illness4

HUB128 Social & Cultural Aspects of Health &Illness4 (not on offer in 2001)

HUB131 Sex, Gender & Society4

HUB134 Political Sociology4HUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism4 (not on offer in

2001)HUB136 Sociology of Contemporary Europe4 (not on

offer in 2001)HUB141 Social Science & Health Care4

HUB150 Sociology of Crime & Deviance4

HUB138 Identities: The Body, Technology &Cyberspace (not on offer in 2001)4

HUB132 Cultural StudiesHUB145 Virgins, Saints & SinnersHUB223 Issues in International & Global Studies

MINOR STUDY SEQUENCES European Studies

Course foundation unit (compulsory):HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

Discipline studies unit – three units from thefollowing:European HistoriesHUB723 War & Revolution in Europe 1914-1945 (not


(not on offer in 2001)HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

European LiteratureHUB724 Nineteenth Century English Literature &

CultureHUB729 Shakespeare & the Modern WorldHUB725 Twentieth Century English Literature &

Culture

Pre Modern HistoriesHUB745 Classical World – Greece (not on offer in

2001)HUB721 Classical World – RomeHUB744 Medieval Europe

Indigenous StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB700 Indigenous Australian Culture Studies

Discipline studies unit:HUB703 Indigenous Politics & Political CultureHUB701 Indigenous Australian Writing



■ Bachelor of Arts (CreativeWriting Production) MJ20)Bachelor of Arts (Film andTelevision Production) (MJ20)Bachelor of Arts (Journalism)(MJ20)Bachelor of Arts (MediaStudies) (MJ20)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Discipline Coordinator:Creative Writing Production: Associate ProfessorPhilip NeilsenFilm and Television Production: Mr John HookhamJournalism: Mr Lee DuffieldMedia Studies: Dr Gary MacLennan

Course RequirementsStudents must complete two faculty foundation units,a school core of six units and one of the major studystrands offered by the School of Media andJournalism.They may choose to complete one ormore minor study sequences or a range of 12 creditpoint elective units.

Faculty Foundation Units2 from 5 units with none designated by major:MJB140 Media & SocietyAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsHUB687 Contemporary Moral Issues *


AR

TS

91

HUB331 Asian Identities *PYB007 Interpersonal Skills & Processes

* offered in alternate years

School Core Units6 from 8 units with up to 3 designated by major(choose from those units not already in your majorcore):MJB111 Media WritingMJB120 NewswritingMJB155 Media ProductionMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingMJB275 Media Legal IssuesMJB380 Non-fiction Creative WritingMJB336 New Media Technologies

CREATIVE WRITING PRODUCTION(CWP)Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB111 Media Writing (school core unit)MJB155 Media Production (school core unit)MJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing

Faculty foundation unit

Year 1, Semester 2MJB350 Creative Writing & PublishingMJB120 Newswriting (school core unit)

Faculty foundation unitElective

Year 2, Semester 1MJB229 Film & Television ScriptwritingMJB224 Feature Writing

ElectiveElective

Year 2, Semester 2HUB712 Australian Children’s & Adolescent FictionMJB322 Sub-editing & LayoutMJB380 Non-fiction Creative Writing

School core unit

Year 3, Semester 1MJB370 Electronic Creative Writing

School core unitElectiveElective

Year 3, Semester 2MJB395 Creative Writing ProjectMJB399 Professional Issues in Creative Writing

School core unitElective

Part-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing


Year 1, Semester 2MJB111 Media Writing (school core unit)


Year 2, Semester 1MJB350 Creative Writing & PublishingMJB155 Media Production (school core unit)

Year 2, Semester 2MJB229 Film & Television Scriptwriting

Elective

Year 3, Semester 1MJB120 Newswriting (school core unit)

School core unit

Year 3, Semester 2MJB224 Feature Writing

Elective

Year 4, Semester 1School core unitElective

Year 4, Semester 2HUB712 Australian Children’s & Adolescent FictionMJB322 Sub-editing & Layout

Year 5, Semester 1MJB370 Electronic Creative Writing

Elective

Year 5, Semester 2School core unit

MJB399 Professional Issues in Creative Writing

Year 6, Semester 1ElectiveElective

Year 6, Semester 2MJB395 Creative Writing ProjectMJB380 Non-fiction Creative Writing

FILM AND TELEVISIONPRODUCTION MAJOR (FTV)Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB111 Media Writing (school core unit)MJB155 Media Production (school core unit)

Faculty foundation unitElective

Year 1, Semester 2MJB185 Informational Production

Faculty foundation unitSchool core unitElective

Year 2, Semester 3MJB190 Creative ProductionMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing (school core

unit)Elective

Year 2, Semester 4MJB265 Corporate ProductionMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Elective

Year 3, Semester 5MJB360 Documentary ProductionMJB268 Film & Television Drama Practice

School core unit

92

Year 3, Semester 6MJB270 Drama Production


JOURNALISM MAJOR (JOU)Professional RecognitionThis degree is recognised by the Media Entertain-ment and Arts Alliance.

Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting (school core unit)

Faculty foundation unitSchool core unit

Year 1, Semester 2MJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for JournalistsMJB275 Media Legal Issues (school core unit)


Year 2, Semester 1MJB224 Feature WritingMJB239 Journalism Ethics & IssuesMJB155 Media Production (school core unit)

Elective

Year 2, Semester 2MJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1

School core unitSchool core unitElective

Year 3, Semester 1MJB322 Sub-editing & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2

ElectiveElective

Year 3, Semester 2MJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs Reporting

ElectiveElective

MEDIA STUDIES MAJOR (MES)Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB130 Media Text AnalysisMJB141 Film & Television LanguageMJB204 Media Industries & Issues (school core unit)


Year 1, Semester 2MJB147 Film & Television Genres

Faculty foundation unitSchool core unitSchool core unit

Year 2, Semester 1MJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian Television


Year 2, Semester 2MJB336 New Media Technologies (school core unit)


Plus one of the following units:MJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Year 3, Semester 1MJB343 Australian FilmMJB349 Media Audiences

ElectiveElective

Year 3, Semester 2MJB348 Applied Media Studies

ElectiveElective

Plus one of the following units:MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB344 European CinemaMJB311 Asian Film & Media

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB130 Media Text Analysis




Year 2, Semester 1MJB141 Film & Television LanguageMJB204 Media Industries & Issues (school core unit)

Year 2, Semester 2School core unitSchool core unit

Year 3, Semester 1MJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian Television

Year 3, Semester 2MJB336 New Media Technologies (school core unit)

School core unit


Year 4, Semester 2School core unit

Plus one of the following units:MJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Year 5, Semester 1MJB343 Australian Film

Elective


Plus one of the following units:MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB311 Asian Film & MediaMJB344 European Cinema

AR

TS

93

Year 6, Semester 1MJB349 Media Audiences

Elective

Year 6, Semester 2MJB348 Applied Media Studies

Elective

MINORA minor in Creative Writing is available bycompleting four units as follows:MJB229 Film & Television ScriptwritingMJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingMJB350 Creative Writing & PublishingMJB380 Non-fiction Creative Writing

Academy of the Arts OpenElectives

The following electives have no prerequisites andare available to students from other faculties in theUniversity:

Semester 1AAB051 Arts in SocietyAAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing

ArtsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of AsiaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB208 Elements of DramaAAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB447 DrawingAAB457 SculptureAAB507 PaintingAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB631 World MusicAAB638 Sound and ImageAAB648 The Australian Music SceneAAB701 ModernismAAB726 Introduction to the History of ArtAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAP503 Clay MaterialsAAP509 Photographic MediaAAP511 Printmaking

Semester 2AAB051 Arts in SocietyAAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB176 Jazz and Popular Dance StylesAAB444 Visual Arts of AsiaAAB447 DrawingAAB457 SculptureAAP511 PrintmakingAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB640 Sex, Drugs Rock n RollAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAP503 Clay MaterialsAAP507 PaintingAAP509 Photographic Media

■ Bachelor of Arts(Communication Design)(AA81)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Gavin Sade

Course StructureAnimation and Visualisation Specialisation

Year 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unit (choose two unitfrom List A)

AAB807 Media Technology 1AAB801 Foundations of Communication Design 1

ORAAB755 Foundations of Drawing for Animation 1

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB808 Media Technology 2AAB802 Foundations of Communication Design 2

ORAAB756 Foundations of Drawing for Animation 2AAB825 The History of Animation

ORAAB814 Applications of Design Technology

Year 2, Semester 1Discipline elective unit (Choose from List B)Communication Design compulsory units(Choose three from List C)

Year 2, Semester 2SSB057 Applied Cognitive Psychology

Communication Deign compulsory unit(Choose one from List C)Electives

Year 3, Semester 1AAB805 Design Studio 3

Communication Design compulsory unit(Choose one from List D)Electives

Year 3, Semester 2AAB806 Design Studio 4

Communication Design compulsory units(Choose one from List D)Electives

List A: Faculty Foundation UnitsAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Skills & Processes

List B: Discipline Elective UnitsAAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing

ArtsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of AsiaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories

94

AAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB631 World MusicAAB726 Introduction to the History of Art

List C: Communication Design CompulsoryUnits (second year students)AAB803 Design Studio 3AAB804 Design Studio 2AAB809 Media Technology 3AAB810 Media Technology 4AAB816 Interactive WritingAAB626 Music & Sound for Multimedia

List D: Communication Design CompulsoryUnits (third year students)AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB813 Contemporary Issues

Students majoring in Communication Design arerequired to successfully complete all units in List Cand List D.

Electives can be selected from anywhere across theuniversity as long as the student has the requiredprerequisites.

When selecting units from other schools of facultiesit is suggested that students make contact with theunit coordinator before enrolling.

Communication Design ElectivesSemester 1AAB055 Professional Practice*AAB815 Experimental MultimediaAAB817 Software Development & Project

ManagementAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAB819 Electronic PublishingAAB820 Advanced 3D AnimationAAB821 Virtual RealityAAB822 Interactive Digital VideoAB823 Advanced Design Project

Semester 2AAB055 Professional Practice*AAB815 Experimental MultimediaAAB817 Software Development & Project

ManagementAAB818 Introduction to Multimedia TechnologyAAB819 Electronic PublishingAAB823 Advanced Design Project

* Subject to approval by course coordinator

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance)(AA11)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Evan Jones

Course Structure

OPEN STRAND

Year 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unit (List A)

AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1AAB171 Theatre Dance Styles

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB100 Dance Composition 1AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB181 Dance Technique Studies 2

Year 2, Semester 1Faculty foundation unit (List A)Discipline elective unit (List B)AAB189 Dance Composition 2AAB182 Dance Technique Studies 3

Year 2, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB176 Jazz and Popular DanceAAB183 Dance Technique Studies 4

Elective

Year 3, Semester 1Select three of the following four unitsAAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing

ArtsAAB058 Arts Research**AAB117 Dance in EducationAAB158 Advanced Composition 1AAB171 Theatre Dance Stylesplus: Elective

Year 3, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB114 Dance in Australian Society**

AAB172 World Dance

Select one of the following three units:AAB065 Dance and Theatre of AsiaAAB159 Dance and Technology

Elective

PERFORMANCE STRAND


AAX104 Architecture of the BodyAAX111 Repertoire & Practice Period 1*AAX137 Dance Technique 1*

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAX112 Repertoire & Practice Period 2*

AAX138 Dance Technique 2*

AAX143 Dance Composition 1


AAX139 Dance Technique 3*

AAX141 Repertoire and Practice Period 3*

Choose one of the followingAAB171 Theatre Dance Styles

Elective

AR

TS

95

Year 2, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB100 Dance Composition 1AAX140 Dance Technique 4*

AAX142 Repertoire and Practice Period 4*

Year 3, Semester 1AAB189 Dance Composition 2AAX141 Repertoire & Practice Period 3*

Elective

Choose one of the following unitsAAB065 Dance and Theatre of AsiaAAB171 Theatre Dance StylesAAB011 Music Theatre SkillsAAB058 Arts Research**

Year 3, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAX144 Dance Composition 2AAX142 Repertoire & Practice Period 4*

Choose one of the following unitsAAB172 World DanceAAB012 Music Theatre Project

Elective

List A: Faculty Foundation UnitsAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society and CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Skills and Processes

List B: Discipline Elective unitsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of South East AsiaAAB253 Theatre History 3 – Australian TheatreAAB631 World MusicAAB726 Introduction to Art History

Academy of the Arts Elective unitsSemester 1AAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual and Performing

ArtsAAB055 Professional Practice#

AAB057 Independent Study#

AAB058 Arts Research**AAB062 Arts Event Promotion & Public Relations

Semester 2AAB055 Professional Practice#

AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB057 Independent Study#

AAB061 Arts Business ManagementAAB065 Dance and Theatre of Asia* Designated unit** Honours prerequisite# Available to third year students with a GPA of 5.0

or more

Students may also choose electives from otherAcademy programs or elsewhere in the University.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance) (LaSalle College) (AA12)

Location: Offshore course only available atLASALLE-SIA College of the Arts, Singapore tograduates of LASALLE-SIAs Diploma inContemporary DanceCourse Duration: 1 year full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Annual and Semester Credit Points: Full-timeonly 48 credit points per semesterCourse Coordinators:Australia: Ms Jill Standfield at Academy of the Arts,Kelvin Grove campusSingapore: LASALLE-SIA College of the Arts

Course RequirementsSemester 1AAZ051 Arts in SocietyAAZ055 Professional PracticeAAZ180 Dance Technique Studies 1AAZ117 Dance in Education

Semester 2AAZ181 Dance Technique Studies 2AAZ158 Advanced CompositionAAZ255 Production 1

The course in Singapore is prescribed and no electivechoices are available.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama)(AA21)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Strand Coordinators:Acting: Ms Dianne EdenTechnical Production: Mr Stafford MortensenTheatre Studies: Dr Paul MakehamCourse StructureACTINGYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation units (choose two unitsfrom List A after consultation with Head ofActing)

AAB202 Acting 1*

AAB204 Voice & Movement 1

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB203 Acting 2*

AAB205 Voice & Movement 2AAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20th

Century

96

Year 2, Semester 1Discipline elective unit (choose one unitfrom List B after consultation with Head ofActing)

AAB011 Music Theatre SkillsAAB233 Voice & Movement 3AAB247 Acting 3*

Year 2, Semester 2AAB012 Music Theatre ProjectAAB234 Voice & Movement 4AAB248 Acting 4*

AAB271 Studies in Directing

Year 3, Semester 1AAB235 Voice & Movement 5AAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB255 Theatre Production 1

Year 3, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB256 Theatre Production 2

TECHNICAL PRODUCTION &MANAGEMENTYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation units (List A)AAB274 TheatrecraftAAB289 Technical Production 1

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20th

CenturyAAB292 Stage Management 1AAB621 Sound Recording & Acoustic Design

Year 2, Semester 1Discipline elective unit (List B)

AAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB290 Technical Production 2AAB293 Stage Management 2

Year 2, Semester 2AAB061 Arts Business ManagementAAB271 Studies in DirectingAAB276 Visual Theatre – DesignAAB291 Technical Production 3Year 3, Semester 1

Strand elective (List C)AAB255 Theatre Production 1AAB294 Stage Management 3

Year 3, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB256 Theatre Production 2

THEATRE STUDIESYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (List A)AAB259 The Performance Instrument: Body & VoiceAAB257 Studies in Acting 1AAB252 Theatre History: Sound of Theatre

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20th

Century

AAB273 Performance 1AAB271 Studies in Directing

Year 2, Semester 1Discipline elective unit (List B)ORElective

AAB214 Process DramaAAB252 Theatre History: The Sound of MusicAAB278 Technical Theatre

Year 2, Semester 2AAB271 Studies in DirectingAAB304 Forming KnowledgeAAB308 Performance 2

Elective

Year 3, Semester 1AAB058 Arts Research

ORElectiveOR discipline elective unit (List B)

AAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaElective units

Year 3, Semester 2AAB272 Drama and Community Cultural

DevelopmentElective units

Note: Discipline elective units must be taken ineither Year 2, Semester 1 or Year 3, Semester 1.


List B: Discipline Elective UnitsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of South East AsiaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB631 World MusicAAB726 Introduction to the History of Art

List C: Strand ElectiveAAB062 Arts Event Promotion & Public RelationsAAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB252 Theatre History: The Sound of TheatreAAB275 Understanding TheatreAAB306 Directing for Theatre*

Drama ElectivesSemester 1AAB278 Technical TheatreAAB208 Elements of Drama**AAB306 Directing for Theatre**AAB310 Acting 3AAB277 Physical Theatre

Semester 2AAB276 Visual Theatre – DesignAAB278 Technical TheatreAAB258 Studies in Acting 2AAB275 Understanding TheatreAAB280 Drama as Social Action

AR

TS

97

AAB307 Writing for PerformanceAAB309 Performance 3**

Academy of the Arts ElectivesSemester 1AAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing



AAB058 Arts Research ***

AAB062 Arts Event Promotion & Public RelationsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of South-East Asia



AAB061 Arts Business ManagementAAB065 Dance and Theatre of Asia* Designated unit.** Available to third year students only.*** Honours prerequisite.# Available to final year students with a grade point

average of 5.0 or above.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama) (LaSalle College) (AA22)

Location: Offshore course only available atLASALLE-SIA College of the Arts, Singapore.Course Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Semester Credit Points: 48Course Coordinators:Australia: Ms Jill Standfield, Academy of the ArtsSingapore: Mr Jeffery Tan at LASALLE-SIACollege of the Arts

Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1AAZ203 Acting 2AAZ233 Voice & Movement 3AAZ251 Studies in Theatre History 1AAZ271 Studies in Directing

Year 2, Semester 2AAZ055 Professional PracticeAAZ234 Voice & Movement 4AAZ247 Acting 3AAZ253 Studies in Theatre History 3

Year 3,Semester 1AAZ216 PlaywritingAAZ255 Theatre Production 1AAZ272 Drama & Community Cultural Development

Year 3 Semester 2AAZ056 Professional StudiesAAZ256 Theatre Production 2

The course in Singapore is prescribed and no electivechoices are available.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts)(AA71)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Victoria Garnons-Williams

Course structureYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (List A)AAB726 Introduction to the History of Visual ArtAAB740 Studio Art Practice 1*

Year 1, Semester 2AAB063 The Arts EnvironmentAAB741 Studio Art Practice 2*

Elective

Year 2, Semester 1Faculty foundation unit (List A)Discipline elective unit (List B)

AAB742 Studio Art Practice 3*

Year 2, Semester 2AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB701 ModernismAAB743 Studio Art Practice 4*

Year 3, Semester 1AAB058 Arts Research**

ORElective

AAB712 Contemporary Art Issues**

AAB744 Studio Art Practice 5

Year 3, Semester 2AAB745 Studio Art Practice 6**

Electives


List B: Discipline Elective UnitsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of AsiaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB631 World Music

Visual Arts Studio Electives (offered bothsemesters)AAB447 DrawingAAB457 SculptureAAB818 Introduction to Multi-media TechnologyAAP503 Clay MaterialsAAP507 PaintingAAP509 Photographic MediaAAP511 Printmaking

98

Extended Studio ElectivesAAB751 Extended Studio Practice 1AAB752 Extended Studio Practice 2AAB753 Extended Studio Practice 3AAB754 Extended Studio Practice 4

Visual Arts Theory ElectivesSemester 2AAB444 Visual Arts of AsiaAAB728 Readings in Feminism & Visual Arts

In addition to QUT units, arrangements exist forcross-institutional enrolments in Art History andTheory subjects offered by The University ofQueensland. Contact the course coordinator fordetails.

Academy of the Arts ElectivesSemester 1AAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing



AAB058 Arts Research**AAB062 Arts Event Promotion & Public Relations



AAB061 Arts Business ManagementAAB065 Dance and Theatre of Asia* Designated units are compulsory units which

result in the development of particular skills andabilities. A satisfactory level of performance in adesignated unit is a grade of 3 or higher, or S-Satisfactory. This level of achievement is requiredfor successful completion of this course. SeeStudent Rules for more details.

** Honours prerequisite.# Available to third year students with a GPA of 5.0

or more.


■ Bachelor of Music (AA91)Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Sue Forster

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAB641 Principal Studies A**AAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic Design

Faculty foundation unit (List A)

Year 1, Semester 2AAB642 Principal Studies B**AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB630 Music TexturesAAB063 The Arts Environment

Year 2, Semester 1AAB643 Principal Studies CAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1 (Art Music)

ORAAB636 Contemporary Musicianship 3 (Cross-

Cultural)Faculty foundation unit (List A)Music elective (List C)

Year 2, Semester 2AAB644 Principal Studies DAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound

Media)OR

AAB637 Contemporary Musicianship 4 (Jazz andPopular)Elective

Year 3, Semester 1AAB645 Principal Studies E

ORMusic electives (List C)

AAB058 Arts Research*ORElectiveDiscipline elective unit (List B)

Year 3, Semester 2AAB646 Principal Studies F

ORMusic electives (List C)

AAB817 Software Development & ProjectManagement*

ORMusic elective (List C)

AAB056 Professional Studies

List A: Faculty Foundation UnitsAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Skills & ProcessesList B: Discipline Elective unitsAAB064 Visual & Performing Arts of South East AsiaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB726 Introduction to the History of Art

List C: Music ElectivesSemester 1AAB011 Music Theatre SkillsAAB616 Ensemble Project 1 (year-long unit)AAB617 Choral & Instrumental ArrangingAAB618 Composition for Film & TelevisionAAB622 Second Study 1 (year-long unit)AAB626 Music & Sound for MultimediaAAB628 Second Study 2 (year-long unit)AAB629 Ensemble Project 2 (year-long unit)

AR

TS

99

AAB631 World MusicAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1 (Art Music)AAB636 Contemporary Musicianship 3 (Cross

Cultural)AAB638 Sound & ImageAAB639 Music Directing (year-long unit)AAB648 The Australian Music Scene

Semester 2AAB012 Music Theatre ProjectAAB620 Popular Song WritingAAB623 Conducting 1AAB626 Music & Sound for Multi-mediaAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound

Media)AAB637 Contemporary Musicianship 4 (Jazz &

Popular)AAB640 Sex, Drugs, Rock n Roll (The Interaction of

Society & Music of our Time)AAB648 The Australian Music Scene

Note: Up to four electives may be taken from otherAcademy disciplines or from elsewhere in theUniversity.

Academy ElectivesSemester 1AAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing



AAB058 Arts ResearchAAB062 Art Event Promotion & Public RelationsAAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing

Arts


AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB057 Independent Study#

AAB061 Arts Business ManagementAAB065 Dance & Theatre of Asia# Available to third year students only.* Please note: either AAB058 or AAB817 must be

taken as a prerequisite for Honours.** Designated unit See Student Rules for details.


■ Bachelor of Psychology (PY07)Location: Carseldine campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Course Coordinator: Mr Jeremy Davey

Course requirements relating to facultyfoundation units and undergraduate degreesAll Faculty of Arts bachelor degree courses willcontain faculty foundation units as part of theirrequirements. Commencing students will be requiredto complete TWO faculty foundation units.

Faculty Foundation UnitsAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsMJB140 Media & SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & Skills

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HUB120 Introduction to Sociology 1A: Australian

PerspectivesPYB101 Introduction to Psychology 1APYB000 Scholarship & Skills – Psychology


Year 1, Semester 2PYB110 Psychological Research MethodsPYB102 Introduction to Psychology 1B

Faculty foundation unitFirst year elective

Year 2, Semester 1PYB208 Counselling Theory & Practice 1PYB205 Social PsychologyPYB210 Research Design & Data Analysis

Elective

Year 2, Semester 2PYB201 PerceptionPYB203 Developmental Psychology

ElectiveElective

Year 3, Semester 1PYB303 Cognitive PsychologyPYB304 Physiological PsychologyPYB302 Industrial & Organisational Psychology

Elective

Year 3, Semester 2PYB306 Personality & PsychopathologyPYB311 Psychological Assessment

ElectiveElective5

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PYB000 Scholarship & Skills – PsychologyPYB101 Introduction to Psychology 1A

Year 1, Semester 2PYB102 Introduction to Psychology 1B


5 PYB350 is compulsory for progression to the Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) program. Otherwise another electivemust be taken.

100

Year 2, Semester 1HUB120 Introduction to Sociology 1A: Australian

PerspectiveFaculty foundation unit

Year 2, Semester 2PYB110 Psychological Research Methods

Any first year elective

Year 3, Semester 1PYB205 Social PsychologyPYB210 Research Design & Data Analysis

Year 3, Semester 2PYB201 PerceptionPYB203 Developmental Psychology

Year 4, Semester 1PYB208 Counselling Theory & Practice 1

Elective


Year 5, Semester 1PYB303 Cognitive Psychology

Elective

Year 5, Semester 2PYB306 Personality & PsychopathologyPYB311 Psychological Assessment

Year 6, Semester 1PYB302 Industrial & Organisational PsychologyPYB304 Physiological Psychology

Year 6, Semester 2Elective5

Elective

Elective UnitsThe following elective units are offered to enablediversity of choice at undergraduate and earlypostgraduate level and to allow innovativeapproaches to current and perceived communityneeds. However, such elective units will be offeredsubject to staff availability and sufficient studentenrolment.

PYB050 Qualitative Research MethodsPYB054 Psychology & GenderPYB067 Human SexualityPYB061 Gender & OrganisationsPYB158 Introduction to Substance Abuse in AustraliaPYB159 Alcohol & Other Drug StudiesPYB250 Environmental PsychologyPYB257 Group WorkPYB258 Introduction to Theory & Research in

HypnosisPYB260 Psychopharmacology of Addictive

BehaviourPYB353 Occupational & Vocational PsychologyPYB356 Counselling Theory & Practice 2PYB358 Advanced Developmental Psychology

PYB359 Introduction to Family TherapyPYB360 Interventions for Addictive BehavioursPYB371 Introduction to Road SafetyPYB372 Understanding Road User BehaviourPYB374 Modifying Road User BehaviourPYB350 Advanced Statistical Analysis

Note that electives are to be chosen in consultationwith the course coordinator or appointed nominee/adviser to ensure that progression rules for the degreeand/or for fourth year study are followed. Up to 72credit points of elective units can be taken from otherschools or faculties. Major and minor sequences havebeen negotiated with Health, Science, Education,Justice, Human Services, Humanities, Business andInformation Technology.

■ Bachelor of Social Science(SS60)

Location: Carseldine campus,Course Duration: 3 years full-time; 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Gavin KendallCourse RequirementsStudents are required to complete the followingcomponents of the degree:

The first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship

two faculty foundation units ( see List A)

two to three course foundation units (see ListB).

two to three elective units (see Lists C and D).

Note that a minimum of four of these eight unitsmust be chosen from School of Humanities andSocial Science units:

one primary major study sequence chosen fromthe Social Science majors offered within theSchool of Humanities and Social Science (ie HUBcoded units).

And, either:

one secondary major study sequence (or twoMinor Study Sequences) from those offered withinthe School of Humanities and Social Science (ieHUB coded units).

Or

5 PYB350 is compulsory for progression to the Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) program. Otherwise another electivemust be taken.

AR

TS

101

one secondary major study sequence (or up to twominor study sequences) from those offered byschools other than the School of Humanities andSocial Science.

Students must ensure that:

They maintain a 50% enrolment in the School ofHumanities and Social Science units until theyhave completed eight units in the SS60 course;and

A minimum of 12 of the total of 24 course unitsmust be chosen from the School of Humanitiesand Social Science units.

Students who enter the course with advancedstanding should discuss their enrolment with thecourse coordinator.

MAJOR/MINOR STUDY SEQUENCESThe School of Humanities and Social Science offersa number of major and minor study sequences:

Primary Majors*

Applied EthicsGender StudiesGeography and Environmental StudiesInternational and Global StudiesPolitical StudiesSociology

Secondary MajorsAsia-Pacific StudiesHistoryLanguages (French, German, Indonesian,Japanese, Mandarin** )Literary and Cultural Studies

MinorsEuropean StudiesIndigenous Studies

* Any of the majors may be taken as a minor studyarea.

** Mandarin is available in intensive summerprogram mode only followed by in-country study.

EXAMPLE COURSE STRUCTURESTWO MAJOR OPTIONYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit or HUB000Course foundation unit (primary major)Elective

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit or HUB000Course foundation unit (secondary major)Elective





TWO MINORS OPTIONYear 1, Semester 1




Year 2, Semester 2Major 1Minor 1Minor 2Elective


Year 3, Semester 2Major 1ElectiveElectiveElective

Note that the credit points in electives can be takenas additional units in students’ designated major orminor study areas. However, students must conformto the requirement to complete 12 of these 24 unitsin the School of Humanities and Social Science ifthey wish to complete additional units in major orminor study sequences outside the school.

102

Part-time StudentsDuring their first year part-time students normallyenrol in four units.

The following is the recommended pattern ofenrolment:

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (one per semester)(see List A)one course foundation unit (see List B) orone elective (see List C and List D).

LIST A – FACULTY FOUNDATIONUNITSStudents must complete two faculty foundation unitsin first year. The following table indicates the unitson offer in 2001 by semester. These units are subjectto confirmation by the faculty.

Semester 1AAB051 Arts & SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & SkillsHSB002 Introduction to Human Rights

Semester 2AAB051 Arts & SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media & SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & SkillsHSB002 Introduction to Human Rights

LIST B – COURSE FOUNDATIONUNITSStudents must complete two to three of the followingentry-level units to the various majors and minorsoffered by the School of Humanities and SocialScience.

PRIMARY MAJOR STUDY AREAS (SOCIALSCIENCES)

Applied EthicsHUB601 Human Identity & Change

Gender StudiesHUB760 Introduction to Gender Studies

Geography and Environmental StudiesHUB202 World Regions

International and Global StudiesHUB221 Introduction to International & Global

Studies

Political StudiesHUB694 Australian Politics

SociologyHUB120 Introduction to Sociology

SECONDARY MAJOR STUDY AREAS(HUMANITIES)

Asia Pacific StudiesHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

HistoryHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific StudiesHUB649 Interpreting the Past

Literary and Cultural StudiesHUB716 Introduction to Literary & Cultural Studies

LanguagesAll language teaching in 2001 will be scheduled onthe Gardens Point campus. Students wishing to studya language other than English should select fromthe following:

HUB650 Indonesian 1OR

HUB652 Indonesian 3 (for students who havecompleted year 12 Indonesian or Equivalent)

HUB660 Japanese 1OR

HUB662 Japanese 3 (for students who havecompleted Year 12 Japanese or equivalent)

HUB670 French 1OR

HUB672 French 3 (for students who have completedYear 12 French or equivalent)

HUB735 German 1OR

HUB737 German 3 (for students who have completedYear 12 German or equivalent)

HUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1HUB451 Mandarin for Chinese 2 (not on offer in 2001)HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2

MINOR STUDY AREASEuropean Studies

HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

Indigenous StudiesHUB700 Indigenous Australian Culture Studies

Note that students may take additional coursefoundation units in the Bachelor of Social Scienceas their electives. Students may also wish to takeother units offered by other schools/faculties withinQUT. Students planning to take a major or minorarea offered by another school as part of their degree,need to take the appropriate entry-level unit(s) intheir first year. Possible Study Areas Outside theSchool of Humanities and Social Science areprovided in List D.

Year 2 and 3In years 2 and 3 students must complete therequirements of their two major study sequences (orone major and two minor study sequences). Details

AR

TS

103

of the individual study sequences are listed below.Semester 3 = Summer Program.

LIST C – PRIMARY MAJOR STUDYSEQUENCES

Applied EthicsCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB601 Human Identity & Change

Discipline studies unit (electives):HUB751 Public & Professional EthicsHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB753 Ethical Decision-makingHUB754 Feminism & EthicsHUB755 Vulnerable IdentitiesHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the EnvironmentHUB758 Research Methods in Applied EthicsHUB831 Gene Technology & Ethics

Gender StudiesCourse foundation unit:HUB760 Introduction to Gender Studies

Discipline studies units – six from the following:HUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB618 Asian WomenHUB711 Australian Women’s Writing (not on offer in

2001)HUB730 Gender & RepresentationHUB754 Feminism & EthicsHUB121 Social Inequality & Difference in Australia

(not on offer in 2001)PYB 054 Psychology & GenderHUB140 Qualitative Research MethodsAAB053 Gender Issues in the Visual & Performing

ArtsHUB131 Sex, Gender & SocietyMJB307 Feminist Media studiesPYB010 Human SexualityPYB061 Gender & Organisations

Advanced seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB715 Advanced Seminar in 19th Century

Feminine/Feminist Fictions (not offered in2001)

HUB139 Postmodernism & Its CriticsHUB145 Virgins, Saints & Sinners

Geography and Environmental StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB202 World Regions

Discipline studies units – six units from thefollowing:Environment and ResourcesHUB201 Environment & SocietyHUB207 Environmental HazardsHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB685 Australian Resource ManagementHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the Environment

Regional Studies and Local StudiesHUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB683 Australian Geographical Studies

HUB220 Windows on JapanHUB330 Brisbane in the 20th Century

Advanced seminar (for second and third year andhonours students):HUB688 Geographical Research Design

Other electives for geography major:PSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSB655 Remote SensingHUB130 Survey MethodsHUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

International & Global Studies*HUB221 Introduction to International & Global

Studies (course foundation unit)HUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

(discipline studies unit)

Plus five of the following discipline studies units:

Regional StudiesHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB332 Korean Societies & CulturesHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific StudiesHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB626 Contemporary South East AsiaHUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB633 Sex & Drugs in South East Asia (not on

offer in 2001)HUB720 Europe Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB954 Independent Project (may be taken in-

country or with an international agency)

Geography & Development StudiesHUB202 World RegionsHUB617 Women, Aid & Development

Applied Ethic StudiesHUB601 Human Identity & ChangeHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the Environment

Sociology & Political StudiesHUB134 Political SociologyHUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism (not on offer in

2001)HUB138 Identities:The Body, Technology &

Cyberspace (not on offer in 2001)HUB139 Postmodernism & Its CriticsHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB800 Politics & MarketsHUB802 Politics & Social Contact

Literary & Cultural StudiesHUB725 20th Century Literature & Culture

MinorTwo compulsory unitsplus two units from the above listORYou can combine units in International & Global Studieswith language studies in Indonesian, Japanese,Mandarin, French or German as either a major or minorsequence.As a major 4 units of Language & 3 units of

International & Global StudiesAs a minor 2 units of Language & 2 units of

International & Global Studies

104

* The International and Global Studies major willbe offered in 2001 subject to final approval.

Political StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB964 Australian Politics

Compulsory discipline studies unit:HUB126 Political Behaviour

Discipline studies units – five units from thefollowing:HUB682 Social Movements in AustraliaHUB703 Indigenous Politics & Political CultureHUB752 The Just SocietyHUB772 Political IdeologiesHUB800 Politics & MarketsHUB802 Politics & the Social ContractHUB130 Survey MethodsHUB134 Political SociologyHUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism (not on offer in

2001)HUB222 Issues in International & Global StudiesHSB231 Social Policy Processes

SociologyCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB120 Introduction to Sociology

Discipline studies unit (compulsory):HUB130 Survey MethodsHUB133 Sociological TheoryHUB139 Postmodernism & its CriticsHUB140 Qualitative Research Methods

Disciplinary studies units – two units from thefollowing:HUB121 Social Inequality & Difference in Australia

(not on offer in 2001)HUB127 Sociology of Health & IllnessHUB128 Social & Cultural Aspects of Health &

Illness (not on offer in 2001)HUB131 Sex, Gender & SocietyHUB134 Political SociologyHUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism (not on offer in

2001)HUB136 Sociology of Contemporary Europe (not on

offer in 2001)HUB141 Social Science & Health CareHUB150 Sociology of Crime & DevianceHUB138 Identities: The Body, Technology &

Cyberspace (not on offer in 2001)HUB132 Cultural StudiesHUB145 Virgins, Saints & SinnersHUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

LIST C – SECONDARY MAJORSTUDY SEQUENCES (HUMANITIES)

Asia Pacific StudiesCourse foundation unit:HUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

Discipline studies units – six units from thefollowing:

East AsiaHUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB332 Korean Cultures & Societies

Pacific IslandsHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB627 Australia & the South Pacific (not on offer in

2001)

Southeast AsiaHUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB633 Sex & Drugs in Southeast Asia (not on offer

in 2001)

Asia ThematicHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB618 Asian Women

Advanced Seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific Studies

HistoryCourse foundation unit (compulsory – one of):HUB649 Interpreting the PastHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

Discipline studies units – six units from thefollowing:Modern HistoriesHUB618 Asian WomenHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB627 Australia & the South Pacific (not on offer in

2001)HUB628 Modern Japan (not on offer in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB692 Conspiracy & Dissent in Australian HistoryHUB720 Europe Since 1945 (not on offer in 2001)HUB723 War & Revolution in Europe 1914-1945 (not


(not on offer in 2001)HUB330 Brisbane in the 20th Century

Advanced Seminar (for third year and honoursstudents):HUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific StudiesHUB695 Rethinking Histories (not on offer in 2001)

Pre Modern HistoriesHUB721 Classical World – RomeHUB722 Foundations of Modern EuropeHUB744 Medieval EuropeHUB745 Classical World – Greece (not on offer in

2001)

LanguagesFRENCH – six units from the following:HUB670 French 1HUB671 French 2HUB672 French 3HUB673 French 4HUB674 French 5

AR

TS

105

HUB675 French 6HUB678 French 7HUB677 French 8HUB679 French 9HUB731 French 10HUB452 French for the Tourism Industry


GERMAN – six units from the following:HUB735 German 1HUB736 German 2HUB737 German 3HUB738 German 4HUB739 German 5HUB740 German 6HUB741 German 7HUB742 German 8


INDONESIAN – six units from the following:HUB650 Indonesian 1HUB651 Indonesian 2HUB652 Indonesian 3HUB653 Indonesian 4HUB654 Indonesian 5HUB655 Indonesian 6HUB656 Indonesian 7HUB657 Indonesian 8

Discipline unit (compulsory):HUB626 Contemporary Southeast Asia

JAPANESE – six units from the following:HUB660 Japanese 1HUB661 Japanese 2HUB662 Japanese 3HUB663 Japanese 4HUB664 Japanese 5HUB665 Japanese 6HUB666 Japanese 7HUB667 Japanese 8

Discipline unit (compulsory):HUB220 Windows on Japan

MANDARINHUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1HUB451 Mandarin for Chinese 2 (not on offer in 2001)HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2

Overseas Units – all languagesHUB646 International Intensive ProgramHUB647 International Summer School or equivalentHUB648 In-country Study – A (1 semester)HUB461 In-country Study – B (1 semester)

Literary and Cultural StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB716 Introduction to Literary & Cultural Studies

Discipline studies units – six units from thefollowing:Australian WritingHUB701 Indigenous Australian Writing

HUB710 Australian Literature & CultureHUB711 Australian Women’s Writing (not on offer in

2001)HUB712 Australian Children’s & Adolescent Fiction

World WritingHUB625 North American LiteratureHUB724 Nineteenth century English Literature &


CultureHUB729 Shakespeare & the Modern WorldHUB730 Gender & Representation



MINOR STUDY SEQUENCES(HUMANITIES)

European StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

Discipline studies units – three units from thefollowing:European HistoriesHUB722 Foundations of Modern EuropeHUB723 War & Revolution in Europe 1914-1945 (not


(not on offer in 2001)

European LiteratureHUB724 Nineteenth Century English Literature &


CultureHUB729 Shakespeare & the Modern World

Pre Modern HistoriesHUB745 Classical World – Greece (not on offer in

2001)HUB721 Classical World – RomeHUB744 Medieval History

Indigenous StudiesCourse foundation unit (compulsory):HUB700 Indigenous Australian Culture Studies

Discipline studies unit (electives):HUB703 Indigenous Politics & Political CultureHUB701 Indigenous Australian Writing



LIST D – POSSIBLE MAJORSOUTSIDE THE SCHOOL OFHUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCE

HUMAN SERVICESCourse Coordinator: Dr Marie Knox

106

Major: Course foundation unit plus six units (at leastfour discipline studies units plus up to two servicecontext units).

Minor: Course foundation unit plus two disciplinestudies units plus one service contexts unit.

Course Foundation UnitHSB110 Introduction to Human Services

Discipline Studies UnitsHSB120 Welfare of AustraliansHSB122 Analysing Contemporary Social IssuesHSB211 Working in Human Service OrganisationsHSB218 Intervention Theories & MethodsHSB222 Social Research MethodsHSB230 Casework & Case ManagementHSB231 Social Policy ProcessesHSB232 Group & Team PracticeHSB233 Indigenous Australia: Country, Kin &

CultureHSB234 Crisis & Conflict ResolutionHSB320 Community WorkService Contexts UnitsHSB213 Aged Services: IntroductionHSB214 Child and Family Services: IntroductionHSB215 Corrective Services: IntroductionHSB216 Disability Services: IntroductionHSB217 Services to Young People: Introduction

PSYCHOLOGYCourse Coordinator: Dr Doug Mahar

Major: One course foundation unit plus PYB110,3 other discipline study units and 2 electives (7 unitsin total).

Minor: One course foundation unit plus any threefrom discipline study units and electives (4 units intotal).

Note: Prerequisites apply for most of the disciplinestudy units and some of the electives. Students musthave completed appropriate pre-requisites beforetaking higher level units.

Course Foundation UnitsPYB012 PsychologyPYB101 Introduction to Psychology 1APYB102 Introduction to Psychology 1B

Discipline Study UnitsPYB110 Psychological Research MethodsPYB205 Social PsychologyPYB201 Developmental PsychologyPYB203 PerceptionPYB208 Counselling Theory & Practice 1PYB210 Research Design & Data AnalysisPYB302 Industrial Organisational PsychologyPYB303 Cognitive PsychologyPYB304 Physiological PsychologyPYB306 Personality & PsychopathologyPYB311 Psychological Assessment

ElectivesPYB050 Qualitative Research MethodsPYB054 Psychology & GenderPYB061 Gender & OrganisationsPYB067 Human SexualityPYB158 Introduction to Substance Abuse in AustraliaPYB159 Alcohol & other Drug StudiesPYB250 Environmental PsychologyPYB257 Group WorkPYB258 Introduction to Theory of HypnosisPYB260 Psychopharmacology of Addictive

BehaviourPYB353 Occupational & Vocational PsychologyPYB356 Counselling Theory & Practice 2PYB358 Advanced Developmental PsychologyPYB359 Introduction to Family TherapyPYB360 Interventions for Addictive BehavioursPYB371 Introduction to Road SafetyPYB372 Understanding Road User BehaviourPYB373 Modifying Road User Behaviour

Bachelor of Social Science(Human Services) (HS07)

Location: Carseldine campusDuration: 3 years fulltime, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Marie Knox

Faculty of Arts Foundation Units – List AUnits are available in both semesters. Students mustsuccessfully complete two of these units in theirdegree.

AAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society and CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesMJB140 Media and SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Processes & Skills

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HSB000 Applied Skills and ScholarshipHSB110 Introduction to Human ServicesPYB052 Interpersonal Communication


Year 1, Semester 2HSB120 Welfare of AustraliansHSB121 The Human ConditionHSB122 Analysing Contemporary Social Issues


Year 2, Semester 1HSB218 Intervention Theories and MethodsHSB201 Initial Professional Practice (200 hours

24cp)Elective (List B)

AR

TS

107

Year 2, Semester 2HSB229 Human Service Practice: Legal DimensionsHSB211 Working in Human Service OrganisationsHSB228 Intervention Processes and Ethics

Elective (List C)

Year 3, Semester 1Elective (List C)Elective (List D)Elective (Lists B or C)Any other elective unit

Year 3, Semester 2HSB300 Current Developments in Human Services

(taught as a two week block)HSB301 Advanced Professional Practice (400 hours

36cp)

List B available semester 1 onlyHSB213 Aged Services: IntroductionHSB214 Child and Family Services: IntroductionHSB215 Corrective Services: IntroductionHSB216 Disability Services: IntroductionHSB217 Services to Young People: Introduction

List C available semester 1 or 2 asindicatedHSB222 Social Research Methods (semester 1)HSB234 Crisis and Conflict Resolution (semester 1)HSB320 Community Work (semester 1)HSB230 Casework and Case Management

(semester 2)HSB231 Social Policy Processes (semester 2)HSB232 Group and Team Practice (semester 2)HSB233 Indigenous Australia: Country, Kin and

Culture (semester 1 or 2)

List D available semester 1 onlyHSB323 Aged Services: AdvancedHSB324 Child and Family Services: AdvancedHSB325 Corrective Services: AdvancedHSB326 Disability Services: AdvancedHSB327 Services to Young People: Advanced

Part-time Course StructurePart-time students usually study two units persemester and should consult course coordinatorbefore selecting an enrolment program.

■ Advanced Certificate in DanceTeaching (AA14)

Location: External (by correspondence)Course Duration: 1 year full-time (3 semesters)external, 2 years part-time externalTotal Credit points: 96Course Coordinator: Ms Jude Smith

Course StructureFull-time students

Select four units from both first and second semester.


Students should contact the course coordinator todiscuss their enrolment program.

First SemesterAAX104 Architecture of the BodyAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB189 Dance Assessment & Reporting ProceduresAAB190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance TeachersAAB191 Dance Teaching MethodologiesAAB192 Stagecraft & Costume Design for Dance

Second SemesterAAX104 Dance Kinesiology & AlignmentAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB189 Dance Assessment & Reporting ProceduresAAB190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance TeachersAAB191 Dance Teaching MethodologiesAAB192 Stagecraft & Costume Design for Dance

Summer Program(Full-time students select both units, part-timestudents select one or both units)

AAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1 (residency)AAB181 Dance Technique Studies 2 (residency)

■ Certificate in Dance Teaching(AA13)

Location: External (by correspondence)Course Duration: 1 semester full-time external, 1year part-time externalTotal Credit points: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Jude Smith

Course StructureStudents are required to complete the core unit andthree electives. All students should contact the coursecoordinator to discuss their Enrolment Program.

Full-time studentsSelect four units from either first or second semester.


First SemesterAAX104 Architecture of the Body (core)AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories (elective)AAB189 Dance Assessment & Reporting Procedures

(elective)AAB190 Professional Practice & Business

Administration for Dance Teachers (elective)AAB191 Dance Teaching Methodologies (elective)

Second SemesterAAX104 Dance Kinesiology & Alignment (core)AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories (elective)

108

6 Designated unit.

AAB189 Dance Assessment & Reporting Procedures(elective)

AAB190 Professional Practice & BusinessAdministration for Dance Teachers (elective)

AAB191 Dance Teaching Methodologies (elective)

Summer ProgramAAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1 (residency)

(elective)

■ Associate Degree in Dance(AA09)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Course Coordinator: Mr Evan Jones

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAX104 Dance Kinesiology & AlignmentAAX111 Repertoire & Practice Period 16

AAX115/1 Dance HistoryAAX117 Ballet Technique 16AAX121 Contemporary Technique 16

AAX131 Dance Composition 1AAX135 Dance Styles 1

Year 1, Semester 2AAX112 Repertoire & Practice Period 6

AAX115/2 Dance HistoryAAX118 Ballet Technique 26

AAX122 Contemporary Technique 26

AAX132 Dance Composition 2AAX136 Dance Styles 2

Year 2, Semester 1AAB011 Music Theatre SkillsAAX113 Repertoire & Practice Period 36

AAX119 Ballet Technique 36



Year 2, Semester 2AAB012 Music Theatre ProjectAAX114 Repertoire & Practice Period 46

AAX120 Ballet Technique 46



BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

109

FAC

ULT

Y O

F B

UIL

T E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T &

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

110

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 112

RESEARCH CENTRES .................................................................................. 113

SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 114

COURSESCourse Requirements and Notes Relating to Postgraduate Courses ................................................ 116

■ Master of Applied Science (Research) (BN71) ................................................................................ 116

■ Master of Engineering (BN72) ......................................................................................................... 116

■ Master of Built Environment (BN73) ............................................................................................... 122

■ Master of Engineering Science (Civil) (CE74) ................................................................................ 122

■ Master of Engineering Science (Computer & Communications Engineering) (EE76) ................... 123

■ Master of Engineering Science (Electricity Supply Engineering) (EE78) ....................................... 125

■ Master of Engineering Management (ME76) ................................................................................... 126

■ Master of Engineering Management (ME77) – Singapore .............................................................. 126

■ Master in Facilities Management (CN75) ........................................................................................ 126

■ Master of Landscape Architecture (PS71) ........................................................................................127

■ Master of Project Management (CN77) ........................................................................................... 128

■ Master of Project Management (CN78) – Singapore ....................................................................... 129

■ Master of Property Economics (CN92) ............................................................................................129

■ Master of Urban and Regional Planning (PS70) .............................................................................. 130

■ Graduate Diploma in Computer & Communications Engineering (EE66) ...................................... 131

■ Graduate Diploma in Electricity Supply Engineering (EE60) ......................................................... 132

■ Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design (AR61) .............................................................................. 132

■ Graduate Diploma in Interior Design (AR62) .................................................................................. 132

■ Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture (PS66) ..................................................................... 133

■ Graduate Diploma in Civil Engineering (CE64) .............................................................................. 133

■ Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems (PS78) ...................................................... 134

■ Graduate Diploma in Geomatics (PS74) .......................................................................................... 135

■ Graduate Diploma in Project Management (CN64) ......................................................................... 135

■ Graduate Diploma in Project Management (CN65) – Singapore ..................................................... 136

■ Graduate Diploma in Property Economics (CN91) .......................................................................... 137

■ Graduate Diploma in Surveying Practice (PS68) ............................................................................. 137

■ Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning (PS72) ............................................................ 138

■ Graduate Diploma in Urban Design (PS69) ..................................................................................... 139

■ Graduate Certificate in Advanced Landscape Techniques (PS77) ................................................... 139

■ Graduate Certificate in Building Fire Safety (AR65) ....................................................................... 139

■ Graduate Certificate in Built Environment (Healthy Buildings) (AR66)* ....................................... 140

* Subject to final University approval.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

111

■ Graduate Certificate in Civil Engineering (CE62) ........................................................................... 140

■ Graduate Certificate in Electricity Supply Engineering (EE82) ...................................................... 141

■ Graduate Certificate in Engineering Management (ME75) ............................................................. 141

■ Graduate Certificate in Engineering Management (ME74) – Singapore ......................................... 141

■ Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Systems (PS79) ................................................... 142

■ Graduate Certificate in Geomatics (PS73) .......................................................................................142

■ Graduate Certificate in Landscape Design (PS76) ........................................................................... 143

■ Graduate Certificate in Landscape Techniques (PS75) .................................................................... 143

■ Graduate Certificate in Planning Studies (PS82) ............................................................................. 143

■ Graduate Certificate in Project Management (CN81) ...................................................................... 143

■ Graduate Certificate in Project Management (CN82) – Singapore .................................................. 144

■ Graduate Certificate in Property Economics (CN90) ....................................................................... 144

Course Requirements and Notes Relating to Undergraduate Courses ............................................. 145

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Construction Management) (CN51) ................................................. 148

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Property Economics) (CN52) ........................................................... 150

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Quantity Surveying) (CN53) ............................................................ 151

■ Bachelor of Architecture (AR48) ..................................................................................................... 153

■ Bachelor of Built Environment (BN31) ...........................................................................................154

■ Bachelor of Built Environment (Architectural Studies)/Bachelor of Architecture (AR55) ............. 156

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Aerospace Avionics) (EE48) ................................................................... 157

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) (CE44) .......................................................................................... 158

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) (CE45) (Mid-year Entry) .............................................................. 159

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering) (EE41) ....................................... 160

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering) (EE42) (Mid-year Entry) .......... 162

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Infomechatronics) (ME40) ..................................................................... 163

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) (ME41) ............................................................................... 164

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) (ME41) – Conversion Program fromBachelor of Technology (ME36) ...................................................................................................... 165

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) (ME42) (Mid-year Entry) .................................................. 165

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Medical) (ME48) .................................................................................... 166

■ Bachelor of Surveying (PS47) .......................................................................................................... 167

■ Bachelor of Surveying (PS48) (Mid-year Entry) ............................................................................. 168

■ Bachelor of Technology (Civil) (CE33) ........................................................................................... 170

■ Bachelor of Technology (Mechanical) (ME36) ................................................................................ 171

■ Bachelor of Technology (Mechanical) (ME36) – Articulation from Associate Diploma,or Equivalent ..................................................................................................................................... 172

For combined/double degree courses in Engineering/Business, Engineering/Mathematics, and Engineering/Information Technology, please see University-wide and interfaculty courses section.

For the graduate diploma and graduate certificate courses in Facilities Management, please see University-wide and interfaculty courses section.

112

FACULTY OF BU I LT ENV IRONMENT & ENG INEER ING

a broad technical education and develop essentialskills in electrical, electronic, computer and avionicsengineering. Graduates are immediately employablein a very diverse range of organisations andindustries.

The School of Mechanical, Manufacturing andMedical Engineering offers a diverse study programwhich has been tailored in response to thechallenging demands of industry and the profession,resulting in graduates who are highly sought after.The school’s courses are a balance of theory and‘hands on’ experience. Students are offered thechoice of an ‘in-house’ or industry project. Graduatesare readily employed in a wide range of fields.

The School of Planning, Landscape Architectureand Surveying has its strengths in the uniquecombination of the three disciplines, especiallyevident in the applications of land development andsustainability. The curriculum of the schoolencompasses environmental and settlement planningand design, urban and regional planning, landscapearchitecture, urban design, surveying and mapping.

The faculty also offers three undergraduate doubledegrees in Electrical and Computer Engineering/Mathematics; Electrical and Computer Engineering/Business; and Electronic Engineering/InformationTechnology. (Please see the interfaculty section fordetails.)

Postgraduate research opportunities are availablein a broad range of areas through the followingresearch centres and concentrations.

Research CentresAustralian Cooperative Research Centre forRenewable Energy (ACRE)Australian Housing and Urban Research Institute(AHURI)Centre for Rehabilitation Science and Engineering(CRSE)Cooperative Research Centre for Satellite Systems(CRCSS)Physical Infrastructure Centre (PIC)Signal Processing Research Centre (SPRC)

Research ConcentrationsDesign and Construction StudiesElectrical EnergyManufacturing Systems EngineeringMaterials TechnologySatellite NavigationSpeech, Audio and Video TechnologyTribology

OVERVIEWThe Faculty of Built Environment and Engineeringuses innovative teaching and learning methods,which provide opportunities to develop soundcommunication, technological and managementskills. This equips graduates for careers in the ‘realworld’.

The faculty promotes practical teaching andleadership in applied research that directly benefitsindustry, the professions, and the community. Ouracademic staff offer a combination of experience inprofessional practice and qualifications in advancedpostgraduate research. Postgraduate coursework andresearch programs are designed to provide you withpractical ‘real world’ expertise.

The faculty is comprised of six schools, three ofwhich offer courses in Built Environment andDesign, and three schools which offer courses inEngineering and Surveying. All six schools maintainan active association with industry and professionalassociations, and offer a unique opportunity forcross-disciplinary interaction.

The School of Architecture, Interior andIndustrial Design offers programs that develop abroad knowledge base and practice in the designprofessions producing respected, employablegraduates equipped to be future leaders in theirprofessions. Teaching emphasises problem-basedlearning in the creative design of buildings, spacesor product systems, and develops a holisticappreciation of design in the built and humanenvironments.

The School of Civil Engineering has a reputationfor training first-class civil engineers. The schoolmaintains a consistently high standard of teaching,fosters industry involvement, and stays at theforefront of the profession through an active researchprogram. Graduate engineers are conversant with allthe technical aspects of their profession, and possesscommunication skills, management expertise, andethical judgement.

The School of Construction Management andProperty offers programs of professional educationfor construction, property and project managementprofessionals and researchers. The school’s courseslead to professional qualifications in the constructionindustry, which is one of Australia’s largest employers.

The School of Electrical and Electronic SystemsEngineering is the largest electrical engineeringschool in Queensland. Courses provide students with

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

113

RESEARCH CENTRES

AUSTRALIAN HOUSING AND URBANRESEARCH INSTITUTE (AHURI)The Institute is a six-member consortium consistingof the CSIRO Division of Building, Constructionand Engineering, the Queensland University ofTechnology (QUT), Monash University, the RoyalMelbourne Institute of Technology (RMIT), theUniversity of Queensland (UQ) and the Universityof Adelaide.

At QUT, AHURI is a designated collaborativeresearch centre with interests across a number offaculties and schools. Its broad objective is toconduct research into issues in housing and urbanfields in Australia and the Asia-Pacific region. Theoutcomes of some research projects shapegovernment policies in urban and regionaldevelopment.

QUT Manager: Ms Ruth Matchett, BSocWk(Hons)Qld.

CENTRE FOR ASSET MANAGEMENTThe Centre for Asset Management coordinates thefaculty’s industry-funded research and developmentin the asset management field. It is currentlyinvestigating maintenance engineering with fundingreceived from Mount Isa Mine Holdings Limited toachieve higher productivity in the mining industry.The Queensland Electricity Supply Corporationsalso fund the centre, for research related to electricalasset management and the distribution of electricity.

Director: Professor N. Hastings, MA Camb., PhDBirm., FIEAust, CEng, MIMechE, MACS

CENTRE FOR REHABILITATION SCIENCEAND ENGINEERING (CRSE)The Schools of Mechanical, Manufacturing andMedical Engineering, Human Movement Studiesand Physical Sciences have formed the CRSE. Itsactivities include medical imaging, prosthetic andorthotic research, design and manufacture, themechanics of the human spine, functional anatomy,sports science and studies related to the preventionof musculoskeletal injury.

Director: Professor J.H. Evans, BEng (Hons) Sheff.,MSc PhD Strath.

AUSTRALIAN COOPERATIVE RESEARCHCENTRE FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY(ACRE)The Cooperative Research Centre for RenewableEnergy, with members across Australia and NewZealand, seeks to create an internationally

competitive renewable energy industry. A programof the centre is hosted by the QUT School ofMechanical, Manufacturing and MedicalEngineering. It targets research into integratedbuilding energy systems with a long-term goal ofdeveloping a framework for constructing buildingsthat return as much energy to the electricity grid asthey use. Areas of expertise include building energymodelling, energy use in buildings, advanced glazingmaterials, and daylighting systems.

QUT Director: Associate Professor J.M. BellBSc(Hons) Syd., PhD UNSW

COOPERATIVE RESEARCH CENTRE FORSATELLITE SYSTEMS (CRCSS)The CRCSS is a consortium formed with fundingfrom the Federal and State Governments. Its majorpartners are the QUT School of Electrical andElectronic Systems Engineering, the CSIRO Officeof Space Science and Applications (COSSA), theUniversity of South Australia, the University ofNewcastle and industry members Auspace andVIPAC. The consortium will build a satellite, FedSat-1, for launch in the year 2001. The CRCSS isresponsible for the provision of the satellite’s globalpositioning system receivers and reconfigurablecomputer systems.

Manager, Northern Node: Professor M.P. Moody,BE(Hons), MEngSc BA PhD Qld., FIEAust, FIREE,SMIEEE, MACE, MAES, RPEQ, CPEng

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE CENTRE(PIC)The PIC is the research arm of the QUT School ofCivil Engineering, and is a leader in developinginnovative approaches to the management andoperation of services essential to the community.Areas of expertise include roads, railways andbridges, traffic and transportation engineering,structures including buildings and bridges,construction materials, environmental engineering,dams, water supply and wastewater treatmentsystems. The centre works closely with the civilengineering profession, industry and government onkey projects designed to strengthen and upgradeAustralia’s physical infrastructure.

Director: Associate Professor M. Mahendran,BScEng(Hons) PhD Monash, SMIE Aust

SIGNAL PROCESSING RESEARCH CENTRE(SPRC)The Signal Processing Research Centre investigatestechniques for extracting and using information fromradar, sonar, biomedical, and other signals. It has

114

achieved significant international recognition innonstationary signal analysis, higher order spectralanalysis and speech processing. The centre has linkswith industry and government organisationsincluding the Defence Science TechnologyOrganisation (DSTO), the Police Services, theAustralian Coal Industry Research Laboratories andthe US Office of Naval Research.

Director: Professor B. Boashash, BE Lyon, MScPhD Inst. Nat. Poly., Grenoble, SMIEEE, FIREE,FIEAust

SENIOR STAFFDean: Professor W.P. Chang, BSc(CivEng) Taiwan,MSc(CivEng) PhD N.Y.State, CPEng, FIEAust,FAIB

(Acting) Assistant Dean, Teaching and Learning:W. Boles, BSc Egypt, MSc U of Pitt USA, PhDGradCertEd QUT, MIEEE

Assistant Dean, Research: J. Bell, BSc(Hons) Syd.,PhD NSW

(Acting) Assistant Dean, Student Services:K. Oleyede, PhD DIC Imperial College London,MNSc, MAAS, MNY Acad Scie.

Faculty Administration Manager: M. Parker, DipTchKedron Park, BBus(PubAdmin) MPubPolicy QUT

Charles Fulton School of Architecture,Interior and Industrial Design

Head: Professor G.A. Holden, DipArch Central TechCollege, MA(Urb Des) Manc, PhD N’cle, FRAIA,Reg Arch

Professor: B.P. Lim, BArch DipT&CP PhD Syd.,FRAIA, MRIBA, Reg Arch

Adjunct Professors:R.L. Allom, BArch Melb, FRAIJ.D. Byrne, BA BArch MTP Adel., ARAIA, MRAPIJ.E. Taylor, BArch U.Wash MArch(History) U.Wash,FRAIA

Associate Professors:J.M. Franz, BAppSc(BltEnv) QIT DipTeach TAFEMEducSt Qld PhD QUT MDIA RegTeach (Qld)V. Popovic, DipEngArch Belgrade, MFA (IndustrialDesign) Ill ., PhD Syd., FDIA, MHFS, MAES,MDRS

Visiting Professor:A.D. Seidel, BArch, MCP, PhD, EDRA, IAPS

School of Civil EngineeringHead: Professor R.J. Troutbeck, BE (Hons) MEngScMelb PhD Qld, FIEAust, MITE

Professors:D.P. Thambiratnam, BScEng(Hons) Ceyl MSc PhDManit., FICE, FIEAust, FASCE, CPEngK.B. Wallace, DipCE RMIT BE MEngSc PhD Melb,MIEAust, MSAGS

Associate Professors:L. Ferreira, BSc Lond MSc Westminster PhD Leeds,FIEAust, FCITM. Mahendran, BScEng(HonsI) S’Lanka PhDMonash, MIEAust, CPEng

School of Construction Managementand Property

Head: Professor A.C. Sidwell, BSc(Hons) Heriot-Watt, PhD Aston, MCIOB, ARICS, FAIB, FAIQS,FIEAust

Professors:T.P. Boyd, MSc(BldgMan), PhD QUT, AAPI(Val&Econ), ANZIV, MPLEINZ, MIV(SA)R.M. Skitmore, MSc, PhD Salford, FRICS, MCIOB,FAIB, AAIQS

Associate Professors:K.D. Hampson, BEng(Hons), GradDipBusAdminQIT, MBA PhD Stan., LGE, MIEAust, RPEQ,AFAIMD.S. Then, BSc(Hons), MSc, PhD Heriot-Watt,MCIOB, MIMgt., MBIFM , MFMAA

Adjunct Professor:R.M. Barton, MSc Aston, DipEd Sydney, MCIOB,MAIB, AAIQS

School of Electrical and ElectronicSystems Engineering

Head: Professor A Maeder, BSc Natal, BSc(Hons)Witw., MSc Natal, PhD Monash, MIEEE, SMIREE,FIEAust, MACM, MACS, CPEng

Professors:B. Boashash, BE Lyon, MSc PhD InstNatPolyGrenoble, SMIEEE, FIREE, FIEAustM.P. Moody, BE(Hons) BA MEngSc PhD Qld,FIEAust, FIREE, SMIEEE, MACE, MAES, RPEQ,CPEng

Chair in Electricity Asset Management:Professor G. Ledwich, BE(Hons) Qld, PhDNewcastle, FIEAust, SMIEEE

Associate Professors:N.W. Bergmann, BE BSc BA Qld, PhD Edin.,MIEEE, MIEAust, CPEngD. Birtwhistle, BEng(Hons) MSc Brad., PhD Syd.,FIEAust, MIEE, CEng, CPEngM. Deriche, DipIng(Elect) Algeria, MSc PhD Minn.,MIEEES. Sridharan, BSc(Eng) Ceyl., MSc Manc., PhDNSW, MIEAust, CEng, MIEE, SMIEEE, CPEng

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

115

School of Mechanical, Manufacturing andMedical Engineering

Head: Professor J. Mathew, BSc(Eng) Manc., PhDMonash, MIEAust, MAAS, MASME, FIDE(UK)

Professor of Biomedical Engineering:M.J. Pearcy, BSc Brist., CEng, CPEng(Biomed) PhDStrath.

MIM Professor of Maintenance Engineering:N. Hastings, MA Camb., PhD Birm., CEng,MIMechE Fuchs

Associate Professors:J.M. Bell, BSc(Hons) Syd., PhD UNSWD.J. Hargreaves, BEng QIT, MSc, PhD Leeds,CPEng, FIEAust, MSTLE, MASSCT, Fuchs Chairin Tribology

School of Planning, LandscapeArchitecture and Surveying

(Acting) Head: Dr J. Allison, BA(Hons)GradDipLib&InfoSys MRegSc Qld, PhD

Professor:H. Armstrong, BSc Syd, GradDipLA, MLArch NSW,AAILA

Associate Professor:P. Heywood, BA(Hons) Oxf., DipTP Manc., MRTPI,FRAPI, LGP(Qld)

116

Course Requirements andNotes Relating toPostgraduate Courses

Course ProgressionIt is important that students follow as normal aprogression through their courses as possible. Unitsshould be taken in an orderly sequence as set out inpublished course structures. Units failed should bepicked up in the next semester they are offered.Prerequisite units must normally be passed before astudent may proceed to a further unit which has theprerequisite so specified. The course coordinatorshould be consulted regarding variations from thecourse structure. This is considered to be a majorconcession. Students who have failed units or havedoubts about having the necessary background toproceed should seek the advice of the coursecoordinator.

Supplementary AssessmentIt is not normally faculty policy to grantsupplementary examinations. However, at thediscretion of the Dean of Faculty, supplementary orfurther assessment may be permitted in cases wherea student is near to the completion of their course.

In such cases it is normal policy to award an ‘A’(Result Unfinalised) and to give the student furtherassessment. Following satisfactory completion ofthis further assessment, the highest grade which maynormally be awarded is a grade of 3 (Pass Conceded).

Awards With DistinctionAwards ‘with distinction’ may be awarded tograduands of graduate diploma courses undertakenin the Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering.Candidates for a graduate diploma ‘with distinction’must fulfil the requirements for a pass degree andachieve a standard of proficiency in all course unitsas may from time to time be determined by theFaculty Academic Board and approved by theUniversity Academic Board.

Eligibility for ‘With Distinction’Eligibility for awards ‘with distinction’ is not affectedby the time taken to complete a course. However, tobe eligible for such an award, a graduand must havecompleted the course within the maximum numberof calendar years specified in the policy on timelimits for completion of courses (see Rule 2(19) inthe student rules section.

COURSES

Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)PolicyProtective equipment refers to safety glasses/goggles, hearing protection, safety boots, gloves andsimilar items. While all care is taken to reduce therisks to which students are exposed, protectiveequipment will be required to be worn in somepractical sessions and field excursions. Students arerequired to wear PPE where and when it has beenmade clear that it is needed. Students are requiredto provide certain PPE as indicated by each schoolwithin the faculty.

Students enrolled in units specified by the School ofCivil Engineering will be required to wear safety shoesfor most laboratory practicals and/or field trips.Students not wearing appropriate safety shoes on theseoccasions will be barred from (i) participating inactivities in these units, and (ii) submitting anyassessment associated with these activities. Hard hatswill be supplied by the School of Civil Engineering,as required. Students must provide their own safetyshoes, safety glasses/goggles and hearing protectionequipment.

■ Master of Applied Science(Research) (BN71)

■ Master of Engineering (BN72)Location: Gardens Point campusDuration:Full-time: 1 year minimum (2 semesters), 2 yearsmaximum (4 semesters)Part-time: 2 years minimum (4 semesters), 4 yearsmaximum (8 semesters)

Discipline Coordinators:Master of Applied Science (Research) (BN71)Architecture: Professor Gordon HoldenConstruction Management: Professor MartinSkitmoreIndustrial Design: Associate Professor VesnaPopovicInterior Design: Dr Jill FranzLandscape Architecture: Professor HelenArmstrongPlanning: Dr Janelle AllisonProject Management, Property Economics &Quantity Surveying: Associate Professor KeithHampsonSurveying: Mr Kevin Jones

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

117

Master of Engineering (BN72)Civil Engineering: Associate Professor MahenMahendranElectrical Energy: Associate Professor DavidBirtwhistleManufacturing Systems: Dr Prasad YarlagaddaMedical Engineering: Professor Mark PearcyMaterials Technology: Associate Professor John BellSatellite Systems: Dr Mohammed BennamounSignal Processing: Professor Boualem BoashashSpeech, Audio & Video Technology: AssociateProfessor Sridha SridharanTribology: Associate Professor Douglas Hargreaves

IntroductionThe objectives of the program are:

to provide instruction and postgraduateeducational opportunities in design, investigation,development, research or any combination thereof,in the specialised fields of applied science relatingto the built environment or directly related toprofessional engineering practice, by means of aprogram which involves either an advancedcontribution to knowledge or an advancedapplication of existing knowledge

to provide further education in research methods

to enable graduates employed in industry toundertake further education by research and thesis

to further relationships between the University andindustry or other external agencies involved inapplied science or engineering to their mutualadvantage, and

to provide formal recognition of work of anadvanced nature.

1. General Conditions1.1 The Council of the Queensland University ofTechnology was established in 1989 under theQueensland University of Technology Act 1988.

1.2 The Council’s power to approve recommenda-tions from Faculty Academic Boards regarding theregistration, supervision and examination of researchdegree candidates and to develop policy and proce-dures relating to research degrees is exercisedthrough a University Research Committee which isa subcommittee of University Academic Board.

1.3 University Research Committee has delegatedresponsibility for day-to-day administration ofresearch masters degree courses to faculty academicboards. Academic boards shall report biannually toUniversity Research Committee on progress madeby Research Masters degree candidates.

1.4 This program is administered by the AcademicBoard of the Faculty of Built Environment andEngineering through its Faculty ResearchCommittee. The program is offered in Architecture,Civil Engineering, Construction Management,Electrical and Electronic Systems Engineering,Industrial Design, Interior Design, LandscapeArchitecture, Mechanical, ManufacturingEngineering and Medical Engineering, PropertyEconomics, Planning and Surveying.

1.5 In order to qualify for the award of the degree ofMaster of Applied Science (Research) or Master ofEngineering a candidate must:

have completed the approved program involvingadvanced work under the supervision of a ThesisPanel prescribed by the Faculty ResearchCommittee of the Built Environment andEngineering Academic Board

have submitted, and the Faculty ResearchCommittee accepted a thesis, together with reportsand/or documents where applicable, preparedunder the supervision of the Thesis Panel

have completed such other work as may beprescribed by the Faculty Research Committee,and

submit to the Faculty Research Committee adeclaration signed by the candidate that they havenot been a candidate for another tertiary awardwithout permission of the Faculty ResearchCommittee.

2. Registration2.1 Applications shall be accepted subject to theavailability of facilities and supervision.

2.2 Applications may be lodged with the Registrarat any time.

2.3 There is a six-month maximum period betweenacceptance by the Faculty Research Committee andenrolment by the candidate in the Master of AppliedScience (Research) or Master of Engineering beforethe offer of admission to the program lapses.Candidates are required to complete an enrolmentform each semester.

A Note Regarding EnrolmentThe faculty and the University Enrolments Officeare to be advised of any changes to name, addressor other personal details. Application to vary anyaspect of the candidacy must be made in writingdirectly to the Faculty Research Committee for BuiltEnvironment and Engineering and be endorsed bythe principal supervisor.

118

2.4 The minimum academic qualifications foradmission to the Master of Applied Science(Research) or Master of Engineering are:

a four-year degree in an appropriate discipline inwhich the candidate has received at least secondclass Honours from the Queensland University ofTechnology, or

a qualification judged equivalent by the FacultyResearch Committee, or

a grade point average of 5.0 or better in a graduatediploma program, in a relevant discipline, togetherwith demonstrated potential for further study and/or evidence of professional standing, or

a grade point average of 5.0 or better in acoursework masters degree program in a relevantdiscipline, together with demonstrated potentialfor further study and/or evidence of professionalstanding.

An applicant for the Master of Applied Science(Research) or Master of Engineering programwithout the minimum entry requirement may presenta case for admission based on the submission ofevidence of qualifications which demonstrate theapplicants capacity to pursue the course of study.

The case may be based on the following:

(a) three years professional experience in thegeneral field in which the proposed work lies,or

(b) satisfactory completion of an appropriateMasters qualifying program including formalcoursework and/or reading program in relatedfields stipulated by the Faculty ResearchCommittee, or

(c) the submission of technical publications or otherappropriate evidence which satisfies the FacultyResearch Committee that advanced knowledgehas been acquired in a branch of applied sciencerelevant to the built environment or a divisionof engineering in which the applicant hasworked as a professional practitioner in aposition of responsibility. This knowledgeshould be relevant to the field of study proposed.

2.5 A candidate shall be registered as a graduatestudent if they are considered by Faculty ResearchCommittee to meet the requirements for entry.

2.6 A candidate shall receive confirmed registrationas a graduate student when they:

have satisfied the requirements for admission andachieved by work and study a standard recognisedby Faculty Research Committee, or

have satisfied Faculty Research Committee thatthey are a suitable person to undertake theprogram, and

have satisfied Faculty Research Committee thatthey can devote sufficient time to the research andstudy.

2.7 In considering an applicant for registration, theFaculty Research Committee shall, in addition toassessing the applicants suitability, be satisfied that:

the proposed program is relevant to the aims andobjectives of the University

the proposed program has relevance to the needsof society or industry, and

adequate resources are available to support theproposed program.

2.8 An application for registration should set outsystematically and fully the candidates intendedcourse of study including the following:

a description of the area of study within whichthe candidates course lies

a summary of the work to be undertaken, theproposed title of the thesis to be written, the aimof the proposed program, its background, thesignificance and possible application of theresearch program, and the research plan

the location at which the work will be undertaken,the amount of time which will be devoted to itand the resources required

details of academic qualifications and supportingevidence, including copies of results for each yearof courses undertaken

a brief account of industrial experience

a list of publications

sponsorship details

statement of approval by Head of School and/orDirector of Centre, and

any other relevant material.

2.9 The program is offered on a full-time or a part-time basis and may be undertaken externally. Part-time students normally will be employed in someprofessional capacity during the day and carry outtheir research projects on a part-time basis at QUT,in their place of employment or in a sponsoringorganisation.

2.10 Full-time students may be on a scholarship fromindustry or QUT, and may carry out their researchat QUT or in a sponsoring organisation. Normallyfull-time students would be expected to work on their

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

119

research projects at QUT for not less than three-quarters of a normal working week, averaged overeach year of candidacy. Such a candidate may notdevote more than 300 hours annually to teachingactivities, including preparation and marking.

2.11 A candidate may be based at QUT or at a placeof employment or sponsoring institution. Normally,support of the sponsoring institution for thecandidate’s application is required for registration.A candidate may also be external where theirresidence is outside of Brisbane.

2.12 The Faculty Research Committee may cancela candidate’s registration if, after consulting acandidate’s supervisor and having taken account ofall relevant circumstances, the committee is of theopinion that the candidate either has effectivelydiscontinued their studies or has no reasonableexpectation of completing the course of study withinthe maximum time allowed (see Section 4).

2.13 A candidate whose registration has lapsed orhas been cancelled, and who wishes subsequentlyto re-enter the course of study to pursue a researchprogram which is substantially the same as theprevious investigation may be re-admitted undersuch conditions as the Faculty Research Committeeshall prescribe.

3. Course of Study3.1 A candidate for the degree of Master of AppliedScience (Research) or Master of Engineering willundertake a program of research and investigation ona topic approved by the Faculty Research Committee.

3.2 All projects should be supported by outsideagencies such as industry, government authoritiesand professional organisations, or by QUT itself.This provision is to ensure that programs are relevantto the aims of the University and the community. Itis important that projects be primarily directedtowards society or industry need.

3.3 The program must be such as to enable thecandidate to develop and demonstrate a level ofscientific competence significantly higher than thatexpected of a first degree graduate. The requiredcompetence normally would include mastery ofrelevant techniques, investigatory skills, criticalthinking, and a high level of knowledge in thespecialist area.

3.4 Where advised, a candidate may be required tocomplete satisfactorily a program of formalcoursework in subjects relevant to the field of studyup to a total class contact of 48 credit points.

3.5 The course of study normally will include:

participation in University scholarly activities suchas research seminars, teaching and publication

regular face-to-face interactions with supervisors,and

a program of supervised research, design,investigation, development, construction, or anycombination thereof.

The course of study may also include a program ofassessed coursework.

3.6 Coursework at masters level demands a capacityfor critical analysis and a specialisation of researchinterests not normally appropriate for anundergraduate program. Such coursework may beconducted in a number of ways:

as advanced lecture courses

as seminars in which faculty and candidatespresent critical studies of selected problems withinthe subject field

as independent study or reading courses, or

as research projects conducted under facultysupervision.

Candidates will be encouraged to attend conferenceswhere these are related to the field of the research.

In all cases, coursework will be based upon a formalsyllabus setting out the educational outcomesexpected from the course, a list of topics to becovered, the prescribed reading material and themethod of assessment of progress through and atthe end of the course.

3.7 Maximum and Minimum Coursework Require-ments:

ThesisA minimum of two-thirds of the degree

Maximum coursework requirement*64 credit points

Minimum coursework requirement12 credit points

Normal coursework requirement24 to 36 credit points

* Maximum of 16 credit points per semester for eachsemester enrolled in the program.

3.8 Components of Coursework:(a) Compulsory requirement for all students in thefaculty:

IFN001 Advanced Information Retrieval Skills4 credit points

Attendance and Participation in School, ResearchCentre or Concentration Seminar/Workshop12 credit points

(b) Components determined by school, researchcentre or concentration – core or elective

120

Units assessed by formal graded assessment24 credit points maximum

Maximum units assessed as satisfactory/unsatisfactory24 credit points maximum

Tailor-made reading courses supervised bysupervising panel or individual member of staff24 credit points maximum

Students must contact their course coordinator tofinalise their program.

4. Period of Time for Completion of Courseof Study4.1 The duration of study for candidates with fouryears of relevant study at tertiary level will normallybe a minimum of one year and a maximum of twoyears or the part-time equivalent. Candidates whodo not have a four-year degree or its equivalent willnormally need to undertake a year of full-timecoursework or equivalent whilst enrolled in theresearch degree.

4.2 In order to encourage completion of researchdegrees within a reasonable timeframe, QUT has seta limit of two years on the length of time for whichit will fund a faculty for full-time research mastersdegree candidates.

4.3 A registered graduate full-time student shallpresent the thesis for examination after a period ofat least one year but not more than two years haselapsed from the time of confirmed registration. Aregistered graduate part-time student shall presentthe thesis for examination after a period of at leasttwo years. The maximum time is four years fromthe time of confirmed registration. In special casesthe Faculty Research Committee may approve ashorter period.

4.4 Time limits are measured in years from the timeof first registration as a graduate student. Periods ofexclusion or absence without approval are included.

4.5 Candidates who exceed these limits may be askedto show cause why they should not have theirregistration in the program terminated. Suchcandidates must make formal application to theFaculty Research Committee to have theirregistration extended beyond the normal time.Details of the candidate’s progress shall be presentedto the committee together with the reasons for thedelay in completing the course and the expected dateof completion. Where the committee agrees to anextension, a time limit will be set for the maximumperiod of registration in the program.

4.6 Candidates are notified of exclusion by registeredmail. They have right of appeal to the AcademicAppeals Committee.

5. Supervision5.1 The Faculty Research Committee shall appointtwo or more supervisors with appropriate experiencein respect of each candidate. One shall be nominatedas the Principal Supervisor and others as AssociateSupervisors. The supervisors shall form a ThesisPanel.

5.2 The Principal Supervisor shall normally be fromthe academic staff of the QUT school in which thecandidate is enrolled.

5.3 The Thesis Panel shall supervise all aspects ofthe candidate’s work program, shall receive reportsfrom the candidate on progress and shall recommendboth on successful and unsuccessful completion ofcomponents of the coursework incorporated in thecandidate’s program, on progress on the thesisresearch project and on continued enrolment.

5.4 The Thesis Panel shall receive a formal oral andwritten report from the candidate at least once everysemester on progress on the research project.

6. Place and Conditions of Work6.1 The research program will normally be carriedout under supervision in a suitable environmentwithin Brisbane. However, external study is possible.External candidates will be required to spend aminimum of four weeks at QUT annually.

6.2 The Faculty Research Committee shall not admita candidate to a program of research based at theUniversity unless it has received:

a supporting statement from the Head of the QUTSchool and/or Director of Centre in which thestudy is proposed that, in their opinion, the appli-cant is a suitable person to undertake a researchprogram leading to the masters degree, that theprogram is supported, that the school or centre iswilling to undertake the responsibility of super-vising the work of the applicant and that resourcesare available to support the proposed research.

6.3 The Faculty Research Committee shall not admita candidate to a program of research based at asponsoring establishment unless it has received:

a supporting statement from the employer ordirector of the sponsoring institution that they areaware of the course rules and are prepared tosponsor and support the applicant, that theapplicant will be provided with facilities and timeto undertake the research project and that they arewilling to accept responsibility for supervising theapplicant’s work, and

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

121

a supporting statement from the head of the QUTschool or director of centre in which the study isproposed that, in their opinion, the applicant is asuitable person to undertake a research programleading to the Masters degree, that the program issupported, and that after examination of theproposed external facilities and supervision, theschool/centre is willing to accept the responsibilityof supervising the work.

7. Thesis7.1 In the form of presentation, availability andcopyright, the thesis shall comply with all therequirements of the document Requirements forPresenting Theses (Appendix 51 in the Manual ofPolicies and Procedures).

7.2 A candidate shall submit the title of their thesisfor approval by the Faculty Research Committeewith their application, and after approval has beengranted, no change will be made except with thepermission of the committee.

7.3 The candidate shall give two months’ writtennotice of intention to submit their thesis through thePrincipal Supervisor.

7.4 The thesis shall comply with the followingrequirements:

A significant proportion of the work described (asdetermined by the Faculty Research Committee)must have been carried out subsequent to initialregistration for the Masters degree.

It must describe a program of work carried out bythe candidate and must involve either an advancedcontribution to the knowledge of the subject or anadvanced application of existing knowledge.

It must reach a satisfactory standard of literarypresentation.

It shall be the candidate’s own account of the work.Where work is carried out conjointly with otherpersons, the Faculty Research Committee shall beadvised of the extent of the candidate’scontribution to the joint work.

The thesis shall not contain as its main contentany work or material which the candidate haspreviously submitted for another degree or similaraward.

The thesis may consist primarily of reports, plansand/or documents or may be supported by theseif they have a bearing on the subject of the thesis.Other supporting documents such as publishedpapers may also be submitted with the thesis.

The thesis shall contain an abstract of not morethan 300 words.

7.5 Except with the specific permission of theFaculty Research Committee, the thesis must bepresented in the English language. Such permissionmust be sought at the time of application forregistration, and will not be granted solely on thegrounds that the candidate’s ability to satisfy theexaminers will be affected adversely by therequirement to present the thesis in English.

7.6 Subject to QUT’s Intellectual Property policy,the copyright of the thesis is vested in the candidate.

7.7 Where a candidate or the sponsoring establish-ment wishes the thesis to remain confidential for aperiod of time after completion of the work, appli-cation for approval must be made to the FacultyResearch Committee when the thesis is submitted.The period normally shall not exceed two years fromthe date on which the examiners recommend accept-ance of the thesis, during which time the thesis willbe held on restricted access in the QUT Library.

8. Examination of Thesis8.1 The Faculty Research Committee shall appointtwo examiners, of whom at least one shall be fromoutside of the University. No supervisor of thecandidate shall be appointed as one of the examiners.

8.2 Normally, examiners must agree to read and reportupon the thesis within two months of its receipt.

8.3 A candidate may be required to make an oraldefence of the thesis.

8.4 On receipt of the reports from the examiners,the Faculty Research Committee shall:

(a) recommend that the thesis be accepted withoutmodification, and to Academic Board that thecandidate be awarded the degree, or

(b) recommend to Academic Board that thecandidate be awarded the degree, after anyminor amendments requested by the examinershave been made, or

(c) recommend that the thesis not be accepted untilmajor revisions have been made. Such revisionsmight be rewriting one of the sections, with orwithout additional work, or

(d) not accept the thesis and terminate thecandidate’s registration.

8.5 If the examiners’ reports are conflicting, theFaculty Research Committee may, after appropriateconsultation with the Thesis Panel, resubmit thethesis to the examiners with copies of the examiners’reports and/or seek the advice of a further externalexaminer. After due consideration of further reportsfrom the examiners, a majority decision will beaccepted by the Faculty Research Committee.

122

Master of Built Environment(BN73)

URBAN DESIGN MAJORLocation: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 calendar year full-time,2 calendar years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Coordinator: Dr Danny O’Hare

Entry RequirementsNormal Entry

A grade point average of 5.0 or better in the GraduateDiploma in Urban Design.

Provisional EntryApplicants with other than normal entry require-ments may be registered provisionally in the courseif they submit other evidence of academic and pro-fessional attainment and candidature as approved bythe Dean of Faculty on the recommendation of thecourse coordinator.

A person provisionally enrolled is required tosatisfactorily undertake a qualifying program whichmay include course units, and/or such other work asis determined before admission is confirmed.Provisional registration in the course will apply fora maximum period of 12 months for both full-timeand part-time students.

Articulation to the Masters Program fromthe Graduate Diploma in Urban DesignApplicants are considered initially for acceptancein the Graduate Diploma in Urban Design. At thecompletion of one semester for full-time studentsand at the completion of two semesters for thosestudying part-time, students will be considered forenrolment in the Master of Built Environment (UrbanDesign). A grade point average of 5.0 or better inthe course is normally required for progression tothe Masters level.

Focus in the Masters ProgramThe masters program includes skills and knowledgedevelopment through set coursework in commonwith the Graduate Diploma in Urban Design, butalso requires individual research and the writing ofa dissertation.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete a minimum of 48 creditpoints per semester in the full-time course andminimum of 24 credit points per semester in the part-time course.

The course may be completed full-time or part-time(or a combination of both) by internal course workof semester units.

Master of Built Environment (UrbanDesign)The normal progression will extend the graduatediploma program by a flexibly delivered summersemester (see Section 4 below) for part-time and full-time students. Articulation from the graduatediploma to the masters level program will beavailable at the end of second semester full time orthree semesters part time provided that applicantshave completed the preceding course work with agrade point average of 5.0 or better.

Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.

Year 1, Semester 1ARB081 History, Theory & Criticism of Urban DesignARB082 Urban Design Studio BPSP451 Production & Use of the Built Environment

Year 1, Semester 2PSN211 Research Project 1PSP452 Urban Design Studio APSP453 Urban Systems & the Physical Environment

Summer ProgramARB083 Urban Design Masters StudioPSN212 Research Project 2PSP510 SpecialisationPart-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ARB081 History, Theory & Criticism of Urban DesignPSP451 Production & Use of the Built Environment

Year 1, Semester 2PSP452 Urban Design Studio APSP453 Urban Systems & the Physical Environment

Year 2, Semester 1ARB082 Urban Design Studio BPSN211 Research Project 1

Year 2, Semester 2PSN212 Research Project 2PSP510 Specialisation

Summer ProgramARB083 Urban Design Masters Studio

Master of Engineering Science(Civil) (CE74)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: To be advised

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

123

Entry RequirementsEntrants to the masters degree program must either:(i) have obtained a Bachelor of Engineering degree

with Honours in Civil Engineering, or

(ii) have obtained a graduate diploma with a gradepoint average of at least 5.0 on a 7-point scale.

Where entrants do not have Honours ranking in theirBachelor of Engineering (Civil) degree and/or havenot undertaken units equivalent to the available QUTundergraduate units in their chosen area of study,the Head of School may require that additionalundergraduate units be undertaken.

Entrants may transfer from the Graduate Diplomain Civil Engineering (CE63) with a grade pointaverage of at least 5.0 after completion of 50 percent of the coursework for the Graduate Diploma.In so doing students must comply with rule 4.1.1 ofthe Student Rules which states for courses theduration of which is less than two years of equivalentfull-time study, credit may be granted up to a limitwhich ensures that the student completes at least onehalf of the total credit points specified for the coursewhile enrolled in a QUT award course’.

Please note that no credit may be obtained for workcompleted as part of an undergraduate program, orfor undergraduate units.

Course StructureThe course consists of a minimum of 96 credit points.24 credit points are allocated to a project and theremainder to the non-project units. The majority ofthe units are common with the Graduate Diploma inCivil Engineering (CE64) and the GraduateCertificate in Civil Engineering (CE62). Studentswho do not wish to undertake a major must completethe core units plus any other combination of units,to make up the minimum total of 96 credit points.

Note that personal protective equipment (PPE) mustbe worn for laboratory work.

All units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING MAJOR(EVN)Year 1, Semester 1CEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project EnvironmentCEP141 Studies in Environmental Engineering

Year 1, Semester 2CEP201 Process ModellingCEP291 Environmental Law & Assessment 2

Year 2, Semester 1CEP997/1/2 ProjectCEP142 Water Pollution Control

Year 2, Semester 2CEP997/2/2 ProjectCEP143 Biological Treatment Processes

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING MAJOR(TRN)

Year 1, Semester 1CEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project EnvironmentCEP218 Transportation Engineering 1

Year 1, Semester 2CEP201 Process ModellingCEP216 Advanced Traffic Engineering 2

Year 2, Semester 1CEP997-1 Project 1CEP151 Road Safety Audit

Year 2, Semester 2CEP997-2 Project 2

ElectiveSemester 1 ElectivesCEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project EnvironmentCEP293 Pavement DesignCEP218 Transportation Engineering 1CEP141 Studies in Environmental EngineeringCEP151 Road Safety AuditCEP142 Water Pollution ControlCEP176 Engineering Practice 11

CEP150 Engineering Investigation Project2

Semester 2 ElectivesCEP175 Pavement Maintenance Rehabilitation &

RecyclingCEP294 Engineering Contract Development &

AdministrationCEP291 Environmental Law & AssessmentCEP216 Advanced Traffic EngineeringCEP201 Process ModellingCEP143 Biological Treatment ProcessesCEP292 Engineering Practice 21


■ Master of Engineering Science(Computer & CommunicationsEngineering) (EE76)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr John Edwards

1 This unit may not be offered every semester. Advice must be sought from the course coordinator before enrolling.2 This unit is offered only if fully supported by an employer. Advice must be sought from the course coordinator before

enrolling.

124

Entry Requirements(i) bachelor degree in Engineering with at least

second class honours or equivalent, or

(ii) bachelor degree in Engineering or equivalenttogether with successful completion of theMasters Qualifying Program

(iii) Graduate Diploma in Computer and Commu-nications Engineering with a grade pointaverage of 5.0 (credit level) or higher will meetthe entry requirements for admission to theMaster of Engineering Science (ComputerEngineering Stream) Upgrade Program.

StreamsTwo streams are offered in the course: ComputerEngineering and Communications Engineering.Students enrol in units according to the stream theywish to pursue. Any requests for approval tosubstitute different units should be directed to thecourse coordinator.

Masters Qualifying ProgramApplicants who do not meet the entry requirementsfor the Master of Engineering Science (Computerand Communications Engineering) outlined in (i)above, will be required to enrol in the first semesterof the Graduate Diploma in Computer andCommunications Engineering (EE66). If in this firstsemester a sufficiently high standard is attained, thencandidates will be invited to change enrolment tothe Masters program. Otherwise they will continuetheir studies in the Graduate Diploma in ComputerEngineering towards that award.

Masters Upgrade ProgramThose who have completed the Graduate Diplomain Computer Engineering may upgrade byundertaking further study in the Master ofEngineering Science (Computer EngineeringStream) and be given credit for the units which theyhave completed at graduate diploma level. Thestructure of the course dictates that this upgradeprogram be undertaken on a part-time basis.

Students undertaking the Masters Upgrade Programwill enrol in the following units:EEP301/1 ProjectEEP301/2 Project

COMPUTER ENGINEERING STREAMFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEP101 Algorithms for Control EngineeringEEP102 Unix & C for EngineersEEP124 Data Communications

Select one unit from the following:EEP129 Image Processing & Computer VisionEEP137 Advanced Topic A

Year 1, Semester 2EEP104 Real-time Operating SystemsEEP301-1 ProjectEEP301-2 Project

Select one unit from the following:EEP120 Networks & Distributed ComputingEEP127 Advanced Topic B

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEP101 Algorithms for Control Engineering

Select one unit from the following:EEP102 Unix & C for EngineersEEP137 Advanced Topic A

Year 1, Semester 2EEP104 Real-time Operating Systems

Select one unit from the following:EEP120 Networks & Distributed ComputingEEP127 Advanced Topic B

Year 2, Semester 1EEP124 Data CommunicationsEEP129 Image Processing & Computer Vision

Year 2, Semester 2EEP301-1 ProjectEEP301-2 Project

Note: Students with heavy work commitments areadvised to take the project over two semesters.

COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERINGSTREAMFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEP126 Communications Digital Signal ProcessingEEP127 Advanced Topic BEEP137 Advanced Topic A

Mathematics elective unit

Year 1, Semester 2EEP128 Detection & EstimationEEP135 Digital Signal Processing & ApplicationsEEP301-1 ProjectEEP301-2 Project

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEP126 Communications Digital Signal ProcessingEEP127 Advanced Topic B

Year 1, Semester 2EEP128 Detection & EstimationEEP135 Digital Signal Processing & Applications

Year 2, Semester 1EEP137 Advanced Topic A

Mathematics elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2EEP301-1 ProjectEEP301-2 Project

Note: Students with heavy work commitments areadvised to take the project over two semesters.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

125

■ Master of Engineering Science(Electricity SupplyEngineering) (EE78)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DavidBirtwhistle

Entry Requirements(i) a Bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering and

at least second class honours with a study ofpower subjects to third year level, or

(ii) students with the degree qualification, but whodo not have second class honours may transferfrom the Graduate Diploma (Electricity Supply)after completing 48 credit points with a gradepoint average of 5.0 or greater

(iii) students seeking admission to Master ofEngineering Science will only be enrolled ifthey have a firm offer of a supervised industryplacement.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1

12 Units (selected from List)

Year 1, Semester 2EEP230 Thesis A3EEP231 Thesis B3


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1


Year 1, Semester 26 Units (selected from List)

Year 2, Semester 1EEP230 Thesis A3


Year 2, Semester 2EEP231 Thesis B3


List of UnitsEEP201 Fundamentals of Power System EarthingEEP202 Thermal Ratings & Heat TransferEEP203 Testing & Condition MonitoringEEP204 Power System Load Flow AnalysisEEP205 Power System Fault CalculationsEEP206 Project ManagementEEP207 Overhead Line Route Selection –

Environmental Factors

EEP208 Economic Analysis for Power SystemsEngineers

EEP209 Power System HarmonicsEEP210 Abnormal System VoltagesEEP211 Basic Power System ProtectionEEP212 Advanced Power System ProtectionEEP213 StatisticsEEP214 Risk Assessment in the Electricity Supply

IndustryEEP215 ReliabilityEEP216 Overhead Line Design - ElectricalEEP217 Overhead Line Design - MechanicalEEP218 Introduction to Automated System Control &

Supervisory Systems (SCADA)EEP219 High Voltage Substation Equipment, Power

Transformers & Reactive Power PlantEEP220 Distribution PlanningEEP221 Limits to Power System StabilityEEP222 Maintenance of Electricity Supply SystemsEEP223 Load ForecastingEEP224 Power System OperationEEP240 Organisation & Financial Management in the

Electricity Supply IndustryEEP241 Distance ProtectionEEP242 Efficient Marketing & Utilisation of

Electricity: Demand & Supply SideSolutions

EEP243 Contract AdministrationEEP244 Circuit Breakers - SwitchgearEEP245 Introduction to Substation DesignEEP246 Customer MeteringEEP248 Introduction to Electricity Markets

Units available as Resource-based Learning (i.e.Distance Education) with flexible enrolment:EEP202 Thermal Ratings & Heat TransferEEP204 Power System Load Flow AnalysisEEP208 Economic Analysis for Power System

EngineersEEP209 Power System HarmonicsEEP210 Abnormal System VoltagesEEP211 Basic Power System ProtectionEEP212 Advanced Power System ProtectionEEP213 StatisticsEEP214 Risk Management in the Electricity Supply

IndustryEEP215 ReliabilityEEP220 Distribution PlanningEEP240 Organisation & Financial Management in the

Electricity Supply IndustryEEP241 Distance Protection

Units in this course have been accepted by industryas approved training modules.

Credit points may be accumulated towards this awardfrom day/evening classes (3 hours per week x 5weeks), flexible enrolment in Resource-basedLearning (i.e. Distance Education) units or from unitstaken as short-courses conducted in June/July andNovember/December on-campus in Brisbane as wellas at interstate locations. Further information on units

3 Students must complete 100 days of supervised professional practice. The thesis is related to this industry experience.

126

available as Resource-based Learning or short-courses can be obtained by contacting GemmaHynard, Postgraduate Electricity Supply TrainingCourses, School of Electrical and Electronic SystemsEngineering, on (07) 3864 1291 or [email protected].

■ Master of EngineeringManagement (ME76)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jun Wang

A similar course (ME77) is offered in Singapore inconjunction with Crossfields Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.

Entry RequirementsA bachelor’s degree in Engineering (or its equivalent).

Part-time students are expected to be employed insome professional engineering capacity during thecourse of their studies at QUT. Students who do nothave a Bachelor of Engineering may undertake theGraduate Certificate in Engineering Management(Eng Mgt), and articulate to this Master’s course ifthey achieve a grade point average of 5.00 or betterin the Graduate Certificate.

Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the Unitsynopses section for more information. Studentsshould take units to the value of 48 credit points.

Year 1, Semester 1MEN177 Total Quality Management4

MEN280 Engineering Project Management4

MEN171 Advanced Manufacturing TechnologiesMEN190-1 Project 5MEN241 Reliability & Maintenance Management

Year 1, Semester 2MEN172 Cost Analysis & Asset Management4

MEN170 Systems Modelling & SimulationMEN175 Energy & Environmental ManagementMEN190-2 Project5MEN272 Enterprise Resources Planning

A graduate level unit within the University6

■ Master of EngineeringManagement (ME77) –Singapore

Location: Singapore (Organised by Crossfields AsiaPacific Pte Ltd)

AimThe aim of the course is to provide engineers with anintroduction to management methods and systems ofkey relevance to the engineering profession. Particularemphasis is given to manufacturing management, andto maintenance, quality and reliability.

Course OutlineThe course consists of eight units, of which two areproject units and six are coursework units. Thecoursework units are offered on a block basis. Eachblock occupies two weeks with lectures each eveningMonday to Friday.

For further information about the course, pleasecontact Ms Iola Ternel on (07) 3864 1398.

■ Master in FacilitiesManagement (CN75)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years part-time, 1.5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DannyThen

Entry Requirementsa relevant bachelor degree from an approvedtertiary institution; ORprofessional qualifications deemed equivalent tothe above by the Deans of the Faculties involvedon the recommendation of the course coordinator;ANDsuccessful completion of IF92 Graduate Diplomain Facilities Management with a grade pointaverage of 5.0 or above; ANDat least two year’s appropriate work experience.

Professional RecognitionThis course has been designed in close associationwith the Facilities Management Association,Queensland Branch.

4 These units normally must be taken, but may be substituted with the approval of the course coordinator if the studenthas adequate prior knowledge in the relevant field.

5 Students must take MEN190 unless they obtain permission from the course coordinator not to do so. Project can betaken over either two semesters or one semester.

6 The unit must be worth 12 credit points. Permission of the course coordinator is required.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

127

Course StructureStudents who commence mid-year should enrol inSemester 2 units. Units offered by the School ofConstruction Management and Property are 12 creditpoints. Units offered by the Brisbane GraduateSchool of Business are 6 credit points.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace StrategiesGSN401 Managing in the Global Business*

GSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology*

GSN404 Financial Statement Analysis 1*

GSN406 Human Resource Management Issues*

Year 1, Semester 2CNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceGSN405 Strategic Management*

GSN407 Professional Communication 1*

GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1*

GSN415 Leadership 1*

Year 2, Semester 1CNN103 Dissertation including Information Retrieval

& Research Methods**

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementGSN401 Managing in the Global Business*

GSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology*

Year 1, Semester 2CNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementGSN404 Financial Statement Analysis 1*

GSN406 Human Resource Management Issues*

Year 2, Semester 1CNP102 Space Planning & Workplace StrategiesGSN405 Strategic Management*

GSN407 Professional Communication 1*

Year 2, Semester 2CNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance

12cps, 3chwGSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1*

GSN415 Leadership 1*

Year 3, Semester 1CNN103-1 Dissertation including Information Retrieval


Year 3, Semester 2CNN103-2 Dissertation including Information Retrieval


* 6 credit points** 48 credit points (CNN103-1 & CNN103-2)

Variations to the recommended study programrequire prior approval from the course coordinator.

IFN001 Advanced Information Retrieval Skills is acompulsory unit in the Master of FacilitiesManagement. It is strongly recommended that thisunit be completed prior to the commencement of

the course or as early in the first semester as possible.The credit point value of IFN001 is incorporated inthe credit point of the Dissertation Unit CNN103-1and CNN103-2.

■ Master of LandscapeArchitecture (PS71)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-time plus 1 year part-time or 5 years part-time (excluding any MastersQualifying Units)Total Credit Points: 228 (excluding any MastersQualifying Units)Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester:Semesters 1 & 2: 48Semesters 3 & 4: 48 minimum, 60 maximumSemester 5: 12 minimum, 24 maximumSemester 6: 12Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn Thomas

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for normal admission an applicantmust:(i) hold a degree requiring at least three years’ full-

time (or its equivalent) study and completedwith a grade point average of at least 5.0 on aseven-point scale; or

(ii) other documented qualifications and experienceconsidered as equivalent by the Head of School.

To enter the course, applicants with non-designqualifications require basic skills in design/perception theory, freehand and technical graphics.A three module Summer unit is available for thispurpose. Computer literacy is also required.Graduates of the Bachelor of Built Environment(Landscape Architecture) considered eligible fordirect entry under the above criteria will be grantedblock credit for the first 96 credit points of the courseon admission. Students from other backgrounds maybe granted credit as appropriate to their educationand experience.

Professional RecognitionProfessional accreditation for the course has beengranted by the Australian Institute of LandscapeArchitects.


Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PSP261 Landscape Construction 1PSP262 Communication & Practice 1

128

PSP263 Landscape EcologyPSP264 Spatial Design Theory

Year 1, Semester 2PSP265 Landscape Construction 2PSP266 Communication & Practice 2PSP267 Heritage & Plant StudiesPSP268 Site Planning

Year 2, Semester 1PSP269 Advanced Construction & Practice 1PSP270 ElectivePSP271 Advanced Landscape Design 1

Year 2, Semester 2PSP272 Advanced Construction & Practice 2PSP273 Landscape PlanningPSP274 Advanced Landscape Design 2

Year 3, Semester 1PSN211 Research Project 1PSN213 Specialisation

Year 3, Semester 2PSN212 Research Project 2PSN214 Elective

Master of ProjectManagement (CN77)

A similar course is offered in Singapore (CN78).Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Terry Boyd

Entry Requirements(i) A relevant bachelor degree from an approved

tertiary institution and demonstrated potentialin professional activity to undertake mastersdegree course, OR

(ii) Successful completion of CN64 GraduateDiploma in Project Management with a gradepoint average of 5.0 or better, OR

(iii) Qualifications deemed equivalent to the aboveby the Dean of Faculty on the recommendationof the course coordinator, AND

(iv) At least three years of appropriate industryexperience after graduation.

The first two semesters full-time or four semesterspart-time are identical to the Graduate Diploma inProject Management (CN64). Persons admitted tothe Master of Project Management (CN77) who aregraduates of the Graduate Diploma in ProjectManagement (CN64) will need to submit anApplication for Academic Credit form for the unitsthey have already completed.

At the completion of the coursework component ofthe Masters Degree program but before thecompletion of the Dissertation, students may electto exit with the Graduate Diploma in ProjectManagement (CN64).

The Master of Project Management (CN77) hasmajors in Project Management and PropertyDevelopment.

An Advanced Information Retrieval Skills unit iscompulsory in the Master of Project Management.It is strongly recommended that this unit becompleted prior to the commencement of the courseor as early in the first semester as possible.

Students who commence mid-year should enrol insemester 2 units.


PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAJOR (PJM)Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk ManagementCNP532 Innovation & Technology ManagementCNP551 Project Human Resource Management

Year 1, Semester 2CNP534 International Project ManagementCNP533 Project Management Law

Two electives from Electives List A

Year 2, Semester 1CNN442 Dissertation

(includes Research Methodology &Information Retrieval Skills lectures)

Electives List ACNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk Management


Year 2, Semester 1CNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP532 Innovation & Technology Management

Year 2, Semester 2Two electives selected from Electives List Abelow

Year 3, Semester 1CNN442-1Dissertation


BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

129

Year 3, Semester 2CNN442-2 Dissertation

Electives List ACNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project Managers

PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT MAJOR (PRD)Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk ManagementCNP547 Property Investment

One elective from List BYear 1, Semester 2CNP533 Project Management LawCNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land Development

One elective from Electives List BYear 2, Semester 1CNN442 Dissertation


Electives List BCNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceCNP555 Property Market AnalysisCNP556 Management & Contracts


Year 1, Semester 2CNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP545 Project DevelopmentYear 2, Semester 1CNP547 Property Investment

One elective from Electives List B

Year 2, Semester 2CNP533 Project Management Law

One elective selected from Electives List Bbelow



Year 3, Semester 2CNN442-2Dissertation

Electives List BCNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceCNP555 Property Market AnalysisCNP556 Property Management & Contracts

Variations to the recommended study programrequire prior approval from the course coordinator.Up to 12 credit points of electives from otherdiscipline areas may be included with the coursecoordinator‘s permission.

School electives are offered subject to an appropriateenrolment in each semester.

■ Master of ProjectManagement (CN78) –Singapore

Location: Sumbershire Education Group, Singapore

AimThe course aims to provide professionals with a highlevel of conceptual understanding of the field ofproject management. The masters program has twodistinct majors: Project Management and PropertyDevelopment. The course covers areas of theory andapplied management, legal studies and economics.The course delivery encourages student interactionand follows a problem solving approach.

Course OutlineThe course has coursework and research components.The coursework consists of five core and three electiveunits. Each unit comprises structured lectures,discussions, case study workshops and presentations.All masters candidates must undertake a researchdissertation in an approved subject area.

For further information, please contact AssociateProfessor Danny Then on (07) 3864 1733.

■ Master of Property Economics(CN92)

Location: Gardens PointCourse Duration: 1.5 year full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Terry BoydEntry Requirements(i) A relevant bachelor degree from an approved

tertiary institution and demonstrated potentialin professional activity to undertake mastersdegree course; OR

(ii) Successful completion of CN91 GraduateDiploma in Property Economics with a gradepoint average of 5.0 or above; OR

(iii) Qualifications deemed equivalent to the aboveby the Dean of Faculty on the recommendationof the course coordinator; AND

130


The first two semesters full-time or fours semesterspart-time are identical to the Graduate Diploma inProperty Economics (CN91). Persons admitted tothe Master of Property Economics (CN92) who aregraduates of the Graduate Diploma in PropertyEconomics (CN91) will be eligible to receive creditfor all units studied in the Graduate Diploma andwill need to submit an Application for Credit formfor the units they have already completed.

At the completion of the coursework component ofthe masters degree program but before thecompletion of the dissertation, students may electto exit with the Graduate Diploma in PropertyEconomics (CN91).

An Advanced Information Retrieval Skills unit iscompulsory in the Master of Property Economics.It is strongly recommended that this unit becompleted prior to the commencement of the courseor as early in the first semester as possible.

Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.


Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP547 Property InvestmentCNP555 Property Market AnalysisCNP556 Property Management & Contracts

One elective from List A

Year 1, Semester 2CNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP557 Property Portfolio Analysis


Year 2, Semester 1CNN442 Dissertation

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP547 Property InvestmentCNP555 Property Market Analysis

Year 1, Semester 2CNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP557 Property Portfolio analysis

Year 2, Semester 1CNP556 Property Management & Contracts


Year 2, Semester 2CNP545 Project Development




List ACNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk ManagementCNP533 Project Management LawCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceCNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP522 Current IssuesCNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies



■ Master of Urban and RegionalPlanning (PS70)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Four semesters full-time or eightsemesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Danny O’Hare

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for direct entry into the course anapplicant must have either:

(i) a recognised tertiary degree requiring at leastthree years’ full-time study (or its equivalent),or

(ii) other documented qualifications and experienceconsidered to be equivalent by the Head ofSchool. Applicants may be required to attendan interview, or sit an examination, whereappropriate as part of the selection process.

A graduate of the modified Graduate Diploma inUrban and Regional Planning (offered from 1996)may apply to enrol in the Master of Urban andRegional Planning and if accepted will be givencredit for Modules A, B and C.

Graduates who completed the Graduate Diploma inUrban and Regional Planning before 1996 will beallowed credit for the new Graduate Diploma inUrban and Regional Planning to enter the Mastersprogram, depending on their grade point average,work experience and length of time which haselapsed since graduation. Such graduates may berequired to complete units in the new GraduateDiploma in Urban and Regional Planning. Each case

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

131

will be treated on its individual merits and will bedecided by the Head of School in consultation withthe graduate concerned and staff.

Full-time Course StructureThe program is being offered with entry at the startof the year, and for BBltEnv(URP) graduates, alsothrough second semester entry. Students mustcomplete four modules to complete the mastersdegree. Each module is worth 48 credit points,equivalent to one semester full-time or two semesterspart-time. Modules may be offered in either first orsecond semester.


Module APSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP502 Economic & Social Foundations of PlanningPSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSP504 Urban Systems & Infrastructure

Module BPSP505 Planning in SocietyPSP506 Planning Theory & EthicsPSP507 Planning Procedures & LawPSP508 Planning Practice 1PSP513 Field Trip

Module CPSP211 Research Project I & Advanced Research

MethodsPSP509 Regional & Metropolitan PolicyPSP510 SpecialisationPSP512 Planning Practice 2PSP513 Field Trip

Module DPSN212 Research Project 2PSN214 ElectivePSN221 Advanced SpecialisationPSN223 Special Topics in Planning Methods

Part-time Course StructurePart-time students choose two of the four unitsoffered each semester. The following is therecommended selection.

Module A1PSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSP504 Urban Systems & Infrastructure

Module B1PSP507 Planning Procedures & LawPSP508 Planning Practice 1PSP513 Field Trip

Module A2PSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP502 Economic & Social Foundations of Planning

Module B2PSP505 Planning in SocietyPSP506 Planning Theory & Ethics

Module C1PSP509 Regional & Metropolitan PolicyPSP512 Planning Practice 2

Module D1PSN214 ElectivePSN223 Special Topics in Planning Method

Module C2PSP211 Research Project 1 & Advanced Research

MethodsPSP510 Specialisation

Module D2PSN212 Research Project 2PSN221 Advanced Specialisation

NotesPSP510 Specialisation and PSN221 AdvancedSpecialisation offer specialisations in local andregional development, urban housing andcommunity development, urban design andenvironmental and resource planning. Other specialtopics may be offered depending on staff availability.

PSN214 Elective allows students to choose anelective unit worth 12 credit points from elsewherein QUT or at another tertiary institution, subject toapproval of the course coordinator.

Graduate Diploma inComputer & CommunicationsEngineering (EE66)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr John Edwards

Entry RequirementsApplicants must hold a bachelor degree in Engineer-ing or Computer Science. Applicants possessing adegree in other areas of technology such as Math-ematics, Physics or Chemistry may be required toundertake prerequisite undergraduate units.

Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the UnitSynopses section for more information.

Year 1, Semester 1EEP101 Algorithms for Control EngineeringEEP102 Unix & C for EngineersEEP124 Data CommunicationsEEP129 Image Processing & Computer Vision

Year 1, Semester 2EEP103 Computer Hardware & InterfacingEEP104 Real-time Operating SystemsEEP120 Networks & Distributed ComputingEEP123 Process Control & Robotics

132

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEP101 Algorithms for Control EngineeringEEP102 Unix & C for Engineers

Year 1, Semester 2EEP103 Computer Hardware & InterfacingEEP104 Real-time Operating Systems

Year 2, Semester 1EEP124 Data CommunicationsEEP129 Image Processing & Computer Vision

Year 2, Semester 2EEP120 Networks & Distributed ComputingEEP123 Process Control & Robotics

Graduate Diploma inElectricity Supply Engineering(EE60)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DavidBirtwhistle

Entry RequirementsA bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering with astudy of power subjects to third-year level. Alsoprovision for entry by associate diploma/advanceddiploma holders with industry experience (contactcourse coordinator).









List of UnitsRefer to the List of Units under the course entry forthe Master of Engineering Science (ElectricitySupply Engineering) (EE78) in this section.

■ Graduate Diploma inIndustrial Design (AR61)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor VesnaPopovicEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must:

(i) hold an approved degree or diploma from arecognised tertiary institution; or

(ii) have attained professional recognition by anequivalent course of study or examination.

Professional RecognitionThe Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design has beenaccredited by the Design Institute of Australia (DIA).Graduates are eligible for Associate membership ongraduation.


Semester 1ADP207 Industrial Design 5ADP267 Industrial Design Research 1ADP217 Professional Practice & ManagementADP247 Advanced Computer Aided Industrial DesignSemester 2ADP218 Advanced ErgonomicsADP268 Industrial Design Research 2AADP269 Industrial Design Research 2BADP943 Elective 3*

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ADP207 Industrial Design 5ADP247 Advanced Computer Aided Industrial DesignYear 1, Semester 2ADP218 Advanced ErgonomicsADP943 Elective 3*

Year 2, Semester 1ADP267 Industrial Design Research 1ADP217 Professional Practice & ManagementYear 2, Semester 2ADP268 Industrial Design Research 2AADP269 Industrial Design Research 2B* Elective units must be approved by the Course

Coordinator.

■ Graduate Diploma in InteriorDesign (AR62)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

133

Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor Jill FranzEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must:

(i) hold an approved degree or diploma from arecognised tertiary institution, or

(ii) have attained professional recognition by anequivalent course of study or examination.

Professional RecognitionThe Graduate Diploma in Interior Design isrecognised by the Design Institute of Australia.


Year 1, Semester 1ADP107 Interior Design 7ADP114 Professional Studies 1ADP161 Interior Research 1ADP155 Interior as a Construct 1

Year 1, Semester 2ADP108 Interior Design 8ADP156 Interior as a Construct 2ADP162 Interior Research 2ADP932 Professional Studies 2Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ADP114 Professional Studies 1ADP155 Interior as Construct 1

Year 1, Semester 2ADP932 Professional Studies 2ADP156 Interior as Construct 2

Year 2, Semester 1ADP107 Interior Design 7ADP161 Interior Research 1

Year 2, Semester 2ADP108 Interior Design 8ADP162 Interior Research 2

■ Graduate Diploma inLandscape Architecture (PS66)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn ThomasEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for normal admission, an applicantmust:(i) hold a degree or diploma from a recognised

tertiary institution, or

(ii) have attained professional recognition by acourse of study or examination.

Special entry provisions also apply, prior tobeginning studies in the course. Applicants arerequired to have appropriate skills and knowledgein basic design/perception, freehand graphics, andtechnical drawing (a summer unit PSP275Introductory Design and Graphics is available forthis purpose).

Graduates of the Bachelor of Built Environment(Landscape Architecture) considered eligible fordirect entry under the above criteria will be grantedblock credit for the first 96 credit points of the courseon admission. Students from other backgrounds maybe granted credit as appropriate to their educationand experience.

Professional RecognitionThe Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architectureis accredited by the Australian Institute of LandscapeArchitects.


Year 1, Semester 1PSP261 Landscape Construction 1PSP262 Communication & Practice 1PSP263 Landscape EcologyPSP264 Spatial Design Theory

Year 1, Semester 2PSP265 Landscape Construction 2PSP266 Communication & Practice 2PSP267 Heritage & Plant StudiesPSP268 Site Planning

Year 2, Semester 1PSP269 Advanced Construction & Practice 1PSP270 ElectivePSP271 Advanced Landscape Design 1

Year 2, Semester 2PSP272 Advanced Construction & Practice 2PSP273 Landscape PlanningPSP274 Advanced Landscape Design 2

■ Graduate Diploma in CivilEngineering (CE64)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: To be advisedEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission an applicant must holdan acceptable degree or diploma in engineering froma recognised institution.

134

Applicants who do not meet the requirements fornormal entry but who hold a degree or diploma in ascientific or technological field or other equivalentqualifications or hold professional engineeringrecognition may be required to complete suchprerequisite engineering units as may be determinedby the Head, School of Civil Engineering prior toenrolment in the course.

Note: No credit may be obtained for work completedas part of an undergraduate program, or forundergraduate units.

Course StructureThe course has two majors. It consists of 48 creditpoints (12 semester hours) of core material commonto all majors and a minimum of 48 credit points (12semester hours) of material prescribed for majors. Themajority of the units are common with the Master ofEngineering Science (Civil) (CE74) and the GraduateCertificate in Civil Engineering (CE62).

Students may transfer from the Graduate Diplomain Civil Engineering to the Master of EngineeringScience (Civil). For further details on the transferarrangement refer to the Master of Engineering(Civil) entry in this section.

Students who do not wish to undertake a major mustcomplete the core units plus any combination of unitsfrom the majors totalling at least 48 credit points.

All units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the UnitSynopses section for more information.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING MAJOR(EVN)

Year 1, Semester 1CEP141 Studies in Environmental EngineeringCEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project Environment

Year 1, Semester 2CEP291 Environmental Law & Assessment 2CEP201 Process Modelling

Year 2, Semester 1CEP142 Water Pollution Control

Elective

Year 2, Semester 2CEP143 Biological Treatment Processes

Elective

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING MAJOR(TRN)

Year 1, Semester 1CEP218 Transportation EngineeringCEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project Environment

Year 1, Semester 2CEP216 Advanced Traffic EngineeringCEP201 Process Modelling

Year 2, Semester 1CEP151 Road Safety Audit

Elective


Semester 1 electivesCEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project EnvironmentCEP293 Pavement DesignCEP218 Transportation EngineeringCEP141 Studies in Environmental EngineeringCEP151 Road Safety AuditCEP142 Water Pollution ControlCEP176 Engineering Practice 11


Semester 2 electivesCEP175 Pavement Maintenance Rehabilitation &

RecyclingCEP294 Engineering Contract Development &

AdministrationCEP291 Environmental Law & AssessmentCEP216 Advanced Traffic EngineeringCEP201 Process ModellingCEP143 Biological Treatment ProcessesCEP292 Engineering Practice 21

CEP150 Engineering Investigation Project 2

■ Graduate Diploma inGeographic InformationSystems (PS78)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time, 4 semesterspart-timeTotal credit points: 96Course Coordinator: Dr John Hayes

Entry requirementsA relevant bachelor degree or diploma from anapproved tertiary institution; OR

qualifications deemed equivalent to the above bythe Head, School of Planning, LandscapeArchitecture and Surveying; OR

other academic qualifications supported by aminimum of 2 years work experience of relevantdepth and breadth on application to the Head,School, Planning, Landscape Architecture andSurveying.


enrolling.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

135

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1PSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSN214 Elective (Project Based)

Select two electivesSemester 2PSB654 Topics in Spatial Information SciencePSP326 GIS/GPS

Select two electives

Electives*

Semester 1BNB011 Fundamentals of Synthetic EnvironmentsPSP311 Professional Practice Management 1PSP316 Survey Computing & ProcessingPSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP504 Urban Systems & InfrastructurePSB432 History of the Built EnvironmentPSB612 Spatial & Land Information ManagementPSB630 Cartography & Digital MappingPSB643 GeodesyPSN213 Specialisation (Project Based)PSP510 Specialisation (Project Based)Semester 2PSP273 Landscape EcologyPSP330 Professional Practice Management 2PSP268 Site PlanningPSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSB632 PhotogrammetryPSB633 Map Production Principles & PracticePSB644 Advanced GeodesyPSB655 Remote SensingPSN221 Advanced Specialisation* Units offered subject to availability

■ Graduate Diploma inGeomatics (PS74)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time; 4 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Course Coordinator: Dr John Hayes

Entry requirementsa recognised tertiary degree requiring at least fouryears full time study or its equivalent; ora degree from another tertiary institutionconsidered by the Head, School of Planning,Landscape Architecture and Surveying to be atleast equivalent to the degree of Bachelor ofSurveying of this University.

In addition, graduates should have at least one year’sfield experience (or its equivalent) followinggraduation in the practice of surveying. Entry willalso be available on the basis of other academicqualifications supported by a minimum of two yearswork experience of relevant depth and breadth onapplication to the Head of School.

OverviewThe content includes subjects in Geomatics and GISat undergraduate level, postgraduate level, or projectbased. Individual programs can therefore be advisedto suit the needs of individual students. TheCertificate and Diploma is recognised professionallyby the Mapping Sciences Institute, Australia.

Semester 1PSP311 Professional Practice Management 1PSP316 Surveying Computing & Processing 1ElectivesPSP314 Boundary Definition Surveys 1PSP317 Property Development SurveysPSP329 Urban Drainage

or any other electives as approved by theCourse Coordinator.

Semester 2Core UnitsPSP323 Project Site SurveysPSP326 GIS/GPS

ElectivesPSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSB633 Mapping Production Principles & PracticePSN213 Specialisation

or any other electives as approved by theCourse Coordinator.

■ Graduate Diploma in ProjectManagement (CN64)

A similar course is offered in Singapore (CN65).

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Terry Boyd


tertiary institution; OR

(ii) Successful completion in CN81 GraduateCertificate in Project Management with a gradepoint average of 5.0 or better, OR



The Graduate Diploma in Project Management hasmajors in Project Management and PropertyDevelopment.


136



Year 1, Semester 2CNP533 Project Management LawCNP534 International Project Management

Two electives selected from Electives List Abelow

Electives List A (Semester 2)CNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance



Year 2, Semester 1CNP532 Innovation & Technology ManagementCNP551 Project Human Resource Management

Year 2, Semester 2Two electives selected from Electives List Abelow

Electives List ACNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance


One elective from List B

Year 1, Semester 2CNP533 Project Management LawCNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land Development



Year 1, Semester 2CNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land Development

Year 2, Semester 1CNP547 Property Investment


Year 2, Semester 2CNP533 Project Management Law


Electives List BCNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP552 Current IssuesCNP553 IT for Project ManagersCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & MaintenanceCNP555 Property Market AnalysisCNP556 Property Management & Contracts

Variations to the recommended study programrequire prior approval from the course coordinator.Up to 12 credit points of electives from otherdiscipline areas may be included with the coursecoordinator’s permission.


■ Graduate Diploma in ProjectManagement (CN65) –Singapore

Location: Sumbershire Education Group, SingaporeAimThe course aims to provide professionals with asound understanding of the overall managementprocesses in the field of project management. Thegraduate diploma has two distinct majors: ProjectManagement and Property Development. The coursecovers areas of theory and applied management, legalstudies and economics. The course deliveryencourages student interaction and follows a problemsolving approach.

Course OutlineThe course units are offered in a part-timeconcentrated mode over two years. The courseworkconsists of five core and three elective units. Eachunit comprises structured lectures, discussions, casestudy workshops and presentations. Studentscompleting this course will have the opportunity toarticulate into the Master of Project Management(CN78), with only the research dissertation on anapproved topic required to fulfil the Master’srequirements.

For further information on the course, please contactAssociate Professor Danny Then on (07) 3864 1733.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

137

■ Graduate Diploma in PropertyEconomics (CN91)

Location: Gardens PointCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Terry Boyd



(ii) Successful completion of CN90 GraduateCertificate in Property Economics with a gradepoint average of 5.0; OR







Year 1, Semester 2CNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP557 Property Portfolio Analysis



Year 1, Semester 2CNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP557 Property Portfolio Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1CNP556 Property Management & Contracts


Year 2, Semester 2CNP545 Project Development


List ACNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk ManagementCNP533 Project Management LawCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance

CNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP522 Current IssuesCNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies



■ Graduate Diploma inSurveying Practice (PS68)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time (16 weeks), orpart-time equivalent. Alternative study modesavailable – see course coordinator.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John Hayes

Professional RecognitionSuccessful completion of the course leads toregistration and licensing by the Surveyors Boardof Queensland.

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission an applicant must holdthe following:

(i) a Bachelor of Surveying degree from theQueensland University of Technology, or

(ii) a Bachelor of Surveying degree from theUniversity of Queensland, or

(iii) from another tertiary institution a degreeacceptable to the Surveyors Board ofQueensland and considered by the Head of theSchool of Planning, Landscape Architecture,and Surveying to be at least equivalent to QUT’sBachelor of Surveying degree.

Applicants who do not meet the requirements fornormal entry but who hold a tertiary qualification ina technological field or other equivalentqualifications may be required to complete suchprerequisite surveying and other units as may bedetermined by the Head of School prior to enrolmentin the course.

Applicants for admission must have at least one yearof practical experience in the practice of surveyingfollowing graduation, or its equivalent.

Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the UnitSynopses section for more information.

138

Semester 1PSP311 Professional Practice ManagementPSP314 Boundary Definition SurveysPSP316 Survey Computing & ProcessingPSP317 Property Development Surveys

Semester 2PSP323 Project Site SurveysPSP326 GIS & GPSPSP327 Engineering SurveyingPSP328 Boundary Definition Surveys

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PSP314 Boundary Definition SurveysPSP316 Survey Computing & Processing

Year 1, Semester 2PSP323 Project Site SurveysPSP326 GIS & GPS

Year 2, Semester 1PSP311 Professional Practice ManagementPSP317 Property Development Surveys

Year 2, Semester 2PSP327 Engineering SurveyingPSP328 Boundary Definition Surveys

■ Graduate Diploma in Urbanand Regional Planning (PS72)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time or 6semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Danny O’Hare

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission an applicant must:

(a) hold a degree or diploma from a recognisedtertiary institution, or

(b) have attained professional recognition by anequivalent course of study or examination.Applicants may be required to attend aninterview, or sit an examination, whereappropriate, as part of the selection process.

Note: Graduates from QUT’s Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Urban and Regional Planning) shall becredited with the first semester of full-time study orfirst two semesters of part-time study (Module A).Students from other backgrounds may be grantedcredit as appropriate to their education and experience.

Students who have completed units in the GraduateDiploma in Urban and Regional Planning before 1996will be allowed credit for units in the new GraduateDiploma in Urban and Regional Planning, dependingon their grade point average, the length of time which

has elapsed since completion, and recent experience.Each case will be treated on its individual merits andwill be decided by the Head of School in consultationwith the student concerned and staff.

Full-time Course StructureThe program is offered with entry in first semesterand for BBltEnv(URP) graduates in second semester.Students must complete three modules to completethe graduate diploma. Each module is worth 48 creditpoints, equivalent to one semester full-time or twosemesters part-time. Modules may be offered ineither first or second semester.


Module APSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP502 Economic & Social Foundations of PlanningPSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSP504 Urban Systems & Infrastructure

Module BPSP505 Planning in SocietyPSP506 Planning Theory & EthicsPSP507 Planning Procedures & LawPSP508 Planning Practice 1PSP513 Field Trip

Module CPSP211 Research Project I & Advanced Research

MethodsPSP509 Regional & Metropolitan PolicyPSP510 SpecialisationPSP512 Planning Practice 2

Part-time Course StructurePart-time students choose two of the four unitsoffered each semester. The following is therecommended selection:

Module A1PSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSP504 Urban Systems & Infrastructure

Module B1PSP507 Planning Procedures & LawPSP508 Planning Practice 1PSP513 Field Trip

Module A2PSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP502 Economic & Social Foundations of Planning

Module B2PSP505 Planning in SocietyPSP506 Planning Theory & Ethics

Module C1PSP509 Regional & Metropolitan PolicyPSP512 Planning Practice 2

Module C2PSP211 Research Project 1 & Advanced Research

MethodsPSP510 Specialisation

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

139

Note: PSP510 Specialisation offers specialisationsin local and regional development, urban housingand community development, urban design andenvironmental and resource planning. Other specialtopics may be offered depending on staff availability.

■ Graduate Diploma in UrbanDesign (PS69)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 1.5 – 2 yearspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Danny O’Hare

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission an applicant must holda Bachelor degree with a grade point average of 5.0or better and demonstrated potential in a relevantprofessional activity, or a relevant graduate diplomawith a grade point average of 5.0 or better, or aqualifying program with a grade point average of5.0 or better.

Applicants are considered initially for acceptance inthe Graduate Diploma in Urban Design. At thecompletion of one semester for full-time students andtwo semesters for those studying part-time, studentswill be considered for enrolment in the Master of BuiltEnvironment (Urban Design). A grade point averageof 5.0 or better in the course is normally required forprogression to the masters level.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete a minimum of 48 credit pointsper semester in the full-time course and a minimumof 24 credit points per semester in the part-time course.

Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the UnitSynopses section for more information.

Semester 1ARB081 History, Theory & Criticism of Urban DesignARB082 Urban Design Studio BPSP451 Production & Use of the Built Environment

Semester 2PSN214 Elective

ORPSN211 Research Project 1PSP452 Urban Design Studio APSP453 Urban Systems & the Physical Environment

Part-time Course StructureYear 1 Semester 1ARB081 History, Theory & Criticism of Urban DesignPSP451 Production & Use of the Built Environment

Year 1 Semester 2PSP452 Urban Design Studio APSP453 Urban Systems & the Physical Environment

Year 2 Semester 1ARB082 Urban Design Studio BPSN214 Elective

ORPSN211 Research Project 1

■ Graduate Certificate inAdvanced LandscapeTechniques (PS77)

Location: Gardens Point campusDuration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn Thomas

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must havecompleted the Graduate Certificate in LandscapeTechniques (PS75) and the Graduate Certificate inLandscape Design (PS76) or approved equivalent.

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1PSP269 Advanced Construction and Practice 1PSP270 Elective

Semester 2PSP272 Advanced Construction and Practice 2PSP273 Landscape Planning

■ Graduate Certificate inBuilding Fire Safety (AR65)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Professor Bill Lim

Note: This course will be delivered by part-timestudy of four to five periods of weekend sessionsper semester. Students will be notified of when theperiods will be conducted.

Professional RecognitionSupport has been received from the Institution ofFire Engineers; The Institution of EngineersAustralia; Society of Fire Safety; Queensland FireProtection Industry Association Inc.; QueenslandDepartment of Local Government and Planning;Queensland Department of Public Works andHousing; The Royal Australian Institute ofArchitects; Queensland Fire and Rescue Authority.

140


Year 1, Semester 1ARB801 Fire Technology & ScienceARB803 Fire & Building LegislationYear 1, Semester 2ARB802 Human Behaviour & FireARB804 Fire Safety System Design

Note: ARB801 and ARB803 are prerequisites toARB804. ARB802 is a corequisite with ARB804.

■ Graduate Certificate in BuiltEnvironment (HealthyBuildings) (AR66)*

Location: Gardens Point campusDuration: 1 year part-time (teaching blocks)Total Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Bill Lim

Entry RequirementsA relevant degree or diploma from a recognisedtertiary institution; orrelevant industry experience, qualifications and,recommendation by supervisor or industry body.

OverviewGraduates will be equipped with up-dated knowledgeand skills to achieve:

a thorough understanding of the environmentsnecessary for the sustainability of healthybuildings;holistic approach to achieve healthy buildings andan appreciation of the relationship of buildingcomponents contributing to the healthy state ofbuildings;general proficiency in the procedure of design,construction and maintenance of healthybuildings, ability to diagnose symptoms and tosuggest improvement and remedy to dysfunctionalbuildings.

Further informationSchool of Architecture, Interior and Industrial Design.Phone +61 7 3864 2283; fax +61 7 3864 1528.

Course StructureSemester 1PUN303 The Health Aspects of Healthy BuildingsARP901 The Physical Environment of Healthy

BuildingsSemester 2ARP902 Management of Healthy BuildingsARP903 Building Diagnostics* Subject to University approval.

■ Graduate Certificate in CivilEngineering (CE62)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: The course is normally taken over2 semesters on a part-time basis. (The course mustbe completed in a maximum of four semesters.)Total Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: To be advised

ArticulationStudents who achieve a grade point average of 5.0or above in the Graduate Certificate will be able toapply for entry to the Master of Engineering Science(Civil) on the condition that they possess anundergraduate degree in engineering.

Note: No credit may be obtained for work completedas part of an undergraduate program, or forundergraduate units.


ROAD ENGINEERING MAJORSemester 1CEP293 Pavement Design

One Elective

Semester 2CEP175 Pavement Maintenance Rehabilitation &

RecyclingOne Elective

ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION MAJORSemester 1CEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project Environment

One Elective

Semester 2CEP294 Engineering Contract Development &

AdministrationOne Elective

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING MAJORSemester oneCEP141 Studies in Environmental Engineering

One elective

Semester twoCEP291 Environmental Law Assessment

One elective

TRANSPORT ENGINEERING MAJORSemester 1CEP218 Transportation Engineering

Elective 1

Semester 2CEP216 Advanced Traffic Engineering

Elective 2

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

141

Semester 1 ElectivesCEP141 Studies in Environmental EngineeringCEP142 Water Pollution ControlCEP150 Engineering Investigation Project2

CEP151 Road Safety AuditCEP176 Engineering Practice 11

CEP218 Transportation EngineeringCEP293 Pavement DesignCEP295 Civil Engineering in a Project Environment

Semester 2 ElectivesCEP143 Biological Treatment ProcessesCEP150 Engineering Investigation Project2

CEP175 Pavement Maintenance Rehabilitation &Recycling

CEP201 Process ModellingCEP216 Advanced Traffic EngineeringCEP291 Environmental Law & AssessmentCEP292 Engineering Practice 21

CEP294 Engineering Contract Development &Administration

■ Graduate Certificate inElectricity Supply Engineering(EE82)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time, 2 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DavidBirtwhistle

Entry RequirementsA Bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering with astudy of power subjects to third year level. Alsoprovision for entry by Associate Diploma/AdvancedDiploma holders with industry experience (contactcourse coordinator).

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1

12 units (selected from List)


6 units (selected from List)

Year 1, Semester 26 units (selected from List)

List of UnitsRefer to the list of units under the Master ofEngineering Science (Electricity Supply Engineering)(EE78) course entry in this section.

■ Graduate Certificate inEngineering Management(ME75)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time,1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jun Wang

A similar course (ME74) is offered in Singapore inconjunction with Crossfields Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.

Entry Requirements(i) a bachelor’s degree in Engineering (or its

equivalent) or

(ii) relevant training or experience considered bythe course coordinator as appropriate for entryto the course.

Course RequirementsStudents will take four of the following units. Allunits are offered in the Master of EngineeringScience Management (ME76). The course may betaken full-time or part-time.

Units offeredSemester 1MEN171 Advanced Manufacturing TechnologiesMEN177 Total Quality ManagementMEN241 Reliability & Maintenance ManagementMEN280 Engineering Project Management

Semester 2MEN170 Systems Modelling & SimulationMEN172 Cost Analysis & Asset ManagementMEN175 Energy & Environmental ManagementMEN272 Enterprise Resources Planning

■ Graduate Certificate inEngineering Management(ME74) – Singapore

LocationSingapore (Organised by Crossfields Asia Pacific PteLtd.)

AimThe aim of the course is to provide engineers with anintroduction to management methods and systems ofkey relevance to the engineering profession. Particularemphasis is given to manufacturing and management,and to maintenance, quality and reliability.


enrolling.

142

Course OutlineThe course consists of four coursework units. Theunits are offered on a block basis. Each blockoccupies two weeks with lectures each eveningMonday to Friday.

For further information about the course, pleasecontact Ms Iola Ternel, School of MechanicalManufacturing and Medical Engineering on(07) 3864 1398.

■ Graduate Certificate inGeographic InformationSystems (PS79)

Location: Gardens PointDuration: 1 semester full time or 2 semesters parttimeTotal credit points: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John Hayes

Entry requirementsA relevant bachelor degree or diploma from anapproved tertiary institution; or

qualifications deemed equivalent to the above bythe Head, School of Planning, LandscapeArchitecture and Surveying; orother academic qualifications supported by aminimum of 2 years work experience of relevantdepth and breadth on application to the Head,School of Planning, Landscape Architecture andSurveying.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSN214 Elective (Project-based)

Select 2 electives

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PSB654 Topics in Spatial Information Science

Select 1 elective

Year 1, Semester 2PSP326 GIS/GPS

Select 1 elective

Electives*

Semester 1BNB011 Fundamentals of Synthetic EnvironmentsPSP311 Professional Practice Management 1PSP316 Survey Computing & ProcessingPSP501 Environmental Planning & AssessmentPSP504 Urban Systems & InfrastructurePSB432 History of the Built EnvironmentPSB612 Spatial & Land Information ManagementPSB630 Cartography & Digital MappingPSB643 Geodesy

PSN213 Specialisation (Project Based)PSP510 Specialisation (Project Based)

Semester 2PSP273 Landscape EcologyPSP330 Professional Practice Management 2PSP268 Site PlanningPSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSB632 PhotogrammetryPSB633 Map Production Principles & PracticePSB644 Advanced GeodesyPSB655 Remote SensingPSN221 Advanced Specialisation* Units offered subject to availability

■ Graduate Certificate inGeomatics (PS73)

Location: Gardens Point campusDuration: 1 semester full-time, 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John Hayes

Entry requirementsa recognised tertiary degree requiring at least fouryears full-time study or its equivalent; or

a degree from another tertiary institutionconsidered by the Head, School of Planning,Landscape Architecture and Surveying to be atleast equivalent to the degree of Bachelor ofSurveying of this University.

In addition, graduates should have at least one yearsfield experience (or its equivalent) followinggraduation in the practice of surveying. Entry willalso be available on the basis of other academicqualifications supported by a minimum of two yearswork experience of relevant depth and breadth onapplication to the Head of School.

OverviewThe content includes subjects in Geomatics and GISat undergraduate level, postgraduate level, or projectbased. Individual programs can therefore be advisedto suit the needs of individual students. TheCertificate and Diploma is recognised professionallyby the Mapping Sciences Institute, Australia.

Semester 1PSP311 Professional Practice Management 1PSP316 Surveying Computing & Processing 1

Electives*

PSP314 Boundary Definition Surveys 1PSP317 Property Development Surveys* Or any other electives as approved by the course

coordinator.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

143

■ Graduate Certificate inLandscape Design (PS76)

Location: Gardens Point campusDuration: 1 semester full-time, 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn Thomas

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must havecompleted Graduate Certificate in LandscapeTechniques (PS75) or approved equivalent.

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1PSP265 Landscape Construction 2PSP266 Communication & Practice 2PSP267 Heritage & Plant StudiesPSP268 Site Planning

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1PSP265 Landscape Construction 2PSP266 Communication & Practice 2

Semester 2PSP267 Heritage & Plant StudiesPSP268 Site Planning

■ Graduate Certificate inLandscape Techniques (PS75)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time, 2 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn ThomasEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for normal admission, an applicantmust have:(i) A relevant two year diploma and industry

experience or approved equivalent; or(ii) a three year diploma or bachelors degree.Applicants to enter this course from non-designqualifications require basic skills in design/perception theory, freehand and technical graphics.Computer literacy is also required.

Full-time Course StructureSemester 1PSP261 Landscape Construction 1PSP262 Communication & Practice 1PSP263 Landscape EcologyPSP264 Spatial Design Theory

Part-time Course StructureSemester 1PSP261 Landscape Construction 1PSP262 Communication & Practice 1

Semester 2PSP263 Landscape EcologyPSP264 Spatial Design Theory

■ Graduate Certificate inPlanning Studies (PS82)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time, 2-4semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Danny O’Hare

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for normal admission, an applicantmust have:(i) a recognised tertiary degree in any discipline

requiring at least three years full time study orits equivalent; or

(ii) other documented qualifications and experienceconsidered to be equivalent by the Head, Schoolof Planning, Landscape Architecture andSurveying. Applicants may be required to attendan interview, or sit an examination whereappropriate, as part of the selection process.

Students enrolling in the Graduate Certificate willselect an approved program comprising four unitsof 12 credit points drawn from the list below.

Course StructurePSP503 Planning & Research MethodsPSP505 Planning in SocietyPSP510 Specialisation (Housing or Local Economic

Development)PSN221 Advanced SpecialisationPSP211 Research Project 1 & Advanced Research

Methods1 or 2 approved electives

Please refer to the unit synopsis section for moreinformation.

■ Graduate Certificate inProject Management (CN81)

A similar course is offered in Singapore (CN82)Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-time, 1 semester full-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Professor Terry BoydEntry Requirements(i) A relevant bachelor degree from an approved

tertiary institution; or

144

(ii) qualifications and/or extensive, relevantprofessional experience deemed equivalent tothe above by the Dean of Faculty on therecommendation of the course coordinator; and

(iii) at least three years of appropriate industryexperience after graduation.

Course StructureThe first semester full-time or two semesters part-time are identical to the Graduate Diploma in ProjectManagement (CN64). Students who complete theGraduate Certificate in Project Management (CN81)and are successful in gaining entry into the GraduateDiploma in Project Management (CN64) or Masterof Project Management (CN77) will be eligible toreceive credit for all units studied in the GraduateCertificate.The Graduate Certificate in Project Management hasmajors in Project Management and PropertyDevelopment.Students who commence mid-year should enrol inSemester 2 units.All units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.





One elective from Elective List below


Year 1, Semester 2CNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP545 Project Development

Elective List (Semester 1)CNP551 Project Human Resource Management (PRD)CNP555 Property Market AnalysisCNP556 Property Management and Contracts

School electives are offered subject to appropriateenrolments in each semester.

No exemptions are permitted. If a unit has beenstudied previously then an alternative should beselected.


■ Graduate Certificate inProject Management (CN82) –Singapore

Location: Sumbershire Education Group, Singapore

AimThe course aims to broaden formal education andhelp professionals develop expertise within thegrowing fields of project development and projectmanagement. The course covers areas of theory andapplied management, legal studies and economics.The course delivery encourages student interactionand follows a problem solving approach.

Course OutlineThe course units are offered in a part-timeconcentrated mode over a 12 month period. Studentsselect four elective units to complement theircontinuing professional education with an emphasison management aspects. Each unit comprisesstructured lectures, discussions, case study workshopsand presentations. Students completing this coursemay have the opportunity to articulate into theGraduate Diploma in Project Management (CN65).

For further information about this course, pleasecontact Associate Professor Danny Then on (07)3864 1733.

■ Graduate Certificate inProperty Economics (CN90)

Location: Gardens PointCourse Duration: 1 year part-time, 1 semester full-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Professor Terry Boyd



BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

145

(ii) Qualifications and/or relevant training consid-ered to be deemed equivalent to the above bythe Dean of Faculty on the recommendation ofthe course coordinator; OR

(iii) At least three years of appropriate industryexperience after graduation.

Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points.



One elective from List AList ACNP520 Project ManagementCNP521 Project Cost & Risk ManagementCNP551 Project Human Resource ManagementCNP100 Fundamentals of FacilitiesCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies


Year 1, Semester 2Any two of the following 3 specialisation units:

Specialisation UnitsCNP545 Project DevelopmentCNP554 Advanced Land DevelopmentCNP557 Property Portfolio Analysis



No exemptions are permitted. If a unit has beenstudied previously then an alternative unit shouldbe chosen.

Course Requirements andNotes Relating toUndergraduate Courses

Course ProgressionIt is important that students follow as normal aprogression through their courses as possible. Unitsshould be taken in an orderly sequence as set out inpublished course structures. Units failed should bepicked up in the next semester that they are offered.Prerequisite units must normally be passed before astudent may proceed to a further unit which has the

prerequisite so specified. The course coordinatorshould be consulted regarding variations from thecourse structure. This is considered to be a majorconcession. Students who have failed units, or havedoubts about having the necessary background toproceed, should seek the advice of the coursecoordinator.

Summer Program (Mid-year Entry Courses)The objective of running a summer program for mid-year entry students is to provide an acceleratedprogram which enables students to complete theircourses in 3.5 years. Students resume a standardprogram during second year. The summer programis necessary in order for mid-year entry students tocomplete their courses in minimum time. If studiesare not undertaken during the summer programperiod, completion in minimum time is not possible.

Supplementary AssessmentIt is not normally faculty policy to grantsupplementary examinations. However, at thediscretion of the Dean of Faculty, supplementary orfurther assessment may be permitted in cases wherea student is near to the completion of their course.

In such cases it is normal policy to award an ‘A’(Result Unfinalised) and to give the student furtherassessment. Following satisfactory completion ofthis further assessment, the highest grade which maynormally be awarded is a grade of 3 (Pass Conceded).

Awards with HonoursHonours may be awarded to graduands of theBachelor of Architecture, the four-year single degreeand five-year double degree Bachelor of Engineeringand Surveying courses, and the four-year Bachelorof Applied Science courses in ConstructionManagement and Quantity Surveying. First classHonours, second class Honours division A andsecond class Honours division B may be awarded.Candidates for a degree with Honours must fulfilthe requirements for a pass degree and achieve astandard of proficiency in all course units as mayfrom time to time be determined by the FacultyAcademic Board and approved by UniversityAcademic Board.

Eligibility for HonoursEligibility for awards with Honours is not affectedby the time taken to complete a course. However, tobe eligible for such an award, a graduand must havecompleted the course within the maximum numberof calendar years specified in Student Rule 2(19)(see the student rules section). Three- and four-year(full-time) courses must be completed in ten years.Combined degree courses must be completed ineleven years. Time limits are measured in calendar

146

years from the first day of the first semester in whichthe student was enrolled and include periods ofinterruption such as leave of absence. In addition, tobe eligible for an award with Honours, a graduandmust have been enrolled in the course at QUT for atleast two years of full-time study or its equivalent.

Honours Based on Grade Point AverageThe Built Environment and Engineering AcademicBoard has resolved that awards with Honours forstudents graduating post-1992 will be based ongrades achieved by students throughout the wholeof their course as determined by the Grade PointAverage (GPA) calculation.

The GPA calculation includes all attempts at unitswhich are awarded a numeric grade, or the result‘Withdrawn – Failure’ (which is convertd to a gradeof 1).

Students obtaining a GPA of 6.0 or greater willnormally qualify for the award of first class Honours.Students obtaining a GPA of 5.5 to 5.99 willnormally qualify for the award of second classHonours division A. Students obtaining a GPA of5.0 to 5.49 will normally qualify for the award ofsecond class Honours division B.

Awards With DistinctionAwards ‘with distinction’ may be awarded tograduands of the three-year single degree coursesand the graduate diploma courses undertaken in theFaculty of Built Environment and Engineering.Candidates for a degree ‘with distinction’ must fulfilthe requirements for a pass degree and achieve astandard of proficiency in all course units as mayfrom time to time be determined by the FacultyAcademic Board and approved by the UniversityAcademic Board.

Eligibility for ‘With Distinction’See Eligibility for Honours.

With Distinction Based on Grade PointAverage

The Built Environment and Engineering AcademicBoard has resolved that awards ‘with distinction’ willbe based on grades achieved by students throughoutthe whole of their course as determined by the gradepoint average calculation.

The GPA calculation includes all attempts at unitswhich are awarded a numeric grade, or the result‘Withdrawn – Failure’ (which is convertd to a gradeof 1).

Students obtaining a GPA of 5.5 or greater willnormally qualify for the award of with distinction.

Dean’s ListEach semester, the Faculty of Built Environment andEngineering will publish a Dean’s List comprisingnames of students achieving a GPA of 6.50 or better.The list will be posted on school notice boards.Students will receive a certificate in recognition oftheir achievement.

Use of Calculators in ExaminationsRestrictions apply on the use of calculators inexaminations. Students should consult the first yearinformation booklets for details of the policies ofindividual schools.

Field TripsAttendance at field trips or field projects inengineering and surveying/mapping courses iscompulsory.

Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)PolicyProtective equipment refers to safety glasses/goggles, hearing protection, safety boots, gloves andsimilar items. While all care is taken to reduce therisks to which students are exposed, protectiveequipment will be required to be worn in somepractical sessions and field excursions. Students arerequired to wear PPE where and when it has beenmade clear that it is needed. Students are requiredto provide certain PPE as indicated by each schoolwithin the faculty.

Students enrolled in units specified by the Schoolof Civil Engineering will be required to wear safetyshoes for most laboratory practicals and/or field trips.Students not wearing appropriate safety shoes onthese occasions will be barred from (i) participatingin activities in these units, and (ii) submitting anyassessment associated with these activities. Hardhats will be supplied by the School of CivilEngineering, as required. Students must providetheir own safety shoes, safety glasses/goggles andhearing protection equipment.

All students are bound by the Queensland WorkplaceHealth and Safety Act. In this respect, studentscarrying out their final year projects will be requiredto do a risk assessment of such projects and alsosuggest risk management steps that will be taken incase of an accident.

Industrial Experience for Engineering andSurveying/Mapping CoursesIndustrial experience forms part of the requirementsof engineering and surveying degree courses, in orderto provide a realistic background for formalacademic studies and to ensure that students becomeeffectively balanced in their professionaldevelopment. For engineering students, it is a

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

147

requirement of the Institution of Engineers,Australia, for graduate membership. Industrialexperience is usually undertaken during the longvacation or the mid-semester recess as an employeeof a private firm, government agency or localauthority, but can also be accumulated during part-time/full-time employment.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester immediately following each period ofindustrial experience, submit to the faculty office areport in the required format describing the workcarried out during the period of industrial experienceand including an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms are available from outside the FacultyOffice, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Point campus.

A candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofTechnology (Civil) must obtain at least 45 days ofindustrial experience in an engineering environmentapproved by the course coordinator.

A candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Technology(Mechanical) must obtain at least 50 days of industrialexperience approved by the course coordinator.

Engineering students must obtain at least 60 days ofindustrial experience in an engineering environmentapproved by the course coordinator.

Surveying/mapping students must obtain at least 90days of industrial experience in a surveying/mappingenvironment approved by the course coordinator.

Bachelor of Engineering (Aerospace Avionics)students are required to obtain 10 days specialistexperience in the avionics industry during the firstyear of their course. This is in addition to the 60days industrial experience requirement.

Industrial Experience information booklets can beobtained from the Student Services Officer in theFaculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus.

Enrolment in Industrial ExperienceSurveying/mapping and Engineering students shouldnot formally enrol in industrial experience.

Industrial Experience for the Bachelor ofArchitecture Course (AR48)A candidate for the Bachelor of Architecture degreemust be engaged in approved employment for at least48 recognised weeks in the first three years (PracticeExperience A), and for at least 72 recognised weeksin the second three years (Practice Experience B).

Approved Employment‘Approved employment’ is defined as working underthe direction of an architect who is registered at theplace of practice where the experience is obtained.

Minimum Eight Weeks at a TimePeriods of work experience of less than eightrecognised weeks’ continuous duration cannot beaccredited.

Recognised WeekA ‘recognised week’ is a week of five days work.During semester, when students normally work forfour days per week, the 18 week semester (14 weeksin class and four weeks in examination), translatesto 14.4 ‘recognised weeks’. This figure is roundedoff to 14 weeks to take account of public holidays.Students in continuous concurrent employmentwould normally accumulate 40 recognised weeksin a calendar year. (A three-day working weekconstitutes three-fifths of a recognised week. A sixday working week constitutes sixth-fifths of arecognised week.)

All reference to a ‘week’ in the following text shallmean a ‘recognised week’.

Years 1 and 2 CommencementCandidates who are admitted into the course at thebeginning of Years 1 and 2 must satisfy all of PracticeExperience A & B requirements.

Year 3 CommencementCandidates who are admitted into the course at thebeginning of Year 3 must complete 24 weeks inPractice Experience A and all Practice ExperienceB requirements.

After Year 3 CommencementCandidates who are admitted directly into the courseafter the end of the third year must satisfy PracticeExperience B only.

PrerequisitePractice Experience A is normally a pre-requisitefor Practice Experience B.

Allied Experience During the CourseCandidates may accumulate up to 12 weeksmaximum in Practice Experience A and up to 18weeks maximum in Practice Experience B forindustrial experience gained prior to enrolment orduring the course in approved allied areas toarchitecture. (Commonly approved allied areas: CivilEngineering, Interior Design, Industrial Design,Quantity Surveying, Construction Management,Town Planning, Landscape Architecture, Building.)

Experience Prior to CommencementCandidates may accumulate a maximum of 24 weeksin Practice Experience A and a maximum of 36weeks in Practice Experience B for satisfactoryapproved experience under the direction of anarchitect prior to enrolment in the course and thesemaximum periods can include:

148

satisfactory approved experience gained prior toenrolment in the course in approved allied areasof architecture (provided the total period claimedfor experience in approved allied areas does notexceed the maximum periods set for thatexperience in Practice Experience A & B).

Experience During Leave of AbsenceCandidates may accumulate up to 24 weeks inPractice Experience A and 36 weeks in PracticeExperience B during periods of approved leave ofabsence from formal classes. This may be in a periodduring the course or after completion of the academiccourse requirements.

Report Each SemesterSemester update reports on progress are required atthe end of each semester and examination resultsmay not be issued until they are received.

Report Form Employment AQUT School of Architecture, Interior & IndustrialDesign Practice Experience report forms must becompleted and lodged for Practice Experience A.

Report Log for Employment BThe AACA log book of practical experience anduniversity report forms must be completed andlodged to QUT for Practice Experience B.

Satisfactory Employment for CourseProgression and Graduation

For administrative purposes, candidates must enrolin Practice Experience A in the second semester ofthird year and then cannot proceed to fourth yearuntil this unit of employment is satisfied, unless aspecial dispensation is granted. Candidates mustenrol in Practice Experience B in the second semesterof sixth year and will not be eligible to graduate untilthis unit of employment is satisfied. In both casesthe accumulated credit, as recorded through thesemester reports, will form the basis for accreditingwork experience.

Credited Employment Counts OnceEmployment which has been approved or creditedin Practice Experience A cannot be considered forfurther approval or credit in Practice Experience B.

Full-time Students in Final Two YearsFor candidates proposing to study the final 192 creditpoints in the course in two years full-time:

(a) Candidates (including those who had previouslybeen studying full time) must have achieved aminimum of 36 weeks accredited to PracticeExperience B, before commencing Year 4.

(b) Candidates who had previously been studyingpart-time, and who have satisfied Practice

Experience A, may apply in PracticeExperience B for credit of a maximum of 36weeks of work experience accrued in the firstthree years which is in addition to that creditedto Practice Experience A.

Types of ExperienceType of experience required:

(a) Practice Experience A – at least 50 per cent oftime in undertaking design and/or documenta-tion.

(b) Practice Experience B –(i) 50 per cent of time in design stages and

contract documentation (AACA item 4.3and 4.5)

(ii) Preliminary site investigation andevaluation of at least one project (AACAitem 4.2.4)

(iii) Project Management /Contract Administra-tion of at least one project at ‘observer’ sta-tus where direct experience is unavailable(AACA items 4.7.19, 4.7.20, 4.7.21 and4.7.22)

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Construction Management)(CN51)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-time, 5.5 yearsflexible modeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jay Yang

Special Course RequirementsAll students are required to gain a minimum of 100days of employment in the final year of the courseas a part of CNB409 Professional Practice 1 andCNB423 Professional Practice 2. A work experiencediary is to be kept and made available for inspectionby the course coordinator upon request.

In addition to specific unit requirements, where afinal examination is such that it forms the major pieceof assessment, students will be required to pass thatexamination to pass the unit (in addition to receivingan overall pass mark).

Students who have failed units, must undertake thosefailed units at the very next offering of the unit.

Students may not enrol in units more than 1 year inadvance of their enrolled year and then only with

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

149

the approval of the course coordinator. For example,1st year students may be permitted to enrol in 2ndyear units but will not be permitted to enrol in 3rdyear or 4th year units.

Part-time study generally involves 9 to 12 hourscontact per week and will require some release fromemployment.

Units are offered only once each year. This meansthat both part-time and full-time students are requiredto attend part of their program in the evening.

All students must become familiar with and complywith the school’s enrolment rules.

Professional RecognitionCompletion of the Bachelor of Applied Science(Construction Management) together with the relatedexperience requirements enables a graduate to beeligible for membership of the Australian Instituteof Building.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering

ElectivesNote A: Students may choose CNB408 AdvancedBuilding and Civil Construction; CNB425International Construction; or an approved electivefrom other QUT courses.

Note B: Students may choose CNB413 ResearchProject if their course GPA is 5.0 or better and theyhave completed CNB407 Professional Investigationand Reporting. Alternately, students may undertakean approved elective from other QUT courses.

Note C: Students may choose CNB424 SpecialistMeasurement if they have completed CNB408 Ad-vanced Building and Civil Construction; CNB420Current Construction Issues; CNB426 Communica-tion and Cultural Studies; or an approved electivefrom other QUT courses.


Year 1, Semester 1CNB101 Construction 1CNB102 Building Technology 1CNB105 Legal & Land StudiesCNB106 Preparatory Unit

Year 1, Semester 2CNB107 Construction 2CNB108 Building Technology 2CNB109 Professional Studies 1CNB110 Measurement 1Year 2, Semester 1CNB201 Construction 3CNB202 Building Technology 3CNB203 Building ServicesCNB204 Measurement 2Year 2, Semester 2CNB205 Time ManagementCNB206 Law 1CNB207 Professional Studies 2CNB208 Construction Business Management 1Year 3, Semester 1CNB302 Contract AdministrationCNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction EstimatingYear 3, Semester 2CNB306 Construction Business Management 3CNB307 Building Economics & Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3CNB309 Law 2Year 4, Semester 1CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation & ReportingCNB409 Professional Practice 1

Note A ElectiveYear 4, Semester 2CNB410 Development ProcessesCNB423 Professional Practice 2

Note B ElectiveNote C Elective

Flexible Mode Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNB101 Construction 1CNB102 Building Technology 1CNB106 Preparatory UnitYear 1, Semester 2CNB107 Construction 2CNB108 Building Technology 2CNB110 Measurement 1Year 2, Semester 1CNB105 Legal & Land StudiesCNB201 Construction 3CNB202 Building Technology 3

Year 2, Semester 2CNB109 Professional Studies 1CNB205 Time ManagementCNB206 Law 1Year 3, Semester 1CNB203 Building ServicesCNB204 Measurement 2CNB302 Contract AdministrationYear 3, Semester 2CNB207 Professional Studies 2CNB208 Construction Business Management 1CNB309 Law 2

150

Year 4, Semester 1CNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction Estimating

Year 4, Semester 2CNB306 Construction Business Management 3CNB307 Building Economics & Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3

Year 5, Semester 1CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation & Reporting

Note A Elective

Year 5, Semester 2CNB409 Professional Practice 1CNB410 Development Processes

Note C Elective

Year 6, Semester 1CNB423 Professional Practice 2

Note B Elective

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Property Economics) (CN52)


Location of Course: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288 credit pointsStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Stuart Ross

Professional RecognitionCompletion of the undergraduate course together withappropriate professional experience requirementsmake a graduate eligible for membership of theAustralian Property Institute (formerly AustralianInstitute of Valuers & Land Economists), registrationby the Valuers’ Registration Board of Queensland,licensing as a real estate agent, and for membershipof the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors(RICS).

Special Course RequirementsFull-time students must undertake six weeksprofessional work experience during the course. Allwork experience is to be approved by the coursecoordinator to verify that it is appropriate. A workexperience diary is to be maintained and availablefor inspection by the course coordinator uponrequest.

A student registered in the part-time study programmust be employed full time in an approvedorganisation for three (3) of the final four (4) years ofthe course. Part-time study generally involves around

8 formal contact hours per week and some releasefrom employment is required.

For units where a final examination forms part ofthe assessment, students will be required to attain aminimum pass grade in that examination in order toreceive an overall pass grade for that unit. Studentsmust repeat that unit at the next available opportunity.

As units are only offered once per year, both part-time and full-time students will be required to attendpart of their program in the evening.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.


Year 1, Semester 1CNB180 Economics 1CNB181 Introductory StudiesCNB182 Building Studies 1CNB183 Law 1Year 1, Semester 2CNB184 Economics 2CNB185 Real Estate Agency PracticeCNB186 Investment Valuation 1

Elective 1Year 2, Semester 1CNB280 Real Estate AccountingCNB281 Real Estate Marketing StudiesCNB282 Building Studies 2CNB283 Law 2Year 2, Semester 2CNB284 Rural ValuationCNB285 Land Administration & Sustainable

DevelopmentCNB286 Investment Valuation 2

Elective 2Year 3, Semester 1CNB380 Development Studies 1CNB381 Investment Analysis 1CNB382 Statutory & Specialist ValuationCNB383 Research MethodologiesYear 3, Semester 2CNB384 Development Studies 2CNB385 Investment Analysis 2CNB386 Property & Asset ManagementCNB387 Research Project or Elective 3

Part-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to unitsynopses for more information.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

151

Year 1, Semester 1CNB180 Economics 1CNB181 Introductory Studies

Year 1, Semester 2CNB184 Economics 2

Elective 1

Year 2, Semester 1CNB182 Building Studies 1CNB183 Law 1

Year 2, Semester 2CNB185 Real Estate Agency PracticeCNB186 Investment Valuation 1

Year 3, Semester 1CNB282 Building Studies 2CNB283 Law 2

Year 3, Semester 2CNB285 Land Administration & Sustainable

DevelopmentCNB286 Investment Valuation 2

Year 4, Semester 1CNB280 Real Estate AccountingCNB281 Real Estate Marketing Studies

Year 4, Semester 2CNB284 Rural Valuation

Elective 2

Year 5, Semester 1CNB381 Investment Analysis 1CNB382 Statutory & Specialist Valuation

Year 5, Semester 2CNB385 Investment Analysis 2CNB386 Property & Asset Management

Year 6, Semester 1CNB380 Development Studies 1CNB383 Research Methodologies

Year 6, Semester 2CNB384 Development Studies 2CNB387 Research Project, or

Elective 3

ElectivesElectives may be selected from any Universityundergraduate program. All electives must beapproved by your course coordinator.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Quantity Surveying) (CN53)


Location: Gardens Point campus

Course Duration: 4 years full-time, up to 5.5 yearsflexible-mode. Course duration could be lessdepending on applicant’s eligibility for advancedstanding.

Total Credit Points: 384

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48

Course Coordinator: Mr Adrian Bridge

Special Course RequirementsAll students are required to gain a minimum of 100days of employment in the final year of the courseas a part of CNB409 Professional Practice 1 andCNB423 Professional Practice 2. A work experiencediary is to be kept and made available for inspectionby the course coordinator upon request.

In addition to specific unit requirements, where afinal examination is such that it forms the major pieceof assessment, students will be required to pass thatexamination to pass the unit (in addition to receivingan overall pass mark).

Students who have failed units, must undertake thosefailed units at the very next offering of the unit.

Students may not enrol in units more than 1 year inadvance of their enrolled year and then only withthe approval of the course coordinator. For example,first year students may be permitted to enrol insecond year units but will not be permitted to enrolin third year or fourth year units.

Part-time study generally involves 9 to 12 hourscontact per week and requires the equivalent of afull day release from employment.

Units are offered only once each year. Therefore,both fulltime and part-time students are required toattend part of their program in the evening.

Professional Accreditation and RecognitionThe course is offered with or without honours. Boththe honours and non-honours versions of the courseare fully accredited by the Australian Institute ofQuantity Surveyors and fully recognised by theBoard of Quantity Surveyors Malaysia.

The course with honours is fully accredited by theRoyal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.


Work ExperienceOnly international students are eligible to completetheir work experience off-shore.

Students with Advanced StandingUp to 4 semesters of advanced standing may begranted, subject to prior learning and qualifications.

Only students entering the course with 4 semestersof advanced standing are eligible to take the summerprogram.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.

152

A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.

ElectivesNote A Elective: Students may choose CNB408Advanced Building and Civil Construction; CNB425International Construction; or an approved electivefrom other QUT courses.

Note B Elective: Students may choose CNB413Research Project if their course GPA is 5.0 or betterand they have completed CNB407 ProfessionalInvestigation and Reporting. Alternately, studentsmay undertake an approved elective from other QUTcourses.

Note C Elective: Students may choose CNB424Specialist Measurement if they have completedCNB408 Advanced Building and Civil Construction;CNB420 Current Construction Issues; CNB426Communication and Cultural Studies; or an approvedelective from other QUT courses.

February Entry Course StructuresStandard Full-timeYear 1, Semester 1CNB101 Construction 1CNB102 Building Technology 1CNB105 Legal & Land StudiesCNB106 Preparatory Unit

Year 1, Semester 2CNB107 Construction 2CNB108 Building Technology 2CNB109 Professional Studies 1CNB110 Measurement 1

Year 2, Semester 1CNB201 Construction 3CNB203 Building ServicesCNB204 Measurement 2CNB209 The Environment and the Quantity Surveyor

Year 2, Semester 2CNB205 Time ManagementCNB206 Law 1CNB207 Professional Studies 2CNB208 Construction Business Management 1

Year 3, Semester 1CNB302 Contract AdministrationCNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction Estimating

Year 3, Semester 2CNB307 Building Economics & Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3CNB309 Law 2CNB310 Measurement 3

Year 4, Semester 1CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation and ReportingCNB409 Professional Practice 1

Note A Elective

Year 4, Semester 2CNB410 Development ProcessesCNB423 P rofessional Practice 2


Flexible (Decelerated) Full-timeYear 1, Semester 1CNB101 Construction 1CNB102 Building Technology 1CNB106 Preparatory Unit

Year 1, Semester 2CNB107 Construction 2CNB108 Building Technology 2CNB110 Measurement 1

Year 2, Semester 1CNB105 Legal & Land StudiesCNB201 Construction 3CNB209 The Environment and the Quantity Surveyor

Year 2, Semester 2CNB109 Professional Studies 1CNB205 Time ManagementCNB206 Law 1

Year 3, Semester 1CNB203 Building ServicesCNB204 Measurement 2CNB302 Contract Administration

Year 3, Semester 2CNB207 Professional Studies 2CNB208 Construction Business Management 1CNB309 Law 2

Year 4, Semester 1CNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction Estimating

Year 4, Semester 2CNB310 Measurement 3CNB307 Building Economics & Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3

Year 5, Semester 1CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation & Reporting

Note A Elective

Year 5, Semester 2CNB409 Professional Practice 1CNB410 Development Processes

Note C Elective

Year 6, Semester 1Note B Elective

CNB423 Professional Practice 2

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

153

Mid-year (July) Entry Course StructuresStandard Full-time with 1 Semester ofAdvanced StandingYear 1, Semester 2CNB107 Construction 2CNB108 Building Technology 2CNB109 Professional Studies 1CNB110 Measurement 1

Year 1, Semester 1CNB201 Construction 3CNB203 Building ServicesCNB204 Measurement 2CNB209 The Environment and the Quantity Surveyor

Year 2, Semester 2CNB205 Time ManagementCNB206 Law 1CNB207 Professional Studies 2CNB208 Construction Business Management 1

Year 2, Semester 1CNB302 Contract AdministrationCNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction Estimating

Year 3, Semester 2CNB307 Building Economics and Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3CNB309 Law 2CNB310 Measurement 3

Year 3, Semester 1CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation and ReportingCNB409 Professional Practice 1

Note A Elective

Year 4, Semester 2CNB410 Development Processes

Note B ElectiveCNB423 Professional Practice 2

Note C Elective

Standard Full-time with 4 Semesters ofAdvanced Standing and Summer ProgramYear 1, Semester 2CNB307 Building Economics and Cost ManagementCNB308 Professional Studies 3CNB309 Law 2CNB310 Measurement 3

Year 1, Summer ProgramCNB302 Contract AdministrationCNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction Estimating

Year 2, Semester 1CNB402 Investment Theory

CNB407 Professional Investigation and ReportingCNB409 Professional Practice 1

Note A Elective

Year 2, Semester 2CNB410 Development ProcessesCNB423 Professional Practice 2


Flexible (Accelerated) Full-time with 4Semesters of Advanced Standing andSummer ProgramYear 1, Semester 2CNB409 Professional Practice 1 (off-shore)

Year 1, Summer ProgramCNB302 Contract AdministrationCNB303 Construction Business Management 2CNB304 Applied ComputingCNB305 Construction EstimatingCNB423 Professional Practice 2

Year 2, Semester 1CNB307 Building Economics and Cost ManagementCNB310 Measurement 3CNB402 Investment TheoryCNB407 Professional Investigation and Reporting

Note A Elective

Year 2, Semester 2CNB308 Professional Studies 3CNB309 Law 2CNB410 Development Studies


■ Bachelor of Architecture(AR48)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 6 years flexible full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384 (coursework) plus 96(approved employment)Standard Credit Points 24 or 36 per Semester (seeCourse Structure)Course Coordinator: Ms Susan Savage

Professional RecognitionOn completion of the course and one year’spostgraduate practical experience, graduates areeligible to apply for associate membership of theRoyal Australian Institute of Architects and are eligibleto apply to sit for the registration examinationconducted by the Board of Architects of Queensland.

Special Course RequirementsA Bachelor of Architecture student must be engagedin approved employment for at least 48 recognisedweeks within the first three years (ADB795 PracticeExperience A) and for at least 72 recognised weekswithin the second three years (ADB796 PracticeExperience B). For details refer to the Section‘Course Requirements and Notes relating toUndergraduate Courses’.

154

Segmented Course UnitsWhere course units contain discrete segmentsidentified in the synopsis, students are generallyexpected to pass all segments in order to pass thecourse unit.

The final grade for the unit will be aggregated fromthe grades attained in the segments undertaken.


Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ADB001 Architectural Design 1ADB911 Human Environment 1ADB921 Technology & Science Foundation

Year 1, Semester 2ADB002 Architectural Design 2ADB931 Introduction to History, Theory & CriticismADB021 Technology & Science 1

Year 2, Semester 1ADB003 Architectural Design 3ADB011 Contextual Studies 1ADB022 Technology & Science 2

Year 2, Semester 2ADB004 Architectural Design 4ADB023 Technology & Science 3

Year 3, Semester 1ADB005 Architectural Design 5ADB913 Human Environment 3ADB024 Technology & Science 4

Year 3, Semester 2ADB006 Architectural Design 6ADB012 Contextual Studies 2

Year 4, Semester 1ADB007 Architectural Design 7ADB013 Contextual Studies 3ADB025 Technology & Science 5

Year 4, Semester 2ADB008 Architectural Design 8ADB026 Technology & Science 6ADB031 Professional Studies 1

Year 5, Semester 1ADB009 Architectural Design 9ADB932 Professional Studies 2

Year 5, Semester 2ADB014 Contractual Studies 4ADB051 Architectural Research 1ADB943 Elective 3

Year 6, Semester 1ARB033-1 Professional Studies 3ARB053 Architectural Research 2

Year 6, Semester 2ARB054 Architectural ProjectARB033-2 Professional Studies 3ADB796 Practice Experience B

Notes1. Students must complete all of first and second year

before undertaking third year.2. Students must meet pre-requisites in all units.3. Late penalties for late assignments apply.

■ Bachelor of Built Environment(BN31)

With majors in: Architectural Studies, IndustrialDesign, Interior Design, Landscape Architecture,and Urban and Regional Planning.See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: To be advisedMajor Coordinators :Architecture: Ms Susan SavageInterior Design: Associate Professor Jill FranzIndustrial Design: Associate Professor VesnaPopovicLandscape Architecture: Ms Delwynn PoultonUrban & Regional Planning: Dr Richard Margerum

Professional RecognitionArchitectural Studies Major

Upon successful completion of the Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Architectural Studies) students areeligible to apply for entry to the fourth year of thepart-time Bachelor of Architecture course.

Upon completion of the final three years of the Bach-elor of Architecture course, during which time stu-dents have been employed in an approved profes-sional practice for a minimum of 72 recognisedweeks, the academic requirements for membershipof professional bodies are met.

Industrial Design MajorSuccessful completion of the Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Industrial Design) satisfies the entryrequirement for the Graduate Diploma in IndustrialDesign, graduates of which are eligible for AssociateMembership of the Design Institute of Australia.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

155

Interior Design MajorSuccessful completion of the Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Interior Design) satisfies therequirements for entry into the Graduate Diplomain Interior Design, which is accredited by the DesignInstitute of Australia.

Landscape Architecture MajorSuccessful performance in the Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Landscape Architecture) enablesstudents to gain entry to the Graduate Diploma/Masters courses which are fully accredited by theAustralian Institute of Landscape Architects.

Urban And Regional Planning MajorSuccessful completion of the Bachelor of BuiltEnvironment (Urban and Regional Planning) enablesstudents to gain entry to the Graduate Diploma/Masters in Urban and Regional Planning, which isfully accredited by the Royal Australian PlanningInstitute.

Segmented Course UnitsWhere course units contain discrete segmentsidentified in the synopsis, students are generallyexpected to pass all segments in order to pass thecourse unit. Detailed requirements are issued by theschool.


Course StructureARCHITECTURAL STUDIES MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ADB001 Architectural Design 1ADB911 Human Environment 1ADB921 Technology & Science FoundationADB061 Architectural Applications 1

Year 1, Semester 2ADB002 Architectural Design 2ADB931 Introduction to History, Theory & CriticismADB021 Technology & Science 1ADB062 Architectural Applications 2Year 2, Semester 1ADB003 Architectural Design 3ADB011 Contextual Studies 1ADB022 Technology & Science 2ADB063 Architectural Applications 3

Year 2, Semester 2ADB004 Architectural Design 4ADB023 Technology & Science 3

ADB941 Elective 1ADB064 Architectural Applications 4

Year 3, Semester 1ADB005 Architectural Design 5ADB913 Human Environment 3ADB024 Technology & Science 4ADB065 Architectural Applications 5

Year 3, Semester 2ADB006 Architectural Design 6ADB012 Contextual Studies 2ADB066 Architectural Applications 6ADB942 Elective 2

INDUSTRIAL DESIGN MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ADB911 Human Environment 1ADB201 Introductory Industrial Design 1ADB921 Technology & Science FoundationADB241 Industrial Design Applications

Year 1, Semester 2ADB212 Ergonomics for Industrial DesignersADB931 Introduction to History, Theory & CriticismADB202 Introduction Industrial Design 2ADB232 Design Technology & Society

Year 2, Semester 1ADB912 Human Environment 2ADB203 Industrial Design 1ADB233 Manufacturing Technology 1ADB941 Elective 1

Year 2, Semester 2ADB224 Industrial Design, Theory, History &

Criticism 1ADB204 Industrial Design 2ADB234 Manufacturing Technology 2ADB244 Computer Aided Industrial Design 1Year 3, Semester 1ADB913 Human Environment 3ADB205 Industrial Design 3ADB235 Manufacturing Technology 3ADB245 Computer Aided Industrial Design 2Year 3, Semester 2ADB226 Industrial Design, Theory, History &

Criticism 2ADB206 Industrial Design 4ADB236 Manufacturing Technology 4ADB942 Elective 2

INTERIOR DESIGN MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ADB101 Interior Design 1ADB911 Human Environment 1ADB921 Technology & Science FoundationADB151 Drawing as CommunicationYear 1, Semester 2ADB102 Interior Design 2ADB122 Interior Technology 1ADB931 Introduction to History, Theory & CriticismADB152 Light & Colour StudiesYear 2, Semester 1ADB103 Interior Design 3ADB912 Human Environment 2

156

ADB123 Interior Technology 2ADB941 Elective 1

Year 2, Semester 2ADB104 Interior Design 4ADB124 Interior Technology 3ADB132 Design in Society 1ADB153 Material Studies

Year 3, Semester 1ADB105 Interior Design 5ADB913 Human Environment 3ADB125 Interior Technology 4ADB133 Design in Society 2Year 3, Semester 2ADB106 Interior Design 6ADB126 Interior Technology 5ADB154 Furniture StudiesADB942 Elective 2

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1PSB411 Planning/Landscape Design 1PSB412 Computer SkillsPSB413 GraphicsPSB414 Professional Skills 1Year 1, Semester 2PSB421 Planning/Landscape Design 2PSB422 Environmental SciencePSB423 Group DynamicsPSB424 Land Science

Year 2, Semester 1PSB431 Planning/Landscape Design 3PSB432 History of the Built EnvironmentPSB434 Landscape Construction APSB435 Social & Cultural RelationsYear 2, Semester 2PSB441 Planning/Landscape Design 4PSB442 Plant StudiesPSB443 Population & Urban StudiesPSB444 Landscape Construction BYear 3, Semester 1PSB451 Planning/Landscape Design 5PSB452 Professional Skills 2PSB453 Elective 1PSB610 Government & LawYear 3, Semester 2PSB461 Planning/Landscape Design 6PSB462 Conservation & ManagementPSB463 Elective 2PSB613 Land Development Principles & Practice

URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1PSB411 Planning/Landscape Design 1PSB412 Computer SkillsPSB413 GraphicsPSB414 Professional Skills 1Year 1, Semester 2PSB421 Planning/Landscape Design 2PSB422 Environmental SciencePSB423 Group DynamicsPSB424 Land Science

Year 2, Semester 1PSB431 Planning/Landscape Design 3PSB432 History of the Built EnvironmentPSB433 Planning ProcessesPSB435 Social & Cultural Relations

Year 2, Semester 2PSB441 Planning/Landscape Design 4PSB443 Population & Urban StudiesPSB445 Infrastructure PlanningPSB611 Intro to Urban & Regional Economics

Year 3, Semester 1PSB451 Planning/Landscape Design 5PSB452 Professional Skills 2PSB453 Elective 1PSB610 Government & Law

Year 3, Semester 2PSB461 Planning/Landscape Design 6PSB462 Conservation & ManagementPSB463 Elective 2PSB613 Land Development Principles & Practice

Notes1. Students must complete all of first and second year

before undertaking third year.2. Students must meet pre-requisites in all subjects.3. Late penalties for late assignments apply.Course will involve compulsory field work withinsome units.

■ Bachelor of Built Environment(Architectural Studies)/Bachelor of Architecture(AR55)

This course has been discontinued and is offered tocontinuing students only.


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time followed by3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 540Standard Credit Points per Semester:Years 1-3 full-time: 48Years 4-6 part-time: 36Course Coordinator: Ms Susan Savage

Professional RecognitionOn completion of the course and one year’spostgraduate practical experience, graduates areeligible to apply for associate membership of theRoyal Australian Institute of Architects and areeligible to apply to sit for the registrationexamination conducted by the Board of Architectsof Queensland.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

157

Special Course RequirementsStudents must be engaged in approved employmentfor at least 72 recognised weeks within the secondthree years (ADB796 Practice Experience B). Fordetails refer to the Section ‘Course Requirementsand Notes relating to Undergraduate Courses’.

Segmented Course UnitsWhere course units contain discrete segmentsidentified in the synopsis, students are generallyexpected to pass all segments in order to pass thecourse unit.

The final grade for the unit will be aggregated fromthe grades attained in the segments undertaken.

Course StructureRefer to:

Bachelor of Built Environment (ArchitecturalStudies) (BN31), Years 1-3 (inclusive)Bachelor of Architecture (AR48), Years 4-6(inclusive).

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Aerospace Avionics) (EE48)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Miles Moody

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and of theInstitution of Radio and Electronics Engineers.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering must obtain at least 60 days of industrialexperience in an engineering environment approvedby the course coordinator. Candidates in the Bachelorof Engineering (Aerospace Avionics) degree arerequired to obtain 10 days specialist experience inthe avionics industry during the first year of theircourse. This is in addition to the 60 days’ industrialexperience requirement. Candidates must, not laterthan the fourth week of semester immediatelyfollowing each period of industrial experience,submit to the faculty office a report in the requiredformat, describing the work carried out during the

period of employment/practice and including anIndustrial Experience Record Form signed by theemployer. Industrial Experience Record Forms andinformation booklets are available from outside theFaculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the School Office.



Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1EEB130 Introduction to AvionicsMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1APCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 2, Semester 1EEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3MMB251 Aerodynamics Principles

Year 2, Semester 2EEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsEEB435 Classical Flight Control SystemsEEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4

Year 3, Semester 1EEB512 Industrial Electronics & Digital DesignEEB535 Modern Flight Control SystemsEEB560 Digital CommunicationsEEB585 Aerospace Systems Design

Year 3, Semester 2EEB612 Software Systems DesignEEB640 Digital Signal ProcessingEEB641 Fields, Transmission & PropagationEEB685 Advanced Aerospace Design

7 MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 1 is to be taken by those students not obtaining a SA or better in QueenslandMathematics C (or equivalent).

158

Year 4, Semester 1EEB760 Aerospace Radio & Radar SystemsEEB781 Professional Studies 2EEB782-1 Aerospace Project

Elective unit 1

Year 4, Semester 2EEB782-2 Aerospace ProjectEEB860 Navigation Systems for Aircraft & SpaceMGB006 Management for Engineers

Elective unit 2

Special Avionics ElectivesEEB831 Military Combat ElectronicsEEB834 Satellite Applications

At the discretion of the course coordinator, studentsmay be allowed to select an elective from advancedtopics offered by the University.

Also, potential Honours students may, with theapproval of the course coordinator, select an electivefrom the postgraduate degree courses offered by theSchool of Electrical and Electronic SystemsEngineering.

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Civil) (CE44)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Normal Entry: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Martin Murray

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Civil) must obtain at least 60 days ofindustrial employment/practice in an engineeringenvironment approved by the Course Coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the Faculty Office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and information booklets are available fromthe Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the School Office.

Students should not formally enrol in industrialemployment/practice.

Note: Personal protective equipment must be wornfor laboratory work.

Part-time studyStudents wishing to study part-time (less than 3 unitsper semester) must consult with a course coordinatorregarding their enrolment.

Environmental Engineering MajorStudents may elect to enter the environmental majorof the course at the end of Year 3. This will involvetaking, over the course, 96 credit points ofenvironmental core units which include someenvironmental based topics in design units andproject. Further information about the EnvironmentalEngineering major is available from the School ofCivil Engineering.


Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MMB131 Engineering MaterialsPCB136 Engineering Physics 1CMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB110 Engineering Mechanics 2EEB112 Electrical & Computing Engineering 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 2, Semester 1CEB207 Professional Studies 2 (Design 1)CEB208 Materials ScienceCEB209 Geotechnical Engineering 1CEB213 Environmental Science

Year 2, Semester 2CEB214 Professional Studies 3CEB215 Structural Engineering 1CEB216 Project Engineering 1CEB217 Hydraulic Engineering

Year 3, Semester 1CEB317 Professional Studies 4 (Design 2)CEB318 Structural Engineering 2MAB138 Engineering Statistics & Numerical MethodsCEB319 Water Engineering

Year 3, Semester 2CEB320 Professional Studies 5 (Design 3)CEB321 Water & Waste Water Treatment Engineering

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

159

CEB322 Geotechnical Engineering 2CEB323 Transport Engineering 1

Year 4, Semester 1CEB409 Professional Studies 6 (Design 4)CEB411 Thesis A or ElectiveCEB412 Project Engineering 2

Year 4, Semester 2CEB413 Structural Engineering 3CEB414 Professional Studies 7 (Design 5)CEB415 Thesis B or CEB411 or Elective for those

finished CEB411One elective

Electives offered by the School of CivilEngineeringSemester 1CEB416 Environmental Law & AssessmentCEB507 Finite Element MethodsCEB508 Transport Engineering 2CEB509 Project Management & AdministrationCEB517 Advanced Engineering StudiesCEB523 Environmental GeotechnologySemester 2CEB513 Advanced Construction PracticeCEB514 Project ControlCEB515 Professional Practice in Asia & PacificCEB516 Masonry DesignCEB517 Advanced Engineering StudiesCEB518 River & Coastal EngineeringCEB522 Geotechnical Engineering Practice

Students are permitted to enrol in one elective unitfrom any QUT faculty subject to the approval of theHead of School.

ENVIRONMENTAL MAJORCourse StructureYear 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MMB131 Engineering MaterialsPCB136 Engineering Physics 1CMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1AYear 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB110 Engineering Mechanics 2EEB112 Electrical & Computing Engineering 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BYear 2, Semester 1CEB207 Professional Studies 2 (Design 1)CEB208 Materials ScienceCEB209 Geotechnical Engineering 1CEB213 Environmental ScienceYear 2, Semester 2CEB214 Professional Studies 3CEB215 Structural Engineering 1CEB216 Project Engineering 1CEB217 Hydraulic Engineering

Year 3, Semester 1CEB317 Professional Studies 4 (Design 2)CEB318 Structural Engineering 2CEB319 Water EngineeringMAB138 Engineering Statistics & Numerical Methods

Year 3, Semester 2CEB320 Professional Studies 5 (Design 3)CEB321 Water & Waste Water Treatment EngineeringCEB322 Geotechnical Eng 2CEB323 Transport Engineering 1

Year 4, Semester 1CEB409 Professional Studies 6 (Design 4)CEB411 Thesis A or ElectiveCEB416 Environmental Law & AssessmentCEB523 Environmental Geotechnology

Year 4, Semester 2CEB415 Thesis B or CEB411 or Elective for those

finished CEB411CEB417 Environmental Professional StudiesCEB418 Waste Resource Management

Elective

Note1. Students’ elective programs are subject to approval

by the Head of School.2 Students may choose approved units from

Mathematics, Computing or other degrees subjectto approval by the course coordinator.

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Civil)(CE45) (Mid-year Entry)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3.5 years accelerated programTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Martin Murray

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Civil) must obtain at least 60 days ofindustrial experience/practice in an engineeringenvironment approved by the course coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the Faculty Office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice and


160

including an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and information booklets are available fromthe Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the school office.

Students should not formally enrol in industrialexperience/practice.

Note: Personal protective equipment must be wornfor laboratory work.

Environmental Engineering MajorStudents may elect to enter the environmental majorof this course at the end of Year 3. This will involvetaking, over the length of the course, 96 credit pointsof environmental core units which include someenvironmental based topics in design units andproject. Further information about the EnvironmentalEngineering major is available from the School ofCivil Engineering.



Year 1, Semester 2 (July)CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MMB131 Engineering MaterialsPCB136 Engineering Physics 1CMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABNB007 Professional Studies 1

Year 1, Summer ProgramCEB110 Engineering Mechanics 2CEB209 Geotechnical Engineering 1

Year 2, Semester 1CEB207 Professional Studies 2 (Design 1)CEB208 Materials ScienceCEB213 Environmental ScienceEEB112 Electrical & Computing Engineering 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 2, Semester 2Program is the same as normal entry hereafter.

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical and ComputerEngineering) (EE41)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-time, 8 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Tee Tang

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and of theInstitution of Radio and Electronics Engineers. Thealternative award name, Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical), meets the requirements for membershipof the Singapore Professional Engineers Board.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering)must obtain at least 60 days of industrial employmentin an engineering environment approved by thecourse coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report in therequired format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and information booklets are available fromthe Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the school office.


Part-time EnrolmentProspective part-time students for this degree shouldbe aware that they need day release from theiremployers for 2 half days per week. Attendance atlectures throughout the duration of part-time studyrequires a commitment of 2 evenings and 2 half daysper week. Students enrolled in part-time coursesmust consult with a course coordinator regardingtheir enrolment.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the one


BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

161

study area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.


Year 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17


Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB131 Engineering Materials

Year 2, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3

Year 2, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control, & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsEEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4

Year 3, Semester 1EEB511 Modern Control & Power GenerationEEB512 Industrial Electronics & Digital DesignEEB560 Digital CommunicationsEEB584 Introduction to Design

Year 3, Semester 2EEB612 Software Systems DesignEEB641 Fields, Transmission & PropagationEEB684 Advanced Design

Select one of:EEB640 Digital Signal Processing OREEB650 Power Systems Analysis

Year 4, Semester 1EEB781 Professional Studies 2EEB889-1 Project

Elective unit 1Elective unit 2

Year 4, Semester 2EEB889-2 ProjectMGB006 Management for Engineers


ElectivesEEB904 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering AEEB905 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering B

EEB911 Electrical Energy SystemsEEB941 Modern Signal ProcessingEEB960 Wireless CommunicationsEEB961 RF & Applied ElectromagneticsEEB976 Advanced Industrial ElectronicsEEB992 VLSI Circuits & Systems

At the discretion of the course coordinator studentsmay be allowed to select an elective from advancedtopics offered by the University. Also, potentialhonours students may, with the approval of thecourse coordinator, select an elective from thepostgraduate degree courses offered by the Schoolof Electrical and Electrical Systems Engineering.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1MMB131 Engineering Materials

Year 2, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1PCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 2, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital Electronics

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsYear 4, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3

Year 4, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4

Year 5, Semester 1EEB511 Modern Control & Power GenerationEEB512 Industrial Electronics & Digital Design

Year 5, Semester 2EEB612 Software Systems DesignEEB641 Fields, Transmission & PropagationYear 6, Semester 1EEB560 Digital CommunicationsEEB584 Introduction to DesignYear 6, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced Design



162

Year 7, Semester 1Elective unit 1Elective unit 2

Year 7, Semester 2Elective unit 3Elective unit 4



ElectivesRefer to elective list under full-time course structure.

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical and ComputerEngineering) (EE42) (Mid-year Entry)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 31/2 years full-time plus onesummer programTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Tee Tang

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and of theInstitution of Radio and Electronics Engineers.

The alternative award name, Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical), meets the requirements for membershipof the Singapore Professional Engineers Board.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering)must obtain at least 60 days of industrial employmentin an engineering environment approved by thecourse coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms and information booklets are available

from the Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, GardensPoint campus. For further information contact theFaculty Credit and Employment Officer or the schooloffice.




Year 1, Semester 2 (July)BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17


Year 1, Summer ProgramEEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 2, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3MMB131 Engineering Materials

Year 2, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsEEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4

Year 3, Semester 1EEB511 Modern Control & Power GenerationEEB512 Industrial Electronics & Digital DesignEEB560 Digital CommunicationsEEB584 Introduction to Design

Year 3, Semester 2EEB612 Software Systems DesignEEB641 Fields, Transmission & PropagationEEB684 Advanced Design



BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

163





ElectivesEEB904 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering AEEB905 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering BEEB911 Electrical Energy SystemsEEB941 Modern Signal ProcessingEEB960 Wireless CommunicationsEEB961 RF & Applied ElectromagneticsEEB976 Advanced Industrial ElectronicsEEB992 VLSI Circuits & Systems

At the discretion of the course coordinator studentsmay be allowed to select an elective from advancedtopics offered by the University. Also, potentialhonours students may, with the approval of thecourse coordinator, select an elective from thepostgraduate degree courses offered by the Schoolof Electrical and Electrical Systems Engineering.

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Infomechatronics) (ME40)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Normal Entry: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Prasad Yarlagadda

Professional RecognitionPreliminary accreditation of the Institution ofEngineers, Australia has been sought.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering must obtain at least 60 days of industrialemployment/practice in an engineering environmentapproved by the course coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Form

signed by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms and information booklets are availablefrom the Faculty Office, Level 10 – S Block (Room1031), Gardens Point campus. For furtherinformation contact the Faculty Student ServicesOfficer or the course coordinator.



Full-time Course StructureAll course units are 12 credit points, except forMMB004 Infomechatronics Project, which is 36credit points. Please refer to the unit synopses sectionfor more information.

Year 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering MechanicsITB510 Communications NetworksMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A

ORMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 17

PCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB112 DynamicsEEB213 Electrical Circuits & Measurements

Year 2, Semester 1MAB134 Engineering Mathematics 3MMB131 Engineering MaterialsEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsITB411 Software Development 2

Year 2, Semester 2MAB135 Engineering Mathematics 4MMB252 ThermofluidsMMB476 Operations ManagementEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded Systems

Year 3, Semester 1MMB211 Mechanics 1MMB371 Manufacturing ProcessesEEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB521 Digital Systems & Control

Year 3, Semester 2MMB212 Mechanics 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsMMB374 Design for Manufacturing 1ITB465 Concurrent & Distributed Systems


164

Year 4, Semester 1MMB004 Infomechatronics Project

Elective

Year 4, Semester 2MGB007 Engineering Management,MMB478 Mechatronics System DesignITB847 Computational Intelligence for Control &

Embedded SystemsElective

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Mechanical) (ME41)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration:Normal Entry: 4 years full-timeArticulation from Bachelor of Technology (ME35):3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 384/144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Kunle Oloyede

Professional RecognitionThis degree is recognised for the purpose ofmembership of the Institution of Engineers,Australia.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Mechanical) must obtain at least 60days of industrial employment/practice in anengineering environment approved by the coursecoordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report in therequired format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and information booklets are available fromthe Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the school office.


Part-time EnrolmentProspective part-time students for this degree shouldbe aware that they may need day release from theiremployers. Students enroled in part-time courses

must consult with a course coordinator regardingtheir enrolment.



Year 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A


MMB131 Engineering MaterialsPCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB112 Dynamics

Year 2, Semester 1EEB220 Electrical Engineering 2MMAB133 Engineering Mathematics 2MMB211 Mechanics 1MMB281 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design

Year 2, Semester 2MAB136 Engineering StatisticsMMB212 Mechanics 2MMB232 Materials TechnologyMMB252 Thermofluids

Year 3, Semester 1MMB311 Mechanics 3MMB351 ThermodynamicsMMB371 Manufacturing ProcessesMMB381 Design of Mechanical Components

Year 3, Semester 2MGB007 Engineering ManagementMMB352 Fluid MechanicsMMB382 Design & Maintenance Machinery

1 Elective from Group A

Year 4, OPTION 1Semester 1 or 2MMB400 Industry Project

Semester 1 or 23 Electives from Group B1 Elective from Group C


BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

165

Year 4, OPTION 2Semester 1 & 2MMB401/1 Project& 2

3 Electives from Group B1 Elective from Group C

ElectivesGroup AMMB412 Finite Element AnalysisMMB430 Advanced MaterialsMMB450 Air Conditioning

Group BMMB411 Advanced Automatic ControlMMB413 Industrial Noise & VibrationsMMB451 Energy ManagementMMB461 Process Systems DesignMMB471 Computer Integrated Manufacturing

(semester 2 only)MMB472 Design for Manufacturing 2 (semester 1

only)Any unit from another Faculty approved bythe Course Coordinator

Group CMMB470 Engineering Asset Management &

Maintenance (semester 1 only)OR

MMB476 Operations Management (semester 2 only)ORAny management unit approved by thecourse coordinator

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Mechanical) (ME41) –Conversion Program fromBachelor of Technology (ME36)

Entry Requirement: Bachelor of Technology(Mechanical)


Course StructurePlease refer to the unit synopses section for moreinformation.

Year 1, Semester 1MAB133 Engineering Mathematics 2MMB311 Mechanics 3MMB351 ThermodynamicsMMB381 Design of Mechanical Components

Year 1, Semester 2MAB136 Engineering StatisticsMMB352 Fluid MechanicsMMB382 Design & Maintenance of Machinery

1 Elective from Group B

Year 2, Semester 1MMB400 Industry Project

ORMMB401 Internal Project

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Mechanical) (ME42) (Mid-year Entry)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3.5 years full-time plus onesummer programStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Kunle Oloyede

Professional RecognitionThis degree is recognised for the purpose ofmembership of the Institution of Engineers,Australia.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Mechanical) must obtain at least 60days of industrial employment/practice in anengineering environment approved by the coursecoordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms and information booklets are availablefrom the Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, GardensPoint campus. For further information contact theFaculty Credit and Employment Officer or the schooloffice.

Students should not formally enrol in industrialemployment.

Part-time EnrolmentProspective part-time students for this degree shouldbe aware that they may need day release from theiremployers. Students enrolled in part-time coursemust consult with a course coordinator regardingtheir enrolment.

166


Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points except the final yearProject which is 48 credit points. Please refer to theunit synopses section for more information.

Year 1, Semester 2 (July)BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A



Year 1, Summer ProgramMAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB112 Dynamics

Year 2, Semester 1MAB133 Engineering Mathematics 2MMB131 Engineering MaterialsMMB211 Mechanics 1MMB281 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design

Year 2, Semester 2EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB136 Engineering StatisticsMMB212 Mechanics 2MMB232 Materials TechnologyMMB252 ThermofluidsYear 3, Semester 1EEB220 Electrical Engineering 2MMMB311 Mechanics 3MMB351 ThermodynamicsMMB371 Manufacturing ProcessesMMB381 Design of Mechanical ComponentsYear 3, Semester 2MGB007 Engineering ManagementMMB352 Fluid MechanicsMMB382 Design & Maintenance of Machinery

1 Elective from Group A

Year 4, OPTION 1Semester 1 or 2MMB400 Industry ProjectSemester 1 or 2


Year 4, OPTION 2Semester 1 & 2MMB401/1 Project& 2


ElectivesGroup AMMB412 Finite Element AnalysisMMB430 Advanced MaterialsMMB450 Air Conditioning

Group BMMB411 Advanced Automatic ControlMMB413 Industrial Noise & VibrationsMMB451 Energy ManagementMMB461 Process Systems DesignMMB471 Computer Integrated Manufacturing

(semester 2 only)MMB472 Design for Manufacturing 2 (semester 1 only)

Any unit from another faculty approved bythe course coordinator

Group CMMB470 Engineering Asset Management &

Maintenance (semester 1 only)Or

MMB476 Operations Management (semester 2 only)OrAny management unit approved by thecourse coordinator

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Medical) (ME48)


Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Course Coordinator: Dr Timothy Barker

Professional RecognitionProvisional accreditation for the course has beenreceived from the Institution of Engineers, Australia.Graduates are eligible to become graduate membersof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and fulfilacademic requirements for membership of itsCollege of Biomedical Engineers.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering must obtain at least 60 days of industrialemployment in an engineering environmentapproved by the course coordinator. Half of thisexperience must be in an industry related toBiomedical Engineering.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester immediately following each period ofindustrial experience, submit to the faculty office, a


BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

167

report in the required format, describing the workcarried out during the period of experience andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and Information Booklets are available fromthe Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyCredit and Employment Officer or the school office.

Students should not formally enrol in industrialemployment.


Full-time Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points except the final yearProject which is 24 credit points per semester. Pleaserefer to the unit synopses section for moreinformation.

Year 1, Semester 1LSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A


MMB191 Introduction to Engineering in the MedicalEnvironment


Year 1, Semester 2CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB112 DynamicsMMB131 Engineering MaterialsYear 2, Semester 1HMB274 Functional AnatomyMAB133 Engineering Mathematics 2MMB211 Mechanics 1MMB281 Fundamentals of Mechanical DesignYear 2, Semester 2EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB136 Engineering StatisticsMMB252 ThermofluidsMMB292 BiomaterialsYear 3, Semester 1EEB220 Electrical Engineering 2MMMB311 Mechanics 3MMB371 Manufacturing ProcessesMMB391 Biomechanical Engineering SystemsYear 3, Semester 2MGB007 Engineering ManagementMMB362 BiofluidsMMB392 Bioengineering Design 2PCB605 Biomedical Instrumentation

Year 4, Semester 1MMB409/1 ProjectMMB470 Engineering Asset Management &

Maintenance1 unit from Elective List A

Year 4, Semester 2MMB409/2 ProjectMMB492 Health Legislation & the Medical

Environment1 unit from Elective List B

Elective List AMMB411 Advanced Automotive ControlMMB494 Rehabilitation Equipment Design &

EvaluationPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health & Safety

Any other elective unit approved by thecourse coordinator.

Elective List BMMB412 Finite Element AnalysisMMB496 Modelling & Simulation for Medical

EngineersMMB498 Medical Imaging & Image Processing

Any other elective unit approved by thecourse coordinator.

■ Bachelor of Surveying (PS47)See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses.

Campus: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Kevin Jones

Professional RecognitionThe Bachelor of Surveying degree meets therequirements for membership of the Institution ofSurveyors, Australia, and the Institute of Engineeringand Mining Surveyors, Australia. The Degree alsosatisfies the academic requirements of the SurveyorsBoard of Queensland as leading to registration andlicensing as a surveyor.

The Bachelor of Surveying is recognised by theMapping Sciences Institute, Australia, as satisfyingacademic membership requirements.

Surveying graduates are readily acceptedinternationally.

Special Course RequirementsStudents must obtain at least 90 days industrialemployment in a surveying/mapping environmentapproved by the course coordinator.

Students, must not later than the fourth week of thesemester immediately following each period ofindustrial employment, submit to the course

168

coordinator a report or diary in the required format,describing the work carried out during the period ofindustrial employment and including an IndustrialExperience Record Form signed by the employer.Industrial Experience Record Forms are availablefrom the School of Planning, LandscapeArchitecture, and Surveying Office or from theFaculty Credit and Employment Officer, Level 10,S Block, Gardens Point campus. Should employmentexceed the minimum required, it is stronglyrecommended that these details also be recorded inthe report or diaries and certified by the employeras a record of experience which may be used whenseeking registration or licensing by the SurveyorsBoard. Students should not formally enrol inindustrial employment.

Students are required to:

attend compulsory field practicals off-campus inthe Moreton region, and

have access to an advanced scientific calculatorfor use during the course.


Course StructureAll units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.

Year 1, Semester 1MAB100 Mathematical Science 1APSB412 Computer SkillsPSB414 Professional SkillsPSB424 Land Science

Year 1, Semester 2PCB172 Physics for SurveyorsMAB111 Mathematical Science 1B8

PSB422 Environmental SciencePSB640 Surveying

Year 2, Semester 1MAB137 Surveying Mathematics 1PSB610 Government & LawPSB620 Cadastral Surveying & MappingPSB630 Cartography & Digital Mapping

Year 2, Semester 2MAB730 Surveying Mathematics 2PSB611 Introduction to Urban & Regional EconomicsPSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSB641 Engineering Surveying

Year 3, Semester 1CEB259 Engineering Design for Land DevelopmentPSB612 Spatial & Land Information ManagementPSB642 Control Surveying & Analysis

Elective (or an alternate unit from theapproved list)

Year 3, Semester 2PSB613 Land Development Principles & PoliciesPSB632 PhotogrammetryPSB643 Geodesy


Year 4, Semester 1PSB614 Urban & Rural Design PrinciplesPSB633 Map Production: Principles & PracticePSB644 Advanced GeodesyPSB650 Project/Elective (or an approved alternative)

Year 4, Semester 2PSB615 Urban & Rural Design PracticePSB621 Advanced Cadastral SurveyingPSB645 Surveying & Mapping PracticePSB651 Project/Elective (or an approved alternative)

List of Approved ElectivesPSB433 Planning ProcessesPSB443 Population & Urban StudiesPSB445 Infrastructure PlanningPSB462 Conservation & ManagementPSB652 Topics in Land AdministrationPSB653 Topics in Surveying EngineeringPSB654 Topics in Spatial Information SciencePSB655 Remote Sensing

■ Bachelor of Surveying (PS48)(Mid-year Entry)


Campus: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3.5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Kevin Jones

Professional RecognitionThe Bachelor of Surveying degree meets therequirements for membership of the Institution ofSurveyors, Australia, and the Institute of Engineeringand Mining Surveyors, Australia. The degree also

8 Students with a high achievement or better in High School Maths C or equivalent do MAB111 Mathematical Science1B instead of MAB100 Mathematical Science 1A, and then do an additional elective later in the course. Students witha sound achievement in high School Maths C or equivalent may choose either the standard of the modified coursestructure.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

169

satisfies the academic requirements of the SurveyorsBoard of Queensland as leading to registration andlicensing as a surveyor.

The Bachelor of Surveying is recognised by theMapping Sciences Institute, Australia, as satisfyingacademic membership requirements.

Surveying graduates are readily acceptedinternationally.

Special Course RequirementsStudents must obtain at least 90 days industrialemployment in a surveying/mapping environmentapproved by the course coordinator.

Students, must not later than the fourth week of thesemester immediately following each period ofindustrial employment, submit to the coursecoordinator a report or diary in the required format,describing the work carried out during the period ofindustrial employment and including an IndustrialExperience Record Form signed by the employer.Industrial Experience Record Forms are availablefrom the School of Planning, Landscape Architecture,and Surveying Office or from the Faculty Credit andEmployment Officer, Level 10, S Block, GardensPoint campus. Should employment exceed theminimum required, it is strongly recommended thatthese details also be recorded in the report or diariesand certified by the employer as a record of experiencewhich may be used when seeking registration orlicensing by the Surveyors Board. Students shouldnot formally enrol in industrial employment.

Students are required to:

attend compulsory field practicals off-campus inthe Moreton region, and

have access to an advanced scientific calculatorfor use during the course.



Year 1, Semester 2 (July)MAB100 Mathematical Science9

PCB172 Physics for SurveyorsPSB422 Environmental SciencePSB424 Land Science

Year 1, Semester 3 (Summer Program)PSB640 Surveying

Year 2, Semester 1MAB111 Mathematical Science 1BMAB137 Surveying Mathematics 1PSB412 Computer SkillsPSB620 Cadastral Surveying & MappingPSB630 Cartography & Digital Mapping

Year 2, Semester 2MAB730 Surveying Mathematics 2PSB611 Introduction to Urban & Regional

EconomicsPSB631 Geographic Information Systems 1PSB641 Engineering Surveying

Year 3, Semester 1CEB259 Engineering Design for Land DevelopmentPSB414 Professional SkillsPSB610 Government & Law9PSB612 Spatial & Land Information ManagementPSB642 Control Surveying & Analysis

Year 3, Semester 2PSB613 Land Development Principles & PoliciesPSB632 PhotogrammetryPSB643 Geodesy


Year 4, Semester 1PSB422 Environmental SciencePSB614 Urban & Rural Design PrinciplesPSB633 Map Production: Principles & PracticePSB644 Advanced GeodesyPSB650 Project/Elective (or an approved alternative)

Year 4, Semester 2PSB615 Urban & Rural Design PracticePSB621 Advanced Cadastral SurveyingPSB645 Surveying & Mapping PracticePSB651 Project/Elective (or an approved alternative)

List of Approved ElectivesPSB433 Planning ProcessesPSB443 Population & Urban StudiesPSB445 Infrastructure PlanningPSB462 Conservation & ManagementPSB652 Topics in Land AdministrationPSB653 Topics in Surveying EngineeringPSB654 Topics in Spatial Information SciencePSB655 Remote Sensing

9 Students with a high achievement or better in High School Maths C or equivalent do PSB610 Government & Law inYear 1, Semester 1 instead of MAB100 Mathematicasl Science 1A, and then do an additional elective in Year 2,Semester 1 instead of PSB610 Government & Law. Students with a sound achievement in High School Maths C orequivalent may choose either the standard or the modified course structure.

170

■ Bachelor of Technology (Civil)(CE33)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration:Normal entry: 3 years full-timeStandard Credit Points/Full-time Semester:Normal entry: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Bevan Boyce

Entry RequirementsNormal entry

Applicants must have completed Year 12 (or itsequivalent) and, in addition, have obtained aminimum grade of Sound Achievement over foursemester units in each of Senior English andMathematics B (Mathematics 1, units 1, 2 and 3).

Professional RecognitionPreliminary accreditation has been granted by theInstitution of Engineers, Australia (IEAust). Whenfull recognition has been gained from IEAust,graduates will be eligible for affiliate membershipof the IEAust, providing them with officialrecognition as engineering technologists.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofTechnology (Civil) must obtain at least 45 days ofindustrial employment/practice in an engineeringenvironment approved by the course coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms and information booklets are availablefrom the Faculty Office, Level 10, S Block, GardensPoint campus. For further information contact theFaculty Credit and Employment Officer or theschool office.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the one

study area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.


NORMAL ENTRYYear 1, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering MechanicsCEB111 Experimental Procedures, Design & AnalysisPCB136 Engineering Physics 1CMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1A10


Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1CEB110 Engineering Mechanics 2MMB131 Engineering MaterialsMAB180 Engineering Mathematics 110

ORMAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B11

Year 2, Semester 1CEB207 Professional Studies 2CEB208 Materials ScienceCEB209 Geotechnical Engineering 111

ORCEB218 Geotechnical Engineering 1A11

CEB213 Environmental Science

Year 2, Semester 2CEB214 Professional Studies 3CEB215 Structural Engineering 111

ORCEB219 Structural Engineering 1A11

CEB216 Project Engineering 1CEB217 Hydraulic Engineering

ORCEB222 Hydraulic Engineering A

Year 3, Semester 1CEB317 Professional Studies 4

CAD in Civil Engineering (CAD A & BSouthbank TAFE School of CivilEngineering EA065)OPTION 1OPTION 2

Year 3, Semester 2CEB327 Municipal Design ProjectCEB328 Investigation ProjectCEB326 Civil Design Software

OPTION 3

10 MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 1 is to be taken by those students not obtaining a SA or better in QueenslandMathematics C (or equivalent). Bechelor of Technology students may opt to take the lower level MAB100 and proceedto MAB180 in Semester 2.

11 Bachelor of Technology students opting for the ‘A’ unit attend the same classes and sit a diffesrent exam. A minimumgrade of 5 is required to claim the exemption as a Bachelor of Engineering unit.

BU

ILT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

& E

NG

INE

ER

ING

171

Options 1 and 2Any TWO of:CEB318 Structural Engineering 2CEB319 Water EngineeringCEB412 Project Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Option 3ONE of:CEB322 Geotechnical Engineering 2CEB321 Water & Wastewater Treatment EngineeringMEB323 Transport Engineering 1

■ Bachelor of Technology(Mechanical) (ME36)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses in the Faculty of BuiltEnvironment and EngineeringLocation: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration:Direct Entry: 3 years full-timeArticulation from Associate Diploma: 3 years part-time

Total Credit Points: 288/144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester:48/24Course Coordinator: Dr Vladis Kosse

Professional RecognitionThe Institution of Engineers, Australia (IEAust) hasgiven the course provisional accreditation. Fullrecognition will be sought from the IEAust whenthe course produces its first graduates.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofTechnology (Mechanical) must obtain at least 50days of industrial experience, with a minimum of25 days in an engineering environment approved bythe course coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice includingan Industrial Experience Record Form signed by theemployer. Industrial Experience Record Forms andInformation Booklets are available from the FacultyOffice, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Point Campus.For further information contact the Faculty IndustrialExperience Officer or the school office.


Students will be permitted to articulate to the Bachelorof Engineering (Mechanical) in mid-course only aftercompletion of 48 credit points with a grade pointaverage of 5.5 or above in the Bachelor of Technology(Mechanical) (see articulation course structure).

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.Full-timeCourse Structure


Year 1, Semester 1MAB105 Preparatory MathematicsMMB111 Mechanical Engineering ScienceMMB131 Engineering MaterialsPCB004 Physics IT

Year 1, Semester 2MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111

MMB182 Computer Aided Design & DraftingMMB273 Manufacturing Practice 1PCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 2, Semester 1CEB109 Engineering Mechanics 1MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BMMB211 Mechanics 1MMB274 Manufacturing Practice 2

Year 2, Semester 2EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MMB112 DynamicsMMB232 Materials TechnologyMMB252 Thermofluids

Year 3, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEEB220 Electrical Engineering 2MMMB281 Fundamentals of Mechanical DesignMMB371 Manufacturing Processes

Year 3, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMMB212 Mechanics 2MMB300 Project 3TMMB312 Mechanical Measurement

11 Bachelor of Technology students opting for the ‘A’ unit attend the same classes and sit a diffesrent exam. A minimumgrade of 5 is required to claim the exemption as a Bachelor of Engineering unit.

172

■ Bachelor of Technology(Mechanical) (ME36) –Articulation from AssociateDiploma, or Equivalent

Course Duration: Three years part-time or 1.5 yearsfull time (for conversion program)

Total Credit Points: 288 (144 credit pointsexemption)

Candidates with an associate diploma (or equivalent)in Mechanical Engineering or a relevant tertiaryqualification (eg. Bachelor of Science or CAEDiploma) will receive credit of 144 credit points.Students must apply for credit of 144 credit pointstowards their degree.

Part-time Course StructureProspective part-time students for this degree shouldbe aware that they may need day release from theiremployers.

All units are 12 credit points. Please refer to the unitsynopses section for more information.MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from thelist of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.

Year 1, Semester 1MMB281 Fundamentals of Mechanical DesignMMB371 Manufacturing Processes

Year 1, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMMB112 Dynamics

Year 2, Semester 1EEB220 Electrical Engineering 2MMMB211 Mechanics 1

Year 2, Semester 2MMB232 Materials TechnologyMMB252 Thermofluids

Year 3, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMMB302 Project 2T

Year 3, Semester 2MMB212 Mechanics 2MMB312 Mechanical Measurement

173

BU

SIN

ES

SFA

CU

LTY

OF

BU

SIN

ES

S

174

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 175


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 177

COURSES■ Master of Applied Finance (BS98) ................................................................................................... 178

■ Master of Business (Research) (BS92) ............................................................................................. 178

■ Master of Business (BS93) ............................................................................................................... 181

Communication Major ...................................................................................................................... 181

Human Resource Management Major .............................................................................................. 183

International Business Major ............................................................................................................ 183

Marketing Major ............................................................................................................................... 185

Public Management Major ............................................................................................................... 186

■ Master of Commerce (BS94) ............................................................................................................ 187

■ Master of Business (Communication Studies) (BS88) ..................................................................... 188

■ Master of Business (Professional Accounting) (BS89) .................................................................... 189

■ Master of Business Administration (GS10) ...................................................................................... 190

■ Master of Business Administration/Master of Applied Finance (BS91) .......................................... 193

■ Graduate Diploma in Advanced Accounting (BS70) ....................................................................... 194

■ Graduate Diploma in Applied Finance (BS96) ................................................................................ 195

■ Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (GS11) ................................................................... 196

■ Graduate Diploma in Communication (BS72) ................................................................................. 198

■ Graduate Certificate in Management (GS13) ................................................................................... 199

■ Graduate Certificate in Business (BS39) .......................................................................................... 200

■ Graduate Certificate in Business Administration (GS12) ................................................................. 202

■ Bachelor of Business (Honours) (BS63) ..........................................................................................202

■ Bachelor of Business (BS56) ............................................................................................................ 204

Accountancy Major .......................................................................................................................... 207

Banking and Finance Major ............................................................................................................. 210

Communication Major ...................................................................................................................... 212

Economics Major .............................................................................................................................. 215

Human Resource Management Major .............................................................................................. 216

International Business Major ............................................................................................................ 217

Management Major .......................................................................................................................... 220

Marketing Major ............................................................................................................................... 221

175

BU

SIN

ES

S

FACULTY OF BUS INESS

OVERVIEWThe Faculty of Business attracts about a quarter ofQUT’s total enrolments, making it the largest facultyin the University. Services are offered on both theGardens Point campus and the Carseldine campus.The Faculty of Business provides a range of servicesto clients and the community. As you would expect,our services include a broad selection of degreeprograms covering most areas of contemporarybusiness.

We also offer professional development programsand contract research and consultancy services, andbecause we believe in giving something back to thecommunity that supports us, faculty staff –individually and in groups – engage in a wide rangeof community service activities.

DEGREE PROGRAMSTo maximise options for students and employers,the Faculty of Business offers degrees in business atthe following levels:

• Undergraduate degree• Postgraduate coursework programs (graduate

certificate, graduate diploma, masters)• Postgraduate research programs (honours,

masters, PhD).

Bachelor of BusinessAt the undergraduate level, we are committed todeveloping global business professionals –individuals who can operate successfully in today’sinternational environment.

Bachelor of Business graduates have a good graspof general business principles, thanks to acompulsory program of core subjects.

In addition, undergraduate students are able tospecialise in up to three specific areas ofcontemporary business, creating the course of studythat best suits their skills, their career goals, and theneeds of the market. The specialisation in electroniccommerce is an example of our responsiveness tochanging market needs.

Students can choose to major in:

• accountancy• banking and finance• communication (including advertising or public

relations)• economics• human resource management• international business

• management• marketing.

As well as providing high-level practical skills, thedegree also introduces important theoretical conceptsto ensure students understand why as well as whatto do.

This mix of theory and practice is increasinglyimportant as the pace of change in businessaccelerates. With a good understanding of theory,students are able to adapt to changing conditions andare equipped to anticipate future opportunities.

Postgraduate coursework programsAt the postgraduate level, the Faculty’s aim is todevelop leaders who are equipped to operatesuccessfully in the global business environment.

Increasingly, postgraduate study is sponsored orsupported by employers. There are significant costbenefits in outsourcing high-level business educationand development activities. Providing suchopportunities for staff is also likely to be a powerfultool in attracting and keeping the best quality staff.

The Faculty of Business recognises that peopleundertake postgraduate study for a range of reasonsincluding career change, career advancement, andpersonal development.

As well as offering courses designed to extend anddevelop skills gained in previous study and workexperience, we also help students move into newfields with programs designed to introduce new skillsand knowledge at the postgraduate level.

The highly regarded MBA program, for example, isdesigned to give experienced professionals themanagement skills they need to contribute effectivelyat senior levels. The MBA is one of many programsoffered through the Brisbane Graduate School ofBusiness.

Courses range from four subjects (graduatecertificate), to eight subjects (graduate diploma), ortwelve subjects (masters) and cover most areas ofcontemporary business (based on a standard 12-credit point unit). The MBA and related programsnow offer 6 and 12 credit point units.

Normally, a part-time student completes two subjectsper semester and a full-time student completes foursubjects per semester. The QUT academic calendarcomprises two semesters plus a summer program.

Postgraduate Research programsThe Faculty of Business also provides extensiveopportunities for research students and aims to

176

produce nationally and internationally competitiveresearchers, academics, and practitioners.

Far from being ‘ivory tower’, our research studentstypically focus on isolating issues, identifyingconstructs, and contributing to the development oftheories that can be applied in the real world.

RESEARCH CENTRES

AUSTRALIAN CENTRE IN STRATEGICMANAGEMENTThe Australian Centre in Strategic Management inthe School of Management, Faculty of Business is aCentre of Teaching and Research established at QUTin 1989 under the Australian Research Council’s KeyCentre program. It spans the industry/universityboundary, working with business solutions toenhance organisational performance.

The centre offers a broad range of client andinformation services to organisations in its researchareas of Leadership, Work Effectiveness, andKnowledge Management. The services include jointindustry research and public seminars.

PhD applications are welcome in the areas of:leadershiporganisational change and culturehuman resource managementpublic policystrategyorganisational effectiveness.

Director: Professor Robert Waldersee, BA,MA(Psych) Syd., MA(ClinPsych), PhD UN-L

Principal Research Fellow:Mark Griffin, BA MEd Melb., PhD Penn.St.Phone: +61 7 3864 2539Fax: +61 7 3864 1766

THE COMMUNICATION CENTREThe mission of the Communication Centre is ‘todevelop an international collaborative researchnetwork which facilitates change in communicationtowards foresight, action learning and sharedunderstanding among leaders, decision-makers andcommunity members to create a sustainable,humanising and socially just future’.

In 1995 the centre became a QUT CollaborativeCentre. Its international links and collaborativeprojects are extensive, and it facilitates the activitiesof a global network of researchers, students, industry,government and community members. The centreregularly hosts visitors from Australian and overseasorganisations and has established links with manyprominent overseas institutions.

The Communication Centre organises workshopsand seminars for postgraduate students. It alsosupports and directs PhD and Masters students oncontemporary and emerging communication issues.

The centre offers postgraduate supervision in theseareas:

communication futures (the overarching programfor scoping concepts of communication and theorydevelopment) – global ethics; civilisationalfutures; pluralistic methodologies and methods;local-global conversations; global visions;communication technologies in education futures.

emerging communication technologies – businessuse of e-mail; applications of information andcommunication technologies (ICT) in the healthsector; community applications of narrowbandISDN; telecommuting.

communication for change (interdisciplinaryresearch aimed at understanding the complexinterrelationships of human communication, andthe role of communication in change, at the local,community, organisational and national levels) –communication management; communication fordevelopment; reframing developmentalcommunication; managing the transition to thenew digital telecommunications technology.

communication and gender – gender and commu-nity development; gender and communicationtechnology; gender and leadership; gender andrurality; feminist theory and methodology; gen-der issues in community consultation processes.

Director (Acting): Ms L.E. Simpson, DipT MtGravatt, BEd Brisbane, MEd James CookPhone: +61 7 3864 2192Fax: +61 7 3864 1813

177

BU

SIN

ES

S


Dean: Professor Sandra Harding, BSc(Hons) ANU,MPub Admin Qld, PhD Nth Carolina

Assistant Dean/Director of Graduate Studies: DrJennifer Radbourne, CertT BA MA PhD Qld, LSDA(Aust), ATCL (Lond)

Director of Research & Development: AssociateProfessor Neal Ryan, BSc MSc MPhil PhD Griff.

Director of Undergraduate Studies: Andrew Paltridge,BEc(Hons) MEcSt Qld GradCert(HigherEd) Griff.

Academic Services Manager: Ms Kathleen O’Hare,BA DipEd Qld

Brisbane Graduate School of BusinessHead of School: Professor Evan Douglas,BCom(Hons) MCom Newcastle, PhD Simon Fraser

Director of MBA Program: Dr Jeremy Williams,BA(Econ)(Hons) DipMgmtStuds CNAA, PGCEHull, MA(Econ) Leeds, PhD UNE

School of AccountancyHead: Professor P. Little, LLB LLM Qld, Barrister-at-Law

Professor: Roger Willett, BA(Hons) UEA, PhDAberdeen, FCA (ICAEW)

Associate Professors:P. Best, BCom(Hons) Qld, MEngSc N’cle(NSW),PhD QUT, FCPA, ICA, MACSM. McGregor-Lowndes, BA LLB Qld, MAdmin.,PhD Griff , JP, Solicitor of Supreme Court ofQueensland and High Court of Australia

School of CommunicationHead: Professor Charles Patti, BA, MS, PhD Ill .Associate Professors:G.H. Hearn, BSc, BSc(Hons), PhD QldJ.L. Everett, BA Michigan, MA Colorado, PhDColorado

School of Economics and FinanceHead: Professor Allan Layton, BEcon(Hons) MEconPhD QldProfessor: A.S. Hurn, BCom(Hons) Natal, DPhilOxon.Associate Professors:M.L. Robinson, BA(Hons) Syd., MCom(Econ)Melb., PhD ANU

T.J.C. Robinson, BEcon(Hons) PhD Qld

School of ManagementHead: Professor Boris Kabanoff, BA(Hons) Qld,PhD Flinders

Professor: R.D. Scott, BA(Hons) DipPubAdminTas., DPhil Oxf., FACE

Associate Professors:N. Ryan, BSc, MSc MPhil PhD Griff.T. Williams, BA(Hons), MA Melb., PhD W.Aust.

School of Marketing and InternationalBusiness

Head: Professor William Renforth, AB RollinsCollege, MBA Crummer, MS, MBA DBA IndianaProfessor: N. Arnold, BMus MSc Southern Ill., ReDIndiana, FAMI, CMC, AIMC

178

COURSES

Course RequirementsStudents must complete twelve units (144 creditpoints total). The course can be undertaken, on apart-time basis, over six semesters.

Some applicants may require unit substitution wherethey have studied the equivalent of some introductoryunits in their undergraduate qualification. Choice ofunit substitution will be undertaken in conjunctionwith and on the approval of the Director of GraduateStudies.

Full-time Course StructureStudents undertaking this course on a full-time basisare advised to contact the School of Economics andFinance for enrolment advice.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EFN406 Managerial FinanceEFN405 Managerial Economics

Year 1, Semester 2EFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1EFN412 Advanced Managerial FinanceMGN409 Introduction to Management

Year 2, Semester 2EFN413 Securities Law

Elective unit

Year 3, Semester 1EFN505 Financial Risk Management

Elective unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSN404 Project 1EFN507 Advanced Capital Budgeting

Electives may be selected from any availablepostgraduate units offered by the faculty, subject toapproval.

Master of Business (Research)(BS92)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time or 6semesters part-time (without Honours entry); or 2semesters full-time or 4 semesters part-time with anHonours degree.Total credit points: 144 credit points (for entrywithout Honours), 96 credit points (for entry withHonours)

Standard credit points/Full-time Semester: 48

Master of Applied Finance(BS98)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time* or 6semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinator: Mr Mark Christensen

* The unit EFN406 Managerial Finance (or itsequivalent) is a prerequisite for progression in thecourse and can be completed after enrolment andonline before arrival on campus to allow for full-time completion of remaining units.

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold an undergraduate degree,except in Finance, from a recognised tertiaryinstitution or equivalent.

Special EntryA limited number of places will be available toapplicants who have successfully completed eithera Graduate Certificate in Business, with a major inFinance offered by the School of Economics andFinance; or the equivalent of postgraduate diplomastudies in finance offered by a professional body.

Under special entry each applicant will beindividually assessed. Applicants without a degreeor formal qualifications but with extensive and/orrelevant work experience will be considered forspecial entry.

Applicants under special entry will first enrol in theGraduate Diploma in Applied Finance. On successfulcompletion these students will be permitted to enrolin the Master of Applied Finance.


Professional RecognitionProvided a marketing unit is taken as an elective, orhas been undertaken in another course, this coursemeets the educational requirements for SeniorAssociate status of the Australian Institute ofBanking and Finance – AAIBF (Snr). Graduatesmeet the educational requirements for professionalmembership of The Finance and TreasuryAssociation Ltd.

179

BU

SIN

ES

S

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor NealRyan

Major Coordinators :Accountancy: Professor Roger WillettCommunication: Associate Professor Greg HearnEconomics, Banking & Finance: Professor StanHurnHuman Resource Management: Professor RobertWalderseeManagement: Professor Robert WalderseeMarketing & International Business: Dr BeverleyKitching

Entry RequirementsThere are two main entry points to the Master ofBusiness (Research). For those entering with anHonours degree, the Honours (at level IIB or better)must be relevant to the field of study in the Mastersof Business (Research). For those entering from apass degree, the entry requirement is anundergraduate degree with a major in an approvedarea plus, normally, a grade point average of 5 ormore on a 7-point scale. You may also present a casebased on evidence of previous qualifications thatdemonstrate your capacity to successfully undertakethe course of study.

Course RequirementsStudents entering with an approved honours degreeare required to undertake a 96 credit point thesis.Students entering with a relevant pass degree willcomplete the following programs of study.

PROGRAM FOR ACCOUNTANCY,BANKING & FINANCE, ANDECONOMICSCompulsory UnitsAll students must complete:

BSN500 Research MethodsElective unit1

plus:BSN600/1 ThesisBSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 ThesisBSN600/5 ThesisBSN600/6 ThesisBSN600/7 ThesisBSN600/8 Thesisplus:Two Accountancy units, ORTwo Banking & Finance units, ORTwo Economics units

Accountancy UnitsAccountancy students should select two of thefollowing units:AYN505 Accounting Honours – AAYN506 Accounting Honours – BAYN507 Business Law Honours

Banking and Finance UnitsBanking & Finance students should complete thefollowing compulsory units:EFN504 Finance HonoursEFN505 Financial Risk Management

Economics UnitsEconomics students should complete the followingcompulsory units:EFN500 Contemporary Macroeconomic TheoriesEFN502 Developments in Microeconomic Theories

PROGRAM FOR COMMUNICATIONStudents may elect to study either full-time or part-time, enrolling in two or three semesters per year,depending on availability of units.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyCON406 Communication StrategiesCON500 Qualitative Research EnquiryElective unit to be taken from any 12 credit pointpostgraduate unit offered by the School ofCommunication.

Year 1, Semester 2BSN600/1 ThesisBSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 Thesis

Year 1, Summer Program or Year 2, Semester 1BSN600/5 ThesisBSN600/6 ThesisBSN600/7 ThesisBSN600/8 Thesis

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON406 Communication StrategiesCON500 Qualitative Research Enquiry

Year 1, Semester 2BSN600/1 Thesis

Elective unit to be taken from any 12 creditpoint postgraduate unit offered by the Schoolof Communication

Year 2, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN600/2 Thesis

1 Elective unit to be taken from any 12 credit point unit offered by the Schools of Accountancy, and Economics andFinance, or by other Schools within the Faculty of Business, subject to the approval of the course coordinator.

180

Year 2, Semester 2BSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 Thesis



PROGRAM FOR HUMAN RESOURCEMANAGEMENT, INTERNATIONALBUSINESS, MANAGEMENT &MARKETINGUnder the umbrella of Management and HumanResource Management, students may be able toundertake a thesis in Employee Relations or PublicManagement. Details are available from the coursecoordinator or the School of Management.

Under the umbrella of Marketing and InternationalBusiness, students may be able to take specialisedstudies in Arts Administration, Fundraising, IndustryEconomics or Tourism. Details are available fromthe course coordinator or the School of Marketingand International Business.

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research SeminarsMGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRMBSN600/1 Thesis

Year 1, Semester 2MGN508 HRM CasesBSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 Thesis


Part-time Course StructureEnrolment in the summer program (Semester 3) isoptional.

Year 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyMGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRM

Year 1, Semester 2MGN508 HRM CasesBSN600/1 Thesis

Year 1, Summer ProgramBSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 Thesis

Year 2, Semester 1BSN503 Research SeminarsBSN600/4 Thesis



INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research SeminarsBSN600/1 ThesisUnit to be selected in consultation with supervisor

Year 1, Semester 2BSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 ThesisUnit to be selected in consultation with supervisor


Part-Time Course StructureEnrolment in the summer program is optional.

Year 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research Seminars


Unit to be selected in consultation withsupervisor



Unit to be selected in consultation withsupervisor



MANAGEMENTFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research SeminarsMGN501 Readings in ManagementBSN600/1 Thesis

181

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 1, Semester 2MGN507 Contemporary Issues in ManagementBSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 Thesis


Part-time Course StructureEnrolment in the summer program is optional.

Year 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyMGN501 Readings in Management

Year 1, Semester 2MGN507 Contemporary Issues in ManagementBSN600/1 Thesis


Year 2, Semester 1BSN503 Research SeminarsBSN600/4 Thesis



MARKETINGFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research SeminarsBSN600/1 Thesisplus one Marketing unit (from the list below)Year 1, Semester 2BSN600/2 ThesisBSN600/3 ThesisBSN600/4 Thesisplus one Marketing unit (from the list below)Year 1, Summer Program or Year 2, Semester 1BSN600/5 ThesisBSN600/6 ThesisBSN600/7 ThesisBSN600/8 Thesis

Part-time Course StructureEnrolment in the summer program (Semester 3) isoptional.

Year 1, Semester 1BSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research SeminarsYear 1, Semester 2BSN600/1 Thesisplus one Marketing unit (from the list below)

Year 1, Summer ProgramBSN600/2 Thesis

One Marketing unit (from the list below)OR

BSN600/3 Thesis


OROne Marketing unit (from the list below)

BSN600/4 Thesis



Marketing UnitsMIN407 Contemporary Issues in MarketingMIN414 Marketing Decision SystemsMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN429 Strategic Marketing ManagementMIN438 Marketing for On-Line Services

Master of Business (BS93)In the areas of Communication, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Marketing, andPublic Management.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time, 6 semesterspart-time. Some majors are designed to be completedin one calendar year full-time, including a SummerProgram teaching period.Total Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinators:Communication: Associate Professor Jim EverettHuman Resource Management: Ms Leisa SargentMarketing & International Business: Mr GaryChittickPublic Management: Professor Roger Scott

Communication MajorSpecialising in Advertising, Organisational Commu-nication or Public Relations.

Course DurationThe major is designed for possible completion byfull-time students in one calendar year consisting of

182

three teaching periods. Students should note thatelective units and the 24 credit point CommunicationProject are offered during the summer program.Careful planning is necessary to ensure that unitsare taken in an appropriate sequence to enable timelycompletion. Part-time students would normallycomplete the course in six semesters spread over twoor three calendar years, depending on the number ofunits and semesters undertaken each year.

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree in the same specialised areaas the intended postgraduate studies in communica-tion.

Course RequirementsThe BS93 Communication major is under reviewand subject to change. Please consult the School ofCommunication to confirm the details of the courserequirements.

(i) Major core, required of all students (96credit points):CON406 Communication StrategiesCON407 Communication Technology & Global

NetworksCON408 Crisis CommunicationCON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationCON500 Qualitative Research Enquiry

Advertising Specialisation:CON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative AdvertisingOROrganisational Communication Specialisation:CON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural CommunicationORPublic Relations Specialisation:CON409 Financial CommunicationCON414 Public Communication

(ii) Project (24 credit points):CON405 Communication Project

(iii) Electives (24 credit points):Elective unit

CON416 Readings in Communication ORElective unit

Students may choose their elective units fromanother specialisation in the Communication majoror from another major in the Master of Business(BS93). Any deviation from this should be approvedby the course coordinator.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON406 Communication StrategiesCON407 Communication Technology & Global

Networks

CON500 Qualitative Research EnquiryElective unit

Students select a specialisation and enrol in two unitsfor that specialisation.Year 1, Semester 2CON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

Communication

Advertising specialisation:CON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

Organisational Communication specialisation:CON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Public Relations specialisation:CON409 Financial CommunicationCON414 Public Communication

Year 1, Summer ProgramCON405 Communication ProjectCON416 Readings in Communication

Elective unit

Part-time Course StructureStudents must select a specialisation and enrol intwo units for that specialisation.

Year 1, Semester 1CON406 Communication StrategiesCON407 Communication Technology & Global

Networks

Year 1, Semester 2Advertising specialisation:CON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

Organisational Communication specialisation:CON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Public Relations specialisation:CON409 Financial CommunicationCON414 Public Communication

Year 1, Summer ProgramCON416 Readings in Communication

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 1CON500 Qualitative Research Enquiry

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2CON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

Communication

Year 2, Summer ProgramCON405 Communication Project

183

BU

SIN

ES

S

Human ResourceManagement Major

Course DurationThis major may be taken over three semesters full-time (including a summer teaching period) or sixsemesters part-time (including two summer teachingperiods). In principle a student would be able tocomplete this course in three consecutive semesters,depending on the availability of units.

Entry Requirements(i) A degree, or equivalent, in Business or

Commerce, with an approved HRM major/specialisation/minor, or equivalent study inorganisational behaviour, organisationalpsychology or industrial relations.

(ii) An alternative entry point into the BS93 Masterof Business (HRM) for students with a businessor other relevant degree in a discipline otherthan HRM could include articulation from aGraduate Certificate in Business (HRM). Suchapplicants will also require at least two years’work experience in a related field.

Course RequirementsAll students will undertake eight compulsory coreunits (96 credit points), and four elective units (48credit points), or a project (24 credit points) and twoelective units (24 credit points).

For students with a degree in Business and a major/specialisation or minor in HRM:

(i) 8 major core units (96 credit points):BSN400 Industry AnalysisBSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentMGN421 Strategic Human Resource ManagementMGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of Human

Resource ManagementMGN505 Consulting & Change ManagementMGN506 Contemporary Issues in Human Resource

Management

(ii) Elective units (48 credit points) to beselected from:BSN401 Management, the Organisation &

International BusinessBSN406 ProjectEFN406 Managerial FinanceMGN402 Government-Business RelationsMGN413 Quality Systems ManagementMGN508 HRM CasesMGN509 HRM Project 1MIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeOr other units as approved by the course coordinator

(Students with a minor in HRM should closely liaisewith the major coordinator when planning theirprogram.)

Full-time Course Structure(One calendar year)Year 1, Semester 1BSN400 Industry AnalysisBSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentMGN505 Consulting & Change ManagementMGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRM

Year 1, Semester 2MGN421 Strategic Human Resource ManagementMGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of HRM

Year 1, Summer ProgramElective unitElective unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course Structure(Over two years)Year 1, Semester 1BSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentMGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRM

Year 1, Semester 2MGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN424 International Dimensions of HRM

Year 1, Summer ProgramElective unitElective unit

Year 2, Semester 1BSN400 Industry AnalysisMGN505 Consulting & Change Management

Year 2, Semester 2MGN421 Strategic HRMMGN423 Contemporary Strategic Analysis

Year 2, Summer ProgramElective unitElective unit

International Business MajorCourse DurationThe major is designed for possible completion in onecalendar year consisting of three teaching periods.Students should note that only elective units areoffered during the summer program. Careful planningis necessary to ensure that units are undertaken in anappropriate sequence to ensure timely completion.Part-time students would normally complete thecourse in six semesters, spread over two or threecalendar years, depending on the number of units andsemesters undertaken each year.

184

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree, or equivalent, with a majorin business or commerce, or equivalent study ineconomics, international relations, internationalpolitics and history, languages and cross culturalcommunication, as approved by the coursecoordinator with advice from the major coordinator.Students without an undergraduate business degreemay be admitted at the discretion of the Director,Graduate Studies.

Course RequirementsAll students will undertake eight compulsory coreunits (96 credit points) and also complete 48 creditpoints of elective units from among the alternativesindicated below.

(i) Major core required of all students (96credit points):BSN400 Industry AnalysisBSN401 Management, the Organisation &

International BusinessBSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentEFN417 Introduction to International FinanceMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of Human

Resource ManagementMIN421 Seminars in International Marketing

PLUS one of the following:MIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeMIN435 Business in Australia

(ii) Electives (48 credit points) selected from:1. A project or internship up to 24 credit points,

approved by the major coordinator. Project unitsare:BSN404 Project 1BSN405 Project 2BSN406 Project 3

2. Two or four language units in one language.Students should be aware of the fact that the optionof completing language units may only beavailable for part-time students or those whochoose to undertake these units on an overloadbasis.

3. Units selected from:AYN424 International AccountingCON413 Issues in Intercultural CommunicationEFN410 Economic & Financial ModellingMIN400 Arts Administration & SocietyMIN403 Business in Asia (if not selected in core)MIN404 Business in Europe (if not selected in core)MIN406 Comparative Regulatory SystemsMIN407 Contemporary Issues in MarketingMIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN415 Marketing Arts & CultureMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

Development

MIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN426 Special Topic in International BusinessMIN430 The Arts IndustryMIN435 Business in Australia (if not selected in

core)

4. Approved study trips or any other graduate levelunit for which the student meets the relevantprerequisites, approved by the major coordinator.

5. Up to 24 credit points of English language study,approved by the major coordinator.

Full-time Course StructureOne calendar year including a full summerprogramYear 1, Semester 1BSN400 Industry AnalysisBSN401 Management, the Organisation &

International BusinessBSN408 Business & the International Environment


Year 1, Semester 2EFN417 Introduction to International FinanceMGN421 Seminars in International MarketingMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of HRM

Year 1, Summer ProgramElectiveElectiveProject(s)/elective(s)

Three semesters, no summer programYear 1, Semester 1BSN401 Management, the Organisation &


ElectiveElective

Year 1, Semester 2EFN417 Introduction to International FinanceMGN421 Seminars in International MarketingMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of HRM

Year 2, Semester 1BSN400 Industry Analysis

Project(s)/elective(s)


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSN401 Management, the Organisation &


185

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 1, Semester 2MGN421 Seminars in International MarketingMGN424 International Dimensions of HRM

Year 1, Summer ProgramElective

Year 2, Semester 1BSN400 Industry Analysis


Year 2, Semester 2EFN417 Introduction to International FinanceMGN423 Contemporary Strategic Analysis


Year 3, Semester 1Project(s)/elective(s)

Marketing MajorCourse DurationThis major is designed for possible completion in onecalendar year consisting of three teaching periods.Students should note that only elective units areoffered during summer program. Careful planning isnecessary to ensure that units are undertaken in anappropriate sequence to ensure timely completion.Part-time students would normally complete thecourse in six semesters, spread over two or threecalendar years, depending on the number of units andsemesters undertaken each year.

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree or equivalent, with a majorin marketing or equivalent professional experience.Students with undergraduate study in business,commerce, economics, or one of the social sciencescombined with appropriate business study may beeligible on a case by case basis as approved by thecourse coordinator with advice from the majorcoordinator.

Course RequirementsAll students will undertake eight compulsory units(96 credit points) and also complete 48 credit pointsof elective units from among the alternativesindicated below.

Students with an extended undergraduate major inmarketing (8-12 units) may be advised by the majorcoordinator to substitute marketing electives for threecore units. This ensures all students are studying at alevel advanced from their undergraduate study.

(i) Major core required of all students (96credit points):CON421 Seminars in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationMIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN429 Strategic Marketing Management

(ii) Electives (48 credit points) selected from:1. A project, or internship, up to 24 credit points,

approved by the major coordinator. Project unitsinclude:

BSN404 Project 1BSN405 Project 2BSN406 Project 3

2. Approved study trips.

3. Up to 24 credit points of English language study,approved by the major coordinator.

4. Units selected from the BS93 Master of Business(International Business), BS88 or MBA programs,for which the student meets the relevantprerequisites, approved by the major coordinator.

5. Units selected from:

MIN400 Arts Administration & SocietyMIN407 Contemporary Issues in MarketingMIN409 Fundraising PrinciplesMIN408 Fundraising CampaignsMIN414 Marketing Decision SystemsMIN415 Marketing Arts & CultureMIN430 The Arts IndustryMIN434 Special Topic in MarketingMIN435 Business in AustraliaMIN438 Marketing for On-line Services

Full-time Course StructureOne calendar yearYear 1, Semester 1MIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN424 Seminars in Services Marketing

Year 1, Semester 2CON421 Seminars in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN429 Strategic Marketing Management

Year 1, Summer ProgramElectiveElectiveProject(s)/elective(s)

186

Three Semesters, no Summer ProgramYear 1, Semester 1MIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN422 Seminars in Marketing Management

ElectiveElective


CommunicationMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN429 Strategic Marketing Management

Year 2, Semester 1MIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN424 Seminars in Services Marketing

Project(s)/elective(s)

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN422 Seminars in Marketing Management

Year 1, Semester 2MIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN423 Seminars in Production Innovation &

Development


Year 2, Semester 1MIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN424 Seminars in Services Marketing


CommunicationMIN429 Strategic Marketing Management


Year 3, Semester 1Project(s)/elective(s)

Public Management MajorCourse DurationThis major may be taken over three semesters full-time (including a summer program) or six semesterspart-time (including two summer programs). Inprinciple a student would be able to complete thiscourse in three consecutive semesters, depending onthe availability of units.

Entry RequirementsA QUT Bachelor of Business or equivalent degreein a relevant area, or a degree in another fieldcombined with significant public sector workexperience. If you have no undergraduate degree buthave significant relevant work experience, you may

be admitted at the discretion of the Director,Graduate Studies.

Course RequirementsAll students will undertake six compulsory core units(72 credit points), two “core option” units (24 creditpoints) and 48 credit points of elective units.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MGN402 Government-Business RelationsMGN425 The Context of Public ManagementMGN517 Program Management & Evaluation

Core option (offered in Semester 2 for 2001only) or elective unit

Year 1, Semester 2MGN421 Strategic Human Resource ManagementMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN426 International Trends in Public Management

Core option or elective unitCore OptionsStudents choose two of the following core options:AYN432 Public Sector Accounting IssuesEFN405 Managerial EconomicsCON407 Communication Technology & Global

NetworksLWN088 Government, Law, Policy & PracticeMGN516 Policy AnalysisMGN524 Special Topic in Management 1

ElectivesStudents will select the equivalent of 48 credit pointsas electives in consultation with the majorcoordinator. Units offered as choices within the corecan be counted as electives. Students are encouragedto take at least three units from the same generaldiscipline area.

Electives may be available in, but are not limited to,the following areas of study:

International Public Sector ManagementEconomics and Public FinanceIndustrial Relations/Employee RelationsCommunicationArts AdministrationHuman Services ManagementHealth Services ManagementUrban PlanningMedia Industries and PolicyDiversity in Public Management

It may also be possible to undertake an approvedresearch project, internship, overseas study trip orexchange program for credit towards electives.

187

BU

SIN

ES

S

Master of Commerce (BS94)In the fields of Accountancy, Banking and Finance,Business and Taxation Law, and Electronic Business.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time, 6 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer Radbourne

Subject Area Coordinators:Accountancy: Ms Lynn GallagherBanking and Finance: Mr Peter WhelanBusiness and Taxation Law: Ms Lynn GallagherElectronic Business: Ms Lynn Gallagher

Entry RequirementsApplicants for admission to this degree shall hold:

(a) a Bachelor of Business from QUT and shallhave achieved a level of attainment in anappropriate discipline or disciplines consideredby the Academic Board of the Faculty ofBusiness to be acceptable for the purpose ofproceeding to a degree of master; or

(b) from another tertiary institution or from QUT,qualifications approved by the Academic Board,on the recommendation of the Head of Schoolresponsible for the specialisation which theapplicant seeks to study, as equivalent to therequirements set out in (a) above.

This course provides advanced level studies inAccountancy, Banking and Finance, Business andTaxation Law, and Electronic Business.

At the discretion of the subject area coordinators,students may be required to complete some units inthe BS70 Graduate Diploma in AdvancedAccounting prior to entry into the BS94 Master ofCommerce.

Professional RecognitionGraduates may meet the educational requirementsfor professional membership of The Finance andTreasury Association Ltd.

Course RequirementsStudents are required to complete satisfactorily 12units (144 credit points). This may include 12coursework units, or may include up to two researchprojects (BSN404 Project 1, BSN405 Project 2 –12 credit points each) OR a 24 credit point project(BSN409 Research Project).

A minimum of 10 units (120 credit points) must beselected from the following five lists. Students maychoose to specialise in a particular field. Up to twopostgraduate units (24 credit points) offered within

QUT or elsewhere may be selected as electives,subject to the approval of the subject areacoordinators.

Postgraduate units will be offered each year, subjectto sufficient student demand and staff availability.Only units to be offered will be timetabled eachsemester.

Research MethodsStudents who elect to complete the 24 credit pointresearch project must complete BSN500 ResearchMethods as a prerequisite to enrolment in BSN409Research Project. The project should reflect theapplication of theoretical analysis or problem-solving in Accountancy, Banking and Finance,Business and Taxation Law, or Electronic Business.Students are advised to seek a topic, and to approacha supervisor early in their program and to obtain theinstruction guide on project presentation.The project topic proposal must be presented at aseminar to Faculty staff in the semester prior toenrolling in the project. The project will be regardedas the equivalent of six formal hours per week (24credit points). This unit is studied in one semester.

List One: AccountancyAYN404 Advanced Company AccountingAYN413 Computer AuditingAYN415 External Reporting IssuesAYN419 Financial ModellingAYN420 Financial ReportingAYN424 International AccountingAYN430 Managerial Accounting Issues AAYN432 Public Sector Accounting IssuesAYN433 Special Topic in Accounting AAYN434 Special Topic in Accounting BAYN441 Advanced AuditingAYN442 SuperannuationAYN505 Accounting Honours – AAYN506 Accounting Honours – B

List Two: Banking and FinanceEFN401 Advanced Financial Institutions ManagementEFN410 Economic & Financial ModellingEFN416 Treasury & Portfolio ManagementEFN500 Contemporary Macroeconomic TheoriesEFN501 Corporate & Commercial LendingEFN502 Developments in Microeconomic TheoriesEFN504 Finance HonoursEFN505 Financial Risk ManagementEFN506 Advanced International FinanceEFN507 Advanced Capital Budgeting

List Three: Business and Taxation LawAYN405 Advanced Tax PlanningAYN406 Capital Gains TaxAYN425 International TaxationAYN426 Legal Environment of BusinessAYN427 Liquidations & ReceivershipAYN435 Taxation 1A (PY)AYN436 Taxation 1B (PY)AYN445 Goods & Services TaxAYN507 Business Law Honours

188

List Four: Electronic BusinessAYN413 Computer AuditingAYN419 Financial ModellingAYN446 Law of Electronic CommerceAYN447 Issues in Electronic CommerceAYN448 Management of Electronic Business

ProcessesAYN449 Enterprise Systems AAYN450 Enterprise Systems B

List Five: Research Based UnitsBSN500 Research Methods ANDBSN409 Research Project

ORBSN404 Project 1 AND/ORBSN405 Project 2

A maximum of 24 credit points may be taken asproject(s).

PY UnitsA number of postgraduate units are equivalent incontent to Professional Year (PY) units offered inthe program. Professional Year units are normallytaken only by students enrolled for the ProfessionalYear with the Institute of Chartered Accountants inAustralia. Students not undertaking the PY may enrolin the equivalent postgraduate units, but should notethat abnormal timetables apply. Credit cannot begained for both a PY unit and its equivalent unit.

Master of Business(Communication Studies)(BS88)

In the fields of Advertising, OrganisationalCommunication and Public Relations.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time, 6 semesterspart-time. This course has been designed to enablefull-time students to complete the course in onecalendar year consisting of three semesters. Becausethe units offered in summer program are limited,part-time students may not be able to complete thecourse in two years. These students should consultthe school administration officer to check theavailability of units if they wish to enrol in summerprogram.

Total Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer Radbourne

Major Coordinator: Associate Professor Jim Everett

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree from a recognised tertiaryinstitution in any area other than Communication –that is, advertising, organisational communicationor public relations.

Bachelor of Business (Communication) graduatesmay apply for admission to the Graduate Diploma(BS72) but must select a major different from theirundergraduate major. They may also be required tosubstitute units.

Course RequirementsStudents complete 144 credit points consisting of:

five core units (60 credit points);three units (36 credit points) from their chosenstrand (Advertising, OrganisationalCommunication or Public Relations);two elective units (24 credit points); andCON405 Communication Project (24 creditpoints).

Students are recommended to select their electiveunits from another strand in the Master of Business(Communication Studies). Any deviation to thisshould be approved by the course coordinator.

ArticulationStudents who have articulated from the GraduateDiploma in Communication (BS72) and whocommenced their study in 1996 or later may receiveblock credit for 96 credit points. They will berequired to complete a further 48 credit pointsconsisting of CON406 Communication Strategies,CON407 Communication Technology & GlobalNetworks, and CON405 Communication Project.Students who commenced their study prior to 1996will be required to undertake additional credit pointsto be admitted to the masters program. They shouldconsult the course coordinator for advice onarticulation requirements.

Full-time Course StructureStudents must choose one strand – Advertising,Organisational Communication or Public Relationsand complete all the units in that strand.

Year 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON420 Theories of Human CommunicationCON500 Qualitative Research Enquiry

Students completing Advertising strand also enrol in:CON417 Seminar in Advertising Management

Students completing Organisational Communicationstrand also enrol in:CON410 Interpersonal Communication & Negotiation

Students completing Public Relations strand enrol in:CON415 Public Relations Management

Year 1, Semester 2Elective unitElective unit

Students completing Advertising strand also enrol in:CON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

189

BU

SIN

ES

S

Students completing Organisational Communicationstrand also enrol in:CON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Students completing Public Relations strand alsoenrol in:CON409 Financial CommunicationCON414 Public Communication

Year 1, Semester 3CON405 Communication ProjectCON406 Communication StrategiesCON407 Communication Technology & Global

Networks

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for Professionals

Students completing Advertising strand also enrol in:CON417 Seminar in Advertising Management

Students completing Organisational Communicationstrand also enrol in:CON410 Interpersonal Communication & Negotiation

Students completing Public Relations strand enrol in:CON415 Public Relations Management

Year 1, Semester 2Elective unit

Students completing Advertising strand also enrol in:CON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

Students completing Organisational Communicationstrand also enrol in:CON401 Advanced Organisational Communication

Students completing Public Relations strand enrol in:CON414 Public Communication

Year 2, Semester 1CON420 Theories of Human CommunicationCON500 Qualitative Research Enquiry

Year 2, Semester 2Elective unit

Students completing Advertising strand also enrol in:CON418 Seminar in Media Strategy

Students completing Organisational Communicationstrand also enrol in:CON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Students completing Public Relations strand enrol in:CON409 Financial Communication

Year 3, Semester 1CON406 Communication StrategiesCON407 Communication Technology & Global

Networks

Year 3, Semester 2CON405 Communication Project

Master of Business(Professional Accounting)(BS89)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 semesters full-time, 6 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinator: Dr Christine Ryan

Entry RequirementsFor Australian residents, an applicant shouldnormally possess:

(i) an undergraduate degree qualification, exceptin accounting, from a recognised tertiaryinstitution at a standard acceptable to the Deanof Faculty; and

(ii) an appropriate standard of tertiary levelachievement in quantitative methods/statistics.A candidate who has not met this requirementmust complete either EFN409 StatisticalMethods or EFB101 Data Analysis for Businessin addition to the normal course requirements.

For international students, as above, plus Englishlanguage proficiency to an approved standard.

Only non-accounting graduates will be admitted tothis course. Students with a prior undergraduatedegree that included a major in Economics, Financeor Law, may be eligible to apply for substitution ofunits.

Professional RecognitionStudents completing the Master of Business(Professional Accounting) degree meet the academicrequirements for Associate membership of CPAAustralia, the academic requirements for enrolmentin the CPA examinations and the academicrequirements for enrolment in the Professional Yearprogram of the Institute of Chartered Accountantsin Australia.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AYN410 Business Law & EthicsAYN416 Financial Accounting 1EFN406 Managerial FinanceEFN405 Managerial Economics

Year 1, Semester 2AYN412 Company LawAYN414 Cost AccountingAYN417 Financial Accounting 2AYN443 Electronic Commerce Cycles

190

Year 2, Semester 1AYN411 Company AuditingAYN418 Financial Accounting 3AYN438 Taxation Law & PracticeAYN439 Management Accounting

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AYN410 Business Law & EthicsAYN416 Financial Accounting 1

Year 1, Semester 2AYN412 Company LawAYN417 Financial Accounting 2

Year 2, Semester 1AYN411 Company AuditingAYN418 Financial Accounting 3

Year 2, Semester 2AYN414 Cost AccountingAYN443 Electronic Commerce Cycles

Year 3, Semester 1AYN438 Taxation Law & PracticeAYN439 Management Accounting

Year 3, Semester 2EFN406 Managerial FinanceGSN411 Economics of Strategy 1*

GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1*

EFN405 Managerial Economics is unlikely to beavailable in Semester 2, 2001. Students unable toundertake EFN405 in Semester 1 may enrol inGSN411 and GSN414. These two 6 credit point unitscombined are deemed equivalent to EFN405.* Please note that GSN411 and GSN414 are half-semester (seven week) units. GSN411 runs in thefirst half of the semester and GSN414 runs in thesecond half.

Master of BusinessAdministration (GS10)

Location: Gardens Point campus.Course Duration: 3 semesters full-time or 6semesters part-time. The course must be completedwithin a maximum time period of five years.Total Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jeremy Williams

Course StructureConsists of 16 core units of 6 credit points each anda further 48 credit points of electives, which may beeither 6 credit points or 12 credit point units.

Where elective units may be undertaken, studentsshould check prerequisite requirements in the unitsynopsis section of this handbook and obtain approvalfrom the course coordinator prior to enrolment.

ElectivesThe Elective List for 2001 is available from the BrisbaneGraduate School of Business on Level 1, B Block, orat www.bgsb.qut.edu.au/concentrations.htm.

Course StructureThe following sixteen (16) core units must becompleted:GSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN402 Strategic Use of Information TechnologyGSN403 Understanding DataGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN406 Human Resource Management IssuesGSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1GSN410 Entrepreneurship 1GSN411 Economics of Strategy 1GSN412 Business Law 1GSN413 Financial Management 1GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1GSN415 Leadership 1GSN416 Business Plans 1

Plus 48 credit points of elective units undertaken asa concentration/minor.

MASTER OF BUSINESSADMINISTRATION – NEW VENTUREMANAGEMENTCourse StructureThe following sixteen (16) core units must becompleted:GSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN402 Strategic Use of Information TechnologyGSN403 Understanding DataGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN410 Entrepreneurship 1GSN411 Economics of Strategy 1GSN412 Business Law 1GSN413 Financial Management 1GSN415 Leadership 1GSN416 Business Plans 1GSN418 Marketing Management 2GSN420 Entrepreneurship 1GSN423 Financial Management 2GSN429 New Venture Marketing

The following four (4) elective units must becompleted:GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1GSN426 Business Plans 2GSN427 Financial Statements Analysis 2GSN430 New Venture Funding

Plus 24 credit points of elective units undertakenfrom:GSN431 New Venture Growth & TransitionsGSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRM

191

BU

SIN

ES

S

GSN433 Public Policy for New & Small BusinessGSN434 Venture CapitalMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

Development

Or any other electives with the permission of theMBA Director.

Concentrations and MinorsStudents may complete more than one concentrationand minor through careful choice of their 48 creditpoints of electives. Candidates with a prior degreein a business area may be allowed to bypass someintroductory core units and take additional electivesinstead, and thus complete additional minors orconcentrations.

Concentrations (36 credit points) and minors (24credit points) are available in the areas listed below.

AccountingGSN404 Financial Statement Analysis 1 (core)GSN427 Financial Statement Analysis 2 (required)GSN435 Electronic CommerceAYN414 Cost AccountingAYN417 Financial Accounting 2AYN418 Financial Accounting 3AYN424 International AccountingAYN439 Management AccountingAYN443 Electronic Commerce Cycles

plus other units offered by the Faculty of Business,with the permission of the MBA Director.

AdvertisingGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2CON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON417 Seminar in Advertising Management

(required)CON419 Strategies for Creative AdvertisingCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

Communication


Business CommunicationGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)CON401 Advanced Organisational Communication

(required)CON408 Crisis CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural CommunicationCON420 Theories of Human Communication


Business EnglishQCD110 Business English 1QCD210 Business English 2

taken at Queensland University of TechnologyInternational College (for International Students onlywith permission of the Director MBA).

Business LawGSN412 Business Law 1 (core)GSN422 Business Law 2 (required)AYN412 Company LawAYN426 Legal Environment of BusinessAYN438 Taxation Law & PracticeLWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet


Diversity ManagementGSN208 Personal Development & Ethics For

ManagersGSN219 Understanding Diversity within the

Organisation (required)GSN220 Understanding Diversity: an International

PerspectiveGSN406 Human Resource Management Issues (core)GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1 (core)


Electronic CommerceGSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology

(core)GSN435 Electronic Commerce (required)GSN447 Strategic Internet Marketing 1GSN448 Strategic Internet Marketing 2GSN454 Economics of Information & E-CommerceAYN443 Electronic Commerce CyclesCON426 Digital Business StrategyITN251 Issues in Information Technology

ManagementITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN355 Information Resources for Business &

IndustryLWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet


EntrepreneurshipGSN410 Entrepreneurship 1 (core)GSN416 Business Plans 1 (core)GSN420 Entrepreneurship 2 (required)GSN426 Business Plans 2GSN429 New Venture MarketingGSN430 New Venture FundingGSN431 New Venture Growth & TransitionGSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRMGSN433 Public Policy for New & Small BusinessGSN434 Venture CapitalGSN435 Electronic CommerceMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

Development


FinanceGSN413 Financial Management 1 (core)GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1 (core)GSN423 Financial Management 2 (required)GSN424 Business Conditions Analysis 2

192

GSN430 New Venture FundingGSN434 Venture CapitalEFN412 Advanced Managerial FinanceEFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security AnalysisEFN417 Introduction to International FinanceEFN506 Advanced International Finance


Human Resource ManagementGSN219 Understanding Diversity within the

OrganisationGSN220 Understanding Diversity: an International

PerspectiveGSN406 Human Resource Management Issues (core)GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1 (core)GSN419 Organisational Behaviour 2GSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRMGSN452 International Human Resource ManagementMGN421 Strategic Human Resource ManagementMGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN427 Human Resource Management (required)


International BusinessAYN424 International AccountingEFN414 International FinanceGSN401 Managing in the Global Business

Environment (core)GSN428 International Study TourGSN452 International Human Resource ManagementMIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeMIN405 Business in North AmericaMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN435 Business in Australia


Information Technology ManagementGSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology

(core)ITN220 Major Issues in Information SystemsITN251 Issues in Information Technology

ManagementITN252 Process EngineeringITN255 Knowledge Management & Enterprise Wide

SystemsITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN355 Information Resources for Business &

Industry

Language Studies24 credit points in a Foreign Language, with thepermission of the MBA Director.

LeadershipGSN207 Organisational Analysis & ConsultingGSN208 Personal Development & Ethics for

Managers

GSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN415 Leadership 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)GSN425 Leadership 2 (required)GSN432 New Venture Leadership & Human Resource

ManagementGSN453 Economics of Health & Health CareGSN454 Economics of Information & E-Commerce


Managerial EconomicsGSN411 Economics of Strategy 1 (core)GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1 (core)GSN421 Economics of Strategy 2 (required)GSN424 Business Conditions Analysis 2GSN453 Economics of Health & Health CareGSN454 Economics of Information & E-CommerceEFN403 Economics & Public PolicyEFN404 Environmental Economics & PolicyEFN408 Special Topic – Economics, Banking and

Finance A


Manufacturing ManagementGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN436 Introduction to Facilities Management 1GSN437 Introduction to Facilities Management 2GSN438 Production & Operations Management 1

(required)GSN439 Production & Operations Management 2

(required)GSN440 Risk Management 1GSN441 Risk Management 2GSN442 Project Management 1GSN443 Project Management 2


MarketingGSN408 Marketing Management 1 (core)GSN418 Marketing Management 2 (required)GSN429 New Venture MarketingGSN447 Strategic Internet Marketing 1GSN448 Strategic Internet Marketing 2GSN449 Public Sector & Social Marketing 1GSN450 Public Sector & Social Marketing 2CON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN425 Seminars in Strategic Marketing


Public RelationsGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)CON408 Crisis CommunicationCON409 Financial Communication

193

BU

SIN

ES

S

CON415 Public Relations Management (required)CON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationCON423 Corporate WritingCON424 Public Relations Methods


Services ManagementGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN442 Project Management 1GSN443 Project Management 2GSN436 Introduction to Facilities Management 1GSN437 Introduction to Facilities Management 2GSN440 Risk Management 1GSN441 Risk Management 2CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementMIN424 Seminars in Services Marketing


Strategic ManagementGSN200 Business Strategies (required)GSN207 Organisational Analysis & ConsultingGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN411 Economics of Strategy 1 (core)GSN416 Business Plans 1 (core)GSN421 Economics of Strategy 2GSN426 Business Plans 2MGN421 Strategic HRMMIN425 Seminars in Strategic Marketing


Other Concentration areasConstruction ManagementFacilities ManagementHealth Services ManagementOperations ManagementProject Management

These concentration areas are likely to be offered in2001 or beyond, depending on student demand.

■ Master of BusinessAdministration/Master ofApplied Finance (BS91)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 semesters full-time, 10semesters part-time. The course must be completedwithin a maximum time period of seven years.Total Credit Points: 240Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Brisbane Graduate School of Business (BGSB):Dr Jeremy Williams

School of Economics and Finance: Dr JenniferRadbourneMajor Coordinator:School of Economics and Finance: Mr MarkChristensen

Full-time Course StructureThe structure of the MBA/MAppFin program isdemonstrated in the following table. Note that thisis only one of many paths through the double MBA/MAppFin program, since not all core and electiveunits are offered every teaching period and studentswill need to exercise forward planning, particularlyto ensure that they take Finance electives when theyare offered and postpone MBA core units to latersemesters. Students should seek the advice of BGSBStudent Services or the School of Economics andFinance on unit sequencing.

Note that BGSB units are 6 credit points and 7 weeksin duration, some being held during the first half ofsemester, and others being held during the secondhalf of semester. School of Economics and Financeunits are 12 credit points and 13 weeks in duration,being held for the entire duration of semester.

First Semester, First Half @GSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN410 Entrepreneurship 1

First Semester, Second Half @

GSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN402 Strategic Use of ITGSN403 Understanding DataGSN409 Organisational Behaviour I

Second Semester, First HalfGSN411 Economics of Strategy 1 **

GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN415 Leadership 1EFN406 Managerial Finance **

Second Semester, Second HalfGSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1 **

GSN406 Human Resource Management IssuesGSN416 Business Plans 1

Continuation of EFN406 **

Third Semester, First HalfEFN412 Advanced Managerial FinanceGSN424 Business Condition Analysis 2

MBA Elective unit +MBA Elective unit +

Third Semester, Second HalfContinuation of EFN412MBA Elective unit +MBA Elective unit +MBA Elective unit +

194

Fourth Semester, Both HalvesEFN413 Securities Law **

EFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security AnalysisEFN507 Advanced Capital Budgeting

Fifth Semester, Both HalvesBSN404 Project 1EFN505 Financial Risk Management

EFN elective unit %EFN elective unit %

@ Note: International students will be required toundertake MIN435 Business in Australia (12credit points) in their first semester of study andshould defer two core MBA units (usuallyGSN410 and GSN409) to a later semester. Thistakes the place of 12 cp of MBA elective units.

** Note: Students who have previously undertakenany of the following units should seek the adviceof BGSB Student Services or School ofEconomics and Finance administration: GSN412Business Law 1, GSN413 Financial Management1, GSN423 Financial Management 2, EFN405Managerial Economics and MGN409 Introductionto Management.

+ Note: Students are required to undertake 30 cpelective units in one or more MBA concentrationand/or minor areas other than in Finance. A fulllisting is available from BGSB Students Services.

% Note: Students are required to undertake 24 cp ofEFN elective units subject to approval by theSchool of Economics and Finance.

With completion of the appropriate units, studentsmay exit with MBA/Graduate Diploma in AppliedFinance (192 cp), which, if planned in advance, maybe completed in 4 semesters full-time or 8 semesterspart-time. Students should seek the advice of theSchool of Economics and Finance.

Graduate Diploma inAdvanced Accounting (BS70)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time, 4 semesterspart-time.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinator: Associate Professor PeterBest

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold a degree from a recognisedtertiary institution, with an appropriate major inAccounting.

This course provides advanced level studies inAccountancy, Banking and Finance, Business andTaxation Law, and Electronic Business. It assumes aknowledge of Australian business law, company law,taxation law, and accounting and auditing standards.

Students may be required to take one or moreundergraduate units in addition to the normal courserequirements in order to make good any deficiencyin their qualifications to enter the postgraduatecourse.

ExemptionsOnce enrolled in the course, students may claimexemptions from specified units completed at QUTor other tertiary institutions. Students enrolled inpostgraduate programs are eligible for exemptionsup to a limit of half of the scheduled units.Exemptions may be granted for Professional Yearstudies completed with the Institute of CharteredAccountants in Australia and CPA studies completedwith CPA Australia.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete eight units (96 credit pointstotal). A minimum of six units must be selected fromLists 1, 2, 3 and 4. Up to two postgraduate units (24credit points) offered within QUT or elsewhere maybe selected as electives, subject to the approval ofthe course coordinator.

Postgraduate units will be offered each year, subjectto staff availability and sufficient student demand.Only units to be offered will be timetabled eachsemester.

Units completed in the Graduate Diploma may becounted towards the Master of Commerce (BS94),subject to approval by the course coordinator.Students who have aspirations to proceed to theMasters are advised to refer to the Masters courserules before selecting units in the Graduate Diploma.

List 1: AccountancyAYN404 Advanced Company AccountingAYN413 Computer AuditingAYN415 External Reporting IssuesAYN419 Financial ModellingAYN420 Financial ReportingAYN424 International AccountingAYN430 Managerial Accounting Issues AAYN432 Public Sector Accounting IssuesAYN433 Special Topic in Accounting AAYN434 Special Topic in Accounting BAYN441 Advanced AuditingAYN442 SuperannuationAYN505 Accounting Honours – AAYN506 Accounting Honours – B

List 2: Banking and FinanceEFN401 Advanced Financial Institutions ManagementEFN410 Economic & Financial Modelling

195

BU

SIN

ES

S

EFN416 Treasury & Portfolio ManagementEFN500 Contemporary Macroeconomic TheoriesEFN501 Corporate & Commercial LendingEFN502 Developments in Microeconomic TheoriesEFN504 Finance HonoursEFN505 Financial Risk ManagementEFN506 Advanced International FinanceEFN507 Advanced Capital Budgeting

List 3: Business and Taxation LawAYN405 Advanced Tax PlanningAYN406 Capital Gains TaxAYN425 International TaxationAYN426 Legal Environment of BusinessAYN427 Liquidations & ReceivershipAYN435 Taxation 1A (PY)AYN436 Taxation 1B (PY)AYN445 Goods & Services TaxAYN507 Business Law Honours

List 4: Electronic BusinessAYN413 Computer AuditingAYN419 Financial ModellingAYN446 Law of Electronic CommerceAYN447 Issues in Electronic CommerceAYN448 Management of Electronic Business

ProcessesAYN449 Enterprise Systems AAYN450 Enterprise Systems B

Professional Year Higher Degree ProgramIf you are undertaking the Professional Year HigherDegree program, you are required to complete sixspecified units and two electives.

■ Graduate Diploma in AppliedFinance (BS96)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinator: Mr Mark Christensen

Entry RequirementsApplicants should hold an undergraduate degree,except in Finance, from a recognised tertiaryinstitution or equivalent.

Special EntryA limited number of places will be available toapplicants who have successfully completed eithera Graduate Certificate in Business, with a major inFinance offered by the School of Economics andFinance; or the equivalent of post-graduate diplomastudies in finance offered by a professional body.

Under special entry each applicant will beindividually assessed. Applicants without a degreeor formal qualifications but with extensive and/or

relevant work experience will be considered forspecial entry.

Professional RecognitionProvided the student has an undergraduate degree,and a marketing unit is taken as the elective, or hasbeen undertaken in another course, this course meetsthe educational requirements for Senior Associatestatus of the Australian Institute of Banking andFinance – AAIBF (Snr). If the student does not havean undergraduate degree, and a marketing unit istaken as the elective or has been undertaken inanother course, this course meets the educationalrequirements for Associate status of the AustralianInstitute of Banking and Finance – AAIBF.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete eight units (96 credit pointstotal). The course can be undertaken, on a part-timebasis, over four semesters.


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EFN405 Managerial EconomicsEFN406 Managerial Finance

Year 1, Semester 2EFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1EFN412 Advanced Managerial FinanceMGN409 Introduction to Management

Year 2, Semester 2EFN413 Securities Law

Elective unit

The elective may be selected from any availablepostgraduate unit offered by the faculty, subject toapproval.

Full-time Course StructureStudents undertaking this course on a full-time basisare advised to contact the School of Economics andFinance for enrolment advice.

Articulation with Masters ProgramsStudents who complete successfully the GraduateDiploma in Applied Finance can articulate into theMaster of Applied Finance. Students who havecompleted the above course structure will need toundertake a further 48 credit points of specified studyin order to gain a Master of Applied Finance.

196

Graduate Diploma in BusinessAdministration (GS11)

Location: Gardens Point campus.Course Duration: 2 semester full-time or 4semesters part-time. The course must be completedwithin a maximum time period of four years.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jeremy Williams

Course StructureA minimum of 12 units (72cp) from the MBA coreand no more than 4 units (24cp) of electives.

ArticulationThis course articulates with GS10 Master ofBusiness Administration (MBA).

ElectivesThe Elective List for 2001 is available from theBrisbane Graduate School of Business on Level 1, BBlock or at www.bgsb.qut.edu.au/concentrations.htm.

Course StructureStudents must complete a minimum of 12 of thefollowing 16 units, with the remaining beingelectives or core units not yet completed.

GSN401 Managing in the Global BusinessEnvironment

GSN402 Strategic Use of Information TechnologyGSN403 Understanding DataGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN406 Human Resource Management IssuesGSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1GSN410 Entrepreneurship 1GSN411 Economics of Strategy 1GSN412 Business Law 1GSN413 Financial Management 1GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1GSN415 Leadership 1GSN416 Business Plans 1

MinorsStudents may complete one minor through carefulchoice of their electives. Candidates with a priordegree in a business area may be allowed to bypasssome introductory core units and take additionalelectives instead, and thus complete additionalminors or concentrations.

Minors (24 credit points) are available in the areaslisted below.

AccountingGSN404 Financial Statement Analysis (core)GSN427 Financial Statement Analysis 2 (required)GSN435 Electronic Commerce

AYN414 Cost AccountingAYN417 Financial Accounting 2AYN418 Financial Accounting 3AYN424 International AccountingAYN439 Management AccountingAYN443 Electronic Commerce Cycles


AdvertisingGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2CON417 Seminar in Advertising Management

(required)CON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON419 Strategies for Creative AdvertisingCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

Communication


Business CommunicationGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)CON401 Advanced Organisational Communication

(required)CON413 Issues in Intercultural CommunicationCON408 Crisis CommunicationCON420 Theories of Human Communication


Business EnglishQCD110 Business English 1QCD210 Business English 2

taken at Queensland University of TechnologyInternational College (for International Students onlywith permission of the Director MBA).

Business LawGSN412 Business Law 1 (core)GSN422 Business Law 2 (required)AYN412 Company LawAYN426 Legal Environment of BusinessAYN438 Taxation Law & PracticeLWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet


Diversity ManagementGSN406 Human Resource Management Issues (core)GSN219 Understanding Diversity within the

Organisation (required)GSN220 Understanding Diversity: an International

PerspectiveGSN208 Personal Development & Ethics For

ManagersGSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1


197

BU

SIN

ES

S

Electronic CommerceGSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology

(core)GSN435 Electronic Commerce (required)GSN447 Strategic Internet Marketing 1GSN448 Strategic Internet Marketing 2GSN454 Economics of Information & E-commerceAYN443 Electronic Commerce CyclesCON426 Digital Business StrategyITN251 Issues in Information Technology

ManagementITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN355 Information Resources for Business &

IndustryLWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet


EntrepreneurshipGSN410 Entrepreneurship 1 (core)GSN416 Business Plans 1 (core)GSN420 Entrepreneurship 2 (required)GSN426 Business Plans 2GSN429 New Venture MarketingGSN430 New Venture FundingGSN431 New Venture Growth & TransitionGSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRMGSN433 Public Policy for New & Small BusinessGSN434 Venture CapitalGSN435 Electronic CommerceMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

Development


FinanceGSN413 Financial Management 1 (core)GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1 (core)GSN423 Financial Management 2 (required)GSN424 Business Conditions Analysis 2GSN430 New Venture FundingGSN434 Venture CapitalEFN412 Advanced Managerial FinanceEFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security AnalysisEFN417 Introduction to International FinanceEFN506 Advanced International Finance


Human Resource ManagementGSN406 Human Resource Management Issues (core)GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1 (core)GSN419 Organisational Behaviour 2GSN219 Understanding Diversity within the

OrganisationGSN220 Understanding Diversity: an international

perspectiveGSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRMGSN452 International Human Resource ManagementMGN421 Strategic Human Resource ManagementMGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN427 Human Resource Management (required)


International BusinessGSN401 Managing in the Global Business

Environment (core)GSN428 International Study TourGSN452 International Human Resource ManagementMIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeMIN405 Business in North AmericaMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN435 Business in AustraliaAYN424 International AccountingEFN414 International Finance


Information Technology ManagementGSN402 Strategic Use of Information Technology

(core)ITN220 Major Issues in Information SystemsITN251 Issues in Information Technology


SystemsITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN355 Information Resources for Business &

Industry

Language Studies24 credit points in a Foreign Language, with thepermission of the MBA Director.

LeadershipGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN415 Leadership 1 (core)GSN425 Leadership 2 (required)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)GSN432 New Venture Leadership & HRMGSN207 Organisational Analysis & ConsultingGSN208 Personal Development & Ethics for Managers


Managerial EconomicsGSN411 Economics of Strategy 1 (core)GSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1 (core)GSN421 Economics of Strategy 2 (required)GSN424 Business Conditions Analysis 2GSN453 Economics of Health & Health CareGSN454 Economics of Information & E-CommerceEFN403 Economics & Public PolicyEFN404 Environmental Economics & PolicyEFN408 Special Topic – Economics, Banking and

Finance A


Manufacturing ManagementGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN436 Introduction to Facilities Management 1GSN437 Introduction to Facilities Management 2

198

GSN438 Production & Operations Management 1(required)

GSN439 Production & Operations Management 2(required)

GSN440 Risk Management 1GSN441 Risk Management 2GSN442 Project Management 1GSN443 Project Management 2


MarketingGSN408 Marketing Management 1 (core)GSN418 Marketing Management 2 (required)GSN429 New Venture MarketingGSN447 Strategic Internet Marketing 1GSN448 Strategic Internet Marketing 2GSN449 Public Sector & Social Marketing 1GSN450 Public Sector & Social Marketing 2CON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN425 Seminars in Strategic Marketing


Public RelationsGSN407 Professional Communication 1 (core)GSN417 Professional Communication 2 (required)CON415 Public Relations Management (required)CON408 Crisis CommunicationCON409 Financial CommunicationCON421 Seminar in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationCON423 Corporate WritingCON424 Public Relations Methods


Services ManagementGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN442 Project Management 1GSN443 Project Management 2GSN436 Introduction to Facilities Management 1GSN437 Introduction to Facilities Management 2GSN440 Risk Management 1GSN441 Risk Management 2MIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingCNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP101 Facilities Support Services Management


Strategic ManagementGSN200 Business Strategies (required)GSN207 Organisational Analysis & ConsultingGSN405 Strategic Management (core)GSN411 Economics of Strategy 1 (core)GSN416 Business Plans 1 (core)

GSN421 Economics of Strategy 2GSN426 Business Plans 2MGN421 Strategic HRMMIN425 Seminars in Strategic Marketing


Other Concentration areasConstruction ManagementFacilities ManagementHealth Services ManagementOperations ManagementProject Management

These concentration areas are likely to be offered in2001 or beyond, depending on student demand.

Graduate Diploma inCommunication (BS72)

In the fields of Advertising, OrganisationalCommunication and Public Relations.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time, 4 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer RadbourneMajor Coordinator: Associate Professor JimEverett

Entry RequirementsA degree from a recognised tertiary institution orequivalent.

Special EntryA limited number of places will be available topractitioners in the relevant profession who, whilepossessing no formal degree, can demonstrate anddocument significant experiential grasp of theirprofession. These candidates will be senior membersof their profession.

An applicant who does not meet the requirementsfor normal entry may present documentary evidenceof qualifications, experience and other relevantinformation for special consideration.

Course RequirementsStudents complete eight units (96 credit points), asper the programs of study described below for theirmajor area of study (Advertising, OrganisationalCommunication or Public Relations). It isrecommended that elective units be selected fromanother major in the Graduate Diploma inCommunication. Any deviation to this should beapproved by the course coordinator.

199

BU

SIN

ES

S

Bachelor of Business (Communication) graduatesenrolling in this course must select a major differentfrom their undergraduate specialisation. Thesestudents also undertake CON406 CommunicationStrategies instead of CON420 Theories of HumanCommunication, and CON407 CommunicationTechnology & Global Networks instead of CON404Communication for Professionals. These studentsshould seek approval for their course program fromthe course coordinator.

Articulation with Masters ProgramsStudents who enrol in the Graduate Diploma inCommunication can articulate into either the Masterof Business – Communication Studies (for thosewithout an undergraduate degree in Communication)OR the Master of Business with a major inCommunication (for those with a Communicationundergraduate degree). Students who havecompleted the above course structure would need toundertake a further 48 credit points of specified unitsin order to gain a Master of Business.

ADVERTISINGFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON417 Seminar in Advertising ManagementCON420 Theories of Human Communication

Elective unit

Year 1, Semester 2CON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

Elective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON420 Theories of Human Communication

Year 1, Semester 2CON418 Seminar in Media StrategyCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

Year 2, Semester 1CON417 Seminar in Advertising Management

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2CON412 Contemporary Issues in Advertising

Elective unit

ORGANISATIONAL COMMUNICATIONFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON410 Interpersonal Communication & NegotiationCON420 Theories of Human Communication

Elective unit

Year 1, Semester 2COB332 Issues in PublishingCON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Elective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON420 Theories of Human Communication

Year 1, Semester 2CON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON413 Issues in Intercultural Communication

Year 2, Semester 1CON410 Interpersonal Communication & Negotiation

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2COB332 Issues in Publishing

Elective unit

PUBLIC RELATIONSFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON415 Public Relations ManagementCON420 Theories of Human CommunicationCON424 Public Relations Methods

Year 1, Semester 2CON409 Financial CommunicationCON414 Public Communication

Elective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON415 Public Relations Management

Year 1, Semester 2CON414 Public Communication

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 1CON420 Theories of Human CommunicationCON424 Public Relations Methods

Year 2, Semester 2CON409 Financial Communication

Elective unit

Students with a Bachelor of Business (Communica-tion) should refer to the course requirements.

Graduate Certificate inManagement (GS13)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time or 2semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48

200

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jeremy Williams

Entry RequirementsEligibility for entry will be considered by the coursecoordinator where applicants possess:

(i) prior degree plus two years’ work experience;or

(ii) no prior degree plus five years’ appropriatebusiness experience; or

(iii) degree in a business related area with less thantwo years’ work experience.

ArticulationThis course articulates with the Graduate Diplomain Business Administration (GS11) and the Masterof Business Administration (GS10).

ElectivesThe Elective List for 2001 is available from theBrisbane Graduate School of Business on Level 1,B Block.

Course StructureStudents must complete 48 credit points from thecore or electives of the Master of BusinessAdministration or any Business units, subject to theapproval of the MBA Director.

The sixteen core units are:



■ Graduate Certificate inBusiness (BS39)

In the fields of Advertising, Arts Administration,Finance, Human Resource Management, InternationalBusiness, Marketing, Organisational Communication,Public Management and Public Relations.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Normally 1 semester full-timeor 2 semesters part-time, depending on theavailability of units.

Total Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jennifer Radbourne

Entry RequirementsApplicants should have an appropriate undergraduatedegree from a recognised tertiary institution.Applicants are advised to check the entryrequirements defined under each specialisationbelow. Special entry without a degree but withprofessional and work experience may be available.

ArticulationWith approval of the relevant course coordinator,students may articulate from the Graduate Certificatein Business to one of the following courses,depending on the specialisation undertaken. Studentswill have to meet the entry requirements and/or theprerequisites for further study.

BS72 Graduate Diploma in Communication orBS88 Master of Business (CommunicationStudies) – for students completing the GraduateCertificate in Business specialising in Advertising,Organisational Communication or PublicRelations.

BS96 Graduate Diploma in Applied Finance orBS98 Master of Applied Finance – for studentscompleting the Graduate Certificate in Business(Finance).

BS93 Master of Business (Marketing) – forstudents completing the Graduate Certificate inBusiness specialising in Marketing or ArtsAdministration.

BS93 Master of Business (International Business)– for students completing the Graduate Certificatein Business specialising in International Businessor Arts Administration.

BS93 Master of Business (Human ResourceManagement) – for students completing theGraduate Certificate in Business (HumanResource Management).

BS93 Master of Business (Public Management)for students completing the Graduate Certificatein Business (Public Management).

In addition, the Graduate Certificate in Business mayarticulate to the Graduate Diploma in BusinessAdministration or the Master of BusinessAdministration, provided students have a minimumof two years’ relevant work experience.

Course RequirementsGraduate Certificates consist of 48 credit points ofunits. Students take one of the followingspecialisations consisting of four units:

201

BU

SIN

ES

S

ADVERTISINGMajor Coordinator: Associate Professor Jim Everett

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree in an area other thanCommunication. Available part-time only.CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON417 Seminar in Advertising ManagementCON412 Contemporary Issues in AdvertisingCON418 Seminar in Media Strategy

ORCON419 Strategies for Creative Advertising

ARTS ADMINISTRATIONMajor Coordinator: Mr Gary ChittickEntry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree. Available part-time only.

MIN400 Arts Administration & SocietyMIN415 Marketing Arts & CultureMIN430 The Arts Industry

Approved elective

FINANCEProfessional RecognitionGraduates meet the educational requirements forAffiliate status of the Australian Institute of Bankingand Finance – AIBF(Aff.).

Major Coordinator: Mr Mark ChristensenEntry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree in an area other thanFinance. Available part-time only.

EFN405 Managerial EconomicsEFN406 Managerial FinanceEFN414 International FinanceEFN415 Security Analysis

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMajor Coordinator: Ms Leisa SargentEntry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree with a major in HumanResource Management or approved equivalent studyin organisational psychology or organisationalbehaviour. On entry to the course students will berequired to meet with the major coordinator to ensuretheir study program reflects their prior humanresource management experience and careerexpectations. Available full-time and part-time.

Four units from the following:BSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentMGN421 Strategic HRMMGN422 Contemporary Issues & Practices in

Employee RelationsMGN424 International Dimensions of HRMMGN427 Human Resource ManagementMGN505 Consulting & Change ManagementMGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRM

OR other units approved by the coursecoordinator

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSMajor Coordinator: Mr Gary Chittick

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree with a major in businessor commerce or approved equivalent study ininternational relations, international politics andhistory, languages and cross cultural communication.Available full-time and part-time (semester two entrypart-time only).

BSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentBSN401 Management, the Organisation &

International Business

plus two units from:BSN400 Industry AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of HRMMIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN435 Business in Australia

MARKETINGMajor Coordinator: Mr Gary Chittick

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree with a major in Marketingor approved equivalent study in business, commerce,economics, or another of the social sciences.Available full-time and part-time (semester two entrypart-time only).

MIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN422 Seminars in Marketing Management

plus two units from:CON421 Seminars in Integrated Marketing

CommunicationMIN413 Market & Business Research MethodsMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN438 Marketing for On-line Services

ORGANISATIONAL COMMUNICATIONMajor Coordinator: Associate Professor Jim Everett

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree in an area other thanCommunication. Available part-time only.

CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON410 Interpersonal Communication & NegotiationCON401 Advanced Organisational CommunicationCON423 Corporate Writing

PUBLIC MANAGEMENTMajor Coordinator: Professor Roger Scott

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree. Available full-time andpart-time.

202

MGN425 The Context of Public ManagementOR

MGN426 International Trends in Public Management

Plus three units from:MGN402 Government-Business RelationsMGN421 Strategic HRMMGN425 The Context of Public ManagementMGN426 International Trends in Public ManagementMGN516 Policy AnalysisMGN517 Program Management & EvaluationMGN524 Special Topic in Management 1

OR other units approved by the coursecoordinator

PUBLIC RELATIONSMajor Coordinator: Associate Professor JimEverett

Entry RequirementsAn undergraduate degree in an area other thanCommunication. Available part-time only.

CON404 Communication Practice for ProfessionalsCON415 Public Relations ManagementCON409 Financial Communication

ORCON414 Public CommunicationCON423 Corporate Writing

ORCON424 Public Relations Methods

Graduate Certificate inBusiness Administration (GS12)

Location: Gardens Point campus.Course Duration: 1 semester full-time or 2semesters part-time. The course must be completedwithin a maximum time period of two years.Total Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jeremy WilliamsEntry RequirementsEligibility will be considered by the coursecoordinator where applicants possess:

(i) prior degree plus two years’ work experience;or

(ii) no prior degree plus five years’ appropriatebusiness experience; or

(iii) degree in a business related area with less thantwo years’ work experience.

Course StructureConsists of eight core units of 6 credit points each.

ArticulationThis course articulates with GS11 Graduate Diplomaof Business Administration (GDBA) and GS10Master of Business Administration (MBA).

Course StructureSelect eight (8) units from the following:



Bachelor of Business(Honours) (BS63)

In the fields of Accountancy, Banking and Finance,Communication, Economics, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Managementand Marketing.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-time, 4 semesterspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor Neal Ryan

Entry RequirementsApplicants for admission to candidature for aBachelor of Business (Honours) shall:

(i) hold a Bachelor of Business from QUT whichincludes a major in the area of intended Honourslevel study and shall have achieved a grade pointaverage (GPA) of 5 or better on a 7-point scalein the three years of undergraduate study; or aqualification deemed equivalent; or

(ii) have other qualifications and experience whichis considered by the Dean of Faculty to qualifyfor admission.

Applications for admission to honours will normallybe at the end of the final year of the pass degree, orwithin 18 months of completing the pass degree.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete four units (48 credit points)and a dissertation (48 credit points), as per theprograms of study described below for the area ofhonours study.

203

BU

SIN

ES

S

The level of honours awarded will be calculated onthe basis of a weighted average of the percentagemarks awarded for the coursework units anddissertation.

PROGRAM FOR ACCOUNTANCY,ECONOMICS AND BANKING & FINANCEStudents must complete three prescribed units (36credit points), one elective (12 credit points) and adissertation (48 credit points).

(i) Compulsory unit – all studentsBSN500 Research Methods

(ii) Two units from the area of Honours study:AccountancyTwo of the following units:AYN505 Accounting Honours – AAYN506 Accounting Honours – BAYN507 Business Law Honours

OR

Economics (Compulsory)EFN500 Contemporary Macroeconomic TheoriesEFN502 Developments in Microeconomic Theories

OR

Banking and Finance (Compulsory)EFN504 Finance HonoursEFN505 Financial Risk Management

(iii) ElectivesThe elective unit may be taken from any level 4 or 5postgraduate unit offered by the Schools ofAccountancy, and Economics and Finance, or byother Schools within the Faculty of Business, subjectto the approval of the course coordinator or Head ofSchool.

(iv) Compulsory dissertation – all studentsBSN501 Dissertation

PROGRAM FOR COMMUNICATIONStudents must complete three prescribed units (36credit points), one elective unit (12 credit points)and a dissertation (48 credit points). Research canbe undertaken in the fields of Advertising,Organisational Communication, and PublicRelations.

(i) Compulsory unitsCON406 Communication StrategiesCON500 Qualitative Research EnquiryBSN502 Research Methodology

(ii) Compulsory dissertationBSN501 Dissertation

(iii) School electiveTo be taken from any 12 credit point postgraduateunit offered by the School of Communication.

PROGRAM FOR HUMAN RESOURCEMANAGEMENT, INTERNATIONALBUSINESS, MANAGEMENT & MARKETINGUnder the umbrella of Management and HumanResource Management, students may be able toundertake a dissertation in Employee Relations orPublic Management. Details are available from thecourse coordinator or the School of Management.

Under the umbrella of Marketing and InternationalBusiness, students may be able to take specialisedstudies in Arts Administration, Fundraising, IndustryEconomics or Tourism. Details are available fromthe course coordinator or the School of Marketingand International Business.

(i) Compulsory units – all studentsBSN502 Research MethodologyBSN503 Research Seminars

(ii) Two units from the area of Honours study:Human Resource Management (Compulsory)MGN506 Contemporary Issues in HRMMGN508 HRM Cases

OR

International BusinessTwo of the following units:BSN400 Industry AnalysisBSN401 Management, the Organisation &

International BusinessEFN417 An Introduction to International FinanceMGN423 Contemporary Strategic AnalysisMGN424 International Dimensions of HRMMIN403 Business in AsiaMIN404 Business in EuropeMIN421 Seminars on International MarketingMIN426 Special Topic – International Business

OR

Management (Compulsory)MGN501 Readings in ManagementMGN507 Contemporary Issues in Management

OR

MarketingTwo of the following units:MIN407 Contemporary Issues in MarketingMIN414 Marketing Decision SystemsMIN419 Seminars in Consumer BehaviourMIN421 Seminars in International MarketingMIN422 Seminars in Marketing ManagementMIN423 Seminars in Product Innovation &

DevelopmentMIN424 Seminars in Services MarketingMIN429 Strategic Marketing ManagementMIN438 Marketing for On-line Services

(iii) Compulsory dissertation – all studentsBSN501 Dissertation

204

Bachelor of Business (BS56)With majors in Accountancy, Banking and Finance,Communication, Economics, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Management,and Marketing.Location: Gardens Point campus (all majors).Carseldine campus (Communication, Managementand Human Resource Management majors only).Course Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Andrew PaltridgeMajor Coordinators:Accountancy: Dr John SweetingBanking and Finance: Mr John PolichronisCommunication: Ms Robina Xavier (Acting)Economics: Mr Eugene McCannHuman Resource Management: Dr John MartinInternational Business: Mr Michael CoxManagement: Dr Dianne LewisMarketing: Ms Cathy Neal

Special Requirements for the Bachelor ofBusiness Degree in the Faculty of BusinessA full-time student may only enrol in units selectedfrom those contained in the normal course programfor semesters 1 and 2 in the first year of study unlessin exceptional circumstances, and with the approvalof the Dean of Faculty. Similarly, part-time studentsmay only select units from those listed for years 1and 2 in the first two years of study. Students musttake faculty core units at first attempt, in the semesteroutlined in the structure of their chosen major.

A student must enrol for more than one unit in anysemester, unless they have the approval of the Deanof Faculty.

Copies of Faculty Rules and Procedures are availablefrom the Faculty of Business enquiries counter atGardens Point in Z407, phone (07) 3864 2050, orCarseldine in C201, phone (07) 3864 4604.

Course RequirementsStudents commencing the Bachelor of Business mustcomplete 24 units of equal weighting totalling 288credit points, comprised of:

(a) eight faculty core units (refer to A below)

(b) the relevant block of six major core units (referto B below)

(c) one of the following:(i) double Major (six units); or(ii) extended Major (six units); or(iii) specialisation (six units).

(d) plus four electives or a minor of four units.

(A) FACULTY CORE UNITSBSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Students must take faculty core units at first attempt,in the semester outlined in the structure of theirchosen major.

(B) MAJOR CORE UNITS

AccountancyAYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingAYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1AYB301 AuditingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Banking and FinanceEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB201 Financial MarketsEFB210 Finance 1EFB307 Finance 2EFB312 International Finance & Economics

CommunicationCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB334 Communication Research Methods

EconomicsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary Economics

Human Resource ManagementMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & AnalysisMGB221 Work & PerformanceMGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1

International BusinessBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessMIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB210 Export ManagementMIB211 Globalisation & Business

and any one of the following pairs of area study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development ANDMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

OR

205

BU

SIN

ES

S

MIB208 European Business Development ANDMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

ManagementMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & AnalysisMGB303 EntrepreneurshipMGB309 Strategic Management

MarketingEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB204 Consumer BehaviourMIB213 International MarketingMIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB305 Market ResearchMIB315 Strategic Marketing

DefinitionsDouble Major: a second major core (six units)chosen from above. Six units must be completed fora double major. An alternative double major optionunit must be substituted when a unit is common toboth majors, or a unit that is incompatible has alreadybeen completed. Approval for the substitute unitshould be sought from the major coordinator.

Extended Major: an additional group of sixspecified units in the same discipline area as themajor core. A list of possible extended majors isprovided later, with the respective primary majors.

Specialisation: a coherent group of six specified unitsin a discipline area. Specialisations for business studentsmay be chosen from a number of areas (refer to Cbelow). Six units must be completed for a specialisation.An alternative specialisation option unit must besubstituted when a unit is common in the major andspecialisation, or a unit that is incompatible hasalready been completed. Approval for the substituteunit should be sought from the major coordinator.

Minor: a coherent group of four specified units in adiscipline area. A list of approved minors is availablefrom the Faculty of Business enquiries counter.

Elective: a unit of 12 credit points chosen from anydegree course at QUT including approved degreelevel study tours. Electives may also be taken at otherrecognised universities if the student obtains writtenapproval from the course coordinator and the Headof School.

(C) SPECIALISATIONS FOR BUSINESSMAJORSStudents should note that not all specialisations willbe timetabled in every year or semester. Hence, it isimportant that you confirm that the specialisation inwhich you are interested is offered. Enquiries shouldbe directed to the Faculty of Business enquiriescounter.

Accounting(Business students without an Accountancymajor)AYB121 Financial AccountingAYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsAYB225 Management Accounting 1

plus two of the following:AYB311 Financial Accounting TheoryAYB313 Government AccountingAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

Advertising(Business students without a Communicationmajor)COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB304 Advertising CopywritingCOB306 Advertising ManagementCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB317 Media Planning

Banking and Finance(Business students without a Banking andFinance major)EFB210 Finance 1EFB307 Finance 2

plus four of the following:AYB312 Financial Institutions LawEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB308 Finance 3EFB309 Financial DerivativesEFB310 Financial Institutions – ControlEFB311 Financial Institutions – LendingEFB312 International Finance & EconomicsEFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysis

Students should consult with the Banking & FinanceMajor coordinator before selecting four units fromthe above list.

Business Law(Business students without an Accountancymajor)AYB120 Business LawAYB223 Law of Business AssociationsAYB325 Taxation Law

plus three of the following:AYB122 Goods & Services TaxAYB303 Commercial & Securities LawAYB305 Company Law & PracticeAYB312 Financial Institutions LawAYB317 International Business LawAYB328 Taxation Law 2

Electronic CommerceAYB332 The Law of E-CommerceAYB333 Applications in Electronic CommerceITB823 Web Sites for Electronic CommerceITB850 Network & Security Technologies for

Electronic Commerceplus two of the following:AYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsCOB218 Internet Communication

206

EFB219 Electronic FinanceMGB216 Technology ManagementMIB223 Technology & International BusinessMIB224 Technology & Marketing

Note: EFB219 Electronic Finance will not be offeredin 2001. However, EFB206 Corporate Finance maybe undertaken as a substitute in semester 1.

Financial Economics(Business students without an Economics major)EFB102 Economics 2EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB323 Financial & Monetary Economics

plus two of the following:EFB210 Finance 1EFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial

MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB326 Applied Portfolio ManagementEFB328 Public Economics & Finance

International Business Analysis(Business students without an InternationalBusiness major)MIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMIB212 Industry & Regional AnalysisMIB314 Strategic Business Analysis

plus three of the following units provided at leastone of the units is a level 3 unit (ie MIB3xx):MIB101 Business in AustraliaMIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB205 Cross Cultural Communication &

NegotiationMIB208 European Business DevelopmentMIB210 Export ManagementMIB213 International MarketingMIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB218 Marketing Sport & Recreation (even

numbered years)MIB221 Retail Industry (even numbered years)MIB222 Sport & Recreation Industries (odd

numbered years)MIB223 Technology & International Business (odd

numbered years)MIB224 Technology & Marketing (odd numbered

years)MIB225 TourismMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB229 Retail Marketing (even numbered years)MIB300 Contemporary Business in EuropeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB312 Special Topic in International BusinessMIB317 Contemporary Business in AsiaMIB318 Management of Sport & Recreation (odd

numbered years)MIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing

Language(Business students without an InternationalBusiness major)Students may study either French, German,Indonesian or Japanese, or seek approval toundertake a different language at another tertiaryinstitution. Students undertaking a languagespecialisation must complete a minimum of fourlanguage units, plus either: two additional languageunits; or MIB205 Cross Cultural Communication &Negotiation, and one other International Businesselective. Refer to the International Business majorfor details on units and codes.

Language(Business students with an InternationalBusiness major)Students undertaking a language specialisation mustcomplete a minimum of four language units plusEFB101 Data Analysis for Business or MGB220Methods and Analysis and either MIB205 CrossCultural Communication and Negotiation or anadditional language unit. Refer to the InternationalBusiness major for details on units and codes.

Marketing(Business students without a Marketing major)MIB204 Consumer BehaviourMIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB315 Strategic Marketing

plus three of the following, including one unit atlevel 3 (MIB3xx):MIB210 Export ManagementMIB215 Marketing LogisticsMIB218 Marketing Sport & RecreationMIB220 Business to Business MarketingMIB224 Technology & MarketingMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB228 Promotional StrategyMIB229 Retail MarketingMIB230 Sales ManagementMIB303 International LogisticsMIB308 Professional Marketing PracticeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events MarketingMIB320 Marketing Decision MakingMIB321 Tourism Marketing

Marketing, Law and Finance(Business students without a Marketing major)AYB120 Business LawEFB210 Finance 1MIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB311 Services Marketing

plus any two of the following Marketing extendedmajor units.The following units are offered every year:MIB210 Export ManagementMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB308 Professional Marketing Practice

207

BU

SIN

ES

S

MIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing

The following units are offered in even numberedyears:MIB218 Marketing Sport & RecreationMIB228 Promotional StrategyMIB229 Retail MarketingMIB320 Marketing Decision Making

The following units are offered in odd numberedyears:MIB215 Marketing LogisticsMIB220 Business to Business MarketingMIB224 Technology & MarketingMIB230 Sales ManagementMIB303 International Logistics (not offered 2001)

Public Relations(Business students without a Communicationmajor)COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB326 Public Relations WritingCOB329 Publicity Methods

Plus one of the following:COB323 Public Relations Campaigns*COB336 Public Relations Management

* with area coordinator approval.

Small Business and Enterprise Development(Business students without Human ResourceManagement major)EFB206 Corporate FinanceMGB218 Venture SkillsMGB303 EntrepreneurshipMGB323 Small Business ManagementMGB333 Small Business Concepts & CasesMIB307 Product Innovation & Market Development

Students enrolling in this specialisation mustcomplete MGB210 Operations, Production &Service Management as an elective.

Small Business and Enterprise Development(Business students with a Management major)EFB206 Corporate FinanceMGB216 Technology ManagementMGB218 Venture SkillsMGB307 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMGB323 Small Business ManagementMGB333 Small Business Concepts & Cases

Small Business and Enterprise Development(Business students without a Human ResourceManagement or Management major)EFB206 Corporate FinanceMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB303 EntrepreneurshipMGB323 Small Business ManagementMGB333 Small Business Concepts & Cases

Students enrolling in this specialisation mustcomplete MGB210 Operations, Production &Service Management as an elective.

Accountancy MajorProfessional RecognitionStudents completing the Bachelor of Business(Accountancy) degree with an extended major ineither Professional Accounting or Business Law andTaxation meet the academic requirements forAssociate membership of CPA Australia andenrolment in the CPA examinations of CPA Australiaand the Professional Year (PY) examinations of theInstitute of Chartered Accountants in Australia.Students with advanced standing may need to takeadditional units in order to meet the academicrequirements for professional membership.

Students completing the Business Computing ex-tended major satisfy the requirements for Associatemembership of CPA Australia and partially meet theacademic requirements for Associate membershipof the Australian Computer Society. To be eligiblefor enrolment in the CPA and PY examinations, suchstudents must complete two additional units –AYB223 Law of Business Associations and AYB325Taxation Law.

These programs are also accredited with the Instituteof Chartered Secretaries and Administrators, and theChartered Institute of Company Secretaries inAustralia.

Honours Year (Optional)Refer to the course outline of BS63 for details.

ACCOUNTANCY MAJOR(For students not seeking professionalrecognition)

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

Double major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

208

Year 2, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Double major/specialisation unitDouble major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 Auditing

Double major/specialisation unitDouble major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 2Double major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial Accounting


Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 2, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 3, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 4, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1

Year 4, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation




Year 5, Semester 2Double Major/Specialisation unitElective unit

Year 6, Semester 1Double major/specialisation unitElective unit


EXTENDED MAJOR IN PROFESSIONALACCOUNTING(For students seeking professionalrecognition)

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsBSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 2, Semester 2AYB223 Law of Business AssociationsAYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingAYB325 Taxation LawEFB210 Finance 1

Elective unit

Year 3, Semester 2AYB311 Financial Accounting Theory#

ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory#

Elective unitElective unitElective unit


Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingEFB102 Economics 2



Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 3, Semester 2AYB223 Law of Business AssociationsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

209

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 4, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

Year 4, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 5, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingAYB325 Taxation Law

Year 5, Semester 2AYB311 Financial Accounting Theory# ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory#

Elective unit

Year 6, Semester 1EFB210 Finance 1

Elective unit


# Students may take the unit not selected as part oftheir extended major program as an elective unit.

EXTENDED MAJOR IN BUSINESS LAWAND TAXFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB223 Law of Business AssociationsBSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 2, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1AYB325 Taxation LawBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingEFB210 Finance 1

Extended major unitExtended major unit

Year 3, Semester 2AYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsAYB311 Financial Accounting Theory

ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

Extended major unitExtended major unit


Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingEFB102 Economics 2



Year 3, Semester 1AYB223 Law of Business AssociationsBSB111 Business Law & Ethics

Year 3, Semester 2AYB325 Taxation LawBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 4, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 4, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation


Extended major unit

Year 5, Semester 2AYB311 Financial Accounting Theory ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

Extended major unit


Extended major unit

Year 6, Semester 2AYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

Extended major unit

Extended Major UnitsAYB122 Goods & Services TaxAYB303 Commercial & Securities LawAYB305 Company Law & PracticeAYB312 Financial Institutions LawAYB316 Insolvency Law & PracticeAYB317 International Business LawAYB323 Tax PlanningAYB328 Taxation Law 2

EXTENDED MAJOR IN BUSINESSCOMPUTINGFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

210

Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB102 Economics 2ITB410 Software Development 1

Year 2, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsBSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 2, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationITB222 Systems Analysis & Design 1

Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingEFB210 Finance 1ITB221 Laboratory 3 (Commercial Programming)*

ITB510 Communications Networks

Year 3, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawAYB309 Computer Security & AuditAYB311 Financial Accounting Theory ORAYB321 Management Accounting TheoryITB242 Decision Support Systems


Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingEFB102 Economics 2Year 2, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyYear 2, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessITB410 Software Development 1Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessYear 3, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB222 Systems Analysis & Design 1

Year 4, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

Year 4, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationYear 5, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingITB221 Laboratory 3 (Commercial Programming)*

Year 5, Semester 2AYB309 Computer Security & AuditAYB311 Financial Accounting Theory ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

Year 6, Semester 1EFB210 Finance 1ITB510 Communications Networks

Year 6, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawITB242 Decision Support Systems* Students may substitute ITB225 Introduction to

Databases for ITB221 Laboratory 3 (CommercialProgramming).

Banking and Finance MajorThe School of Economics and Finance recommendsthe following course combinations which provideexcellent professional recognition and careeropportunities:

The extended majors in Banking and FundsManagement build on the corporate and institutionalfinance studied in the major. The extended majorsprovide the opportunity for in-depth, comprehensivestudy of banking, funds management and/or riskmanagement. Four electives are available for anotherarea of study.

The extended major in Financial Economicsprovides an excellent foundation for a career eitheras a strategy analyst in the financial sector or as apolicy adviser with the various Federal and Statelevel financial regulatory associated authorities.

The Bachelor of Business (Banking and Finance)with a double major in Accountancy provides theopportunity for professional recognition in bothdisciplines. The Banking and Finance major isenhanced by additional accountancy studies. Thesegraduates are in high demand for a wide range ofcareer opportunities.

The Bachelor of Business (Banking and Finance)with a double major in Economics provides theopportunity for professional recognition in bothdisciplines, offering a wide range of careeropportunities, particularly in the economic andfinancial forecasting functions within the financialand government sectors.

Course structures for these combinations are avail-able at the Faculty enquiries counters. Enrolmentadvice is available from the School of Economicsand Finance (Level 8, Z Block, Gardens Point).

Professional RecognitionThe extended major in Banking and the extendedmajor in Funds Management are recognised assatisfying the academic requirements for SeniorAssociate Membership of the Australian Institute ofBanking and Finance. If the units AYB305 Company

211

BU

SIN

ES

S

Law & Practice, AYB223 Law of BusinessAssociations and EFB308 Finance 3 are includedas electives, students will satisfy the academicrequirements for membership of the CharteredSecretaries Australia Ltd.

Students completing the Bachelor of Business(Banking and Finance) with a double major inAccountancy as well as AYB223 Law of BusinessAssociations, AYB325 Taxation Law and AYB311Financial Accounting Theory or AYB321Management Accounting Theory and either EFB310Financial Institutions – Control and EFB311Financial Institutions – Lending OR EFB308Finance 3 and EFB318 Portfolio & SecurityAnalysis, are recognised as satisfying the academicrequirements for Associate membership of the CPAAustralia as well as Senior Associate Membershipof the Australian Institute of Banking and Finance.We have designed these courses to maximisestudents’ ability to meet CPA Australia professionalrequirements, however students may be required toundertake further units as part of their CPA program.

Students completing the Bachelor of Business(Banking and Finance) with a double major inEconomics (including EFB308 Finance 3 andEFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysis as substitutemajor core units; OR EFB311 Financial Institutions– Lending and EFB310 Financial Institutions –Control as substitute major core units with AYB120Business Law and AYB312 Financial InstitutionsLaw as elective units) can expect to gain admissionto Senior Associate Membership of the AustralianInstitute of Banking and Finance as well asprofessional membership of the Economic Societyof Australia (Qld).

Honours Year (Optional)Refer to the course outline of BS63 for details.Students undertaking Honours in Banking & Financeare strongly advised to include the unit, EFB200Applied Regression Analysis, in their undergraduateprogram.

BANKING AND FINANCE MAJORFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB210 Finance 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2EFB307 Finance 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 1EFB201 Financial MarketsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2


Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB210 Finance 1

Year 3, Semester 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


Elective unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 1EFB201 Financial MarketsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 6, Semester 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 6, Semester 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

212

EXTENDED MAJORS FOR THE MAJOR INBANKING AND FINANCEBankingAYB120 Business LawAYB225 Management Accounting 1EFB311 Financial Institutions – LendingEFB310 Financial Institutions – ControlAYB312 Financial Institutions LawPlus one unit from the Banking extended majoroptions list below.

Banking Extended Major OptionsEFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB308 Finance 3EFB309 Financial DerivativesEFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysis

Financial EconomicsEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB326 Applied Portfolio ManagementEFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial

MarketsPlus one unit from the Financial Economics extendedmajor options list below.

Financial Economics Extended Major OptionsEFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysis

Funds ManagementAYB120 Business LawAYB225 Management Accounting 1EFB308 Finance 3EFB309 Financial DerivativesEFB318 Portfolio & Security AnalysisPlus one unit from the Funds Management extendedmajor options list below.

Funds Management Extended Major OptionsAYB312 Financial Institutions LawEFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB310 Financial Institutions – ControlEFB311 Financial Institutions – Lending

Finance units offered by the School ofEconomics and FinanceEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB206 Corporate Finance (incompatible with

EFB210)EFB210 Finance 1 (incompatible with EFB206)EFB307 Finance 2EFB308 Finance 3EFB309 Financial DerivativesEFB310 Financial Institutions – ControlEFB311 Financial Institutions – LendingEFB312 International Finance & EconomicsEFB318 Portfolio & Security AnalysisEFB326 Applied Portfolio Management

Communication MajorProfessional RecognitionThe Bachelor of Business (Communication) withextended major in Advertising course is accreditedby the Advertising Institute of Australia. It is alsoendorsed by the Advertising Federation of Australia,the Australian Association of National Advertisersand the Australian Direct Marketing Association.Graduates are eligible for Associate Membership(Dip) of the Advertising Institute of Australia.

Students of the Public Relations Extended Major meetthe requirements of membership of a number ofprofessional bodies. These include the PublicRelations Institute of Australia and the Society ofBusiness Communicators, as well as associated andinternational bodies. Details of such memberships canbe obtained through the School of Communication.

Honours Year (Optional)Refer to the course outline of BS63 for details. Part-time students enrolled in the Advertising extendedmajor should consult with the School ofCommunication administration to check availabilityof advertising units in particular semesters.

COMMUNICATION MAJORThe sequence for students studying at Carseldinehas some minor differences. Students should referto the School of Communication.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication Technology

Double major/specialisation unitDouble major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsCOB334 Communication Research Methods


Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & Ethics

Double major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unit

213

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 3, Semester 2Double major/specialisation unitDouble major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 1COB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB222 Introduction to Communication Practice

Year 2, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsCOB221 Communication Technology

Year 3, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice

Year 3, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on Communication

Year 4, Semester 1COB334 Communication Research Methods






Year 6, Semester 1Double major/specialisation unit


EXTENDED MAJOR IN ADVERTISINGThe sequence for students studying at Carseldinehas some minor differences. Students should referto the School of Communication.


Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB222 Introduction to Communication Practice

COB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyCOB223 Audience AnalysisCOB317 Media Planning

Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsCOB304 Advertising CopywritingCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsCOB306 Advertising Management


Year 3, Semester 2COB303 Advertising Campaigns

Elective unitElective unitChoice unit*

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 2, Semester 1COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice



Year 3, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingCOB216 Theoretical Perspective on Communication

Year 4, Semester 1COB223 Audience AnalysisCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Year 4, Semester 2COB317 Media Planning

Elective unit

Year 5, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsCOB304 Advertising Copywriting

Year 5, Semester 2COB306 Advertising Management

Elective unit

Year 6, Semester 1COB303 Advertising Campaigns

Choice unit*

214

Year 6, Semester 2Elective unit*Elective unit

*Choice UnitsEach semester, the School of Communication willoffer a selection of units from which students mayselect their additional unit of study in the extendedmajor. Unit offerings will be published for the yearso that students can plan their selection in advance.Students will be advised of any units required foraccreditation with professional bodies.

Potential units to be offered in this sequence couldinclude:

COB207 Integrated Marketing CommunicationCOB208 Intercultural Communication & DiversityCOB218 Internet CommunicationCOB307 Advertising Regulations & EthicsCOB315 Direct Response AdvertisingCOB320 Professional Advertising PracticeCOB321 Public Relations Professional PracticeCOB335 Communication Strategy & Technology

Choice units should be taken in the last year of study,but can be taken in either semester.

Students considering an extended major in Advertisingand a minor in Public Relations should seek enrolmentadvice from the School of Communication.

EXTENDED MAJOR IN PUBLIC RELATIONSThe sequence for students studying at Carseldinehas some minor differences. Students should referto the School of Communication.

Full-time Course Structure

Year 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyCOB223 Audience AnalysisCOB329 Publicity Methods

Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsCOB326 Public Relations WritingCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Year 3, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsCOB336 Public Relations Management


Year 3, Semester 2COB323 Public Relations Campaigns

Choice unit*Elective unitElective unit

Part-time Course Structure

Year 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 2, Semester 1COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice



Year 3, Semester 2BSB110 Marketing & International BusinessCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on Communication

Year 4, Semester 1COB223 Audience AnalysisCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Year 4, Semester 2COB329 Publicity Methods

Elective unit

Year 5, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsCOB326 Public Relations Writing

Year 5, Semester 2COB336 Public Relations Management

Elective unit

Year 6, Semester 1COB323 Public Relations Campaigns

Choice unit*

Year 6, Semester 2Elective unit*Elective unit

*Choice UnitsEach semester, the School of Communication willoffer a selection of units from which students mayselect their additional unit of study in the extendedmajor. Unit offerings will be published for the yearso that students can plan their selection in advance.Students will be advised of any units required foraccreditation with professional bodies.

215

BU

SIN

ES

S

Potential units to be offered in this sequence couldinclude:

COB207 Integrated Marketing CommunicationCOB208 Intercultural Communication & DiversityCOB218 Internet CommunicationCOB307 Advertising Regulations & EthicsCOB315 Direct Response AdvertisingCOB320 Professional Advertising PracticeCOB321 Public Relations Professional PracticeCOB335 Communication Strategy & Technology

Choice units should be taken in the last year of study,but can be taken in either semester.

Students considering an extended major in PublicRelations and a minor in Advertising should seekenrolment advice from the School of Communication.

Economics MajorThe School of Economics and Finance recommendsthe following course combination which providesexcellent professional recognition and careeropportunities:

The Bachelor of Business (Economics) with anextended major in Financial Economics providesan excellent foundation for a career either as astrategy analyst in the financial sector or as a policyadvisor with the various Federal and State levelfinancial regulatory associated authorities.

The Bachelor of Business (Economics) with adouble major in Banking and Finance providesthe opportunity for professional recognition in bothdisciplines, offering a wide range of careeropportunities, particularly in the economic andfinancial forecasting functions within the financialand government sectors.

The course structure for this combination is availableat the Faculty enquiries counters. Enrolment adviceis available from the School of Economics andFinance (Level 8, Z Block, Gardens Point).

Professional RecognitionThis major satisfies the academic requirements forordinary membership of the Economic Society ofAustralia. In addition to qualifying for ordinarymembership of the Economic Society of Australiaand professional membership of the QueenslandDivision of the Economic Society, studentscompleting the Bachelor of Business (Economics)with a double major in Banking and Finance canalso qualify for Senior Associate Membership of theAustralian Institute of Banking and Finance by either(a) including EFB311 Financial Institutions –Lending and EFB310 Financial Institutions –Control as substitute major core units with AYB120

Business Law and AYB312 Financial InstitutionsLaw as electives, OR (b) including EFB308 Finance3 and EFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysis assubstitute major core units.

Honours Year (Optional)Refer to the course outline of BS63 for details.Students of the Economics major of the Bachelor ofBusiness, intending to do Honours in Economics,must complete the core units of the major and, inaddition, are strongly recommended to undertakeEFB200 Applied Regression Analysis and at leasttwo other Level 2 or Level 3 Economics units.

ECONOMICS MAJORFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unit


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

216

Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyYear 3, Semester 1EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesYear 3, Semester 2EFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsYear 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 5, Semester 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 5, Semester 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 6, Semester 1



EXTENDED MAJORS FOR THE MAJOR INECONOMICSFinancial EconomicsEFB210 Finance 1EFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB326 Applied Portfolio Managementplus two units from the Financial EconomicsExtended major options list below

Financial Economics Extended Major OptionsEFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB327 Econometrics of Financial MarketsEFB328 Public Economics & Finance

Economics UnitsBSB113 EconomicsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB220 International Studies ProgramEFB221 Economics of Social & Anti-Social

BehaviourEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsEFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB327 Econometrics of Financial MarketsEFB328 Public Economics & Finance

Human ResourceManagement Major

Professional RecognitionThis major satisfies the academic requirements formembership of the Australian Human ResourcesInstitute, the Australian Institute of Management andthe Australian Institute of Training and Development.Maximum time credit towards chartered membershipgrading of the Australian Human Resources Institutecan be achieved by completion of several additionalunits or by completion of the extended major inHuman Resource Management.


HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsMGB221 Work & PerformanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit



Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis

217

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 2, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour

Year 3, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics


Elective unit

Year 4, Semester 1MGB221 Work & PerformanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2MGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 5, Semester 2MGB331 Training & Development 1

Elective unit



EXTENDED MAJORS FOR THE MAJOR INHUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTHuman Resource ManagementMGB201 Employment Regulation & AdministrationMGB300 Advanced Organisational BehaviourMGB315 Personal & Professional DevelopmentMGB305 Human Resource Management Strategy &

Policy

plus two of the following:MGB202 Equity & Diversity ManagementMGB209 Occupational Health & SafetyMGB304 Human Resource Planning & Information

SystemsMGB307 International HRMMGB312 Negotiation & Collective BargainingMGB313 Organisational Change & DevelopmentMGB314 Organisational Consulting & CounsellingMGB321 Recruitment & Selection 2 (not offered in

2001)MGB322 Remuneration Management (not offered in

2001)MGB325 Training & Development 2MGB332 Australian Industrial Relations

International Business MajorThe course structure for both full-time and part-timeInternational Business students varies depending on

whether languages are selected as an option.Alternative course structure options are describedbelow. One outlines the course structure if nolanguages are taken. The other outlines the structurefor those who wish to undertake a languagespecialisation. If languages are taken as aspecialisation, language units should commence inthe first semester of the first year to maintaincontinuity from earlier pre-QUT language studies.All language units must normally be taken in thesame language.

All International Business majors must undertakeone of the following units, either within a doublemajor or specialisation, or as an elective:

(i) EFB101 Data Analysis for Business, OR(ii) MGB220 Methods & Analysis

International Business primary major students whoelect to complete a double major in Communicationare deemed to have met the quantitative requirementby completing COB334 Communication ResearchMethods.


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJOROPTION ONE: NO LANGUAGES

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsMIB210 Export ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2BSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 1Area Study 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 2Area Study 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

218


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 2, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 Economics

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Year 3, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 2BSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 5, Semester 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 5, Semester 2


Year 6, Semester 1Area Study 1Elective unit


OPTION TWO: LANGUAGESPECIALISATION

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Language 1Year 1, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Language 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 Accounting

BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMIB210 Export Management

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessElective unitLanguage 4


plus one of the following:Language 5 OR

MIB205 Cross-Cultural Communication &Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 2Elective unitArea Study 2

BSB111 Business Law & Ethics

plus one of the following:EFB101 Data Analysis for Business ORMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International Business

Language 1


Language 2


Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2BSB113 Economics

Language 4

Year 3, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

plus one of the followingLanguage 5 OR


Year 3, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & Society

plus one of the following:MIB205 Cross Cultural Communication &

NegotiationMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessYear 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business ORMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Year 4, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World Economy

Elective unit

Year 5, Semester 1

219

BU

SIN

ES

S

BSB110 AccountingMIB210 Export Management


BusinessElective unit



Area Study OptionsStudents must select one of the following pairs ofarea study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development (sem 1)MIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia (sem 2)

MIB208 European Business Development (sem 1)MIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe (sem 2)

List of LanguagesThe same language must be studied for at least fourlevels and unit codes are sequential (eg. FrenchHUB670, HUB671, HUB672, HUB673), exceptFrench 7 (HUB678) and French 8 (HUB677). Withthe permission of the major coordinator, and whereavailable, languages other than those listed may betaken, including languages studied at anotheruniversity. International students must take alanguage that is not their native tongue. The languageunits are as follows:

French1. Students without Year 12 language qualificationsin French should undertake the following sequenceof units:HUB670 French 1 Yr 1/S 1HUB671 French 2 Yr 1/S 2HUB672 French 3 Yr 2/S 1HUB673 French 4 Yr 2/S 2HUB674 French 5 Yr 3/S 1HUB675 French 6 Yr 3/S 2

2. Students with Year 12 language qualifications orequivalent in French should undertake the followingsequence of units:HUB672 French 3 Yr 1/S 1HUB673 French 4 Yr 1/S 2HUB674 French 5 Yr 2/S 1HUB675 French 6 Yr 2/S 2HUB678 French 7 Yr 3/S 1HUB677 French 8 Yr 3/S 2

Indonesian1. Students without Year 12 language qualificationsin Indonesian should undertake the followingsequence of units:HUB650 Indonesian 1 Yr 1/S 1

HUB651 Indonesian 2 Yr 1/S 2HUB652 Indonesian 3 Yr 2/S 1HUB653 Indonesian 4 Yr 2/S 2HUB654 Indonesian 5 Yr 3/S 1HUB655 Indonesian 6 Yr 3/S 2

2. Students with Year 12 language qualifications orequivalent in Indonesian should undertake thefollowing sequence of units:HUB652 Indonesian 3 Yr 1/S 1HUB653 Indonesian 4 Yr 1/S 2HUB654 Indonesian 5 Yr 2/S 1HUB655 Indonesian 6 Yr 2/S 2HUB656 Indonesian 7 Yr 3/S 1HUB657 Indonesian 8 Yr 3/S 2

Japanese1. Students without Year 12 language qualificationsin Japanese should undertake the following sequenceof units:HUB660 Japanese 1 Yr 1/S 1HUB661 Japanese 2 Yr 1/S 2HUB662 Japanese 3 Yr 2/S 1HUB663 Japanese 4 Yr 2/S 2HUB664 Japanese 5 Yr 3/S 1HUB665 Japanese 6 Yr 3/S 2

2. Students with Year 12 language qualifications orequivalent in Japanese should undertake thefollowing sequence of units:HUB662 Japanese 3 Yr 1/S 1HUB663 Japanese 4 Yr 1/S 2HUB664 Japanese 5 Yr 2/S 1HUB665 Japanese 6 Yr 2/S 2HUB666 Japanese 7 Yr 3/S 1HUB667 Japanese 8 Yr 3/S 2

German1. Students without Year 12 language qualificationsshould undertake the following sequence of units:HUB735 German 1 Yr 1/S 1HUB736 German 2 Yr 1/S 2HUB737 German 3 Yr 2/S 1HUB738 German 4 Yr 2/S 2HUB739 German 5 Yr 3/S 1HUB740 German 6 Yr 3/S 2

2. Students with Year 12 language qualifications orequivalent in German should undertake the followingsequence of units:HUB737 German 3 Yr 1/S 1HUB738 German 4 Yr 1/S 2HUB739 German 5 Yr 2/S 1HUB740 German 6 Yr 2/S 2HUB741 German 7 Yr 3/S 1HUB742 German 8 Yr 3/S 2

EXTENDED MAJORS FOR THE MAJOR ININTERNATIONAL BUSINESSStudents undertaking marketing units as part of theextended major should check which units requireMIB217 Marketing Management as a prerequisite.Units which have been taken towards the major maynot be counted as part of the extended major.

220

International Business Analysis (subject fofinal approval)Students must undertake the following units:MIB212 Industry & Regional AnalysisMIB314 Strategic Business Analysis

ANDEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

ORMGB220 Methods & Analysis

plus three of the following units provided at leastone of the units is a level 3 unit (ie MIB3xx)MIB101 Business in AustraliaMIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB205 Cross Cultural Communication &

NegotiationMIB208 European Business DevelopmentMIB213 International MarketingMIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB218 Marketing Sport & Recreation (even

numbered years)MIB221 Retail Industry (even numbered years)MIB222 Sport & Recreation Industries (odd

numbered years)MIB223 Technology & International Business (odd

numbered years)MIB224 Technology & Marketing (odd numbered

years)MIB225 TourismMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB229 Retail Marketing (even numbered years)MIB300 Contemporary Business in EuropeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB312 Special Topic in International BusinessMIB317 Contemporary Business in AsiaMIB318 Management of Sport & Recreation (odd

numbered years)MIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing

Management MajorProfessional RecognitionThis major satisfies the academic requirements formembership of the Australian Institute ofManagement.


MANAGEMENT MAJOR


Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1MGB303 EntrepreneurshipDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 2MGB309 Strategic ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis


Year 2, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour



Year 4, Semester 1MGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementElective unit




Year 6, Semester 1MGB303 Entrepreneurship

Elective unit

221

BU

SIN

ES

S

Year 6, Semester 2MGB309 Strategic Management

Elective unit

EXTENDED MAJORS FOR THE MAJOR INMANAGEMENTManagementMGB206 Management & Organisation TheoryMGB203 Government-Management Interface

plus any four of the following:BSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessMGB216 Technology ManagementMGB218 Venture SkillsMGB311 Managing ChangeMGB319 Quality ManagementMGB323 Small Business Management

Marketing MajorProfessional RecognitionStudents of the Marketing major may meet therequirements for membership of a number ofprofessional bodies including the AustralianMarketing Institute, the Marketing Research Societyof Australia, the Australian Institute of Management,the American Marketing Association and theAustralasian Institute of Export. Details ofmembership can be obtained from the majorcoordinator.


MARKETING MAJOR

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing Management

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsMIB204 Consumer BehaviourDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 2MIB213 International MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 1MIB305 Market ResearchDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unit

Year 3, Semester 2MIB315 Strategic MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 2, Semester 2EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing Management

Year 3, Semester 1MIB204 Consumer BehaviourDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 4, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2MIB213 International MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit



Year 6, Semester 1MIB305 Market Research

Elective unit

Year 6, Semester 2MIB315 Strategic Marketing

Elective unit

EXTENDED MAJOR FOR THE MAJOR INMARKETINGStudents may take any six of the following units,provided that at least two of the six units are level 3units (ie MIB3xx) and that they have the necessaryprerequisites. Students are advised to contact theSchool of Marketing and International Business for

222

further information on appropriate groupings ofunits.

MarketingThe following units are offered every year:MIB210 Export ManagementMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB308 Professional Marketing PracticeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing


The following units are offered in odd numberedyears:MIB215 Marketing LogisticsMIB220 Business to Business MarketingMIB224 Technology & MarketingMIB230 Sales ManagementMIB303 International Logistics (not offered in 2001)

223

ED

UC

AT

ION

FAC

ULT

Y O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N

224

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 225


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 225

COURSES■ Doctor of Education (ED11) ............................................................................................................ 227

■ Master of Education (ED13) ............................................................................................................ 231

■ Master of Education (Research) (ED12) ..........................................................................................237

■ Master of Education – Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) (ED14) ........ 241

■ Master of Teaching (Early Childhood) (ED17)■ Master of Teaching (Primary) (ED18)■ Master of Teaching (Secondary) (ED19) ..........................................................................................243

■ Graduate Diploma in Education (Computer Education) (ED21) ..................................................... 246

■ Graduate Diploma in Education (Early Childhood) (ED20) ............................................................ 248

■ Graduate Diploma in Education (Educational Management) (ED23) ............................................. 249

■ Graduate Diploma in Education (Learning Support) (ED28) .......................................................... 250

■ Graduate Diploma in Education (Teacher-Librarianship) (ED25) ................................................... 250

■ Graduate Certificate in Education (ED61) .......................................................................................251

■ Graduate Certificate in Education – Teaching English to Speakers ofOther Languages (TESOL) (ED77) .................................................................................................. 253

■ Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies (ED43) .................................................................................. 253

■ Bachelor of Education (In-service) (ED26) ..................................................................................... 255

■ Bachelor of Education (Adult and Workplace Education) (ED54) .................................................. 257

■ Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) (ED52) ........................................................................... 258

■ Bachelor of Education (Preservice Early Childhood) (ED53) ......................................................... 261

■ Bachelor of Education (Primary) (ED51) .........................................................................................263

■ Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (ED50) ..................................................................................... 267

Diploma of Business (Administration)/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (ED50) –Double TAFE/QUT Award ............................................................................................................... 273

■ Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) Graduate Course (ED57) ............................................... 274

■ Bachelor of Education (Primary) Graduate Course (ED56) ............................................................. 274

■ Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Graduate Course (ED55) ......................................................... 274

225

ED

UC

AT

ION

FACULTY OF EDUCAT ION

OVERVIEWQUT’s Faculty of Education is the largest providerof teacher education in Australia with over 5000students; over 2000 of which are in postgraduatecourses.

The strong, practical theme in the faculty’s coursesprovides a balance of theory and practical skills thatensures graduates are not limited by the employmentopportunities provided by classroom teaching alone.

Based at the Kelvin Grove campus of QUT, thefaculty comprises five schools. Courses meetnational and international standards with ourcontinuing commitment to preservice teachereducation backed by a growing commitment toinservice teacher education and postgraduateprograms, and an extension into allied professionaland academic areas.

RESEARCH CENTRES

CENTRE FOR APPLIED STUDIES IN EARLYCHILDHOODThe centre conducts research in two broad areas:child development and child rearing in contemporarysocieties; and reconceptualisation of early childhoodcurriculum programs and the work of teachers.

CENTRE FOR COGNITIVE PROCESSES INLEARNINGThe centre conducts research in the area of cognitiveprocesses in a wide range of aspects of learning. Thisincludes cognitive and metacognitive processes andaffective aspects as they relate to learning anddevelopment.

CENTRE FOR MATHEMATICS ANDSCIENCE EDUCATIONThe centre focuses on research concerningcurriculum development and evaluation, studentattitudes and learning, information technologyapplications, and teacher beliefs and teacher changeas they relate to mathematics, science and technologyeducation.

CENTRE FOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICEIN LEADERSHIP EDUCATION ANDTRAININGThe centre focuses on research in four areas:

curriculum development and professional growthof practitioners

adult and workplace education and the nature oflearning organisations

social and environmental education and thepromotion of the social and physical environment

leadership and organisational climate and policyanalysis.

The research priority for each of these areas isconcerned with improved professional practice andit is this common focus which integrates the workof the Centre.

CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE, LITERACY ANDDIVERSITYThe centre provides opportunities to undertaketheoretical or applied research in three overlappingand interdependent areas of enquiry: (i) languagestudies in education (eg. second language and LOTEeducation, sociolinguistic studies); (ii) literacystudies in education (eg. textual and policy studies,technological and information literacies, criticalliteracy); and (iii) educational diversity (eg. studiesof gender and sexuality, youth studies, ethnicity,social justice and schooling).


Dean: Professor Vi McLean, DipT BKTC, BEdStQld, MEd PhD Arizona

Assistant Dean: R.J. Hardingham, BSc DipEd BEdMEdAdmin PhD Qld, MACE

Faculty Administration Manager: B. Zebergs

School of Cultural and Language Studiesin Education

Head: Associate Professor W.T. Corcoran, BADipEd Qld, MLitt NE, MA PhD Alta

Professor: N. Kyle, BA(Hons) PhD N’cle

Associate Professors:P.A. McKay, BEd SACAE, MA ASU, PhD Qld

E.L. McWilliam, DipT KGCAE, BA MEdSt PhDQld

P. Singh, DipT TCAE, BEdSt(Hons) Qld, PhD Qld

S.C. Taylor, BSc(Hons) DipEd Leic, BEd(Hons)PhD James Cook

School of Early ChildhoodHead: C. Tayler, DipTeach BEd MLCAE, PhD UWA,FACE

226

Associate Professors:H.A. Mohay, BSc(Hons) Leicester, DipAppPsychLiverpool, PhD Qld, MAPS, ABPS

S.K. Wright, BEd MEd Alta, PhD N’cle (NSW)

School of Learning and DevelopmentHead: Professor G.M. Boulton-Lewis, CertT NSW,MEd Canberra CAE, BA PhD Qld, FACE

Associate Professor: W. Patton, BEd James Cook,BA(Hons) PhD Qld

School of Mathematics, Science andTechnology Education

Head: Professor T.J. Cooper, BSc(Hons) DipEd PhDAdel.

Professor: L.D. English, DipT BEd MEd KGCAE,PhD Qld

Associate Professors:K.B. Lucas, BSc MEd Syd, DipEd NE, MSc Macq,PhD Indiana

C.J. McRobbie, BSc BEd Qld, MSc Pacific, PhDMonash, MACE, MRACI

School of Professional StudiesActing Head: Associate Professor R.G. Elliott, BScBEd(Hons) PhD Qld

Associate Professors:R.R. Ballantyne, BA(Hons) UED MA Natal, PhDCapeT

B. Delahaye, BBus QIT, MBA Qld, PhD Griff,CMAHRI, AIMM

J.G. Lidstone, CertEd Durh, BSc(Econ)(Hons)AdvDipEd MA PhD Lond, FRGS

227

ED

UC

AT

ION

COURSES

■ Doctor of Education (ED11)Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2.5 years to 4.5 years dependingon qualificationsTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor EricaMcWilliam

Entry RequirementsCandidates will be admitted to the EdD who:

(i) hold a four-year Education degree, or itsequivalent, with First Class Honours or HonoursIIA, or

(ii) hold a Masters degree in Education or in anotherfield relevant to the EdD

and have two years practice in a position ofprofessional responsibility in education or a closelyrelated field.

Provisional EnrolmentStudents with lesser academic qualifications but withexemplary professional experience may be givenProvisional Enrolment on the approval of the Deanof Education.

(i) A candidate so admitted shall be required tocomplete the four designated qualifying unitsat credit level (grade of five) or better.

(ii) A candidate who completes course units at asatisfactory level during the period ofprovisional enrolment will be permitted to countthese units towards the degree.

(iii) Unless the Faculty Academic Board accepts thatexceptional circumstances justify extension ofprovisional status, it must be cleared within onecalendar year from enrolment in the course.Such clearance will require submission of apositive recommendation by the coursecoordinator for approval by the FacultyAcademic Board. The maximum period ofextension of provisional candidature shall beone year.

Procedure for Enrolment(i) Before submitting an application for enrolment,

a potential candidate shall consult the coursecoordinator who will assist in the preparationof the appropriate application form concerningeligibility and special interests.

(ii) A person seeking admission to the course shallapply on the appropriate application formsthrough Student Administration. The completedapplication forms should be accompanied byany specified documentation. These will includea proposal for a course of study and research tobe pursued for the purpose of obtaining thedegree and other requirements as specified inthe form. A person relying on qualificationsfrom another institution of higher educationshall furnish with their application evidence ofsuch qualifications. After acknowledgement andrecording of basic information by StudentAdministration, the application will beforwarded for consideration to the coursecoordinator.

(iii) The course coordinator will forward recommen-dations on applications to the dean for approvalbefore forwarding official advice to all appli-cants on the outcome of their applicationsthrough Student Administration.

Course of StudyLength

(i) Candidates for the degree of Doctor ofEducation will normally be required to completetheir course in at least 3.5 years of part-timestudy.

(ii) Without the permission of the Faculty AcademicBoard, no full-time candidate for the degree ofEdD shall submit a thesis for examination morethan 24 months from the date on whichregistration in the program was granted. Thecorresponding period in the case of a part-timecandidate shall be 42 months.

(iii) Where a candidate wishes to change from full-time to part-time registration, or vice versa,application must be made in writing to theFaculty Academic Board. All such applicationsmust specify the revised date of expectedcompletion.

(iv) Where application is made for permission toextend the period within which the candidatemay submit a thesis for examination, details ofthe candidate’s progress shall be presented tothe Faculty Academic Board, together with thereasons for the delay in completing the courseand the expected date of completion. Where theboard agrees to an extension, it may set a limitto the maximum period of registration in theEdD program.

228

Credit PointsA candidate for the Doctor of Education award willobtain a total of 72 credit points in coursework, and216 credit points in the preparation and presentationof a thesis.

Studies in the course of the award will consist oftwo stages involving specified coursework and athesis. Satisfactory performance in Stage 1 will benecessary before preparation of the thesis cancommence.

Course StructureStage 1: Coursework

The 72 credit points of coursework in Stage 1 willconsist of:

(i) four 12 credit point units taken with students inthe coursework Master of Education course, and

(ii) one 24 credit point semester-long unit (EDR703Interdisciplinary Education Studies [AdvancedSeminars]).

Note: Students entering the course with an MEddegree (or equivalent) should apply for exemptionfrom the four 12 credit point units.

Stage 2: ResearchThese 216 credit points are the thesis component ofthe award which contains the following steps:

Thesis PreparationDuring the preparation of the thesis, candidates willbe required to demonstrate an understanding of theresearch process. This understanding will include acapacity to critique research literature, to assessresearch designs and evaluate the appropriatenessof research methodologies. This preparation step willinvolve a 20 000 word maximum.

Thesis Confirmation of CandidatureAll candidates must prepare and orally present aresearch proposal. This oral presentation must beaccompanied by a 10 000 word paper.

Thesis ImplementationAll candidates must design, implement and orallydefend a thesis of 60 000 words minimum orequivalent.

Thesis SubmissionCompletion and presentation of a thesis or alternativeto the supervisory team for approval; production ofthe thesis in a suitable form for examination.

Transfer of CreditApplication for credit will be considered by thecourse coordinator. Where candidates possesspostgraduate qualifications in related and appropriateacademic areas, credit up to a maximum of 72 creditpoints may be granted towards coursework.

Thesis Supervision(i) Criteria for selecting supervisors for Doctor of

Education students are: domain expertise,qualifications and supervisory experience.Normally the principal supervisor will be amember of the Faculty of Education.

(ii) Consistent with QUT Rules, Doctor ofEducation students must have a principalsupervisor and at least an associate supervisor.

(iii) No staff member will normally be permittedto supervise, either as a principal or an associatesupervisor, more than six full-time higherdegree students concurrently.

(iv) Faculty of Education staff members appointedas supervisors to Doctor of Education studentswill normally be members of the FacultyResearch Committee Doctoral Sub-committeeand will be expected to represent thatcommittee as a panel member at doctoralconfirmation of candidature and oralpresentations. Undertaking this role forms partof the faculty’s approach to the staffdevelopment of supervisors.

(v) Where appropriate an associate supervisor maybe appointed from industry.

(vi) Students may obtain from the course coordi-nator, heads of school and directors of centresinformation regarding procedures for selectionof supervisors.

(vii) Supervision is discussed with heads of school,directors and with the course coordinator.

(viii) The course coordinator, after agreement withthe relevant heads of school and directors ofcentres recommends the names of supervisorsfor specific students to the Faculty ResearchCommittee which, in turn, recommends thesesupervisors to the Faculty Academic Board.

(ix) The names of supported supervisors will betransmitted for University approval to theResearch Degrees Committee.

Progression and UnsatisfactoryProgress

ProgressionIn each year of candidature the academic progressof each candidate shall be reviewed by the coursecoordinator. Satisfactory progress for provisionalcandidates will consist of passing of qualifyingrequirements or course units at appropriate academiclevels.

All candidates are required to satisfactorily completeconfirmation of candidature prior to proceeding tothe thesis implementation stage.

229

ED

UC

AT

ION

Once a student has been confirmed, six monthlyreports are required from the principal supervisortwice a year. The report shall be signed by thecandidate and the supervisor and submitted throughthe head of school and the director of centre to thecourse coordinator for reviewing. The report isforwarded through the Faculty Research Committeeto the Research Degrees Committee.

Unsatisfactory ProgressWhen progress is deemed unsatisfactory by thecourse coordinator or supervisor, the course coordi-nator will write to the candidate to request anindication of what action has been or will be takento ensure progress is satisfactory for the next report.When two consecutive reports indicate unsatisfac-tory progress, the dean may require the candidate toshow cause against exclusion.

A student excluded under these rules has a right ofappeal to the Academic Appeals Committee. Theappeal will be referred to the Faculty AcademicBoard and will be considered by the FacultyAcademic Performance Committee.

(i) A provisional candidate who fails to achieve acredit level in any qualifying or courseworkunits or fails to make satisfactory progress maybe excluded from the course upon therecommendation of the coordinator to theFaculty Research Committee.

(ii) With respect to the thesis project, progresswhich is considered clearly unsatisfactory byboth the supervisor and the course coordinatormay lead to a recommendation by them to theFaculty Research Committee that the candidatebe excluded from the course.

(iii) Before the Faculty Research Committeerecommends exclusion, the candidate shall begiven the opportunity to show cause why thisaction should not be taken.

Confirmation of CandidatureWithin 18 months of enrolment (or two years part-time) the student in consultation with the supervisorshould present for confirmation. The Confirmationof Candidature Review Panel of the Faculty ResearchCommittee will review the candidate’s progress andcourse of study in the form of a formal seminarpresentation, before candidature in the Doctor ofEducation program can be confirmed.

Thesis Presentation and ExaminationThis has two components, an oral and a writtenpresentation to a Faculty of Education Paneldesigned to assist the candidate in a final revision ofthe thesis and to allow the panel to recommend if

the thesis is ready for examination, and the formalexamination by a University ExaminationCommittee.

Oral Presentation(i) An oral presentation of the thesis shall be made

to a Faculty of Education Panel which consistsof the principal supervisor (Chair), coursecoordinator or nominee, director of the relevantresearch centre or nominee, a member of theFaculty Research Committee Doctoral Sub-committee (quorum 3).

(ii) The candidate’s principal supervisor, throughthe centre director, shall notify the FacultyOffice on the relevant proforma at least fourweeks in advance of the presentation. Facultypanel members must each receive a copy of thethesis in temporary binding four weeks inadvance of the date set for the oral presentation.A copy of the thesis, bound in temporary cover,must also be provided to each attending memberof the University Examination Committee.

(iii) Where the Faculty Research Committee issatisfied that a candidate would be seriouslydisadvantaged if required to undergo an oralpresentation, an alternate form of presentationmay be approved.

(iv) The panel may suggest changes to the thesis orfurther work to be done and can recommendthe thesis as being ready for examination.

Submission of Thesis(i) After making revisions suggested in the oral

presentation, candidates will submit to thestudent affairs officer four copies of the thesis,bound in a temporary form as approved byResearch Degrees Committee.

(ii) The thesis should be accompanied by a signeddeclaration which states that:(a) the candidate has complied with the ethics

of experimentation as set out in thepublication Guide to Thesis Presentation

(b) the thesis is the candidate’s own work andthat all other sources are correctlyacknowledged

(c) the thesis has not been submitted to anotherinstitution.

(iii) The thesis must contain a joint declarationsigned by both the student and their supervisorstating that the thesis is ready for examination.

Formal Examination(i) Examiners are expected to return their

assessment within eight weeks to the Research

230

Students Office. Candidates may be requiredto participate in an oral defence of their thesisbut only at the request of the examiners.

(ii) Examiners should make one of the followingrecommendations:

(a) Pass - implying that the thesis will be fullysatisfactory except possibly for editorialchanges

(b) Resubmit - implying that the thesis willbe fully acceptable when certain necessarycorrections or modifications are made bythe candidate and resubmitted to theexaminers.

(c) Fail - implying that the thesis is not of anacceptable standard.

(iii) In all cases the examiner should provide alongwith the official assessment form, a separatedocument indicating where corrections ormodifications are required and as appropriate,provide any constructive criticism andcomment helpful to the candidate.

(iv) If a recommendation of type (a) is accepted,the Faculty Academic Board will ask the coursecoordinator to make the examiners’ require-ments available to the candidate whilemaintaining the anonymity of the examiners.The Faculty Academic Board will sign an of-ficial record indicating satisfaction of all thesisrequirements when advised by the course co-ordinator that all required changes have beencompleted satisfactorily.

(v) If a recommendation of type (b) is accepted,the Faculty Academic Board will ask the coursecoordinator to ensure that the candidate isrequested to resubmit the thesis with anynecessary corrections or modifications. Therevised thesis is forwarded to the examinersfor assessment.

(vi) If a recommendation of type (c) is accepted,the normal implication is that the candidate willbe excluded from the course. In exceptionalcircumstances, the Faculty Research Committeemay grant the candidate an opportunity tosubmit a substantially new thesis after a periodof not less than six months.

Examiners may recommend that a candidatewho has been examined for the degree of Doctorof Education be awarded the degree of Master,provided that the candidate meets or can meetthe requirements of the Master’s program.

(vii) If the examiners cannot reach agreement, theFaculty Academic Board will request the

course coordinator to appoint a Chair of theExamination Panel (internal examiner,associate supervisor or other person approvedby the Faculty Academic Board). Inconjunction with the examiners, the chair willreview the recommendations of the individualexaminers and recommend a course of actionto the course coordinator. If the chair indicatesthat the examiners after review cannot agreeon a recommendation, the course coordinatorwill refer the matter to the Examination Sub-committee of the Faculty Research Committeewhich has been established to makerecommendations on areas of disputationbetween examiners. The Faculty ResearchCommittee will then make a recommendationto the Faculty Academic Board. The board maythen (i) not recommend award of the degree,or (ii) accept a majority recommendation withor without the advice of a further externalexaminer.

(viii) The examiners must give the candidateguidance on the deficiencies identified by thefirst examination.

(ix) If a candidate is required to revise and resubmita thesis, the examiners’ report will be madeavailable to the candidate, the anonymity ofthe examiners being maintained.

(x) The Faculty Academic Board on recommen-dation from the Faculty Research Committeemay require that an additional external exam-iner be appointed for the re-examination.

(xi) Regulations applicable to examinationsgenerally apply to the re-examination.

(xii) Examiners’ reports should be made availableto the candidate on request. The names ofexaminers will be released to the student at thistime if the examiners have indicatedwillingness to have their identities revealed tothe candidate.

Admission to DegreeA candidate who:

(i) fulfils the requirements of these rules, and

(ii) whose work is of a standard that satisfies theFaculty Academic Board (after considering theresults in all units and/or the reports of allexaminers), and

(iii) has otherwise complied with the provisions ofall statutes and other applicable rules

may be admitted to the degree of Doctor ofEducation.

231

ED

UC

AT

ION

■ Master of Education (ED13)Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time or external,2 years part-time or external1

Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jillian BrannockStudents who have already completed one Masterof Education course within the Faculty of Educationat QUT and who wish to enrol in and take out anotherMaster of Education in a different area of interestshould consult the course coordinator.

Entry RequirementsCandidates will be admitted to the course who:

hold an appropriate four-year bachelor degree orequivalent at a standard acceptable to the Dean ofthe Faculty; or

hold other qualifications acceptable to the deanwhich should include at least one year’sexperience in some branch of education, subjectto the discretion of the dean.

All applicants must have a good command of theEnglish Language.

Students who do not meet the entry requirementsmay be admitted on a provisional basis and berequired to undertake preliminary coursework andreading as determined by the course coordinator.After satisfactory completion of the preliminarystudies students will be admitted to full candidature.

Provisional EnrolmentIn special circumstances and with the specificapproval of the dean, a person may be admitted tothe Master of Education course on a provisional basisto complete qualifying units. The conditions whichmust be satisfied to meet the qualifying requirementmust be detailed in writing by the course coordinatorfor the dean’s approval.

(i) A candidate so admitted shall be required tocomplete any designated qualifying units atcredit level (grade of 5) or better.

(ii) A candidate who completes course units at asatisfactory level during the period ofProvisional Enrolment may be permitted tocount these units towards the degree.

(iii) Unless the Faculty Academic Board accepts thatexceptional circumstances justify extension ofprovisional status, it must be cleared within onecalendar year from enrolment in the course.

Such clearance will require submission of apositive recommendation by the coursecoordinator for approval by the FacultyAcademic Board. The maximum period ofextension of provisional candidature shall beone year.

(iv) A provisional candidate who fails to achieve acredit level in any qualifying unit(s) or a passlevel in any coursework units or fails to makesatisfactory progress shall have theircandidature terminated or be required to showcause to the Faculty Research Committeethrough the coordinator of the relevant area ofinterest as to why their candidature should notbe terminated.

(v) A candidate whose provisional candidature isterminated may, after a period of two years, bepermitted to apply for re-enrolment as aprovisional candidate.

Procedure for Enrolment(i) Before submitting an application for enrolment,

a potential candidate shall consult thecoordinator of the relevant area of interest ofthe Master of Education course concerningeligibility and special interests.

(ii) A person seeking admission to the Master ofEducation course shall apply on the appropriateforms through Student Administration. Thecompleted application forms should beaccompanied by any specified documentation.These will include a proposal for a course ofstudy and research to be pursued for the purposeof obtaining the degree and other requirementsas specified in particular areas of interest. Aperson relying on qualifications from anotherinstitution of higher education shall furnish withtheir application evidence of such qualifications.After acknowledgement and recording of basicinformation by Student Administration, anapplication will be forwarded for considerationby the course coordinator who may require theapplicant to attend an interview.

(iii) The course coordinator will forward recommen-dations on applications to the dean for approvalbefore forwarding official advice to all appli-cants on the outcome of their applicationsthrough Student Administration.

Course StructureCandidates are required to obtain a total of 96 creditpoints from studies in coursework units and/or fromresearch studies.

1 Please note that not all electives are available by external study.

232

There are two compulsory units (24 credit points)which must be taken by all students, preferably inthe early stages of their course:

EDN611 Understanding Educational ResearchPlus the designated core unit from thechosen area of interest

EDN611 Understanding Educational Research maynot have to be completed by students who havecompleted equivalent studies either at QUT or otherapproved universities. Instead they would be requiredto complete an additional unit from any one of theareas of interest in the Master of Education course.

In addition, students must complete at least threeunits (36 credit points) from one of the areas ofinterest or, for those students planning to undertakea dissertation, two units from one of the areas ofinterest and EDN612. Those students who do notwish to have their transcript endorsed with theirchosen area of interest will only be required to takeat least three units from their chosen area of interestincluding the core unit. Areas of interest are:

Adult & Workplace EducationBehaviour ManagementCareer GuidanceEarly Childhood EducationHigher EducationLanguage & Literacy EducationLeadership & ManagementLearning Support & Inclusive EducationMathematics EducationPhysical and Health EducationProfessional Growth & Curriculum LeadershipSchool Guidance & CounsellingScience EducationSocial & Environmental EducationTechnology Education

The remaining 36 credit points may be obtained in avariety of ways as indicated by the following fourpathway options:

Option 1: students undertake the 36 credit pointdissertation (having done EDN612), or

Option 2: students undertake one unit from acrossthe areas of interest and a 24 credit point project,or

Option 3: students undertake two units fromacross the areas of interest and a 12 credit pointindependent study, or

Option 4: students undertake three units fromacross the Areas of Interest.

It should be noted that not all areas of interest willbe available through external study in the firstinstance. The diagram may help to clarify the variousoptions available.

Students completing a Graduate Certificate inEducation are advised to contact the coursecoordinator for advice on unit selection.

Core UnitsEDN611 Understanding Educational Research

Plus the core unit indicated from the chosenarea of interest

Individually Supervised UnitsStudents enrolling in EDN603, EDN608 andEDN620 must speak to the course coordinator beforeenrolling.

EDN620 Dissertation 36 credit points (3 stages)EDN620/1 Dissertation (Stage 1)EDN620/2 Dissertation (Stage 2)EDN620/3 Dissertation (Stage 3)

EDN608 Project 24 credit points (2 stages)EDN608/1 Project (Stage 1)EDN608/2 Project (Stage 2)

EDN603 Independent StudyEDN602 Advanced SeminarsEDN612 Conducting Educational Research

Area of Interest UnitsLIST A: Adult and Workplace Education (ADW)PRN611 Adult & Workplace Education: Principles &

Practices (core)PRN612 Legal Risk Management & Workplace

EducationPRN613 Strategic Workplace Education & the

Learning OrganisationCLN611 Adult & Workplace Literacy & NumeracyLEN608 Foundations of Adult Learning &

Development

LIST B: Behaviour Management (BEM)CLN632 Youth Focussed Behaviour Management &

SchoolsLEN611 Educational Intervention for Challenging

Behaviour in the ClassroomLEN612 Behaviour Management: Programs &

PlanningPRN635 Issues in Classroom Management (core)

LIST C: Career Guidance (CAG)LEN604 Psychoeducational AssessmentLEN607 Career Development Programs (Core)LEN609 Career TheoryLEN610 Career Counselling

List D: Early Childhood Education (ECE)EAN608 Constructions of Childhood & Early

Education (Core)EAN601 Early Childhood Teachers Knowledge in

ActionEAN602 Leading Early Childhood Services &

Policies for Future GenerationsEAN603 Development in Early Childhood ContextsEAN604 Young Children, Families & CommunityEAN609 Educating Young Children with Special

Needs in Early Childhood Settings

233

ED

UC

AT

ION

List E: Higher Education (HIG)LEN613 Learning, Teaching & SupervisionMDN619 Technologically Supported Teaching &

Learning EnvironmentsPRN636 Higher Education: Curriculum Design,

Development & EvaluationPRN637 Higher Education: Responding to Emerging

Issues, Changing Contexts & New Policies

List F: Language and Literacy Education (LLE)CLN609 Language, Literacies & Learning (core)CLN611 Adult & Workplace Literacy & NumeracyCLN623 Investigating Language & Literacy Teaching

& LearningCLN624 Literacy/ESL Programming & AssessmentCLN625 New Literacies & Technologies

LIST G: Leadership and Management (LEM)PRN606 Changing Agendas in Leadership (core)PRN608 Organisational Cultures & Education

LeadershipPRN633 Leading & Managing PeoplePRN634 Policy Development & AnalysisPRN647 Leadership for ChangePRN648 Current Issues in Leadership

LIST H: Learning Support and InclusiveEducation (LSI)LEN605 Learners with Special Needs: Programming

for Inclusive Education (core)

LEN606 Teaching Students with LearningDifficulties/Disabilities

CLN631 Policies & Practices for Inclusive EducationEAN607 Consultation & TeamworkLEN611 Educational Intervention for Challenging

Behaviour in the Classroom

LIST I: Mathematics Education (MAE)MDN624 Contemporary Mathematics Curriculum:

Context & Challenge (core)MDN625 Exploring Students’ Mathematical

ReasoningMDN626 Pedagogy in Mathematics EducationMDN627 Student Assessment in MathematicsMDN636 Understanding Concepts in Mathematics &

Science

LIST J: Physical and Health Education (PHE)Note: Two more new units to be introduced in 2002.HMN201 Developing Teaching & Learning Initiatives

for the Health & Physical Education KeyLearning Areas (core)

HMN202 Developing & Assessing Higher OrderThinking Skills in School PhysicalEducation

HMN205 Health Education Curriculum Across theSchool Years

HMN206 Designing Physical Activity Experiences forSpecific Populations

MASTER OF EDUCATION COURSE

COMPULSORY COMPONENT Unit code and title CreditPoints

• Course core unit EDN611 Understanding Educational Research 12• Core unit from chosen area of interest Refer to your specific area of interest 12• Two area of interest units Refer to your specific area of interest 24

AND• either a third area of interest unit*

OR• EDN612 for those taking Option 1 below Refer to your specific area of interest 12

ALTERNATE PATHWAYS

Option 1• 36 credit point dissertation EDN620 Dissertation (3 stages) 36

OROption 2• One unit from any area of interest Refer to lists on the following pages 12• 24 credit point project EDN608 Project (2 stages) 24

OROption 3• Two units from any area of interest Refer to lists on the following pages 24• 12 credit point independent study EDN603 Independent Study 12

OROption 4• Three units from any area of interest Refer to lists on the following pages 36

* Students not wishing to have their transcript endorsed with their area of interest may choose this unit from any area ofinterest.

234

LIST K: Professional Growth and CurriculumLeadership (PGC)LEN613 Learning, Teaching & SupervisionPRN601 Curriculum Inquiry & Research (core)PRN602 Professional Growth & DevelopmentPRN603 Leading Change in Contemporary

Professional PracticePRN605 Flexible Delivery: Pedagogical Issues &

Imperatives

LIST L: School Guidance and Counselling(SGC)LEN602 Advanced Educational Counselling (core)LEN603 Educational Counselling Professional

PracticeLEN604 Psychoeducational AssessmentLEN607 Career Development Programs

The School Guidance and Counselling area of in-terest within the Master of Education is accepted byboth the Queensland Department of Education andthe Brisbane Catholic Education Centre as a suit-able formal employment qualification for SchoolCounsellor and Guidance Officer positions. Gradu-ates from this program are recognised by the Queens-land Guidance and Counselling Association, andtogether with experience requirements it enablesthem to be eligible for full membership of this pro-fessional body.

LIST M: Science Education (SCE)MDN628 Contemporary Science Curriculum: Context

& Challenge (core)MDN629 Development of Students’ Scientific

Reasoning SkillsMDN630 Learning & Teaching in Contemporary

Science ClassroomsMDN636 Understanding Concepts in Mathematics &

Science

LIST N: Social and Environmental Education(SEE)CLN633 Socio-cultural Contexts of Civics &

Citizenship EducationPRN616 Critical Approaches in Social &

Environmental Education (core)PRN617 Environmental Education & InterpretationPRN618 Issues in SOSE (Studies of Society &

Environment)PRN619 Issues in Environment Education &

InterpretationPRN620 Civics & Citizenship Education - Issues of

Curriculum & Pedagogy

LIST O: Technology Education (TEE)MDN619 Technologically Supported Teaching &

Learning EnvironmentsMDN633 Curriculum Studies in Technology

Education (core)MDN623 Communications Technology in EducationMDN632 Databases in an Educational ContextPRN605 Flexible Delivery: Pedagogical Issues &

Imperatives

Students without a firm background in TechnologyEducation should study MDN633 first. Students whoare unsure of their level of expertise in TechnologyEducation should contact the area of interestcoordinator, however the completion of the GraduateDiploma in Computer Education or recentexperience should be sufficient. The units MDN623and MDN619 require good Internet access. The unitMDN633 is a prerequisite for MDN623.

SupervisionSupervision in the Master of Education courseconsists of two components:

(i) the supervision of individual coursework units;and

(ii) the supervision of a dissertation/project.

Supervision of Individualised UnitsCertain coursework units in particular areas ofinterest involve individual candidates working withsupervising lecturers on a one-to-one basis. Here,candidates have the opportunity to explore andnegotiate with their lecturers to engage in integratedprofessional experiences that are closely linked tothe candidates current professional needs. Thisinteraction consists of a dialogue between candidateand lecturer to design an appropriate course of studyfor the particular units. Subsequently, they submitthis plan of study to the area of interest coordinatorfor approval.

Supervision of a Dissertation/ProjectA dissertation must be submitted to conform withformat, style and other guidelines as set out in thepublication Guide to Dissertation Presentation whichis available from the Faculty of Education Office.

(a) For each candidate undertaking a dissertation/project a supervisor must be appointed. Anappropriate supervisor or supervisory teamshould be identified early in the program whenthe dissertation/project topic is chosen. Anappointment will be made by the FacultyAcademic Board on the advice of the relevantHead of School and the course coordinator.

(b) Candidates should meet regularly with theirsupervisor to discuss progress, submit drafts orprogress reports or present seminars whereappropriate at least each semester, and seekguidance as necessary.

(c) Supervisors should be readily available toconsult with candidates, should providescholarly support and constructive criticism, andshould assist as appropriate with access tofacilities and any relevant external agencies.

235

ED

UC

AT

ION

Progression and Unsatisfactory ProgressProgression

In each year of candidature the academic progressof each candidate shall be reviewed by the coursecoordinator. Satisfactory progress for provisionalcandidates will consist of passing of qualifyingrequirements or course units at appropriate exitlevels. For candidates enrolled in the courseworkdegree, it will mean the successful completion ofthe relevant coursework units.

Progress reports will be submitted at designatedintervals, normally at least twice each year, to theMaster of Education Course CoordinationCommittee.

Unsatisfactory Progress(i) With respect to coursework studies, candidates

who have failed two or more units will be placedon probationary enrolment.

(ii) With respect to the dissertation/project, progresswhich is considered clearly unsatisfactory byboth the supervisor and the area of interestcoordinator may lead to a recommendation bythem to Faculty Research Committee that thecandidate be excluded from the course.

(iii) Before the Faculty Research Committee recom-mends exclusion, the student will apply to theFaculty Research Committee which will con-sider the application and make recommenda-tion to the Faculty Academic Board.

Examination of the Dissertation/ProjectDissertation Submission

(i) After examiners have been nominated andapproved, the candidate will submit to thestudent affairs officer three copies of thedissertation bound in a temporary form(preferably spiral bound) for distribution to theapproved examiners. Receipt of the dissertationby the student affairs officer, on behalf ofFaculty Academic Board, shall constitutesubmission of the candidate’s dissertation forexamination.

(ii) The dissertation should be accompanied by asigned declaration which states that:

(a) the candidate has complied with the ethicsof experimentation;

(b) the dissertation is the candidate’s own workand that all other sources are correctlyacknowledged;

(c) the dissertation has not been submitted toanother institution.

(iii) The dissertation must contain a joint declarationsigned by both the student and their supervisorstating that the dissertation is ready forexamination.

Appointment of ExaminersAt least one month prior to submission of thedissertation, the supervisor, in conjunction with theHead of School, should nominate in writing to thecourse coordinator at least two examiners who areprepared to examine the dissertation at the timerequired. It is the responsibility of the supervisor toascertain the availability and willingness of theseexaminers to comply with the Universityrequirements.

At least one of the examiners appointed will beexternal to the University, except in the case of the24 credit point project where the examiningcommittee consists of two examiners, approved bythe Master of Education Course CoordinationCommittee, not including the supervisor and one ofwhom may be external to the University, if this isseen to be of benefit to the student.

The Examination Committee consisting of at leasttwo examiners (one of whom may be external to theUniversity) will be appointed by the FacultyAcademic Board upon recommendation from theFaculty Research Committee upon recommendationfrom the relevant course coordinator who will haveconsulted the principal supervisor.

Examination Process (subject to approval)(i) Examiners must receive copies of the

dissertation in reasonable time to permit itsthorough consideration and appraisal before thedate by which assessments are required. Eachexaminer is required to submit a writtenassessment of the dissertation within eightweeks of its receipt.

(ii) With regard to 24 credit point projects of non-English speaking background (NESB) studentsonly, examiners may apply the Faculty NESBpolicy (refer to Faculty Manual of Policies andProcedures Document) when examining aproject. If an examiner does apply the FacultyNESB policy, then reference to this must bemade in the examiner’s report.

(iii) These written assessments will be presented onofficial forms forwarded with the dissertation.These forms are available from the Faculty ofEducation Office and will deal with the generalstandard and quality of the work and not withspecific detail. Examiners are expected to returntheir assessment within 8 weeks to the Faculty

236

of Education Office. Each assessment isindividual and confidential and should not bemade available to other examiners. Eachexaminer should make one of the followingrecommendations:

(a) Pass:

Implying that the dissertation be acceptedwithout modification and the degree beawarded;

Implying that the dissertation will be fullysatisfactory except for minor changes asindicated by the examiner;

Implying that the dissertation be acceptedsubject to major revisions according to theexaminers recommendations. Thesechanges must be made to the satisfactionof the principal supervisor or the Head ofSchool.

Note: a criteria sheet must also becompleted and a grade of 1-7 indicated.

(b) Resubmit: Implying that the dissertationwill be fully acceptable when certainnecessary corrections or modifications aremade by the candidate and resubmitted tothe examiners. In this case, the highestgrade which can be awarded onceresubmitted is a grade of 4.

(c) Fail: Implying that the dissertation is notof an acceptable standard.

(iv) Minor changes would include, for example,editorial corrections, bibliographical details andincidental changes required to text.

Major changes would include, for example,rewriting a section or the incorporation offurther evidence and data.

(v) In the case of all of the above, an examinershould provide, along with the officialassessment form, a separate documentindicating where corrections or modificationsare required and as, appropriate, providing anyconstructive criticism and comment helpful tothe candidate. An examiner will refer to anynotably original contributions which thecandidate has made and comment on the scopefor further research or postgraduate study. Acriteria sheet must also be completed.

(vi) The student affairs officer will forward the setof examiners assessment forms and dissertationto the course coordinator.

Pass by all examiners: In the case of (a) above thecourse coordinator will determine the examinationoutcome and will advise the student affairs officer.When both examiners recommend a pass but theexaminers’ grades differ, a committee consisting ofthe course coordinator and one other personnominated by the Course Coordination Committeewill arbitrate and decide on the final grade. Thestudent affairs officer will make the examinersrequirements available to the candidate andsupervisor while maintaining the anonymity of theexaminers. When the student has made the requiredcorrections, submitted three bound copies and thesupervisor has certified that corrections have beensatisfactorily made, the Faculty Academic Board willsign an official record indicating satisfaction of alldissertation requirements.

Resubmit by all examiners: The course coordinatorwill forward the set of examiners’ assessment formsto the Chairperson, Faculty Research Committeeattaching formal recommendation. The Chairperson,Faculty Research Committee makes formalrecommendation to the Faculty Academic Board.The Faculty Academic Board will indicateacceptance or otherwise of the recommendation. Ifa recommendation of type (b) is accepted, the FacultyAcademic Board will ask the course coordinator toensure that the candidate is requested to resubmitthe dissertation with any necessary corrections ormodifications. The revised dissertation is forwardedto the examiners for reassessment. In this case, themaximum grade that can be awarded if passed onresubmission is a grade of 4.

Differing recommendations from examiners: Thecourse coordinator will forward the set of examiners’assessment forms to the Chairperson, FacultyResearch Committee attaching formalrecommendation based on the examiners’ reports.The Chairperson, Faculty Research Committee willrefer the matter to the Examination Sub-committeeof the Faculty Research Committee which has beenestablished to make recommendations on areas ofdisputation between examiners. The Chairperson,Faculty Research Committee will then make formalrecommendation to the Faculty Academic Board.The Faculty Academic Board may confer and seekfurther advice from the Faculty Research Committeebefore making a ruling. The Faculty Academic Boardmay then (i) not award the degree, or (ii) accept amajority recommendation with or without the adviceof a further external examiner.

Fail by examiners: The course coordinator will for-ward the set of examiners’ assessment forms to theChairperson, Faculty Research Committee attaching

237

ED

UC

AT

ION

formal recommendation. The Chairperson, FacultyResearch Committee makes formal recommendationto the Faculty Academic Board. The Faculty Aca-demic Board will indicate acceptance or otherwise ofthe recommendation. If a recommendation of type(c) is accepted, the normal implication is that the can-didate will be excluded from the course. In excep-tional circumstances, the Faculty Research Commit-tee may grant the candidate an opportunity to submita substantially new dissertation after a period of notless than six months.

Re-examination of the Dissertation(a) A candidate who fails to satisfy the Faculty

Academic Board (upon recommendation of theFaculty Research Committee) at the first attemptmay, on the recommendations of the examinersand with the approval of the Faculty AcademicBoard, be re-examined not more than once.Application must be made to the FacultyAcademic Board for approval of the re-examination arrangements.

(b) Re-examination shall take place within 12months from the date on which the candidate isadvised in writing of such re-examination. TheFaculty Academic Board may, on applicationby the candidate and supported by thesupervisor, approve an extension of this period.

(c) The examiners must give the candidate guidanceon the deficiencies identified by the firstexamination.

(d) If a candidate is required to revise and resubmita dissertation, the examiners’ reports will bemade available to the candidate, the anonymityof the examiners being maintained.

(e) The Faculty Academic Board on recommenda-tion from the Faculty Research Committee mayrequire that an additional external examiner beappointed for the re-examination.

(f) Regulations applicable to examinationsgenerally apply to the re-examination.

(g) After the examination process is complete, thenames of examiners may be released on requestproviding the examiner has indicatedwillingness to have his/her identity revealed tothe candidate.

Admission to the Degree of Master ofEducationPrior to admission to the award, a candidate musthave at least three of the completed documentsbound. Of these, one copy of the completeddocument must be submitted for inclusion in theUniversity Library collection as follows:

dissertation or project associated with acoursework specialisation where this constitutesat least 25% of the credit point total for the course.

The supervisor has the authority to decide whethera project should be housed in the University Librarycollection or the Research Centre that the student isattached to.

Of the other two copies of the completed document,one is held in the faculty office and the other ispresented to the principal supervisor.

A candidate who:

(a) fulfils the requirements of these rules; and

(b) whose work is of a standard that satisfies theFaculty Academic Board (after considering theresults in all subjects and/or the reports of allexaminers); and

(c) has otherwise complied with the provisions ofall statutes and other applicable rules;

may be admitted to the degree of Master ofEducation.

■ Master of Education(Research) (ED12)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor Lyn English

Entry RequirementsA person may enrol as a candidate for the degree ofMaster of Education by research if that person holds:

(i) a four-year education-related degree with agrade point average of at least five (on a seven-point scale) or equivalent, with demonstratedpotential for further study and evidence ofprofessional standing, or

(ii) a graduate diploma in an education-related fieldwith a grade point average of at least five (on aseven-point scale) or equivalent, withdemonstrated potential for further study andevidence of professional standing, or

(iii) an honours degree in an education-related fieldwith a minimum of Honours IIA or IIB.

Applicants who do not have professional experiencein an education-related field would normally beexpected to demonstrate their potential for furtherstudy with a grade point average of six or better.

238

Applicants may be required to provide satisfactoryformal evidence of proficiency in the Englishlanguage.

Provisional EnrolmentIn special circumstances and with the specificapproval of the Dean of Faculty, a person may beadmitted to the Master of Education (Research) ona provisional basis. The conditions which must besatisfied to remove the provisional status must bedetailed in writing by the course coordinator,endorsed by the Dean and placed on record by theRegistrar.

Provisional status will not normally extend beyondone year.

Procedure for EnrolmentBefore submitting an application form to enter thecourse, a candidate should make contact with staffmembers who might act as supervisors for theresearch project. The application form requires theattachment of a preliminary research proposal andassistance from a potential supervisor or supervisorsshould be sought to prepare this preliminaryproposal. The course coordinator will provideassistance by way of an introduction to the servicesprovided by the faculty in a manner which is sensitiveto cross-cultural and gender identities of potentialcandidates. The course coordinator will provideapplicants with names of suitable academic staff toapproach about supervision. The availability of asuitable supervisor is a necessary prerequisite foradmission into the course. Where research is to beconducted into equity matters in education, asupervisor will be provided.

Special Course RequirementsAs a student proceeds through the four stages of thecourse, he or she will be required to submit a progressreport to the course coordinator at the conclusion ofeach semester.

There is provision in the course structure for studentsto present their proposal and their research inprogress to a research seminar. Such seminars willbe held at regular intervals with the frequencydepending on the number of research students. Allstudents enrolled io!<his doırse are to attend suchseminars to present their own work and to discussand evaluate the work of their peers. Academic staffwho are supervising research students are alsoexpected to attend seminars on a regular basis.

Course StructurePreparation

Acquisition of knowledge of a range of appropriateresearch methods and in-depth knowledge of the

research method to be used in the study;commencement of a comprehensive literature search.

During the preparation stage, students will completethe unit EDN612 Conducting Educational Researchor a substitute approved by the course coordinator.Students who have undertaken prior study of anequivalent nature may apply for an exemption fromthis unit.

ProposalAdoption of an appropriate research design for theproposed research; preparation of a comprehensiveresearch proposal including a draft review of theliterature; presentation and justification of theproposal to a seminar of other students and academicstaff; trialling of research procedures.

The research proposal must be approved by theCourse Coordination Committee before the studentproceeds to the implementation stage.

ImplementationImplementation of the research for the thesis;completion of the literature review.

SubmissionCompletion and presentation of a thesis for approvalby supervisor/s; production of the thesis in a suitableform for examination.

There will be no pre-specified completion times orcredit points allocated to these stages as there is alarge amount of variation in the time students taketo move through the stages.

Transfer of Credit(i) On the recommendation of the course

coordinator, the Dean may grant credit forstudies passed at an approved institution ofhigher education, provided that:

(a) the studies are of equivalent standard andvalue to those offered at the University

(b) the studies are appropriate to thecandidate’s work at the University

(c) the studies have not counted towards aprevious qualification

(d) the studies are not included in those thathave been designated as qualifying studiesfor the course.

(ii) There shall be no maximum credit granted forunits previously completed at this institutionprior to enrolment in the Master of Education(Research) award.

(iii) The maximum credit granted for studies passedelsewhere shall be the equivalent to onesemester of full-time study.

239

ED

UC

AT

ION

(iv) Credit may be granted for units passedelsewhere after enrolment in the Master ofEducation (Research) award, provided that thecandidate has previously obtained thepermission of the Dean to enrol in these units.

(v) Where credit is granted the Dean may reduceproportionately the candidate’s period ofenrolment.

(iv) A candidate who is re-enrolling followingwithdrawal or termination of candidature maybe granted credit for previously successfulstudies by the Dean upon the recommendationof the course coordinator.

Supervision(i) Normally, the Principal Supervisor will be a

member of the Faculty of Education.

(ii) The University’s rules for PhD supervisors aresupported in regard to principal and associatesupervisors.

(iii) For masters students, a maximum of twosupervisors should constitute the supervisoryteam.

(iv) Procedures for selection of supervisors may beobtained from Heads of School, Directors ofResearch Centres and Concentrations.

(v) It is generally expected that the student willdiscuss the prospect of supervision with Headsof School, Directors of Research Centres orConcentrations and with the course coordinator.

(vi) The course coordinator, after agreement withthe relevant Head of School(s) recommends thenames of supervisors for specific students tothe HDAC which in turn recommendssupervisors to the Faculty Academic Board.

(vii) The names of supported supervisors of studentsin research degrees will be transmitted forUniversity approval to the ResearchManagement Committee.

Progression and UnsatisfactoryProgress

ProgressionIn each semester of the candidature, six-monthlyprogress reports are required from the PrincipalSupervisor to be reviewed by the course coordinatorand then forwarded to the RMC. Satisfactoryprogress for provisional candidates will consist ofpassing qualifying requirements or course units atthe appropriate levels. For students enrolled inresearch studies, satisfactory progress will be judgedby the submission of a report to the coursecoordinator. Progress reports will be submitted at

designated intervals, normally at least twice eachyear.

Unsatisfactory progressWhen progress is deemed unsatisfactory by thecourse coordinator or supervisor, the coursecoordinator will write to the candidate to request anindication of what action has been or will be takento ensure progress is satisfactory for the next report.

When two consecutive reports indicateunsatisfactory progress, the Dean may require thecandidate to show cause against exclusion. A studentexcluded under these rules has a right of appeal tothe Academic Appeals Committee.

(i) With respect to coursework studies, candidateswho have failed two or more units or who haveotherwise progressed unsatisfactorily may beexcluded from the course.

(ii) With respect to the thesis project, progresswhich is considered clearly unsatisfactory byboth the supervisor and the coordinator maylead to a recommendation by them to the HigherDegrees Advisory Committee that the candidatebe excluded from the course.

(iii) Before the Higher Degrees Advisory Committeerecommends exclusion, the student will applyto the Higher Degrees Advisory Committeewhich will consider the application and makerecommendation to the Faculty AcademicBoard.

Examination of the ThesisSubmission of Thesis

(i) A candidate should submit a minimum of threecopies of a thesis to the Faculty Office. Receiptof the thesis by the Faculty Office, on behalf ofthe Faculty Academic Board shall constitutesubmission of the candidate’s thesis forexamination. These should be temporarilybound in order to facilitate the making of anyrevisions and editorial changes required byexaminers (if the thesis is otherwise acceptableto them) before final printing and binding.

(ii) The thesis should be accompanied by a signeddeclaration that:

(a) the candidate has complied with the ethicsof experimentation as set out in the publi-cation QUT Guide to Thesis Presentation

(b) the thesis is the candidate’s own work andthat all other sources are correctlyacknowledged

(c) the thesis has not been submitted to anotherinstitution.

240

(iii) the thesis must contain a joint declaration signedby both the student and their supervisor statingthat the thesis is ready for examination.

Examination of Thesis(i) Each thesis will be examined by at least two

examiners, one of whom may be external tothe University, appointed by the FacultyAcademic Board upon recommendation of theHigher Degrees Advisory Committee upon therecommendation of the Course Coordinator inconsultation with the Principal Supervisor. Atleast one of the examiners appointed may beexternal to the University.

(ii) An oral defence of a thesis may be made acomponent of the overall thesis examinationprocedure by the Faculty Academic Boardupon the recommendation of the HigherDegrees Advisory Committee. Should this bethe case, the course coordinator will normallyact as Chairperson of the group of examinersfor the oral examination. At such anexamination, the attendance of observers otherthan the Dean and the relevant Head of Schoolis subject to the express approval of the HigherDegrees Advisory Committee.

(iii) Examiners must receive copies of the thesisin reasonable time to permit its thoroughconsideration and appraisal before the date bywhich assessments are required or before anyoral examination. Whether or not there is anoral examination, each examiner is required tosubmit a written assessment of the thesis withineight weeks of its receipt.

(iv) These assessments will be presented on officialforms available from the faculty office and willdeal with the general standard and quality ofthe work and not with specific detail. They willbe submitted to the course coordinator by thespecified date and, if there is to be an oralexamination, before this examination. Eachassessment is individual and confidential andshould not be made available to otherexaminers. Each examiner should make oneof the following recommendations:

(a) Pass: implying that the thesis will be fullysatisfactory except possibly for editorialchanges

(b) Resubmit: implying that the thesis will befully acceptable when certain necessarycorrections or modifications are made bythe candidate and resubmitted to theexaminers

(c) Fail: implying that the thesis is not of anacceptable standard.

(v) In the case of (a) and (b) above, an examinershould provide, along with the officialassessment form, a separate documentindicating where corrections or modificationsare required and, as appropriate, providing anyconstructive criticism and comment helpful tothe candidate. An examiner will refer to anynotably original contributions which thecandidate has made and may comment on thescope for further research or postgraduatestudy. Such additional documents should beretained temporarily by the course coordinator.

(vi) The course coordinator will forward the set ofexaminer’s assessment forms to the Chairper-son, Higher Degrees Advisory Committee, at-taching a formal recommendation. The HDACmakes formal recommendation to the FacultyAcademic Board. The Faculty Academic Boardwill indicate acceptance or otherwise of therecommendation.

(vii) If a recommendation of type (a) is accepted,the Faculty Academic Board will ask the coursecoordinator to make the examinersrequirements available to the candidate whilemaintaining the anonymity of the examiners.The course coordinator will sign an officialrecord indicating satisfaction of all thesisrequirements that all required changes havebeen completed satisfactorily.

(viii) If a recommendation of type (b) is accepted,the Faculty Academic Board will ask the coursecoordinator to ensure that the candidate isrequested to resubmit the thesis with anynecessary corrections or modifications. Therevised thesis is forwarded to the examinersfor assessment.

(ix) If a recommendation of type (c) is accepted,the normal implication is that the candidate willbe excluded from the course. However, inexceptional circumstances the Higher DegreesAdvisory Committee may grant the candidatean opportunity to submit a substantially newthesis after a period of not less than six months.

(x) In the event of disagreement between theexaminers, the Chairperson, Higher DegreesAdvisory Committee, will refer the matter tothe Examination Sub-Committee of the HigherDegrees Advisory Committee which makesrecommendations on areas of disputationbetween examiners. This person would beappointed after consultation between

241

ED

UC

AT

ION

supervisors and the course coordinator. TheHigher Degrees Advisory Committee will thenmake recommendation to the Faculty AcademicBoard. The Faculty Board may then (i) notrecommend awarding the degree, or (ii) accepta majority recommendation with or without theadvice of a further external examiner.

(xi) If a candidate is required to revise and resubmita thesis, the examiners’ reports will be madeavailable to the candidate, the anonymity of theexaminers being maintained.

(xii) After the examination process is complete,examiners’ reports will be made available to thecandidate on request. The names of examinerswill be released on request providing eachexaminer has indicated willingness to have hisor her identity revealed to the candidate.

■ Master of Education –Teaching English to Speakersof Other Languages (TESOL)(ED14)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PennyMcKay

Entry RequirementsCandidates will be admitted to the course who:

(i) hold an appropriate bachelor degree orequivalent at a standard acceptable to the Deanof the Faculty, or

(ii) hold other qualifications acceptable to the deanwhich may include substantial work experiencein TESOL or involvement in other relevantprofessional or research activities, and

have had at least one years practical experience insome branch of education acceptable to the dean.

Applicants who are non-native speakers of Englishmust undertake and present the results of an Englishtest approved by the University and obtained withintwelve months prior to application.

Graduate Certificate in Education(TESOL) – Exit Point

Following the successful completion of fourMEd(TESOL) units (including two core units andtwo electives), students may elect either todiscontinue enrolment and graduate with a

GradCertEd(TESOL), or to pursue a further fourunits in order to complete the MEd(TESOL).Students wishing to exercise this option shouldcontact the faculty office for information on how toproceed.

Provisional EnrolmentStudents who do not meet the entry requirementsmay be admitted on a provisional basis and berequired to undertake preliminary coursework andreading as determined by the course coordinator.After satisfactory completion of the preliminarystudies students may be admitted to full candidature.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLN608 Second Language AcquisitionCLN612 Principles of Second Language

MethodologyElective unitElective unit

Year 1, Semester 2CLN608 Second Language AcquisitionCLN612 Principles of Second Language

MethodologyElective unitElective unitElective unitElective unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLN608 Second Language AcquisitionCLN612 Principles of Second Language

Methodology




Elective ListStudents in the MEd(TESOL) may, with the approvalof the course coordinator, enrol in a maximum oftwo units offered within the Faculty of Education orwithin other faculties of QUT. These units may betaken in lieu of electives within the MEd(TESOL).

CLN613 Second Language Curriculum DesignOptions

CLN614 Research Methods in Second LanguageEducation

CLN615 Directed Reading in Second LanguageEducation

CLN616 Language Assessment & ProgramEvaluation in TESOL

242

MA

ST

ER

OF

TE

AC

HIN

G (

EA

RLY

CH

ILD

HO

OD

) (E

D1

7)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E (

NO

T O

FF

ER

ED

20

01

)

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

72 192

4848

48

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

48

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Issu

es in

Cur

rent

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e (1

2)(1

wee

k fie

ld e

xper

ienc

e)

Cha

nge,

Eva

luat

ion

and

Acc

ount

abili

ty in

Edu

catio

nal C

onte

xts

(12)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Pro

fess

iona

l Tea

min

g,C

ase

& P

roje

ctIm

plem

enta

tion

(24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 1:

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

12)

(3 w

eeks

)

Teac

hing

Stu

dies

(12

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 2:

Cla

ssro

om M

anag

emen

t &In

trod

uctio

n to

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

(12)

(5 w

eeks

)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Lan

guag

e&

Lite

racy

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Mat

hem

atic

s, S

cien

ce &

Tech

nolo

gy C

urric

ulum

(12)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 3:

Cha

nge,

Diff

eren

ce &

Incl

usiv

ity (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 4:

Cur

ricul

um D

ecis

ion

Mak

ing

& C

urric

ulum

Lead

ersh

ip (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Int

erns

hip

&M

ini-C

onfe

renc

e (1

2)(6

wee

ks)

60 60

Adv

ance

d Li

tera

cy &

Num

erac

y in

Ear

lyC

hild

hood

(12

)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

umP

riorit

ies

(12)

243

ED

UC

AT

ION

CLN617 Personalised Language DevelopmentCLN618 Technology & Second Language LearningCLN619 Functional Grammar & DiscourseCLN620 Language & CultureEDN608/1 Project (Stage 1)EDN608/2 Project (Stage 2)EDN603 Independent Study

Guidelines for a ProjectSee the course entry for Master of Education (ED13)for the guidelines on dissertations.

Progression and UnsatisfactoryProgressRefer to Master of Education (ED13) entry.

■ Master of Teaching (EarlyChildhood) (ED17)*

■ Master of Teaching (Primary)(ED18)

■ Master of Teaching(Secondary) (ED19)

* Not offered in 2001.Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Course Coordinator: Dr Ian MacphersonAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr Annah Healy

General Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for consideration, applicants:

(i) must have a completed undergraduate disciplinedegree in a discipline other than Education (orequivalent) from a recognised tertiaryinstitution;

(ii) must submit an application support statementwith their course application, detailing relevantexperience and reasons for application to thecourse; and

(iii) may be required to attend an interview.

Entry will be determined by evaluating the gradepoint average in the undergraduate degree.

Additional Entry Requirements –SecondaryStudents must have completed at least one third oftheir undergraduate degree in their first teaching areaand one sixth in their second teaching area. Selectionmay also be based on the relevance of previousstudies to the teaching profession and relevance ofany personal and professional experience.

Students select two areas of specialisation withinCurriculum Studies. The specialisation throughwhich entry to the course is sought is designated the

first teaching area; the other specialisation isdesignated the second teaching area. For someteaching areas, interview, audition or presentationof folio may be required (eg. LOTE, Primary LOTE,Drama, Dance, Music, Visual Arts).

Course StructureEARLY CHILDHOOD – ED17 (not of feredin 2001)Year 1, Semester 1LEN614 Learners & Teachers in ContextPRN638 Professional Practice 1: Learners & Teachers

in ContextPRN642 Teaching Studies

Year 1, Semester 2EAN610 Early Childhood Language & Literacy

CurriculumEAN611 Early Childhood Mathematics, Science &

Technology CurriculumPRN639 Professional Practice 2: Classroom

Management & Introduction to ProfessionalPractice

PRN646 Issues in Current Professional Practice

Year 2, Semester 1EAN612 Advanced Literacy & Numeracy in Early

ChildhoodEAN613 Early Childhood Curriculum PrioritiesPRN640 Professional Practice 3: Change, Difference

& InclusivityPRN649 Change, Evaluation & Accountability in

Educational Contexts

Year 2, Semester 2PRN641 Professional Practice 4: Curriculum

Decision Making & Curriculum LeadershipPRN643 Professional Teaming, Case & Project

ImplementationPRN644 Professional Internship & Mini Conference

PRIMARY – ED18Year 1, Semester 1LEN614 Learners & Teachers in ContextPRN638 Professional Practice 1: Learners & Teachers


Year 1, Semester 2PRN639 Professional Practice 2: Classroom

Management & Introduction to ProfessionalPractice

CLN626 Primary Language & Literacy CurriculumMDN634 Primary Mathematics, Science &

Technology CurriculumPRN646 Issues in Current Professional Practice

Year 2, Semester 1PRN640 Professional Practice 3: Change, Difference

& InclusivityPRN645 Interdisciplinary Primary Curriculum

StudiesPRN649 Change, Evaluation & Accountability in

Educational ContextsCLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

Mathematics

244

MA

ST

ER

OF

TE

AC

HIN

G (

PR

IMA

RY

) (E

D1

8)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

72 192

4848

48

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

48

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Issu

es in

Cur

rent

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e (1

2)(1

wee

k fie

ld e

xper

ienc

e)

Cha

nge,

Eva

luat

ion

&A

ccou

ntab

ility

inE

duca

tiona

l Con

text

s (1

2)(1

wee

k fie

ld e

xper

ienc

e)

Pro

fess

iona

l Tea

min

g,C

ase

& P

roje

ctIm

plem

enta

tion

(24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 1:

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

12)

(3 w

eeks

)

Teac

hing

Stu

dies

(12

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 2:

Cla

ssro

om M

anag

emen

t &In

trod

uctio

n to

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

(12)

(5 w

eeks

)

Prim

ary

Lang

uage

&Li

tera

cy C

urric

ulum

(12

)

Prim

ary

Mat

hem

atic

s,S

cien

ce &

Tec

hnol

ogy

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 3:

Cha

nge,

Diff

eren

ce &

Incl

usiv

ity (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 4:

Cur

ricul

um D

ecis

ion

Mak

ing

& C

urric

ulum

Lead

ersh

ip (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Int

erns

hip

&M

ini-C

onfe

renc

e (1

2)(6

wee

ks)

60 60

Inte

rdis

cipl

inar

y P

rimar

yC

urric

ulum

Stu

dies

(12

)

Pro

gram

min

g &

Ass

essm

ent i

n La

ngua

ge &

Mat

hem

atic

s (1

2)

245

ED

UC

AT

ION

MA

ST

ER

OF

TE

AC

HIN

G (

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y)

(ED

19

)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

72 192

4848

48

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

48

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Issu

es in

Cur

rent

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e (1

2)(1

wee

k fie

ld e

xper

ienc

e)

Cha

nge,

Eva

luat

ion

&A

ccou

ntab

ility

inE

duca

tiona

l Con

text

s (1

2)(1

wee

k fie

ld e

xper

ienc

e)

Pro

fess

iona

l Tea

min

g,C

ase

& P

roje

ctIm

plem

enta

tion

(24)

(1 w

eek

field

exp

erie

nce)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 1:

Lear

ners

& T

each

ers

inC

onte

xt (

12)

(3 w

eeks

)

Teac

hing

Stu

dies

(12

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 2:

Cla

ssro

om M

anag

emen

t &In

trod

uctio

n to

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

(12)

(5 w

eeks

)

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 1

X (

12)

Cur

ricul

um S

udie

s 1Y

(12

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 3:

Cha

nge,

Diff

eren

ce &

Incl

usiv

ity (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 4:

Cur

ricul

um D

ecis

ion

Mak

ing

& C

urric

ulum

Lead

ersh

ip (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Pro

fess

iona

l Int

erns

hip

&M

ini-C

onfe

renc

e (1

2)(6

wee

ks)

60 60

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 2

X (

12)

Cur

ricul

um S

udie

s 2Y

(12

)

246

Year 2, Semester 2PRN643 Professional Teaming, Case & Project

ImplementationPRN641 Professional Practice 4: Curriculum

Decision Making & Curriculum LeadershipPRN644 Professional Internship & Mini Conference

SECONDARY – ED19

Year 1, Semester 1LEN614 Learners & Teachers in ContextPRN638 Professional Practice 1: Learners & Teachers


Year 1, Semester 2PRN639 Professional Practice 2: ClassroomPRN646 Issues in Current Professional Practice

Management & Introduction to ProfessionalPracticeCurriculum Studies 1X (List 1)Curriculum Studies 1Y (List 1)

Year 2, Semester 1PRN649 Change, Evaluation & Accountability in

Educational ContextsPRN640 Professional Practice 3: Change, Difference

& InclusivityCurriculum Studies 2X (List 2)Curriculum Studies 2Y (List 2)

Year 2, Semester 2PRN643 Professional Teaming, Case & Project

ImplementationPRN641 Professional Practice 4: Curriculum

Decision Making & Curriculum LeadershipPRN644 Professional Internship & Mini Conference

List 1: Curriculum Studies 1PRB355 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum - Studies 1AAB412 Art Curriculum Studies 1MDB325 Biology Curriculum Studies 1PRB357 Business Communication Technologies &

Curriculum Studies 1MDB327 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 1MDB329 Computing Curriculum Studies 1AAB421 Dance Curriculum Studies 1AAB414 Drama Curriculum Studies 1MDB331 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 1PRB359 Economics Curriculum Studies 1CLB325 English Curriculum Studies 1CLB447 English as a Second Language Curriculum

Studies 1CLB327 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 1PRB361 Geography Curriculum Studies 1HMB390 Health Education Curriculum Studies 1PRB363 History Curriculum Studies 1PUB312 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 1PRB365 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 1CLB329 LOTE Curriculum Studies 1MDB333 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 1AAP423 Music Curriculum Studies 1AAP434 Music Curriculum Studies 1AHMB310 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 1AMDB335 Physics Curriculum Studies 1CLB449 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies 1

MDB337 Science Curriculum Studies 1PRB367 Social Science Curriculum Studies 1

List 2: Curriculum Studies 2PRB356 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum - Studies 2AAB413 Art Curriculum Studies 2MDB326 Biology Curriculum Studies 2PRB358 Business Communication Technologies &

Curriculum Studies 2MDB328 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 2MDB330 Computing Curriculum Studies 2AAB429 Dance Curriculum Studies 2AAB415 Drama Curriculum Studies 2MDB332 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 2PRB360 Economics Curriculum Studies 2CLB326 English Curriculum Studies 2CLB448 English as a Second Language Curriculum

Studies 2CLB328 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 2PRB362 Geography Curriculum Studies 2HMB395 Health Education Curriculum Studies 2PRB364 History Curriculum Studies 2PUB322 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 2PRB366 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 2CLB330 LOTE Curriculum Studies 2MDB339 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 2AAP431 Music Curriculum Studies 2AAP433 Music Curriculum Studies 2AHMB370 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 2AMDB336 Physics Curriculum Studies 2CLB450 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies 2MDB338 Science Curriculum Studies 2PRB368 Social Science Curriculum Studies 2

■ Graduate Diploma inEducation (ComputerEducation) (ED21)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-time or externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Mr Paul Shield

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant mustpossess:(i) an appropriate Bachelor degree, Diploma of

Teaching or equivalent;(ii) at least one years experience in an educational

setting; and(iii) suitable computing experience. These

experiences might include, at varying levels ofproficiency, either singly or in combination –word processing, use of spreadsheets, databasework, programming or graphics.

The course contains practical components, thereforestudents will be required to satisfy the coordinator

247

ED

UC

AT

ION

YE

AR

1Y

EA

R 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

MD

P53

2C

ompu

ter

Sys

tem

s in

an

Edu

catio

n C

onte

xt

MD

P53

7M

ajor

Issu

es in

Com

pute

rE

duca

tion

Sem

este

r 2

MO

DE

MD

P53

0C

ompu

ter A

pplic

atio

ns in

Edu

catio

n

MD

P53

7M

ajor

Issu

es in

Com

pute

rE

duca

tion

MD

P53

0C

ompu

ter A

pplic

atio

ns in

Edu

catio

n

MD

P53

7M

ajor

Issu

es in

Com

pute

rE

duca

tion

MD

P53

2C

ompu

ter

Sys

tem

s in

an

Edu

catio

nal C

onte

xt

MD

P53

0C

ompu

ter A

pplic

atio

ns in

Edu

catio

n

MD

P50

3In

form

atio

n S

yste

ms

inE

duca

tion

MD

P53

5E

duca

tiona

l Sof

twar

eD

evel

opm

ent

MD

P50

3In

form

atio

n S

yste

ms

inE

duca

tion

MD

P53

1In

vest

igat

ions

into

Com

pute

r Aid

ed L

earn

ing

MD

P50

3In

form

atio

n S

yste

ms

inE

duca

tion

MD

P50

8C

ompu

ter

Use

in th

eP

rimar

y C

urric

ulum

MD

P50

3In

form

atio

n S

yste

ms

inE

duca

tion

MD

P53

5E

duca

tiona

l Sof

twar

eD

evel

opm

ent

MD

P53

2C

ompu

ter

Sys

tem

s in

an

Edu

catio

nal C

onte

xt

MD

P53

6C

ompu

ter

Gra

phic

s in

Teac

hing

MD

P53

2C

ompu

ter

Sys

tem

s in

an

Edu

catio

nal C

onte

xt

MD

P53

6C

ompu

ter

Gra

phic

s in

Teac

hing

MD

P53

7M

ajor

Issu

es in

Com

pute

rE

duca

tion

AN

D E

ITH

ER

MD

P53

6C

ompu

ter

Gra

phic

s in

Teac

hing

OR

MD

P53

3Te

achi

ng In

form

atio

nS

yste

m M

odel

ling

MD

P50

6C

ompu

ter

Edu

catio

nP

roje

ct

MD

P53

4E

duca

tiona

l App

licat

ions

of A

rtifi

cial

Inte

llige

nce

MD

P50

6C

ompu

ter

Edu

catio

nP

roje

ct

MD

P50

4S

choo

l Adm

inis

trat

ion

Usi

ng In

form

atio

nTe

chno

logi

esO

RM

DP

538

Com

pute

rs in

the

Sec

onda

ry C

urric

ulum

MD

P50

6C

ompu

ter

Edu

catio

nP

roje

ct

MD

P50

4S

choo

l Adm

inis

trat

ion

Usi

ng In

form

atio

nTe

chno

logi

esO

RM

DP

531

Inve

stig

atio

ns in

toC

ompu

ter A

ided

Lea

rnin

g

MD

P50

6C

ompu

ter

Edu

catio

nP

roje

ct

MD

P53

1In

vest

igat

ions

into

Com

pute

r Aid

edLe

arni

ng

Sec

onda

ryC

ompu

ter

Stu

dies

Sec

onda

ryG

ener

al

Prim

ary

TAF

E

MD

P5

33

Te

ach

ing

Info

rma

tio

n S

yste

mM

od

elli

ng

MD

P5

07

Te

ach

ing

Se

con

da

ryC

ompu

ter S

tudi

es

GR

AD

UA

TE

DIP

LOM

A I

N E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

CO

MP

UT

ER

ED

UC

AT

ION

) (E

D2

1)

SE

QU

EN

CE

S O

F S

TU

DY

OP

TIO

NS

248

that they have suitable and sufficient access tocomputer hardware and software. Internet accessmay be required for some units.

Course Structure (see page 25)To meet course requirements, students mustcomplete four core units and four elective units.Elective units may be chosen from either List A orList B.

The following units are scheduled inSemester 1MDP532 Computer Systems in an Educational

Context (core)MDP537 Major Issues in Computer Education (core)

List A: Elective UnitsMDP507 Teaching Secondary Computer StudiesMDP530 Computer Applications in EducationMDP533 Teaching Information Systems ModellingMDP536 Computer Graphics in Teaching

The following units are scheduled inSemester 2MDP503 Information Systems in Education (core)MDP506 Computer Education Project (core)

Note: Four units must be completed at a grade of 4or above before MDP506 can be undertaken.

List B: Elective Units (2 to be chosen)MDP504 School Administration using Information

TechnologiesMDP508 Computer Use in the Primary CurriculumMDP531 Investigations into Computer Aided

LearningMDP534 Educational Applications of Artificial

IntelligenceMDP535 Educational Software DevelopmentMDP538 Computers in the Secondary Curriculum

Some possible sequences of study are given below.Other sequences are possible within the prerequisitestructure of the course.

It is suggested that those applicants with littleknowledge of computing do the elective unitMDP530 Computer Applications in Education intheir first semester. Normally MDP530 may onlybe attempted in the first semester of the first year ofstudy. Students in other than their first year of studywill only be allowed to undertake MDP530 with theexplicit approval of the course coordinator.

■ Graduate Diploma inEducation (Early Childhood)(ED20)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Ann Farrell

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must holdthe following:(i) an appropriate degree, diploma or equivalent,

and(ii) at least one years teaching experience, and(iii) current teacher registration (where applicable*).

* Registration is not mandatory in some Australianstates or overseas countries.

Special Course RequirementsStudents should note that there is a compulsoryperiod of two weeks practice teaching with childrenin the early childhood age range, to be undertakenat the completion of the first four units of the course.Students employed as teachers need to completethese practice periods during school holidays in aspecially organised setting. A further compulsoryperiod of two weeks with children in the earlychildhood age range is held toward the end of thecourse to provide opportunities for extendingpractical knowledge of program design andevaluation. Some students may need to undertakethis practicum during school holidays.

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1EAP533 Change in Children: Birth to Eight YearsEAP534/1 Curriculum in Early Childhood 1

Year 1, Semester 2EAP534/2 Curriculum in Early Childhood 1EAP535 Curriculum in Early Childhood 2

(Corequisite EAP534)EDP508 Practicum in Early Childhood 12

Summer ProgramEDP508 Practicum in Early Childhood 12

Year 2, Semester 1EAP536 Curriculum in Early Childhood 3

(Prerequisites: EAP534/EAP545)One elective unit to be selected from thoselisted below.

2 EDP508 Practicum in Early Childhood 1 and EDP509 Practicum in Early Childhood 2 are offered in second semesteror summer program.

249

ED

UC

AT

ION

Year 2, Semester 2EDP509 Practicum in Early Childhood 2 (Prereq:

EDP508)2Two elective units to be selected from thoselisted below.

Summer ProgramEDP509 Practicum in Early Childhood 2 (Prereq:

EDP508)2

Elective UnitsA total of three elective units are to be completedfrom the list below. Some units may be available inan optional summer program for students who wishto accelerate their progression in the course. Pleaserefer to the Course Summary Sheet for the semesterof offering.

EAB324 Integrating Young Children with SpecialNeeds into Early Childhood programs

EAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesEAP537 Contexts of Early Childhood EducationEAP538 Research in Early ChildhoodEAB410 Early Education: Deciding the CurriculumEAB440 Working with Parents & CommunityEAP539 Transactions in Early Childhood Education

■ Graduate Diploma inEducation (EducationalManagement) (ED23)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus (some units maybe provided at Gardens Point campus)Course Duration: 2 years part-time/externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Neil Cranston

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible an applicant must have:

(i) an appropriate teaching or other relevantqualification at diploma, degree or graduatediploma level from a tertiary institution; and

(ii) at least one years experience in an educationalsetting.

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PRP503 Policies & Practices in Educational

Management

One unit to be selected from:

PRP506 Managing the CurriculumMGN409 Introduction to Management

Year 1, Semester 2PRP504 Educational Services Management

One unit to be selected from:BSB110 AccountingPRP502 Financial Management in Education Settings

Year 2, Semester 1PRP505 Human Resource Management in Education

Elective unit selected from Lists A – C

Year 2, Semester 2EDP514 Field Project

Elective unit selected from Lists A – COR

EDP516 Extended Field Project3

Elective UnitsNote: Only one List B elective unit can be chosenfor entire course.

Semester 1List A: Educational Management Elective Units(Faculty of Education)EDB440 Independent Study4

LEB480 Research Methods in EducationPRB417 Educators & the Law

List B: Business Elective Units (Faculty ofBusiness)BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB323 Small Business ManagementMGN412 People in OrganisationsMGB303 Entrepreneurship

Semester 2List A: Educational Management Elective Units(Faculty of Education)EAB440 Working with Parents & CommunityEAP539 Transactions in Early ChildhoodEDB440 Independent Study4

PRB417 Educators & the Law

Summer ProgramLEB480 Research Methods in Education

List B: Business Elective Units (Faculty ofBusiness)BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGN410 Labour Management Relations (Gardens

Point)

List C: Other Elective UnitOne unit may be chosen from across the University.Options must be negotiated with the coursecoordinator prior to enrolling in the unit.

2 EDP508 Practicum in Early Childhood 1 and EDP509 Practicum in Early Childhood 2 are offered in second semesteror summer program.

3 Students wishing to complete an Extended Field Project (24 credit points) must negotiate with the course coordinatorprior to enrolment.

4 The unit EDB440 Independent Study may be taken once only. An Independent Study Guide and application are availablefrom the Faculty of Education Office.

250

■ Graduate Diploma inEducation (Learning Support)(ED28)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time/external, 2 yearspart-time/externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Suzanne Carrington

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must:

(i) possess an appropriate university degree orDiploma of Teaching or equivalent, and

(ii) provide contact details of two professionalreferees.

Full-time/External Course Structure(Units are offered in external mode only)Year 1, Semester 1LEB480 Research Methods in EducationLEP523 Learners with Special NeedsLEP525 Programming for students with Learning

Difficulties/DisabilitiesPRP501 Curriculum: Learners with Special Needs

Year 1, Semester 2CLP501 Socio-cultural Issues in EducationLEP524 Consultation & CommunicationLEP526 Literacy & LearningMDP529 Diagnostic Assessment & Remedial

Intervention in Mathematics

Part-time/External Course StructureWhile all units are to be offered each year, studentsstudying in the part-time/external modes are advisedto enrol in the two-year cycle shown below if seekingto complete the course in minimum time. Those notpursuing course completion in minimum time maychoose appropriate units as available.

Year 1, Semester 1LEP523 Learners with Special NeedsPRP501 Curriculum: learners with Special Needs

Year 1, Semester 2LEP524 Consultation & CommunicationLEP526 Literacy & Learning

Year 2, Semester 1LEB480 Research Methods in EducationLEP525 Programming for Students with Learning

Difficulties/Disabilities

Year 2, Semester 2CLP501 Socio-cultural Issues in EducationMDP529 Diagnostic Assessment & Remedial


■ Graduate Diploma inEducation (Teacher-Librarianship) (ED25)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time external; 2 yearspart-time or externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Kerry Mallan

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, an applicant must:(i) hold an appropriate degree, diploma or

equivalent qualification, including an approvedteaching qualification

(ii) have a minimum of one year of teachingexperience.

Students will require access to electronic resourcesand computers including Internet access.

Professional RecognitionThe course is recognised by the Australian Libraryand Information Association as a specialistprofessional qualification.

Contact Hours/ModeThis course is offered by external study.

Special Course RequirementsTo meet course requirements students must completesatisfactorily five compulsory core units (60 creditpoints) and elective units equivalent to a total of 36credit points.

Course StructureCore UnitsCLP527 Learning in the Information AgeCLP528 Resources for LearningCLP529 Communication within an Information

EnvironmentCLP530 Accessing Information SourcesCLP531 Field Program

Elective UnitsCLP507 Australian Literature for Young PeopleCLP509 Directed StudyCLP515 Resource Services for Special NeedsCLP518 Visual Literacy & Resource DesignCLP532 Bibliographic OrganisationCLP534 Contemporary Publishing: Trends &

Practices

Notes:Some units may be available in an optionalsummer program to enable students to accelerateprogression in their course. Please refer to theCourse Summary Sheet for details.

251

ED

UC

AT

ION

Students may select up to 24 credit points ofelective units from the Graduate Diploma inLibrary Science and from other University coursesapproved by the course coordinator.

■ Graduate Certificate inEducation (ED61)

Location: Kelvin Grove and Gardens Point campusesCourse Duration: 1 year part-time internal or externalTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Ian Ginns

Course StructureThe Graduate Certificate in Education course consistsof 48 credit points of units (usually four units) from apostgraduate course within the faculty of Educationdeemed by the Dean of the Faculty to form a coherentprogram of study. Units within the course can bepresented in standard, modularised and block form.Modules are designed to be attractive to teachers,students and regions as inservice activities.

Adult and Organisational LearningEntry Requirements: Refer to Bachelor of Education(Inservice) (ED26)PRB309 Instructional Strategies in Adult &

Workplace EducationPRB302 Adult Education in the Workplace & the

CommunityPRB307 Orientation to Adult & Workplace EducationPRB308 The Group in Adult & Workplace Education

Adult and Workplace EducationEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)EDN603 Independent StudyLEN608 Foundations of Adult Learning &

DevelopmentPRB302 Adult Education in the Workplace &

CommunityPRN613 Strategic Workplace Education & the

Learning Organisation

Behaviour ManagementEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)CLN632 Youth Focussed Behaviour Management &

SchoolsLEN611 Educational Intervention for Challenging

Behaviour in the ClassroomLEN612 Behaviour Management: Programs &

PlanningPRN635 Issues in Classroom Management

Career GuidanceEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)LEB441 Educational Counselling

LEN602 Advanced Educational CounsellingLEN607 Career Development ProgramsLEN609 Career TheoryLEN610 Career Counselling

Note: Students who have completed LEB441 inprevious studies will complete LEN602.

Computers in the ClassroomEntry Requirements: Refer to Graduate Diploma inEducation (Computer Education) (ED21)MDP506 Computer Education ProjectMDP508 Computer Use in the Primary CurriculumMDP530 Computer Applications in Education (core)MDP531 Investigations into Computer-aided LearningMDP536 Computer Graphics in TeachingMDP537 Major Issues in Computer Education (core)MDP538 Computers in the Secondary Curriculum

Educational CounsellingEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of EducationLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEN602 Advanced Educational CounsellingLEN603 Educational Counselling Professional

PracticeLEN607 Career Development Programs

Higher EducationEntry Requirements: The student must:(i) hold at least a first degree in a discipline or

professional area(ii) be currently teaching in higher education(iii) normally, have no formal preparation or

qualification in education.

Academic Staff Development Unit (GardensPoint campus)EDP601 The Reflective Practitioner in Higher

EducationEDP602 Flexible Learning & Teaching in Higher

EducationEDP603 Higher Education in Australia: Issues &

ContextsEDP604 Program Design & Evaluation in Higher

Education

Information LiteracyEntry Requirements: Refer to Graduate Diploma inEducation (Teacher-Librarianship) (ED25)CLP527 Learning in the Information AgeCLP528 Resources for LearningCLP529 Communication within an Information

EnvironmentCLP530 Accessing Information Sources

Information Technology EducationEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)MDN619 Technologically Supported Teaching &

Learning EnvironmentsMDN623 Communications Technology in EducationMDN632 Databases in an Educational ContextMDN633 Curriculum Studies in Technology

Education

252

Students lacking recent experience or study ininformation technology education are advised tobegin their studies with MDN633 which is designedto provide foundation studies. All students musthave, as a minimum, access to a reliable electronicmail facility using the Internet to effectively takepart in these units.

Leadership and ManagementEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)PRN606 Changing Agendas in Leadership (core)

One core unit to be selected from:PRN608 Organisational Cultures & Education

LeadershipPRN633 Leading & Managing PeoplePRN634 Policy Development & AnalysisPRN647 Leadership for ChangePRN648 Current Issues in LeadershipEither:EDN603 Independent Study

OREDN608 Project

Students who undertake the unit EDN603Independent Study will negotiate an additional 12credit point unit with the area of interest coordinator.This unit will be at masters level and be consistentwith the area of interest objectives.

Learning LeadershipEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)This Area of Interest will use modules and/or unitsfrom all Areas of Interest in the Graduate Certificatein Education (ED61) course and Master of Education(ED13) course. It may include modules which arenot drawn from existing units.

Learning SupportEntry Requirements: Refer to Graduate Diploma inEducation (Learning Support) (ED28)CLP501 Socio-cultural Issues in EducationLEP523 Learners with Special NeedsLEP524 Consultation & CommunicationLEP525 Programming for Students with Learning

Difficulties/Disabilities

Literacy and NumeracyEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)CLN623 Investigating Language & Literacy Teaching

& LearningCLN624 Literacy/ESL Programming & AssessmentMDN624 Contemporary Mathematics Curriculum:

Context & ChallengeMDN627 Student Assessment in Mathematics

CLN611 Adult Workplace Literacy & Numeracy(subject to area of interest coordinator’sapproval)

Marine StudiesEntry Requirements: Refer to Bachelor of Education(Inservice) (ED26)MDB395 Marine Studies CurriculumMDB429 Initiatives in Science EducationEDB440 Independent Study4

The remaining 12 credit points will be accumulatedfrom the satisfactory completion of a number ofspecified vocational qualifications and an associatednegotiated assessment module.

Marine Studies (Advanced)Entry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)MDN630 Learning & Teaching in Contemporary

Science ClassroomsMDB395 Marine Studies Curriculum (assessment at

Masters level)EDN603 Independent Study

The remaining 12 credit points will be accumulatedfrom the satisfactory completion of a number ofspecified vocational qualifications and an associatednegotiated assessment module.

Mathematics EducationEntry Requirements: Refer to Bachelor of Education(Inservice) (ED26)EDB440 Independent Study4

EDB442 Integrated Professional SeminarsMDB333 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 1MDB411 Early Childhood Mathematics Teaching,

Learning & AssessmentMDP529 Diagnostic Assessment & Remedial


Mathematics Education (Advanced)Entry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)EDN602 Advanced seminarsEDN603 Independent StudyMDN624 Contemporary Mathematics Curriculum:

Context & ChallengeMDN625 Exploring Students’ Mathematical

ReasoningMDN626 Pedagogy in Mathematics EducationMDN627 Student Assessment in MathematicsMDN636 Understanding Concepts in Mathematics &

Science

Science EducationEntry Requirements: Refer to Master of Education(ED13)EDN602 Advanced SeminarsEDN603 Independent Study


253

ED

UC

AT

ION

MDN628 Contemporary Science Curriculum: Context& Challenge

MDN629 Development of Students’ ScientificReasoning Skills

MDN630 Learning & Teaching in ContemporaryScience Classrooms

MDN636 Understanding Concepts in Mathematics &Science

■ Graduate Certificate inEducation – Teaching Englishto Speakers of OtherLanguages (TESOL) (ED77)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-time, or 2semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PennyMcKay

Entry RequirementsRefer to Master of Education (TESOL) course.

Course StructureThe Graduate Certificate in Education (TESOL)consists of four units taken from the MEd (TESOL)course. Studies can be undertaken in either the full-time or part-time mode.

Students in the GradCertEd (TESOL) have a choiceof units. Students enrol in the two core units:CLN608 Second Language AcquisitionCLN612 Principles of Second Language Methodology

and choose two electives from the following:CLN613 Second Language Curriculum Design

OptionsCLN614 Research Methods in Second Language

EducationCLN615 Directed Reading in Second Language

EducationCLN616 Language Assessment & Program

EvaluationCLN617 Personalised Language DevelopmentCLN618 Technology & Second Language LearningCLN619 Functional Grammar & DiscourseCLN620 Language & CultureEDN603 Independent Study

Following completion of four units in theGradCertEd (TESOL) a student may elect tocontinue studies into the MEd (TESOL).

■ Bachelor of Early ChildhoodStudies (ED43)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John FanshaweAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr CarmelDiezmann

Entry RequirementsRefer to Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood)course (ED52).

Course StructureStudents complete the first three semesters of theBachelor of Education (Early Childhood) (ED52)course. During the third semester of the courseinterested students submit an application to the QUTAdmissions Office to move into the Bachelor ofEarly Childhood Studies (ED43) (BECST) structure.Successful applicants will move into the followingstructure and exit with a three-year qualificationspecific to the child care area. The BECST coursewill provide its graduates with a three-yearqualification that will enable them to be employedin the child care sector only. Students will not beeligible for registration as a teacher.Note: Graduates of the Bachelor of Early ChildhoodStudies course may apply after one years workexperience for entry to a modified fourth year of theBachelor of Education (Early Childhood) course.Year 1, Semester 1 (completed in ED52)CLB305 Education in ContextEAB351 Family Studies & Early Childhood

EducationMDB386 Mathematics Foundations

Discipline foundation elective (List 1)Year 1, Semester 2 (completed in ED52)CLB344 Language & Literacy FoundationsLEB335 Human Development & Education

Discipline Foundation Elective (List 1)Early Childhood Curriculum Elective (List 3)

Year 2, Semester 1 (completed in ED52)EAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1EAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early

Mathematics ExplorationsPRB424 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Preschool/KindergartenDiscipline Foundation Elective (List 1)

Year 2, Semester 2EAB345 Early Childhood Curriculum: Language

EducationEAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the EnvironmentEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesEAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2Year 3, Semester 1EAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB350 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum:

Literacy & Numeracy in the Early YearsEAB412 Advanced Integrated Early Childhood

CurriculumPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

Care

254

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

AR

LY C

HIL

DH

OO

D S

TU

DIE

S (

ED

43

)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

peci

al n

ote

for

stud

ents

who

com

men

ced

thei

r st

udie

s pr

ior

to 2

000:

rec

ent

chan

ges

to t

he c

ours

e st

ruct

ure

may

mea

n th

at t

he s

truc

ture

sho

wn

belo

w is

not

appl

icab

le to

you

. Stu

dent

s in

this

situ

atio

n sh

ould

ref

er in

stea

d to

the

stru

ctur

e sp

ecifi

ed fo

r th

ird y

ear

stud

ents

und

er th

e E

D43

ent

ry.

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

36 36 288

4848

4848

48

YE

AR

3

156

60

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

CLB

305

Edu

catio

n in

Con

text

(12

)LE

B33

5 H

uman

Dev

elop

men

t &E

duca

tion

(12)

PR

B42

5 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od P

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e: C

hoic

e (1

2)(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k) 2

EA

B34

9 A

dvan

ced

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: A

rts

(12)

EA

B44

4 E

arly

Chi

ldho

odF

ound

atio

ns 3

(12

)

EA

B34

8 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od C

urric

ulum

:A

rts

(12)

EA

B35

0 A

dvan

ced

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: L

itera

cy &

Num

erac

y in

the

Ear

lyY

ears

(12

)

EA

B41

2 A

dvan

ced

Inte

grat

ed E

arly

Chi

ldho

od C

urric

ulum

(12)

EA

B34

5 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od C

urric

ulum

:La

ngua

ge E

duca

tion

(12)

EA

B34

6 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od C

urric

ulum

:S

cien

ce/S

ocie

ty &

the

Env

ironm

ent (

12)

EA

B41

3 M

anag

emen

tof

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Ser

vice

s (1

2)

EA

B44

3 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od F

ound

atio

ns2

(12)

Ele

ctiv

e (1

2)

MD

B38

6 M

athe

mat

ics

Fou

ndat

ions

(12

)

Dis

cipl

ine

Fou

ndat

ions

Ele

ctiv

e 1

(12)

CLB

344

Lang

uage

and

Lite

racy

Fou

ndat

ions

(12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Fou

ndat

ions

Ele

ctiv

e 2

(12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Fou

ndat

ions

Ele

ctiv

e 3

(12)

48

PR

B42

2 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od P

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e: C

hild

Car

e(1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k) 2

EA

B34

7 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od C

urric

ulum

:E

arly

Mat

hem

atic

dE

xplo

ratio

ns (

12)

EA

B44

2 E

arly

Chi

ldho

od F

ound

atio

ns1

(12)

EA

B35

1 F

amily

Stu

dies

and

Ear

lyC

hild

hood

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)1F

ield

Exp

erie

nce

(1 w

eek)1

PR

B42

4 E

arly

Chi

ldho

odP

rofe

ssio

nal P

ract

ice:

Pre

scho

ol/K

inde

rgar

ten

(12)

(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k) 2

1T

his

fie

ld e

xpe

rien

ce is

att

ach

ed

to

th

e E

du

catio

n S

tud

ies

un

it in

th

e c

orr

esp

on

din

g s

em

est

er.

2T

his

fie

ld e

xpe

rien

ce is

att

ach

ed

to

th

e P

rofe

ssio

na

l Pra

ctic

e u

nit

in t

he

co

rre

spo

nd

ing

se

me

ste

r.

255

ED

UC

AT

ION

Year 3, Semester 2EAB349 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

ChoiceEducation Studies elective (List 2)

Structure for Students Year 3 in 2001Year 3, Semester 1EAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB350 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum:

Literacy & Numeracy in the Early YearsEAB412 Advanced Integrated Early Childhood

CurriculumPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

Care

Year 3, Semester 2Education Studies elective (List 2)Early Childhood Curriculum elective (List 3)

EAB349 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsPRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

List 1: Discipline Foundation Elective UnitsStudies in Society and EnvironmentPRB371 Social & Environmental Foundations

Health and Physical EducationHMB171 Fitness, Health & Wellness

Visual and Performing ArtsAAB918 Arts Foundation Studies

ScienceMDB387 Science Foundations

TechnologyMDB385 Information Technologies in Education

List 2: Education Studies Elective UnitsStudents select one unit:CLB301 Powerful Teachers, Powerful StudentsCLB302 Identifying & Responding to Student

DifferenceCLB346 Case Studies in Adult & Family LiteracyCLB347 Teaching Students from Non-English

Speaking BackgroundsCLB401 Cultural Diversity & EducationCLB402 Issues in Indigenous EducationCLB403 Gender & Sexuality Issues for TeachersEDB440 Independent Study4

LEB331 Teaching Children with Low IncidenceDisabilities & Health Problems

LEB332 Teaching Exceptional StudentsLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB480 Research Methods in EducationMDB300 Teaching in the Information AgePRB300 Education, Law & the Beginning TeacherPRB331 Learning/Teaching EnvironmentsPRB332 Classroom & Behaviour Management

PRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB414 Teaching StrategiesPRB415 Introduction to Educational AdministrationPRB416 Classroom Assessment Practices

List 3: Early Childhood Curriculum ElectiveUnitsEAB360 Early Childhood Drama in EducationEAB361 Storytelling in Early ChildhoodEAB362 Ethical Responsibilities in Early ChildhoodEAB363 Creating Curriculum with Young ChildrenEAB415 Resource/Support Programs in Early

ChildhoodEAB416 Early Childhood Art EducationEAB418 Studies in Narrative for Young ChildrenEAB419 Music Education for Diverse LearnersEAB420 Children, Teachers & the EnvironmentEAB421 Everyday Food LearningEAB422 Technology & the Young ChildEDB440 Independent Study4

Students who commenced the Bachelor of EarlyChildhood Studies prior to 1999 should contact thefaculty for advice or an appropriate enrolmentprogram.

Special Note for all BECS StudentsBECS graduates wanting to upgrade theirqualification at a later date may apply after one yearfull-time (or equivalent) work experience for entryto a fourth year of study. Information about thestructure to be undertaken can be obtained from thefaculty.

■ Bachelor of Education(In-service) (ED26)

Location: Kelvin Grove, Carseldine and GardensPoint campusesCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time or externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor JohnLidstone

Entry RequirementsApplicants will be admitted to the course who:

(i) hold a diploma or equivalent at a standardacceptable to the Dean of Faculty; or

(ii) hold other qualifications and experienceacceptable to the dean.

A statement of teaching service should be providedwith the admission application.


256

Course StructureCompulsory Units

Students must complete at least four units from theFaculty of Education. These four units will includethe two core units, CLB306 UnderstandingEducational Practices and PRB410 Teachers and theCurriculum, plus two electives from the Faculty ofEducation.

Elective UnitsOption 1: Students may undertake four 12 creditpoint units from the Faculty of Education units listedin the elective lists or from the following Faculty ofEducation postgraduate or pre-service courses(subject to course rules):

Graduate Diploma in Education (Inservice)ED20 GDipEd(Early Childhood)ED21 GDipEd(Computer Education)ED23 GDipEd(Educational Management)ED25 GDipEd(Teacher-Librarianship)ED28 GDipEd(Learning Support)

Bachelor of Education (Preservice)Fourth Year ElectivesED50 BEd(Secondary)ED51 BEd(Primary)ED52 BEd(Early Childhood)ED54 BEd(Adult & Workplace Education)

If units are taken from these other courses, studentsare required to consult the relevant coursecoordinator.

Option 2: Students may undertake four 12 creditpoint units offered by other faculties within QUT.Written approval must be obtained from the unitcoordinator offering the elective.

Option 3: Students may undertake four 12 creditpoint units from a combination of options 1 and 2.

Special Areas of InterestWhile the course is designed to allow maximumflexibility in the selection of electives, students maywish to choose a suite of units related to a specificarea of interest. Studies in such areas of interest maybe of direct relevance to the students professionalresponsibilities, now or in the future, or may providean introduction to more advanced work at Master ofEducation level.

Such areas of interest include:Adult & Workplace EducationArt EducationArts in Early ChildhoodBusiness EducationCulture & Policy

Curriculum & Professional StudiesEarly ChildhoodEnvironmental EducationHuman Relationship EducationLanguage & LiteracyLearning & DevelopmentLearning SupportMathematics, Science & Technology EducationSocial EducationEducational ManagementComputer EducationTeacher-Librarianship

FACULTY OF EDUCATION UNITSCore UnitsCLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB410 Teachers & the Curriculum

Elective UnitsEDB440 Independent Study4

EDB442 Integrated Professional Seminars

Cultural and Language StudiesCLB304 Context of Adult & Workplace EducationCLB400 Understanding Schools & their CommunitiesCLB401 Cultural Diversity & EducationCLB402 Issues in Indigenous EducationCLB403 Gender & Sexuality Issues for TeachersCLB440 Trends in the Teaching of WritingCLB441 Children’s LiteratureCLB443 Trends in the Teaching of ReadingCLB451 Storytelling: Cultural PerspectivesCLB454 Language & Literacy Curriculum

Professional StudiesPRB302 Adult Education in the Workplace &

CommunityPRB307 Orientation to adult & Workplace ProgramsPRB308 The Group in Adult & Workplace EducationPRB309 Instructional Strategies for Adult &

Workplace EducatorsPRB310 Programming in Adult & Workplace

EducationPRB376 Organisation & Administration of Adult &

Workplace EducationPRB381 Progressive Strategies for General &

Vocational EducationPRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

CurriculumPRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB413 Teachers & Isolated LearnersPRB414 Teaching StrategiesPRB415 Introduction to Educational AdministrationPRB416 Classroom Assessment PracticesPRB417 Educators & the LawPRB419 Environmental EducationPRB426 The Middle Years Curriculum


257

ED

UC

AT

ION

Early ChildhoodEAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science,

Society & the EnvironmentEAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early

Mathematical ExplorationsEAB410 Early Education: Deciding the CurriculumEAB411 Early Education: LiteracyEAB440 Working with Parents & CommunityEAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2

Learning and DevelopmentLEB333 Adult Learning & DevelopmentLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingLEB338 The Individual in Adult & Workplace

EducationLEB420 Interpersonal Psychology in EducationLEB421 Developing Effective Learning

EnvironmentsLEB431 Interactive Teaching StrategiesLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB450 The Middle Years of SchoolingLEB480 Research Methods in Education

Mathematics, Science and Technology EducationMDB333 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 1MDB384 Science EducationMDB411 Early Childhood Mathematics Teaching,

Learning & AssessmentMDB414 Learning Environments Using Information

TechnologyMDB429 Initiatives in Science EducationMDB440 Computers & EducationMDB446 Science for Early Childhood

FACULTY OF HEALTHHuman Movement StudiesHMB307 Health & Physical Education CurriculumHMB410 Physical Education Curriculum: SecondaryHMB411 Physical Education Curriculum: PrimaryHMB441 Sociology of SportHMB442 Administration in Physical Education &

Sport

■ Bachelor of Education (Adultand Workplace Education)(ED54)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-time or externalTotal Credit Points: 384 (192 granted as credit onentry)Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John FanshaweAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr Christine Velde

Entry RequirementsApplicants must have completed Year 12 orequivalent with Sound Achievement in English overfour semesters, and have completed the equivalentof two years of full-time tertiary study in a disciplinearea demonstrably relevant to the career path beingpursued by the applicant; or diploma/associatediploma and two years relevant work experience ora trade certificate and ten years relevant workexperience; or other studies and work experienceconsidered equivalent by the University.

Course StructureThe structure of this course is comprised of unitsfrom three strands of study, namely EducationStudies, Curriculum Studies, and ProfessionalPractice.

Students must complete 72 credit points of EducationStudies, 72 credit points of Curriculum Studies and48 credit points of Professional Practice.

Students with appropriate discipline studies mayseek faculty approval to follow the SecondaryPathway to facilitate teacher registration with theQueensland Board of Teacher Registration.

Full-time Course Structure5

Year 1, Semester 1PRB302 Adult Education in the Workplace &

CommunityPRB303/1 Field Experience 16

PRB304/1 Field Experience 26

PRB307 Orientation to Adult & Workplace ProgramsPRB309 Instructional Strategies for Adult &

Workplace Educators

Year 1, Semester 2CLB304 Context of Adult & Workplace EducationPRB308 The Group in Adult & Workplace EducationLEB333 Adult Learning & DevelopmentPRB303/2 Field Experience 16


Year 2, Semester 1PRB305 Field Experience 3PRB310 Programming in Adult & Workplace


Workplace EducationEducation Studies elective (List 2)

Year 2, Semester 2Curriculum Studies elective (List 1)Education Studies elective (List 2)

LEB338 The Individual in Adult & WorkplaceEducation

PRB306 Field Experience 4

5 Students seeking qualifications in a secondary school teaching area undertake a modified course structure. Thisoption is only available to students who have previous studies at university level in the teaching area they wish to take.Students should contact the Faculty for approval and advice on their course structure.

6 Full year unit worth a total of 12 credit points.

258

Part-time/External Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PRB302 Adult Education in the Workplace &

CommunityPRB307 Orientation to Adult & Workplace Programs

Year 1, Semester 2PRB309 Instructional Strategies for Adult &

Workplace EducatorsLEB333 Adult Learning & Development

Year 2, Semester 1PRB303/1 Field Experience 16


PRB308 The Group in Adult & Workplace Education

Year 2, Semester 2CLB304 Context of Adult & Workplace EducationPRB303/2 Field Experience 16


Year 3, Semester 1PRB310 Programming in Adult & Workplace


Workplace Education

Year 3, Semester 2LEB338 The Individual in Adult & Workplace

EducationPRB305 Field Experience 3

Year 4, Semester 1Curriculum Studies elective (List 1)Education Studies elective (List 2)

Year 4, Semester 2Education Studies elective (List 2)

PRB306 Field Experience 4

List 1: Curriculum Studies Elective UnitsEDB440 Independent Study4

CLB339 Adult Literacy & Second Language LearnersLEB334 Acquisition & Adaptability of Workplace

Knowledge & SkillsMDB382 Problem Solving, Critical Thinking &

FuturingPRB312 Open Learning & Flexible DeliveryPRB381 Progressive Strategies for General &

Vocational EducationPRB419 Environmental Education

List 2: Education Studies Elective UnitsSelect two electives from the following two sets. Upto two may be chosen from any set.

Group A: Education Studies Electives (ED54)CLB301 Powerful Teachers, Powerful StudentsCLB302 Identifying & Responding to Student


Speaking Backgrounds

CLB401 Cultural Diversity & EducationCLB402 Issues in Indigenous EducationCLB403 Gender & Sexuality Issues for TeachersEDB440 Independent Study4


LEB332 Teaching Exceptional StudentsLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB480 Research Methods in EducationMDB300 Teaching in the Information AgePRB300 Education, Law & the Beginning TeacherPRB331 Learning/Teaching EnvironmentsPRB332 Classroom & Behaviour ManagementPRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB414 Teaching StrategiesPRB415 Introduction to Educational AdministrationPRB416 Classroom Assessment Practices

Group B: Post-compulsory EducationPRB313 Community, Leadership & CitizenshipMDB381 Science & Technology in the Community &

WorkplacePRB311 Law in the Adult & Workplace Environment

■ Bachelor of Education (EarlyChildhood) (ED52)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John FanshaweAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr CarmelDiezmannCourse StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextEAB351 Family Studies & Early Childhood

EducationMDB386 Mathematics Foundations

Discipline Foundation elective (List 1)

Year 1, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationCLB344 Language & Literacy Foundations

Early Childhood curriculum elective 1 (List 4)Discipline Foundation elective (List 1)

Students entering the second year of the course, andwho are carrying no more than two failed units fromtheir study in the first year of the course, have theoption to apply to transfer into the Bachelor of EarlyChildhood Studies (BECST) ED43 course for theirfourth semester of study. The BECST course


6 Full year unit worth a total of 12 credit points.

259

ED

UC

AT

ION

provides graduates with a three-year qualificationthat will enable them to be employed in the childcare sector only. Students will not be eligible forregistration as a teacher. The BECST course is threeyears duration comprising the first three semestersand a selection of studies from the remainder of theBachelor of Education (Early Childhood). Interestedapplicants should refer to the BECST (ED43) sectionof this handbook for detail on the relevant coursestructure.

There is also an opportunity for international studentsto undertake a cohort of units affiliated with aUniversity Certificate in English as a ForeignLanguage. Please refer to the handbook entrycovering University certificates for furtherinformation.

Year 2, Semester 1EAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early

Mathematics ExplorationsEAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1

Discipline Foundation elective (List 1)PRB424 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Preschool/Kindergarten

Year 2, Semester 2EAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2EAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the EnvironmentEAB345 Early Childhood Curriculum: Language

Education 4Discipline Minor elective unit (List 2)

Year 3, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingEAB348 Early Childhood Cuirriculum: ArtsEAB350 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum:

Literary & Numeracy in the Early YearsDiscipline Minor elective unit (List 2)

Year 3, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3PRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower PrimaryEarly Childhood Curriculum elective unit(List 4)

Year 4, Semester 1EAB412 Advanced Integrated Early Childhood

CurriculumEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

CareDiscipline Minor elective unit (List 2)

Year 4, Semester 2EAB349 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsPRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

ChoiceEducation Studies elective unit 1 (List 3)Education Studies elective unit 2 (List 3)

Structure for students moving into Year␣ 3in 2001Year 3, Semester 1EAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB350 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum:

Literacy & Numeracy in the Early YearsLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Discipline Minor elective 2 (List 2)


Preschool/KindergartenEarly Childhood Curriculum elective (List 4)

Year 4, Semester 1EAB412 Advanced Integrated Early Childhood

CurriculumEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Child CareDiscipline Minor elective 3 (List 2)

Year 4, Semester 2PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

ChoiceEducation Studies elective unit 1 (List 3)Education Studies elective unit 2 (List 3)

EAB349 Advanced Early Childhood Curriculum: Arts

Structure for students moving into Year 4in 2001Year 4, Semester 1EAB412 Advanced Integrated Early Childhood

CurriculumEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesPRB424 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Preschool/KindergartenDiscipline Minor elective 2 (List 2)


ChoiceEducation Studies elective unit 1 (List 3)Education Studies elective unit 2 (List 3)Discipline Minor elective 3 (List 2)

List 1: Discipline Foundation ElectiveUnitsStudies in Society and EnvironmentPRB371 Social & Environmental Foundations

Health and Physical EducationHMB171 Fitness, Health & Wellness

Visual and Performing ArtsAAB918 Arts Foundations Studies

ScienceMDB387 Science Foundations

TechnologyMDB385 Information Technologies in Education

260

List 2: Discipline Minor Elective UnitsLanguageCLB321 Writing WorkshopCLB441 Children’s LiteratureCLB446 Grammar for WritersCLB451 Storytelling: Cultural PerspectivesCLB452 Media Literacy & the School

MathematicsMDB347 Excursions in NumberMDB349 Mathematical ReasoningMDB388 Gaming & ChanceMDB396 Excursions in Geometry

Studies of Society and EnvironmentPRB378 Knowing Your EnvironmentPRB379 The Consumer, Society & the EnvironmentPRB380 Future Societies & Environments –

Australia, Asia & the Pacific

Health and Physical EducationHMB333 Child & Adolescent HealthHMB375 Adapted Physical ActivityHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB315 Performance Skills 2

Visual and Performing ArtsThree level one units from the selected Artsdiscipline area. Areas available are Music, VisualArts, Drama and Dance. Students must satisfy anyspecific entry requirements for Arts units. This couldinclude auditions, portfolios, etc.DanceAAB125 Dance Analyses & History 1AAB106 Dance Analyses & History 2AAB176 Jazz & Popular DanceAAB114 Dance & Australian SocietyAAB117 Dance in Education

DramaAAB208 Elements of DramaAAB214 Process DramaAAB278 Technical TheatreAAB251 Theatre History – Significant Trends in the

20th CenturyAAB252 Theatre History – Sound of TheatreAAB253 Theatre History – Staging AustraliaAAB304 Forming Knowledge

MusicAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB912 Introductory MusicianshipAAB913 The Australian Music SceneAAB640 Sex, Drugs & Rock & RollAAB620 Popular Song CompositionAAB631 World MusicAAB638 Music at the Movies & in the Theatre

Visual ArtsAAB447 DrawingAAB507 PaintingAAB457 SculptureAAP503 Clay Materials

AAP509 Photographic MediaAAP511 Printmaking

ScienceMDB389 Life & Living ProcessesMDB390 Natural & Processed MaterialsMDB391 Earth & Space

TechnologyMDB383 Using Information Technology in the

CurriculumMDB393 Networked CommunitiesMDB397 MultimediaMDP536 Computer Graphics in Teaching

List 3: Education Studies Electives (ED52)Students select two units.

CLB301 Powerful Teachers, Powerful StudentsCLB302 Identifying & Responding to Student




LEB332 Teaching Exceptional StudentsLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB480 Research Methods in EducationMDB300 Teaching in the Information AgePRB300 Education, Law & the Beginning TeacherPRB331 Learning/Teaching EnvironmentsPRB332 Classroom & Behaviour ManagementPRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB414 Teaching StrategiesPRB415 Introduction to Educational AdministrationPRB416 Classroom Assessment PracticesPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate

Teaching

List 4: Early Childhood Curriculum ElectiveUnits** Elective unit offerings subject to approvalEAB360 Early Childhood Drama in EducationEAB361 Storytelling in Early ChioldhoodEAB362 Ethical Responsibilities in Early ChildhoodEAB363 Creating Curriculum with Young ChildrenEAB415 Resource/Support Programs in Early

ChildhoodEAB416 Early Childhood Art EducationEAB418 Studies in Narrative for Young ChildrenEAB419 Music Education for Diverse LearnersEAB420 Children, Teachers & the EnvironmentEAB421 Everyday Food LearningEAB422 Technology & the Young ChildEDB440 Independent Study4


261

ED

UC

AT

ION

■ Bachelor of Education(Preservice Early Childhood)(ED53)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years part-time external (canbe completed in 3 years part-time utilising theAccelerated Program)Total Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John FanshaweAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr JoanneBrownlee

Entry RequirementsAdmission is dependent upon the award of 192 creditpoints for unspecified units. Entry is restricted toapplicants who are graduates of TAFE Diploma inEducation (Child Care) or equivalent and relevanttwo-year tertiary-level courses, and who have hadthe equivalent of two years full-time employment inearly childhood care and education services.

Early ExitStudents have the option to exit the course early witha three-year Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies.Students wishing to take up this option should applyin writing to the course administration officer onnearing completion of the fourth semester of study,requesting that they be transferred to the Bachelorof Early Childhood Studies ED43 course.

Accelerated Progression – SummerProgram UnitsStudents may accelerate their progress through thecourse by undertaking units in the summer program.The summer program units are offered on a full-fee-paying basis only.

Course StructureMid-year Entry – Standard ProgressionFirst semester of study (July to October)EAB334 Early Childhood Foundations AEAB340 Programs for Infants & Toddlers

Second semester of study (March to June)EAB335 Early Childhood Language & Arts

Education 1EAB308 Early Childhood Science, Mathematics &

Technology

Third semester of study (July to October)EAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesEAB324 Integrating Young Children with Special

Needs Into Early Childhood Programs

Fourth semester of study (March to June)EAB333 Early Childhood Education: Community

ContextPRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary

Fifth semester of study (July to October)EAB336 Early Childhood Foundations BLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Sixth semester of study (March to June)CLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

And select one of:EAB337 Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum

Negotiated other Bachelor of Education (In-service) (ED26) unit (select one from List 1)

Seventh semester of study (July to October)PRB341 Practice Teaching 2 (3 -5 years)

And negotiated other Bachelor of Education(In-service) (ED26) unit (select one fromList 1)

Eighth semester of study (March to June)PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

ChoiceCLB402 Issues in Indigenous Education

Note: Students who have already completedCLB402 Issues in Indigenous Education (previouslyCPB444) will select a Bachelor of Education(Inservice) (ED26) unit from those listed below(List 1).

Mid-year Entry – Accelerated ProgressionPlease note that tuition fees apply to summerprogram (November to January) units.

First semester of study (July to October)EAB324 Integrating Young Children with Special

NeedsEAB413 Management of Early Childhood Services

Second semester of study (November toFebruary)EAB334 Early Childhood Foundations AEAB340 Programs for Infants & Toddlers

Third semester of study (March to June)EAB308 Early Childhood Sciences, Mathematics &

TechnologyEAB335 Early Childhood Language & Arts

Education 1

Fourth semester of study (July to October)LEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

And negotiated other Bachelor of Education(In-service) (ED26) unit (select one fromList 1)

Fifth semester of study (November to February)EAB336 Early Childhood Foundations BPRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary

Sixth semester of study (March to June)EAB333 Early Childhood Education: Community

ContextEAB337 Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum

Or negotiated other Bachelor of Education(In-service) (ED26) unit (select one fromList 1)

262

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

PR

ES

ER

VIC

E E

AR

LY C

HIL

DH

OO

D)

(ED

53

)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E –

MID

YE

AR

EN

TR

Y (

NO

RM

AL

PR

OG

RE

SS

ION

)

ST

RA

ND

YE

AR

1Y

EA

R 2

YE

AR

4

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

YE

AR

3

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Lang

uage

& A

rts

Edu

catio

n 1

(12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Edu

catio

n:C

omm

unity

Con

text

(12)

Issu

es in

Indi

geno

usE

duca

tion

(12)

Pra

ctic

e Te

achi

ng2

(3–5

yea

rs)

20 d

ays

(12)

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12)

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng a

ndTe

achi

ng(1

2)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice:

Low

erP

rimar

y(1

2)

Man

agem

ent o

fE

arly

Chi

ldho

odS

ervi

ces

(12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Fou

ndat

ions

A(1

2)

Ea

rly

Ch

ildh

oo

dS

cie

nce

s, M

ath

sa

nd

Te

chn

olo

gy

(12

)

Inte

grat

ing

Youn

gC

hild

ren

with

Spe

cial

Nee

ds in

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

gram

s(1

2)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Fou

ndat

ions

B(1

2)

Inte

grat

ed E

arly

Chi

ldho

odC

urric

ulum

OR

BE

d (I

nser

vice

)un

it(1

2)

Pro

gram

s fo

rIn

fant

s an

dTo

ddle

rs(1

2)

YE

AR

5

Sem

este

r 1

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice:

Cho

ice

(12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Lang

uage

& A

rts

Edu

catio

n 2

OR

BE

d (I

nser

vice

)un

it(1

2)

TOTA

L24

2424

2424

2424

2419

2

TOTA

L

36723648

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S19

2 C

redi

tP

oint

s (o

req

uiva

lent

)gr

ante

d as

cred

it on

entr

y

263

ED

UC

AT

ION

Seventh semester of study (July to October)CLB402 Issues in Indigenous EducationCLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

Eighth semester of study (November to February)PRB341 Practice Teaching 2 (3-5 Years)PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

First Semester Entry – AcceleratedProgressionPlease note that tuition fees apply to summerprogram (November to January) units.

First semester of study (March to June)EAB335 Early Childhood Language & Arts

Education 1EAB308 Early Childhood Science, Mathematics &

Technology

Second semester of study (July to October)EAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesEAB324 Integrating Young Children with Special

Needs Into Early Childhood Programs

Third semester of study (November to February)EAB334 Early Childhood Foundations AEAB340 Programs for Infants & Toddlers

Fourth semester of study (March to June)EAB333 Early Childhood Education: Community

Context

and select one of:EAB337 Integrated Early Childhood Curriculum

Negotiated other Bachelor of Education(ED26) unit (select one from List 1)

Fifth semester of study (July to October)LEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Negotiated other Bachelor of Education(ED26) unit (select one from List 1)

Sixth semester of study (November to February)PRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower PrimaryEAB336 Early Childhood Foundations B

Seventh semester of study (March-June)CLB402 Issues in Indigenous EducationPRB341 Practice Teaching 2 (3-5 Years)

Eighth semester of study (July to October)CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

List 1: Approved Bachelor of Education(Inservice) Units:PRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB417 Educators & the LawPRB410 Teachers & the CurriculumPRB416 Classroom Assessment PracticesCLB440 Trends in the Teaching of WritingCLB441 Children’s LiteratureCLB443 Trends in the Teaching of Reading

LEB421 Developing Effective LearningEnvironments

MDB440 Computers & Education

■ Bachelor of Education(Primary) (ED51)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Associate Course Coordinator: Dr Tania AsplandCourse Coordinator: Dr John Fanshawe

Course Structure for CommencingStudentsYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextCLB344 Language & Literacy FoundationsLEB335 Human Development & Education

and one of:MDB385 Information Technologies in Education

ORLOTE elective 1 (List 2)7

Year 1, Semester 2HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessMDB386 Mathematics FoundationsPRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: Classroom

Management

and either:PRB371 Social & Environmental Foundations

ORLOTE elective 2 (List 2)7

Year 2, Semester 1MDB387 Science Foundations

and either:MDB373 Mathematics Curriculum 1AAB918 Arts Foundation StudiesPRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

CurriculumORLOTE elective 3 (List 2)7

MDB385 Information Technologies in EducationMDB450 Primary Mathematics Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 2MDB383 Using Technology in the Curriculum

and either:AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumCLB348 Language & Literacy Curriculum 1

Discipline Studies elective 1 (List 1)OR

LOTE Elective 4 (List 2)7CLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumPRB371 Social & Environmental Foundations

7 For students following the LOTE program only.

264

Year 3, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision Making

and either:CLB349 Language & Literacy Curriculum 2

Discipline Studies elective (List 1)OR

LOTE elective 5 (List 2)7AAB918 Art Foundation Studies

Year 3, Semester 2MDB384 Science EducationCLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

and either:Discipline Studies elective (List 1)

MDB374 Mathematics Curriculum 2OR

LOTE elective 6 (List 2)7AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts Curriculum

Year 4, Semester 1PRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive Curriculum8

HMB307 Health & Physical Education CurriculumCLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

Mathematics

and either:Discipline Studies elective (List 1)OR7

PRB387 Studies of Society & EnvironmentCurriculum

Year 4, Semester 2Education Studies elective 1 (List 3)Education Studies elective 2 (List 3)

PRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: ReflectivePractice

and either:Curriculum Studies elective (List 3)

OR7

CLB334 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies

Course Structure for Continuing StudentsYear 3 in 2001Year 3, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision-Making

and eitherCLB349 Language & Literacy Curriculum 2

Discipline Studies elective (List 1)OR7

AAB918 Arts Foundation StudiesLOTE elective 5

Year 3, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesMDB384 Science Education

and eitherMDB374 Mathematics Curriculum 2

Discipline Studies elective (List 1)OR9

AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumLOTE elective 6

Year 4 in 2001Year 4, Semester 1CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

MathematicsPRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumPRB385 Studies of Society & Environment/Health &

Physical Education 2

and either:Discipline Studies elective (List 1)

OR7

MDB387 Science Foundations

Year 4, Semester 2PRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

PracticeEducation Studies elective 1 (List 3)Education Studies elective 2 (List 3)

and either:Curriculum Studies elective (List 4)OR7

CLB334 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies

List 1: Discipline Studies Elective UnitsAll students (except those following the LOTEpathway) take a total of four units from this listduring Years 2 – 4 (refer to course structure onprevious pages for exact semesters). The first threeshould be drawn from one of the specified minorsbelow. Students may take the fourth unit from thesame elective group, or from any offerings at QUTat all.

LANGUAGEMinor:CLB441 Childrens LiteratureCLB451 Storytelling: Cultural PerspectivesCLB452 Media Literacy & the School

Additional units:CLB321 Writing WorkshopCLB446 Grammar for Writers

MATHEMATICSMinor:MDB347 Excursions in MathematicsMDB388 Gaming & ChanceMDB396 Excursions in Geometry

Additional unit:MDB349 Mathematical Reasoning

7 For students following the LOTE program only.8 Students in the LOTE program undertake a LOTE practice teaching block under this unit.9 Only for students following LOTE pathway – see List 2 for unit selection.

265

ED

UC

AT

ION

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

PR

IMA

RY

) (E

D5

1)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E F

OR

CO

MM

EN

CIN

G S

TU

DE

NT

SN

ote:

LO

TE

stu

dent

s fo

llow

a m

odifi

ed p

athw

ay a

s sh

own

in c

ours

e br

eakd

own

on th

e fo

llow

ing

page

s.

*S

tud

en

ts c

ho

osi

ng

the

Mid

dle

Ye

ars

Path

wa

y w

ill u

nd

ert

ake

the

follo

win

g u

nits

in S

em

est

er

8 o

f th

e p

rog

ram

: PR

B4

27

Pro

fess

ion

al

Inte

rnsh

ip o

f Ass

oci

ate

Te

ach

ing

; LE

B4

50

Th

eM

idd

le Y

ea

rs o

f S

cho

olin

g;

PR

B4

26

Th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs C

urr

icu

lum

; a

nd

PR

B3

50

Pri

ma

ry P

rofe

ssio

na

l Pra

ctic

e 4

: Re

flect

ive

Pra

ctic

e.

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2Y

EA

R 4

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

72 48 384

4848

4848

4848

YE

AR

3

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2*

132

PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

Edu

catio

n in

Con

text

(12

)

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n (

12)

Pri

ma

ryP

rofe

ssio

na

lP

ract

ice

4:

Re

fle

ctiv

eP

ract

ice

(1

2)

(6 w

ee

ks)

Pri

ma

ryP

rofe

ssio

na

lP

ract

ice

3:

Th

eIn

clu

sive

Cu

rric

ulu

m (

12

)(4

we

eks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)

Lang

uage

&Li

tera

cyF

ound

atio

ns (

12)

Info

rmat

ion

Tec

hnol

ogie

s in

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

4848

Mat

hem

atic

sF

ound

atio

ns (

12)

Soc

ial a

ndE

nviro

nmen

tal

Fou

ndat

ions

(12

)

Fitn

ess,

Hea

lth a

ndW

elln

ess

(12)

Art

s F

ound

atio

nS

tudi

es (

12)

Sci

ence

Fou

ndat

ions

(12

)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Ele

ctiv

e (1

2)

Pro

gram

min

g an

dA

sses

smen

t in

Lang

uage

and

Mat

hem

atic

s (1

2)

Hea

lth a

ndP

hysi

cal E

duca

tion

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

Prim

ary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

1:C

lass

room

Man

agem

ent (

12)

(2 w

eeks

)

Mat

hem

atic

sC

urric

ulum

1 (

12)

Stu

dies

of S

ocie

tyan

d E

nviro

nmen

tC

urric

ulum

(12

)

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng a

ndTe

achi

ng (

12)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

Mat

hem

atic

sC

urric

ulum

2 (

12)

Sci

ence

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

Cur

ricul

umE

lect

ive

(12)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Ele

ctiv

e (1

2)

Vis

ual a

ndP

erfo

rmin

g A

rts

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

Lang

uage

and

Lite

racy

Cur

ricul

um 1

(12

)

Usi

ng T

echn

olog

yin

the

Cur

ricul

um(1

2)

Lang

uage

and

Lite

racy

Cur

ricul

um 2

Prim

ary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

2:C

urric

ulum

Dec

isio

n-M

akin

g(1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12

)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Ele

ctiv

e (1

2)D

isci

plin

e S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

132

266

STUDIES OF SOCIETY ANDENVIRONMENTMinor:PRB378 Knowing your EnvironmentPRB379 The Consumer, Society & the EnvironmentPRB380 Future Societies & Environments –

Australia, Asia & the PacificPRB386 Environmental Field Studies

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATIONMinor:HMB315 Performance Skills 2HMB333 Child & Adolescent HealthHMB376 Motor Development in Children

Additional units:HMB305 Personal HealthHMB313 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Physical

ActivityHMB314 Performance Skills 1HMB316 Performance Skills 3HMB332 Health Related FitnessPUB127 Health Issues in Australia

VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTSThree units from one of the selected Arts disciplinearea: either Music, Visual Arts, Drama or Dance.Students must satisfy any specific entry requirementsfor Arts units. The fourth unit may be taken fromany of these areas:

DanceAAB125 Dance Analysis & History 1AAB106 Dance Analysis & History 2AAB176 Jazz & Popular DanceAAB114 Dance & Australian SocietyAAB117 Dance in Education

DramaAAB208 Elements of DramaAAB214 Process DramaAAB253 Theatre History – Staging AustraliaAAB278 Technical TheatreAAB251 Theatre History – Significant Trends in the

20th Century

MusicAAB619 Introduction to Music TechnologyAAB912 Introductory MusicianshipAAB913 Exploring Music 3

Additional units:AAB620 Popular Song WritingAAB631 World MusicAAB638 Music at the MoviesAAB640 Sex, Drugs & Rock & Roll

Visual ArtsAAB447 DrawingAAP507 PaintingAAB457 SculptureAAP503 Clay MaterialsAAP509 Photographic MediaAAP511 Printmaking

SCIENCEMinor:MDB389 Life & Living ProcessesMDB390 Natural & Processed MaterialsMDB391 Earth & Space

Additional units:LSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologySCB202 Science, Technology & Society

TECHNOLOGYMinor:MDB392 Educational Computing EnvironmentsMDB393 Networked CommunitiesMDB397 Multimedia

Additional units:MDB375 Computer Tools for EducatorsMDB377 Project Planning & Implementation for

Educational Purposes

LOTEStudents wishing to undertake studies in French,German, Indonesian or Japanese are required to selecta specified sequence of six units (72 credit points).

List 2: Languages Other Than English(LOTE) unitsGeneral primary/LOTE students are required tocomplete 72 credit points of discipline/contentstudies plus 12 credit points of curriculum studiesin one of the four languages available. Students whohave taken their LOTE to Year 12 or equivalent donot take the introductory units. The language unitsin the discipline/content strand are as follows:

FrenchHUB452 French for the Tourism IndustryHUB670 French 1HUB671 French 2HUB672 French 3HUB673 French 4HUB674 French 5HUB675 French 6HUB678 French 7HUB677 French 8

GermanHUB735 German 1HUB736 German 2HUB737 German 3HUB738 German 4HUB739 German 5HUB740 German 6HUB741 German 7HUB742 German 8

IndonesianHUB650 Indonesian 1HUB651 Indonesian 2HUB652 Indonesian 3HUB653 Indonesian 4HUB654 Indonesian 5HUB655 Indonesian 6

267

ED

UC

AT

ION

HUB656 Indonesian 7HUB657 Indonesian 8

JapaneseHUB660 Japanese 1HUB661 Japanese 2HUB662 Japanese 3HUB663 Japanese 4HUB664 Japanese 5HUB665 Japanese 6HUB666 Japanese 7HUB667 Japanese 8

List 3: Education Studies ElectivesStudents select two units.CLB301 Powerful Teachers, Powerful StudentsCLB302 Identifying & Responding to Student




LEB332 Teaching Exceptional StudentsLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB450 The Middle Years of SchoolingLEB480 Research Methods in EducationMDB300 Teaching in the Information AgePRB300 Education, Law & the Beginning TeacherPRB331 Learning/Teaching Environments

List 4: Curriculum Studies Elective UnitsAAB916 Advanced Curriculum in Visual &

Performing ArtsEDB440 Independent Study4

HMB341 Sporting & Outdoor EducationAdministration

CLB414 Advanced Topics in Language EducationMDB429 Initiatives in Science EducationMDB449 Information Technologies to Support

Effective Learning & TeachingPRB375 Advanced Curriculum: Environmental

EducationPRB383 Getting it all Together: Teachers Professional

Work in the Differing Contexts of thePrimary Classroom

PRB410 Teachers & the CurriculumPRB426 The Middle Years Curriculum10

■ Bachelor of Education(Secondary) (ED50)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus (some teachingareas are located at Carseldine and Gardens Pointcampuses)Course Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr John FanshaweAssociate Course Coordinator: Dr ChristineEastwoodCourse RequirementsUndergraduate-entry students complete 192 creditpoints of professional studies and 192 credit pointsof discipline studies.

Entry into Course StreamsCOURSE STREAM DISCIPLINE AREAS

Business Education Accounting/Business ManagementBusiness Communication & TechnologiesEconomicsLegal Studies

English and Film and EnglishMedia Studies Film & Media StudiesLOTE French

GermanIndonesianJapanese

Home Economics Home EconomicsPhysical Education Physical EducationScience/Mathematics/ BiologyComputing Chemistry

ComputingEarth ScienceMathematicsPhysicsScience Studies

Social Science GeographyHistorySocial Science

Studies are also available in Health Education andEnglish as a Second Language (ESL).

Discipline StudiesUndergraduate-entry students are required to take192 credit points of Discipline Studies units,specialising in two teaching areas appropriate toYears 8-12 in Queensland. Students must completeat least 96 credit points in one teaching area and


10 This unit is to be taken by students who are completing the Middle Years Pathway Option. Refer to Associate CourseCoordinator for more information.

268

will normally complete at least 72 credit points intheir other teaching area (Groups X and Y). Theremaining 24 credit points may be added to the 72,added to the 96, or used for personal developmentin a third area.

In certain circumstances, permission may be givento complete 48 credit points in a non-teachingdiscipline area. Students undertaking this option willcomplete 96 credit points in one of their two teachingareas and 48 credit points in their other teaching area.An additional 48 credit points may then be selectedin a non-teaching area.

Note: The above mentioned option is not availablein all teaching areas. Approval from the coursecoordinator is required. Students wishing to explorethis option should consult with the associate coursecoordinator (Secondary). Hence, the combinationsavailable include the following:

(a) Teaching area 1 72 credit pointsTeaching area 2 120 credit points

(b) Teaching area 1 96 credit pointsTeaching area 2 96 credit points

(c) Teaching area 1 72 credit pointsTeaching area 2 96 credit pointsLiberal Studies (Group Z) 24 credit points

(d) Teaching area 1 96 credit points*Teaching area 2 48 credit pointsNon-teaching area 48 credit points

* Option (d) is available only by request and in arestricted number of teaching areas.

The teaching areas are divided into Group X andGroup Y as shown below. Students may also selectup to 24 credit points from units in Group Z inconsultation with the associate course coordinator.Students should note that not all faculties offer unitsfor elective studies in the Bachelor of Education (Pre-service).

Group XAccounting/Business Management**Business Communication & Technologies**ComputingEnglishHome EconomicsMathematicsPhysical EducationScience StudiesSocial ScienceEnglish as a Second Language (ESL)+

Group YAccounting/Business Management**BiologyChemistryEarth ScienceEconomics

EnglishFilm & Media#FrenchGeographyGermanHealth EducationHistoryIndonesianJapaneseLegal StudiesMathematicsPhysics

Group ZUnits listed under X and Y (excluding the twoteaching areas) plus units from other suitable QUTcourses.

+ Can only be undertaken by students who haveEnglish or LOTE as their first teaching area.

# Places are limited.

** Students undertaking the combined TAFEDiploma of Business (Administration)/Bachelor ofEducation (Secondary) majoring in either BusinessCommunication and Technologies or Accounting/Business Management will undertake 96 creditpoints in Business Communication and Technologiesor Accounting/Business Management and 48 creditpoints in whichever of these two fields they choosenot to do as a major. The remaining 48 credit pointsof discipline studies will be awarded for generalbusiness studies completed in the TAFE diploma.

NotesWhere the same teaching area is listed in both GroupsX and Y (for instance, English), it may only beselected once.

There may be limited places in some disciplines asa second teaching area.

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1

Discipline Studies X unit (see List 1)Discipline Studies X unit (see List 1)Discipline Studies Y unit (see List 1)Discipline Studies Y unit (see List 1)

Students who take CLB308 Indigenous Culture andIdentity in the Australian Context in this Semesterwill only take one Discipline Studies Z unit in Year3 and cannot pursue an extended major or doublemajor in their teaching areas.

Year 1, Semester 2CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development & Education

Discipline Studies X unit (see List 1)Discipline Studies Y unit (see List 1)

Year 2, Semester 1CLB341 Language, Technology & Education

269

ED

UC

AT

ION

PRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:Classroom ManagementDiscipline Study X (see List 1)Discipline Study Y (see List 1)

Year 2, Semester 2Discipline Study X (see List 1)Discipline Study X (see List 1)Discipline Study Y (see List 1)Discipline Study Y (see List 1)

Year 3, Semester 1Discipline Studies X or Y (see List 1)Discipline Studies X or Y (see List 1)Discipline Studies X, Y or Z (see List 1)Discipline Studies X, Y or Z (see List 1)

Year 3, Semester 2LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB344 Secondary Professional Practice 2:

Curriculum Decision MakingCurriculum Studies 1X (see List 2)Curriculum Studies 1Y (see List 2)

Year 4, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumCurriculum Studies 2X (see List 2)Curriculum Studies 2Y (see List 2)

Year 4, Semester 2Students select to undertake the standard coursestructure, or undertake the Middle Years Pathway.

Standard Course StructureEducation Studies elective (see List 3)Education Studies elective (see List 3)

PRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:Beginning TeachingCurriculum Studies elective (see List 4)

OR

Middle Years PathwayLEB450 The Middle Years of SchoolingPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:

Beginning TeachingPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate

Teaching

List 2: Curriculum Studies unitsStudents complete two sets of Curriculum Studiesunits corresponding to the two discipline areas theyselect. The sets (comprising unit X and unit Y) ofcurriculum studies are listed below.HMB310 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 1HMB370 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 2HMB390 Health Education Curriculum Studies 1HMB395 Health Education Curriculum Studies 2CLB325 English Curriculum Studies 1CLB326 English Curriculum Studies 2CLB327 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 1CLB328 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 2CLB329 LOTE Curriculum Studies 1CLB330 LOTE Curriculum Studies 2

CLB447 ESL Curriculum Studies 1CLB448 ESL Curriculum Studies 2MDB325 Biology Curriculum Studies 1MDB326 Biology Curriculum Studies 2MDB327 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 1MDB328 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 2MDB329 Computing Curriculum Studies 1MDB330 Computing Curriculum Studies 2MDB331 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 1MDB332 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 2MDB333 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 1MDB334 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 2MDB335 Physics Curriculum Studies 1MDB336 Physics Curriculum Studies 2MDB337 Science Curriculum Studies 1MDB338 Science Curriculum Studies 2PUB312 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 1PUB322 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 2PRB355 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 1PRB356 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 2PRB357 Business Communication Technologies

Curriculum Studies 1PRB358 Business Communication Technologies

Curriculum Studies 2PRB359 Economics Curriculum Studies 1PRB360 Economics Curriculum Studies 2PRB361 Geography Curriculum Studies 1PRB362 Geography Curriculum Studies 2PRB363 History Curriculum Studies 1PRB364 History Curriculum Studies 2PRB365 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 1PRB366 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 2PRB367 Social Science Curriculum Studies 1PRB368 Social Science Curriculum Studies 2

List 3: Education Studies Elective Units(ED50, ED55)Students select two units from this list.CLB301 Powerful Teachers, Powerful StudentsCLB302 Identifying & Responding to Student




LEB332 Teaching Exceptional StudentsLEB441 Educational CounsellingLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningLEB444 Human Sexuality & DevelopmentLEB450 The Middle Years of SchoolingLEB480 Research Methods in EducationMDB300 Teaching in the Information AgeMDB381 Science & Technology in the Community &

WorkplacePRB300 Education, Law & the Beginning TeacherPRB331 Learning/Teaching EnvironmentsPRB332 Classroom & Behaviour Management

270

PRB412 Classroom Management: Models & PracticePRB414 Teaching StrategiesPRB415 Introduction to Educational AdministrationPRB416 Classroom Assessment PracticesPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate

Teaching

List 4: Curriculum Studies ElectiveEDB440 Independent Study4

HMB342 The Development of Teaching Skills inPrimary Physical Education

CLB334 Primary LOTE Curriculum StudiesCLB411 Advanced Studies in Film & Media

CurriculumCLB412 Advanced Studies in English/ESL

CurriculumCLB443 Trends in the Teaching of ReadingMDB395 Marine Studies CurriculumMDB414 Learning Environments Using Information

TechnologyMDP529 Diagnostic Assessment & Remedial

Intervention in MathematicsPRB381 Progressive Strategies for General &

Vocational EducationPRB382 Advanced Skills of Effective Learning &

TeachingPRB384 Studies of Society & EnvironmentPRB410 Teachers & the CurriculumPRB421 Business Education StudiesPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumCLB453 New Literacies & Technologies across the

Curriculum

Note: Discipline Studies units are shown as electives.Specific requirements for these units are dependenton the teaching area coordinator.

List 1: Discipline Studies UnitsStudents are required to select units according to theteaching area guidelines provided below.

Accounting/Business Management (X/Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.

Major: 96 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (48 creditpoints) of advanced units.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – consisting of48 credit points of level one and the remainder (72credit points) of advanced units.

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Accounting/Business Management TeachingArea Coordinator.

Biology (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 24 creditpoints of selected level one units, a 12 credit point

Science, Technology and Society unit, and 36 creditpoints of selected advanced biology units.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor with theremaining 24 credit points in advanced biology unitsnegotiated with the Life Science Adviser.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advancedbiology units negotiated with the Life Scienceadviser.

Business Communication and Technologies(X)

Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Business Communication and TechnologiesTeaching Area Coordinator.

Chemistry (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 24 creditpoints of selected level one units, a 12 credit pointScience, Technology and Society unit, and 36 creditpoints of selected advanced chemistry units.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor with theremaining 24 credit points in advanced chemistryunits negotiated with the Chemistry adviser.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advancedchemistry units negotiated with the Chemistryadviser.

Computing (X)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.


Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for majorprogram plus 24 credit points selected in consultationwith the Computing Teaching Area Coordinator.

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Computing Teaching Area Coordinator.


271

ED

UC

AT

ION

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y)

(ED

50

)C

OU

RS

E S

TR

UC

TU

RE

*C

LB

30

8 In

dig

en

ou

s C

ultu

re a

nd

Ide

ntit

y in

the

Au

stra

lian

Co

nte

xt is

a D

isci

plin

e Z

un

it. It

may

be

take

n in

the

firs

t se

me

ste

r o

f th

e c

ou

rse

inst

ea

d o

f eith

er

a D

isci

plin

e X

un

it o

r a

Dis

cip

line

Y u

nit

wh

ich

will

th

en

ne

ed

to

be

ma

de

up

late

r in

th

e p

rog

ram

, n

orm

ally

in t

he

fift

h s

em

est

er.

**S

tud

en

ts c

ho

osi

ng

th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs P

ath

wa

y w

ill u

nd

ert

ake

th

e f

ollo

win

g u

nits

in s

em

est

er

8 o

f th

e p

rog

ram

: PR

B4

27

Pro

fess

ion

al

In

tern

ship

of A

sso

cia

te T

ea

chin

g, L

EB

45

0 T

he

Mid

dle

Ye

ars

of

Sch

oo

ling,

PR

B4

26

Th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs C

urr

icu

lum

an

d P

RB

34

6 S

eco

nd

ary

Pro

fess

ion

al P

ract

ice

4:

Beg

inn

ing

te

ach

ing.

+F

ield

exp

eri

en

ces

are

ass

oci

ate

d w

ith c

ore

Ed

uca

tion

Stu

die

s u

nits

.

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2Y

EA

R 4

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 3

Sem

este

r 4

Sem

este

r 5

Sem

este

r 6

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

TOTA

L

72 48 384

4848

4848

4848

YE

AR

3

Sem

este

r 7

Sem

este

r 8

72 192

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

Edu

catio

n in

Con

text

(12)

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

Se

con

da

ryP

rofe

ssio

na

lP

ract

ice

4:

Be

gin

nin

gT

ea

chin

g (

12

)(6

we

eks

)

Se

con

da

ryP

rofe

ssio

na

lP

ract

ice

3:

Th

eIn

clu

sive

Cu

rric

ulu

m(1

2)

(4 w

ee

ks)

Fie

ldE

xpe

rie

nce

(1

we

ek)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)+

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

X (

24)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Y (

24)

OR

Indi

geno

us C

ultu

re&

Iden

tity

in th

eA

ustr

alia

n C

onte

xt(D

isci

plin

e Z

)(1

2)*

4848

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12

)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

X (

12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Y (

12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

X (

12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Y (

12)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

X (

24)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

Y (

24)

Dis

cipl

ine

Stu

dies

X/Y

/Z (

48)

Cur

ricul

umS

tudi

es 2

X (

12)

Cur

ricul

umS

tudi

es 2

Y (

12)

Sec

onda

ryP

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e 1:

Cla

ssro

omM

anag

emen

t(1

2) (

2 w

eeks

)

Lang

uage

Tech

nolo

gyan

d E

duca

tion

(12)

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng a

ndTe

achi

ng (

12)

Sec

onda

ryP

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e 2:

Cur

ricul

umD

ecis

ion

Mak

ing

(12)

(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

Cur

ricul

umS

tudi

es 1

X (

12)

Cur

ricul

umS

tudi

es 1

Y (

12)

Cur

ricul

umE

lect

ive

(12)

OR

Mid

dle

Year

sP

athw

ay**

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

and

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

OR

Mid

dle

Year

sP

athw

ay**

272

Earth Science (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 36 creditpoints of selected level one units, a 12 credit pointScience, Technology and Society unit, and 24 creditpoints of selected advanced earth science units.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor with theremaining 24 credit points in advanced Earth Scienceunits negotiated with the Earth Science adviser.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advanced earthscience units negotiated with the Earth Scienceadviser.

Economics (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 36 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (36 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Economics Teaching Area Coordinator.

English(X/Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the English Teaching Area Coordinator.

English as a second language (X)Minor 72 credit points – consisting of 72 creditpoints of language and culture units or English unitsor LOTE units. (This area can only be undertaken ifEnglish OR LOTE is the first teaching area.)

Film and Media (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 36 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (36 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Film and Media Teaching Area Coordinator.

Geography (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 36 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (36 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Geography Teaching Area Coordinator.

Health (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Health Teaching Area Coordinator.

History (Y)Minor: 72 credit points.

Major: 96 credit points.

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the History Teaching Area Coordinator.

Students intending to teach in secondary schools arestrongly encouraged to select at least one unit fromeach of the following broad areas: Ancient History;Asia/Pacific History; Australian History; EuropeanHistory.

Home Economics (X)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 72 creditpoints of level one units.



273

ED

UC

AT

ION

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Home Economics Teaching Area Coordinator.

Legal Studies (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Legal Studies Teaching Area Coordinator.

LOTE (Y)(Indonesian, Japanese, German and French)

Students wishing to undertake studies in French,Indonesian or Japanese are required to select aspecified sequence of six units (72 credit points). Inselecting units, students should seek the advice ofthe LOTE teaching area coordinator.

Mathematics (X/Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 24 creditpoints in foundation mathematics, 12 credit pointsin each of the areas of statistics and otherMathematical topics and 24 credit points chosen inconsultation with the Mathematics teaching areacoordinator.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor programplus an additional 24 credit points chosen inconsultation with the Mathematics Teaching Areacoordinator.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advancedmathematics units.

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Mathematics Teaching Area coordinator.

Physical Education (X)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 48 creditpoints of level one and the remainder (24 creditpoints) of advanced units.



In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Physical Education Teaching AreaCoordinator.

Physics (Y)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 24 creditpoints of selected level one units, a 12 credit pointScience, Technology and Society unit, and 36 creditpoints of selected advanced physics units.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor with theremaining 24 credit points in advanced Physics unitsnegotiated with the Physics adviser.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advancedPhysics units negotiated with the Physics adviser.

Science Studies (X)Minor: 72 credit points – consisting of 72 creditpoints of selected level one science units.

Major: 96 credit points – as for the minor with theremaining 24 credit points in advanced science units.

Extended Major: 120 credit points – as for the majorwith the remaining 24 credit points in advancedscience units.

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Science Teaching Area Coordinator.

Social Science (X)Minor: 72 credit points

Major: 96 credit points

In selecting units, students should seek the adviceof the Social Science Teaching Area Coordinator.

Students intending to teach Social Science insecondary schools are strongly encouraged to selectat least one unit from each of at least four of thefollowing broad areas: Ethics, Gender Studies,Geography and Environmental Studies, History,Political Studies, Sociology, Indigenous Studies.

Diploma of Business(Administration)/Bachelor ofEducation (Secondary) (ED50)– Double TAFE/QUT Award

Course StructureOption 1

First teaching area: Accounting/BusinessManagement

Second teaching area: Business Communicationand Technologies

Year 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

TAFE: Diploma Stage 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

TAFE: Diploma Stage 2

274

Year 2, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsAYB121 Financial Accounting

TAFE Diploma Stage 3

Year 2, Semester 2CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development & EducationBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

Year 3, Semester 1PRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:

Classroom ManagementCLB341 Language Technology & EducationAYB225 Management Accounting 1

Accounting/Business Management teachingarea unit


Curriculum Decision MakingPRB355 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 1PRB357 Business Communication & Technologies

Curriculum Studies 1

Year 4, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3:The

Inclusive CurriculumPRB356 Accounting/Business Management



Year 4, Semester 2Education Studies electives (2) (List 3 -ED50)

PRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:BeginningTeachingCurriculum Studies elective (List 4 - ED50)

Option 2First teaching area: Business Communicationand Technologies

Second teaching area: Accounting/BusinessManagement

Year 1, Semester 1 - Year 2, Semester 1As for Option 1

Year 2, Semester 2CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development & EducationAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

PlusAYB225 Management Accounting 1

ORBSB114 Government, Business & Society


Classroom ManagementCLB341 Language Technology & Education

COB204 Communication Technology forOrganisations

COB212 Office Procedures


Curriculum Decision MakingPRB355 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 1PRB357 BCT Curriculum Studies 1

Year 4, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3:The

Inclusive CurriculumPRB356 Accounting/Business Management



Year 4, Semester 2Education Studies electives (2) (List 3 -ED50)

PRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:Beginning TeachingCurriculum Studies elective (List 4 - ED50)

On successful completion of the TAFE Diploma,students will receive exemption for 84 credit pointstowards the B Ed (Secondary) for the following units:

COB172 Records ManagementCOB173 Text FormattingCOB215 Supervision & Administration

General Business Studies units (48 creditpoints)

■ Bachelor of Education (EarlyChildhood) Graduate Course(ED57)

■ Bachelor of Education(Primary) Graduate Course(ED56)

■ Bachelor of Education(Secondary) Graduate Course(ED55)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-time/external, 4 yearspart-time/externalNote: Some curriculum areas will not be availablein external mode.

Students may accelerate their progress in the courseto a minimum of eighteen months by takingadvantage of the fee-paying summer program option.

Total Credit Points: 192Course Coordinator: Dr John Fanshawe

275

ED

UC

AT

ION

TAF

E D

IPLO

MA

OF

BU

SIN

ES

S (

AD

MIN

IST

RA

TIO

N)/

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y)

Maj

or: B

usin

ess

Com

mun

icat

ion

and

Tech

nolo

gies

M

inor

: A

ccou

ntin

g/B

usin

ess

Man

agem

ent

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2Y

EA

R 4

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

QU

T C

RE

DIT

PO

INT

S

72 48

384

4848

4824

2412

YE

AR

3

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

84 fr

omTA

FE

+ 108

from

QU

T= 19

2

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 1

QU

T:B

SB

112

Intr

oduc

tion

toE

lect

roni

cC

omm

erce

(12

)

4848

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 1

QU

T:B

SB

110

Acc

ount

ing

(12)

BS

B11

7 P

rof

Com

mun

icat

ion

&N

egot

iatio

n (1

2)

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 3

QU

T:B

SB

115

Man

agem

ent,

Peo

ple

&O

rgan

isat

ions

(12

)

AY

B12

1 F

inan

cial

Acc

ount

ing

(12)

QU

T:A

YB

221

Com

pute

rised

Acc

ount

ing

Sys

tem

s(1

2)pl

usA

YB

225

Man

agem

ent

Acc

ount

ing

1 (1

2)or B

SB

114

Gov

ernm

ent,

Bus

ines

s &

Soc

iety

(12)

QU

T:C

OB

204

Com

mun

icat

ion

Tech

nolo

gy fo

rO

rgan

isat

ions

(12

)

CO

B21

2 O

ffice

Pro

cedu

res

(12)

CLB

305

Edu

catio

nin

Con

text

(12

)

LEB

335

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

LEB

336

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng &

Teac

hing

(12

)

CLB

306

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12

)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

A (

12)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

B (

12)

72

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)

PR

B34

3 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

1:C

lass

room

Man

agem

ent (

12)

(2 w

eeks

)

CLB

341

Lang

uage

,Te

chno

logy

&E

duca

tion

(12)

PR

B34

4 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

2:C

urric

ulum

Dec

isio

n M

akin

g(1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

PR

B35

7 B

CT

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es1

(12)

PR

B35

5 A

cc/B

usM

anag

emen

tC

urric

ulum

Stu

dies

1 (

12)

PR

B34

5 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

3:C

urric

ulum

(12

)(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

PR

B34

6 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

4:B

egin

ning

Teac

hing

(12

)(6

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

PR

B35

8 B

CT

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es2

(12)

PR

B35

6 A

cc/B

usM

anag

emen

tC

urric

ulum

Stu

dies

2 (

12)

Cur

ricul

umE

lect

ive

(12)

On

succ

essf

ul c

ompl

etio

n of

the

TAF

E D

iplo

ma

of B

usin

ess,

stu

dent

s ar

e el

igib

le fo

r the

follo

win

g ex

empt

ions

: CO

B17

2 R

ecor

ds M

ana

gem

ent (

12 c

redi

t poi

nts)

,C

OB

173

Text

For

mat

ting

(12

cred

it po

ints

), C

OB

215

Sup

ervi

sion

and

Adm

inis

trat

ion

(12

cred

it po

ints

), p

lus

48 c

redi

t poi

nts

for

Gen

eral

Bus

ines

s S

tudi

es u

nits

tow

ards

the

BE

d (S

econ

dary

) co

urse

.

276

Associate Course Coordinators:Early Childhood: Dr Carmel DiezmannPrimary: Dr Tania AsplandSecondary: Dr Christine Eastwood

General Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for consideration, applicants:

(i) must have a completed undergraduate disciplinedegree from a recognised tertiary institution;and

(ii) must have proficiency in English as determinedby University requirements.

Additional Entry Requirements – SecondaryStudents must have completed at least one third oftheir undergraduate degree in their first teaching areaand one sixth in their second teaching area.

Students select two areas of specialisation withinCurriculum Studies. The specialisation throughwhich entry to the course is sought is designated thefirst teaching area; the other specialisation isdesignated the second teaching area. For someteaching areas, interview, audition or presentationof folio may be required (eg. LOTE, Primary LOTE,Drama, Dance, Music, Visual Arts).

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (EARLYCHILDHOOD) GRADUATE COURSE(ED57)Full-time/External Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextEAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1EAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early



Year 1, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationEAB345 Early Childhood Curriculum: Language

EducationEAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2PRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary

Year 2, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

CareEAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB413 Management of Early Childhood Services

Year 2, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesEAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the EnvironmentEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice 4:

Choice

Full-time/External Accelerated ProgressionCourse StructureYear 1, Semester 1As above

Year 1, Semester 2As above

Year 1, Semester 3CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

CareEAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the EnvironmentEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3

Year 2, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesEAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsPRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

Part-time/External Course StructureStandard StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextEAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1

Year 1, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationEAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2





EducationPRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary

Year 3, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingEAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: Arts

Year 3, Semester 2EAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the EnvironmentCLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

Year 4, Semester 1EAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

Care

Year 4, Semester 2EAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

Part-time/External AcceleratedProgression Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1As for part-time/external structure

277

ED

UC

AT

ION

TAF

E D

IPLO

MA

OF

BU

SIN

ES

S (

AD

MIN

IST

RA

TIO

N)/

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y)

Maj

or: A

ccou

ntin

g/B

usin

ess

Man

agem

ent

M

inor

: B

usin

ess

Com

mun

icat

ion

and

Tech

nolo

gies

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2Y

EA

R 4

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

QU

T C

RE

DIT

PO

INT

S

72 48

384

4848

4824

2412

YE

AR

3

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

84 fr

omTA

FE

+ 108

from

QU

T= 19

2

DIS

CIP

LIN

E/

CO

NT

EN

TS

TU

DIE

S

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 1

QU

T:B

SB

112

Intr

oduc

tion

toE

lect

roni

cC

omm

erce

(12

)

4848

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 1

QU

T:B

SB

110

Acc

ount

ing

(12)

BS

B11

7P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

mun

icat

ion

&N

egot

iatio

n (1

2)

TAF

E:

Dip

lom

a –

Sta

ge 3

QU

T:B

SB

115

Man

agem

ent,

Peo

ple

&O

rgan

isat

ions

(12

)

AY

B12

1 F

inan

cial

Acc

ount

ing

(12)

QU

T:B

SB

114

Gov

ernm

ent,

Bus

ines

s &

Soc

iety

(12)

AY

B22

1C

ompu

teris

edA

ccou

ntin

g S

yste

ms

(12)

QU

T:2

units

cho

sen

from

:

AY

B22

5M

anag

emen

tA

ccou

ntin

g 1

(12)

and

addi

tiona

lM

anag

emen

t uni

ts(1

2)

CLB

305

Edu

catio

nin

Con

text

(12

)

LEB

335

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

LEB

336

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng &

Teac

hing

(12

)

CLB

306

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12

)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

A (

12)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

B (

12)

72

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)

PR

B34

3 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

1:C

lass

room

Man

agem

ent (

12)

(2 w

eeks

)

CLB

341

Lang

uage

,Te

chno

logy

&E

duca

tion

(12)

PR

B34

4 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

2:C

urric

ulum

Dec

isio

n M

akin

g(1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

PR

B35

7 B

CT

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es1

(12)

PR

B35

5 A

cc/B

usM

anag

emen

tC

urric

ulum

Stu

dies

1 (

12)

PR

B34

5 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

3:C

urric

ulum

(12

)(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

PR

B34

6 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

4:B

egin

ning

Teac

hing

(12

)(6

wee

ks)

PR

B35

8 B

CT

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es2

(12)

PR

B35

6 A

cc/B

usM

anag

emen

tC

urric

ulum

Stu

dies

2 (

12)

Cur

ricul

umE

lect

ive

(12)

On

succ

essf

ul c

ompl

etio

n of

the

TAF

E D

iplo

ma

of B

usin

ess,

stu

dent

s ar

e el

igib

le fo

r the

follo

win

g ex

empt

ions

: CO

B17

2 R

ecor

ds M

ana

gem

ent (

12 c

redi

t poi

nts)

,C

OB

173

Text

For

mat

ting

(12

cred

it po

ints

), C

OB

215

Sup

ervi

sion

and

Adm

inis

trat

ion

(12

cred

it po

ints

), p

lus

48 c

redi

t poi

nts

for

Gen

eral

Bus

ines

s S

tudi

es u

nits

tow

ards

the

BE

d (S

econ

dary

) co

urse

.

278

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

EA

RLY

CH

ILD

HO

OD

) G

RA

DU

AT

E C

OU

RS

E (

ED

57

)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E –

NO

RM

AL

PR

OG

RE

SS

ION

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

48 48 96

Hum

an D

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e:C

hoic

e (1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)1

Und

erst

andi

ng E

duca

tiona

lP

ract

ices

(12

)E

duca

tion

in C

onte

xt (

12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e:P

resc

hool

/K

inde

rgar

den

(12)

(4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)1

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: L

angu

age

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Fou

ndat

ions

2 (

12)

Man

agem

ent o

f Ear

lyC

hild

hood

Ser

vice

s (1

2)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: A

rts

(12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e: L

ower

Prim

ary

(12)

(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks) 1

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Fou

ndat

ions

1 (

12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: E

arly

Mat

hem

atic

s E

xplo

ratio

ns(1

2)

Psy

chol

ogy

of L

earn

ing

&Te

achi

ng (

12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Fou

ndat

ions

3 (

12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Cur

ricul

um: S

cien

ce /

Soc

iety

and

the

Env

ironm

ent

(12)

Ear

ly C

hild

hood

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e: C

hild

Car

e (1

2) (

4 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks) 1

TOTA

L48

4848

4819

2

1C

red

it p

oin

ts f

or

this

fie

ld e

xpe

rien

ce c

om

e f

rom

th

e E

du

catio

n S

tud

ies

an

d P

rofe

ssio

na

l Pra

ctic

e u

nits

in t

he

co

rre

spo

nd

ing

se

me

ste

rs (

10

da

ys e

ach

).

279

ED

UC

AT

ION

Year 1, Semester 2As for part-time/external structure


Society & the Environment





EducationPRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary


Child CareEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3

Year 3, Semester 1EAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching


ChoiceEAB413 Management of Early Childhood Services

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION(PRIMARY) GRADUATE COURSE(ED56)Course Structure for CommencingStudentsYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextMDB450 Primary Mathematics CurriculumPRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: Classroom

ManagementPRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

Curriculum

Year 1, Semester 2CLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumLEB335 Human Development & EducationMDB383 Using Technology in the CurriculumPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2:

Curriuculum Decision Making

Year 2, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriuculumHMB307 Health & Physical Education Curriculum

and either:CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

MathematicsOR

CLB334 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies11

Year 2, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesAAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumMDB384 Science EducationPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

Practice

Accelerated StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextMDB450 Primary Mathematics CurriculumPRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: Classroom

ManagementPRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

Curriculum

Year 1, Semester 2AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumCLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumMDB383 Using Technology in the CurriculumPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision Making

Year 1, Semester 3LEB335 Human Development & EducationPRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumMDB384 Science EducationCLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

Year 2, Semester 1PRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

PracticeLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingHMB307 Health & Physical Education Curriculum

and either:CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

MathematicsOR


Part-time Course StructureStandard StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextMDB450 Primary Mathematics Curriculum

Year 1, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationMDB383 Using Technology in the Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 1PRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

CurriculumPRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: Classroom

Management

Year 2, Semester 2CLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision Making

Year 3, Semester 1HMB307 Health & Physical Education CurriculumLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

11 For students with an approved LOTE background in their undergraduate degree.

280

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

PR

IMA

RY

) G

RA

DU

AT

E C

OU

RS

E (

ED

56

)

FU

LL-T

IME

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

48 48 96

LEB

335

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

PR

B35

0 P

rimar

yP

rofe

ssio

nal P

ract

ice

4:R

efle

ctiv

e P

ract

ice

(12)

(6 w

eeks

)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

CLB

306

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

l Pra

ctic

es (

12)

CLB

305

Edu

catio

n in

Con

text

(12

)

PR

B34

7 P

rimar

yP

rofe

ssio

nal P

ract

ice

1:C

lass

room

Man

agem

ent

(12)

(2

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(1

wee

k)

CLB

454

Lang

uage

and

Lite

racy

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

MD

B38

3 U

sing

Tec

hnol

ogy

in th

eC

urric

ulum

(12)

CLB

413

Pro

gram

min

g &

Ass

essm

ent i

n La

ngua

ge &

Mat

hem

atic

s (1

2)O

RC

LB33

4 P

rimar

y LO

TE

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es*

(12)

HM

B30

7 H

ealth

& P

hysi

cal

Edu

catio

n (1

2)

PR

B34

8 P

rimar

yP

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e 2:

Cur

ricul

umD

ecis

ion

Mak

ing

(12)

(4 w

eeks

)

PR

B38

7 S

tudi

es o

f Soc

iety

& E

nviro

nmen

t Cur

ricul

um(1

2)

MD

B45

0 P

rimar

yM

athe

mat

ics

Cur

ricul

um(1

2)

LEB

336

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng &

Tea

chin

g(1

2)

AA

B91

4 V

isua

l &P

erfo

rmin

g A

rts

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

MD

B38

4 S

cien

ceE

duca

tion

(12)

PR

B34

9 P

rimar

yP

rofe

ssio

nal

Pra

ctic

e 3:

The

Incl

usiv

eC

urric

ulum

(12

)(4

wee

ks)

Fie

ld E

xper

ienc

e(2

wee

ks)

TOTA

L48

4848

4819

2

* F

or s

tude

nts

with

an

app

rove

d LO

TE

bac

kgro

und

in th

eir

unde

rgra

duat

e de

gree

.

281

ED

UC

AT

ION

Year 3, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesMDB384 Science Education


Inclusive Curriculum

And either:CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

MathematicsOR


Year 4, Semester 2AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

Practice

Accelerated Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextMDB450 Primary Mathematics Curriculum

Year 1, Semester 2CLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumMDB383 Using Technology in the Curriculum

Year 1, Semester 3CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 1LEB335 Human Development & EducationPRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: Classroom

Management

Year 2, Semester 2PRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision MakingHMB307 Health & Physical Education Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 3LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingMDB384 Science Education


Inclusive CurriculumAnd either:CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

MathematicsOR


Year 3, Semester 2AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

Practice

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION(SECONDARY) GRADUATE COURSE(ED55)Location: Kelvin Grove campus

Course StructureStudents are required to complete 192 credit pointsof professional studies in education covering coreEducation Studies units, Teaching Practice Units,Curriculum Studies units and a range of electives.Some Curriculum Studies units will not be availablein external mode.

The teaching areas are divided into Group X andGroup Y as shown below:

Group XAccounting/Business ManagementBusiness Communication & TechnologiesComputingEnglishHome EconomicsMathematicsPhysical EducationScience StudiesSocial ScienceArtDramaDanceMusic (Secondary)English as a Second LanguagePrimary Languages Other Than English (Primary LOTE)

Group YAccounting/Business ManagementBiologyChemistryEarth ScienceEconomicsEnglishFilm & MediaFrenchGermanIndonesianJapaneseChineseItalianKoreanGeographyHealth EducationHistoryLegal StudiesMathematicsPhysicsMusic (Primary/Instrumental)

In addition to the above, the following are allowablecombinations:

Dance with Drama or Music (Secondary)Drama with Music (Secondary)History with GeographyFilm and Media with History or Geography orLOTEComputing with Business Communication andTechnologies.

11 For students with an approved LOTE background in their undergraduate degree.

282

BA

CH

ELO

R O

F E

DU

CA

TIO

N (

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y)

GR

AD

UA

TE

CO

UR

SE

(E

D5

5)

CO

UR

SE

ST

RU

CT

UR

E

*S

tud

en

ts w

ho

ele

ct to

un

de

rta

ke th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs P

ath

wa

y w

ill c

om

ple

te th

e fo

llow

ing

un

its in

the

ir fi

na

l se

me

ste

r(s)

of s

tud

y P

RB

42

7 P

rofe

ssio

na

l In

tern

ship

of A

sso

cia

te T

ea

chin

g;

LE

B4

50

Th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs o

f S

cho

olin

g;

PR

B4

26

Th

e M

idd

le Y

ea

rs o

f C

urr

icu

lum

, a

nd

PR

B3

46

Se

con

da

ry P

rofe

ssio

na

l Pra

ctic

e 4

: B

egi

nn

ing

Te

ach

ing.

**S

tud

en

ts u

nd

ert

aki

ng

the

op

tion

of a

do

ub

le L

OT

E s

pe

cia

lisa

tion

mu

st ta

ke L

OT

E a

s th

e fi

rst t

ea

chin

g a

rea

an

d P

rim

ary

LO

TE

as

th

e s

eco

nd

tea

chin

g a

rea

. Stu

de

nts

mu

st u

nd

ert

ake

LO

TE

an

d P

rim

ary

LO

TE

Cu

rric

ulu

m S

tud

ies

1 a

nd

2 in

se

me

ste

rs 2

an

d 3

. In

se

me

ste

r 3

, stu

de

nts

will

be

giv

en

tea

chin

g e

xpe

rien

ce

in p

rim

ary

sch

oo

ls d

urin

g P

RB

34

5 S

eco

nd

ary

Pro

fess

ion

al P

ract

ice

3: T

he

In

clu

sive

Cu

rric

ulu

m.

ST

RA

ND

TOTA

LY

EA

R 1

YE

AR

2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

Sem

este

r 1

Sem

este

r 2

ED

UC

ATIO

NS

TU

DIE

S

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

LP

RA

CT

ICE

CU

RR

ICU

LUM

ST

UD

IES

72 48 72

LEB

336

Psy

chol

ogy

ofLe

arni

ng &

Tea

chin

g (1

2)

PR

B34

6 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 4:

Beg

inni

ng T

each

ing

(12)

(6 w

eeks

)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

Edu

catio

n S

tudi

esE

lect

ive

(12)

OR

Mid

dle

Year

s P

athw

ay*

CLB

305

Edu

catio

n in

Con

text

(12

)

LEB

335

Hum

anD

evel

opm

ent &

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

PR

B34

3 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

l Pra

ctic

e 1:

Cla

ssro

om M

anag

emen

t(1

2) (

2 w

eeks

)

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 1

X(1

2)**

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 1

Y(1

2)

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 2

X(1

2)**

Cur

ricul

um S

tudi

es 2

Y(1

2)

PR

B34

4 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

2: C

urric

ulum

Dec

isio

n M

akin

g (1

2)**

(4 w

eeks

)

CLB

341

Lang

uage

Tech

nolo

gy &

Edu

catio

n(1

2)

CLB

306

Und

erst

andi

ngE

duca

tiona

l Pra

ctic

es(1

2)

Cur

ricul

um E

lect

ive

(12)

**O

RM

iddl

e Ye

ars

Pat

hway

*

PR

B34

5 S

econ

dary

Pro

fess

iona

lP

ract

ice

3: T

he In

clus

ive

Cur

ricul

um (

12)

(4 w

eeks

)

TOTA

L48

4848

4819

2

283

ED

UC

AT

ION

Course NotesHealth Education may be chosen as a secondteaching area by students already accepted intoanother teaching area.

English as a Second Language (ESL) can be chosenas a second teaching area only with English or LOTEas the first teaching area.

Students undertaking the option of a double LOTEspecialisation must take LOTE as the first teachingarea and Primary LOTE as the second teaching area.Students must complete LOTE and Primary LOTECurriculum Studies 1 and 2. These students will begiven LOTE teaching experience in primary schoolsduring the Secondary Professional Practice 3: TheInclusive Curriculum.

Full-time/External Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development & EducationPRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:

Classroom ManagementCLB341 Language, Technology & Education


Curriculum Decision MakingCurriculum Studies 1X (see List 1)Curriculum Studies 1Y (see List 1)


Inclusive CurriculumCurriculum Studies 2XCurriculum Studies 2Y

Year 2, Semester 2Education Studies electiveEducation Studies elective

PRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:Beginning TeachingCurriculum elective

OR Middle Years PathwayPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:

Beginning TeachingLEB450 The Middle Years of SchoolingPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate

Teaching

Full-time/External Accelerated ProgressionCourse StructureYear 1, Semester 1As above

Year 1, Semester 2As above

Year 1, Summer ProgramEducation Studies electiveEducation Studies elective

Curriculum electivePRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:

Beginning TeachingCurriculum Studies 2X (see List 2)Curriculum Studies 2Y (see List 2)

Part-time/External Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LEB335 Human Development & EducationCLB341 Language Technology & Education

Year 1, Semester 2LEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Curriculum Studies 1X

Year 2, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextPRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:

Classroom Management


Curriculum Decision MakingCurriculum Studies 1Y (see List 1)

Year 3, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

Curriculum Studies 2X (see List 2)

Year 3, Semester 2Education Studies electiveEducation Studies elective

Year 4, Semester 1PRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumCurriculum Studies 2Y (see List 2)


Beginning TeachingCurriculum elective

Part-time/External AcceleratedProgression Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextCLB341 Language, Technology & Education

Year 1, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & Education

Curriculum Studies 1X (see List 1)Year 1, Summer ProgramCLB306 Understanding Educational Practices

Education Studies electiveYear 2, Semester 1PRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:

Classroom ManagementCurriculum Studies 2X (see List 2)


Curriculum Decision MakingCurriculum Studies 1Y (see List 1)

284

Year 2, Summer ProgramLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Curriculum elective


Inclusive CurriculumCurriculum Studies 2Y (see List 2)


Beginning TeachingEducation Studies elective

LIST 1: Curriculum Studies 1X and 1YThese two units must correspond with your twoteaching areas.AAB412 Art Curriculum Studies 1AAB414 Drama Curriculum Studies 1AAB421 Dance Curriculum Studies 1AAP423 Music 1 Curriculum Studies 1 (Secondary)AAP434 Music 1A Curriculum Studies 1 (Primary/

Instrumental)HMB310 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 1HMB390 Health Education Curriculum Studies 1CLB325 English Curriculum Studies 1CLB327 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 1CLB329 LOTE Curriculum Studies 1CLB447 ESL Curriculum Studies 1CLB449 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies 1MDB325 Biology Curriculum Studies 1MDB327 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 1MDB329 Computing Curriculum Studies 1MDB331 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 1MDB333 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 1MDB335 Physics Curriculum Studies 1MDB337 Science Curriculum Studies 1PRB355 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 1PRB357 Business Communication Technologies &

Curriculum Studies 1PRB359 Economics Curriculum Studies 1PRB361 Geography Curriculum Studies 1PRB363 History Curriculum Studies 1PRB365 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 1PRB367 Social Science Curriculum Studies 1PUB312 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 1

LIST 2 : Curriculum Studies 2X and 2YThes two units must correspond with your twoteaching areas.AAB413 Art Curriculum Studies 2AAB415 Drama Curriculum Studies 2AAB429 Dance Curriculum Studies 2AAP431 Music 2 Curriculum Studies 2 (Secondary)AAP433 Music 2A Curriculum Studies 2 (Primary/

Instrumental)HMB370 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 2HMB395 Health Education Curriculum Studies 2CLB326 English Curriculum Studies 2CLB328 Film & Media Curriculum Studies 2CLB330 LOTE Curriculum Studies 2CLB448 ESL Curriculum Studies 2

CLB450 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies 2MDB326 Biology Curriculum Studies 2MDB328 Chemistry Curriculum Studies 2MDB330 Computing Curriculum Studies 2MDB332 Earth Science Curriculum Studies 2MDB334 Mathematics Curriculum Studies 2MDB336 Physics Curriculum Studies 2MDB338 Science Curriculum Studies 2PRB356 Accounting/Business Management

Curriculum Studies 2PRB358 Business Communication Technology

Curriculum Studies 2PRB360 Economics Curriculum Studies 2PRB362 Geography Curriculum Studies 2PRB364 History Curriculum Studies 2PRB366 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 2PRB368 Social Science Curriculum Studies 2PUB322 Home Economics Curriculum Studies 2

Education Studies Electives andCurriculum Electives:Refer to the ED50 Bachelor of Education(Secondary) course entry.

HE

ALT

H

285

FAC

ULT

Y O

F H

EA

LTH

286

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 288


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 290

COURSES■ Doctor of Health Science (HL90) ..................................................................................................... 291

■ Master of Applied Science (Research) (HL84) ................................................................................ 292

■ Master of Health Science (HL88) ..................................................................................................... 293

■ Master of Nursing (NS85) ................................................................................................................ 295

■ Master of Public Health (PU85) ....................................................................................................... 296

■ Graduate Diploma in Nursing (NS64) .............................................................................................. 298

■ Graduate Diploma in Midwifery (NS68) ......................................................................................... 302

■ Graduate Diploma in Health Promotion (PU69) .............................................................................. 303

■ Graduate Diploma in Health Science (HL68) .................................................................................. 303

■ Graduate Diploma in Occupational Health And Safety (PU65) ....................................................... 303

■ Graduate Diploma in Public Health (PU60) ..................................................................................... 304

■ Graduate Certificate in Health Science (HL38) ............................................................................... 304

■ Graduate Certificate in Human Movement Studies (Professional Studies) (HM30) ....................... 304

■ Graduate Certificate in Exercise and Sports Nutrition (HM33) ....................................................... 305

■ Graduate Certificate in Ergonomics and Human Factors (HM35)* ................................................. 305

■ Graduate Certificate in Sports Studies (HM38)* ............................................................................. 306

■ Graduate Certificate in Intensive Care Nursing (NS30) ................................................................... 306

■ Graduate Certificate in Cancer Nursing (NS31) ............................................................................... 306

■ Graduate Certificate in Medical/Surgical Nursing (NS33) .............................................................. 307

■ Graduate Certificate in Community Practice (NS34)* ..................................................................... 307

■ Graduate Certificate in Paediatric, Child and Youth Health Nursing (NS35)* ................................ 308

■ Graduate Certificate in Women’s Health (NS36) ............................................................................. 308

■ Graduate Certificate in Aged Care (NS39) .......................................................................................308

■ Graduate Certificate in Environmental Health (PU32) .................................................................... 309

■ Graduate Certificate in Health Services Management (PU38) ......................................................... 309

■ Graduate Certificate in Health Promotion (PU39) ........................................................................... 310

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Honours) (HL52) .............................................................................. 310Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (HL50) ...........................................................................................310Bachelor of Health Science (Honours) (HL55) ................................................................................ 310

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Environmental Health) (PU42) ........................................................ 311

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Human Movement Studies) (HM42) ................................................ 311

*Subject to final approval.

HE

ALT

H

287

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Occupational Health and Safety) (PU44) ......................................... 312

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Optometry) (OP42) .......................................................................... 312

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Podiatry) (PU45) .............................................................................. 313

■ Bachelor of Business (PU47/PU48) ................................................................................................. 313

■ Bachelor of Health Science (PU40) ................................................................................................. 313

■ Bachelor of Health Science (PU43) ................................................................................................. 317

■ Bachelor of Health Science (Nutrition and Dietetics)/Bachelor of Applied Science(Human Movement Studies) (HL42) ................................................................................................318

■ Bachelor of Nursing (Postregistration) (NS48) ................................................................................ 319

■ Bachelor of Nursing (Preregistration) (NS40) .................................................................................. 321

■ Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Applied Science (in Human Movement Studies) (HL40) ........... 323

■ Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Health Science (Public Health) (HL46) ...................................... 324

288

FACULTY OF HEALTH

OVERVIEWThe Faculty of Health is a leader in specialised healtheducation and research. The faculty educatesprofessionals for a range of health related areas,conducts research and is actively engaged incontinuing education and community service.

The faculty has more than 3000 students enrolled inundergraduate and postgraduate programs.Undergraduate degree programs are deliveredthrough four discipline-based schools of HumanMovement Studies, Nursing, Optometry, and PublicHealth.

The School of Public Health is the most diverse ofthe Faculty’s schools, offering undergraduate majorsin areas such as occupational health and safety,environmental health, podiatry, nutrition anddietetics, health information management, healthservices management, and public health. A range ofarticulated postgraduate programs is also offered ina number of these areas plus other special fields suchas health promotion.

The School of Nursing is Queensland’s largestprovider of nursing education. The school offers awide range of programs for pre- and post-registrationnurses, as well as specialised postgraduate programs.

The School of Human Movement Studies offersundergraduate programs that respond to growingcommunity awareness of health, well-being, andfitness issues. The school provides specialisteducation in the areas of physical activity anddisability and exercise science.

The School of Optometry is the only trainingfacility in Queensland and one of three in Australia.

Located at QUT’s Kelvin Grove campus, the Facultyof Health maintains close ties with the healthindustry and works with national and internationalhealth and welfare organisations.

These industry ties ensure that the faculty’s programsdeliver relevant skills and respond rapidly to newand emerging needs in health education in an era ofadvancing health technology.

Two purpose-built complexes house state-of-the-artfacilities including teaching clinics for podiatry,optometry and human movement studies, abiomechanics laboratory, computer rooms installedwith the latest in health-related software,computerised lecture theatres, and fully equippedresearch laboratories.

RESEARCH CENTRES

CENTRE FOR EYE RESEARCHThe facilities of the Centre for Eye Research areunique in Queensland. The vision research theyprovide is an important resource for the community,industry, government and eye-care professions. Thecentre fosters the postgraduate research of the Schoolof Optometry and thus helps Australia’s visionscientists to develop their skills. Collaborativeresearch has created a network linking the centreand similar organisations within Australia andoverseas. The centre and its staff have established ahigh reputation internationally in vision research.

Research encompasses the applied, clinical andtheoretical aspects of visual and ophthalmic science.Study of the functional and performance aspects ofhuman vision is emphasised. The centre also takeson development of ophthalmic appliances andmaterials for the ophthalmic and pharmaceuticalindustries.

Among the current areas of investigation are:

reading and mobility performance in patients withvisual disabilitiesageing, visual impairment and drivingperformancethe design and optical performance of spectaclesand contact lensesaberrations of the eyevisual consequences of corneal abnormalitiesaccommodation and mechanisms of presbyopiathe genesis of refractive errors.

Director: Professor L. CarneyPhone: +61 7 3864 5738

CENTRE FOR NURSING RESEARCHThe primary aim is to achieve better results forpatients by promoting and advancing research-basednursing care. Centre staff have developed expertisein clinical nursing areas such as mental health care,aged care, healthcare ethics, pain management,disability, oncology and women’s health. The centrehas a growing number of postgraduate researchstudents.

Current research areas include:

an evaluation of the rehabilitation of 300 formermental health patients in the community(Project 300)factors influencing the use of non-pharmacological pain therapy

HE

ALT

H

289

promoting models of best practice in nursinghomeswomen’s healthassessment of management of the side-effects ofantipsychotic medicationan evaluation of the impact of ambulatoryrehabilitationprograms on cancer patients and their familiesyoung people and eating issues.

Director: Prof M. CourtneyPhone: +61 7 3864 3887

CENTRE FOR PUBLIC HEALTH RESEARCHThe Centre for Public Health Research within theSchool of Public Health and the National Centre forClassification in Health are strongly committed toresearch and are rapidly developing a culture thatreflects the staff’s diverse expertise and interests. Theteam of researchers includes health professionals,epidemiologists, social and behavioural scientists,bio-statisticians and a range of other specialist areas.Research is funded by the health industry andcompetitive research grants. Most local andinternational projects involve close cooperation withthe target populations and collaboration with otherinstitutions and agencies.

General research areas include:

promoting child and adolescent physical andmental health in schools and other settingspromoting health and safety in the workplacesettingimproving delivery of care in health andcommunity settingsunderstanding psychosocial and economicdeterminants of health and health outcomesimproving public health practice throughworkforce development, training and policydevelopment.

Health issues of particular interest includesocioeconomic inequality, nutrition and diet, cancer,palliative care, diabetes, cardiovascular disease,smoking, alcohol use, physical inactivity, sexualhealth, social and mental health, environmentalhealth, indigenous health, occupational health andsafety, neurological diseases and geneticepidemiology.

Research Director: Professor B. Newman BA UCSanta Cruz, MS UC Davis, PhD UC Berkeley

Postgraduate Research Studies Director: Dr J.Nicholson, BSc Otago, BSc (Hons) VUW, MScCanterbury, PhD Qld

Phone: +61 7 3864 5883

THE CENTRE FOR INDIGENOUS HEALTHEDUCATION & RESEARCHThe Centre for Indigenous Health Education &Research is a Commonwealth-funded Centre jointlyrun by the Faculty of Health, QUT and TheUniversity of Queensland’s Indigenous HealthProgram and Department of Social and PreventiveMedicine (Cairns). The aim of the centre is toempower Indigenous Australians to addressIndigenous health problems. The centre will improveeducational outcomes to create a more diversifieduniversity-trained Indigenous workforce throughincreasing the numbers of Indigenous postgraduatestudents, researchers and academics in healthsciences. It also aims to increase educationalopportunities for Indigenous Australians inundergraduate health science courses as well asincreasing the understanding of Indigenous contextsand approaches to health. Additionally, the centrewill build research partnerships with communities,and develop new models of Indigenous healthresearch incorporating Indigenous approaches tohealth and community.

QUT Coordinator: Dr E. ParkerPhone: +61 7 3864 3371

RESEARCH CONCENTRATION INPHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND DISABILITYPhysical activity and disability is studied from bothspecialised and multidisciplinary perspectives tobenefit patient groups and foster joint researchamong clinicians and scientists within Australia andoverseas. Research falls into the following principalareas.

CardiorespiratoryResearch into physiological dysfunction andimpairment of functional capacity in peripheralarterial disease (PAD) uses novel techniques toinvestigate changes in physiology at the cellular leveland evaluate appropriate exercise programs.

Energy Metabolism and NutritionA state-of-the-art mass spectrometer is being usedto investigate fundamental aspects of human energymetabolism and nutrition. The laboratory’scollaborative projects involve groups in Scotland,Ireland and New Zealand and Australia. Currentprojects include the nutritional requirements of balletdancers, the energy cost of bone marrow transplantsin cancer patients, the relationship between physicalactivity levels in children and cardiovascular health,and the energy requirements of elite gymnasts.

290

Immune System FunctionResearch focuses on the effects of both acute exerciseand exercise prescription on immune function in avariety of populations such as elite gymnasts, cancerpatients and the elderly. A model to predictimmunomodulation caused by different intensitiesand durations of acute exercise is being developed.

Musculo-skeletalWork is underway to determine the effects of disuseand compensatory use on both skeletal and muscularstructures in patients with either transfemoral ortranstibial amputation. Other research analysesmusculo-skeletal injury among dancers, particularlytesting the hypothesis that injury is associated withimbalances in range of movement and muscularstrength. Other studies involve development of a safeand practical technique to measure low-frequencymechanical shocks and vibrations in the musculo-skeletal system during normal activity.

Neurological and Motor ControlProjects focus on the mechanisms of movementcontrol, learning and coordination in health anddisease. Research ranges from studies of childrenwith development coordination disorder, throughinvestigations of sensory mechanisms involved inproprioception to research in visuomotor adaptationand the control of balance in diabetes patients.Various specialised movement and metal recordingtechniques are used.

Clinical ActivitiesThe School of Human Movement Studies Cliniccontinues to expand its patient base in areas of weightmanagement and exercise, motor developmentdisorders, and corporate fitness and health-relatedappraisal. The clinical gait analysis facilitycomplements the School’s existing gait facility inthe biomechanics laboratory. The gait clinic will beused to support projects on gait disorders andproblems experienced by people after motoraccidents. Community screening programs followingreferral from practitioners are proposed.

Director: Dr G. KerrPhone: +61 7 3864 5542


Dean: Professor K. J. Bowman AM, MScOptomMelb., LOSc, FAAO

Academic Adviser to the Dean: M.L. Fleming, DipT,BEd Kelvin Grove, MA Ohio S, PhD Qld

Faculty Administration Manager: M. Rimland, BAQld

Health Project Manager: C. Cliff, BSc ANU, PhDKeele, CChem, DipEnvStud Macq., GradDipOutdoorEd BCAE, GradDipBusAdmin

School of Human Movement StudiesHead: Professor A.W. Parker, MSc PhD Oregon,FASMF

Associate Professor:A.P. Hills, BEd Tas., MSc Oregon, PhD Qld

School of NursingHead: Associate Professor H.E. Edwards, DipApSc.,BA (Hons), PhD, RN, FRNCA

Professor: M. Courtney, BAdmin(Accounting)Griff., MHP UNSW, PhD UNE, RN, FRCNA

School of OptometryHead: Professor L.G. Carney, BAppSc MSc(Optom)PhD Melb., LOSc, FAAO

Associate Professors:D.A. Atchison, MSc(Optom) PhD Melb., Grad CertEd, FAAOM. J. Collins, DipAppSc QIT, MAppSc, PhD, FAAOJ. E. Lovie-Kitchin, MSc(Optom) Melb.,GradDipRehab LaT., LOSc, PhD, FAAOP. G. Swann, BSc(Hons) Aston, MAppSc, FCOptom,FAAOJ. M. Wood, BSc(Hons) PhD Aston, MCOptom,FAAO

School of Public HealthHead: B.F. Oldenburg, BSc(Hons), MPsych PhDUNSW

Associate Professors:M.Capra, MSc Syd, PhD OtagoS.Capra, BSc(Hons), DipNutDiet Syd, MSocScBirm, PhD QldD.Stewart, BA(Hons) Durh, MA(Ed) Leic,PGCertEd Oxf., MPH UNSW, PhD Otago

HE

ALT

H

291

COURSES

Doctor of Health Science(HL90)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48(Average)Course Coordinator: Associate Professor SandraCapra

Entry RequirementsOn the recommendation of the Dean of the Facultyof Health, the Research Degrees Committee mayadmit to candidature for the degree an applicant who:

(i) holds (or has completed the requirements for)a four-year degree or its equivalent withHonours I or Honours IIA or its equivalent fromQUT or another recognised institution, and twoyears practice in a position of professionalresponsibility appropriate to the proposedcourse of study; or

(ii) if, in the deans opinion the candidate has notcompleted substantial professional practice,then the candidate will be required to gainsubstantial professional experience during thecourse of the doctorate.

Enrolment procedureBefore submitting an applications, potentialcandidates should contact the course coordinatorwho will assist in the preparation of the application.

Candidates should apply on the appropriate form,supplying any specified documentation. Theapplication should be accompanied by a briefproposal for the course of study and the researchfield.

ArticulationThe Doctor of Health Science will fully articulatewith the Master of Health Science and students whoselect their program of study to be consistent withthe coursework requirements for the Doctor ofHealth Science will be eligible for the full credit of96 credit points.

Should a student wish to exit prior to completion ofthe program they may be eligible to receive the awardof Master of Health Science if it has not previouslybeen awarded.

Course StructureStudents undertake 96 credit points of courseworkunits and 192 research portfolio credit points. Thecoursework must be completed before proceedingto the research component. Students will be able tochoose from the lists of major fields listed below.To achieve the appropriate advanced levels theymust:

(a) choose one of the major study areas(b) complete 4 units form their major study area(c) complete 2 units in research methods(d) complete 4 units from List B(e) complete 2 approved elective units.


Core unit in Research MethodsMajor Study 1Major Study 2Elective unit

Year 1, Semester 2Core unit in Research MethodsMajor Study 3Major Study 4Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 1 & 2Research Project



Core unit in Research MethodsMajor Study 1

Year 1, Semester 2Core unit in Research MethodsMajor Study 2

Year 2, Semester 1Major Study 3Elective unit

Year 2, Semester 2Major Study 4Elective unit





292

Research UnitsEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

PUN104 Applied Qualitative Research MethodsPUN105 Health StatisticsHLN405 Qualitative Research MethodsHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research Methods

Major Study AreasStudents must complete four units from their majorstudy area (at least two of which are selected fromList B). Two additional elective units can be chosenfrom either List A or B.

Health Services Management and PolicySciencesEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

List APUN601 Contemporary Health PoliciesPUN602 Health Planning, Management & EvaluationPUN608 Health Care EconomicsPUN610 Health Services Management

List BPUN200 Emerging Issues in Public HealthPUN201 Advanced Professional StudiesPUN615 Advanced Health Services ManagementPUN616 Economic Evaluation in Health CareHLN701 Independent Study

Public HealthEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

List APUN103 Advanced EpidemiologyPUN614 Health Promoting SchoolsPUP035 Health Promotion Strategies & Evaluation

List BPUN200 Emerging Issues in Public HealthPUN201 Advanced Professional StudiesPUP034 Advanced Studies & Practice in Health

PromotionHLN701 Independent Study

Occupational and Environmental HealthSciencesEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

List APUN008 Risk Management: Identification &

Assessment ProceduresPUN617 Environmental Health ManagementPUN619 Environment & HealthPUP415 Occupational HealthPUN302 Determinants of Workplace Injury &

Disease

List BPUN009 Risk TreatmentPUN200 Emerging Issues in Public HealthPUN201 Advanced Professional StudiesHLN701 Independent StudyPUP250 Occupational Hygiene

ElectivesSelected from List A or List B. Units from otherdiscipline fields may be considered after consultation.

Master of Applied Science(Research) (HL84)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1-2 years full-time, 2-4 yearspart-time (see further details below)Course Coordinator: For further information onthe Master of Applied Science (Research), contactthe Faculty of Health Office.

Entry RequirementsThe minimum academic qualifications for admissionto the program are:

possession of a Bachelor degree in Health Science,Applied Science or other approved degree fromthe Queensland University of Technology, or

possession of an equivalent qualification, or

submission of such other evidence of qualifica-tions as will satisfy the academic board that theapplicant possesses the capacity to pursue thecourse of study.

Application for AdmissionThe Master of Applied Science (Research) programis administered by the Health Faculty AcademicBoard through its Faculty Research Committee.

Applications for admission should set out fully thecandidate’s intended course of study. If a student isadmitted as a provisional candidate, they will berequired to submit a detailed research proposal atthe end of the first year of candidacy. This proposalshould include the area of study, the coursework tobe undertaken, the proposed title of the thesis to bewritten, the aim of the proposed program of researchand investigation, its background, the significanceand possible application of the research program,and the research plan.

Approval of applications is subject to receipt of astatement of support from the Head of School andDirector of Centre in which the proposed researchprogram is to be undertaken.

Course of StudyA candidate for the degree of Master of AppliedScience undertakes a program of research and

HE

ALT

H

293

investigation on a topic approved by the FacultyResearch Committee.

A candidate may be required to undertake anappropriate course of study concurrently with theresearch program. The course of study normallyincludes:

a program of assessed coursework


regular face-to-face interaction with supervisors,and

a program of supervised research and investiga-tion.

Duration of CourseThe length of the course will vary depending on theapplicant’s qualifications on admission and thecandidate’s progress during the course.

Applicants who possess a three-year undergraduatequalification or equivalent normally are enrolled asprovisional students for a period of one year (full-time) or two years (part-time). Applicants who pos-sess a four-year degree, honours year or equivalentmay be admitted with confirmed candidature.

Following confirmation of registration, candidatesmay submit their thesis for examination after a periodof at least one year (full-time) or two years (part-time). Maximum periods for submission of thesisare two years (full-time) or four years (part-time)from the date of confirmed registration.

■ Master of Health Science(HL88)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr MaryLou Fleming

MajorsAged CareEnvironmental HealthErgonomics and Human FactorsExercise and Sports ScienceHealth PromotionHealth Services ManagementOccupational Health and SafetyPhysical and Health EducationRisk ManagementSports Studies

Womens HealthCross Specialisation

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for entry applicants should hold:

(i) an appropriate three-year bachelor degree orequivalent and should normally have at leastone year of appropriate work experience, or

(ii) an appropriate three-year bachelor degree withan additional one year of honours, or

(iii) an appropriate four-year bachelor degree orequivalent, or

(iv) an appropriate graduate diploma, or

(v) other qualifications acceptable to the Dean ofFaculty which may include substantial workexperience or involvement in relevant researchactivities.

OverviewThis course develops advanced knowledge and skillsin a choice of health science disciplines. Its flexibledesign allows you a large choice of elective units toprovide:

specialisation in a professional discipline

cross-specialisation (with appropriate academicapproval)

a broad understanding of health related disciplines.

Electives may be selected from a wide range ofuniversity postgraduate units, however these mustbe approved by the course and subject areacoordinators. A number of electives are being offeredthrough distance delivery and flexible delivery,which may include study modes such as blockattendance, external study and transfer of materialvia the Internet. For more information on flexibledelivery and elective options, contact the Faculty ofHealth Office.

ArticulationAfter successfully completing the equivalent of twosemesters full-time study, students can exit theprogram with a Graduate Diploma in Health Science.A one calendar year option is available to:

students with a four-year undergraduatequalification, ora three-year undergraduate qualification providedthe program of study includes a thesis or doubleproject, which is undertaken in the summerprogram.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1Select four units from List A

294

Year 1, Semester 2Select four faculty units from List A in aspecific discipline area

OR select three units from List A in a specificdiscipline area for an area of specialisationplus one unit from List A

OR select four units from List A with noparticular specialisation

Year 2, Semester 1Select from:Four units from Lists A or B (may include HLN701)ORHLN703 or HLN704 Research Project A or B

plus two units from Lists AORHLN700 ThesisORHLN708 Project

List APUN106 Population HealthPUN601 Contemporary Health PoliciesPUN692 Health Care Delivery Systems*MAN009 Experimental Design & Statistical Analysis

for ResearchHLN405 Qualitative ResearchPUN602 Health Planning Management & EvaluationPUN608 Health EconomicsLWS006 Health, Ethics & the LawPUN610 Health Services ManagementPUP032 Intervention Design & Theories of ChangeHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsNSN517 Womens Health Issues

* Recommended for those undertaking the HealthServices Management specialisation.

List A Discipline/Major Areas of StudyAged CareNSN821 Key Issues in Aged CareNSN801 Health Assessment in Aged CareNSN822 Principles of Aged Care PracticeNSN626 Dementia & Family Care

Environmental HealthPUN106 Population HealthPUN619 Environment & HealthPUN620 Concepts of Environmental HealthPUN617 Environmental Health Management

Ergonomics and Human FactorsPUP116 ErgonomicsHMP351 Human FactorsHMP352 Occupational BiomechanicsHMP353 Ergonomics & Human Factors

Exercise and Sports NutritionPUB507 Advanced Nutrition ScienceHMB277 Exercise & Sports NutritionHLN701 Independent StudyHMP332 Ergonomics Aids & Nutritional Supplements

Health PromotionPUP032 Intervention Design & Theories of ChangePUP034 Advanced Studies & Practice in Health

PromotionPUP035 Health Promotion Strategies & EvaluationPUP036 Concepts & Settings for Health PromotionPUN614 Health Promoting Schools

Health Services ManagementPUB514 Contract ManagementPUN601 Contemporary Health PoliciesPUN602 Health Planning Management & EvaluationPUN608 Health EconomicsPUN610 Health Services ManagementPUN615 Advanced Health Services ManagementPUN616 Economic Evaluation in Health CarePUN692 Health Care Delivery Systems

Occupational Health and SafetyMEP201 Safety Technology & PracticePUN301 Occupational Health & Safety Law &

ManagementPUN302 Determinants of Workplace Injury &

DiseasePUN303 The Health Aspects of Healthy BuildingsPUP116 ErgonomicsPUP250 Occupational HygienePUP415 Occupational HealthPUP511 Occupational Health Management

Physical and Health EducationHMN201 Developing Teaching & Learning Initiatives

for the Health & Physical Education keylearning area

HMN202 Developing & Assessing Higher OrderThinking Skills in School PhysicalEducation

HMN205 Health Education Curriculum across theSchool Years

HMN203 Application of the Sciences to Teaching &Learning in Physical Education

HMN206 Designing Physical Activity Experiences forSpecial Populations

PUN620 Concepts of Environmental Health

Risk ManagementPUN001 Contemporary Risk ManagementPUN008 Risk Management – Identification &

Assessment ProceduresEFN418 An Introduction to Financial Risk

ManagementPUN009 Risk Treatment

Sports StudiesHMP380 Sport Across the LifespanHMP383 Sport Studies ProjectHMP385 Sport PracticumHMP389 Assessment in Sport

Women’s HealthNSN517 Womens Health IssuesNSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN509 Special Topic

One other unit from List A subject tosatisfying prerequisites

HE

ALT

H

295

List B General electivesElectives may be selected from any QUTpostgraduate program subject to prerequisiterequirements and approval by the faculty offeringthe unit. A list of available units can be obtainedfrom the Faculty of Health Office.

Research UnitsHLN701 Independent StudyHLN703 Project AHLN704 Project BHLN708 ProjectHLN700 Thesis (Full-time)HLN750 Thesis (Part-time)PUN104 Applied Qualitative Research MethodsPUN105 Health StatisticsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research


■ Master of Nursing (NS85)Location: Kelvin Grove campus

Course Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-time


Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48

Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy Yates

Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission to the course shall hold:

a nursing qualification acceptable for registrationby the Queensland Nursing Councilan undergraduate degree or diploma in nursing(or equivalent) at a grade point average of 5 orabove; andnormally have at least one year of appropriate post-registration clinical experience.

Alternative EntryApplicants may be admitted on the basis of relevantexperience at the discretion of the Head, School ofNursing.

ArticulationStudents who have successfully completed the NS64Graduate Diploma in Nursing from QUT may haveall eight units credited towards the Master of Nursingand will only be required to undertake a further 48credit points.

Course RequirementsThis course is offered in the specialised areas of:

Aged CareCancer Nursing

Community PracticeIntensive Care NursingMedical/Surgical NursingMental Health NursingMidwiferyPaediatric, Child and Youth Health NursingProfessional StudiesWomens Health


4 Graduate Diploma units*

Year 1, Semester 24 Graduate Diploma units*

Year 2, Semester 1Option 1: 4 electives (List A)Option 2: NSN506 Clinical Project

AND2 electives (List A)

Option 3: NSN850 Thesis

* Students complete the Graduate Diploma unitsrelevant to the major in which they wish to enrol inthe Masters program.


2 Graduate Diploma units*




Year 3, Semester 1Option 1: 2 electives (List A)Option 2: 2 electives (List A)Option 3: NSN506 Clinical ProjectOption 4: NSN825/1 Thesis

Year 3, Semester 2Option 1: 2 electives (List B)Option 2: NSN506 Clinical ProjectOption 3: 2 electives (List B)Option 4: NSN825/2 Thesis

* Students complete the Graduate Diploma unitsrelevant to the major in which they wish to enrol inthe Masters program.

List A ElectivesHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative MethodsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchNSN721 Key Issues in Acute & Critical Care

Nursing*NSN002 Key Issues in Child & Youth Health NursingNSN821 Key Issues in Aged CareNSN801 Health Assessment in Aged CareNSN501 Advanced Health Assessment

296

NSN622 Contexts of Community PracticeNSN517 Womens Health IssuesNSN508 Advanced Readings in NursingPUN610 Health Services ManagementPUN692 Heath Care Delivery SystemsPUN106 Population HealthPUP036 Concepts & Settings for Health Promotion

List B ElectivesHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative MethodsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchNSN508 Advanced Readings in NursingNSN509 Special TopicNSN723 Specialisation in Critical Care Nursing #

NSN725 Specialisation in Medical/Surgical & CancerNursing #

NSN006 Specialisation in Paediatric & Child HealthNursing #

NSN626 Dementia & Family CareNSN624 Collaborative Practice in the CommunityNSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN502 Critical Inquiry in Health CareNSN523 Clinical StudiesPUN601 Contemporary Health PoliciesPUN608 Health EconomicsPUN610 Health Services ManagementPUP035 Health Promotion Strategies & Evaluation* Students studying Key Issues in Acute and Critical

Care Nursing must be working at 0.6 FTE in aCritical Care, Medical/Surgical or Cancer CareSetting, or be required to undertake additionalclinical experiences to meet the requirements ofthe units.

# Students studying specialisation in Critical CareNursing, specialisation in Medical/Surgical andCancer Nursing or specialisation in Paediatric andChild Youth Health Nursing must be working in apractice setting relevant to the areas of study, orbe willing to undertake additional clinicalexperiences to be able to undertake this unit.

■ Master of Public Health(PU85)

QUT, Griffith University and The University ofQueensland offer a joint Master of Public Health(MPH) degree, bringing together interdisciplinaryknowledge and skills in public health across the threeuniversities. Students enrol in and graduate from theuniversity in which they undertake their specialistelective units and which supervises their dissertation.A formal application is required to other institutionsfor cross-institutional status.

Location: QUT Kelvin Grove campus; TheUniversity of Queensland (Herston campus); GriffithUniversity.

Course Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DonStewart

Entry RequirementsThe entry requirements for the Master of PublicHealth are identical for the three collaboratinginstitutions, and are as follows:

(1) A person may first enrol as a candidate for thedegree only if that person:

(i) holds a Bachelor degree from the university ora similar qualification from an approvedinstitution in the health, behavioural, social orbiological sciences with first or second classHonours, and

(a) which required study for at least four years,or

(b) which required study for at least three years,if

(A) a postgraduate diploma from theuniversity or an approved institution isalso held, or

(B) the research publications and writtenreports of that person satisfy the FacultyAcademic Board that the applicantshould be accepted as a candidate, and

(ii) has, since obtaining the qualifications required,had training or experience in a relevant fieldfor a period of at least

(a) three years, where the applicant seeks entrythrough paragraph (i) (b) (B), or

(b) two years, otherwise.

(2) The Dean of Faculty may allow a person to beadmitted as a candidate, if of the opinion:

(i) that a person has obtained a basic professionalqualification in the health, behavioural, socialor biological sciences in that person’s homecountry

(ii) that person has subsequently had at least fouryears of relevant professional experience, whichmay include a post-basic diploma or otherrelevant training, and

(iii) the qualifications and experience referred toabove warrant admission.

(3) Notwithstanding subrules (1) and (2), a personmay not be admitted without first satisfying thedean, if necessary by passing an examination,that the person has both the level of scientificunderstanding and the level of proficiency in

HE

ALT

H

297

the English language to undertake the coursesuccessfully.

(4) For the purposes of subrule (1) an approvedinstitution is one which, in the opinion of theFaculty Academic Board, maintains standardscomparable to those of the university.

Application for AdmissionStudents enrol at the university in which they expectto undertake their specialist elective units and in whichtheir dissertation will be supervised. This is know asthe ‘home’ university. Because this choice must bemade before enrolment, a person seeking entry to thedegree of Master of Public Health must, prior toapplication for admission, consult administrationthrough the Student Centre at the School of PublicHealth on telephone (07) 3864 5878.

Course of Study(1) A candidate must:

(i) pursue the course (full-time) for not less thanthree or more than six semesters, and

(ii) obtain 144 credit points (48 per semester full-time, 24 part-time) comprising:

(a) credit for all units listed in Part A of theSchedule (core units), and

(b) 48 credit points from units listed in Part Bof the Schedule (units), and

(c) 48 credit points for HLN700 Dissertation(full-time) or HLN750 Dissertation (part-time).

(2) The Dean of Health may grant credit for a coreunit if the director considers the candidate has,while enrolled in this course, passed a unit orunits at least its equivalent in content andstandard at any of the three collaboratinginstitutions.

Credit for a UnitTo obtain credit for a unit a candidate must:

(i) attend lectures, seminars, tutorials, practicalsand other classes

(ii) undertake laboratory and fieldwork

(iii) complete assignments, project reports andtheses

(iv) pass examinations, and

(v) fulfil any other requirement in the manner andto the extent prescribed by the directorconcerned.

Dissertation(1) A candidate may not submit a dissertation for

HLN700 Dissertation (full-time) or HLN750Dissertation (part-time) without approval of the

topic by the course coordinator of the programafter consultation with the supervisors.

(2) The dissertation must be examined by twoexaminers appointed by the Head of School.

(3) A candidate may, with the approval of thedirector, submit further original work, whetherpublished or not, for the consideration of theexaminers.

(4) The Head of School shall determine whethercredit will be awarded for the dissertation afterconsidering the reports of the examiners.

Power of the Faculty Board to TerminateEnrolmentThe Faculty Academic Board may, at any time,terminate a candidate’s enrolment if it is of theopinion that the candidate has supplied incompleteor inaccurate information with respect to applicationfor enrolment.

Granting of DegreeThe Master of Public Health degree may beconferred on a candidate who has fulfilled therequirements of these rules and complied with theprovisions of all statutes and other applicable rules.To graduate from this course, students are requiredto select a minimum of two electives offered by QUTand complete their dissertation at QUT.

Course StructureStudents in the program undertake a courseworkcomponent in their first two semesters (full-time) orfour semesters (part-time – two units per semester),followed by a dissertation component of onesemester (full-time) or two semesters (part-time).The coursework component comprises four coreunits and four advanced units.

PART ACore UnitsPUN105 Health StatisticsPUN692 Health Care Delivery SystemsPUN702 Social & Behavioural Determinants of

Health (GU)PUN743 Introduction to Epidemiology (UQ)

PART BElective SubjectsHealth Services Management and PolicySciencesGSN404 Financial Statement Analysis 1*GSN427 Financial Statement Analysis 2*PUN001 Contemporary Risk ManagementPUN601 Contemporary Health PoliciesPUN602 Health Planning, Management & EvaluationPUN608 Health Care EconomicsPUN610 Health Services ManagementPUN615 Advanced Health Service ManagementPUN616 Economics Evaluation in Health Care

298

Occupational and Environmental HealthSciencesEFN418 Financial Risk ManagementMEP201 Safety Technology & PracticePUP116 ErgonomicsPUP250 Occupational HygienePUP415 Occupational HealthPUN001 Contemporary Risk ManagementPUN008 Risk Management: Identification &

Assessment ProceduresPUN009 Risk TreatmentPUN301 Occupational Health & Safety Law &


DiseasePUN617 Environmental Health ManagmentPUN619 Environment & HealthPUN620 Concepts of Environmental Health

Health PromotionPUN106 Population HealthPUN614 Health Promoting SchoolsPUP032 Intervention Design & Theories of ChangePUP034 Advanced Studies & Practice in Health

PromotionPUP035 Health Promotion Strategies & EvaluationPUP036 Concepts & Settings for Health Promotion

Epidemiology and Research MethodsHLN405 Qualitative Research MethodsHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsPUN103 Advanced EpidemiologyPUN104 Applied Qualitative Research MethodsPUN850 Epidemiological Basis of public Health

Practice (UQ)PUN814 Principles of Epidemiology (UQ)

PART CHLN700 (full-time)HLN750 (part-time)

* These units are available for students undertakingthe RACMA Fellowship training degree.

DissertationThe dissertation is equivalent to an honoursdissertation in type and scope and is expected to bebetween 10 000 and 20 000 words in length.

■ Graduate Diploma in Nursing(NS64)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy Yates

Alternative EntryAs an alternative to the entry requirements listedbelow for each major, applicants may be admittedon the basis of relevant experience at the discretionof the Head, School of Nursing.

AGED CAREEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andhave gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institution.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN821 Key Issues in Aged CareNSN801 Health Assessment in Aged CareNSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues

Select one of either:HLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research


Year 1, Semester 2NSN822 Principles of Aged Care PracticeNSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management

Elective (List B)ORAny other 12 credit point postgraduate unitfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN821 Key Issues in Aged CareNSN801 Health Assessment in Aged Care

Year 1, Semester 2NSN822 Principles of Aged Care PracticeNSN523 Clinical Studies

Year 2, Semester 1NSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues



Year 2, Semester 2NSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management


HE

ALT

H

299

CANCER NURSINGEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil,have gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institution, andmust be working a minimum of 0.6 FTE in acancer care setting. (Students not currentlyworking in a cancer setting should contact thecourse coordinator to discuss options for gainingrelevant clinical experience.)

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN701 Advanced Health AssessmentNSN507 Contemporary Practice IssuesNSN721 Key Issues in Acute & Critical Care Nursing

(Cancer Nursing)



Year 1, Semester 2NSN722 Principles of Acute & Critical Care Nursing

(Cancer Nursing)NSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management

Electives (List B)ORAny other 12 credit point postgraduate unitfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN701 Advanced Health AssessmentNSN721 Key Issues in Acute & Critical Care Nursing

(Cancer Nursing)


(Cancer Nursing)NSN523 Clinical Studies






COMMUNITY PRACTICEEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must:

be registered as a nurse with the QueenslandNursing Councilhave gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institutionhave a minimum of two years relevant experience.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN622 Context of Community PracticeNSN701 Advanced Health Assessment

ORElective (List A)

NSN507 Contemporary Practice IssuesNSN623 Leadership & Management in the

Community

Year 1, Semester 2NSN625 Project Management for Community

PracticeNSN624 Collaborative Practice in the Community

Elective (List B)

plus select one of either:HLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Methods

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN622 Context of Community PracticeNSN701 Advanced Health Assessment

ORElective (List A)



Year 2, Semester 1NSN507 Contemporary Practice IssuesNSN623 Leadership & Management in the

Community

Year 2, Semester 2Elective (List B)

plus select one of either:HLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research


INTENSIVE CARE NURSINGEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil;have gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institution, and

300

must have a minimum of 3 months critical careexperience, andmust be working at least 0.6 FTE in a critical carearea. (Students not currently working in a criticalcare setting should contact the course coordinatorto discuss options for gaining relevantexperience.).



MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsYear 1, Semester 2NSN722 Principles of Acute & Critical Care NursingNSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN701 Advanced Health AssessmentNSN721 Key Issues in Acute & Critical Care NursingYear 1, Semester 2NSN722 Principles of Acute & Critical Care NursingNSN523 Clinical Studies






MEDICAL/SURGICAL NURSINGEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andhave gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institution, andmust be working at least 0.6 FTE in a medical/surgical practice setting. (Students not currently

working in a medical/surgical setting shouldcontact the course coordinator to discuss optionsfor gaining relevant experience.)


(Medical/Surgical Nursing)




(Medical/Surgical Nursing)NSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management





(Medical/Surgical Nursing)NSN523 Clinical Studies






MENTAL HEALTH NURSINGEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:


HE

ALT

H

301

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN901 Mental Health AssessmentNSN921 Key Issues in Mental Health NursingNSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues



Year 1, Semester 2NSN922 Community Perspectives in Mental Health

NursingNSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN928 Counselling in Mental Health NursingNSN929 Clinical Intervention Modalities in Mental

Health NursingPart-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN901 Mental Health AssessmentNSN921 Key Issues in Mental Health Nursing

Year 1, Semester 2NSN922 Community Perspectives in Mental Health

NursingNSN523 Clinical Studies




Year 2, Semester 2NSN928 Counselling in Mental Health NursingNSN929 Clinical Intervention Modalities in Mental

Health Nursing

PAEDIATRIC, CHILD AND YOUTHHEALTH NURSINGEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andhave gained a degree in nursing (or equivalent)from a recognised institution, andmust be working a minimum of 0.6 FTE in anacute paediatric, or community child or youthhealth setting. (Students not currently working inthis field should contact the course coordinator todiscuss options for gaining relevant experience.)

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN002 Key Issues in Child & Youth Health NursingNSN003 Principles of Paediatric, Child & Youth

Health NursingNSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues



Year 1, Semester 2NSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN004 Acute Paediatric Nursing

ORNSN005 Community Child & Youth Health NursingNSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN002 Key Issues in Child & Youth Health NursingNSN003 Principles of Paediatric, Child & Youth

Health Nursing

Year 1, Semester 2NSN523 Clinical StudiesNSN004 Acute Paediatric Nursing

ORNSN005 Community Child & Youth Health Nursing



MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative MethodsYear 2, Semester 2NSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management


PROFESSIONAL STUDIESEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:


Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues

Elective (List A)Elective (List A)



302


Plus any two of the following:NSN502 Critical Inquiry in Health Care

Elective (List B)Elective (List B)Any other 12 credit point postgraduate unitfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues

Elective (List A)Year 1, Semester 2NSN515 Clinical Leadership & ManagementNSN502 Critical Inquiry in Health Care

ORElective (List B)

Year 2, Semester 1Elective (List A)


MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative MethodsYear 2, Semester 2

Elective (List B)Elective (List B)ORAny other 12 credit point postgraduate unitfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites

WOMEN’S HEALTHEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission to the course must be:


Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN517 Women’s Health Issues

Elective (List A)NSN507 Contemporary Practice Issues


MethodsHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsYear 1, Semester 2NSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN509 Special Topic #NSN515 Clinical Leadership & Management


Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN517 Women’s Health Issues

Elective (List A)*

Year 1, Semester 2NSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN509 Special Topic#





Elective (List B)*ORAny other 12 credit point postgraduate unitfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites

* Elective List A and B are listed under the Masterof Nursing (NS85) course entry.

# Students will have the option of studying one ortwo special topics: Preventing Violence AgainstWomen; or Prevention & Early Detection of BreastCancer.

■ Graduate Diploma inMidwifery (NS68)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy Yates

Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission to the course must be:



Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN311 Key Issues in Midwifery PracticeNSN507 Contemporary Practice IssuesNSN321 Foundations of Midwifery Practice

HE

ALT

H

303



Year 1, Semester 2NSN322 Complex Issues for Childbearing FamiliesNSN323 Clinical Studies in MidwiferyNSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN509 Special Topic (Compromised Neonate)

ORElective (List B)

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN311 Key Issues in Midwifery PracticeNSN321 Foundations of Midwifery Practice




Year 2, Semester 1NSN322 Complex Issues for Childbearing FamiliesNSN516 Sexual & Reproductive Health

Year 2, Semester 2NSN323 Clinical Studies in MidwiferyNSN509 Special Topic (Compromised Neonate)

ORElective (List B)

■ Graduate Diploma in HealthPromotion (PU69)

Note: This course is not acepting new students. Newstudents will undertake HL68 or HL88.Location: Kelvin Grove campus

Course Duration: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time internal or external


Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Elizabeth Parker

Continuing students should contact the coursecoordinator for details of their enrolment programin 2001.

■ Graduate Diploma in HealthScience (HL68)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr MaryLou Fleming

Entry RequirementsSee Master of Health Science (HL88).Course RequirementsStudents complete a program totalling 96 creditpoints selected from the Master of Health Science(HL88) program.

Course StructureSemesters 1 and 2 (full-time) or Semester 1 to 4(part-time) of Master of Health Science (HL88).

This program is offered in the specialised areas of:Environmental Health, Health Services Manage-ment, Aged Care, Ergonomics & Human Factors,Exercise & Sports Nutrition, Physical & HealthEducation, Health Promotion, Sports Studies, Wom-en’s Health, Risk Management. Units may also beselected from a range of QUT postgraduate programssubject to the approval of the course coordinator andfaculty offering the units.

■ Graduate Diploma inOccupational Health AndSafety (PU65)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Terry Farr

Entry RequirementsNormal Entry

The normal entry requirement for the course is aBachelor degree or equivalent in an appropriatediscipline from a recognised tertiary institution.There is no assumption of prior knowledge inoccupational health and safety.

Special EntrySpecial entry will be considered for a person withouta degree, in view of experience and responsibility inoccupational health and safety. As the course isacademically demanding and high standards ofperformance are expected, such candidates willrequire either an extensive background in thediscipline or other suitable tertiary qualifications andappropriate experience to be offered a place.

In some instances, preliminary bridging studies maybe required.

304

Additional RequirementsAll applications for entry will be judged on theirindividual merit. Course quota and the benefit ofhaving a diverse class cohort are factors whichimpact on the final offer of places.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MEP201 Safety Technology & PracticePUN301 Occupational Health & Safety Law &


DiseasePUP415 Occupational Health

Year 1, Semester 2PUN001 Contemporary Risk ManagementPUN008 Risk Management – Identification &

Assessment ProceduresOR

PUP511 Occupational Health Management*PUP116 ErgonomicsPUP250 Occupational Hygiene

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUN301 Occupational Health & Safety Law &

ManagementMEP201 Safety Technology & Practice

Year 1, Semester 2PUN001 Contemporary Risk ManagementPUP116 Ergonomics

Year 2, Semester 1PUN302 Determinants of Workplace Injury &

DiseasePUN415 Occupational Health

Year 2, Semester 2PUN008 Risk Management – Identification &

Assessment ProceduresOR

PUP511 Occupational Health Management*PUP250 Occupational Hygiene

* This unit (PUP511) is run as a continuing educationcourse every second year. Students attend anintensive five-day session during the end of semesterbreak.

■ Graduate Diploma in PublicHealth (PU60)

Location: QUT (Kelvin Grove campus), Universityof Queensland and Griffith UniversityCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DonStewart

Entry RequirementsSee Master of Public Health (PU85).

Course RequirementsStudents complete a program totalling 96 creditpoints selected from the Master of Public Health(PU85) program.

Course StructureSemesters 1 and 2 (full-time) or Semester 1 to 4 (part-time) of Master of Public Health (PU85).

■ Graduate Certificate in HealthScience (HL38)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr MaryLou Fleming

Entry RequirementsAn appropriate Bachelor degree, or otherqualifications; orappropriate work experience acceptable to theDean of Faculty.

OverviewThis course provides a broad range of options forstudy at the Graduate Certificate level. Students canelect four (4) units from across the range of Facultyof Health units. The course also prepares you forfurther postgraduate study in health. This programarticulates into the Graduate Diploma in HealthScience (HL68) and the Master of Health Science(HL88). This course is for students who do not wantto specialise and who want to select a range of unitsto meet their needs. Selection is subject to approvalfrom the course coordinator.

Part-time Course StructureYear1, Semester 1

Select two units from List A(see HL88 Master of Health Science)

Year 1, Semester 2Select two units from List A(see HL88 Master of Health Science)

■ Graduate Certificate inHuman Movement Studies(Professional Studies) (HM30)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus, with practicumplacements at a variety of sites in the Brisbanemetropolitan area.Course Duration: 2 semesters part-time

HE

ALT

H

305

Total Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Charles WorringhamEntry Requirements

An appropriate Bachelor degree in HumanMovement Studies, or equivalent; orother qualifications or appropriate workexperience acceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

OverviewThis course enhances the professional skills andexperience of students in Human Movement Studiesand the Exercise and Sports Sciences throughsupervised practical experience. The course givesstudents a route through which to meet professionalaccreditation requirements for professionals inexercise and sports science, through eligibility formembership of the Australian Association forExercise and Sport Science (AAESS). Eligibility formembership requires graduates to have undertakena substantial practicum placement experience inappropriate professional sites under academicsupervision, which is provided through twopracticum placement units.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HMB470 Practicum 1HMB475/1 Practicum 2

Year 1, Semester 2HMB475/2/3 Practicum 2

■ Graduate Certificate inExercise and Sports Nutrition(HM33)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Charles WorringhamEntry RequirementsAn appropriate Bachelor degree in Nutrition andDietetics, Human Movement Studies, or equivalent;or other qualifications or appropriate workexperience acceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

OverviewThis course is intended primarily for registereddieticians with a special interest in meeting the needsof clients involved in sport or other physicallydemanding activities. The course provides studentswith an understanding of topics such as energyrequirements of various activities, the nutritionalimplications of various types of training and

competition, and the scientific basis of supplementsthat enhance physical performance or for which suchclaims have been made. Students also have theopportunity to pursue a specialised topic throughindependent study.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB507 Advanced Nutrition ScienceHMB277 Exercise & Sport Nutrition

Year 1, Semester 2HLN701 Independent StudyHMP332 Ergogenic Aids & Nutritional Supplements

■ Graduate Certificate inErgonomics and HumanFactors (HM35)*

* Subject to final approval for offering from firstsemester 2001.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Charles Worringham

Entry RequirementsAn appropriate Bachelor degree in HumanMovement Studies, Occupational Health and Safety,Psychology, or Rehabilitation (Physical orOccupational Therapy), Engineering, or equivalent;or other qualifications or appropriate workexperience acceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

OverviewThis course focuses on the interaction betweenhumans and the systems, environments, tools,products and practices encountered in the workplace.By providing students with knowledge and skills inthe related areas of ergonomics, human factors, andoccupational biomechanics, the course will betterequip students to enhance work safety andeffectiveness. A range of topics, covering issues frommanual handling and injury to equipment design willbe covered. The course includes a project, in whichstudents address a real ergonomic problem undersupervision.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUP116 ErgonomicsHMP351 Human Factors

Year 1, Semester 2HMP352 Occupational BiomechanicsHMP353 Ergonomics & Human Factors Project

306

■ Graduate Certificate in SportsStudies (HM38)*


Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Charles WorringhamEntry Requirements

An appropriate Bachelor degree in HumanMovement Studies, or equivalent; orother qualifications or appropriate workexperience acceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

OverviewThis course is intended to provide professionals andpractitioners in sport, whether coaches,administrators or participants, with an overview ofcontemporary issues in sport. The course will includeperformance assessment methods and application ofsport science to coaching and sport administration.Topics relevant to a sport at different points acrossthe lifespan, ranging from talent identification inchildren to issues in master’s and paralympic sportwill be covered, as will a set of key practicalassessment procedures used in exercise science.Students will also have the opportunity to emphasisetheir interest in a particular sport by a practicumplacement and a project.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HMP380 Sport Across the LifespanHMP385 Sport Practicum

Year 1, Semester 2HMP383 Sport ProjectHMP389 Assessment in Sport

■ Graduate Certificate inIntensive Care Nursing (NS30)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy YatesEntry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, and

should hold an undergraduate degree in nursing(or equivalent) from a recognised institution.

Additionally applicants must have a:

minimum of 3 months recent critical careexperience, andmust be working a minimum of 0.6 FTE in acritical care area.


Course RequirementsAll units successfully completed may be creditedtowards the NS64 Graduate Diploma in Nursing orNS85 Master of Nursing.

The Graduate Certificate in Intensive Care Nursingcan be undertaken by internal or external mode.


Year 1, Semester 2NSN722 Principles of Acute & Critical Care NursingNSN723 Specialisation in Critical Care Nursing

ORNSN725 Specialisation in Medical/Surgical & Cancer

Nursing

■ Graduate Certificate inCancer Nursing (NS31)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy Yates

Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission must be:

registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andshould hold an undergraduate degree in nursing(or equivalent).



HE

ALT

H

307

The Graduate Certificate in Cancer Nursing can beundertaken by internal or external mode.


(Cancer Nursing)

Year 1, Semester 2NSN722 Principles of acute & Critical Care Nursing

(Cancer Nursing)NSN723 Specialisation in Critical Care Nursing


Nursing

■ Graduate Certificate inMedical/Surgical Nursing(NS33)



registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andshould hold an undergraduate degree in nursing(or equivalent) from a recognised institution.



The Graduate Certificate in Medical/Surgical Nursingcan be undertaken by internal or external mode.




(Medical/Surgical Nursing)NSN723 Specialisation in Critical Care Nursing


Nursing

■ Graduate Certificate inCommunity Practice (NS34)*

* Subject to final approval for offering from firstsemester 2001.Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Ms Patsy Yates

Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission shall hold:

an undergraduate degree in the health professions(or equivalent), andhave a minimum of two years recent experiencein community health practice.


Course RequirementsAll units successfully completed may be creditedtowards the NS64 Graduate Diploma in Nursing orNS85 Master of Nursing.The Graduate Certificate in Community Practice canbe undertaken by internal or external mode.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN622 Contexts of Community PracticeNSN701 Advanced Health Assessment

ORElective (List A)



Electives List AHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchNSN721 Key Issues in Acute & Critical Care

Nursing*

NSN002 Key Issues in Child & Youth Health NursingNSN821 Key Issues in Aged CareNSN701 Advanced Health AssessmentNSN622 Contexts of Community PracticeNSN517 Womens Health IssuesNSN508 Advanced Readings in Nursing* Students studying Key Issues in Acute and Critical

Care Nursing must be working at 0.6 FTE in aCritical Care, Medical/Surgical or Cancer CareSetting, or be required to undertake additionalclinical experiences to meet the requirements ofthe unit.

308

■ Graduate Certificate inPaediatric, Child and YouthHealth Nursing (NS35)*




registered as a nurse with the Queensland NursingCouncil, andshould hold an undergraduate degree in nursing(or equivalent) from a recognised institution.



The Graduate Certificate in Paediatric, Child andYouth Health Nursing can be undertaken by internalor external mode.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN002 Key Issues in Child & Youth Health NursingNSN003 Principles of Paediatric, Child & Youth

Health Nursing

Year 1, Semester 2NSN006 Specialisation in Paediatric, Child & Youth

Health NursingNSN004 Acute Paediatric Nursing

ORNSN005 Community Child & Youth Health Nursing

■ Graduate Certificate inWomen’s Health (NS36)


Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission shall hold:

an undergraduate degree in the health professions(or equivalent) from a recognised institution.


Course RequirementsAll units successfully completed may be creditedtowards the NS64 Graduate Diploma in Nursing orNS85 Master of Nursing, or the Graduate Diplomain Health Science or Master of Health Science.

The Graduate Certificate in Womens Health can beundertaken by internal or external mode.

This course can also be commenced in secondsemester.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN517 Women’s Health Issues

Elective (List A)*

Year 1, Semester 2NSN509 Special Topic#NSN516 Sexual & Reproductive Health* Refer to Electives List A under the Graduate

Certificate in Community Practice (NS34) courseentry.

# Students will have the option of studying one oftwo special topics: Preventing Violence AgainstWomen, and Prevention and Early Detection ofBreast Cancer.

■ Graduate Certificate in AgedCare (NS39)


Entry RequirementsNormal EntryApplicants for admission shall hold an undergraduatedegree in the health professions (or equivalent).


HE

ALT

H

309

Course RequirementsAll units successfully completed may be creditedtowards the NS64 Graduate Diploma in Nursing orNS85 Master of Nursing, or the Graduate Diplomain Health Science, or Master of Health Science.

The Graduate Certificate in Aged Care can beundertaken by internal or external mode.

This course can also be commenced in secondsemester.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSN801 Health Assessment in Aged CareNSN821 Key Issues in Aged Care

Year 1, Semester 2NSN822 Principles of Aged Care Practice

Elective (List B)

Electives List BHLN705 Introduction to Quantitative Research

MethodsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchNSN508 Advanced Readings in NursingNSN509 Special TopicNSN723 Specialisation in Critical Care Nursing #

NSN725 Specialisation in Medical/Surgical & CancerNursing #

NSN006 Specialisation in Paediatric & Child HealthNursing #

NSN626 Dementia & Family CareNSN624 Collaborative Practice in the CommunityNSN516 Sexual & Reproductive HealthNSN502 Critical Inquiry in Health Care

# Students studying Specialisation in Critical CareNursing, Specialisation in Medical/Surgical andCancer Nursing or Specialisation in Paediatric andChild Health Nursing must be working in apractice setting relevant to the areas of study, orbe willing to undertake additional clinicalexperiences to be able to undertake this unit.

■ Graduate Certificate inEnvironmental Health (PU32)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: To be advisedEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission applicants should holdan appropriate bachelor degree or other qualifica-tions/appropriate work experience acceptable to theDean of Faculty.

Course NotesThis program articulates into the Graduate Diplomain Health Science (HL68) and the Master of HealthScience (HL88). Students are required to completefour units, three of which are in environmental healthand a population health unit.

Part-time Course StructureEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

Year 1, Semester 1PUN106 Population HealthPUN620 Concepts of Environmental Health

Year 1, Semester 2PUN617 Environmental Health ManagementPUN619 Environment & Health

■ Graduate Certificate in HealthServices Management (PU38)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: To be advisedEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission applicants should holdan appropriate bachelor degree or otherqualifications/appropriate work experienceacceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

Course NotesThis program articulates into the Graduate Diplomain Health Science (HL68) and the Master of HealthScience (HL88). Students are required to follow aprescribed enrolment program to complete this areaof specialisation, although there are options forspecialist units within this program.

Course StructureEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints:

Year 1, Semester 1PUN692 Health Care Delivery SystemsPUB514 Contract Management

ORPUN602 Health Planning Management & Evaluation

Year 1, Semester 2PUN610 Health Services ManagementPUN608 Health Economics

ORPUN601 Contemporary Health Policies

ORPUN615 Advanced Health Services Management

ORPUN616 Economic Evaluation in Health Care

310

■ Graduate Certificate in HealthPromotion (PU39)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Course Coordinator: To be advisedEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission applicants should holdan appropriate bachelor degree or otherqualifications/appropriate work experienceacceptable to the Dean of Faculty.

Course NotesThis program articulates into the Graduate Diplomain Health Science (HL68) and the Master of HealthScience (HL88). Students are required to follow aprescribed enrolment program to complete this areaof specialisation.

Course StructureEach of the following units are worth 12 creditpoints.

Year 1, Semester 1PUP032 Intervention Design & Theories of ChangePUP036 Concepts & Settings for Health Promotion

Year 1, Semester 2PUP034 Advanced Studies & Practice in Health

PromotionPUP035 Health Promotion Strategies & Evaluation

ORPUB614 Health Promoting Schools

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Honours) (HL52)

■ Bachelor of Nursing(Honours) (HL50)

■ Bachelor of Health Science(Honours) (HL55)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr MaryLou FlemingEntry Requirements

Normal EntryTo be eligible for entry, students should havecompleted the University’s Bachelor of AppliedScience/Bachelor of Health Science in a relevantarea, or equivalent.

Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) students shouldhave completed the University’s Bachelor of Nursing(NS40, NS48) or equivalent.

Students should have attained a grade point average(GPA) of at least 5.0 over the pass degree.

Application should be made at the end of the finalyear of the pass degree or within 18 months ofcompleting that degree.

Special EntryApplicants who do not satisfy the normal entry re-quirements but who have demonstrated outstandingperformance in only the final year of a degree, orwhose application is based on other factors includ-ing work experience or involvement in research, maybe admitted at the discretion of the Dean of Faculty.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HLP101 Advanced Discipline ReadingsHLP103/1 Dissertation

Elective Unit

Select one of the following units:HLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsYear 1, Semester 2HLP102 Research SeminarsHLP103/2/3/4

Dissertation


Elective unit

Select one of the following units:HLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research MethodsYear 1, Semester 2HLP101 Advanced Discipline ReadingsHLP103/1 DissertationYear 2, Semester 1HLP103/2/3 DissertationYear 2, Semester 2HLP102 Research SeminarsHLP103/4 Dissertation

Note: Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (HL50) studentsare required to complete HLN706 and HLN405 andtherefore should not select an elective unit.

Elective UnitsStudents undertake a 12 credit point elective. Thismay be selected from any honours or postgraduateprogram offered by the University, subject toprerequisite requirements and with the approval ofthe student’s mentor/supervisor and the coursecoordinator. Normally the elective unit is chosen fromwithin the student’s discipline area or from an areawhich complements or is germane to the student’sstudy program. Students may also select one ofHLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research Methods,HLN405 Qualitative Research or MAN009Experimental Design & Statistical Analysis.

HE

ALT

H

311

DissertationThe Dissertation is one unit valued at 48 creditpoints. It is commenced during semester 1 (full-timemode) or semester 2 (part-time mode) and completedover the course of the program. Preparation andpresentation of the Dissertation are completed underthe guidance of a supervisor.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Environmental Health)(PU42)

Note: This course is not accepting new students. Newstudents will undertake PU40.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Subject Area Coordinator: Mr Tim Strickland

Note: Continuing students should contact the subjectarea coordinator for details of their enrolmentprogram in 2001.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Human Movement Studies)(HM42)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Graham Costin

Special Course RequirementsStudents must complete units totalling 384 creditpoints including foundation units, two minors,elective units, and practicum experiences.

One minor (48 credit points) must consist of four unitsfrom level three Human Movement electives. Thesecond minor (48 credit points) undertaken from anyapproved discipline within QUT will consist of at least24 credit points from level two and three units.

As a professional degree, the program has a numberof compulsory practicum experiences throughoutthe first two years in preparation for the third yearpracticum and substantive practicum period inYear 4.

A minor (48 credit points) in any approved disciplinearea within the university must be completed by theend of the third year of the course. A minor willnormally consist of 1st, 2nd and 3rd year units.

Students may choose to complete the minor studyand elective units from School of Human MovementStudies’ offerings. This sequence of units will beorganised to provide emphases in areas of HumanMovement Studies such as health and fitnessleadership, exercise rehabilitation and exercise andsports nutrition.

The degree may be awarded with Honours, FirstClass Honours, Second Class Honours, Division Aand Second Class Honours, Division B. Candidatesfor the degree with Honours must fulfil therequirements for the pass degree and achieve such astandard of proficiency in all the units of the courseas may from time to time be determined by theHealth Academic Board and approved by theUniversity Academic Board.

Full-time Course Structure (from 1998onwards)Year 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessHMB313 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Physical

ActivityLSB131 AnatomyPYB012 Psychology

Year 1, Semester 2LSB231 PhysiologyHMB272 BiomechanicsHMB275 Exercise & Sport PsychologyHMB172 Nutrition & Physical Activity

Year 2, Semester 1HMB271 Foundations of Motor Control, Learning &

DevelopmentHMB273 Bioenergetics & Muscle Physiology in

ExerciseHMB274 Functional Anatomy

Elective or minor study

Year 2, Semester 2HMB276 Research in Human MovementPUB233 Information Education & Communication

for HealthHMB382 Principles of Exercise Prescription


Year 3, Semester 1HMB379 Disorders of Human Movement

Minor Study or electiveHMB470 Practicum 1 or major study


Year 3, Semester 2HMB470 Practicum 1 or major study

Elective or minor studyElective or minor studyElective or minor study

Year 4, Semester 1HMB471 Project 1

Elective or minor studyElective or minor studyElective or minor study

312

Year 4, Semester 2HMB472 Project 2HMB475 Practicum 2

Further advice regarding elective choices can begained from academic advisers.

Note: This course has undergone restructuring.Students who commenced prior to 1998 will berequired to seek academic advice to plan theirprogression through the course.

Mid-Year entry students are strongly advised to seekacademic advice.

Third Level UnitsAll third level units are not available in everysemester. Students should consult school noticeboards for availability.HMB277 Exercise & Sport NutritionHMB361 Functional Anatomy 2HMB362 Biomechanics 2HMB363 Independent StudyHMB364 Seminars in Human MovementHMB371 Motor Control & Learning 2HMB374 Psychology of RehabilitationHMB375 Adapted Physical ActivityHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB377 Children in SportHMB381 Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physiology in

ExerciseHMB383 Workplace HealthHMB384 Injury Prevention & RehabilitationHMB480 Advanced Exercise Prescription

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Occupational Health andSafety) (PU44)


Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Subject Area Coordinator: Associate ProfessorMike Capra


■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Optometry) (OP42)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PeterSwann

Professional RecognitionIn each State and Territory of Australia, the practiceof optometry is regulated by Boards of OptometricalRegistration which are statutory bodies set up underStates’ legislation. Under these Acts, the practice ofoptometry is restricted to persons whose namesappear on the Register. On completion of the degreecourse at QUT, the graduate will have satisfied therequirements of the Optometrists’ Board ofQueensland, and may apply for registration topractise as an optometrist in Queensland and allStates and Territories of Australia.

Special Course RequirementsThe degree may be awarded with Honours, First ClassHonours, Second Class Honours Division A andSecond Class Honours Division B. Candidates for thedegree with Honours must fulfil the requirements forthe pass degree and achieve such standard ofproficiency in all the units of the course as may fromtime to time be determined by the Health AcademicBoard and approved by University Academic Board.

Ophthalmic instruments are required by students forthe clinical program from the beginning of thesecond and fourth years of the course. Academic staffprovide advice regarding the purchase of theseinstruments. Costs are estimated to be $4000.Students are also required to undertake first aidcertification before entering the clinical program.

Full-time Course StructureCommencing Students 2001Year 1, Semester 1LSB118 Life ScienceLSB152 AnatomyMAB140 Quantitative Methods for Optometry &

Health SciencePCB141 Chemistry for Clinical Health Professionals

Year 1, Semester 2LSB275 Biomolecular ScienceLSB250 Human PhysiologyOPB250 Optometry 2PHB240 Optics 2

Year 2, Semester 1OPB350 Optometry 3OPB351 Visual Science 3OPB352 Ocular Anatomy & Physiology 3PCB340 Optics 3

Year 2, Semester 2OPB450 Optometry 4OPB451 Visual Science 4OPB452 Ocular Anatomy & Physiology 4LSB492 Microbiology

HE

ALT

H

313

Year 3, Semester 1OPB550 Diseases of the Eye 5OPB551 Optometry 5OPB552 Advanced Optometry 5OPB553 Clinical Practice 5

Year 3, Semester 2OPB650 Diseases of the Eye 6OPB651 Contact Lens StudiesOPB652 PharmacologyOPB653 Clinical Practice 6

Continuing students who enrolled priorto 1999Year 4, Semester 1MAB258 Experimental DesignOPB705 Clinical Optometry 7OPB709 Optometry 7OPB717 Contact Lens Studies 7OPB750/1 Project

Year 4, Semester 2OPB750/2 ProjectOPB803 Occupational/Public Health OptometryOPB805 Clinical Optometry 8OPB807 Practice Management

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Podiatry) (PU45)

Note: This course is not accepting new students. Newstudents will undertake PU43.Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Subject Area Coordinator: Mr Alan Crawford


■ Bachelor of Business (PU47/PU48)

With majors in: Health Information Management andHealth Administration.


Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time (Health Infor-mation Management major), 3 years full-time or 6years part-time (Health Administration major)Total Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48

Subject Area Coordinator:Health Information Management: Ms JenniferNicolHealth Administration: Ms Desley Vine


■ Bachelor of Health Science(PU40)

With majors in: Environmental Health, HealthServices Management, Health InformationManagement, Occupational Health and Safety andPublic Health. Initial enrolment would be in thespecific major.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time.Total credit points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Sandra Capra

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTHSubject Area Coordinator: Mr Tim Strickland

Course RequirementsArrangements to complete the course through a‘sandwich’ program can be discussed with thesubject area coordinator. This method of attendanceis relevant to students living outside the Brisbaneregion and those who are employed as traineeEnvironmental Health Officers. Trainee Environ-mental Health Officers are permitted a maximum ofsix years to complete. Field trips as detailed in theunit synopses have an attendance requirement andwill be assessed.

Professional RecognitionStudents who complete the Environmental Healthmajor will be eligible for membership of theAustralian Institute of Environmental Health (AIEH)and the Environment Institute of Australia. Graduateswill be accredited as an environmental health officerwithin Australia and overseas by joining the AIEH.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health & SafetyLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB101 Physical Science*

ORPCB150 Physics 1H**

Year 1, Semester 2PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

314

PCB263 Physics 2EPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 2, Semester 1CNB171 Construction 1LSB118 Introduction to Life Science

Minor electiveMinor elective

Year 2, Semester 2LSB415 MicrobiologyPUB200 Environmental ProtectionPUB403 Environmental Health Management A

Minor elective

Year 3, Semester 1PUB510 Environmental Health Management BPUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB517 Food Hygiene Studies

Minor elective

Year 3, Semester 2PUB316 Research MethodsPUB604 Environmental Health Management CPUB630 Environmental Health Practice

Minor elective* To be taken if students has not successfully

completed senior level Chemistry (or equivalent)** To be taken if student has successfully completed

senior level Chemistry (or equivalent)

Minor Stream Electives (studentsundertake 2 of the following streams)Environmental ProtectionNRB300 Environmental Monitoring TechniquesPUB200 Environmental ProtectionPUB307 Environmental PollutionPUB515 Environmental & Occupational ToxicologyFood SafetyLSB415 MicrobiologyPUB474 Food StudiesPUB506 Food Services ManagementPUB517 Food Hygiene StudiesHealth PromotionPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionPUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB632 Independent Study

FAMILY AND CONSUMER STUDIESNote: This course is not accepting new students.Continuing students should contact the subject areacoordinator for details of their enrolment program.

Subject Area Coordinator: Dr Margaret Wingett

HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENTSubject Area Coordinator: Ms Desley Vine

Professional Recognition: Students who completethe Health Administration/Health Services Manage-ment major will be eligible for membership of theAustralian College of Health Service Executives.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

ManagementBSB112 Electronic CommercePUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for Health

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB225 Introduction to DatabasesLWS001 Medicine & the LawPUB251 Contemporary Public Health


Elective List A or CElective List A or C

Year 2, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration Finance

Year 3, Semester 1PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program Management

Elective List A or C

Year 3, Semester 2PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health Services

Elective List B or D

Elective Units for Health ServicesManagement majorElective units may be chosen from any degree coursesubject to prerequisite requirements, credit points,availability of the unit and approval of the Head ofSchool. Suggested electives include:

List A (Semester 1)HMB171 Fitness Health & WellnessHMB273 Bioenergetics & Muscle PhysiologyLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPUB105 Introduction to Family StudiesPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyPUB349 Family & Households

List B (Semester 2)HMB171 Fitness Health & WellnessLSB415 MicrobiologyPUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB203 Primary Health CarePUB225 Living Spaces for PeoplePUB321 Textiles StudiesPUB336 Women’s HealthPYB067 Human SexualityPYB086 Interpersonal & Group ProcessesPYB203 Developmental Psychology

HE

ALT

H

315

List C (Semester 1)HUB759 Values & Social ChoicePUB341 Nutrition EducationPYB054 Psychology & Gender

List D (Semester 2)HUB753 Ethical Decision MakingJSB082 Legal Rights & ResponsibilitiesLEB443 Human Sexuality & LearningPUB316 Research MethodsPUB477 Consumer Rights & AdvocacyPUB611 Risk ManagementPUB875 Professional Practice

HEALTH INFORMATIONMANAGEMENTSubject Area Coordinator: Ms Jenny NicolProfessional Recognition: Students who completethe Health Information Management major will beeligible for membership of the Health InformationManagement Association of Australia, the ClinicalCoder’s Society of Australia, and the AustralianCollege of Health Services Executives.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

ManagementBSB112 Electronic CommercePUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for Health

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB225 Introduction to DatabasesLWS001 Medicine & the LawPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 2, Semester 1LSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyLSB361 Fundamentals of MedicinePUB220 Medical TerminologyPUB298 Health Information Management 2

Year 2, Semester 2MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB356 Clinical Classification 1PUB480 Health Administration Finance

Year 3, Semester 1PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB456 Clinical Classification 2PUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB599 Health Information Management 3

Year 3, Semester 2PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB553 Professional PracticePUB619 Health Information Management 4PUB659 Management of Health Services

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ANDSAFETYSubject Area Coordinator: To be advised

Professional Recognition: Students who completethe Occupational Health and Safety major will beeligible for membership of the Safety Institute ofAustralia, the Ergonomics Society of Australia andthe Australian Institute of Occupational Hygienists.Eligibility for membership of one or more of theseorganisations is often a requirement for employmentin the industry.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB101 Physical Science*

ORPCB150 Physics 1H**

Year 1, Semester 2PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2PCB263 Physics 2EPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 2, Semester 1MEB036 Safety Technology 1PCB414 Industrial & Environmental Analytical

ChemistryPUB352 Occupational HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & Statistics

Year 2, Semester 2LSB415 MicrobiologyPCB404 Scientific Principles of SafetyPUB484 Introduction to ErgonomicsPUB485 Introduction to Occupational Hygiene

Year 3, Semester 1PUB515 Environmental & Occupational ToxicologyPUB516 Occupational Health & Safety Practice 1PUB584 Advanced ErgonomicsPUB585 Advanced Occupational Hygiene

Year 3, Semester 2PUB316 Research MethodsPUB611 Risk ManagementPUB615 Occupational Health & Safety ManagementPUB616 Occupational Health & Safety Practice 2* To be taken if students has not successfully

completed senior level Chemistry (or equivalent)** To be taken if student has successfully completed

senior level Chemistry (or equivalent)

Cooperative Education ProgramA registered student who has completed the first andsecond years of the standard full-time course,normally with a GPA of not less than 4.5 overall,may, at the discretion of the subject area coordinator,

316

undertake the Cooperative Education option. Thisinvolves 10-12 months of paid full-time employmentin an approved industrial/commercial setting duringwhich time the student is enrolled in PUB695Industrial Training Experience. On completion ofthe approved cooperative education placement thestudent resumes formal third year studies but is notrequired to complete the units PUB516 OccupationalHealth & Safety Practice 1 and PUB613Occupational Health & Safety Practice 2. Approvalof enrolment in the cooperative education programis dependent on the availability of places and onindividual student performance in the first two yearsof the course.

PUBLIC HEALTHSubject Area Coordinator: Ms Sue Wilson

Professional Recognition: Students who completethe Public Health major will be eligible formembership of the Public Health Association ofAustralia and the Australian Association of HealthPromotion Professionals.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB105 Introduction to Family StudiesPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPYB012 Psychology

Year 1, Semester 2PUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB203 Primary Health CarePUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for Health

Year 2, Semester 1PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB341 Nutrition Education

ORPUB349 Family & Households


Year 2, Semester 2PUB316 Research MethodsPUB477 Consumer Rights & Advocacy


Year 3, Semester 1PUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program Management


Year 3, Semester 2PUB875 Professional Practice

Minor electiveMinor electiveMinor elective

MINOR ELECTIVE UNITS FOR THE PUBLICHEALTH MAJORElective units may be chosen from any degree coursesubject to prerequisite requirements credit points,availability of the unit and approval of the Head ofSchool. Suggested electives include:

Minor ElectivesCommunity NutritionChoose 4 of the following:PUB341 Nutrition EducationPUB474 Food StudiesPUB509 Public Health Nutrition 2PUB632 Independent Study

Consumer StudiesPUB477 Consumer Rights & AdvocacyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPUB501 Applied Counselling for HealthPUB678 Consumer Perspectives on Health

Environmental HealthPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthLSB415 MicrobiologyPUB200 Environmental ProtectionPUB517 Food Hygiene Studies

Family StudiesPUB349 Family & HouseholdsPYB086 Interpersonal & Group ProcessesPUB551 Promoting Health in FamiliesPUB601 Family Life & Social Change

Health EducationPUB329 Foundations of Health EducationPUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionLEB333 Adult Development & LearningPYB086 Interpersonal & Group Processes

Health PromotionPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionPUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program Management

Home EconomicsPUB313 Design

ORPUB335 HospitalityPUB321 Textiles StudiesPUB225 Living Spaces for PeoplePUB349 Family & Households

ORPUB361 Textiles 2

ORPUB474 Food Studies

Indigenous HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionPUB557 Health Needs of Indigenous Australians &

Other PopsHUB700 Indigenous Cultural Studies

Occupational Health and SafetyChoose 4 of the following:PUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health & Safety

HE

ALT

H

317

PUB352 Occupational HealthPUB515 Environmental Occupational ToxicologyPUB611 Risk ManagementPUB632 Independent Study

Women’s HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB336 Women’s HealthPUB632 Independent StudyPYB054 Psychology & Gender

■ Bachelor of Health Science(PU43)

With majors in: Nutrition and Dietetics, and Podiatry.Initial enrolment would be in the specific major.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Sandra Capra

NUTRITION AND DIETETICSSubject Area Coordinator: Ms Delma Stormont

Professional Recognition: Students who completethe Nutrition and Dietetics major will be eligible formembership of the Dietitians Association ofAustralia.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PCB142 Chemistry 1LSB131 AnatomyPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPUB474 Food Studies

Year 1, Semester 2PCB242 Chemistry 2PUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPYB012 Psychology

Year 2, Semester 1LSB308 BiochemistryLSB358 Physiology 1PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB341 Nutrition Education

ORPYB208 Counselling Theory & Practice

Year 2, Semester 2LSB408 MetabolismLSB458 Physiology 2PUB405 Nutrition ScienceLSB658* Clinical Physiology

ORElective**

Year 3, Semester 1PUB506 Foodservice ManagementPUB509 Public Health Nutrition 2

PUB541 Medical Nutrition Therapy 1HMB273* Bioenergetics & Muscle Physiology in

ExerciseORElective**

Year 3, Semester 2PUB501 Applied Counselling for Health

ProfessionalsPUB628 Advanced Food StudiesPUB641 Medical Nutrition Therapy 2PUB875 Professional Practice

Year 4, Semester 1PUB722 Practice in Clinical Dietetics 2PUB824 Practice in Foodservice

Minor ***Minor ***

Year 4, Semester 2PUB606 Dietetic ManagementPUB823 Practice in Community Nutrition

Minor***Minor***

* Credentialling requirements are for 4 semestersof study in anatomy/physiology. Students mustchose either HMB273 or LSB658 as their fourthunit.

** Students choose either 1 elective cohesive withthe chosen minor OR may make a free choiceof a relevant unit.

*** Student choose 48 credit points from a list ofspecified units which constitute a minor.

Elective Units for the Nutrition andDietetics MinorElective units may be chosen from any degree coursesubject to prerequisite requirements credit pointsavailability of the unit and approval of the Head ofSchool. The units shown below are approved electiveunits for students in the Nutrition and Dieteticsmajor:

Clinical ScienceLSB658 Clinical Physiology

AND

36 credit points selected from the following:LSB365 PathologyLSB438 ImmunologyLSB415 MicrobiologyLSB508 Advanced MetabolismPUB507 Advanced Nutrition SciencePUB632 Independent Study

Dietetic Management48 credit points selected from the following:LWS001 Medicine & the LawPUB352 Occupational HealthPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB480 Health Administration FinancePUB511 Health Policy, Planning & Evaluation

318

ExerciseHMB273* Bioenergetics & Muscle Physiology in

ExerciseAND

36 credit points selected from the following:HMB277 Exercise & Sport NutritionHMB363 Independent StudyHMB381 Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physiology in

ExerciseHMB382 Principles of Exercise Prescription

Food SafetyLSB415 MicrobiologyPUB474 Food StudiesPUB506 Food Services ManagementPUB517 Food Hygiene Studies

Health PromotionPUB341 Nutrition Education

AND36 credit points selected from the following:PUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionPUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB336 Women’s HealthPUB477 Consumer Rights & AdvocacyPUB557 Health Needs of Indigenous Australians &

Other Populations

Private PracticeLWS001 Medicine & the LawBSB110 AccountingBSB112 Electronic CommercePUB826 Project & Professional Management

Public Health (Major)PUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPUB406 Introduction to Health PromotionPUB336 Women’s HealthPUB341 Nutrition EducationPUB509 Public Health Nutrition 2PUB557 Health Needs of Indigenous Australians &

Other PopulationsPUB625 Case Studies in Public Health Nutrition

ResearchPUB316 Research MethodsHLN405 Qualitative ResearchHLN706 Advanced Qualitative ResearchPUB632 Independent Study

PODIATRYSubject Area Coordinator: Mr Alan Crawford

Professional Recognition: Students who completethe Podiatry major will be eligible for membershipof the Australian Podiatry Association, TheQueensland Podiatry Association and the AustralianSports Medicine Federation.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PCB142 Chemistry 1LSB131 AnatomyPCB150 Physics 1HPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 1, Semester 2HMB272 BiomechanicsLSB235 Advanced AnatomyLSB275 BiochemistryPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for Health

Year 2, Semester 1HMB274 Functional AnatomyLSB451 Human PhysiologyPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB324 Podiatric Medicine 1 (includes clinic work)

Year 2, Semester 2LSB475 Disease Processes 4LSB492 MicrobiologyPUB316 Research MethodsPUB424 Podiatric Medicine 2 (includes clinic work)

Year 3, Semester 1PUB522 Podiatric AnesthesiologyPUB523 MedicinePUB524 Podiatric Medicine 3 (includes clinic work)PUB525 Pharmacology

Year 3, Semester 2PCB313 Radiographic Image InterpretationPUB623 DermatologyPUB624 Podiatric Medicine 4 (includes clinic work)PUB635 Podiatric Surgery

Year 4, Semester 1PUB726 OrthopaedicsPUB727 Physical MedicinePUB728 Clinical Medicine 1PUB729 Professional Internship 1

Year 4, Semester 2PUB826 Project & Professional ManagementPUB827 Sports MedicinePUB828 Clinical Medicine 2PUB829 Professional Internship 2

■ Bachelor of Health Science(Nutrition and Dietetics)/Bachelor of Applied Science(Human Movement Studies)(HL42)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: Ofthe 10 semesters, 6 are of 48 credit points, and 4 are60 credit pointsCourse Coordinator: Dr Graham CostinStrand Coordinators:Nutrition and Dietetics: Ms Delma StormontHuman Movement Studies: Dr Graham CostinCourse Majors: Nutrition and Dietetics and HumanMovement Studies

HE

ALT

H

319

Professional RecognitionOn graduation, students are eligible for membershipin appropriate professional bodies. Students whocomplete the Nutrition and Dietetics major will beeligible for membership of the Dietitians Associationof Australia. Students who complete the HumanMovement Studies major will be eligible formembership of the Australian Association ofExercise and Sports Science.

Special Course RequirementsThe degree may be awarded with Honours: First ClassHonours; Second Class Honours Division A; andSecond Class Honours, Division B. Candidates forthe degree with Honours must fulfil the requirementsfor the pass degree and achieve such a standard ofproficiency in all the units of the course as may fromtime to time be determined by the Health AcademicBoard and approved by the University AcademicBoard.

Full-time Course Structure (from 1998onwards)Year 1, Semester 1LSB131 AnatomyPCB142 Chemistry 1PUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPUB474 Food Studies

Year 1, Semester 2HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessHMB276 Research in Human MovementPCB242 Chemistry 2PUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB233 Communication, Information & Education for

Health

Year 2, Semester 1HMB271 Foundations of Motor Control Learning &

DevelopmentHMB274 Functional AnatomyHMB313 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Physical

ActivityLSB308 Biochemistry 1LSB358 Physiology 1

Year 2, Semester 2HMB272 BiomechanicsLSB408 Biochemistry 2LSB458 Physiology 2PUB405 Nutrition SciencePYB013 Psychology

Year 3, Semester 1HMB273 Bioenergetics & Muscle Physiology in

ExerciseHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB506 Foodservice ManagementPUB541 Medical Nutrition Therapy 1

Year 3, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB382 Principles of Exercise Prescription

PUB628 Advanced Food StudiesPUB641 Medical Nutrition Therapy 1

Year 4, Semester 1HMB277 Exercise & Sports NutritionHMB470 Practicum 1HMB471 Project 1PUB509 Public Health Nutrition 2

Year 4, Semester 2HMB472 Project 2

Major Study (Human Movement Studies)PUB606 Dietetic ManagementPUB875 Professional Practice

Year 5, Semester 1PUB501 Applied Counselling for Health

ProfessionalsPUB722 Practice in Clinical Dietetics 2PUB824 Practice in Foodservice Management

Elective

Year 5, Semester 2HMB475 Practicum 2PUB823 Practice in Community Nutrition

Additional Major UnitThe additional major unit will be selected from thefollowing list. All third level units are not availablein every semester. Students should consult schoolnoticeboards for availability.

HMB277 Exercise & Sport NutritionHMB361 Functional Anatomy 2HMB362 Biomechanics 2HMB363 Independent StudyHMB364 Seminars in Human MovementHMB371 Motor Control & Learning 2HMB374 Psychology of RehabilitationHMB375 Adapted Physical ActivityHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB377 Children in SportHMB381 Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physiology in


■ Bachelor of Nursing(Postregistration) (NS48)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeInternal/external mode. Mid-year entry alsoavailable.Total Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Point/Full-time Semester: 48Course/External Coordinator: Dr Alan Barnard

Entry RequirementsDomestic students must be eligible for registrationas a nurse with the Queensland Nursing Council(QNC).

320

International students must:

have gained from a recognised institution a quali-fication equivalent, on the university’s assessment,to that of a registered nurse in Australia, and

be registered or authorised to practice in theircountry of origin or residence.

ElectivesStudents may select electives (other than those onList A) either within or outside the School ofNursing. It will be necessary to seek approval fromthe appropriate school/faculty to enrol in electiveunits based outside the School of Nursing.

Note: NSB100 Language & Learning in Nursing 1is suitable for international students and NESBstudents.

NURSES WITH A HOSPITALCERTIFICATEINTERNAL MODEFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSB321 Professional Practice DevelopmentNSB224 Research Approaches in Nursing

Elective (List A)

Plus one of the following units:LSB182 Bioscience 1SSB101 Introduction to Psychology & Health CareNSB223 Mental Health NursingNSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

NSB113 Values, Culture & NursingOr any other approved unit

Year 1, Semester 2ElectiveElectiveElective

NSB413 (for honours students)

Plus one of the following units:SSB982 Introduction to Social Science & Health

CareLSB282 Bioscience 2NSB422 Special Topic2NSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)

Or any other approved unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1NSB321 Professional Practice Development

Plus one of the following units:LSB182 Bioscience 1PYB071 Introduction to Psychology & Health Care

NSB425 Clinical Practice DevelopmentOr any other approved unit


Plus one of the following units:SSB982 Introduction to Social Science & Health CareNSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

LSB282 Bioscience 2NSB422 Special Topic2NSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB425 Clinical Practice Development3


Year 2, Semester 1NSB224 Research Approaches in Nursing

Elective (from List A)

Plus one of the following units:LSB182 Bioscience 1PYB071 Introduction to Social Science & Health Care



MID-YEAR ENTRYFull-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 2NSB321 Professional Practice Development

ElectiveElective



CareLSB282 Bioscience 2NSB422 Special Topic2NSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

NSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health Care



Elective (from List A)Elective

Plus one of the following units:LSB182 Bioscience ISSB101 Introduction to Psychology & Health CareNSB223 Mental Health NursingNSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

NSB113 Values Culture & NursingOr any other approved unit

2 Special Topic – select one of the following: Pain Assessment and Management Strategies; Clinical Teaching andLearning; Cardiothoracic Nursing; Nursing in a Technological World.

3 This unit contains off-campus clinical experience.

HE

ALT

H

321

MID-YEAR ENTRYPart-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 2NSB321 Professional Practice Development


CareHUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB425 Clinical Practice Development3

NSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)NSB422 Special Topic2


Year 2, Semester 1NSB224 Research Approaches In Nursing

Elective



Year 3, Semester 1Elective (List A)

Plus one of the following units:LSB182 Bioscience 1SSB101 Introduction of Psychology & Health CareNSB425 Clinical Practice DevelopmentNSB223 Mental Health NursingNSB113 Values Culture & Nursing


EXTERNAL MODE – MARCH ENTRYOffered Part-time OnlyYear 1, Semester 1NSB321 Professional Practice Development

Plus one of the following units:NSB113 Values Culture & NursingNSB223 Mental Health Nursing


Year 1, Semester 2NSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)

Plus one of the following units:NSB422 Special Topic

ElectiveOr any other approved unit


Elective


EXTERNAL MODE – JULY ENTRYNSB321 Professional Practice Development

Plus one of the following units:NSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)NSB422 Special Topic



Plus one of the following units:NSB113 Values, Culture & NursingNSB223 Mental Health Nursing



Plus one of the following units:NSB422 Special TopicNSB312 Family & Community Nursing (Nursing 6)


Year 3, Semester 1(2 units must be chosen)

ElectiveElective

NSB422 Special Topic2

■ Bachelor of Nursing(Preregistration) (NS40)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Robyn Nash

Professional RecognitionGraduates are eligible for registration withinAustralia, and have been successful in obtainingregistration in Britain, New Zealand and NorthAmerica.

This course is recognised by the Royal College ofNursing, Australia as satisfying the academicrequirements for admission as a professionalmember.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSB182 Bioscience 1NSB113 Values, Culture & NursingNSB116 Nursing 1PYB071 Introduction to Psychology & Health Care



322

Year 1, Semester 2LSB282 Bioscience 2NSB121 Nursing 2NSB122 Clinical Practice 13HUB141 Social Science & Health Care

Year 2, Semester 1LSB382 Bioscience 3NSB213 Nursing 3NSB212 Clinical Practice 23NSB223 Mental Health Nursing

Year 2, Semester 2HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB221 Nursing 4NSB222 Clinical Practice 33NSB224 Research Approaches in Nursing

Year 3, Semester 1NSB311 Nursing 5NSB322 Clinical Practice 43

Elective – List AElective – List B

Year 3, Semester 2NSB312 Nursing 6NSB321 Professional Practice DevelopmentNSB323 Clinical Practice 53

Elective – List C

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSB182 Bioscience 1NSB113 Values, Culture & Nursing

Year 1, Semester 2LSB282 Bioscience 2HUB141 Social Science & Health Care

Year 1, Semester 3NSB116 Nursing 1PYB071 Introduction to Psychology & Health Care


Year 2, Semester 1LSB382 Bioscience 3NSB223 Mental Health Nursing

Year 2, Semester 2HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB224 Research Approaches in Nursing



Year 3, Semester 1NSB311 Nursing 5

Elective – List A

Year 3, Semester 2NSB312 Nursing 6

Elective – List C

Year 3, Semester 3NSB322 Clinical Practice 4

Elective – List B

Year 3, Semester 4NSB321 Professional Practice DevelopmentNSB323 Clinical Practice 53

Electives for 2001 (subject to availability)Elective List APUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB105 Introduction to Family StudiesPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

ManagementPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyPUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB127 Health Issues in AustraliaPUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB203 Primary Health CarePUB220 Medical TerminologyPUB225 Living Spaces for PeoplePUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPUB329 Foundations of Health Studies & Health

BehaviourPUB336 Women’s HealthPUB355 Hospitality StudiesPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB474 Food StudiesPUB477 Consumer Rights & AdvocacyPUB480 Health Administration FinancePUB611 Risk Management

Elective List BNSB412 Clinical ElectiveHMB171 Fitness, Health & Wellness

ORAny other approved unit, of at least 12 creditpoints, for which students have the necessarypre-requisites

List C ElectiveHUB008 Research Methods in Ethics & BioethicsNSB421 Independent StudyNSB422 Special TopicPUB425 Food & Nutrition

ORAny other approved unit, of at least 12 creditpoints, for which students have the necessarypre-requisites

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSB382 Bioscience 3NSB122 Clinical Practice 13


HE

ALT

H

323

NSB213 Nursing 3NSB223 Mental Health NursingNSB417 Introduction to Nursing

Year 1, Semester 2HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB221 Nursing 4NSB212 Clinical Practice 23NSB222 Clinical Practice 33


Elective – List A


Elective – List C

Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelorof Applied Science (in HumanMovement Studies) (HL40)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus (some units arelocated at Gardens Point campus)Course Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Nursing: Ms Robyn NashHuman Movement Studies: Dr Graham Costin

Course RequirementsStudents are required to complete 432 credit pointswithin the integrated course. This will consist of 240credit points from the Bachelor of Nursing (Pre-Registration) degree (NS40) and 192 credit pointsfrom the Bachelor of Applied Science (in HumanMovement Studies) degree (HM42).

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthLSB131 AnatomyPYB071 Introduction to Psychology & Health Care

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 Biomechanics 4HMB275 Exercise & Sport PsychologyLSB231 PhysiologyHUB141 Social Science & Health Care

Year 2, Semester 1HMB271 Foundations of Motor Control Learning &


Exercise

HMB274 Functional AnatomyHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementNSB116 Nursing 1

Year 2, Semester 2LSB282 Bioscience 2NSB121 Nursing 2NSB122 Clinical Practice 13HMB276 Research in Human MovementsHMB382 Principles of Exercise Prescription

Year 3, Semester 1LSB382 Bioscience 3NSB212 Clinical Practice 23NSB213 Nursing 3NSB223 Mental Health Nursing

Year 3, Semester 2HMB470 Practicum 13HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB221 Nursing 4NSB222 Clinical Practice 33

Year 4, Semester 1HMB majorHMB elective

NSB113 Values, Culture & NursingNSB311 Nursing 5NSB322 Clinical Practice 43


Nursing elective (List C)

Elective ListsSchool of Nursing (List C)HUB008 Research Methods in Ethics & BioethicsNSB421 Independent StudyNSB422 Special Topic

ORAny other approved 12 credit point unit forwhich students have the necessaryprerequisites.

School of Human Movement StudiesHMB277 Exercise & Sport NutritionHMB361 Functional Anatomy 2HMB362 Biomechanics 2HMB363 Independent StudyHMB364 Seminars in Human MovementHMB371 Motor Control & Learning 2HMB374 Psychology of RehabilitationHMB375 Adapted Physical ActivityHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB377 Children in SportHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementHMB381 Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physiology in



324

■ Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelorof Health Science (PublicHealth) (HL46)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus (some units arelocated at Gardens Point campus)Course Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Nursing: Ms Robyn NashPublic Health: Mr Peter Anderson

Course RequirementsStudents are required to complete 432 credit pointswithin the integrated course. This will consist of 288credit points from the Bachelor of Nursing (Pre-registration) degree (NS40) and 204 credit pointsfrom the Bachelor of Health Science (Public Health)degree (HM42).

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1PUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB105 Introduction to Family ServicesPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPYB012 Psychology

Year 1, Semester 2PUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB203 Primary Health Care

Elective (Public Health)

Year 2, Semester 1LSB181 Bioscience 1NSB116 Nursing 1PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB341 Nutrition Education

ORPUB349 Families & Households


Year 2, Semester 2LSB282 Bioscience 2NSB121 Nursing 2NSB122 Clinical Practice 12PUB316 Research MethodsPUB477 Consumer Rights & Advocacy

Year 3, Semester 1LSB382 Bioscience 3NSB212 Clinical Practice 2NSB213 Nursing 3NSB223 Mental Health Nursing

Year 3, Semester 2HUB009 Ethics, Law & Health CareNSB221 Nursing 4


NSB222 Clinical Practice 32PUB875 Professional Practice


Year 4, Semester 1NSB311 Nursing 5NSB322 Clinical Practice 42PUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Project/Contract Management

Year 4, Semester 2NSB321 Professional Practice DevelopmentNSB312 Nursing 6NSB323 Clinical Practice 52NSB421 Independent Study ORNSB422 Special Topic

Elective List (subject to availability)PUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB105 Introduction to Family StudiesPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

ManagementPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyPUB117 Introduction to Consumer StudiesPUB127 Health Issues in AustraliaPUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB203 Primary Health CarePUB220 Medical TerminologyPUB225 Living Spaces for PeoplePUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthPUB329 Foundations of Health Studies & Health

BehaviourPUB336 Women’s HealthPUB355 Hospitality StudiesPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB474 Food StudiesPUB477 Consumer Rights & AdvocacyPUB480 Health Administration FinancePUB611 Risk Management

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

325

FAC

ULT

Y O

F I

NF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

326

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 327


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 328

COURSESInformation for all Information Technology students ...................................................................... 329

■ Master of Information Technology (Professional) (IT50) ................................................................ 329Graduate Certificate in Information Technology (Software Engineering) (IT91) ............................ 329Graduate Certificate in Information Technology (Information Security) (IT92) ............................. 329Graduate Certificate in Information Technology (Enterprise Wide Software) (IT93) ..................... 329Graduate Certificate in Information Technology (Project) (IT95) ................................................... 329Graduate Certificate in Information Technology (Generic) (IT97) .................................................. 329

■ Master of Information Technology (Research) (IT60) ..................................................................... 330

■ Master of Information Technology (IT45)/Graduate Diploma in Information Technology (IT38) ..................................................................... 334

■ Master of Information Technology (IT40)/Graduate Diploma in InformationTechnology (IT35) (Data Communications, Information Systems or Software Engineering) ......... 335

■ Graduate Diploma in Library and Information Studies (IT25) ........................................................ 337

■ Bachelor of Information Technology (Honours) (IT30) ................................................................... 337

■ Bachelor of Information Technology (IT21) .................................................................................... 338

Block 1: Common First Year ............................................................................................................ 339

Block 2: Majors ................................................................................................................................ 339

Block 3: Electives ............................................................................................................................. 343

Cooperative Education Program (Elective Unit ITB906 – Industrial Training Experience) ............ 343

Bachelor of Information Technology (IT21) – Mid Year Intake ...................................................... 344

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

327

FACULTY OF I N FORMAT ION TECHNOLOGY

OVERVIEWQUT’s Faculty of Information Technology is anestablished leader in high quality education for thisdynamic professional area. Founded as the Schoolof Computing Studies in 1983, the faculty hascontinued to expand in concert with the demand forgraduates who can face not just today’s challenges,but who can tackle an unimagined future withconfidence and innovation.

As well as the knowledge gained from many yearsof running successful courses, InformationTechnology (IT) at QUT benefits from its close linksto business and industry. Representatives of the ITindustry are active contributors to the developmentand continual refinement of courses at QUT. Thefaculty also coordinates a very successfulCooperative Education Program with the IT industry.The program offers good IT students the option ofcompleting 10-12 months paid experience in an ITposition.

The faculty is located at QUT’s Gardens Pointcampus and has currently over two and half thousandstudents enrolled in its courses. In 2001, the facultywill offer the E-commerce major in the Bachelor ofInformation Technology at both QUT’s Carseldineand Gardens Point campuses.

RESEARCH CENTRES

INFORMATION SECURITY RESEARCHCENTREThe centre’s activities focus on the control,management and security of computer systems andnetworks.

Director: Professor E. Dawson, BSc DipEd Wash.,MA Syd., MLittSt MSc Qld, PhD, FTICA, MIEEE,MCMSA, MIACRPhone: +61 7 3864 2846

CENTRE FOR COOPERATIVEINFORMATION SYSTEMSThe centre aims to develop generic technology tosupport the next generation of information systemswhich will be able to access, synthesise and reasonabout large volumes of distributed information.

Director: A. ter Hofstede, MSc PhD KUNPhone: +61 7 3864 2639

MACHINE LEARNING RESEARCH CENTREApplication areas of the centre are in environmentaldata processing and the analysis of genetic databasesas well as information security and human computerinteraction.

Director: Professor J. Diederich, Habil (CompSc)Hamburg, MA(Research) Muenster, PhD BielefeldPhone: +61 7 3864 1963

CENTRE FOR PROGRAMMINGLANGUAGES AND SYSTEMSThe Programming Languages and Systems Centreconducts research in the broad area of programminglanguages and their implementation, programenvironments and operating systems, and softwaretools.

Director (Acting): P. Roe, MEng(Hons) York, PhDGlas., MACMPhone: +61 7 3864 1276

CENTRE FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMSMANAGEMENTInformation Systems Management (ISM) is broadlyconcerned with the management of information andrelated information technology in an organisationalcontext.

Director: Professor G. Gable, DipComSys NAIT,BCom Alta, MBA W.Ontario, PhD Brad., ACS, AIR,IRMA

Phone: +61 7 3864 2639

DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGYCENTRE (DSTC)The Cooperative Research Centre for EnterpriseDistributed Systems Technology (DSTC) is a jointventure supported by the Australian Government’sCooperative Research Centres Program and over 24participating organisations developing the technicalinfrastructure for tomorrow’s enterprise. DSTCconducts world class research, develops software,and provides training and professional consultingservices. Key technology areas for DSTC includeWorkflow, CORBA®, JavaTM , XML, distributedobject middleware, internet systems, knowledgemanagement, metadata, collaborative computing,group ware, security and network infrastructure.

Phone: +61 7 3864 1282

328


Dean: Professor K.J. Gough, MSc PhD Well.,FNZEI, MIEEE, MACM, MACS

Director of Reseach: Professor B. Pham, PhD Tas,DipEd Monash, ACM, IEEE, ACSC, APRS

Assistant Dean (Postgraduate): R.W. Smyth, BADipEd DipInfProc Qld, MSc Aston, MACS

Assistant Dean (Undergraduate): M.G. Roggenkamp,BEd James Cook, DipCompSc MScSt Qld, MACS,MACM, AIEEE

Administration Manager (Acting): C.M. Stephens,NA UNE, GradCertHigherEd Griff.

School of Computing Science and SoftwareEngineering

Head: Associate Professor G.M. Mohay, BSc(Hons)W.Aust., PhD Monash, MACS, MACM, MIEEE

Professor of Neurocomputing: Professor J. Diederich,Habil(CompSc) Hamburg, MA(Research) Muenster,PhD Bielefeld

School of Data CommunicationsHead: Professor W. Caelli, BSc(Hons) N’cle(NSW),PhD ANU, FACS, FTICA, MIEEE

Professors:E. Dawson, BSc DipEd Wash., MA Syd., MLittStMSc Qld, PhD, FTICA, MIEEE, MCMSA, MIACR

D. Longley, BSc(Physics) Manc., MSc(Tech)UMIST, PhD Leic., CEng, FIEE, FAIM

School of Information SystemsHead: Associate Professor B.A. Underwood, BBusQIT, MS(MIS) TexasTech, MBA Qld, PhD, FACS,PCP

Professor: G. Gable, DipComSys NAIT, BCom Alta,MBA W.Ontario, PhD Brad., ACS, AIR, IRMA

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

329

COURSES

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Glenn Stewart

Entry RequirementsAn applicant must:

(i) hold an approved degree in InformationTechnology from a recognised tertiaryinstitution; or

(ii) have attained professional recognition by anequivalent course of study or examination; or

(iii) evidence of such qualifications (for exampleRecognised Prior Learning) that satisfy thefaculty that the applicant possesses the capacityto pursue the course of study; and

(iv) have at least two years’ appropriate full-timework experience.

Equipment RequirementsAll students will be required to have access to amodern computing system, typical softwareapplication packages (for example, MicrosoftOffice), and to the Internet. Internet access will berequired outside normal working hours.

Course StructureThe Master of Information Technology (Profes-sional) is offered in two formats:

the standard masters option of 12 units (144 creditpoints) completed over six semesters part-time;or

completion of two Graduate Certificates inInformation Technology (48 credit points each)followed by a further 48 credit points to completethe masters.

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING MODULE (IT91)(4 units to be selected)ITN480 Component TechnologyITN481 Object TechnologyITN482 Extensible Programming & JavaITN483 Software Engineering & Quality AssuranceITN484 Distributed SystemsITN485 Windows NT AdministrationITN486 Windows Programming

It is recommended that ITN481 should be one ofthe first units completed in this module.

INFORMATION SECURITY MODULE (IT92)ITN581 Cryptographic Fundamentals & ApplicationsITN582 Information Security ManagementITN583 Network, Internetwork & Distributed

Systems SecurityITN584 Access Control & Smart CardsITN590 Industry Based Project (Information

Security)

Information for all InformationTechnology students

Rules and regulationsStudents undertaking courses in the Faculty ofInformation Technology should acquaint themselveswith faculty policy on assessment, deferredexaminations, and plagiarism. In many cases, facultypolicy is more explicit than University policy.Commencing students should make sure theyfamiliarise themselves with the Faculty ResourceGuide (http://www.fit.qut.edu.au/Resourcebook/index.html).

Faculty policy regarding use of Universitycomputer facilitiesAccess to computer accounts, e-mail, and bulletinboard facilities via QUT equipment is providedsolely to assist students in education and research.Use of such facilities by students for matters unre-lated to their course of study or approved researchrepresents misuse. Any misuse may result in fines,suspension of use of computer accounts, and/or strictdisciplinary action.

Master of InformationTechnology (Professional)(IT50)Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology(Software Engineering) (IT91)Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology(Information Security) (IT92)Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology(Enterprise Wide Software)(IT93)Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology(Project) (IT95)Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology(Generic) (IT97)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years external (flexibledelivery)Total Credit Points: 144

330

ENTERPRISE WIDE SOFTWARE MODULE(IT93) (4 units to be selected)ITN283 Issues in Information Technology Management

Strategic FocusITN282 Case Studies in Enterprise Wide System

ImplementationITN284 Project in Enterprise Wide Systems

ImplementationITN285 Knowledge Management & Enterprise Wide

SystemsITN286 Process EngineeringITN290 Project (Knowledge Management)ITN291 Project (Process Engineering)

Technical FocusITN281 ABAP/4 ProgrammingITN287 R/3 Systems AdministrationITN288 Project (ABAP)ITN289 Project (R/3 Systems Administration)

PROJECT MODULE (IT95)Full-timeITN180 Major Project (IS)ITN183 Major Project (CS)ITN185 Major Project (DC)

Part-time (over two semesters)ITN181 Major Project (IS)ITN184 Major Project (CS)ITN186 Major Project (DC)

Students will not normally be eligible to enrol in theProject Module without having completed at least48 credit points of coursework units (or equivalent).

GENERIC MODULE (IT97)Four coursework units selected from the units listedabove.

Master of InformationTechnology (Research) (IT60)

Location: Garden Point campusCourse Duration:Full-time: 1 year minimum (2 semesters), 2 yearsmaximum (4 semesters);Part-time: 2 years minimum (4 semesters), 4 yearsmaximum (8 semesters)Total Credit Points Required: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor GeorgeMohay

Full-time Course StructureA program of research and investigation developedin conjunction with the principal supervisor andapproved by the Faculty Research Committee. (48credit points per semester).

Part-time Course StructureA program of research and investigation developedin conjunction with the principal supervisor andapproved by the Faculty Research Committee. (24credit points per semester).

COURSE RULES: MASTER OFINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (RESEARCH)IntroductionThe objectives of the course are:

to provide postgraduate educational opportunitiesin specialised fields of information technology bymeans of a program which involves either anoriginal contribution to knowledge or an originalapplication of existing knowledge;

to provide postgraduate students with educationin research processes in information technology;

to enable graduates employed in industry toundertake further education by research and thesis;

to enable students employed in industrialorganisations and external agencies to undertakeresearch projects related to their professionaldevelopment;

to further the relationships that exist between theUniversity and industry or other external agenciesengaged in information technology to their mutualadvantage.


1.2 The Council’s power to approve recommendationsfrom faculty academic boards regarding theregistration, supervision and examination of researchdegree candidates and to develop policy and procedurerelating to research degrees is exercised through aResearch Management Committee which shall be asubcommittee of the University Academic Board.

1.3 The Research Management Committee hasdelegated responsibility for day-to-dayadministration of research master degrees to facultyacademic boards. This program is administered bythe Academic Board of the Faculty of InformationTechnology through its Faculty ResearchCommittee. The Research Committee shall reportbiannually to the Research Management Committeeon progress made by research masters degreecandidates.

1.4 In order to qualify for the award of the degree ofMaster of Information Technology (Research), acandidate must:

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

331

have completed the approved course of studyunder the supervision prescribed by the FacultyResearch Committee;

have submitted and the Faculty ResearchCommittee have accepted a thesis prepared underthe supervision of the supervisor;

have completed any other work prescribed by theFaculty Research Committee; and

have submitted to the Faculty Research Committeea declaration signed by the candidate that he/shehas not been a candidate for another tertiary awardwithout permission of the Faculty ResearchCommittee.



2.3 The minimum academic qualifications foradmission to a program leading to a Master ofInformation Technology (Research) shall be:

possession of a bachelor degree in informationtechnology or other approved degree from theQueensland University of Technology; or

possession of an equivalent qualification; or

submission of such other evidence ofqualifications as will satisfy the Faculty ResearchCommittee that the applicant possesses thecapacity to pursue the course of study.

2.4 An application for registration should set out thecandidate’s intended course of study. The descriptionshould include the area of study within which thecandidate’s course lies, the coursework to beundertaken and the aim of the proposed program ofresearch and investigation. Within one month ofregistration, the candidate will submit to the FacultyResearch Committee a more detailed outline of theresearch program including the proposed title of thethesis, the background of the area of research andinvestigation, and the significance of possibleapplication of the research program and plan.

2.5 In considering an applicant for registration theFaculty Research Committee shall, in addition toassessing the applicant’s suitability, assess theproposed program and its relevance to the aims andobjectives of the University.

2.6 A candidate may register either as a full-time oras a part-time student. To be registered as a full-timestudent, a candidate must be able to commit to thecourse not less than three-quarters of a normalworking week, averaged over each year of candidacy.

Such a student may not devote more than 300 hoursannually to teaching activities, including preparationand marking.

2.7 A candidate shall receive confirmed registrationas a graduate student when he or she:

has been accepted for provisional registration inthe Faculty of Information Technology and hasmet the requirements of the faculty’s confirmationprocedures, which are: (i) submission of a writtenprogress report, detailing the results of bothcoursework and research work to date; (ii)presentation of a public seminar defending theproposed research plan; and (iii) interview with areview panel which normally consists of threemembers of the faculty’s academic staff; and when

the Faculty Research Committee has approvedconfirmed registration.

2.8 Applicants holding an appropriate and currenthonours degree or its equivalent may apply to theFaculty Research Committee for confirmedenrolment on admission. Such applicants approvedby the Faculty Research Committee shall haveindividual minimum and maximum completiontimes specified.

2.9 The Faculty Research Committee may cancel acandidate’s registration, after consulting the relevantsupervisors and having taken account of all relevantcircumstances and having given the candidateopportunity to show cause why it should not do so:

if it is of the opinion that the candidate either haseffectively discontinued his/her studies or has noreasonable expectation of completing the courseof study within the maximum time allowed (seeSection 4); or

if the quality and progress of research gives noreasonable expectation of successful completionof the degree; or

if the candidate’s performance in courseworkundertaken is considered unsatisfactory.

2.10 A candidate whose registration has lapsed orhas been cancelled and who wishes subsequently tore-enter the course to undertake a research programwhich is the same or essentially the same as theprevious program may be re-admitted under suchconditions as the Faculty Research Committee mayprescribe.

3. Course of Study3.1 A candidate for the degree of Master ofInformation Technology (Research) shall undertakea program of research and investigation on a topicapproved by the Faculty Research Committee. Allprojects should be sponsored either by outside

332

agencies such as industry, government authorities, orprofessional organisations, or by the University itself.

3.2 The program must be such as to enable thecandidate to develop and demonstrate a level oftechnical competence significantly higher than thatexpected of a first degree graduate. The requiredcompetence normally would include mastery ofrelevant techniques, investigatory skills, criticalthinking, and a high level of knowledge in thespecialist area.

3.3 A candidate may be required by the FacultyResearch Committee to undertake an appropriatecourse of study concurrently with the researchprogram.

The course of study normally will include:

a program of assessed coursework,

participation in University scholarly activities suchas research seminars, teaching and publication,



3.4 The research project undertaken by the candidatemay be either internal or external. An external projectis one which comprises research and investigationbased at a place of employment or sponsoringinstitution. Normally, support of the sponsoringinstitution for the candidate’s application is requiredfor registration.

3.5 Coursework at masters level demands a capacityfor critical analysis and a specialisation of researchinterests not normally appropriate for anundergraduate program.


3.6 Coursework will occupy not more than a thirdof the total period of registration.

4. Period of Time for Completion of Courseof Study4.1 A full-time student shall normally be eligiblefor confirmation of registration after a period of atleast six months has elapsed from initial registration.The corresponding period in the case of a part-timestudent shall be normally at least 12 months.

4.2 Students initially admitted as provisionallyenrolled students shall present the thesis for

examination after a minimum period of at least 18months and within a maximum period of three yearsfor a full-time student or a minimum period of atleast three years and within a maximum period offive years for a part-time student. In special casesthe Faculty Research Committee may approve ashorter period.

4.3 Where application is made for permission toextend the period within which the candidate maysubmit a thesis for examination, details of thecandidate’s progress shall be presented to the FacultyResearch Committee together with the reasons forthe delay in completing the course and the expecteddate of completion. Where the Faculty ResearchCommittee agrees to an extension, it may set a limitto the maximum period of registration in theprogram.

5. Supervision5.1 For each candidate the Faculty ResearchCommittee shall appoint two or more supervisorswith appropriate experience provided that one shallbe nominated as the Principal Supervisor and othersas associate supervisors.

5.2 In the case of an internal student, the PrincipalSupervisor normally shall be from the academic staffof the school where the student carries out the work.

5.3 In the case of an external student, the PrincipalSupervisor normally shall be from the academic staffof the school supporting the work and at least oneassociate supervisor shall be from the sponsoringorganisation.

5.4 At the end of each six-month period a studentshall submit a report on the work undertaken to thePrincipal Supervisor and the Principal Supervisorshall submit a report to the Faculty ResearchCommittee on the student’s work. This report shallbe seen by the candidate before submission to theFaculty Research Committee.

6. Place and Conditions of Work6.1 The research program must normally be carriedout under supervision in a suitable environment inAustralia.

6.2 The Faculty Research Committee shall not admita candidate to undertake a program of research basedat the University unless it has received a statementfrom the Head of School and/or Director of Centrein which the study is proposed that, in their opinion,the applicant is a fit person to undertake a researchprogram leading to the Masters degree, that theprogram is supported, and that the school/departmentis willing to undertake the responsibility ofsupervising the applicant’s work.

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

333

6.3 The Faculty Research Committee shall not admita candidate to undertake a research program basedat a sponsoring establishment unless it has received:

a statement from the employer or director of thesponsoring institution that the applicant will beprovided with facilities to undertake the researchproject and that he/she is willing to acceptresponsibility for supervising the applicant’s work,and

a statement from the Head of School or Directorof Centre in which the study is proposed that, inhis or her opinion, the applicant is a fit person toundertake a research program leading to theMasters degree, that the program is supported, andthat after examination of the proposed externalfacilities and supervision, the school/departmentis willing to accept the responsibility ofsupervising the work.

7. Thesis7.1 In the form of presentation, availability andcopyright, the thesis shall comply with the provisionsof the document Requirements for PresentingTheses.

7.2 Not later than six months after confirmedregistration the candidate shall submit the title ofthe thesis for approval by the Faculty ResearchCommittee. After approval has been granted, nochange shall be made except with the permission ofthe Faculty Research Committee.

7.3 The candidate shall give two months’ notice ofintention to submit the thesis. Such notice shall beaccompanied by the appropriate fee, if any.


A significant portion of the work described musthave been carried out subsequent to initialregistration for the degree.

It must describe a program of work carried out bythe candidate, and must involve either an originalcontribution to knowledge or an originalapplication of existing knowledge.


It shall be the candidate’s own account of the work.Where work is carried out conjointly with otherpersons, the Faculty Research Committee shall beadvised of the extent of the candidate’scontribution to the joint work.

The thesis shall not contain as its main content anywork or material which the student has previouslysubmitted for another degree or similar award.

Supporting documents, such as published papers,may be submitted with the thesis if they have abearing on the subject of the thesis.


7.5 Except with the specific permission of theFaculty Research Committee, the thesis must bepresented in the English language. Such permissionmust be sought at the time of application forregistration, and will not be granted solely on thegrounds that the candidate’s ability to satisfy theexaminers will be affected adversely by therequirement to present the thesis in English.


7.7 Where a candidate or the sponsoring establishmentwishes the thesis to remain confidential for a periodof time after completion of the work, application forapproval must be made to the Research ManagementCommittee when the thesis is submitted. The periodnormally shall not exceed two years from the date onwhich the examiners recommend acceptance of thethesis, during which time the thesis will be held onrestricted access in the QUT Library.

8. Examination of Thesis8.1 The Faculty Research Committee shall appointat least two examiners of whom at least one shall befrom outside the University.

8.2 Normally, examiners must agree to read and reportupon the thesis within two months of its receipt.

8.3 The thesis is forwarded to the examiners onlyafter satisfactory internal assessment of the work. Acandidate will normally be required to present aseminar. This internal assessment is conducted by apanel of three, nominated by the Faculty and chairedby the Principal Supervisor. Each member of thepanel must receive a copy of the draft thesis(temporary binding) 14 days prior to the seminar.

8.4 On receipt of satisfactory reports from theexaminers, and when the provisions of Section 7.1have been fulfilled, the Faculty Research Committeeshall recommend that the candidate be awarded thedegree.

8.5 If the examiners’ reports are conflicting, theFaculty Research Committee may, after appropriateconsultation with the Principal Supervisor:

seek advice from a further external examiner, ornot award the degree.

8.6 If, on the basis of the examiners’ reports, theFaculty Research Committee does not recommendthat the degree be awarded then it shall:

334

permit the student to resubmit the thesis withinone year for re-examination, orcancel the student’s registration.

Master of InformationTechnology (IT45)/GraduateDiploma in InformationTechnology (IT38)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Robert Smyth

Course RequirementsStudents can elect to be admitted to either theGraduate Diploma in Information Technology (IT38)or the Master of Information Technology (IT45).Students who complete IT38 can subsequently seekadmission to IT45 and are only required to undertakean additional four units to meet the requirements forthe masters degree.

Applicants for either IT38 or IT45 must have:

a) a Bachelor’s degree in a discipline other thanInformation Technology with a grade pointaverage of at least 4.5 (7 point scale); AND

b) have successfully completed, at undergraduatelevel, an introductory programming unit in ablock structured language, for example: C, Java,Modula 2 or Pascal; OR

c) provide other evidence of such qualificationsand level of performance, as will satisfy theDean of Faculty that the applicant possesses thecapacity to pursue the course of study.

Course RequirementsTo graduate from the Master of InformationTechnology (IT45) students are required to complete12 units, consisting of:

3 x Block 1: Compulsory Introductory units3 x Block 2: Intermediate units3 x Block 3: Advanced Level units3 units selected from any of the above blocks, nomore than one of which can be selected fromBlock 1.

To exit the masters course with a Graduate Diplomain Information Technology (IT38), students arerequired to have completed 8 units, consisting of:

3 x Block 1: Compulsory Introductory units3 x Block 2: Intermediate units

2 units selected from Blocks 1, 2 or 3, no morethan one of which can be selected from Block 1.

To exit the masters course with a Graduate Certificatein Information Technology (IT18), students arerequired to have completed 4 units, consisting of:

3 x Block 1: Compulsory Introductory units1 unit selected from either Block 1 or Block 2 units.

Students who have completed the Graduate Diplomain Library and Information Studies (IT25) with agrade point average of at least 4.5 will receive 96credit points of exemptions towards the Master ofInformation Technology (IT45) and will completethe following program of studies:

ITN510 Data NetworksITN350 Information Contexts2 elective units to be selected in consultation withthe course coordinator

Note: all units are 12 credit points and three contacthours per week unless otherwise specified.

Course StructureBLOCK 1: INTRODUCTORY UNITSITN105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)

Compulsory UnitsITN212 Information Modelling for DatabasesITN410 Software PrinciplesITN510 Data Networks

Optional Block 1 UnitsITN211 Systems Analysis & DesignITN343 Principles of Information ManagementITN412 Technology of Information SystemsMAB177 Mathematics for Data Communications

BLOCK 2: INTERMEDIATE UNITSComputing ScienceITN413 Computer ArchitectureITN415 Object TechnologyITN424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITN426 Operating SystemsITN433 Programming LanguagesITN440 Advanced GraphicsITN441 Artificial IntelligenceITN445 Pattern RecognitionITN454 Software Quality AssuranceITN456 Graphics User InterfacesITN461 Foundations of Neurocomputing

Data CommunicationsITN511 Data SecurityITN512 Introduction to CryptologyITN520 InternetworkingITN521 Network ApplicationsITN549 Error Control & Data Compression

Information SystemsITN214 3 GL SystemsITN215 Management Support SystemsITN220 Major Issues in Information SystemsITN221 Object-Oriented Analysis & Design

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

335

ITN223 4 GL SystemsITN226 Information TheoryITN232 Database SystemsITN251 Issues in Information Technology

ManagementITN257 Multimedia SystemsITN322 Information ResourcesITN330 Information Issues & Values

BLOCK 3: ADVANCED LEVEL UNITSComputing ScienceITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryITB450 Advanced Computer ArchitectureITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB466 Component TechnologyITB469 Unix Programming & Systems

AdministrationITB470 Windows 2000 Systems Programming &

AdministrationITN420 Comparative Programming LanguagesITN421 Software SpecificationsITN431 Distributed SystemsITN443 NeurocomputingITN446 Minor Project 1ITN447 Special StudiesITN450 Compiler LaboratoryITN451 Research Literature StudiesITN457 Windows ProgrammingITN458 Java & Extensible Programming

Data CommunicationsITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyITB542 Network ProgrammingITN526 Minor Project 1ITN531 Network SecurityITN535 Access ControlITN536 Topics in SecurityITN540 Advanced Network TechnologiesITN556 Advanced Topics in Cryptology

Information SystemsITN230 Current Advances in Database TechnologyITN231 Knowledge-Based SystemsITN245 Special Topic (R/3 Systems Administration)ITN246 Minor ProjectITN248 Minor ProjectITN250 Distributed DatabasesITN252 Process EngineeringITN253 Case Studies in EWS ImplementationITN254 Interactive DesignITN255 Knowledgement Management & EWSITN258 ABAP ProgrammingITN259 Advanced Topics – MultimediaITN260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITN335 Digital LibrariesITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN347 Information Management Project 1ITN348 Information Management Project 2ITN350 Information ContextsITN355 Information Resources for Business &

IndustryITN361 Information User Instruction

General ElectiveLWS400 Law of Information Technology

■ Master of InformationTechnology (IT40)/Graduate Diploma inInformation Technology (IT35)(Data Communications,Information Systems orSoftware Engineering)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 yearspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Robert Smyth

Entry RequirementsStudents can elect to be admitted to either theGraduate Diploma in Information Technology (IT35)or the Master of Information Technology (IT40).Students who complete IT35 can subsequently seekadmission to IT40 and are only required to undertakean additional four units to meet the requirements forthe Masters degree.

Applicants for either IT35 or IT40 must have:

a) a Bachelor’s degree in Information Technologywith a grade point average of at least 4.5 (7 pointscale); or

b) provide other evidence of such qualifications andlevel of performance, as will satisfy the Dean ofFaculty that the applicant possesses the capacityto pursue the course of study.

Course Requirements and StructureTo graduate from the Master of InformationTechnology (IT40), students are required to complete144 credit points consisting of a minimum of 84credit points of Block B units.

Students have the option of exiting the Master ofInformation Technology with either a GraduateDiploma in Information Technology (IT35) aftercompletion of 96 credit points or a GraduateCertificate in Information Technology (IT18) aftercompletion of 48 credit points. To qualify for theGraduate Diploma, students are required to havesuccessfully completed at least 48 credit points ofBlock B units. In the case of the Graduate Certificate,students are required to have completed at least 24credit points of Block B units. Students will not beadmitted directly to the Graduate Certificate inInformation Technology. It will only be available asan exit point for students enrolled in either theMasters degree or the Graduate Diploma.

To qualify for one of the award descriptors (DataCommunications, Information Systems or Software

336

Engineering) a student will be required to havecompleted a minimum of 84 credit points in BlockA and B units in one of these study areas.

BLOCK A UNITS

Data Communications UnitsPrerequisite requirements: Students undertaking unitsfrom this list are assumed to have completedintroductory units in data communications technologyand C++ and/or Java programming in theirundergraduate degree. Students who do not have theseprerequisite studies should consult the coursecoordinator before enrolling in any of these units.

ITN511 Data SecurityITN512 Introduction to Cryptology#ITN520 InternetworkingITN521 Network ApplicationsITN549 Error Control & Data Compression#

MAB177 Mathematics for Data Communications# Unit requires knowledge of finite mathematics,

linear algebra and elementary probability theory(MAB177 or equivalent)

Information Systems UnitsPrerequisite requirements: Students undertakingunits from this list are assumed to have completedintroductory units in programming, relationaldatabase theory and systems analysis and designtechniques. Students who do not have theseprerequisite studies should consult the coursecoordinator before enrolling in any of these units.

ITN215 Management Support SystemsITN220 Major Issues in Information SystemsITN221 Object-Oriented Analysis & DesignITN226 Information TheoryITN232 Database SystemsITN257 Multimedia SystemsITN322 Information ResourcesITN330 Information Issues & ValuesITN343 Principles of Information Management

Software Engineering UnitsPrerequisite requirements: Students undertakingunits from this list are assumed to have completedstudies in programming (including data structures)and basic computer organisation in theirundergraduate degree. Students who do not havethese prerequisite studies should consult the coursecoordinator before enrolling in any of these units.

ITN413 Computer ArchitectureITN414 Software Development 3ITN415 Object TechnologyITN424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITN426 Operating SystemsITN433 Programming LanguagesITN441 Artificial IntelligenceITN456 Graphic User InterfacesITN461 Foundations of Neurocomputing

BLOCK B UNITS

Data CommunicationsITB532 Network ManagementITB533 Comparative Network SystemsITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyITB542 Network ProgrammingITB551 Network PlanningITN100 Research MethodologiesITN531 Network SecurityITN535 Access ControlITN536 Topics in SecurityITN540 Advanced Network TechnologiesITN554 Special TopicITN556 Advanced Topics in Cryptology

Information SystemsITN100 Research MethodologiesITN230 Current Advances in Database TechnologyITN250 Distributed DatabasesITN251 Issues in Information Technology

ManagementITN252 Process EngineeringITN253 Case Studies in EWS ImplementationITN254 Interactive DesignITN258 ABAP ProgrammingITN259 Advanced Topics – MultimediaITN260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITN335 Digital LibrariesITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN355 Information Resources for Bus & IndustryITN361 Information User Instruction

Software EngineeringITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryITB450 Advanced Computer ArchitectureITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB466 Component TechnologyITB469 Unix Programming & System AdministrationITB470 Windows 2000 Systems Programming &

AdministrationITN100 Research MethodologiesITN421 Software SpecificationITN431 Distributed SystemsITN440 GraphicsITN443 NeurocomputingITN445 Pattern RecognitionITN447 Special StudiesITN450 Compiler LaboratoryITN451 Research Literature StudiesITN454 Software Quality AssuranceITN457 Windows ProgrammingITN458 Java & Extensible Programming

PROJECT UNITSStudents in the Masters can complete a maximumof 48 credit points in project units. Students in theGraduate Diploma can complete a maximum of 24credit points in project units. Each school offers 12,24 and 48 credit point projects.

12 credit point unitsITN246 Minor Project (IS)ITN248 Minor Project (IS)ITN347 Minor Project 1 (IM)

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

337

ITN348 Minor Project 2 (IM)ITN446 Minor Project 1(CS)ITN449 Minor Project 2 (CS)ITN526 Minor Project 1 (DC)ITN528 Minor Project 2 (DC)

24 credit point unitsITN162 Project (IS)ITN164 Project (CS)ITN165 Project (DC)ITN172 Project (IS) PTITN174 Project (CS) – PTITN175 Project (DC) – PT

48 credit point unitsITN142 Major Project (IS) FTITN144 Major Project (CS) FTITN145 Major Project (DC) FTITN152 Major Project (IS) PTITN154 Major Project (CS) PTITN155 Major Project (DC) PT

Graduate Diploma in Libraryand Information Studies (IT25)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Christine Bruce

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission to the Graduate Diplomain Library and Information Studies, applicants arerequired to have a degree (or equivalent) from arecognised tertiary institution in a discipline otherthan library and information studies and to havesuccessfully completed a degree level introductorycomputing unit (the equivalent of at least three hoursper week for one semester).

Professional RecognitionGraduates are eligible to become ‘Associates’ (thatis, professional members) of the Australian Libraryand Information Association.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITN105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITN211 Systems Analysis & DesignITN343 Principles of Information ManagementITP327 Information Organisation 1ITP328 Information Sources 1

Year 1, Semester 2ITP329 Information Resources ProvisionITP330 Professional PracticeITP331 Management of Information Programs

One unit selected from the following:ITB330 Information Issues & ValuesITN212 Information Modelling for DatabasesITN335 Digital Libraries

ITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN361 Information User Instruction

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITN105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITP327 Information Organisation 1ITP328 Information Sources 1Year 1, Semester 2ITP329 Information Resources ProvisionITP331 Management of Information ProgramsYear 2, Semester 1ITN211 Systems Analyusis & DesignITN343 Principles of Information ManagementYear 2, Semester 2ITP330 Professional Practice

One unit selected from the following:ITB330 Information Issues & ValuesITN212 Information Modelling for DatabasesITN335 Digital LibrariesITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN361 Information User Instruction

MID-YEAR INTAKEPart-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 2ITN105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITP329 Information Resources ProvisionITP331 Management of Information Programs

Year 2, Semester 1ITP327 Information Organisation 1ITP328 Information Sources 1Year 2, Semester 2ITP330 Professional PracticeOne unit selected from the following:ITB330 Information Issues & ValuesITN212 Information Modelling for DatabasesITN335 Digital LibrariesITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN361 Information User InstructionYear 3, Semester 1ITN211 Systems Analysis & DesignITN343 Principles of Information Management

Bachelor of InformationTechnology (Honours) (IT30)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Joaquin Sitte

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITN100 Research MethodologiesITN110 Dissertation 1

ElectiveElective

338


Select one of the following:ITN122 Dissertation 2 (IS)ITN124 Dissertation 2 (CS)ITN125 Dissertation 2 (DC)

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITN100 Research MethodologiesITN110 Dissertation 1



Select one of the following:ITN132/1 Dissertation 1 (IS)*

ITN134/1 Dissertation 2 (CS)*

ITN135/1 Dissertation 2 (DC)*


ITN132/2 Dissertation 2 (IS)*

ITN134/2 Dissertation 2 (CS)*

ITN135/2 Dissertation 2 (DC)*

Elective UnitsWith the approval of the course coordinator, electiveunits may be chosen from advanced level unitsnormally in the area of the student’s undergraduatemajor. Full-time students should note that manyelectives may be offered in the evenings only.* Unit extends over two semesters.

Bachelor of InformationTechnology (IT21)

Location: Gardens Point campus. The first year andthe E-commerce major are also offered at theCarseldine campus.Course Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Mr Mike Roggenkamp

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Australian Computer Society (ACS).

Graduates who complete the Library Studies streamin the Information Management major are eligibleto become Associates (professional members) of theAustralian Library and Information Association(ALIA).

Course StructureThe course is divided into three blocks which aredescribed below:

Year 1

Year 2andYear 3

Block 1: Common First Year(96 credit points)

Block 2: Major(144 credit points)

Block 3: Electives(48 credit points)

Block 1: Common First YearAll students undertake a common first year: the firstyear full-time or first two years part-time of thecourse. This block is worth 96 credit points.

Block 2: MajorAt the end of the common first year, students choosea major in either, Data Communications, ElectronicCommerce, Information Management, InformationSystems or Software Engineering. The major isworth 144 credit points and extends over the secondand third years of the course for full-time students,and the third to sixth years for part-time students.

Block 3: ElectivesStudents choose the composition of the third blockof the course, which also extends over the later yearsof the course and is worth 48 credit points. The electiveunits consist of a cohesive set of units of approvedstudy. STUDENTS ARE ENCOURAGED TOSELECT UNITS FROM OUTSIDE THE FACULTY.

Cooperative Education ProgramAn optional one-year period of paid work experienceis available to eligible full-time students at the endof the second year of full- time study. Studentsparticipating in this program enrol in ITB906 –Industrial Training Experience, a 12 credit point unit.The unit replaces the designated group project unitin the student’s chosen major. Part-time students maybe able to seek credit for professional experience(ITB907).

Combined Majors OptionThe option to undertake a integrated major in DataCommunications and Software Engineering isavailable. Students by the appropriate choice ofBlock 3 elective units, are able to complete the coreof each of the two individual majors in DataCommunications and Software Engineering.Students may choose their project to be in eitherSoftware Engineering or Data Communications, andhave in addition two further electives which may bechosen from any degree level unit at the university.

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

339

Block 1: Common First YearFirst Year Coordinator: Dr John Hynd

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2ITB411 Software Development 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB310 Information ManagementITB510 Communications Networks

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB310 Information ManagementITB510 Communication Networks

Year 1, Semester 2ITB410 Software Development 1ITB225 Introduction to Databases

Year 2, Semester 1ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2

Year 2, Semester 2ITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Block 2: MajorsMajors are available in the following areas:

A: Data Communications (DAT)B: Electronic Commerce (ELC)C: Information Management (IFM)D: Information Systems (ISS)E: SoftwareEngineering (SOF)

The option of an integrated double major is availablein the following areas:

F: Data Communications and Software Engineering(CDC)

A: Data CommunicationsPrimary Major (DAT)

Major Coordinator: Mr Neville RichterFull-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the Information

SpecialistsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB177 Mathematics for Data Communications

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network Technology

Specialisation unit selected from List 1Block 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 1ITB532 Network Management

Specialisation unit selected from List 1Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 2ITB543 Data Security

Specialisation unit selected from List 1Specialisation unit selected from List 1Block 3 unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB177 Mathematics for Data Communications

Year 3, Semester 2COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)


Year 4, Semester 2ITB532 Network Management

Block 3 unit

Year 5, Semester 1ITB543 Data Security

Block 3 unit

Year 5, Semester 2Specialisation unit selected from List 1Block 3 unit


Year 6, Semester 2Specialisation unit selected from List 1Specialisation unit selected from List 1

LIST 1: SPECIALISATION UNITSIn addition to the mandatory units listed above,students undertaking the Data Communicationsmajor are required to successfully complete thefollowing:

any two units included in List 1A, andany other two units listed in either List 1A or 1B.

List 1AITB531 Application ServicesITB533 Comparative Network SystemsITB539 DC Project#ITB542 Network ProgrammingITB548 Introduction to CryptologyITB549 Error Control & Data CompressionITB551 Network Planning

340

List 1BITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB258 ABAP ProgrammingITB260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITB426 Operating SystemsITB448 Object TechnologyITB458 Java & Extensible ProgrammingITB469 Unix Programming & System Administration# Data Communications major students who

complete the Cooperative Education Program willsubstitute ITB906 Industrial Training Experiencefor this unit.

B: Electronic Commerce Major(ELC)

Major Coordinator: Mr Hamish Bentley

Full-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the Information

SpecialistsITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB421 Software Development 3ITB537 Internet Applications

Year 2, Semester 2ITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITB426 Operating Systems

Block 3 unit – Business studies

Year 3, Semester 1AYB333 Applications in ECommerceITB220 Database Design

One unit selected from List 2Block 3 unit – Business studies

Year 3, Semester 2AYB332 The Law of ECommerceITB543 Data Security

Block 3 unit – Business studiesBlock 3 unit – Business studies

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1ITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB537 Internet Applications

Year 3, Semester 2COB010 Communications for IT SpecialistITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)

Year 4, Semester 1ITB426 Operating SystemsITB543 Data Security

Year 4, Semester 2ITB220 Database DesignITB257 Multimedia Systems

Year 5, Semester 1Block 3 unit – Business studiesOne unit selected from List 2

Year 5, Semester 2ITB260 Electronic Commerce Site Development


Year 6, Semester 1AYB333 Applications in E-Commerce


Year 6, Semester 2AYB332 The Law of E-Commerce


LIST 2One unit to be selected from the following:

ITB230 ProjectITB236 Object Oriented SystemsITB330 Information Issues & ValuesITB535 Network Administration

Block 3 UnitsIt is strongly recommenced that students undertakingthe Electronic Commerce major use their Block 3units to undertake studies in the Faculty of Business.

C: Information ManagementMajor (IFM)

Major Coordinator: Mr Greg TimbrellFull-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB322 Information ResourcesITB220 Database Design

ORITB324 Personal Productivity Software

Year 2, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB331 Information Analysis & Planning

Block 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 1ITB330 Information Issues & Values

Specialisation unit selected from List 3Specialisation unit selected from List 3Block 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 2Specialisation unit selected from List 3Specialisation unit selected from List 3Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB222 Systems Analysis & Design

Year 3, Semester 2COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB220 Database Design

ORITB324 Personal Productivity Software

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

341

Year 4, Semester 1ITB331 Information Analysis & Planning

Block 3 unit

Year 4, Semester 2ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB322 Information Resources


Year 5, Semester 2ITB330 Information Issues & Values

Specialisation unit selected from List 3



LIST 3: SPECIALISATION UNITSFour units to be selected from one of the followingspecialisations:

BusinessBSB114 Government, Business & Society

ORBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessITB341 Strategic Information ManagementITB340 Project (Information Management)1

PYB057 Applied Cognitive Psychology

LibraryITB335 Digital LibrariesITB337 Information Organisation 1ITB338 Information Resource ProvisionITB339 Professional Practice

Science of InformationITB226 Information TheoryITB335 Digital LibrariesITB340 ProjectMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1

Information SystemsITB241 Information Technology ManagementITB242 Management Support SystemsITB340 Project (Information Management)1

Information Systems elective

D: Information Systems Major(ISS)

Major Coordinator: Dr Jim Reye

Full-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB220 Database Design

ITB221 3GL SystemsITB257 Multimedia Systems

Year 2, Semester 2ITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB226 Information TheoryITB232 Database SystemsITB242 Management Support Systems

Year 3, Semester 1ITB223 4GL SystemsITB241 Information Technology Management

Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 2ITB236 Object Oriented SystemsITB240 Group Project2

Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1ITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB226 Information Theory

Year 3, Semester 2COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB220 Database Design

Year 4, Semester 1ITB232 Database SystemsITB242 Management Support Systems

Year 4, Semester 2ITB221 3GL SystemsITB257 Multimedia Systems

Year 5, Semester 1ITB236 Object-Oriented Systems

Block 3 unit

Year 5, Semester 2ITB223 4GL SystemsITB241 Information Technology Management

Year 6, Semester 1ITB240 Group Project

Block 3 unit

Year 6, Semester 2Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

E:Software Engineering (SOF)Major Coordinator: Dr Paul Roe

Full-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB420 Computer ArchitectureITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet Applications

1 Software Engineering major students who complete the Cooperative Education Program will substitute ITB906Industrial Training Experience for this unit.

2 Information Systems major students who complete the Cooperative Education program will substitute ITB906 IndustrialTraining Experience for this unit.

342

Year 2, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB426 Operating SystemsITB448 Object Technology

Block 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming Laboratory1

ITB433 Programming LanguagesSpecialisation unit selected from List 4Block 3 unit

Year 3, Semester 2Specialisation unit selected from List 4IT Elective unit3Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1ITB448 Object TechnologyITB537 Internet Applications

Year 3, Semester 2ITB420 Computer ArchitectureITB421 Software Development 3

Year 4, Semester 1ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB426 Operating Systems

Year 4, Semester 2COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistITB432 Advanced Programming Laboratory


Year 5, Semester 2ITB433 Programming Languages

Specialisation unit selected from List 4

Year 6, Semester 1IT elective unit 3Block 3 unit

Year 6, Semester 2Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

LIST 4: SPECIALISATION UNITSTwo units to be selected from one of the following:

Computing SystemsITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB469 Unix Programming & System AdministrationITB470 Windows 2000 Systems Programming &

Administration

Neurocomputing/Artificial IntelligenceITB442 Foundations of Artificial IntelligenceITB461 Foundations of Neurocomputing

Software EngineeringITB454 Software Quality AssuranceITB466 Component Technology

F: Double Major – DataCommunications & SoftwareEngineering (CDC)

Full-time Course StructureYear 2, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB177 Mathematics for Data Communications

Year 2, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network Technology

Year 3, Semester 1COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistsITB432 Advanced Programming Laboratory# OR

Data Communications Unit selected fromList 5

ITB433 Programming LanguagesData Communications Unit selected fromList 5

Year 3, Semester 2ITB426 Operating Systems

Data Communications unit selected fromList 5Block 3 unitBlock 3 unit

Part-time Course StructureYear 3, Semester 1ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB177 Mathematics for Data CommunicationsYear 3, Semester 2ITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)COB010 Communications for the IT SpecialistsYear 4, Semester 1ITB426 Operating SystemsITB535 Network AdministrationYear 4, Semester 2ITB420 Computer Architecture

Block 3 unitYear 5, Semester 1ITB448 Object TechnologyITB538 Network TechnologyYear 5, Semester 2ITB433 Programming Languages

Data Communications unit selected fromList 5

1 Software Engineering major students who complete the Cooperative Education Program will substitute ITB906Industrial Training Experience for this unit.

3 To be selected from units available in the Bachelor of Information Technology, subject to the approval of the majorcoordinator.

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N T

EC

HN

OL

OG

Y

343

Year 6, Semester 1ITB424 Software Engineering Principles

Data Communications unit selected fromList 5

Year 6, Semester 2ITB432 Advanced Programming Laboratory# OR

Data Communications unit selected fromList 5Block 3 unit

LIST 5: SPECIALISATION UNITSSelect two units from the following:

ITB531 Application ServicesITB532 Network ManagementITB533 Comparative Network SystemsITB539 DC Project#ITB541 Transmission TechniquesITB542 Network ProgrammingITB543 Data SecurityITB548 Introduction to CryptologyITB549 Error Control & Data CompressionITB550 Network AnalysisITB551 Network Planning# Integrated major students who complete the

Cooperative Education Program will substituteITB906 for either a Data CommunicationsSpecialisation Unit or ITB432 AdvancedProgramming Laboratory.

Block 3: ElectivesIn addition to the units listed above under the headingsof the various majors and specialisations, the Facultyof Information Technology offers the followingadditional elective units. In selecting Block 3 electiveunits, and subject to prerequisite constraints and theapproval of the relevant major coordinator, studentsmay choose (any combination of):

units from the following listunits from other BIT majors and specialisationsi.e., other than their chosen specialisation(s) ormajor(s)units from any degree level course offered at QUT.

Note: Students are encouraged to select unitsfrom outside the faculty.

Students should note that they need to check thetimetable in order to identify which semester, orsemesters, elective units are to be offered. Offeringof electives is subject to sufficient enrolment.

Software Engineering ElectivesComputer SystemsITB441 GraphicsITB450 Parallel ComputingITB456 Graphic User InterfacesITB457 Windows Programming

ITB469 Unix Programming & SystemsAdministration

ITB470 Windows 2000 Systems Programming &Administration

Neurocomputing/AIITB463 Foundations of Pattern Recognition

Software EngineeringITB455 Integrated Software Engineering EnvironsITB458 Java & Extensible ProgrammingITB466 Component TechnologyITB468 Software Engineering Project

OthersITB444 Special Study 1ITB445 Special Study 2ITB447 Project

Information Systems ElectivesITB230 ProjectITB243 Knowledge Based SystemsITB245 Special Topic (R/3 Systems Administration)ITB252 Distributed DatabasesITB254 Interactivity DesignITB258 ABAP ProgrammingITB259 Advanced Multimedia Technologies

General ElectiveLWS400 Law of Information Technology

Cooperative EducationProgram (Elective UnitITB906 – Industrial TrainingExperience)

AimsThe purpose of the Cooperative Education Programis to provide students within the Bachelor ofInformation Technology experience of a real-worldenvironment prior to the study of the more advancedaspects of the course. This experience:

(i) enables the student to place the concepts learnedin the first two years in context, and

(ii) provides an experience that will enhance thebenefits obtained from early study.

The Cooperative Education period necessarilyinvolves reorientation and on-the-job training butstudents are expected to apply study skills to theacquisition of the necessary knowledge and, ingeneral, employers are not expected to provideformal training.

Selection CriteriaThe Cooperative Education Program is available tofull-time students enrolled in the fourth semester ofthe Bachelor of Information Technology degree(IT21), that is, who will have credit points in therange of 144-192 by the end of the year prior to thecommencement of the program. Students are eligible

344

to participate in the program if they have passed allunits at the first attempt, or have a grade pointaverage (GPA) of at least 4.5. Students entering thecourse with exemptions for prior studies must havebeen exempted from no more than 96 credit points.

FeaturesThe Cooperative Education Program is offered underthe guise of the 12 credit point unit ITB906 IndustrialTraining Experience and is substituted for thedesignated group project unit in the student’s chosenmajor. Industrial Training Experience has thefollowing features:

The faculty assists students to obtain suitableemployment for the ten month (minimum) periodand also discusses the nature of the work to beundertaken with the employer. As employerschoose their placements from interviews, thefaculty also arranges for students to attend sessionson resume writing and interview techniquesconducted by the Careers and EmploymentService.

An academic member of staff normally visits thestudent once per semester and discusses progresswith the student and a representative of theemployer.

During the training period the student writes tworeports on the experience, submits them to theemployer for endorsement and comment, and thenhands them to the Manager, Student Services andCooperative Education for assessment. The reportsshould highlight different aspects of the period,and include comments and recommendations.

Students will be assessed as either satisfactory orunsatisfactory in this unit. A satisfactory grade willbe granted on the basis of:

(i) satisfactory completion of an approved periodof cooperative education; and

(ii) submission of satisfactory reports on the year’sexperience. The reports must be submitted notlater than the due dates specified in the studyguides.

A salary is paid to the student by the employerduring this training period.

The faculty carefully monitors all cooperativeeducation placements and keeps a list ofemployers prepared to offer training. The facultymakes its best endeavour to find suitable trainingplaces for all students who meet the selectioncriteria and elect to undertake this option.

It is intended that full-time students placed on theprogram will devote their prime efforts to theIndustrial Training Experience and will not,

therefore, be permitted to register for more thanone other unit per semester during that year.

Notes(i) Where there has been significant evidence of

plagiarism or computer misuse by a student atany time during the course, no placement willbe available to that student.

(ii) Part-time students may be eligible for credit forprofessional experience, subject to certainconditions. Students should consult the relevantmajor coordinator or Manager, Student Servicesand Cooperative Education in the faculty forfurther information.

Bachelor of InformationTechnology (IT21) – Mid YearIntake

The following course structure is for students whocommence the Bachelor of Information Technologyin second semester.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 2ITB105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB510 Communications Networks

Year 2, Semester 1ITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 2ITB105 Study of Information Technology (2 weeks)ITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1

Year 2, Semester 1ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB310 Information Management

Year 2, Semester 2ITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 3, Semester 1ITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communications Networks

LA

W

345

FAC

ULT

Y O

F L

AW

346

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 347


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 348

COURSES■ Doctor of Juridical Science (LW50) ................................................................................................. 349

■ Master of Arts (Justice Studies) by Coursework (JS51) .................................................................. 352

■ Master of Arts (Justice Studies) (Intelligence) (JS51) ...................................................................... 353

■ Master of Arts (Justice Studies) by Research and Thesis (JS52) ..................................................... 353

■ Master of Laws by Coursework (LW51) .......................................................................................... 354

■ Master of Laws by Research and Thesis (LW52) ............................................................................. 357

■ Graduate Certificate in Legal and Justice Studies (JS25) ................................................................. 359

■ Graduate Certificate in Law (LW60) ................................................................................................ 360

■ Graduate Diploma in Legal and Justice Studies (JS41) ................................................................... 362

■ Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice (LP41) .................................................................................... 363

■ Bar Practice Course .......................................................................................................................... 365

■ Bachelor of Laws (LW33) ................................................................................................................ 365

■ Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies)/Bachelor of Laws (LW41) ......................................................... 368

■ Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies)/Bachelor of Laws (LW42) ......................................................... 368

■ Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (Honours) (JS40) ....................................................................... 369

■ Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (JS31) ......................................................................................... 370

■ Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (In-service) (JS33) ..................................................................... 372

LA

W

347

FACULTY OF LAW

OVERVIEWThe QUT Faculty of Law is Australias largest tertiaryeducator in Law and Justice Studies. The faculty isan acknowledged leader in its field and provides asound balance of practical and theoretical trainingwhich enables graduates to progress into the realworld with ease. The faculty consists of the Schoolof Law, the School of Justice Studies and the LegalPractice unit.

The facultys teaching and learning programs developlegal research and analysis skills within contextualand conceptual frameworks. Additionally a globalapproach to education is adopted which includesinternational visiting scholars, exchange programsfor staff and students and offshore programs.

The improvement of the quality of teaching andlearning has been a major priority for the faculty inrecent years. Significant projects have beendeveloped and implemented to facilitate the use offlexible delivery methods and on-line teachingtechnologies. Through the utilisation of Internettechnologies, students are able to access a range ofstudy and resource materials as well as benefit fromforums which provide greater opportunity forcommunication with academic staff and otherstudents. The faculty has embarked upon a reviewof appropriate skills for Law graduates. A frameworkfor embedding generic and discipline-specificgraduate attributes within Law and Justice Studiesprograms is currently being developed andimplemented in most undergraduate units.

A feature that sets QUT apart as the University forthe Real World is its liaison and collaboration withthe legal profession and justice industries. Emphasison real world experience, projects and case studiesis an essential part of QUT education. As well asdegrees in Law and Justice Studies, seven doubledegrees are also available in conjunction with theFaculties of Arts, Business and InformationTechnology.

The Faculty of Law achieves consistently highgraduate employment rates which support itsposition as one of Australias leading law faculties.The Law School prepares students for careers in lawfirms, government and other industries. Bachelor ofLaws graduates who wish to qualify as solicitors cancomplete Legal Practice studies in six months full-time or one year part-time and then gain admissionas a solicitor. The School of Justice Studies producesgraduates with qualifications for employment in

policing, justice, defence, security and other socialjustice areas.

The Faculty of Law has a large research section withsix specialisations in which leadership is providedby some of Australias foremost experts in thespecialist fields. The research section consists of:

Centre for Commercial and Property LawConcentration in Environmental LawConcentration in Crime, Youth and CommunityJusticeConcentration in Civil Practice and ProcedureConcentration in Public and International LawConcentration in Women, Children and the Law.

RESEARCH CENTRE

CENTRE FOR COMMERCIAL ANDPROPERTY LAWDirector: Professor B. Collier, BA LLB Qld, LLMMelb.

The Centre for Commercial and Property Lawcovers:

commercial lawcontract lawcorporations lawreal propertycommercial leasesinsurance lawtrade practices and consumer protectionmortgages and securities

While many of our postgraduate research studentsare researching fields encompassed by our centre orresearch concentrations, we also have staff qualifiedto supervise research in other fields – torts, equity,legal education, criminology, professional legaleducation and training, intelligence and security,maritime law, native title, medico-legal issues,private international law and Asian legal systems.You can get a full list of the research interests of allfaculty staff from the Faculty’s AdministrationOfficer (Postgraduate Programs).

348


Dean: Professor M. Cope, BA(Hons) LLM Qld.,Barrister

External Studies Facilitator: Ms F. McGlone, BADipEd LLB Syd., LLM, Barrister (NSW)

Administration Manager: Mr W.A. Smith,BA(Hons) Syd., GradDipCourt & ParliamentaryReporting Canb.

Assistant Dean, Research: Dr D.A. Butler,LLB(Hons) QIT, PhD, Solicitor (Qld & HighCourt of Australia)

Assistant Dean, Postgraduate Studies: ProfessorW.D. Duncan, LLB Qld., LLM Lond., Solicitor

Assistant Dean, Teaching and Learning: Ms S.A.Christensen, LLB (Hons) LLM, Solicitor (Qld).

Law SchoolHead of School: Associate Professor P.V.Tahmindjis, BA LLB Syd., LLM Lond, JSD Dal.,Barrister (NSW)

Legal PracticeDirector: Mr A.J. Chay, LLB LLM Qld., Solicitor

Justice StudiesHead of School: Mr M. Barnes, BA LLB LLMQld.

LA

W

349

■ Doctor of Juridical Science(LW50)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Minimum of 2.5 years full-time,5 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48(Average)Course Coordinator: Professor W.D. DuncanEntry RequirementsOn the recommendation of the Dean of the Facultyof Law, the Research Degrees Committee may admitto candidature for the degree an applicant who:

(i) holds or has completed the requirements for thedegree of Bachelor of Laws at QUT or itsequivalent from another institution which, in theopinion of the Dean of Faculty, maintainsstandards comparable with those required forthe award of the degree of Bachelor of Laws atQUT; or

(ii) is admitted to practice as a barrister or solicitorin Queensland or another state or territory ofAustralia or, who in the opinion of the Dean ofFaculty, is similarly qualified; or

(iii) holds or has completed the requirements for adegree of Master of Legal Practice at QUT,

and, for all three (3) situations above,(iv) has completed the requirements for the conferral

of the Master of Laws of the QueenslandUniversity of Technology or its equivalent fromanother institution which, in the opinion of theDean, maintains standards comparable withthose required for the award of the degree ofMaster of Laws of the Queensland Universityof Technology; and

(v) has a minimum of two years’ professionalexperience in a position of responsibility ap-propriate to the proposed course of study; and

(vi) is recommended by the Dean of Faculty as beingsuitably qualified in the particular field of studyin which the applicant proposes to be a candidate.

Course StructureStudents undertake 96 credit points of courseworkunits taken from those listed in the entry for LW51Master of Laws by Coursework and complete adissertation component.

Stage 196 credit points of coursework units taken fromSchedule 1 in the entry for LW51 Master of Laws

COURSES

by Coursework. The unit LWN048 Advanced LegalResearch must be undertaken by candidates in theircoursework component. (Schedule 1 lists unitsavailable in 2001.)

Stage 2Dissertation component (approximately 70 000words).

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semesters 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equal to48 credit points per semester. (Whole year units arecounted as 12 credit points per semester.)

Year 2, Semester 1LWR003/1 & LWR003/2 Thesis



Year 3, Semester 2LWR003/7 and LWR003/8 Thesis

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equal to24 credit points per semester. (Whole year units are countedas 12 credit points per semester.)

Year 2, Semester 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equal to24 credit points per semester. (Whole year units are countedas 12 credit points per semester.)

Year 3, Semesters 1 and 2LWR003/1 & LWR003/2 Thesis



Year 6, Semesters 1 and 2LWR003/7 and LWR003/8 Thesis

Students have the option of enrolling in thedissertation component of the degree during summerprogram (subject to the availability of supervisorystaff), which would reduce the number of years takento complete the course.

1. Studies During the Candidature1.1 A candidate is required to complete successfullya course of study which results in a notablecontribution to professional knowledge and practice.This contribution may be in the form of newknowledge and practice, or of significant and originaladaptation, application and interpretation of existingknowledge and practice.

350

1.2 The degree comprises both a coursework(approximately 33%) and a dissertation component(approximately 66%). Candidates either will havepursued or will pursue an approved course ofadvanced study and research, comprising 96 creditpoints of coursework whether by approved projectsor in courses offered by QUT (including coursesselected from within the subject offerings for theLLM degree by coursework at a grade point averageof at least 5.0). The candidate will also pursue adissertation in accordance with Rules 3 and 6. Oneof the units studied for the coursework requirementsmust be Advanced Legal Research, together with anyother unit or units necessary to satisfy the coherencerequirement in rule 1.3.

1.3 Candidates must successfully complete allcoursework requirements at the appropriate standardprior to commencing the dissertation. As far aspossible, the topic of the dissertation must extendthe coursework component. Subject to Rule 3, theTeaching, Learning and Curriculum Committee willapprove the course of study for the degree prior tocommencement and will recommend for eachcandidate an Academic Supervisor who willnormally be the Principal Supervisor for thecandidate’s dissertation.

1.4 The Research Degrees Committee on the rec-ommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Law mayapprove a variation in a candidate’s course of studyand research.

2. Credit for Previous Studies/Transfer ofRegistrationThe Research Degrees Committee on therecommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Lawmay grant a candidate credit in the followingcircumstances:

2.1 Where a candidate has undertaken part of aproposed course of study as a registered student inanother institution, and has undertaken courseworkas part of a Master’s degree, that candidate, throughapplication in writing to Research DegreesCommittee at the time of applying for registration,may have credit granted towards the candidate’scourse of study at QUT provided that the work forwhich a candidate seeks credit has been completedat a grade point average of at least 5.0 on a seven-point grading scale. The applicant must includedetails of the work already undertaken, the reasonsfor the transfer and the expected date of completion.

2.2 Subject to these rules (in particular rule 1.3), acandidate who has completed a Masters degree inLaw may be granted credit of up to 96 credit pointsfor units passed for that degree at a grade pointaverage of at least 5.0 on a seven point scale.

2.3 The registration period for a doctoral degree in aprofessional field shall include such prior registrationas may be approved by the Research DegreesCommittee.

3. Dissertation Requirements3.1 When a candidate successfully completes thecoursework component of the degree, the AcademicSupervisor shall so certify to the Research DegreesCommittee. The dissertation may not be commenceduntil the Committee receives such certification.

3.2 The dissertation must be presented in accordancewith the requirements of the relevant rules of QUT.

3.3 Subject to the above and subject to therequirements of Rule 1, the candidate shall submit adetailed proposal for a topic for the dissertation tothe Teaching, Learning and Curriculum Committeeat the time the candidate seeks approval for thecandidate’s course of studies.

3.4 The topic for the dissertation must involve bothan appropriate theoretical perspective and a specificorientation to professional practice and application.

3.5 Normally, two supervisors shall be appointed foreach dissertation prepared by a candidate. Onesupervisor shall be the Principal Supervisor, withresponsibility for supervising the preparation of thedissertation on a frequent basis. The PrincipalSupervisor shall be a member of the QUT Facultyof Law. Recommendations of suitable persons to bePrincipal Supervisor and Associate Supervisor for adissertation shall be made by the Teaching, Learningand Curriculum Committee to the Dean andapproved by the Research Degrees Committee.

3.6 A candidate enrolled for the degree shall, at leastonce per semester during the period of candidature,consult with the Principal Supervisor and, whereappropriate, any Associate Supervisor.

3.7 A candidate shall participate in such Universityscholarly activity, such as research seminars, as aredeemed appropriate by the Principal Supervisor.

4. Progress Reports4.1 A candidate shall prepare at the end of eachsemester during which the dissertation is beingwritten a statement in the appropriate form of thework done towards the degree and submit it to thePrincipal Supervisor.

4.2 The Principal Supervisor shall within a fortnightof receiving the candidate’s statement of workprepare a report to be given to the candidate forcomment. The candidate shall sign the report inacknowledgment of this and return it to thesupervisor forthwith, together with any writtencomments the candidate may wish to make.

LA

W

351

4.3 Both reports together with any accompanyingcomments by the candidate shall then be forwardedthrough the Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee and the Dean to the Research DegreesCommittee.

4.4 Where, in the opinion of the Research DegreesCommittee, a candidate has not made satisfactoryprogress towards completing the requirements forthe degree, the Research Degrees Committee on theadvice of the Dean shall call upon the candidate toshow cause why the enrolment of the candidateshould not be terminated for lack of satisfactoryprogress.

4.5 Upon failure of the candidate to show cause thecandidate’s enrolment will be terminated.

5. Confirmation of Candidature5.1 At the end of the second semester only aftercommencement of the dissertation component of thecourse the candidate will have to seek confirmationof candidature in accordance with this Rule.

5.2 To seek confirmation of candidature theSupervisor shall submit a written report of thecandidate’s progress together with a report from thecandidate to the first Teaching, Learning andCurriculum Committee meeting held immediatelyafter the end of the second semester of enrolment inthe dissertation component of the degree.

5.3 The report of the Supervisor shall provide awritten appraisal of:

the candidate’s progressthe candidate’s suitability for continuation in theSJD programthe full course of studylikely budget requirements and funds availablecertification: signature of the Principal Supervisorand date.

The report of the candidate shall provide:a detailed account of:

progress to date, including details of completedcoursework and grades obtainedproblems encountered

an indication of whether the thesis will becompleted on timecertification: signature of the candidate and date.

5.4 If confirmation of candidature is not approvedthen the Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee shall decide whether or not to extend theperiod for confirmation, and, if so, by what time, orrecommend cancellation of enrolment, as the casemay be.

6. Time Limits6.1 Subject to Rules 6.2 and 6.3, a candidate mayproceed either on a full-time or part-time basis.

6.2 Subject to 6.3 and 6.5, except in specialcircumstances and with the approval of the ResearchDegrees Committee, all candidates shall complete aminimum of 36 months’ registration if a full-timestudent, or 72 months if a part-time student, or suchother period as may be approved by the ResearchDegrees Committee.

6.3 Where the candidate is a holder of a MastersDegree in Law, the period of registration shall benot less than 30 months in the case of a full-timestudent and not less than 60 months in the case of apart-time student.

6.4 Except in special circumstances and with theapproval of the Research Degrees Committee:

(i) A full-time candidate shall complete all therequirements for the degree not later than 54months after first registration.

(ii) A part-time candidate shall complete all therequirements for the degree not later than 72months after first registration.

6.5 Where a candidate has approval from theTeaching, Learning and Curriculum Committee toenrol in a dissertation component during a summersemester, the minimum time limit for registrationmay be reduced.

7. Examination of the Dissertation7.1 The candidate shall present a dissertation ofapproximately 70 000 words which shall constitutea substantial and original contribution to knowledgeand understanding in the area of the law that is thesubject of the research, in satisfaction of Rule 1.1.The dissertation must include a statement ofobjectives of the investigation and must acknowledgethe sources from which the information is derived,the extent to which the work of others has been used,and that the work is original and otherwise complieswith the University’s requirements for presentingdissertations. Any substantial financial assistancereceived must also be acknowledged.

7.2 A candidate may not present as the dissertationany work which has been presented for anotherdegree at QUT or any other institution.

7.3 Subject to agreement between supervisors andnot later than three months before the proposed datefor submission of the dissertation, the PrincipalSupervisor will recommend through the Teaching,Learning and Curriculum Committee to the ResearchDegrees Committee the composition of a proposed

352

Examination Committee, together with the title ofthe candidate’s dissertation.

7.4 In order to determine whether a dissertation isacceptable for examination, a candidate may beexamined orally by a Law Faculty panel of threepersons appointed by the Dean. The PrincipalSupervisor shall be one of those three persons andshall chair the panel. All available members of theExamination Committee should attend the oralexamination. The examination will be based on thework described in the dissertation and the field ofstudy in which the investigation lies. The candidatewill provide sufficient copies of the dissertation,bound in temporary cover, for the panel and theexaminers.

7.5 The Faculty Panel will advise the Teaching,Learning and Curriculum Committee and theResearch Degrees Committee whether thedissertation is acceptable for examination. If it does,the dissertation, in the format required by QUT, mustbe presented to the Research Degrees Committeetogether with certification that the dissertation hasbeen accepted by the Law Faculty. Receipt of thedissertation by the Research Degrees Committeeconstitutes submission of the candidate’s dissertationfor examination. The candidate’s PrincipalSupervisor shall forward proposed arrangements forexamination of the dissertation through the Teaching,Learning and Curriculum Committee to the ResearchDegrees Committee for approval.

7.6 A dissertation shall normally be examined by anExamination Committee comprising one examinerfrom the QUT Faculty of Law, who shall chair theCommittee, and two external examiners. Theexternal examiners must be independent of QUT.The Research Degrees Committee will provide theexaminers with a copy of the dissertation and of allrelevant requirements and information. Normally,examiners must read and report upon the dissertationwithin two months of its receipt.

7.7 When the examiners are in agreement withrespect to the dissertation, the Chairperson shalltransmit the result of the examination on theprescribed form to the Chairperson of the ResearchDegrees Committee. The examiners’ report shallrecommend (i) that the dissertation be accepted, withor without minor modifications, or (ii) that thecandidate be re-examined, or (iii) that the dissertationnot be accepted and the candidature be terminated.When the recommendation is that the dissertationbe accepted, the chairperson must return anExaminers’ Report together with a certificate signedby each examiner recommending acceptance of the

dissertation towards fulfilment of the conditions forthe award of the Doctor of Juridical Science degree.

8. Award of Degree8.1 In order to qualify for the award of the Doctor ofJuridical Science degree, a candidate must submitto the Research Degrees Committee:

(i) a declaration signed by the candidate that he orshe has not been a candidate for another tertiaryaward during the period of candidature withoutthe permission of the Research DegreesCommittee, and

(ii) a certificate recommending acceptance of thedissertation towards fulfilment of the conditionsfor the Doctor of Juridical Science degreesigned by each member of the faculty panel thatrecommended examination of the dissertation,and the Examination Committee whichaccepted it, together with three copies of thedissertation in the format required by theQueensland University of Technology, and

(iii) a certificate of satisfactory completion of thecandidate’s approved course of study signed bythe candidate’s Academic Supervisor, and

(iv) an application for conferral of the degree.

8.2 When the degree has been awarded, a copy ofthe dissertation incorporating any requiredamendments and revisions shall be lodged in theUniversity and the Law Libraries.

■ Master of Arts (Justice Studies)by Coursework (JS51)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Gayre Christie

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible to apply for admission an applicantshould:

(i) hold a Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) degree(or a qualification deemed equivalent) and havean approved honours degree, or hold a graduatediploma in an appropriate field of study with aGPA of 5.00 or better, or have approvedprofessional experience deemed equivalent; or

(ii) hold an approved four-year undergraduatedegree in an appropriate field.

LA

W

353

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSN001 Theories of Justice 1JSN002 Theoretical CriminologyJSN003 Applied CriminologyJSN006 Independent Study 1

Year 1, Semester 2JSN004 Issues in Criminal JusticeJSN005 Theories of Justice 2JSN007 Independent Study 2

Elective (elective can be taken in Semester 1or 2)

ElectivesSemester 1JSN014 Law, Justice & New Genetic Technologies

Semester 2JSN012 The Law, Morality & the Media

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSN001 Theories of Justice 1JSN002 Theoretical Criminology

Year 1, Semester 2JSN004 Issues in Criminal JusticeJSN005 Theories of Justice 2

Year 2, Semester 1JSN003 Applied CriminologyJSN006 Independent Study 1

Year 2, Semester 2JSN007 Independent Study 2

Elective (elective can be taken in Semester 1or 2)

■ Master of Arts (Justice Studies)(Intelligence) (JS51)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year external modeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points per Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Dr Gayre Christie

Entry RequirementsWith the approval of the course coordinator, thiscourse is only offered to qualified candidates whohave successfully completed the intelligence coursesat the Defence Intelligence Training Centre,including the Advanced Course in Intelligence.Successful applicants will undertake the ResearchProject under approved supervision.

Approved candidates will receive 48 credit pointstowards the Master of Arts (Justice Studies)(Intelligence) program. The course coordinator willgrant these exemptions to students who havesuccessfully completed the intelligence courses atthe Defence Intelligence Training Centre.

Course StructureThe course structure comprises the following:

(i) 48 credit points towards above degree tostudents who have successfully completedadvanced intelligence course at DefenceIntelligence Training Centre.

(ii) 48 credit points towards a research projectwhich is chosen in consultation with GraemeClark from the Defence Intelligence TrainingCentre, Canungra, and the course coordinator.

Course NotesSuccessful students should apply for credit bycompleting an Application for Academic CreditForm and submitting it to QUT for approval.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSN020 Research Project 1

Year 1, Semester 2JSN021 Research Project 2

■ Master of Arts (JusticeStudies) by Research andThesis (JS52)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Course Coordinator: Dr Gayre ChristieEntry RequirementsTo be eligible to apply for admission, an applicantshould:(i) hold a Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies)

(Honours) degree or a Graduate Diploma inLegal and Justice Studies degree and possessappropriate research skills; or

(ii) hold an approved honours degree or appropriatepostgraduate diploma and possess appropriateresearch skills; or

(iii) have substantial professional experiencedeemed to be appropriate by the coursecoordinator in the field in which the proposedresearch is to be undertaken and possessappropriate research skills; or

(v) have professional publications etc that thecourse coordinator and the Faculty Teaching,Learning and Curriculum Committee accept asproof of advanced knowledge and researchability in the proposed field of research.

354

Thesis RequirementsThe thesis submitted for the degree should be notless than 50 000 words and should constitute asubstantial contribution to knowledge andunderstanding in the areas of criminology, lawenforcement, intelligence and security, correctionsand the community and legal and justice policy.

Course StructureSemester 1Full-time studentsIFN100 Full-time Masters research

OR, in instances where a candidate hasexceeded the normal course duration and anextension of time has been approved,

IFN101 Full-time Masters research (extension)

Part-time studentsIFN200 Part-time Masters research

or, in instances where a candidate hasexceeded the normal course duration and anextension of time has been approved,

IFN201 Part-time Masters research (extension)

■ Master of Laws byCoursework (LW51)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 3 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Professor W.D. DuncanEntry RequirementsApplicants for admission shall have satisfied one ofthe following conditions:

(i) completed the requirements for the degree ofBachelor of Laws of QUT

(ii) completed the requirements for the award of adegree in law of another tertiary institutionwhich, in the opinion of the Dean of Faculty,maintains standards comparable with thoserequired for the award of the degree of Bachelorof Laws of QUT

(iii) hold a professional qualification in law and atleast three years of professional legal experiencesubsequent to first admission to practice andalso satisfy the Dean of Faculty that they havethe requisite ability to complete the LLM byCoursework degree.

In exceptional circumstances any of the followingpersons shall be eligible to apply for admission as astudent for the LLM by Coursework degree in aspecialist stream:

(i) a person who is eligible to be admitted, to aGraduate Certificate in Law in a specialiststream; and

(ii) has significant professional experience in thefield of the Graduate Certificate in Law alreadycompleted; and

(iii) has achieved a grade point average of 5.5 in theunits already completed for the GraduateCertificate in Law; and

(iv) whose course is approved by the Assistant Dean(Postgraduate Studies).

ArticulationThis course articulates with the Doctor of JuridicalScience (SJD).

Course StructureThe course structure comprises 96 credit points ofcoursework units for a Pass degree together with adissertation (a further 48 credit points) for anHonours degree.

The units from which 96 credit points shall be chosenare subject to availability.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semesters 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equalto 48 credit points per semester. (Whole year unitsare counted as 12 credit points per semester.)

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semesters 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equalto a minimum of 12 credit points per semester.(Whole year units are counted as 12 credit pointsper semester.)

Year 2, Semesters 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equalto a minimum of 12 credit points per semester.(Whole year units are counted as 12 credit pointsper semester.)

Year 3, Semesters 1 and 2Units taken from Schedule 1 for any given year equalto a minimum of 24 credit points per semester.(Whole year units are counted as 12 credit pointsper semester.) Where students undertake more thanthe minimum course load in Years 1 and 2, they mayundertake a minimum of 12 credit points persemester in Year 3.

Generic DegreeSubject to availability, students may undertake anycoursework units to the value of 96 credit points fromthose listed in Schedule 1.

LA

W

355

Course MajorsStudents undertaking the Master of Laws (byCoursework) may elect to major in EnvironmentalResources Law, Commercial Law, Technology Lawor Public Law. Students electing to undertake oneof these majors should select 96 credit points ofcoursework units from those listed for that major.Students shall have their course of study recognisedby the addition of the appropriate words inparenthesis after the reference to the Master of Lawsdegree in their academic record and in their degreecertificate.

Schedule 1: Accredited Coursework UnitsEach of the following units are worth 12 credit pointsexcept for LWN026, LWN034, LWN058 andLWN072 which are each worth 24 credit points.

It is intended that those units marked with a ‘+’ willbe offered in 2001 subject to demand and availabilityof staff.

LWN017 RestitutionLWN018 Contemporary Equitable Doctrines,

Principles & RemediesLWN022 Banking Transactions Law+LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN026 Research Project 2A+LWN029 Theoretical Criminology+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN032 Credit for UQ Subject 1+LWN033 Credit for UQ Subject 2+LWN034 Credit for UQ Subject 3+LWN035 Medico-legal Issues+LWN036 Select Issues of Intellectual Property Law+LWN039 Applied Criminology+LWN040 Theories of Justice 1+LWN042 Theories of Justice 2+LWN043 Law of Company Takeovers+LWN045 The Law Relating to Public & Official

CorruptionLWN046 Advanced Planning Law+LWN047 Legal Education+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN049 International Environmental Law+LWN050 Restrictive Trade Practices Law+LWN051 Consumer Protection & Product Liability+LWN053 Research Project 1B+LWN056 Research Project 1C+LWN057 Research Project 1D+LWN058 Research Project 2B+LWN060 Environmental Legal System+LWN061 Natural Resources Law+LWN062 Federal Environmental LawLWN063 Comparative Environmental Law+LWN064 Theories of Contemporary Legal Critique+LWN065 Construction & Engineering Law+LWN070 Credit for UQ Subject 4+LWN071 Credit for UQ Subject 5+LWN072 Credit for UQ Subject 6+LWN075 International Commercial TransactionsLWN076 International Commercial Disputes+LWN077 Litigation – Evidence

LWN078 Advanced Criminal Evidence & ProcedureLWN081 RestitutionLWN082 Intellectual Property: LitigationLWN083 Estate Planning+LWN084 International Marine Pollution LawLWN085 International Law of the Sea+LWN087 Contemporary Issues in Torts+LWN088 Government Law, Policy & Practice+LWN093 Security for Commercial LendingLWN094 Energy LawLWN095 Native Title Law, Policy & PracticeLWN096 Capital Markets LawLWN097 Corporate Insolvency+LWN099 Intellectual Property Law+LWN111 Public Law & Government Commercial

Activity+LWN112 Administrative Framework for CorporationsLWN113 Law of Guarantees+LWN114 Commercial Issues in Private International

LawLWN115 Human Rights in Australian Law+LWN116 Liquor Licensing Law & PracticeLWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet+LWN119 Employment Law+LWN120 Select Issues in Media Law & Policy+LWN122 Commercial Leases+LWN123 Corporate Governance: Director’s Duties,

Members’ Rights & ComplianceLWN124 Contemporary Family Issues+LWN125 Electronic Commerce Law+LWN126 The Law of Costs+LWN127 Advanced Insurance Law 1+LWN128 Advanced Insurance Law 2LWN129 Contemporary Issues in Sentencing Law+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law, Policy &

Practice+LWN132 Public Sector Employment Law & PolicyLWN134 Representative Actions+LWN135 Law, Justice & New Genetic Technologies+LWN137 Issues in Criminal Justice+

Major in Environmental Resources Law –LLM (Environmental Resources Law)Students undertake 96 credit points selected fromthe following units (each unit is worth 12 creditpoints):LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN046 Advanced Planning Law+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN049 International Environmental Law+LWN060 Environmental Legal System+LWN061 Natural Resources Law+LWN062 Federal Environmental LawLWN063 Comparative Environmental Law+LWN065 Construction & Engineering Law+LWN084 International Marine Pollution LawLWN085 International Law of the Sea+LWN094 Energy LawLWN095 Native Title Law, Policy & PracticeLWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+

Up to 48 credit points may be taken in the form ofresearch projects.

356

Major in Commercial Law – LLM(Commercial Law)Students undertake 96 credit points selected fromthe following units (each unit is worth 12 creditpoints):LWN022 Banking Transactions Law+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN043 Law of Company Takeovers+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN050 Restrictive Trade Practices Law+LWN051 Consumer Protection & Product Liability+LWN075 International Commercial TransactionsLWN076 International Commercial Disputes+LWN093 Security for Commercial LendingLWN096 Capital Markets LawLWN097 Corporate Insolvency+LWN112 Administrative Framework for CorporationsLWN113 Law of Guarantees+LWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet+LWN122 Commercial Leases+LWN125 Electronic Commerce+LWN127 Advanced Insurance Law 1+LWN128 Advanced Insurance Law 2LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+


Major in Public Law – LLM (Public Law)Students undertake 96 credit points selected fromthe following units (each unit is worth 12 creditpoints):LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN088 Government Law, Policy, & PracticeLWN095 Native Title Law, Policy & PracticeLWN111 Public Law & Government Commercial

Activity +LWN115 Human Rights in Australian Law +LWN129 Contemporary Issues in Sentencing Law+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+


Major in Technology Law – LLM(Technology Law)Students undertake 96 credit points selected fromthe following units (each unit is worth 12 creditpoints):LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN036 Select Issues of Intellectual Property Law+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN082 Intellectual Property: LitigationLWN099 Intellectual Property Law+LWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet+LWN120 Select Issues in Media Law & Policy+LWN125 Electronic Commerce Law+LWN135 Law, Justice & New Genetic Technologies+


Units Offered by Other Faculties or SchoolsWith the approval of the Assistant Dean(Postgraduate Studies) a candidate may undertakeunits from other QUT faculties or schools which aredeemed to be coherently related to the Master’sprogram. Normally no more than 24 credit pointsmay be attempted in this way, however, inexceptional circumstances the Assistant Dean(Postgraduate Studies) may approve a candidateattempting 36 credit points in this way provided suchunits are part of a coherent course of study.

Units which may be undertaken in accordance withthis rule include, but are not limited to:

AYN405 Advanced Tax PlanningAYN406 Capital Gains TaxAYN445 Goods and Services Tax (from Master of

Commerce, Faculty of Business)

A detailed brochure outlining all courses offered bythe Consortium of Australian Tax Schools isavailable from the Faculty of Law.JSN012 The Law, Morality & the Media

(from Master of Arts (Justice Studies),Faculty of Law)

Students should contact the appropriate Faculty orSchool for further details on these unit offerings andto confirm semester and mode of offering.

In addition, the Assistant Dean (PostgraduateStudies) may grant credit of not more than 48 creditpoints for units completed in an equivalent courseat another tertiary institution.

LWN100 Honours DissertationA coursework student who has obtained 96 creditpoints and who has a grade point average of 6.0 orbetter for all units attempted shall be eligible to enrolfor an honours dissertation. A coursework studentwho has obtained 96 credit points and who has agrade point average of better than 5.5 and less than6.0 for all units attempted shall, with the priorapproval of the Assistant Dean (PostgraduateStudies), be eligible to enrol for an honoursdissertation.

Students who intend to undertake the honoursdissertation should indicate their intention to theAdministration Officer (Postgraduate Programs)before the end of their last semester of study.

The honours dissertation shall be not less than 20 000words and not more than 30 000 words in length,and shall be prepared in accordance with the paperPresentation of Legal Theses by E.M. Campbell,copies of which are held in the Law Library. It shallinclude a title page, table of contents andbibliography.

LA

W

357

Applications to undertake an honours dissertationmust be made on the prescribed form available fromthe Administration Officer (Postgraduate Programs),detailing topic, proposed supervisor, etc. Theobligation for finding a supervisor lies with thestudent. A list of research interests of faculty staff isreleased in October of each year. Applications closein the second week of the semester in which thestudent is enrolled for the honours dissertation.Students are advised of the success or otherwise oftheir application no later than Week 4 of the semesterin which the student is enrolled. If the topic andsupervisor are approved, the student shall pursuetheir research for the dissertation under the directionof the supervisor.

The student shall submit four clear typed copies oftheir dissertation to the Administration Officer(Postgraduate Programs) of the Faculty of Law byno later than the last day of the examination periodof the second consecutive semester. On submissionof the dissertation, the student shall furnish a signedstatement that the dissertation is their work alone,except where due acknowledgment is made in thetext, and does not include material which has beenpreviously submitted or accepted for a degree ordiploma. The dissertation shall be referred to twoexaminers. Each examiner shall report as to whether,in his or her opinion, the dissertation is of sufficientmerit and is one that is likely to be accepted forpublication by a learned journal. Each examiner shallalso recommend that the dissertation:

(i) be accepted, or(ii) not be accepted, or(iii) be accepted subject to amendments to be made

to the satisfaction of the supervisor.

Following acceptance of the dissertation, two copiesshall be bound in an approved form at the student’sexpense and one copy submitted to the Law Librarianfor deposit in the QUT Faculty of Law Library andthe other copy submitted for inclusion in theQueensland University of Technology Library. Anycorrections resulting from the examiners’ assessmentshall be made prior to binding, and by retyping ifthey would otherwise be obtrusive.

■ Master of Laws by Researchand Thesis (LW52)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96

Course Coordinator: Professor W.D. Duncan

1. Rules for the Master of Laws Degree by Researchand Thesis

1.1 The following rules apply to the degree of Masterof Laws to be obtained by research and thesisawarded by the Queensland University ofTechnology, and are made with the authority of theAcademic Board of this University.

2. Master of Laws Degree by Research andThesis2.1 The Master of Laws (LLM) degree by Researchand Thesis may be awarded as:

2.1.1 Master of Laws, or

2.1.2 Master of Laws with First Class Honours1, or

2.1.3 Master of Laws with Second Class Honours.1

3. Entry RequirementsThe following persons shall be eligible to apply foradmission as a student for the degree:

3.1 A person who has completed the requirementsfor the degree of Bachelor of Laws of QUT with atleast Second Class Honours Division A, or itsequivalent from another institution which, in theopinion of the Dean of the Faculty of Law, maintainsstandards comparable with those required for theaward of the degree of Bachelor of Laws of QUT, or

3.1.1 A person who has completed the requirementsfor the degree of Bachelor of Laws of QUT at astandard of Second Class Honours Division B or alesser standard, or its equivalent from anotherinstitution which, in the opinion of the Dean,maintains standards comparable with those requiredfor the award of the degree of Bachelor of Laws ofQUT, or

3.1.2 A person admitted or entitled to be admittedto practice in the State of Queensland.

3.2 Candidates falling within sub-clauses 3.1.1 and3.1.2 must also satisfy the following to be eligiblefor admission:

3.2.1 Three years’ professional experience in the fieldin which the proposed research work is to beundertaken, or

3.2.2 Satisfactory completion of an appropriateMasters qualifying program stipulated by theAssistant Dean (Postgraduate Studies) on therecommendation of the Teaching, Learning andCurriculum Committee. Pending satisfactorycompletion of a qualifying program, provisionalstatus may be granted to the candidate, or

1 For continuing students only. Students who commence the degree after September 1996 will not be eligible to have thedegree awarded with honours.

358

3.2.3 The submission of professional publicationsor other appropriate evidence which satisfies theAssistant Dean (Postgraduate Studies) on therecommendation of the Teaching, Learning andCurriculum Committee that advanced knowledgeand research ability has been acquired in the field oflaw in which the proposed research work is to beundertaken, and

3.2.4 The Dean of the Faculty of Law is satisfied ofthe ability of the candidate to complete the requiredresearch and thesis towards the degree.

4. Admission and Enrolment4.1 A person applying for admission shall do sothrough the Registrar to the Dean.

4.2 Admission of a person as a candidate for thedegree shall be at the discretion of the Dean on therecommendation of the Teaching, Learning andCurriculum Committee.

4.3 A person applying for admission as a candidatefor the degree shall apply in accordance with therequirements of the Registrar and shall pay allprescribed fees.

4.4 A person admitted as a candidate may enrol aseither an internal full-time student or an internal part-time student.

5. Progress Reports5.1 A candidate shall prepare within two weeksfollowing the end of each semester a statement ofthe work done towards the degree and submit it tothe appointed supervisor.

5.2 The supervisor shall prepare a report on the workdone by the candidate during that semester and thereport shall be given to the candidate for comment,and the candidate shall sign the report inacknowledgment of this and return it to thesupervisor.

5.3 Both reports together with any accompanyingcomments by the candidate shall then be forwardedthrough the Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee and the Dean to the University’sResearch Degrees Committee within four weeksfollowing the end of that semester.

5.4 Where, in the opinion of the Research DegreesCommittee, a candidate has not made satisfactoryprogress towards completing the requirements for thedegree, the Research Degrees Committee on theadvice of the Dean shall call upon the candidate toshow cause why the enrolment of the candidate shouldnot be terminated for lack of satisfactory progress.

5.5 Upon failure of the candidate to show cause thecandidate’s enrolment will be terminated.

6. Thesis Requirements6.1 The thesis submitted for the degree shall be notless than 50 000 words and not more than 60 000words in length and shall constitute a substantialcontribution to knowledge and understanding in thearea of the law and subject of the research. It shallinclude a title page, table of contents andbibliography, and shall otherwise comply with theUniversity’s requirements for presenting theses.

6.2 The candidate shall submit a detailed proposalfor a topic for the thesis to the Dean not later thanthe end of February or August, as the case may be,in the year in which the candidate is enrolled.

6.3 The Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee may, upon the recommendation of theDean, vary the title of the thesis topic.

6.4 A candidate enrolled for the degree shall, at leastonce per semester during the period of candidature,consult with the supervisor and, where appropriate,any co-supervisor appointed by the TeachingLearning and Curriculum Committee on the adviceof the Dean.

6.5 A candidate shall submit four copies of the thesisin the form prescribed by the University for thesubmission of theses to the Dean not later than theend of November or May, as the case may be, in theyear in which the candidate is required to completethe degree. On submission of the thesis, the candidateshall furnish a written statement to the effect thatthe thesis is that candidate’s work alone, exceptwhere due acknowledgment is made in the text, anddoes not include material which has been previouslysubmitted or accepted for a degree or diploma.

6.6 The Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee shall refer the thesis to two examiners,at least one of whom must be external to theUniversity. Each examiner shall report, normallywithin two months of receipt of the thesis, whetherin the examiner’s opinion, the thesis is of the standardrequired for the award of the degree. Each examinershall also recommend that the thesis:

(i) be accepted(ii) not be accepted, or(iii) be accepted subject to amendments to be made

to the satisfaction of the supervisor, and(iv) if accepted, whether the degree be awarded with

First Class Honours, Second Class Honours oras a Pass degree.1

6.7 The Teaching, Learning and CurriculumCommittee shall forward the examiners’ reports tothe Law Academic Board together with itsrecommendation.

LA

W

359

6.8 The Law Academic Board shall thereafter referthe examiners’ reports to the Research DegreesCommittee with its recommendations.

6.9 Following final acceptance of the thesis, twocopies shall be bound in the prescribed form at thecandidate’s expense and one copy submitted to theQUT Faculty of Law Library and the other copysubmitted to the Queensland University ofTechnology Library and shall otherwise be treatedin accordance with University policy. Anycorrections resulting from the examiners’ assessmentshall be made prior to binding, and by retyping ifthey would otherwise be obtrusive.

7. Credit for Research Work DoneElsewhere7.1 The Dean, on the advice of the Assistant Dean(Postgraduate Studies), may grant credit toward theMaster of Laws degree by Research and Thesis forwork done at another institution of similar standing.Such credit shall not be granted unless the candidateprovides to the Dean:

(i) evidence that the candidate has cancelled orterminated enrolment at the other institution,and

(ii) a written undertaking that the candidate will notseek credit in any form or manner for work doneat the other institution or any other institutionsexcept to complete the degree at QUT.

8. Time for Completion Requirements8.1 Except in special circumstances and with theapproval of the Assistant Dean (PostgraduateStudies):

(i) a full-time candidate shall complete all therequirements for the degree not earlier than theend of the second semester and not later thanthe end of the sixth semester of candidature

(ii) a part-time candidate shall complete all therequirements for the degree not earlier than theend of the fourth semester and not later thanthe end of the eighth semester of thecandidature.

8.2 The Dean may, upon the application of thecandidate and on the advice of the Assistant Dean(Postgraduate Studies) extend any time limited bythe rules by such further period as may be consistentwith general University rules.

9. Award of Degree9.1 A candidate who has fulfilled the requirementsof these rules and who has otherwise complied with

the provisions of all statutes and other rulesapplicable may be admitted to the degree of Masterof Laws at the grade which the Academic Board onthe recommendation of the Law Academic Boardand Research Degrees Committee recommends forthe award.

■ Graduate Certificate in Legaland Justice Studies (JS25)

Location: Kelvin Grove and Gardens PointcampusesCourse Duration:Kelvin Grove: 1 year part-time and 1 year externalGardens Point (Law for Non-Lawyers only):1 semester full-time, 1 year part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator:Justice Studies: Dr Gayre ChristieLaw: Associate Professor Phillip Tahmindjis

Entry RequirementsApplicants for admission must satisfy one of thefollowing conditions:

(i) hold an appropriate undergraduate degree froma recognised tertiary institution: or

(ii) have extensive professional experience asdeemed appropriate by the course coordinator

Applicants who do not meet the requirements fornormal entry as described above should providedocumentary evidence of experience together withthe standard application form.

Applicants may be interviewed prior to an offer beingmade.

Course Structure – Kelvin GroveThe Graduate Certificate in Legal and Justice Studiesconsists of four units of 12 credit points each. Adifferent combination of units is specified for eachcertificate. This course articulates with the GraduateDiploma in Legal and Justice Studies and the Masterof Arts (Justice Studies) by Coursework.

Part-time and External Course StructureStrategic Intelligence Studies

Year 1, Semester 1JSP061 Process, Theory & ApplicationJSP067 Intelligence, Organisations, Personnel and

Operations

1 For continuing students only. Students who commence the degree after September 1996 will not be eligible to have thedegree awarded with honours.

360

Year 1, Semester 2JSP063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &

PracticeJSP065 Intelligence & National Security

Intelligence and SecurityYear 1, Semester 1JSP062 Protective Security – Theory & ApplicationJSP066 Management of Protective Security

Year 1, Semester 2JSP064 Protective Security Issues & PracticeJSP065 Intelligence and National Security

Intensive Mode Course StructureExecutive policing*

JSP056 Policing for the 21st CenturyJSP057 Strategic Leadership for Executive PolicingJSP058 Organisational Practices for Executive

PolicingJSP059 Command Management for the Police

Executive

* Not offered Semester 1, 2001.

Course Structure – Gardens PointLaw for Non-Lawyers

Any combination of units from LW33 totalling 48credit points considered by the Head of School tobe a coherent body of study. Applicants may berequired to undertake introductory units from theLW33 program. Units for this major can only betaken in internal (on-campus) mode.

■ Graduate Certificate in Law(LW60)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters part-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Professor W.D. Duncan

Entry RequirementsAny of the following persons shall be eligible toapply for admission as a student for the GraduateCertificate in Law:

(i) A person who has completed the requirementsfor the degree of Bachelor of Laws of theQueensland University of Technology;

(ii) A person who has completed the requirementsfor the award of a degree in law of anothertertiary institution which, in the opinion of theAssistant Dean (Postgraduate Studies),maintains standards comparable with thoserequired for the award of the degree of Bachelorof Laws of the Queensland University ofTechnology;

(iii) A person who has a professional qualificationin law and at least three years of professionallegal experience subsequent to that person’s firstadmission to practice and who satisfies theAssistant Dean (Postgraduate Studies) that thatperson has the requisite ability to complete theGraduate Certificate in Law.

(iv) A person who has a bachelors degree in anotherdiscipline and professional experience which inthe opinion of the Assistant Dean (PostgraduateStudies) equips the person for postgraduatestudy in law in the field of the GraduateCertificate in Law in which the person wishesto enrol.

Where a person applies for admission pursuant torule (iii) the Assistant Dean (Postgraduate Studies)may take into account, inter alia, any of the followingmatters: the applicant’s contributions to the studyand teaching of law, legal publications, contributionto the legal profession and legal professionalexperience.

ArticulationThis course articulates with the Master of Laws (byCoursework), for those students who meet normalentry requirements.

In exceptional circumstances, the Master of Lawsby Coursework, in Commercial Law, EnvironmentalResources Law, Technology Law and Public Lawmay be undertaken by Graduate Certificate in Lawstudents who do not have an LLB degree or aprofessional qualification in law and who havecompleted four units of the Certificate at a minimumGPA level of 5.5 and who otherwise meet entryrequirements in these circumstances.

Course StructureThe Graduate Certificate in Law requires successfulcompletion of 48 credit points of coursework unitstaken from those listed in the entry for LW51 Masterof Laws by Coursework. Students undertake unitsequal to 24 credit points per semester (whole yearunits are counted as 12 credit points per semester).The units from which 48 credit points shall be chosenare subject to availability.

Generic CourseSubject to availability, students may undertake anycoursework units to the value of 48 credit points fromthose listed in Schedule 1 in the entry for LW51Master of Laws by Coursework.

Course MajorsStudents undertaking the Graduate Certificate in Lawmay elect to major in: International Law,Environment, Commercial Transactions, Planning and

LA

W

361

Resources, Litigation, Property, Public Law, CriminalJustice, General Practice, Media and CommunicationsLaw or Coporate Law. Students electing to undertakeone of these majors should select 48 credit points ofcoursework units from those listed for that major.Students shall have their course of study recognisedby the addition of the appropriate words in parenthesisafter the reference to the Graduate Certificate in Lawprogram on their academic record and in their degreecertificate.

It is intended that those units marked with a ‘+’ willbe offered in 2001 (subject to demand and availabilityof staff).

INTERNATIONAL LAWStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN049 International Environmental Law+LWN075 International Commercial TransactionsLWN076 International Commercial Disputes+LWN084 International Marine Pollution LawLWN085 International Law of the Sea+LWN114 Select Issues in Private International LawLWN115 Human Rights in Australian Law+

These units may be taken in any order.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCESStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN049 International Environmental Law+LWN060 Environmental Legal System+LWN061 Natural Resources Law+LWN062 Federal Environmental LawLWN063 Comparative Environmental Law+LWN084 International Marine Pollution Law

These units may be taken in any order. However, itis recommended that LWN061 Natural ResourcesLaw be taken first.

COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONSStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN022 Banking Transactions Law+LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN043 Law of Company Takeovers+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN050 Restrictive Trade Practices+LWN051 Consumer Protection & Product Liability+LWN075 International Commercial Transactions

LWN076 International Commercial Disputes+LWN096 Capital Markets LawLWN097 Corporate Insolvency+LWN112 Administrative Framework for CorporationsLWN113 Law of Guarantees+LWN116 Liquor Licensing Law & PracticeLWN122 Commercial Leases+LWN127 Advanced Insurance Law 1+LWN128 Advanced Insurance Law 2LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Laws & Practice+


PLANNING AND RESOURCESStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN046 Advanced Planning Law+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN060 Environmental Legal System+LWN061 Natural Resources Law+LWN065 Construction & Engineering Law+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+

These units may be taken in any order. However, itis recommended that LWN061 Natural ResourcesLaw be taken first.

LITIGATIONStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN077 Litigation – EvidenceLWN078 Advanced Criminal Evidence & ProcedureLWN082 Intellectual Property: LitigationLWN134 Representative Actions+


PROPERTYStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN018 Contemporary Equitable Doctrines,Principles & Remedies

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN036 Select Issues of Intellectual Property Law+LWN043 Law of Company Takeovers+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN061 Natural Resources Law+LWN083 Estate Planning+LWN095 Native Title Law, Policy, & PracticeLWN099 Intellectual Property Law+LWN122 Commercial Leases+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+


362

PUBLIC LAWStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN088 Government Law, Policy & PracticeLWN095 Native Title, Law, Policy & PracticeLWN111 Public Law & Government Commercial

Activity+LWN115 Human Rights in Australian Law+LWN129 Contemporary Issues in Sentencing Law+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+


GENERAL PRACTICEStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN022 Banking Transactions Law+LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN051 Consumer Protection & Product Liability+LWN087 Contemporary Issues in Torts+LWN119 Employment Law+LWN129 Contemporary Issues in Sentencing Law+LWN131 Queensland State Lands: Law & Practice+LWN134 Representative Actions+


MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS LAWStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN117 Legal Regulation of the Internet+LWN120 Select Issues in Media Law & Policy+LWN125 Electronic Commerce Law+JSN012 The Law Morality and the Media+


CORPORATE LAWStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN022 Banking Transactions Law+LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN043 Law of Company Takeovers+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN096 Capital Markets LawLWN097 Corporate Insolvency+LWN112 Administrative Framework for CorporationsLWN123 Corporate Governance: Directors’ Duties,

Members’ Rights & Compliance


CRIMINAL JUSTICEStudents undertake 48 credit points selected from thefollowing units (each unit is worth 12 credit points):

LWN025 Research Project 1A+LWN029 Theoretical Criminology+LWN030 Dispute Resolution/Mediation+LWN039 Applied Criminology+LWN040 Theories of Justice 1+LWN042 Theories of Justice 2+LWN048 Advanced Legal Research+LWN129 Contemporary Issues in Sentencing Law+


■ Graduate Diploma in Legaland Justice Studies (JS41)

In the fields of: Criminology, Law Enforcement,Intelligence & Security, Corrections & theCommunity and Legal & Justice Policy.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time, 2 years externalTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Gayre ChristieEntry RequirementsTo be eligible to apply for admission an applicantshould:

(i) hold an appropriate undergraduate degree froma recognised tertiary institution; or

(ii) have extensive professional experience asdeemed appropriate by the course coordinator.Applicants who do not meet the requirementsfor normal entry described in (i) should providedocumentary evidence of experience togetherwith the standard application form.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSP001 Law & Government 1JSP002 Criminal Law in Context 1plus: Professional minor unit 1*plus: Professional minor unit 2*

Year 1, Semester 2JSP003 Law & Government 2JSP004 Criminal Law in Context 2plus: Professional minor unit 3*plus: Professional minor unit 4*

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSP001 Law & Government 1JSP002 Criminal Law in Context 1

LA

W

363

Year 1, Semester 2JSP003 Law & Government 2JSP004 Criminal Law in Context 2

Year 2, Semester 1Professional minor unit 1*

plus: Professional minor unit 2*

Year 2, Semester 2Professional minor unit 3*

plus: Professional minor unit 4*

* Select professional minor (48 credit points) fromONE of the following areas:

CriminologyJSP041 Juvenile JusticeJSP042 Crime & the WorkplaceJSP043 Crime Research MethodsJSP044 Responding to Crime

Law EnforcementJSP051 Introduction to Criminal Law & EvidenceJSP052 Police Procedure & PracticeJSP053 Organised CrimeJSP054 Issues in Policing

Intelligence and SecurityJSP061 Process Theory & ApplicationJSP062 Protective Security – Theory & ApplicationJSP063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &

PracticeJSP064 Protective Security – Issues & PracticeJSP065 Intelligence & National SecurityJSP066 Management of Protective SecurityJSP067 Intelligence, Organisations, Personnel &

Operations

Select four (4) units from Intelligence and Securityminor.

Corrections and the CommunityJSP071 Corrections & the Community 1JSP072 Corrections & the Community 2JSP073 Corrections & the Community 3JSP074 Corrections & the Community 4

(This professional minor is not available in externalmode.)

Legal and Justice PolicyJSP081 Law & Public PolicyJSP082 Legal Rights & ResponsibilitiesJSP083 Administrative Law & JusticeJSP084 Justice & Human Rights

■ Graduate Diploma in LegalPractice (LP41)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 24 weeks* full-time on-campus(2 courses a year), or 34 weeks* part-time off-campus (one part-time course a year)* excluding breaks

Total Credit Points: 96Course Coordinator: Mr Allan Chay

Entry Requirements1. Eligibility for normal entry1.1 To be eligible for a place in the Graduate Diplomain Legal Practice you must hold, or be entitled to, anapproved degree in law by the date the coursecommences.

2. Approved degree in law2.1 An approved degree in law is a degree thatsatisfies Queensland admission requirements forsolicitors.

3. Entry for quota place position where youwill not hold an approved degree.3.1 If you are not eligible for normal entry, but haveless than four one semester units (or equivalent) tocomplete to be eligible, you may apply for entryunder this rule.

3.2 Applications for entry under this rule will not beconsidered unless there are places available after theallocation of places to applicants who are eligiblefor normal entry.

4. Allocation of quota places4.1 If, by the due date for application for admissionto the course2 there are more applicants than quotaplaces, the places will be allocated:

(a) as to no less than 80% of places, based onacademic merit (determined by your grade pointaverage at the time of application);

(b) as to up to 20% of quota places, as determinedby the Director, Legal Practice having regardto:(i) the faculty's equity policy;(ii) whether completion of the course is

required by the applicant's employer; or(iii) exceptional circumstances.

4.2 If you wish to be considered for a place allocatedby the Director, Legal Practice under 4.1(b) you mustbe eligible for normal entry, and make a writtensubmission to the Director by the due date. If yoursubmission relies on the faculty's equity policy, thenit must state the provisions of the equity policy uponwhich you rely and all the matters you want takeninto consideration in support of your application.Submissions based on other grounds should alsostate all the matters you want taken into considerationand attach any relevant supporting documentationsuch as a letter from your employer, medicalcertificates etc.

2 The due date for the 2001 Course 1 is 27 October 2000, and Course 2 is 4 May 2001. Applications will be acceptedafter these dates if places are still available.

364

5. Late applicants5.1 If you apply after the due date then, subject towhether all the quota places have been alreadyallocated, you will be allocated a place or your namewill be added to the waiting list.

5.2 Applications for consideration under 4.1(b)above will not be accepted after the due date.

6. Conditional offers6.1 If you apply for a normal entry quota place whileyou are still completing subjects required for anapproved degree, any offer made to you of a placein the course will be made on the condition that yousuccessfully complete those subjects and becomeentitled to an approved degree by the date the coursecommences.

Course StructureTwo full-time on-campus Legal Practice courses andone part-time off-campus course will be offered in2001 comprising the following 12 credit point units:

LPP101 Transaction skillsLPP102 Dispute resolution skillsLPP103 Banking and FinanceLPP104 Commercial Law PracticeLPP105 Family and EstatesLPP106 LitigationLPP107 Property Law PracticeLPP108 Placement

The course consists of:

A Skills School of six weeks during whichstudents must enrol in LPP101 and LPP102 andattend four intensive weekends on campus.

An Office Program during which full-timestudents must enrol in LPP103, LPP104, LPP105,LPP106 and LPP107 and attend campus on a full-time basis for a semester (14 weeks). Part-timeoff-campus students must enrol in LPP103,LPP105 and LPP107 in semester 1 and LPP104and LPP106 in semester 2.

A placement during which students must enrol inLPP108 and attend the workplace they areassigned to during its normal working hours overa four week period. Part-time off-campus studentswho work in legal offices while they arecompleting the course may apply for exemptionfrom the placement.

Full-time on-campus courses commence in Januaryand July. The part-time off-campus course comencesin January.

AttendanceDuring the Skills School you are required to attendall four intensive weekends from 9.00 am to 5.00pm Saturday and Sunday. Attendance is mandatory

and usually a failure to attend any of the days willmean you will have to re-enrol in the relevant unitthe time it is offered.

Full-time on-campus students are required to attendthe course premises or other place at which thecourse is conducted every working day for theduration of the Office Program and Placement from9.00 am to 5.00 pm or at such other times as may bespecified. You must also attend and participate in allscheduled activities, including lectures.

Part-time off-campus students are required to attendthe course premises or other place at which thecourse is conducted for a one or two hour seminaror workshop each week during the Office Program.

If you are absent from the course for, in theaggregate, more than four days you will be refuseda Certificate of Satisfactory Completion unless youshow cause to the Dean of the Faculty of Law whysuch a certificate should be granted. Usually, acertificate will not be granted unless you completeall your work to a satisfactory standard, provideresumes of all discussion sessions and workshopsyou have missed, and comply with any otherconditions imposed by the Dean. If you are absentfor more than seven working days, you will have aheavy onus to discharge to show why you should begranted a certificate.

AssessmentThroughout the course there is continuousassessment of your performance. Assessment isbased on proficiency, conduct and attendance.

All tasks set for assessment must be satisfactorilycompleted before a certificate of satisfactorycompletion will be issued.

Other RequirementsThe Director, Legal Practice may require studentsto comply with such other regulations relating to theLegal Practice course as may be notified from timeto time.

Certificate of Satisfactory Completion,Graduate Diploma in Legal PracticeSubject to the rules set out above, each student whosatisfactorily participates in and completes each partof the course and who complies with all therequirements relating to the course will receive aCertificate of Satisfactory Completion of the LegalPractice Course and will be awarded a GraduateDiploma in Legal Practice.

LA

W

365

■ Bar Practice CourseThe Bar Practice Course is a prerequisite foradmission as a Barrister in Queensland.

Location: Bar Practice Centre, Law Faculty,Gardens Point campusWarden: Mrs Deborah RichardsDuration: The course consists of a four week full-time component, and a two week part timecomponent including an intensive advocacy weekendworkshop. The course is offered twice a year inJanuary and June.

BackgroundThe Bar Practice course was first offered in 1983and is a joint venture between the Bar Associationof Queensland and QUT. It is subject to aManagement Committee consisting of threemembers appointed by the Bar Association, threemembers appointed by the University, one memberappointed by the Chief Justice, and a Chief ExecutiveOfficer, designated Warden, who is a member of theacademic staff of the Faculty of Law.

Course RequirementsCertification of completion of the course isdependent upon you attending all sessions andsatisfactorily completing all the practical work.There are no formal examinations or assessment interms of knowledge or academic performance.Assessment of advocacy performance occurs duringthe course. The issue of a certificate is at all times atthe discretion of the Management Committee.

Eligibility for entryTo be eligible for a place in the Bar Practice Courseyou must:

1.1 (a) have satisfied by the close of applicationsthe academic requirements for admission asa Barrister of the Supreme Court ofQueensland (completed a recognisedacademic course’ and the Schedule 2 “coresubjects” as prescribed by the Barristers’Admission Rules);

(b) have completed your court reports (asrequired for stage 6 of the Barristers’Admission Rules);

(c) have arranged pupillage; and

(d) intend to practise at the Bar in Queenslandimmediately upon being admitted as aBarrister.

OR

1.2 (a) be eligible for admission as a Barrister onthe basis of having practised as a solicitor

in Queensland (see rule 15 of the Barristers’Admission Rules);

(b) have arranged pupillage; and

(c) intend to practise at the Bar in Queenslandimmediately upon being admitted as aBarrister;

OR

1.3 (a) be eligible for recognition as a Barrister ofthe Supreme Court of Queensland under themutual recognition scheme;

(b) have arranged pupillage in Queensland ifyou have not completed pupillage (orequivalent) in your home State or Territory;and

(c) intend to practise at the Bar in Queenslandimmediately upon being admitted as aBarrister.

Closing Dates for ApplicationsThe closing date for applications to the January/February 2001 course is 31 October 2000*.

The closing date for applications to the June/July2001 course is 31 March 2001*.

Course DatesThe January/February course will commence on 15January 2001 and conclude on 20 February 2001*.

The June/July course will commence on 11 June2001 and conclude on 18 July 2001.*

* These dates are approximate only and could besubject to change.

■ Bachelor of Laws (LW33)Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Lindy Willmott

Credit Points: All core law units listed below in thecourse structure are 12 credit points in value, exceptunits that are listed as /1 or /2 – these are 24 creditpoint units conducted over 2 semesters.

Professional Recognition for Admission toPracticeThe LW33 Bachelor of Laws will enable students tomeet the academic requirements for admission topractice as a Solicitor or Barrister in Queensland.

366


Introduction to Legal ResearchLWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & Justice

Year 1, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & Trusts

Year 2, Semester 2LWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional Law

Year 3, Semester 1LWB332 Commercial & Personal Property LawLWB333 Theories of Law

Elective units3

Year 3, Semester 2LWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law

Elective units3

Year 4, Semester 1LWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 EvidenceLWB434 Advanced Research & Legal Reasoning

Elective units3

Year 4, Semester 2LWB433 Professional Responsibility

Elective units3

Part-time Internal and External CourseStructureYear 1, Semester 1

Introduction to Legal ResearchLWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & Justice

Year 1, Semester 2LWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1LWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of Torts

Year 2, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in Torts

Year 3, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & Trusts

Year 3, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional Law

Year 4, Semester 1LWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB333 Theories of Law

Elective units3

Year 4, Semester 2LWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB331 Administrative Law

Elective units3

Year 5, Semester 1LWB332 Commercial & Personal Property Law

Elective units3

Year 5, Semester 2LWB334 Corporate Law

Elective units3



Elective units3

Special Accelerated Full-time CourseStructure for GraduatesA graduate of any degree course approved by theHead of the Law School is eligible to complete theBachelor of Laws course in three years (6 semesters)of full-time study.

Graduate students are eligible to apply for anexemption of 48 credit points of elective units.

Year 1, Semester 1Introduction to Legal Research

LWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & Justice

Year 1, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

3 A student is required to complete 96 credit points of elective units. A student may undertake, as electives, units orcourses offered by other faculties but limitations are imposed on the number of introductory units or courses whichmay be undertaken. Before undertaking such units or courses, a student must obtain the approval of the Faculty of Lawand the faculty or school responsible for the units or course. Approval by the Faculty of Law will require a student todemonstrate that the units selected form a coherent program.

LA

W

367

Year 2, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/1 Real Property

LWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property Law

Year 2, Semester 2LWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB334 Corporate Law

Year 3, Semester 1LWB333 Theories of LawLWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 EvidenceLWB434 Advanced Research & Legal Reasoning

Elective units4

Year 3, Semester 2LWB331 Administrative LawLWB433 Professional Responsibility

Elective units4

Special Accelerated Part-time and ExternalCourse Structure for GraduatesA graduate of any degree course approved by theHead of the Law School is eligible to complete theBachelor of Laws course in five years (10 semesters)of part-time study.

Graduate students are eligible to apply for anexemption of 48 credit points of elective units.

Note: The accelerated nature of the graduate coursestructures results in a credit point loading equivalentto that of a full-time student. Consequently,enrolment in these programs will attract student guildfees and HECS liability calculated at full-time rates.


LWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & Justice


Year 2, Semester 1LWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 2, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & Trusts

Year 3, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional Law

Year 4, Semester 1LWB333 Theories of LawLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property

Elective units4

Year 4, Semester 2LWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law

Elective units4



Elective units4

Law Elective UnitsLaw elective units are either of 8 credit points invalue with two contact hours per week or 12 creditpoints in value with three contact hours per week.LWB302 Family LawLWB306 Planning LawLWB307 Insolvency LawLWB308 Industrial LawLWB309 SuccessionLWB312 Real Estate TransactionsLWB313 Discrimination & Equal Opportunity LawLWB315 Jessup International Law MootLWB316 Jessup International Law Moot 2LWB317 RestitutionLWB353 Select Issues in Law & GovernmentLWB354 Advanced Civil ProcedureLWB356 AdvocacyLWB359 Advanced Taxation LawLWB361 DraftingLWB363 Insurance LawLWB364 Introduction to Taxation LawLWB366 Law of Commercial EntitiesLWB367 Law of Corporate GovernanceLWB368 Comparative Law: the US & CanadaLWB406 Fundamentals of Public International LawLWB407 Private International LawLWB410 Restrictive Trade PracticesLWB412 Research & Writing ProjectLWB413 Queensland Parliamentary Internship

ProgramLWB451 Alternative Dispute Resolution

3 A student is required to complete 96 credit points of elective units. A student may undertake, as electives, units orcourses offered by other faculties but limitations are imposed on the number of introductory units or courses whichmay be undertaken. Before undertaking such units or courses, a student must obtain the approval of the Faculty of Lawand the faculty or school responsible for the units or course. Approval by the Faculty of Law will require a student todemonstrate that the units selected form a coherent program.

368

LWB452 Asian Legal SystemsLWB454 Banking & Finance LawLWB456 Legal Clinic (Organised Program)LWB458 Consumer ProtectionLWB461 Private Law RemediesLWB480 Media LawLWB482 Law & Information TechnologyLWB483 Medico-Legal IssuesLWB485 Environmental LawLWB486 Intellectual Property LawLWB487 Maritime LawLWB492 SecuritiesLWB494 Principles of Sentencing

Law elective units are offered in either first semesteror second semester of any academic year. Theoffering of elective units in any semester is dependentupon sufficient minimum enrolments in the unit andavailability of staff.

■ Bachelor of Arts (JusticeStudies)/Bachelor of Laws(LW41)

This course is currently being phased out and is notaccepting new students. It is replaced by the Bachelorof Arts (Justice Studies)/Bachelor of Laws (LW42)course.

Location: Kelvin Grove and Gardens PointcampusesCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 552Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54Course Coordinators:Justice Studies: Ms Sue CurrieLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

■ Bachelor of Arts (JusticeStudies)/Bachelor of Laws(LW42)

Location: Kelvin Grove and Gardens PointcampusesCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54Course Coordinators:Justice Studies: Ms Sue CurrieLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

Professional RecognitionFor information on the academic requirements ofthe Solicitors’ or Barristers’ Board of Queensland

please refer to the section on ProfessionalRecognition in the Bachelor of Laws (LW33) entry.

Course StructureIn the first three years students study a combinationof Justice Studies units and Law units. The final twoyears of the course are devoted to the study of Lawunits only.

Credit PointsAll core law units listed below in the course structureare 12 credit points in value, except units that arelisted as /1 or /2 – these are 24 credit point unitsconducted over 2 semesters.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB011 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 1JSB012 Communication for Justice ProfessionalsJSB014 Introduction to Justice Research


Year 1, Semester 2JSB015 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 2JSB016 Interpersonal Skills for Justice ProfessionalsJSB018 Criminology 1LWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1JSB023 Human Dynamics & the Criminal Justice

Process 1JSB022 Criminal Law in Context 1LWB136 Contracts A

Select one unit from the following professionalminors5:JSB041 Juvenile JusticeJSB051 Introduction to Criminal Law & EvidenceJSB061 Process Theory & ApplicationJSB062 Protective Security – Theory & ApplicationJSB071 Corrections & the Community 1JSB081 Law & Public Policy

Year 2, Semester 2JSB021 Criminology 2JSB024 Criminal Law in Context 2LWB137 Contracts B

Select one unit from the following professionalminors5:JSB042 Crime & the WorkplaceJSB052 Police Procedure & PracticeJSB063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &

PracticeJSB064 Protective Security Issues & PracticeJSB072 Corrections & the Community 2JSB082 Legal Rights & Responsibilities

5 A student must complete 48 credit points in ONE professional minor. Professional minors can be selected from:Criminology, Law Enforcement, Intelligence & Security, Corrections & the Community, and Legal & Justice Policy.

LA

W

369

Year 3, Semester 1JSB031 Investigation & EvidenceJSB032 Alternative Justice ProcessesLWB138 Fundamentals of Torts

Select one unit from the following professionalminors5:JSB043 Crime Research MethodsJSB053 Organised CrimeJSB066 Management of Protective SecurityJSB067 Intelligence, Organisations, Personnel &

OperationsJSB073 Corrections & the Community 3JSB083 Administrative Law & Justice


Process 2JSB034 Justice & AccountabilityLWB139 Select Issues in Torts

Select one unit from the following professionalminors5:JSB044 Responding to CrimeJSB054 Issues in PolicingJSB065 Intelligence & National SecurityJSB074 Corrections & the Community 4JSB084 Justice & Human Rights

Year 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property Law



Elective units6


Elective units6

5 A student must complete 48 credit points in ONE professional minor. Professional minors can be selected from:Criminology, Law Enforcement, Intelligence & Security, Corrections & the Community, and Legal & Justice Policy.

6 Students are required to complete a total of 24 credit points of elective units for the Bachelor of Laws component. Astudent may undertake, as electives, units or courses offered by other faculties but limitations are imposed on thenumber of introductory units or courses which may be undertaken. Before undertaking such units or courses, a studentmust obtain the approval of the Faculty of Law and the faculty or school responsible for the units or course. Approvalby the Faculty of Law will require a student to demonstrate that the units selected form a coherent program.

■ Bachelor of Arts (JusticeStudies) (Honours) (JS40)

In the fields of: Criminology, Law Enforcement,Intelligence & Security, Corrections & the Commu-nity and Legal & Justice Policy.

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Gayre Christie

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible to apply for admission an applicantshould:(i) hold a Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) three-

year degree or equivalent and should haveattained a grade point average (GPA) of at least5.00 on a seven-point scale, and have completedthe Research Design and Methodology/CrimeResearch Methods unit offered in theundergraduate program prior to entry to thehonours year; or

(ii) have other qualifications, including workexperience or involvement in research asdeemed appropriate by the course coordinator.

Final date for applications for admission to thehonours program is 1 December of the yearpreceeding that for which application is being made.

Course RequirementsStudents must complete two prescribed units (24credit points), two units in Professional Studies (24credit points) and a thesis (48 credit points).

The course coordinator, in conjunction with thesisexaminers and supervisors, will recommend to theLaw Academic Board awards of:

1st Class Honours to students with a grade pointaverage (GPA) of 6.50-7.00;

2nd Class Honours, Division A to students with aGPA of 5.50-6.49;

2nd Class Honours, Division B with a GPA of4.50 5.49; and

3rd Class Honours to students with a GPA of4.00-4.49.

370

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB401 Applied CriminologyJSB402 Professional Studies 17

JSB403 Professional Studies 27

JSB404 Thesis 1

Year 1, Semester 2JSB405 Justice OrganisationsJSB406 Thesis 2

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB401 Applied CriminologyJSB402 Professional Studies 17

Year 1, Semester 2JSB405 Justice OrganisationsJSB404 Thesis 1

Year 2, Semester 1JSB403 Professional Studies 27

JSB407 Thesis 3

Year 2, Semester 2JSB408 Thesis 4

■ Bachelor of Arts (JusticeStudies) (JS31)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time, 6 years externalTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Sue CurrieCourse StructureThe course structure comprises the following:

(i) Eight Justice Studies core units (96 creditpoints)

(ii) Justice Studies major (96 credit points)

(iii) Professional minor (48 credit points) and eitherfour elective units (48 credit points) or secondProfessional minor (48 credit points).Professional minors can be selected from:Criminology, Law Enforcement, Intelligence &Security, Corrections & the Community, andLegal & Justice Policy.ORSecondary major (72 credit points) and twoelective units (24 credit points).

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB011 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 1JSB012 Communication for Justice ProfessionalsJSB013 Law & Government 1JSB014 Introduction to Justice Research

Year 1, Semester 2JSB015 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 2JSB016 Interpersonal Skills for Justice ProfessionalsJSB017 Law & Government 2JSB018 Criminology 1

Year 2, Semester 1JSB022 Criminal Law in Context 1JSB023 Human Dynamics & the Criminal Justice

Process 1

Select one of:JSB041 Juvenile JusticeJSB051 Introduction to Criminal Law & EvidenceJSB061 Process Theory & ApplicationJSB062 Protective Security – Theory & ApplicationJSB071 Corrections & the Community 1JSB081 Law & Public Policy

Elective

Year 2, Semester 2JSB021 Criminology 2JSB024 Criminal Law in Context 2

Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:JSB042 Crime & the WorkplaceJSB052 Police Procedure & PracticeJSB063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &


Elective

Year 3, Semester 1JSB031 Investigation & EvidenceJSB032 Alternative Justice Processes

Select one Professional Minor unit and one electiveor two Professional Minor units:JSB043 Crime Research Methods8

JSB053 Organised CrimeJSB067 Intelligence, Organisations, Personnel &

OperationsJSB066 Management of Protective SecurityJSB073 Corrections & the Community 3JSB083 Administrative Law & Justice

Elective


Process 2JSB034 Justice & Accountability

7 Professional Studies 1 and 2 will be drawn from units in JS31 in the following areas: Criminology, Law Enforcement,Intelligence & Security, Corrections & the Community, and Legal & Justice Policy.

8 Prerequisite for the Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (Honours).

LA

W

371

Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:JSB044 Responding to CrimeJSB054 Issues in PolicingJSB065 Intelligence & National SecurityJSB074 Corrections & the Community 4JSB084 Justice & Human Rights

Elective

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB011 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 1JSB012 Communication for Justice Professionals

Year 1, Semester 2JSB015 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 2JSB016 Interpersonal Skills for Justice Professionals

Year 2, Semester 1JSB013 Law & Government 1JSB014 Introduction to Justice Research

Year 2, Semester 2JSB017 Law & Government 2JSB018 Criminology 1


Process 1


Year 4, Semester 1Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:JSB041 Juvenile JusticeJSB051 Introduction to Criminal Law & EvidenceJSB061 Process Theory & ApplicationJSB062 Protective Security – Theory & ApplicationJSB071 Corrections & the Community 1JSB081 Law & Public Policy

Elective

Year 4, Semester 2Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:JSB042 Crime & the WorkplaceJSB052 Police Procedure & PracticeJSB063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &


Elective




Year 6, Semester 1Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:

JSB043 Crime Research Methods8

JSB053 Organised CrimeJSB066 Management of Protective SecurityJSB067 Intelligence Organisations, Personnel &

OperationsJSB073 Corrections & the Community 3JSB083 Administrative Law & Justice

Elective

Year 6, Semester 2Select one professional minor unit and one electiveor two professional minor units:

JSB044 Responding to CrimeJSB054 Issues in PolicingJSB065 Intelligence & National SecurityJSB074 Corrections & the Community 4JSB084 Justice & Human Rights

Elective

Elective UnitsJSB085 Law & Legal InstitutionsJSB086 Law of Civil Obligations 1JSB087 Law of Civil Obligations 2JSB088 Criminal Law & ProcedureJSB092 Applied Justice Research

Electives offered subject to availability.

Electives may be taken from other units offered byJustice Studies or other faculties but limitations areimposed on the number of electives at introductorylevel which may be undertaken.

External Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1JSB011 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 1JSB012 Communication for Justice Professionals

Year 1, Semester 2JSB015 Social Issues for Justice Professionals 2JSB016 Interpersonal Skills for Justice Professionals

Year 2, Semester 1JSB013 Law & Government 1JSB014 Introduction to Justice Research

Year 2, Semester 2JSB017 Law & Government 2JSB018 Criminology 1


Process 1

8 Prerequisite for the Bachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (Honours).

372


Year 4, Semester 1Select one professional minor unit and one elective,or two professional minor units:JSB041 Juvenile JusticeJSB051 Introduction to Criminal Law & EvidenceJSB061 Process Theory & ApplicationJSB062 Protective Security – Theory & PracticeJSB081 Law & Public Policy

Elective

Year 4, Semester 2Select one professional minor unit and one elective,or two professional minor units:JSB042 Crime & the WorkplaceJSB052 Police Procedure & PracticeJSB063 Intelligence Research – Issues, Procedures &

PracticeJSB064 Protective Security Issues & PracticeJSB082 Legal Rights & Responsiblities

Elective




Year 6, Semester 1Select one professional minor unit and one elective,or two professional minor units:JSB043 Crime Research MethodsJSB053 Organised CrimeJSB066 Management & Protective SecurityJSB067 Intelligence, Organisations, Personnel &

OperationsJSB083 Administrative Law & Justice

Elective

Year 6, Semester 2Select one professional minor unit and one elective,or two professional minor units:JSB044 Responding to CrimeJSB054 Issues in PolicingJSB065 Intelligence & National SecurityJSB084 Justice & Human Rights

Elective

■ Bachelor of Arts (JusticeStudies) (In-service) (JS33)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time, 6 years externalTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Sue Currie

Course StructureThe structure of the course is identical to that of theBachelor of Arts (Justice Studies) (JS31).

SC

IEN

CE

373

FAC

ULT

Y O

F S

CIE

NC

E

374

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 375


SENIOR STAFF .............................................................................................. 378

POLICIES■ Policy on credit transfer relating to Bachelor-level courses in the Faculty of Science .................... 379

■ Policy on submission of project reports for assessment ................................................................... 379

■ Policy and procedures concerning exemption from practical work ................................................. 380

COURSES■ Policy on credit transfer relating to Bachelor-level courses in the Faculty of Science .................... 379

■ Policy on submission of project reports for assessment ................................................................... 379

■ Policy and procedures concerning exemption from practical work ................................................. 380

■ Master of Applied Science (SC80) ................................................................................................... 381

■ Master of Applied Science (Medical Physics) .................................................................................. 385Master of Applied Science (Medical Ultrasound) ............................................................................ 385Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging) ................................................................................ 385Master of Applied Science (Radiation Therapy) (PH80) ................................................................. 385

■ Master of Applied Science (Life Science) (LS80) ........................................................................... 387

■ Graduate Diploma in Applied Science (SC71) ................................................................................. 388

■ Graduate Diploma in Applied Science (Medical Physics) ............................................................... 388Graduate Diploma in Applied Science (Medical Ultrasound) .......................................................... 388Graduate Diploma in Applied Science (Medical Imaging) .............................................................. 388Graduate Diploma in Applied Science (Radiation Therapy) (PH71) ............................................... 388

■ Graduate Diploma in Biotechnology (LS70) ................................................................................... 388

■ Graduate Certificate in Applied Science (Medical Imaging) ........................................................... 389Graduate Certificate in Applied Science (Radiation Therapy) (PH60) ............................................ 389

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Honours) (SC60) .............................................................................. 389

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (SC01) ................................................................................................ 390

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (SC30) ................................................................................................ 399

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Applied Chemistry) (CH32) ............................................................. 399

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Mathematics) (MA34) ...................................................................... 399

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Medical Science) (LS37) .................................................................. 399

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Medical Radiation Technology) (PH38) .......................................... 400

■ Bachelor of Biotechnology Innovation (LS50) ................................................................................ 401

■ Associate Degree in Applied Science (SC15) .................................................................................. 402

Note: For double degree programs with Science and Mathematics, please refer to the section on Interfacultycourses.

SC

IEN

CE

375

OVERVIEWThe Faculty of Science seeks to provide graduateswith interesting and rewarding careers.

Fully equipped scientific and computing laboratoriesand state-of-the art lecture theatres assist in thepractical delivery of innovative teaching programs.

The Deans Scholars Program for high achievingstudents fast tracks science studies while cooperativeeducation links with industry provide students withthe opportunity to earn a salary while progressingthrough their degree.

Double degree options are available as part of aflexible program of academic studies.

The faculty offers a range of courses within its fourmulti-disciplinary schools: School of Life Sciences,School of Mathematical Sciences, School of NaturalResource Sciences and School of Physical Sciences.

Science education in the faculty is further enrichedby a number of research centres.

The School of Life Sciences covers anatomy,biotechnology, biochemistry, haematology,histopathology, immunology, microbiology,molecular biology and physiology. The school alsooffers courses in biotechnology innovation andmedical science.

The School of Mathematical Sciences offers studiesin applied mathematics, mathematical finance,applied statistics and operations research. There isan emphasis on the applications of mathematics andmany of the units are enriched by examples frombusiness and industry.

The School of Natural Resources offers major studiesin environmental science, ecology and geoscience,complemented with the comajors in biodiversity, andapplied geology.

Environmental Science is offered at the Carseldinecampus as well as at Gardens Point.

The School of Physical Sciences offers majors inboth Physics and Chemistry with comajors inmedical and health physics, forensic science andindustrial chemistry. The school also offers coursesin medical imaging technology and radiotherapytechnology.

For information about the Faculty of Science visit:http://www.sci.qut.edu.au/e.mail: [email protected]/Telephone +61 7 3864 2512.

RESEARCH CENTRES

CENTRE FOR INSTRUMENTAL ANDDEVELOPMENTAL CHEMISTRYThe Centre for Instrumental and DevelopmentalChemistry was formed in January 1992. Itemphasises high quality fundamental research andexpert service of community needs through research,postgraduate education, development projects andconsultancy.

The centre specialises in three main areas: analyticalscience, applied organic chemistry, and materialsscience.

Analytical ScienceProject areas currently being researched in theanalytical science program include the developmentof new analytical instrumentation; use ofchemometrics; elucidation of three-dimensionalstructures of complex molecules by NMR, X-raydiffraction and mass spectrometry; and use ofvibrational spectroscopy for the characterisation ofpolymers, minerals, biological molecules and dyes;the development of new sample introductionmethods in atomic spectroscopy; the application ofanalytical techniques to forensic science.

Applied Organic ChemistryThe program encompasses a wide range of industrialsectors, and research makes extensive use of theinstrumental infrastructure of the centre. Currentareas of activity include the synthesis of newmolecules for use in industrial electronics and in themedical field; isolation and characterisation of newcompounds of medicinal benefit from naturalsources; development of new synthetic proceduresinvolving free radicals; flavour chemistry offoodstuffs and agricultural products; and structuralaspects of DNA.

Material ScienceThis area of centre activities has been well supportedby industrial grants. Research is carried out in anumber of important areas encompassing organic,inorganic and metallic materials. Significant projectareas include synthetic polymers, particularlydegradation studies and polymerisation kinetics;corrosion of metals and alloys in industrialenvironments; investigation of the electrodepositionof copper during the refining process; study of thestructure and properties of clays; and preparation ofadvanced ceramics by the sol-gel process;application of membrane technology to industrialprocesses.

FACULTY OF SC I ENCE

376

Consulting, Testing and ContinuingEducation

The centre is very active in consulting and testing.This activity earns valuable funds and forges stronglinks with the industrial community, leading to jointresearch projects. Centre staff have also establisheda reputation in continuing education by developingshort courses in corrosion science, vibrationalspectroscopy and analytical techniques. The centrecollaborates with the National ScientificInstrumentation Training Centre (NSITC) to provideadditional training courses.

EquipmentActivities revolve around sophisticated, high-costinstrumentation, including mass spectrometry,nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry, Fouriertransform Raman and infrared spectroscopy, Ramanmicroprobe spectroscopy; inductively coupledplasma emission spectrometry, inductively coupledplasma mass spectometry, thermal analysis, andmaterials testing equipment.

Director: P.M. Fredericks, BSc(Hons) DPhil Sus.,FRACI

CENTRE FOR MEDICAL AND HEALTHPHYSICS (CMHP)The Centre for Medical and Health Physics providesa focus for research, postgraduate student training,continuing education and consultancy in theapplications of physics and medical radiations toclinical, environmental and health areas. The centrehas strong links with relevant hospitals, governmentdepartments and industry. Staff undertake researchin body composition, daylighting, environmentalaerosols, environmental radioactivity, materials,medical imaging, NMR micro-imaging, radiationtherapy and ultraviolet radiation.

Medical Physics• Clinical measurement• Computer modelling• Enhancement and development of diagnostic

instrumentation• Diagnostic methodologies

Medical Imaging• Magnetic resonance imaging• Bioimpedance imaging• Image analysis• 3D imaging

Body Composition Studies• Body water measurements• Toxic element analysis• Bone densitometry

Health Physics• Modelling and measurement of air pollutants/

aerosols• Measurement of ionising radiation• Environmental radioactivity• Radiation health physics• Ultraviolet radiation monitoring

Daylighting/Photometry• Daylighting (natural lighting) research and

services• Photometric services

Radiotherapy• Monte Carlo optimisation• Investigation of gel dosimetry• Consequences of organ movement

Materials Science• Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) micro-

imaging• Shock-tube compaction of powders

Director: Associate Professor Brian J. ThomasPhone +61 7 3864 2595.

CENTRE FOR MOLECULARBIOTECHNOLOGYThe Centre for Molecular Biotechnology is locatedwithin the School of Life Sciences and is one of thelargest of QUTs University centres. An integratedcentre for basic and strategic research in molecularbiotechnology, the centre has programs inArbovirology, Cancer and Molecular Genetics,Chlamydia, Growth and Developmental Biology andPlant Biotechnology. The Centre focuses onpostgraduate education and training in molecularbiotechnology and has a very active PhD programwith more than 40 students currently enrolled.Research is conducted in state-of-the-art laboratoriestotalling more than 1300 m2, which are equippedwith contemporary instrumentation necessary forsophisticated research. Interaction between programsis fostered through communal facilities and regularscientific discussion. This results in innovativeresearch and a broad awareness across disciplines.

Human/Animal Biotechnology• Vaccines for genital chlamydia• Diagnosis of human chlamydial diseases• Chlamydial infections in human infertility,

respiratory and heart disease• Vaccine for dengue virus• Immunology and molecular biology of dengue and

Ross River virus• Molecular pathogenesis of gram positive bacteria• Rapid diagnosis of genetic diseases• Molecular genetics of human diseases

SC

IEN

CE

377

• Molecular basis for leptin insensitivity in diabetes• Growth factors in cancer• Growth factors in cell growth and differentiation• Proteases in cancer and inflammation biology• Mammalian embryo implantation• Kallikrein serine proteases in hormone-dependent

cancers (prostate, kidney, ovary)• Development and function of engineered

antibodies• Structural analysis of protein function

Plant Biotechnology• Artificial resistance to banana bunchy-top virus• Artificial resistance to papaya ringspot virus• Characterisation of viruses infecting sugarcane

and other economically important crops

Acting Director: Associate Professor P. Timms,BSc(Hons) PhD QldTel: +61 7 3864 2120Fax: +61 7 3864 1534E-mail: [email protected]

CENTRE IN STATISTICAL SCIENCE ANDINDUSTRIAL MATHEMATICS (CiSSaIM)The mission of the centre is to create new knowledgein statistical science and industrial mathematics andto bring the benefits of this knowledge, itsscholarship and expertise to QUT and the widercommunity. This has and will be achieved through:

performing high quality research

providing a focus and resources for researchersto perform research in statistical science andindustrial mathematics

providing postgraduate teaching

providing a consulting service to the community

promoting collaborative projects between thecentre, other QUT centres and organisations inQueensland, interstate and overseas

providing continuing education to the community

As its main research focus, the centre developsstatistical and mathematical models and efficientalgorithms for the analysis of problems of significanceto industry, government and the community. Itacknowledges the need to forge links with Australianand international organisations, and a major featureof the centre is the high proportion of collaborationin research projects with other researchers withinQUT, other Australian universities, government andindustry, and international researchers.

It also aims to maintain and develop strong linkswith local industry by providing expert consultingin statistics and mathematics. Some of the projects

undertaken by the centre involve contract researchfor industry.

Research is conducted in the areas of StochasticModelling and Applied Statistics, IndustrialMathematics, Operations Research, Mathematicsapplied to Medicine and Biology, and MathematicalModelling for environmental and health industryapplications. The centre is developing statistical andmathematical techniques in areas including:

Applied Statistics (including financial, biometrics,cryptography)Analysis of Spatial DataAnalysis of Time Dependent DataStatistical InferenceIndustrial ModellingPorous Media ModellingOceanographic ModellingProduction Planning SystemsCancer ModellingHealth Outcomes ModellingBiodiversity Modelling

Within CiSSaIM, there are two specialist researchunits, the SCu and EMUNest. Consulting servicesare provided within QUT and to external clients inindustry and government by the StatisticalConsulting unit (SCu) and other staff of the Centre.The Environmental Modelling Unit-Network inEnvironmental Statistics and Training (EMUNest)is a focus group for biodiversity modelling.

The centre has a strong postgraduate teachingprogram with over 30 students enrolled in part-timeand full-time postgraduate courses, including 21engaged in PhD studies. Many of these students areworking on collaborative projects with co-supervisors from outside QUT in industry or researchorganisations.

The centre has excellent computing facilities withits own DEC Alpha server, DEC Alpha workstations,networked PCs and Macs, and centrally providedresearch supercomputing facilities.

Director: Professor D.L.S. McElwain, BSc(Hons)Qld, PhD York (Can)Tel: +61 7 3864 2308Fax: +61 7 3864 2310E-mail: [email protected]

378

COOPERATIVE RESEARCH CENTRE (CRC)FOR DIAGNOSTIC TECHNOLOGIESThe CRC for Diagnostic Technologies based at QUTis a cooperative venture between researchorganisations (QUT, La Trobe University, CSIROand the Child Health Research Institute) andcommercial company PanBio. It is an Australiancentre of excellence for the development ofdiagnostic technologies and has become aninternational focus for research and educationalprograms in protein and nucleic acid-baseddiagnostics, leading innovation in the diagnosticsindustry. Achievements include:

CRC Association 1999-2000 award for theCommercialisation and Utilisation of ResearchDevelopment of a major, rapidly expanding patentportfolio (11 patent families for platformtechnologies)A multi-million dollar agreement with Affymetrix,a leading US biotechnology company specialisingin gene chip array technologySuccessfully commercialised mosquito-borneviral diagnostic testsTargeted the fastest growth areas withindiagnostics.

Formed in 1995, this $39 million centre is jointlyfunded by the participants and the Commonwealthand State Governments.

Protein-Based Diagnostic Technologies• Library construction and affinity maturation of

antibody-like molecules• Rational protein design

Nucleic Acid Based Technologies• Genetic disease diagnosis• Non-radioactive detection and multiple-mutation

testing• Infectious disease diagnosis• Novel DNA amplification technologies

Education• Postgraduate scholarships for cutting edge

diagnostic projects at APA (I) rate currently$22,030 p.a. plus $10,000 p.a. for researchconsumables

• Summer vacation scholarships for undergraduates• International focus maintained through local and

overseas conferences and workshops• Provides a base for staff to gain commercial

experience.

Director: Professor Tony EvansTel : +61 7 3864 1296


Dean: Professor G. George, BSc(Hons) PhD Qld,CChem, FRACI

Director of Research: Professor J.L. Dale, BScAgrPhD Syd

Director of Academic Programs: A.T. Grenfell,BSc(Hons) DipEd PhD Qld

Faculty Operations Manager: P. Campbell,AssocDip ClinLabTech AssocDip ElecEng QIT

School of Life SciencesHead: Professor A.C. Herington, BSc(Hons) PhDMonash

Associate Professors:J.A. Clements, BAppSc MAppSc RMIT, PhDMonashN.A. Marsh, BSc(Hons) Queen Elizabeth College,PhD Lond, GradCertEd(Higher Ed.)C.P. Morris, BSc(Hons) PhD Adel.P. Timms, MSc PhD Qld, FASM

School of Mathematical SciencesHead: Professor A.N. Pettitt, BSc(Hons) MSc PhDNott., FSS, MSSAI

Professor: D.L.S. McElwain, BSc(Hons) Qld, PhDYork (Canada)

Associate Professors:H. MacGillivray, BSc(Hons) PhD Qld, MSSAIV.V. Anh, BSc(Hons) PhD Tas., MEc NE, FAustMS,MSSAI, MIEEE

School of Natural Resource SciencesHead of School: Associate Professor D.A. Gust, BALawrence, MA Rice, PhD ANU

Associate Professor: L.H. Hamilton, BE MScUNSW, PhD DIC Lond., FAIG, FAusIMM

School of Physical SciencesHead: Professor J.M. Pope, BSc(Hons) MSc Brist.,DPhil Sus., FAIP

Associate Professors:P.M. Fredericks, BSc(Hons) DPhil Sus., CChem,FRACI, Director of Centre for Instrumental andDevelopmental ChemistryL. Morawska, MSc(Physics) PhD(Physics)JagiellonianB.J. Thomas, BSc(Hons) PhD W.Aust., MAIP,FACPSEM, Director of Centre for Medical andHealth Physics

SC

IEN

CE

379

POL IC I ES

■ Policy on credit transferrelating to Bachelor-levelcourses in the Faculty ofScience

FROM INCOMPLETE BACHELOR-LEVELSCIENCE COURSESStudents transferring to a Bachelor degree courseoffered by the Faculty of Science at QUT from acomparable, partially completed course in arecognised institution may be granted credit towardsthe QUT award. In general, credit will be grantedpro rata; for example, 96 credit points of creditnormally will be granted for each year of full-timestudy (or its equivalent) successfully completed atthe other institution. The maximum credit which maybe granted is 192 credit points.

Each application for credit towards a Faculty ofScience award will be considered individually, onits merits. Students who have successfully completeda year or more of full-time study (or its equivalent)at another institution nevertheless may be requiredto undertake specific first-level units at QUT. Also,to satisfy the relevant QUT degree rules, somestudents may have to complete a total of more than288 credit points.

FROM COMPLETED ASSOCIATE DIPLOMACOURSESStudents entering a Bachelor degree course offeredby the Faculty of Science at QUT followingsuccessful completion of a relevant AssociateDiploma or Associate Degree course from arecognised institution may be granted credit towardsthe QUT award. The maximum credit which maybe granted is 96 credit points.

Unless the Dean determines otherwise, the credit willbe granted as provisional credit. To have the creditconfirmed, the student undertakes in the QUT coursea program of study of at least 48 credit points andattains a grade point average of not less than 4.0. If,at the conclusion of such a course of study, thestudents grade point average is less than 4.0, the Deanshall determine both the extent to which creditgranted conditionally may be retained and thestudent’s subsequent program of study in the course.

■ Policy on submission ofproject reports for assessment

The Science Academic Board has approved thefollowing rules with regard to the completion ofproject units in all undergraduate and postgraduatecourses (including Honours projects):

(i) A student enrolled in a project unit is requiredto submit the associated project report,dissertation or thesis for assessment by no laterthan the final day of the examination period forthe semester in which the students enrolmentin that unit will terminate.

(ii) In special circumstances and on the writtenrecommendation of the students supervisor, theDean may grant an extension of time to completethe work associated with the project. The finaldate for submission of the report after such anextension shall be the last day of the deferredexamination period for the semester in which thestudents enrolment in that unit would terminate.In such cases, an A result shall be given initiallyto the student in respect of this unit.

(iii) The Academic Board may grant a furtherextension of time to complete the workassociated with a project, on condition that thestudent re-enrols in the project unit for thesucceeding semester. Failure to re-enrol in theproject unit by the last day of the deferredexamination period for the semester in which,otherwise, the students enrolment in that unitwould terminate will result in a grade of 2 or 1being awarded in that unit.

Subsequent to the assessment process, the relevantschool shall have discretion as to whether a candidateneeds to re-enrol to effect any amendments required,or whether such amendments are essentiallyeditorial. However, a student who is required toundertake further investigative work relating to hisor her project must continue to be enrolled in therelevant project unit.

Students seeking extensions are advised that latesubmission of a project report for assessment asindicated in (ii) above may prevent publication ofthe associated result in time for the student to beincluded on the graduation list for that semester. Thuscourse completion and graduate status from therelevant course may be delayed. This coulddisadvantage students seeking employment orpromotion on the basis of the qualification inquestion.

380

■ Policy and proceduresconcerning exemption frompractical work

Exemptions from practical work will not normallybe granted by schools in the faculty. However, wherea student wishes to be exempt on the grounds of someextenuating circumstances from the practicalcomponent of a unit attempted previously, they mustwrite to the Head of School controlling the unit (orDean of faculty in the case of faculty units), statingthe following:

(i) the year in which the unit was previouslyattempted,

(ii) the total mark/grade obtained for the practicalcomponent for the semester, and the maximumpossible mark/grade, where known, and

(iii) the circumstances on which the students arebasing their application.

Any documentation relevant to these circumstancesmust be provided with the application.

Students, if required, must submit practical reports,notebooks, field notes, etc. from their previousattempt at the unit. No exemption will be given forpracticals where the unit has been attempted morethan two years prior to the current enrolment.Students seeking exemption from practical workmust do so within two weeks of the commencementof the semester in which the unit is taken.

Heads of School will:

(i) consult with relevant course/strand coordinatorsand unit lecturers with regard to the application,

(ii) respond to the application in writing, and(iii) forward a copy of their response to the course/

strand coordinator and unit lecturer.

Heads of School will determine individual schoolpolicies on exemptions and these may be obtainedfrom the School offices.

SC

IEN

CE

381

COURSES

have completed the approved course of studyunder the supervision prescribed by the AcademicBoard

have submitted, and the Academic Board haveaccepted, a thesis prepared under the supervisionof the supervisor

have completed any other work prescribed by theAcademic Board, and

submit to the Academic Board a declaration signedby the candidate that he/she has not been acandidate for another tertiary award withoutpermission of the Academic Board during the termof enrolment.



2.3 The minimum academic qualifications foradmission to a program leading to a Master ofApplied Science shall be:

possession of a bachelor degree in applied sciencefrom the Queensland University of Technology,or


submission of such other evidence ofqualifications as will satisfy the Academic Boardthat the applicant possesses the capacity to pursuethe course of study.

2.4 Additional requirements for admission to aparticular program may be laid down by theAcademic Board.

2.5 In considering an applicant for registration theAcademic Board shall, in addition to assessing theapplicants suitability, assess the proposed programand its relevance to the aims and objectives of theUniversity.

2.6 A candidate may register either as a full-time oras a part-time student.

2.6.1 To be registered as a full-time student, acandidate must be able to commit to the course notless than three-quarters of a normal working week,averaged over each year of candidacy. Such a studentmay not devote more than 300 hours annually toteaching activities, including preparation andmarking.

■ Master of Applied Science(SC80)

Location : Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 192Course Coordinator: Dr Al Grenfell

Entry RequirementBachelor of Applied Science or equivalent.

The objectives of this course are:

to provide postgraduate educational opportunitiesin specialised fields of applied science by meansof a program that involves either an originalcontribution to knowledge or an originalapplication of existing knowledge

to provide education in research methods

to enable graduates employed in industry toundertake further education by a combination ofcoursework, research and thesis

to expand the involvement of students employedin industrial organisations and external agenciesin undertaking relatively short-duration appliedresearch or investigation.


1.2 The Council’s power to approve recommenda-tions from faculty academic boards regarding theregistration, supervision and examination of researchdegree candidates and to develop policy and proce-dure relating to research degrees is exercised througha Research Management Committee which shall bea subcommittee of University Academic Board.

1.3 Research Management Committee has delegatedresponsibility for day-to-day administration ofresearch masters degree courses to faculty academicboards. Academic boards shall report semiannuallyto the Research Management Committee on progressmade by research masters degree candidates.

1.4 Unless the context otherwise indicates orrequires, the words academic board and faculty shallrefer to the faculty in which the candidate registers.

1.5 In order to qualify for the award of the degree ofMaster of Applied Science, a candidate must:

382

2.6.2 A candidate who is unable to devote to thecourse the proportion of time specified in section2.6.1 may register as a part-time student.

2.7 A candidate may be internal or external. Anexternal candidate is one whose program of researchand investigation is based at a place of employmentor sponsoring institution. Normally, support of thesponsoring institution for the candidates applicationis required for a registration.

2.8 The Academic Board may cancel a candidatesregistration if, after consulting a candidatessupervisors and having taken account of all relevantcircumstances, the Academic Board is of the opinionthat the candidate either has effectively discontinuedhis/her studies or has no reasonable expectation ofcompleting the course of study within the maximumtime allowed (see section 4).

2.9 A candidate whose registration has lapsed or hasbeen cancelled and who wishes subsequently to re-enter the course to undertake a program which isthe same or essentially the same as the previousprogram may be re-admitted under such conditionsas the Academic Board may prescribe.

3. Course of Study3.1 A candidate for the degree of Master of AppliedScience shall undertake a program of research andinvestigation on a topic approved by the AcademicBoard. All projects should be sponsored either byoutside agencies such as industry, governmentauthorities, or professional organisations, or by theUniversity itself.


3.3 The program includes both coursework andresearch.

The coursework is a program of up to 64 credit pointsas defined in sections 3.5 and 3.6 as appropriate foreach candidate.

The research component is a program of supervisedresearch and investigation of at least 128 credit pointsas described in 3.1 and 3.2.

3.4 The students progress will be monitoredcontinually throughout the first 96 credit points ofthe course. Where the School Research Committee,on the advice of the supervisors, is of the opinionthat progress is not satisfactory, the student will be

advised to consider transferring his/her enrolmentto the SC71 Graduate Diploma in Applied Sciencecourse.

3.5 Coursework at masters level may be conductedin a number of ways such as:

advanced lecture coursesseminars in which faculty and students presentcritical studies of selected problems within thesubject fieldindependent study or reading courses

In all cases, coursework is based upon a formalsyllabus setting out the educational outcomesexpected from the course, a list of topics to becovered, the prescribed reading material and themethod of assessment of progress through and atthe end of the course.

3.6 A candidate shall be required to participate inand present seminars as considered appropriate bythe Principal Supervisor. The candidate shall benotified of minimum attendance requirements at thetime of acceptance of enrolments.

3.7 Students entering the course with an Honoursdegree or its equivalent or candidates with substantialrelevant work experience normally gain exemptionsto a maximum of 96 credit points at the discretionof the Academic Board on the recommendation ofthe Head of School.

3.8 Students entering the course with a GraduateDiploma may gain exemption to a maximum of 96credit points at the discretion of the Academic Boardon the recommendation of the Head of School.

3.9 An application for registration should set out thecandidates intended course of study in broad outlinebut with specific objectives for the first year. Thedescription should include the area of study withinwhich the candidates course lies, the coursework tobe undertaken and the proposed title of the thesis tobe written.

At an appropriate time during the first year of full-time study or its equivalent the candidate mustdocument and have approved by Academic Boardon the recommendation of the Head of School adetailed course of study for the entire program. Thisdescription must include in addition to the proposedthesis title, the aim of the proposed program ofresearch and investigation, its background, thesignificance and possible application of the researchprogram, and the research plan.

4. Period of Time for Completion of Courseof Study4.1 A full-time candidate who does not hold anHonours degree appropriate to the course of study

SC

IEN

CE

383

will normally be required to complete both courseand research work, including submission of the thesisfor examination during a period of registration of24 months. The corresponding period in the case ofa part-time candidate shall be 48 months. In specialcases the Academic Board may approve a shorterperiod.

4.2 A holder of an Honours degree or its equivalentappropriate to the course of study may submit thethesis for examination after not less than 12 monthsof registration if a full-time student, or 24 months ifa part-time student. In special cases the AcademicBoard may approve a shorter period.

4.3 Where application is made for permission toextend the period within which the candidate maysubmit a thesis for examination, details of thecandidates progress shall be presented to theAcademic Board together with the reasons for thedelay in completing the work and the expected dateof completion. Where the Academic Board agrees toan extension, it may set a limit to the maximum periodof registration in the program.

5. Transfer of Registration5.1 Where a candidate has undertaken part of aproposed course of study as a registered student inanother institution, this period of registration may,on application in writing to the Academic Board atthe time of application for registration, be countedtowards the candidates period of registration in theQUT course. The application must include detailsof the work already undertaken, the reasons for thetransfer and the expected date of completion.

5.2 Applications for transfer normally should besubmitted at least 12 months in advance of theprobable date of submission of the thesis.

6. Supervision6.1 For each candidate the Academic Board shallappoint one or more supervisors with appropriateexperience provided that, where more than onesupervisor is appointed, one shall be nominated asthe Principal Supervisor and the others as AssociateSupervisors.


6.3 In the case of an external student, the PrincipalSupervisor normally shall be from the academic staffof the school supporting the work and at least oneAssociate Supervisor shall be from the sponsoringorganisation.

6.4 At the end of each six-month period a studentshall submit a report on the work undertaken to the

Principal Supervisor and the Principal Supervisor shallsubmit a report to the Academic Board on the studentswork. This report shall be seen by the candidate beforesubmission to the Academic Board.

7. Place and Conditions of Work7.1 The research program is carried out undersupervision in a suitable environment normally inAustralia.

7.2 The Academic Board shall not admit a candidateto undertake a program of research based at theUniversity unless it has received a statement from theHead of School in which the study is proposed that,in their opinion, the applicant is a fit person toundertake a research program leading to the mastersdegree, that the program is supported, and that theschool/centre is willing to undertake the responsibilityof supervising the applicants work.

7.3 The Academic Board shall not admit a candidateto undertake a research program based at asponsoring establishment unless it has received:

a statement from the employer or director of thesponsoring institution that the applicant will beprovided with facilities to undertake the researchproject and that they are willing to acceptresponsibility for supervising the applicants work,and

a statement from the Head of School or the Directorof the Centre in which the study is proposed that,in their opinion, the applicant is a fit person toundertake a research program leading to the mastersdegree, that the program is supported, and that afterexamination of the proposed external facilities andsupervision, the school is willing to accept theresponsibility of supervising the work.

8. Thesis8.1 In the form of presentation, availability andcopyright, the thesis shall comply with the provisionsof the document Requirements for Presenting Theses.

8.2 The candidates application for registration shouldset out the intended course of study in broad outlinebut with specific objectives for the first year. Thedescription should include the area of study withinwhich the candidates course lies, the coursework tobe undertaken and the proposed title of the thesis tobe written.

At an appropriate time during the first year of full-time study or its equivalent the candidate mustdocument and have approved by Academic Boardon the recommendation of the relevant Head ofSchool a detailed course of study for the entireprogram. This description must include in additionto the proposed thesis title, the aim of the proposed

384

program of research and investigation, itsbackground, the significance and possibleapplication of the research program, and the researchplan.

The candidate shall give two months notice ofintention to submit the thesis. Such notice shall beaccompanied by the appropriate fee, if any.





It shall be the candidates own account of the work.Where work is carried out jointly with otherpersons, the Academic Board shall be advised ofthe extent of the candidates contribution to thejoint work.

The thesis shall not contain as its main contentany work or material which the student haspreviously submitted for another degree or similaraward.



8.4 Except with the specific permission of theAcademic Board, the thesis must be presented inthe English language. Such permission must besought at the time of application for registration, andwill not be granted solely on the grounds that thecandidates ability to satisfy the examiners will beaffected adversely by the requirement to present thethesis in English.


8.6 Where a candidate or the sponsoringestablishment wishes the thesis to remainconfidential for a period of time after completion ofthe work, application for approval must be made tothe Academic Board when the thesis is submitted.The period of confidentiality normally shall notexceed two years from the date on which theexaminers recommend acceptance of the thesis,

during which time the thesis will be held on restrictedaccess in the QUT Library.

9. Examination of Thesis9.1 The Academic Board shall appoint at least twoexaminers, of whom at least one shall be fromoutside the University. Normally examiners will berequired to agree to read and report upon the thesiswithin two months of its receipt.


9.3 On receipt of satisfactory reports from theexaminers, and when the provisions of 7.1 have beenfulfilled, the Academic Board shall recommend toUniversity Academic Board that the candidate beawarded the degree.

9.4 If the examiners reports are conflicting, theAcademic Board may, after appropriate consultationwith the Principal Supervisor, seek advice from afurther external examiner.

9.5 If, on the basis of the examiners reports, theAcademic Board does not recommend that thedegree be awarded, then it shall:

permit the student to resubmit the thesis withinone year for re-examination, orcancel the students registration.

If a candidate is required to revise and resubmit athesis, the examiners reports will be made availableto the candidate, the anonymity of the examinersbeing maintained.

9.6 After the examination process is complete,examiners reports are to be made available to thecandidate on request. The names of examiners willbe released on request providing the examiner hasindicated willingness to have his/her identityrevealed to the candidate.

Course StructureCoursework

The unit IFN001 Advanced Information RetrievalSkills (4 credit points) should normally be included.

The coursework units for individual strands are asfollows. All the units shown on these two pages areunits designed for this course.

Chemistry StrandPCN701 Topics in Advanced Chemistry 1PCN801 Topics in Advanced Chemistry 2PCN705 Research Methodology

Elective units (two of):PCN710 Chemical InstrumentationPCN720 ChemometricsPCN730 Advanced Physical Methods in ChemistryPCN740 Laboratory Techniques for Preparative

Chemistry

SC

IEN

CE

385

Ecology, Geoscience and Environmental ScienceStrandsEssential units:NRN100 Readings in Natural Resource Sciences 1NRN102 Seminars in Natural Resource Sciences 1NRN103 Seminars in Natural Resource Sciences 2

Select up to two of the following units if required:NRN101 Readings in Natural Resource Sciences 2NRN104 Advanced Topics in Natural Resource

Sciences 1NRN105 Advanced Topics in Natural Resource

Sciences 2

Life Science StrandStudents are normally expected to complete thefollowing:LSN011 Research Seminars in Life Science 1LSN023 Research Seminars in Life Science 3LSN013 Readings in Life Science 3Selections from other programs to a maximum of18 credit points.

Mathematics StrandSelections from other school programs to amaximum of 60 credit points

Physics StrandPCN715 Advanced Topics in Physics 1PCN716 Advanced Topics in Physics 2Selections from other programs to 36 credit points.

Research WorkAt least 128 credit points of Masters research

■ Master of Applied Science(Medical Physics)Master of Applied Science(Medical Ultrasound)Master of Applied Science(Medical Imaging)Master of Applied Science(Radiation Therapy) (PH80)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration:

1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-time for MedicalPhysics1.5 years full-time, 3 years part-time plus summerprogram for Medical Ultrasound1 calendar year full time (2 semesters plus summerprogram) for Medical Imaging and RadiationTherapy

Total Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor Brian J.Thomas

Strand Coordinators:Medical Physics Major: Dr Greg MichaelMedical Ultrasound Major: Ms Margo HarknessMedical Imaging Major: Ms Pam RowntreeRadiation Therapy Major: Ms Michelle Oppelaar

Entry RequirementsThe Medical Physics and Medical Ultrasoundprograms commence in February each year.Applications are to be made prior to 31 October inthe preceding year. The Medical Imaging programcommences in July each year. Applications are tobe made prior to 18 June in that year. The RadiationTherapy program may be commenced in eithersemester.

Medical Physics MajorTo be eligible to enrol for the Medical Physics major,an applicant must have completed an acceptabletertiary course with a major in Physics.

Applicants with other qualifications (e.g.Engineering) may be enrolled subject to the approvalof the Head of the School of Physical Sciences. Insome instances, a bridging program may benecessary.

Medical Ultrasound MajorTo be eligible to enrol in the Medical Ultrasoundmajor an applicant will normally be qualified as adiagnostic radiographer (or medical imagingtechnologist) at degree or diploma level and have aminimum of two years experience in clinicalpractice.

Applicants with other qualifications (e.g. inparamedical or physical sciences), and appropriateexperience, may be permitted to enrol subject to theapproval of the Head of the School of PhysicalSciences. In some instances, a bridging program maybe necessary.

Applicants must also demonstrate, in writing, thatemployment in a suitable clinical practice will beavailable for the duration of the course.

Medical Imaging MajorTo be eligible to enrol in the Medical Imaging majoran applicant will normally be qualified as a medicalimaging technologist (diagnostic radiographer) atdegree or diploma level and have a minimum of twoyears experience in clinical practice.

Applicants with other medical imaging qualificationsand appropriate experience may be permitted to enrolsubject to the approval of the Head of School ofPhysical Sciences. In some instances a bridgingprogram may be necessary.

386

Radiation Therapy MajorTo be eligible to enrol in the Radiation Therapy majoran applicant will normally be qualified as a radiationtherapist (therapeutic radiographer) at degree ordiploma level and have a minimum of two yearsexperience in clinical practice.

Applicants with other radiotherapy qualifications andappropriate experience may be permitted to enrolsubject to the approval of the Head of School ofPhysical Sciences. In some instances a bridgingprogram may be necessary.

Course RequirementsMedical Physics Major

To complete Stage 1, students must complete unitsfrom the list below, totalling 96 credit points.

In semester 2, students may select either PCN213Biomechanics/Physiological Measurement orPCN214 Health and Occupational Physics for a totalof 48 credit points (FT).

Stage 1First SemesterLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCN112 Medical Imaging SciencePCN113 Radiation PhysicsPCN114 Microprocessors & Instrumentation

Second SemesterPCN211 Medical ImagingPCN212 RadiotherapyPCN213 Biomechanics/Physiological MeasurementPCN214 Health & Occupational PhysicsPCN218 Research Methodology & Professional

Studies

Medical Ultrasound MajorTo complete Stage 1, students must complete unitsfrom the list below, totalling 96 credit points.

Stage 1First SemesterLSN159 Advanced PathologyPCN159 Ultrasonic Examinations 1PCN162 Principles of Medical UltrasoundPCN197/1/2

Clinical Attachment 11

Second SemesterPCN218 Research Methodology & Professional

StudiesPCN355 Cardiovascular UltrasoundPCN356 Ultrasonic Examinations 2PCN197/2/2

Clinical Attachment 11

Summer ProgramPCN297 Clinical Attachment 2

Each clinical attachment unit (i.e. PCN197/1,PCN197/2 and PCN297) involves a minimum of 240hours of clinical experience. Students mustsuccessfully complete these units in the orderPCN197/1, PCN197/2 and PCN297 unless specialpermission is granted.

Medical Imaging MajorTo complete the Graduate Certificate of AppliedScience (Medical Imaging) PH60 students mustcomplete 4 units from the list below totalling 48credit points. To complete the Graduate Diploma ofApplied Science (Medical Imaging) PH71 studentsmust complete 8 units from the list below totalling96 credit points.

Stage 1Second SemesterPCN218 Research Methodology & Professional

StudiesPCB682 Magnetic Resonance Imaging2

PCN182 Advanced Computed TomographyPCN184 Breast Imaging

Elective3

PCN197/1/2& 2/2 Clinical Attachment 14PCN187 Specialist Studies

Summer ProgramPCN318 Radiographic InterpretationPCN281 Advanced Magnetic Resonance ImagingPCN187 Specialist Studies

Elective3

PCN197/1/2& 2/2 Clinical Attachment 1

First SemesterPCB593 Digital Image Processing5 , 2

Radiation Therapy MajorTo complete the Graduate Certificate of AppliedScience (Radiation Therapy) PH60 students mustcomplete 4 units from the list below totalling 48credit points. To complete the Graduate Diploma ofApplied Science (Radiation Therapy) PH71 studentsmust complete units from the list below totalling 96credit points.

Stage 1First SemesterPCN187 Specialist StudiesPCN118 CT Simulation in Radiation Therapy

1 This unit PCN197 is a full-year unit in the Medical Ultrasound major.2 Students who have previously completed a degree program containing this unit or an equivalent unit are ineligible to

enrol in this unit.3 Elective(s) as approved by the course coordinator.4 PCN197/1/2 & 2/2 must be undertaken in one semester in the Medical Imaging major.5 PCB593 is optional in place of a unit from second semester or summer program.

SC

IEN

CE

387

PCB595 Computer Assisted Treatment Planning 22

Elective3

Either:IFN301 Masters Research

ORIFN302 Masters Research

Second SemesterPCN187 Specialist StudiesPCN218 Research Methodology & Professional

StudiesPCB682 Magnetic Resonance Imaging

Elective3

Either:IFN301 Masters Research

ORIFN302 Master Research

Summer ProgramPCN187 Specialist Studies

Elective3

Stage 2 [ALL MAJORS]Project Over One Semester or Summer ProgramPCN520

Project Over Two SemestersPCN540/1PCN540/2

Note: A student may request an extension of time inwhich to submit the project report for assessment. Arequest for an extension of time up to a maximumof six months shall be made in writing through theHead of School to the Dean of Faculty. Any requestfor a further extension, or any request for anextension to a date later than six months after theoriginal due date, shall be made in writing to theAcademic Board. The Academic Board may grantthe extension under such conditions as it mayconsider appropriate, or may award the student a Failresult in the project unit.

A student who has received a Fail result in the projectunit may re-enrol in the unit only in exceptionalcircumstances and with the express permission ofthe Academic Board.

■ Master of Applied Science(Life Science) (LS80)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1.5 years full-time, 3 yearspart-timeTotal Credit Points: 144Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PeterTimms

Entry RequirementsApplicants shall hold a Bachelor of Applied Sciencewith a GPA of 5.0 (on a seven-point scale) or betterin the appropriate discipline for which they areseeking admission.

Applicants may be required to attend an interviewwith the Head of School and/or course coordinatorto establish suitability for entrance into the course.

Graduates of the Graduate Diploma inBiotechnology (LS70) with a GPA of 5.0 or better(on a seven-point scale) will be eligible for entryinto the course with a credit for 96 credit points.

Applicants who do not hold the specific tertiaryqualification required of normal entrants may beadmitted upon successful completion of a qualifyingprogram prescribed by the Head of School.

Special Course RequirementsStudents should consult the course coordinatorregarding their programs.

Students must select three disciplinary specialisationelective units.

For part-time students, the project (dissertation) isnormally carried out in the employers laboratory.The employers written permission is required.

Continuing StudentsStudents who are part way through their course havea right to continue the course structure which theyinitially enrolled in. However, we would encourageyou to consider choosing units from the new coursestructure which is designed to offer more up-to-dateinformation and to be more relevant to currentemployment opportunities.

Note: This course commences in February and July.

Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSN150 Ethics & Life SciencesLSP127 Business Aspects of Biotechnology

Select two elective units from the following:BSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentGSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN418 Marketing Management 2JSN014 Law, Justice & New Genetic TechnologiesLSP130 Diagnostic TechnologiesMAB523 Introduction to Quality Management

Year 1, Semester 2LSB637 Molecular GeneticsLSN102 Cellular Basis of DiseaseMGN409 Introduction to Management

2 Students who have previously completed a degree program containing this unit or an equivalent unit are ineligible toenrol in this unit.

3 Elective(s) as approved by the course coordinator.

388

Select an elective unit from the following:GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN418 Marketing Management 2

Year 2, Semester 1LSN710 Research Project

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSN150 Ethics & Life Sciences

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester1 aboveYear 1, Semester 2LSB637 Molecular Genetics

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester2 aboveYear 2, Semester 1LSP127 Business Aspects of Biotechnology

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester1 aboveYear 2, Semester 2LSN102 Cellular Basis of Disease

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester2 aboveYear 3, Semester 1LSN711 Research Project

Year 3, Semester 2MGN409 Introduction to ManagementLSN712 Research Project

■ Graduate Diploma in AppliedScience (SC71)

Location : Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Average Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Al Grenfell

Entry RequirementBachelor of Applied Science or equivalent.

Course StructureCandidates for the degree of Graduate Diploma inApplied Science shall undertake a program ofcoursework, or coursework and minor researchproject, as approved by the Academic Board on theadvice of the Head of School.

Students must complete a total of 96 credit pointswhich may consist of:

at least 60 and up to a maximum of 96 credit pointsof coursework, andup to 36 credit points as a minor research project.

Coursework units will be selected from the specificunits available within the SC80 MAppSc course andmay contain units selected from other postgraduatecourses or advanced undergraduate courses wherethe background of the student requires this.

■ Graduate Diploma in AppliedScience (Medical Physics)Graduate Diploma in AppliedScience (Medical Ultrasound)Graduate Diploma in AppliedScience (Medical Imaging)Graduate Diploma in AppliedScience (Radiation Therapy)(PH71)

For details see the section Course Requirements forStage 1 of the Master of Applied Science (MedicalPhysics), (Medical Ultrasound), (Medical Imaging)and (Radiation Therapy) (PH80).

Entry directly to PH71 is available to applicantsintending to complete the course requirements atgraduate diploma level.

■ Graduate Diploma inBiotechnology (LS70)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points:Part-time Semester: 24Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Associate Professor PeterTimmsEntry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission students shouldnormally possess a Bachelors degree (eg science,applied science, biochemistry, microbiology,biology, biotechnology, genetics) with anunderstanding of current biochemistry andbiotechnology at the undergraduate level.

QUT offers several undergraduate units (eg LSB468Molecular Biology and LSB537 Genetic Engineer-ing) and students wishing to upgrade to the levelnecessary to enter the course could complete theseundergraduate units prior to commencing the course.

Note: This course commences in February and July.

SC

IEN

CE

389

Continuing StudentsStudents who are part way through their course (orthe LS71 course) may continue with the coursestructure that they initially enrolled in. However,students are encouraged to consider choosing unitsfrom the new course structure which is designed tooffer more up-to-date information and to be morerelevant to current employment opportunities.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSP127 Business Aspects of BiotechnologySelect three elective units from the following:BSN408 Business & the International EnvironmentGSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN418 Marketing Management 2JSN014 Law, Justice & New Genetic TechnologiesLSN150 Ethics & Life SciencesLSP130 Diagnostic TechnologiesMAB523 Introduction to Quality Management

Year 1, Semester 2LSB607 Protein PurificationLSB637 Molecular Genetics

Select two elective units from the following:GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN418 Marketing Management 2LSB677 Plant BiotechnologyLSN102 Cellular Basis of DiseaseMGN409 Introduction to Management

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSP127 Business Aspects of Biotechnology

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester1 aboveYear 1, Semester 2LSB607 Protein Purification

Select an elective unit shown under Year 1, Semester2 aboveYear 2, Semester 1Select two elective units shown under Year 1,Semester 1 above

Year 2, Semester 2LSB637 Molecular Genetics

Select two elective units shown under Year 1,Semester 2 above.

■ Graduate Certificate in AppliedScience (Medical Imaging)Graduate Certificate in AppliedScience (Radiation Therapy)(PH60)

For details see the section Course Requirements forStage 1 of the Master of Applied Science (Medical

Physics), (Medical Ultrasound), (Medical Imaging)and (Radiation Therapy) (PH80).

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Honours) (SC60)

With majors in: Chemistry, Geology, Ecology,Environmental Science, Life Science, Mathematics,and Physics.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Al Grenfell

Entry RequirementsTo be eligible for admission, students should havecompleted QUT’s Bachelor of Applied Science SC01(SC30, CH32, LS36, LS37 or MA34) or equivalentand should have attained a grade point average (GPA)of at least 5.0 over that degree, including grades ofat least credit (5) in all units directly relevant to theproposed Honours program. Application foradmission should normally be made at the end ofthe pass degree, or within 18 months of completingthat degree.

Applicants who do not satisfy the above conditionsbut who have demonstrated outstanding performancein only the final year of a degree, or whoseapplication is based on other factors including workexperience or involvement in research, may beadmitted at the discretion of the Dean of Faculty.

Please note that for the Mathematics major, otherdegrees with major studies in Mathematics(including Statistics) may provide suitable entry tothe program.

Course StructureThe honours program comprises 96 credit points.Full-time students undertake 48 credit points in eachsemester. The course structure depends on the majorand may vary slightly from one student to another,depending on the program and particular unitschosen.

The general course structure consists of a projectand units or advanced topics chosen from theprogram of the selected major. Part-time candidatesannually undertake approximately half of the full-time program. Classes are held at the same times asfor full-time students and thus may involve someday release from employment.

390

Majors Project Coursework(credit points) (credit points)

Chemistry; Ecology; 60 36Environmental Science;Geology; Life Science;Physics

Mathematics 36 60

Students should consult the course coordinatorconcerning the availability of units and selection ofunits for their major. Cross-institutional enrolmentmay be arranged in specific coursework units thatare not offered by the Faculty of Science.

CHEMISTRY MAJORSemester 1PCB700/1 Research ProjectPCB700/2 Research ProjectPCB780/1 Advanced Topics in Chemistry 1PCB742 Elective Studies

Semester 2PCB700/3 Research ProjectPCB700/4 Research ProjectPCB700/5 Research ProjectPCB780/2 Advanced Topics in Chemistry 1

GEOLOGY, ECOLOGY,ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE MAJORSemester 1NRB720/1 ProjectNRB720/2 ProjectNRB730/1 Research Methods & StrategiesNRB735 Advanced Studies in Resource Sciences

Semester 2NRB730/2 Research Methods & StrategiesNRB720/3 ProjectNRB720/4 ProjectNRB720/5 Project

LIFE SCIENCE MAJORSemester 1LSB850/1 Research StrategiesLSB851/1 Readings in Life ScienceLSB852/1 Project

Semester 2LSB850/2 Research StrategiesLSB851/2 Readings in Life ScienceLSB852/2 Project

MATHEMATICS MAJORSemester 1MAB787/1 Project

36 credit points of elective units selectedfrom the list below6

Semester 2MAB787/2 ProjectMAB787/3 Project

24 credit points units selected from the listbelow6

Elective List (Mathematics)60 credit points to be selectedMAB717 Minor ProjectMAB761 Analysis 4MAB762 Perturbation Methods & Field Theory 4MAB763 Fluid & Solid Dynamics 4MAB764 Computation & Modelling 4MAB765 Inference & Applications 4MAB766 Applied Time Series Analysis 4MAB767 Applied Statistics & Consulting 4MAB768 Advanced Techniques in Operations

Research 4MAB769 Mathematics of Finance 4MAB770 Industrial Mathematics 4ITB548 Introduction to CryptologyITB549 Error Control & Data CompressionITN556 Advanced Topics in Cryptology

PHYSICS MAJORSemester 1PCB700/1 Research ProjectPCB700/2 Research Project

ElectiveElective

Semester 2PCB700/3 Research ProjectPCB700/4 Research ProjectPCB700/5 Research Project

Elective

Physics Elective UnitsPCB706 Quantum MechanicsPCB707 Advanced MaterialsPCB708 Advanced Topics in PhysicsPCN112 Medical Imaging SciencePCN113 Radiation PhysicsPCN114 Microprocessors & InstrumentationPCN211 Medical ImagingPCN212 RadiotherapyPCN214 Health & Occupational Physics

Other units may be chosen in consultation with thecourse coordinator.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(SC01)

With majors in Biochemistry, Biotechnology,Chemistry, Corporate Mathematics, Ecology,Environmental Science, Geoscience, Mathematics,Microbiology, Physics.Location: Gardens Point campus

6 The course coordinator may approve a student taking 24 credit points of elective units (together with MAB787/1 andMAB787/2) in Semester 1 and 36 credit points of elective units (together with MAB787/3) in semester 2.

SC

IEN

CE

391

Course Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288 (minimum)Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Neville BofingerMajor Coordinators :Biochemistry: Dr Alex AndersonBiotechnology: Dr Ron EppingChemistry: Dr Dennis ArnoldCorporate Mathematics: Mr Ian OgleEcology: Dr Ian WilliamsonEnvironmental Science: Mr Graham KimberGeoscience: Mr David O’ConnellMathematics: Dr Jack WrigleyMicrobiology: Ms Megan HargreavesPhysics: Dr Bruce Cornish

Course Structure and RequirementsTo fulfil the requirements for the award of theBachelor of Applied Science degree, a student mustcomplete a total of 288 credit points, comprising atleast 192 credit points in units offered by the Facultyof Science. All units in the SC01 course are 12 creditpoints in value and one semester in length.

The course is offered internally over six semestersof full-time study or its part-time equivalent. Astudent may enrol as either a full-time student or apart-time student.

The course is structured such that the units studiedby a student must comprise:

(a) at least six (6) faculty core units, including atleast 3 from List A and at least 3 from List B(Schedule 1) (This represents a total of 72 creditpoints.)

AND

(b) a major, comprising 96 credit points at advancedlevel and including at least 48 credit points atthird level, in one of the following disciplineareas: biochemistry; biotechnology; chemistry;corporate mathematics; ecology; environmen-tal science; geoscience; mathematics; microbi-ology; physics

AND

(c) (i) a comajor, comprising 72 credit points atadvanced level in one of the followingareas: astrophysics; applied geology;biodiversity; biomolecular science; foren-sic science; industrial chemistry; medicaland health physics;

OR

(ii) a comajor, comprising 72 credit points atadvanced level drawn from a major other

than that selected in (b) aboveOR

(iii) an approved group of units comprising 72credit points at advanced level in any areaof study in the University

AND

(d) (i) a minor, comprising 48 credit points ofcoherent units in any area of study in theUniversity

OR(ii) 48 credit points of elective units

In selecting units for the comajor (or approved groupof units) in (c) and for the minor (or 48 credit pointsof elective units) in (d), it is emphasised that thetotal number of credit points completed outside theFaculty of Science must not exceed 96.

The following diagram illustrates the coursestructure:

Course Structure

Year 3

Year 2

Year 1

MAJOR

8 units(includes atleast 4 unitsfrom Year 3

level)

CORE: 6 units

CO MAJOR

6 units(all units atadvanced

level)

MINOR /ELECTIVES

4 units

Total number of units required = 24

Course Rules1. To fulfil the requirements for the award of the

Bachelor of Applied Science degree, a studentmust complete a total of at least 288 credit points,comprising at least 192 credit points in unitsoffered by the Faculty of Science. The unitscompleted for the award of the degree mustinclude:

(a) at least six faculty core units, including at leastthree units from List A and at least 3 unitsfrom List B in Schedule 1

(b) a major study(c) a comajor study (or group of units constituting

72 credit points at advanced level in anyapproved area of study in the University).

Major and comajor studies are defined in termsof the discipline area and the academic level atwhich the units are offered.

392

A major must be completed in one of the followingdiscipline areas: biochemistry; biotechnology;chemistry; corporate mathematics; ecology;environmental science; geoscience; mathematics;microbiology; physics. A major comprises 96credit points of units at advanced level, includingat least 48 credit points at the third level.

A comajor may be completed by selectingappropriate units from another major, or from thefollowing discipline areas: applied geology;astrophysics (subject to approval); biodiversity;biomolecular science; forensic science; industrialchemistry; medical and health physics. A comajorcomprises 72 credit points at advanced level.Alternatively, the comajor may be constituted byan approved group of units comprising 72 creditpoints at advanced level in any approved area ofstudy in the university. Major and comajor studiesmay be taken in closely related discipline areas.

2. The maximum number of credit points that maybe counted from units other than those at advancedlevel is 120 credit points.

3. Elective units may be chosen from (a) SC01majors/comajors other than those undertaken bya student, (b) other appropriate units offered bythe Faculty of Science, and (c) units offered byother faculties.

4. Students are normally expected to complete thecourse in minimum time. A full-time studentnormally enrols in an average of 48 credit pointsper semester for six semesters and a part-timestudent normally enrols in 24 credit points persemester for 12 semesters. (A full-time student isone who is enrolled in 36 or more credit pointsper semester, whereas a part-time student is onewho is enrolled in less than 36 credit points persemester.)

5. All commencing and certain continuing studentsare required to attend scheduled academicadvising sessions to plan their progression throughthe course, and to obtain the approval of anacademic adviser prior to effecting any change ofenrolment.

6. A registered student who has successfullycompleted the equivalent of the first and secondyears of the standard full-time course, normallywith a grade point average (GPA) of not less than4.5 overall, may, at the discretion of theCooperative Education Coordinator, apply toundertake the Cooperative Education Program.This program involves 10-12 months of paid full-time employment in an approved industrial/commercial environment during which time the

student is enrolled in the unit SCB100 CooperativeEducation. On completion of the approvedcooperative education placement, the studentresumes formal studies.

7. The Dean’s Scholars Program operates with theBAppSc course SC01. It provides an enrichedcourse of study to students who obtain high levelsof achievement. At the same time if offers anaccelerated pathway by which students who areaccepted into the program directly from SecondarySchool studies are able to complete the BAppSccourse in two years.

Dean’s Scholars who gain entry to the programon the basis of Secondary School studies cancomplete the BAppSc degree in two years. Thereduction in time is achieved through thecombination of (a) a preparatory program of 48credit points, which incorporates the summer termas an intensive bridging theoretical and practicalstage of 24 credit points (unit SCB301) thatarticulates to an individual tutorial program of 24credit points extending across Semester 1 (unitSCB302), and (b) a research-oriented overload ofone dedicated Dean’s Scholars program unit ineach of Semesters 2, 3, & 4, of 12, 24, & 12 creditpoints respectively (units SCB401, SCB501, andSCB601).

Students who commence the SC01 course in normalmode (faculty core program in their first year) andachieve a GPA 6.5 over their first 96 credit pointsof study will be eligible to apply for entry to theDean’s Scholars program in the second year of theircourse. Since an overload would be unnecessary forthese students, the Dean’s Scholars units undertakenin their final three semesters (units SCB401,SCB501, and SCB601) represent a minor thatenriches their course with a research componentpromoting progression to honours.

Dean’s Scholars who undertake the acceleration andenrichment are required to complete the samenumber of credit points from advanced level unitsin majors/comajors as other students in the SC01course. This allows both a major and a comajor tobe studied in science disciplines. Students whofollow this pathway will therefore suffer nodisadvantage with regard to professionalaccreditation in their chosen discipline area.

The number of students entering the Dean’s Scholarsprogram will be determined by the Dean of Facultyand senior academic staff of the Faculty of Science.In 2001 the quota will be 15 full-time students.

Only high-achieving students will be eligible to enterthe program directly. The entry requirement for

SC

IEN

CE

393

QTAC applicants is a Years 11-12 exit assessmentthat includes at least TWO very high achievementsover four semesters and ONE high achievement overfour semesters in any three of the Senior sciencesubjects: Biological Science; Chemistry; EarthScience; Mathematics B; Mathematics C; Physics.Applicants to the Dean’s Scholars program will berequired to attend a personal interview.

Notes on the Rules1. For offerings in the Faculty of Science, the term

advanced level refers to units in Schedules 2 and3. For units offered outside the Faculty of Science,the term advanced level refers to units for whichthere is at least one prerequisite unit.

2. Level 2 and level 3 units are listed in Schedules 2and 3 respectively according to their unit codes.For each unit, the major(s) and/or comajor(s) inwhich the unit is offered are shown. It should benoted that not every advanced level unit offeredin each major/comajor is mandatory. Where a unitis mandatory for a major or comajor, theabbreviation for the major or comajor ishighlighted by an asterisk.

3. The major undertaken by a student will qualifythe generic award title of BAppSc and will appearin the award title in parentheses. The general formof the award will therefore be: BAppSc(Major)

General Requirements for MajorsThe units referred to in the general requirements formajors are listed in Schedules 1, 2, and 3.

BIOCHEMISTRYCoordinator: Dr Alex Anderson

First Level(a) Core requirements in accordance with the SC01course rules

(b) Mandatory units:LSB118 Life ScienceLSB238 Cell BiologyNRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionPCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

(c) Recommended units:MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB101 Physical Science

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Biochemistry units including48 credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:LSB308 BiochemistryLSB408 MetabolismLSB508 Advanced MetabolismLSB608 Protein Science

BIOTECHNOLOGYCoordinator: Dr Ron Epping


(b) Mandatory units:LSB118 Life ScienceLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionPCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2


Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Biotechnology units including48 credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:LSB308 BiochemistryLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2LSB408 Metabolism

ORLSB497 Plant Molecular BiologyLSB468 Molecular BiologyLSB537 Genetic Engineering

(c)Two streams exist within the Biotechnology strand:Medical Biotechnology and Plant Biotechnology.Four appropriate second and third year units must beundertaken in conjunction with the mandatory unitsspecified above.

CHEMISTRYCoordinator: Dr Dennis Arnold


(b) Mandatory units:MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB101 Physical SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

(c) Recommended units:PCB260 Physics 1A

ORPCB250 Physics 1ITB843 Computing Applications

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Chemistry units including 48credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:PCB305 Principles of Physical ChemistryPCB354 Structure & Mechanism in Organic

Chemistry

394

PCB434 Inorganic ChemistryPCB444 SpectroscopyPCB505 Advanced Physical ChemistryPCB554 Synthesis & Reactivity in Organic

ChemistryPCB634 Organometallic & Coordination ChemistryPCB644 Frontiers in Chemistry

CORPORATE MATHEMATICSCoordinator: Mr Ian Ogle


(b) Mandatory units:MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1A7

MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1

Second and Third Levels96 credit points of Corporate Mathematics unitsincluding 48 credit points from Level 3

ECOLOGYCoordinator: Dr Ian Williamson


(b) Mandatory units:LSB118 Life ScienceNRB100 Environmental ScienceMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB101 Physical Science

(c) Recommended units:NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Ecology units including 48credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:NRB311 Population EcologyNRB312 Experimental DesignNRB410 GeneticsNRB411 Ecological MethodsNRB510 Population GeneticsNRB511 Population ManagementNRB611 Conservation Biology

(c) Recommended unit:NRB610 Applied Ecology

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEThis major is offered at both Gardens Point andCarseldine campuses. Students enrolling in thismajor may be required to attend classes on both ofthese campuses.

Coordinator: Mr Graham Kimber

First Level(a) 8 units (96 credit points), at least 3 from List Aand at least 3 from List B

(b) Mandatory unit:NRB100 Environmental Science

(c) Recommended units:MAB101 Statistical Data AnalysisNRB200 Environment of South East Queensland

The remaining units should be chosen according toone of the following strands of environmentalscience. Suggested combinations are:

Chemistry StrandMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1APCB101 Physical SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

Ecology StrandLSB118 Life ScienceLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis (Mandatory)NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionPCB101 Physical Science

Elective:ITB843 Computing ApplicationsMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1APCB142 Chemistry 1

Geoscience StrandMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BNRB230 Planet EarthPCB101 Physical SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1

Elective:ITB843 Computing ApplicationsPCB250 Physics 1

Physics StrandMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A


MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BPCB250 PhysicsPCB260 Physics 1A

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of approved advanced level unitsincluding 48 credit points from Level 3

7 For students without a grade of SA or better in at least three semesters of Senior Mathematics C.

SC

IEN

CE

395

(b) Mandatory units:NRB300 Environmental MonitoringNRB400 Environmental SystemsNRB500 Environmental ModellingNRB600 Issues in Resource Management

(c) Remaining units are from science selected tocomplement the major.

Combinations of the remaining four units for thedifferent strands are:

Chemistry StrandNRB440 Environmental ChemistryNRB640 Physical Chemistry of the EnvironmentPCB414 Industrial & Environmental Analytical

ChemistryPCB514 Instrumental Analysis

Ecology StrandAny four units selected from the Ecology major andthe Biodiversity comajor.

Geoscience StrandNRB331 Sedimentary Geology (corequisite NRB333

Mineralogy)NRB332 Environmental GeoscienceNRB440 Environmental ChemistryNRB633 Hydrogeology

Physics StrandMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3NRB332 Environmental GeoscienceNRB660 Studies in Natural Resource SciencesPCB404 Scientific Principles of Safety

GEOSCIENCECoordinator: Mr David O’Connell


(b) Mandatory units:MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1ANRB230 Planet EarthPCB142 Chemistry 1

(c) Recommended units:MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BNRB200 The Environment of SE QueenslandPCB101 Physical SciencePCB242 Chemistry 2PCB250 Physics 1ITB843 Computing Applications

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Geoscience units including48 credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:NRB330 Structural GeologyNRB331 Sedimentary Geology

NRB333 MineralogyNRB431 Geological Field Methods

MATHEMATICSCoordinator: Dr Jack Wrigley


(b) Mandatory units:MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1A7

MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1MAB220 Computational Mathematics 1

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Mathematical Sciences unitsincluding 48 credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:At least one of the following:MAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB312 Linear AlgebraMAB413 Differential Equations

MICROBIOLOGYCoordinator: Ms Megan Hargreaves


(b) Mandatory units:LSB118 Life ScienceNRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2


Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Microbiology units including48 credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:LSB308 BiochemistryLSB328 Microbiology 1LSB408 MetabolismLSB428 Microbiology 2

PHYSICSCoordinator: Dr Bruce Cornish



396

(b) Mandatory units:Either:MAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1A


andMAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

ORMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1A7

andMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1B

andMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1C

PCB250 Physics 1PCB260 Physics 1A

(c) Recommended units:ITB843 Computing ApplicationsPCB107 Physics & Quantitative TechniquesPCB260 Physics 1A

Second and Third Levels(a) 96 credit points of Physics units including 48credit points from Level 3

(b) Mandatory units:MAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB362 Physics 2PCB361 AC Theory & ElectronicsPCB460 Instrumentation & Computational MethodsPCB462 Thermodynamics & Solid State PhysicsPCB561 Quantum & Condensed Matter PhysicsPCB562 Physical Methods of AnalysisPCB661 Experimental PhysicsPCB665 Physics 3

General Requirements for ScienceComajorsThe general requirement is 72 credit points of unitsat advanced level in the relevant comajor inaccordance with the SC01 course rules. Mandatoryunits at advanced level are indicated below.

Advanced Level Mandatory Units forScience ComajorsApplied GeologyNRB330 Structural Geology

Plus 5 approved Geology units

Astrophysics(this co-major is offered subject to final approval)

PCB469 Astrophysics 1PCB562 Physical Methods of AnalysisPCB593 Digital Image ProcessingPCB669 Astrophysics 2

BiochemistryLSB308 BiochemistryLSB408 MetabolismLSB508 Advanced MetabolismLSB608 Protein Science

BiodiversitySix units from:LSB397 Plant Physiology 1NRB370 Invertebrate BiologyNRB371 Plant BiologyNRB470 Chordate BiologyNRB570 Evolution of Australian BiotaNRB571 Marine BiologyNRB670 Australian Biodiversity

Biomolecular ScienceSix approved units chosen from the Biochemistry,Biotechnology & Microbiology majors.

BiotechnologyLSB308 BiochemistryLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2LSB408 Metabolism

ORLSB497 Plant Molecular BiologyLSB468 Molecular BiologyLSB537 Genetic Engineering

ChemistrySix of the mandatory units in the Chemistry major.

Corporate MathematicsSix of the mandatory units in the Corporate Mathematicsmajor.

EcologySix of the mandatory units in the Ecology major.

Environmental ScienceThis major is offered at both Gardens Point andCarseldine casmpuses. Students enrolling in thismajor may be required to attend classes on both ofthese campuses.NRB300 Environmental MonitoringNRB400 Environmental SystemsNRB500 Environmental ModellingNRB600 Issues in Resource Management

Forensic ScienceJSB444 Evidence & Investigation for Forensic

ScientistsLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2PCB414 Industrial & Environmental Analytical

ChemistryPCB514 Instrumental AnalysisPCB584 Forensic Examination of Physical EvidencePCB684 Forensic Analysis & Toxicology

Industrial ChemistryPCB314 Concepts in Analytical ChemistryPCB414 Industrial & Environmental Analytical

ChemistryPCB424 Process PrinciplesPCB514 Instrumental AnalysisPCB524 Unit OperationsPCB624 Chemistry in Industry & Technology

Medical & Health PhysicsPCB404 Scientific Principles of Safety

ORPCB593 Digital Image Processing


SC

IEN

CE

397

PCB548 Medical PhysicsPCB648 Applied Radiation & Health Physics

GeoscienceNRB330 Structural GeologyNRB333 MineralogyNRB431 Geological Field Methods

MathematicsAt least one of the following:MAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB312 Linear AlgebraMAB413 Differential Equations

MicrobiologyLSB328 Microbiology 1LSB428 Microbiology 2

PhysicsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB362 Physics 2PCB361 AC Theory & ElectronicsPCB460 Instrumentation & Computational MethodsPCB462 Thermodynamics & Solid State Physics

SCHEDULE OF UNITS (SC01)Schedule 1: Core UnitsList A (at least three required)LSB118 Life ScienceMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1NRB100 Environmental SciencePCB101 Physical Science

List B (at least three required)NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CNRB200 The Environment of SE QueenslandNRB230 Planet EarthPCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2PCB250 Physics 1PCB260 Physics 1A

Note:(a) Students in a Mathematics major may replace

units in Lists A and B with MAB210, MAB220or any approved computing unit.

(b) Students in a physics major must replaceMAB101 with MAB131 or MAB180; andMAB112 with MAB132.

Schedule 1: Level 1 UnitsLSB142 Anatomy & PhysiologyMAB105 Preparatory MathematicsPCB107 Physics & Quantitative TechniquesPCB150 Physics 1HSCB202 Science, Technology & SocietySCB222 Exploration of the Universe

SCHEDULE OF UNITS: LEVEL 2 UNITSNote: Where the abbreviation for a major or comajoris highlighted by superscript 8 for a given unit in

Schedules 2 and 3, that unit is mandatory for themajor or comajor indicated.

Abbreviations for majors and comajors referred toin Schedules 2 and 3:

AG Applied GeologyAP Astrophysics*BC BiochemistryBD BiodiversityBM Biomolecular ScienceBT BiotechnologyCH ChemistryCM Corporate MathematicsEC EcologyES Environmental ScienceFS Forensic ScienceGS GeoscienceIC Industrial ChemistryMB MicrobiologyMH Medical and Health PhysicsMT Mathematical SciencesPH Physics

* subject to final approval.

JSB444 Evidence & Investigation for ForensicScientists – FS8

LSB308 Biochemistry – BC8, BT8, MB8, BMLSB328 Microbiology 1 – BC, BT, MB8, BMLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2 – BC, BT8, MB,

FS8, BMLSB358 Physiology 1 – BC, BT, MB, BMLSB397 Plant Physiology 1 – BD8, BT, ES, BMLSB408 Metabolism – BC8, BT8, MB8, BMLSB428 Microbiology 2 – BC, BT, MB8, BMLSB438 Immunology 1 – BC, BT, MB, BMLSB458 Physiology 2 – BC, BT, MB, BMLSB468 Molecular Biology – BC, BT8, MB, BMLSB497 Plant Molecular Biology – BT8, BMMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3 – PH8,

MH8

MAB311 Advanced Calculus – MSMAB312 Linear Algebra – MSMAB313 Mathematics of Finance – CM, MSMAB314 Statistical Modelling 2 – CM, MSMAB315 Operations Research 2 – CM, MSMAB413 Differential Equations – MSMAB414 Applied Statistics 2 – CM, MSMAB420 Computational Mathematics 2 – MSMAB422 Mathematical Modelling – CM, MS, MHMAB440 Industry Project (planning stage) – CM, MSMMB131 Engineering Materials MHMMB292 Biomaterials – MHNRB300 Environmental Monitoring – ES8

NRB311 Population Ecology – EC8

NRB312 Experimental Design – BC, BT, EC8, MB,BM

NRB330 Structural Geology – AG8, GS8

NRB331 Sedimentary Geology – AG, GS8, ESNRB332 Environmental Geoscience – AG, ES, GSNRB333 Mineralogy – GS8, AGNRB370 Invertebrate Biology – BD8, ES

398

NRB371 Plant Biology – BD8, ES, BTNRB400 Environmental Systems – ES8

NRB410 Genetics – BC, BT, EC8, MB, BMNRB411 Ecological Methods – EC8

NRB430 Mineral Deposits & Mine Geology – AG,GS

NRB431 Geological Field Methods – GS8, AGNRB432 Lithology & Petrography – GS, AGNRB433 Geophysics – AGNRB440 Environmental Chemistry – AG, ESNRB470 Chordate Biology – BD8OPB351 Visual Science 3 – MHOPB451 Visual Science 4 – MHPCB305 Principles of Physical Chemistry – CH8, ESPCB314 Concepts in Analytical Chemistry – ES, IC8

PCB340 Optics 2 – MHPCB354 Structure & Mechanism in Organic

Chemistry – CH8PCB361 AC Theory & Electronics – PH8

PCB362 Physics 2 – PH8PCB404 Scientific Principles of Safety – ES, MH8

PCB414 Industrial & Environmental AnalyticalChemistry – ES, FS8, IC8

PCB424 Process Principles – IC8

PCB434 Inorganic Chemistry – CH8

PCB444 Spectroscopy – CH8

PCB460 Instrumentation & Computational Methods –PH6

PCB462 Thermodynamics & Solid State Physics –PH8

PCB469 Astrophysics 1SCB301 Science for Dean’s ScholarsSCB302 Tutorial Program for Dean’s ScholarsSCB401 Research Methods for Dean’s ScholarsSCB402 Earth Resources Management

SCHEDULE OF UNITS: LEVEL 3 UNITSLSB508 Advanced Metabolism – BC8, BM, MBLSB517 Plant Biotechnology 1 – BT, BMLSB527 Biomedical Research Technologies – BC8,

BM, MBLSB528 Environmental Microbiology – BC, BM,

MBLSB537 Genetic Engineering – BC, BM, BT8, MBLSB547 Bacterial Pathogenesis – BC, BM, BT, MBLSB558 Advanced Physiology – BC, BM, MBLSB567 Immunology 2 – BC, BM, BT, MBLSB568 Electron Microscopy – BC, BM, MBLSB578 Virology – BC, BM, BT, MBLSB598 Molecular Pathogenesis 1 – BC, BM, BT,

MBLSB607 Protein Purification – BC8, BM, BT, MBLSB608 Protein Science – BC8, BM, BT, MBLSB628 Food Microbiology – BC, BM, MBLSB637 Molecular Genetics – BC, BM, BT, MBLSB647 Clinical Mycology & Parasitology– BC,

BM, MBLSB648 Molecular Microbiology – BC, MB, BMLSB657 Perspectives in Life Science – BC, BM, BT,

MBLSB658 Clinical Physiology – BC, BM, MBLSB697 Plant Biotechnology 2 – BM, BT

LSB698 Molecular Pathogenesis 2 – BC, BM, BT,MB

MAB521 Applied Mathematics 3 – MSMAB522 Computational Mathematics 3 – MSMAB523 Introduction to Quality Management – CM,

MSMAB524 Statistical Inference – MSMAB525 Operations Research 3A – CM, MSMAB526 Statistical Science 3 – MSMAB613 Partial Differential Equations – MSMAB621 Discrete Mathematics – CM, MSMAB623 Financial Mathematics – CM, MSMAB624 Applied Statistics 3 – CM, MSMAB625 Operations Research 3B – CM, MSMAB640 Industry Project – CM, MSMAB672 Advanced Mathematical Modelling – CM,

MSNRB500 Environmental Modelling – ES8

NRB501 Mapping & Modelling of Natural ResourceData

NRB510 Population Genetics – EC8

NRB511 Population Management – EC8

NRB530 Metamorphic Petrology & PlasticDeformation – AG, GS

NRB531 Sedimentology & Basin Analysis – AG, GSNRB532 Ore Genesis – AG, GSNRB533 Advanced Geological Mapping – AG, GSNRB570 Evolution of Australian Biota – BD8NRB571 Marine Biology – BT, ECNRB600 Issues in Resource Management – ES8

NRB610 Applied Ecology – ECNRB611 Conservation Biology EC8NRB630 Exploration Geoscience – AG, ES, GSNRB631 Fossil Fuel Geology – AG, ES, GSNRB633 Hydrogeology – AG, ES, GSNRB634 Igneous Petrology & Petrochemistry – AG,

GS8

NRB640 Physical Chemistry of the Environment – ESNRB660 Studies in Natural Resource Sciences – AG,

ES, GSNRB670 Australian Biodiversity – BD8PCB505 Advanced Physical Chemistry – CH8

PCB514 Instrumental Analysis – IC8, FS8

PCB524 Unit Operations – IC8PCB548 Medical Physics – MH8PCB554 Synthesis & Reactivity in Organic

Chemistry – CH8PCB561 Quantum & Condensed Matter Physics –

PH8

PCB562 Physical Methods of Analysis – PHPCB584 Forensic Examination of Physical Evidence

– FS8

PCB593 Digital Image Processing – MH8

PCB604 Project – CH, FS, ICPCB614 Materials Analysis – ICPCB624 Chemistry in Industry & Technology – IC8

PCB634 Organometallic & Coordination Chemistry –CH8

PCB644 Frontiers in Chemistry – CH8

PCB648 Applied Radiation & Health Physics – ES,MH8

8 The unit is mandatory for the major or comajor indicated.

SC

IEN

CE

399

PCB660 Quantum & Condensed Matter Physics – PH8

PCB661 Experimental Physics – MH, PH8

PCB665 Physics 3 – MH, PH8

PCB669 Astrophysics 2PCB684 Forensic Analysis & Toxicology – FS8

SCB501 Research Project for Dean’s ScholarsSCB601 Perspectives in Science

Cooperative Education ProgramA registered student who has completed theequivalent of the first and second years of thestandard full-time course, normally with a GPA ofnot less than 4.5 overall, may, at the discretion ofthe Cooperative Education Program Coordinator,undertake the Cooperative Education option.

This involves 10-12 months of paid full-timeemployment in an approved industrial/ commercialenvironment during which time the student isenrolled in the unit SCB100 Cooperative Education.On completion of the approved industrial experiencethe student resumes formal studies.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(SC30)

With majors in: Biology, Biotechnology, Chemistry,Geology, Mathematics, Microbiology/ Biochemistry,and Physics.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Neville Bofinger

This course has been discontinued. Continuingstudents in this course should enrol in units fromthe Bachelor of Applied Science (SC01) course, afterdiscussion and advice from the course coordinatoror strand coordinator of the SC01 course.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Applied Chemistry) (CH32)

Location: Gardens Point campusTotal Credit Points: 288 (minimum)Course Coordinator: Dr Graham Smith

This course has been discontinued. Studentscompleting units from the third year of this courseshould enrol in equivalent units from the Bachelorof Applied Science (SC01) course after discussionwith the course coordinator or strand coordinator ofthe SC01 course.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Mathematics) (MA34)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Jack Wrigley

Course RequirementsThis course has been discontinued. Continuingstudents should enrol in units from the Bachelor ofApplied Science (SC01) course after discussion withthe course coordinator or strand coordinator of theSC01 course.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Medical Science) (LS37)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Dr Trevor Forster

Professional RecognitionGraduates are immediately eligible for graduatemembership of the Australian Institute of MedicalScientists and will have completed the academicrequirements for admission as Members.

Special Course RequirementsStudents in the part-time program should be awarethat they are required to attend much of their programduring the day.

Students are required to undertake a four-week workexperience program in a practising pathologylaboratory. This takes place at the end of the secondyear full-time and in a suitable vacation period duringthe part-time program. This is a requirement for theunit LSB480 Professional Practice.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSB118 Life ScienceMAB141 Mathematics & Statistics for Medical

SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1PCB150 Physics 1H

Year 1, Semester 2LSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1LSB250 Human PhysiologyLSB255 Human AnatomyPCB242 Chemistry 2

8 The unit is mandatory for the major or comajor indicated.

400

Year 2, Semester 1LSB325 BiochemistryLSB328 MicrobiologyLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2LSB365 Pathology

Year 2, Semester 2LSB425 Quantitative Medical ScienceLSB435 Diagnostic Microbiology 1LSB438 Immunology 1LSB465 Histopathology 1LSB480 Professional Practice

Year 3, Semester 1LSB525 Clinical Biochemistry 1LSB535 Microbiological ImmunologyLSB555 Haematology 1LSB565 Histopathology 2

Year 3, Semester 2LSB625 Clinical Biochemistry 2LSB635 Diagnostic Microbiology 2LSB655 Haematology 2LSB665 Immunohaematology

Part-time Course Structure (forcommencing students)Continuing students to consult with the coursecoordinator.Year 1, Semester 1LSB118 Life ScienceMAB141 Mathematics & Statistics for Medical

Science

Year 1, Semester 1LSB250 Human PhysiologyLSB255 Human Anatomy

Year 2, Semester 1PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB150 Physics 1H

Year 2, Semester 2LSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

Year 3, Semester 1LSB325 BiochemistryLSB328 Microbiology

Year 3, Semester 2LSB425 Quantitative Medical ScienceLSB435 Diagnostic Microbiology 1

Year 4, Semester 1LSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2LSB365 Pathology

Year 4, Semester 2LSB438 Immunology 1LSB465 Histopathology 1LSB480 Professional Practice

Year 5, Semester 1LSB525 Clinical Biochemistry 1LSB535 Microbiological Immunology

Year 5, Semester 2LSB625 Clinical Biochemistry 2LSB635 Diagnostic Microbiology 2

Year 6, Semester 1LSB555 Haematology 1LSB565 Histopathology 2

Year 6, Semester 2LSB655 Haematology 2LSB665 Immunohaematology

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Medical Radiation Technology)(PH38)

With majors in: Medical Imaging Technology andRadiotherapy TechnologyLocation: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Pam RowntreeCoordinators:Medical Imaging Technology: Ms Pam RowntreeRadiotherapy Technology: Mrs Michelle Oppelaar

Full-time Course Structure for CommencingStudentsYear 1, Semester 1Common UnitsLSB145 Anatomy 1 & Introductory PathologyPCB007 Patient Care in Professional PracticePCB107 Physics & Quantitative TechniquesPCB178 Principles of Medical Radiations

Year 1, Semester 2Common UnitsLSB245 Anatomy 2 & Introductory PathologyPCB272 Radiation Physics

Medical Imaging Technology MajorPCB276 General Radiography 1PCB277 Radiographic Practice

Radiotherapy Technology MajorPCB286 Treatment Planning 1PCB287 Megavoltage Therapy 1

Year 2, Semester 1Common UnitsLSB321 Systematic PathologyLSB345 Regional & Imaging Anatomy 1

Medical Imaging Technology MajorPCB375/1 Radiographic EquipmentPCB377 General Radiography 2PCB379 Clinical Radiography 1

Radiotherapy Technology MajorPCB396/1 Radiotherapy Planning & PhysicsPCB397 Megavoltage Therapy 2PCB389 Clinical Radiotherapy 1

SC

IEN

CE

401

Year 2, Semester 2Common UnitsLSB445 Regional & Imaging Anatomy 2

Medical Imaging Technology MajorPCB375/2 Radiographic EquipmentPCB476 Special ProceduresPCB479 Clinical Radiography 2PCB477 Complementary Imaging Techniques

Radiotherapy Technology MajorPCB396/2 Radiotherapy Planning & PhysicPCB497 Megavoltage Therapy 3PCB489 Clinical Radiotherapy 2PCB495 Computer Assisted Treatment Planning 1

Year 3, Semester 1Common UnitsPCB593 Digital Image ProcessingPCB672/1 Project

Medical Imaging Technology MajorPCB567 Advanced Radiographic Technique 1PCB580/1 Clinical Radiography 3PCB681 Computed Tomography Imaging

Radiotherapy Technology MajorPCB587 Specialised Radiotherapy Technique 1PCB590/1 Clinical Radiotherapy 3PCB595 Computer Assisted Treatment Planning 2

Year 3, Semester 2Common UnitsPCB675 Radiation Safety & Quality AssurancePCB672/2 Project

Medical Imaging Technology MajorPCB667 Advanced Radiographic Technique 2PCB580/2 Clinical Radiography 3PCB682 Magnetic Resonance Imaging

Radiotherapy Technology MajorPCB695 Advanced Treatment Planning TopicsPCB687 Specialised Radiotherapy Technique 2PCB590/2 Clinical Radiotherapy 3

■ Bachelor of BiotechnologyInnovation (LS50)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time acceleratedmode; 4 years part-time non-accelerated modeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48averageCourse Coordinator: Dr Chris Collet

Special Course RequirementsThe accelerated mode of the course requires studentsto study three semesters per year.

Part-time Course StructureThe part-time is only available in the non-acceleratedmode.

Full-time Course Structure (Acceleratedmode)Year 1, Semester 1LSB118 Life ScienceLSB328 MicrobiologyMAB141 Mathematics & Statistics for Medical

SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 1, Semester 2LSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1LSB258 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyLSB397 Plant PhysiologyPCB242 Chemistry 2

Year 1, Summer ProgramBSB110 AccountingBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsLSB309 Introduction to Intellectual Property LawLSB325 BiochemistryLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2MIB307 Product Innovation & Market Development

Year 2, Semester 2MGB218 Venture SkillsLSB409 Readings in BiotechnologyLSB468 Molecular BiologyLSB497 Plant Molecular Biology

Year 2, Summer ProgramLSB709/1 Biotechnology Research ProgramLSB709/2 Biotechnology Research ProgramLSB709/3 Biotechnology Research Program

Year 3, Semester 1BSB Business & BiotechnologyLSB509 Medical Biotechnology 1LSB537 Genetic EngineeringLSB577 Plant Biotechnology 1

Year 3, Semester 2BSB Research, Development &

Commercialisation StrategiesLSB605 Protein Engineering & BioprocessingLSB609 Medical Biotechnology 2LSB619 GenomicsLSB677 Plant Biotechnology 2

Full-time Course Structure (Non-accelerated mode)Year 1, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationLSB118 Life ScienceMAB141 Mathematics & Statistics for Medical

SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1LSB258 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB242 Chemistry 2

402

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingLSB325 BiochemistryLSB328 MicrobiologyLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2

Year 2, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessLSB397 Plant PhysiologyLSB468 Molecular BiologyLSB497 Plant Molecular Biology

Year 3, Semester 1LSB509 Medical Biotechnology 1LSB537 Genetic EngineeringLSB577 Plant Biotechnology 1MIB307 Product Innovation & Market Development

Year 3, Semester 2LSB605 Protein Engineering & BioprocessingLSB609 Medical Biotechnology 2LSB619 GenomicsLSB677 Plant Biotechnology 2

Year 4, Semester 1BSB Business & BiotechnologyLSB309 Introduction to Intellectual Property LawLSB409 Readings in BiotechnologyMGB218 Venture Skills

Year 4, Semester 2BSB Research, Development &

Commercialisation StrategiesLSB709/1 Biotechnology Research ProjectLSB709/2 Biotechnology Research ProjectLSB709/3 Biotechnology Research Project

Associate Degree in AppliedScience (SC15)

With majors in: Chemistry and Medical LaboratoryTechniquesLocation: Gardens Point campusTotal Credit Points: 192Course Coordinators:Chemistry: Dr Graham SmithMedical Laboratory Techniques: Dr Trevor Forster

This course has been discontinued and students whostill remain in the course should discuss theirenrolment with the strand coordinator.

QU

T I

NT

ER

NA

TIO

NA

L C

OL

LE

GE

403

QU

T I

NTE

RN

ATIO

NA

L C

OL

LE

GE

404

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW .................................................................................................... 405

STAFF ............................................................................................................ 405

COURSES ...................................................................................................... 405

COURSE STRUCTURES■ Diploma Programs ............................................................................................................................ 405

University Diploma in Business (BS40) ..........................................................................................405

University Diploma in Information Technology (IT10) ................................................................... 405

■ Certificate Program........................................................................................................................... 406

University Certificate in Health Studies (HL12) .............................................................................. 406

■ Foundation Programs ........................................................................................................................ 406

■ Bridging Program ............................................................................................................................. 406

■ English Language Programs ............................................................................................................. 407

English for Academic Purposes (EAP) ............................................................................................. 407

General English (GE) ....................................................................................................................... 407

English for Business (EfB) ............................................................................................................... 407

FURTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................. 407

QU

T I

NT

ER

NA

TIO

NA

L C

OL

LE

GE

405

QUT INTERNAT IONAL COLLEGE

OVERVIEWQUT International College (QUTIC) provides avariety of programs primarily for internationalstudents who seek to bridge their studies to highereducation courses at QUT and other Australianuniversities.

The International College is an integral part of QUT.It contributes to the internationalisation of theuniversity through the delivery of University EntryPrograms and English Language Programs whichprepare international students for undergraduate andpostgraduate study at QUT.

The College provides a variety of pathways to meetthe varying needs of students. These include EnglishLanguage, Foundation, Bridging, Certificate andDiploma programs. Students receive high qualitytuition and support in small classes and, at the sametime, enjoy the full use of all university facilitiesincluding libraries, student services, recreational andcomputer facilities.

STAFFDirector, QUT International College: Ms ElizabethMcDade, TDipCom Strathclyde, TCert Jordanhill,BEdSt Qld, MAcc Charles Sturt

Director of Studies, University Entry Programs: MsA. Poiner, BSc, DipEd, BEd, DipPsych Qld

Administration Coordinator, University EntryPrograms: Mrs B. Hosegood, BA (ACS) Griff,ATEM

Director of Studies, English Language Programs: MrIan McGregor, MEd(TESOL), PostGradDipSocSci(Asian Government), BA(Modern Asian Studies)

Administration Officer, English Language Programs:Ms M. McGrath, AssDip(Bus) RMIT.

COURSESUniversity Diploma in Business (BS40)University Diploma in Information Technology(IT10)University Certificate in Health Studies (HL12)Foundation ProgramsBridging ProgramGeneral EnglishEnglish for Academic PurposesEnglish for Business

COURSE STRUCTURES

UNIVERSITY ENTRY PROGRAMS

Diploma ProgramsStudents entering diploma programs require anEnglish Language score of at least IELTS 5.5 orequivalent. Academic entry requirements depend onthe country of origin. Students who have an IELTSscore of 5.5 are required to undertake a parallelEnglish program of up to 4 hours per week. Thissupport unit carries no credit points.

University Diploma inBusiness (BS40)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Elizabeth McDade,Director, QUT International College

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSD110 AccountingBSD114 Government, Business & SocietyBSD116 Marketing & International BusinessQCD105 Computing & Study SkillsQCD110 Communication for Business 11

Year 1 Semester 2BSD112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSD113 EconomicsBSD115 Management, People & OrganisationsQCD210 Communication for Business 2

University Diploma inInformation Technology(IT10)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 2 semesters full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Elizabeth McDade,Director, QUT International College

1 QCD110 Communication for Business 1 is a prerequisite for QCD210 Communication for Business 2.

406

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITD225 Introduction to DatabasesITD410 Software Development 12

ITD412 Technology of Information SystemsQCD105 Computing & Study SkillsQCD120 Communication for Information

Technology 13

Year 1, Semester 2ITD107 Programming LaboratoryITD411 Software Development 2ITD510 Communications NetworksQCD220 Communication for Information

Technology 2

Certificate ProgramThe University Certificate in Health Studies preparesinternational students for entry to the Bachelor ofNursing (Postregistration) (NS48) course. Studentsundertaking the Certificate program receive credittowards their degree course for those units wherethey have gained at least a grade of 4 (Pass).

Students must complete one semester in the Univer-sity Certificate in Health Studies before progress-ing to the Bachelor of Nursing (Postregistration)NS48. A minimum grade of 4 (Pass) in Communi-cation for Nursing (QCX101) is required to advanceto NS48.

University Certificate inHealth Studies (HL12)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 1 semester full-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinator: Ms Elizabeth McDade,Director, QUT International College

Full-time Course StructureFirst SemesterNSX113 Values Culture & NursingPYX071 Introduction to Psychology & Health CareHUX141 Social Science & Health CareQCX101 Communication for Nursing

Foundation ProgramsPrograms are available to prepare internationalstudents for all faculties at QUT. They providestudents who do not meet degree entry requirementswith an opportunity to become eligible for entry intoQUT faculties. A minimum English language scoreequivalent to IELTS 5.5 is required for entry.

There are three semesters per year. Students arerequired to complete one or two semesters dependingon their English language level and academic results.

Those Foundation students who reach the requiredresults for entry to a degree course, as specified bythe relevant faculty, will be guaranteed a place inthe degree program for which they have applied.

Foundation Programs offer units in the followingareas:

AccountingApplied PsychologyAustralian StudiesCommunicationComputingEconomicsInformation ProcessingLegal StudiesLife ScienceMathematicsPhysical Sciences.

Individual programs are chosen in consultation withthe Director of Studies and depend on the chosendegree course.

■ Bridging ProgramThis one semester program is designed for studentswho plan to study at QUT or at another tertiaryinstitution in an undergraduate or postgraduateprogram and who may already meet minimumacademic admission criteria for their selected courseand have a minimum English score equivalent toIELTS 6.0. Students may need prerequisite subjectsfor entry to their QUT award course, or may wish tobenefit from undertaking one semester of study inAustralia prior to doing an award course.

Students are usually able to concurrently take oneor two units (depending on IELTS level) for credittowards their award course.

2 ITD410 Software Development 1 is a prerequisite for ITD411 Software Development 2 and ITD107 ProgrammingLaboratory.

3 QCD120 Communication for Information Technology 1 is a prerequisite for QCD220 Communication for InformationTechnology 2.

QU

T I

NT

ER

NA

TIO

NA

L C

OL

LE

GE

407

The program consists of the following units takenover the duration of the university semestercommencing in February or July of each year.

Academic CommunicationAustralian PerspectivesComputingCommunication Extension

■ English Language Programs

English for Academic Purposes(EAP)

The English for Academic Purposes course is offeredin twelve week sessions and caters for students whoare about to commence degree courses andUniversity Entry Programs at QUT.

The EAP course aims to develop specific study andlanguage skills in English needed to undertakeacademic study successfully.

Students can enter the EAP course on passing theentrance test. A conditional offer of acceptance fromQUT is normally required.

QUT accepts the English Language Programsinternal assessment in place of IELTS tests.

On successful completion of the internal assessment,eligible students have guaranteed entry into QUTdegree courses and University Entry Programs.

There are also special classes for students who wantan introductory course of Academic English.

General English (GE)General English classes are offered in four weeksessions. Courses cater for students at all levels ofEnglish language from elementary to intermediateand advanced levels.

English for Business (EfB)The English for Business course is offered in fourweek sessions and helps students develop theirEnglish for business communication. The coursecaters for a wide variety of students who need to beable to use English for work or business studies. Thecourse includes a TOEIC preparation component.

FURTHER INFORMATIONEnglish Language Programs

Telephone: +61 7 3864 3024Facsimile: +61 7 3864 3085

University Entry ProgramsTelephone: +61 7 3864 5913Facsimile: +61 7 3864 5910

408

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

409

UN

IVE

RS

ITY

-WID

E A

ND

IN

TE

RFA

CU

LTY

CO

UR

SE

S

410

CONTENTS

■ Doctor of Philosophy (IF49) ............................................................................................................ 412

■ Master of Applied Science (Research) ............................................................................................. 426

■ Master of Business Administration/Master of Information Technology* (IF13) (IF15) .................. 429

■ Graduate Diploma in Facilities Management (IF92) ........................................................................ 431

■ Graduate Certificate in Facilities Management (IF91) ..................................................................... 432

■ Honours Degrees .............................................................................................................................. 433

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) (IF83) .............................. 434

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education (Primary) (IF84) ........................................... 434

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF71) ....................................... 435

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Information Technology (IF29) ..................................... 436

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Laws (IF39).................................................................... 439

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Environmental Science)/Bachelor of Health Science (Environmental Health) (IF87) ............................................................ 440

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Mathematics)/Bachelor of Business (IF60) ...................................... 441

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (Mathematics)/Bachelor of Information Technology (IF58) ............. 444

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (in Human Movement Studies)/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF73) ...................................................................................... 445

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (in Human Movement Studies)/Bachelor of Business (IF62) ........... 447

■ Bachelor of Arts (Communication Design)/Bachelor of Information Technology (IF90) ............... 453

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Applied Science (IF86) ............................................... 453

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Business (IF30) ........................................................... 455

■ Bachelor of Arts (Media Studies/Journalism)/Bachelor of Business (IF26) .................................... 456

■ Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Education (IF70) ............................................................................... 462

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) (IF81) ........................... 465

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Education (Primary) (IF82) ......................................... 467

Academy of The Arts Majors ........................................................................................................... 468

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance)/Bachelor of Education (IF75) ................................................................. 469

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama)/Bachelor of Education (IF76) ................................................................. 470

■ Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Education (IF77) ............................................................................ 471

■ Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts)/Bachelor of Education (IF78) .......................................................... 473

■ Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Laws (IF36) .......................................................................................475

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Laws (IF43) ................................................................. 475

■ Bachelor of Arts (Journalism/Media Studies)/Bachelor of Laws (IF35) .......................................... 476

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF72) ................................................... 478

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelor of Laws (IF41) ............................................................................... 479

■ Bachelor of Business (Accountancy)/Bachelor of Laws (IF37) ....................................................... 484

* Subject to final University approval.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

411

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelor of Health Science (Health Services Management) (IF47) ............. 485

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelor of Information Technology (Information Systems) (IF48) ............ 489

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical & Computer Engineering)/Bachelor of Business (IF28) ........ 494

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering)/Bachelor of Applied Science (Mathematics) (IF21) ......................................................................... 499

■ Bachelor of Engineering (Electronics)/Bachelor of Information Technology (IF59) ...................... 501

■ Bachelor of Health Science (Family & Consumer Studies)/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF74) ...................................................................................... 502

■ Bachelor of Health Science (Health Information Management)/Bachelor of Information Technology (Information Management) (IF85) ........................................ 503

■ Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF79) ........................... 503

■ Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Laws (IF38) ....................................................... 504

■ Bachelor of Mass Communication (IF27) ........................................................................................ 505

412

UN IVERS I TY -W IDE AND INTERFACULTY COURSES

■ Doctor of Philosophy (IF49)IntroductionThe main purpose of graduate study is to encourageindependence and originality of thought in the questfor knowledge. The Doctor of Philosophy degree isawarded in recognition of a students erudition in abroad field of learning and for notableaccomplishment in that field through an original andsubstantial contribution to knowledge. Thecandidates research must reveal high critical abilityand powers of imagination and synthesis, and maybe in the form of new knowledge, or of significantand original adaptation, application andinterpretation of existing knowledge.

1. General Conditions1,1 The Council of the Queensland University ofTechnology was established in 1989 under theQueensland University of Technology Act.

1.2 This document sets out the Regulationsgoverning the award of the degree of Doctor ofPhilosophy (PhD) at the Queensland University ofTechnology (QUT).

1.3 The Council’s power to approve arrangementsfor the registration and examination of candidatesfor the degree of PhD at QUT is exercised through aResearch Degrees Committee, which shall be asubcommittee of the University ResearchCommittee. In exercising this power, the ResearchDegrees Committee shall be advised by facultyacademic boards, deans of faculties and heads ofschools as appropriate.

1.4 The PhD will be awarded subject to the ResearchDegrees Committee receiving:

a certificate of satisfactory completion of thecandidate’s approved course of study signed bythe Principal Supervisor, Head of School andendorsed by the faculty;

a declaration signed by the candidate that she/hehas not been a candidate for another tertiary awardduring the tenure of her/his PhD candidaturewithout the permission of the Research DegreesCommittee;

a declaration signed by the candidate statingoriginal authorship of the thesis;

an application for the conferral of the degree,signed by the Principal Supervisor, Director ofCentre/Res Con, Head of School, stating that thecandidate has satisfactorily completed theexamination process including completing any

revisions or re-examination required by theexternal examiners; and

at least one final copy of the thesis in theprescribed format.

2. Definitions2.1 Candidate means any person admitted to theplanned program of research leading to the degreeof PhD.

2.2 Candidature means the period of study towardsthe degree of PhD being the period from the date ofcommencement as advised by the Office of Researchuntil the thesis is submitted for examination or untilthe candidature is terminated, after which time thecandidate holds the status of ‘Under Examination’.

2.3 Confirmed candidature means the period of studytowards the degree of PhD from the date ofsuccessful completion of Confirmation ofCandidature as approved by Research DegreesCommittee to the approval of the award of the degreeof PhD by the University Academic Board.

2.4 Collaborative research group means the groupof researchers which is directly involved with thecandidate’s research project or a larger researchproject of which the candidate’s study forms a part.This does not include other researchers from anycollaborating organisation who do not have inputinto the specific research project.

2.5 The degree of Doctor of Philosophy or (PhD) atQUT signifies that the holder has undertaken asubstantial piece of original research which has beenconducted and reported under proper academicsupervision and in a research environment for aprescribed period. The PhD’s contribution toknowledge rests on the originality of the approachand/or interpretation of findings and, in some cases,the discovery of new knowledge. The award of aPhD demonstrates that the candidate has the abilityto communicate research findings effectively in theprofessional arena and in an international context.

2.6 Examination means the formal testing of thecandidate’s thesis to critically evaluate whether theconditions for the award of the degree of PhD havebeen met.

2.7 Examination Committee means the committeeof external examiners appointed to undertakeexamination of the candidate’s thesis.

2.8 External candidate means a candidate who willundertake his or her study overseas, interstate, remotefrom Brisbane or at a place of professional

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

413

employment or another research institution inBrisbane (for example Queensland Institute ofMedical Research).

2.9 Faculty means the relevant faculty of QUT.

2.10 Faculty Committee means the duly constitutedcommittee responsible for the management andoversight of postgraduate candidates within thefaculty.

2.11 A Final Seminar means the public seminarcalled by the faculty to determine whether the thesisis acceptable for examination by the ExaminationCommittee.

2.12 Internal candidate means a candidate who willcomplete his or her study whilst physically attendinga campus of QUT.

2.13 Masters by coursework means a master’sdegree, which has a research component comprisingless than 66% of the total course of study.

2.14 Masters by research means a master’s degree,which has a research component comprising 66%or more of the total course of study.

2.15 Prescribed Form means the relevant form foundvia the Research Students Section of the QUT Officeof Research Home Page.

2.16 Professional Doctorate (Research) means adoctoral degree at QUT, which has a significantformal coursework component, which is no morethan 33% of the total course of study.

2.17 Recognised institution means any tertiaryeducation institution accepted by the ResearchDegrees Committee for the purposes of theseRegulations.

2.18 Research centre/research concentration meansthe relevant research centre/research concentrationof QUT.

2.19 Review Period means a period of up to threemonths after completion of a progress report, eg theConfirmation of Candidature, Annual report orinterim faculty report during which the candidate isrequired to do more work until the faculty advisesthe Research Degrees Committee that thecandidature should be continued or terminated.

2.20 School means the relevant school of QUT.

2.21 Thesis means the collection of materialssubmitted by the candidate to the ExaminationCommittee for examination.

3. Admission To Candidature3.1 To gain admission into a planned researchprogram leading to the award of PhD a candidatenormally shall hold a relevant first class or second

class division A honours degree or equivalent, anappropriate masters degree (by research orcoursework), or a professional doctorate, from arecognised institution.

3.2 Masters degrees by coursework and professionaldoctorates must contain a significant researchcomponent, which would normally be no less than33% of the total degree in order to qualify anapplicant for admission to the PhD program.Normally, applicants holding a masters bycoursework or a coursework professional doctoratemust have a GPA of at least 5.0 on a 7 point scale orequivalent standing as certified by the faculty inwhich the candidate wishes to enrol before they maybe admitted to PhD candidature.

3.3 Coursework masters and professional doctorateswhich do not contain the research component definedin Regulation 3.2 are not considered adequate toallow admission to the PhD program unless (a) theapplicant can demonstrate a grade point average ofat least 5.0 on a 7 point scale in such a course; and(b) an additional level of research experience andpotential which is deemed acceptable to the facultyand approved by the Research Degrees Committee.For example, by the publication of articles in refereedresearch journals.

3.4 Applicants must demonstrate sufficient commandof English to complete the proposed course of studyin English, that is, the Confirmation Seminar, theFinal Seminar, and the written thesis. (Exceptionsmay apply, see Section 13.2).

4. Application Procedure andCommencement4.1 Candidature shall have commenced on the dateof admission or at some later date as determined bythe Research Degrees Committee.

4.2 An application for admission shall be made onthe prescribed form and shall involve a two-stageprocess.

4.3 Stage 1 of the application process must include:

Doctor of Philosophy Stage 1 Application Form(if the applicant holds citizenship or permanentresidency in Australia or New Zealand);

Application for Admission to QUT as anInternational Candidate Form F (if the applicantis an international candidate);

personal data;

details of relevant professional researchexperience;

the proposed field of study;

414

brief (200-300 words) outline of the project to beundertaken;

the centre/research concentration in which theresearch is to be undertaken; and

a certified copy of the candidate’s academicrecord.

The application must be approved by the dulyconstituted faculty committee which will determinewhether the applicant meets the criteria for admission(Section 3) or, if deficiencies exist, what they areand how they can be remedied.

4.4 The Stage 2 application must be completed andsubmitted to the Research Degrees Committeewithin three months of conditional admission (up tosix months for part-time candidates and internationalcandidates) and must include:

a completed Doctor of Philosophy Stage 2Application form;

the proposed title of the thesis;

the objectives of the program of research andinvestigation;

an outline of the proposed research;

the research methods and plan;

the relation of the study to previous work in thesame field by the candidate and others;

a preliminary literature review;

a substantial bibliography;

a timeline for completion of the proposed research;

a statement of individual contribution if theproposed plan of study is part of a group project;

the coursework to be completed;

a Research Ethics Review Checklist;

the proposed supervisors and their credentials; and

an Intellectual Property Agreement if required (ref.Regulation 6.7).

Stage 2 of the application must be approved by thefaculty committee and then recommended to theResearch Degrees Committee for final approval.

4.5 If the Stage 2 application is not submitted to theResearch Degrees Committee within the timespecified, the Research Degrees Committee may, onadvice from the faculty committee and PrincipalSupervisor, terminate the candidature. In exceptionalcases an extension of approximately three monthsmay be granted in order to meet the conditions ofthe Stage 2 application.

4.6 To complete Stage 2 of the application process,the faculty shall confirm to the Research DegreesCommittee:

that the applicant’s proposed topic of research isconsistent with the aims and objectives of thecentre/research concentration; and

that the centre/research concentration is willingand able to provide appropriate accommodation,facilities and physical, human and financialresources for the proposed study for the durationof the candidature.

4.7 Following receipt of the faculty’s advice on theStage 2 application, the Research DegreesCommittee shall determine that:

the applicant be admitted to PhD candidature inwhich case it shall confirm the appointment ofsupervisors; or

the applicant be required to submit furtherinformation which shall be considered at asubsequent meeting of Research DegreesCommittee; or

the applicant be admitted to masters by researchcandidature with the option of later applying toupgrade to PhD candidature (ref. Section 7), or

the applicant not be admitted;

and may set conditions regarding the offer ofadmission. An applicant who is not admitted tocandidature may re-apply for admission at a laterdate after addressing issues raised.

5. Enrolment5.1 Once admitted to PhD candidature, a candidatemay enrol either as a full-time or a part-time internalcandidate or a full-time or part-time externalcandidate though restrictions apply to someScholarship holders.

5.2 To be enrolled as a full-time candidate, acandidate must be able to commit to the course 30hours per week averaged over each year ofcandidature. Paid work, including preparation,teaching, marking and research assistant duties, maybe undertaken but must not interfere with acandidate’s study program. A candidate in receiptof a scholarship is subject to additional restrictionson the amount of paid work allowable as describedin the relevant scholarship guidelines.

5.3 A candidate who is unable to devote to the coursethe proportion of time specified in Regulation 5.2may enrol as a part-time candidate. A part-timecandidate will be expected to progress at half therate of a full-time candidate: an average of 15 hoursper week.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

415

5.4 It is the candidate’s responsibility to remainenrolled from the date of commencement until thethesis is submitted for external examination to theResearch Students’ Section, Office of Research (ref.Section 9).

5.5 The Research Degrees Committee may cancel acandidate’s enrolment, having taken account of allrelevant documented circumstances and havinggiven the candidate opportunity to show cause whyenrolment should not be cancelled if:

it is of the opinion that the candidate either haseffectively discontinued his/her studies or has noreasonable expectation of completing the courseof study within the maximum time allowed (ref.Section 8); or

the quality and progress of research gives noreasonable expectation of successful completion ofthe degree based on written/formal communicationsbetween the candidate and relevant staff membersincluding supervisor and Centre Director asrecorded in progress reports; or

the candidate’s grade point average in courseworkundertaken is below 5.00 on a scale of seven orother measure agreed to between candidate andsupervisor.

5.6 A candidate whose enrolment has lapsed or hasbeen cancelled and who wishes subsequently to re-enter the course of study to pursue an investigation,which is substantially the same as her/his previousinvestigation, must apply in writing to the faculty. Ifthe faculty supports the readmission of the candidate,the application will be forwarded to the Office ofResearch for consideration by the Research DegreesCommittee, which may set conditions forreadmission to the course.

5.7 Normally, PhD candidates must be affiliated witha centre/or research concentration, which isappropriate to the planned research program. Solesupervisors may be approved by University ResearchCommittee under the terms included in MOPPAppendix 35 [1].

5.8 It is the faculty’s responsibility to ensure thatcandidates are affiliated with the appropriate centre/research concentration. Once the candidate isenrolled, he/she cannot transfer to another centre/research concentration without faculty endorsement,which must incorporate advice from the relevantCentre Directors, and Research Degrees Committeeapproval. Reasons for transfer include:

the centre/research concentration ceases to exist;

the centre/research concentration cannot continueto provide the necessary supervision and/orsupport;

the Principal Supervisor transfers to anothercentre/research concentration, faculty orinstitution; and

the candidate asks to be transferred withsupportable justification.

Any request for transfer must be made on theprescribed form.

6. Planned Research Program6.1 A candidate for the degree of PhD is required tocomplete successfully a planned research programthat will result in the candidate making a significantindividual contribution to the body of knowledge.This contribution may be in the form of newknowledge or of significant and original adaptation,application and interpretation of existing knowledge.

6.2 The planned research program will normallyinclude:

a program of assessed coursework including theAdvanced Information Retrieval Skills unit;

participation in university scholarly activities suchas research seminars, teaching and publication;

regular interaction with supervisors;

a program of supervised research andinvestigation;

and must be such as to enable the candidate to acquirecompetence in relevant methods of research andscholarship related to the subject of the proposedinvestigation and to demonstrate sustainedindependent research effort.

6.3 Coursework in the PhD program demands acapacity for critical analysis and a specialisation ofresearch interests not normally appropriate for anundergraduate program. Such coursework may beconducted in a number of ways:

as advanced lecture courses;

as seminars in which faculty and candidatespresent critical studies of selected problems withinthe subject field;

as independent study or reading courses underfaculty supervision;


In all cases, coursework will be based upon a writtenplan briefly setting out the educational outcomesexpected from the course, a list of topics to becovered, the prescribed reading material and themethod of assessment of progress through and atthe end of the course. This coursework will beplanned by the candidate and the Principal

416

Supervisor to contribute to, and or, provide structureto the overall program of research.

6.4 Assessed coursework as described in 6.3 willcomprise not more than one third of candidature andwill normally be completed within the first half ofthe candidature.

6.5 A candidate is normally expected to pursue theapproved program of research and investigationthroughout the period of candidature. Wherecircumstances make significant modification of theprogram desirable, approval for the proposed changemust be sought in writing from the Research DegreesCommittee through the faculty committee.Permission to continue the candidature may be givenby the Research Degrees Committee in suchcircumstances provided that the planned researchprogram remains in the same field.

6.6 Where an approved program of research andinvestigation forms part of the work of a researchteam or a larger research project, the application mustindicate clearly the individual contribution expectedto be made by the candidate, her/his individualresearch activities and responsibilities and the extentto which the work is to be carried out in collaborationwith others.

6.7 Where an approved program of research andinvestigation is carried out jointly in QUT and in anindustrial, commercial, professional or researchestablishment, an outline of the interrelationship ofthe work to be undertaken at each of the sites inrelation to the whole project must be provided aspart of the Stage 2 application. An intellectualproperty agreement must also be completed on theprescribed form.

7. Transfer of Candidature from otherResearch Degrees7.1 Internal Applicants From Within QUT

7.1.1 A person who has completed 12 months full-time equivalent of candidature in a QUT masters byresearch program or a QUT professional doctorate(research) may apply to the Research DegreesCommittee for entry into the PhD if the followingconditions have been met:

(a) meets the requirements outlined in Section 3;

(b) has demonstrated the capacity to undertakeresearch at the PhD level;

(c) has a research project that is clearly capable ofbeing extended and converted to PhD level; and

(d) has completed the Confirmation of Candidatureprocess including the Confirmation Seminar.

A request for transfer must be made on the prescribedform (the Confirmation of Candidature form) and

returned to the Office of Research, through thefaculty committee, for consideration by the ResearchDegrees Committee.

7.1.2 A candidate enrolled in a masters by researchwill only be approved for transfer to PhD candidaturewhen the candidate is able to satisfy all therequirements outlined in Regulation 7.1.1. Wherecourse work has been undertaken as part of themasters by research degree or professional doctorate(research) , a transfer normally will be approved onlyif the candidate has attained a grade point averageof at least five on a seven point scale or equivalentstanding as certified by the faculty in which thecandidate wishes to enrol. Normally a maximum oftwelve months’ credit from the masters program orprofessional doctorate (research) may be carriedforward to the PhD program.

7.1.3 Applications to transfer into the PhD shall bemade on the prescribed form and submitted via thefaculty committee, to the Research DegreesCommittee for consideration. Such application shallconsist of:

required administrative details;

reasons for transfer;

substantial details of progress to date;

full course of study;

a time-line for completion of the project;

a certified copy of the candidate’s academic record(if transferring from another recognisedinstitution);

a formal request for the amount of credit to begranted for previous candidature;

a Research Ethics Checklist or a copy of QUTEthics Committee Clearance;

proposed supervisors and their credentials; and

an Intellectual Property Agreement if required (ref.Regulation 6.7).

7.2 External Applicants From Another Institution

7.2.1 PhD, masters or professional doctorate(research) candidates transferring enrolment to aQUT PhD program from another institution willnormally be required to undergo the full QUTConfirmation of Candidature process includingpresentation of a seminar if transferring after twelvemonths or more of full-time candidature or part-timeequivalent at their former institution unless they havesuccessfully completed an equivalent procedure attheir previous institution. Candidates seeking transferto QUT in under twelve months/full-time or twenty-four months/part time will normally be required tosubmit a Stage 2 application.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

417

7.2.2 External Transfer application to the PhD shallbe made on the prescribed form.

7.2.3 The faculty shall first review the candidate’sprogress and planned research program and appendto the Application for Transfer, a statement whichsets out:

the nature, duration and quality of the work alreadydone, its relevance to the proposed PhD thesis andthe recommended amount of credit;

an appraisal of the candidate’s progress andsuitability for transfer of candidature andconfirmation of PhD candidature;

an agreement that the proposed research is withinthe aims and objectives and physical and humanresources of the centre/research concentration; and

an agreement that the centre/researchconcentration is willing and able to provide theaccommodation, facilities and physical and humanresources for the duration of the study.

7.2.4 In considering the application for Transfer ofCandidature, the Research Degrees Committee shall:

approve the transfer of candidature, normallyconfirming PhD candidature, and determine theamount of credit to be allowed, the date ofadmission and minimum and maximumcandidature dates; or

request changes to the planned research programwhich must be addressed by the candidate andresubmitted to the Research Degrees Committee;or

not approve the transfer.

8. Place and Conditions of Work8.1 Internal candidates (part-time and full-time) areexpected to carry out their research program in asuitable environment at a QUT Campus.

8.2 The Research Degrees Committee must besatisfied that appropriate arrangements as set out inthese Regulations regarding coursework,participation in scholarly activities, supervision,facilities in training and research methods can bemade for each candidate including part-timecandidates. The Head of School must ensure thataccommodation, equipment and access to library andcomputing facilities meet the needs of the approvedplanned research program for the duration of thecandidature.

8.3 The Research Degrees Committee may permit aPhD candidate to conduct his/her research as anexternal candidate either elsewhere in Australia oroverseas or to approve a change of enrolment frominternal to external status or vice versa.

8.4 The candidate and the Principal Supervisor, atStage 1 of the application process or prior to therequested transfer to external status, must providewritten evidence to the Research Degrees Committeethat:

the arrangement for the research at the externallocation (normally a recognised researchestablishment or place of professionalemployment) meets the normal requirements ofthe PhD program;

the candidate has opportunity to participate inscholarly activities;

academic standards in the conduct of the PhDresearch can be assured;

a suitable program of contacts between thecandidate and the Principal Supervisor can bemaintained and the methods by which this will beachieved are explained;

a suitable Associate Supervisor will be responsiblefor regular supervision is available at the externalestablishment or an explanation as to why this isunnecessary is given;

a letter of support from the external establishmentstating that the resources required for the studyare available and accessible to the candidate andwill continue to be available for the duration ofcandidature is provided; and

In exceptional circumstances the candidate, PrincipalSupervisor and Centre Director may present a casefor exemption from the above requirements.

8.5 External candidates must normally spend aminimum of three months at QUT during the courseof their candidature and must normally be presentfor the Confirmation of Candidature and for the FinalSeminar presentation (ref. Regulation 16.9) of thethesis.

8.6 In exceptional circumstances, the candidate maybe permitted to complete the Final Seminar by video-conference. At least three months notice must begiven of this intention to allow the school to makeadequate arrangements.

9. Period of Time for Completion of PlannedResearch Program9.1 The minimum period of candidature is:

full-time candidates: twenty-four months from thedate of commencement

part-time candidates: forty-eight months from thedate of commencement

In special cases, the Research Degrees Committeemay approve a shorter period.

418

9.2 The maximum period of candidature is:

full-time candidates: forty-eight months from thedate of commencement

part-time candidates: ninety-six months from thedate of commencement

9.3 Where a candidate wishes to change from full-time to part-time candidature or vice versa,application must be made on the prescribed formand returned to the Office of Research, through thefaculty committee, for consideration by the ResearchDegrees Committee.

9.4 A candidate must submit his/her thesis to theResearch Students’ Section, Office of Research, forexternal examination no later than the maximumcandidature date.

9.5 A candidate who does not expect to submit her/his thesis by the maximum candidature date mustapply for an extension on the prescribed form andreturned to the Office of Research, through thefaculty committee, for consideration by the ResearchDegrees Committee prior to the expiry of her/hismaximum candidature date. The application mustinclude the reasons for the delay, the writtenendorsement of the Principal Supervisor and arevised time-line for completion. Applications forextensions will not normally be considered by theResearch Degrees Committee unless the reasons forthe delays have been documented in previous annualreports (ref. Section 11).

9.6 The maximum period of extension for which acandidate may be given approval is 12 months pastthe original maximum candidature date for full-timecandidates and 24 months for part-time candidates.In exceptional circumstances, which must bedocumented, the Research Degrees Committee mayapprove a further extension. Minor breakdown ofcomputer equipment or absence of the PrincipalSupervisor are not usually considered exceptional.

9.7 A candidate who wishes to take leave of absencefor a specified period from his/her PhD programmust apply in advance on the prescribed form andreturn it to the Office of Research, through the facultycommittee, for consideration by the ResearchDegrees Committee. The application must includethe reasons for the leave of absence, the writtenendorsement of the Principal Supervisor and the startand end dates of the period of leave. If the ResearchDegrees Committee approves the period of leave ofabsence, the duration of the specified period will beadded to the minimum and maximum submissiondates of the candidature.

9.8 The maximum period of leave of absence forwhich a candidate may be given approval is 12

months for a full-time candidate and 24 months fora part-time candidate during the term of his/hercandidature. A candidate who wishes to take leaveof absence for a longer period must withdraw fromcandidature and apply for re-entry at a later date, onthe prescribed form.

9.9 A candidate who remains not currently enrolledfor a period greater than twelve months will bedeemed to have ceased his/her program of study andhis/her candidature will be terminated. If a candidateis unable to complete the approved course of studythe candidate may apply for transfer to an appropriatemaster degree.

9.10 Candidates are entitled to receive up to twelvemonths parental (maternity/paternity/ adoption)leave. The Research Degrees Committee must benotified on the prescribed form and supplied with amedical certificate (and in the case of paternity leavea marriage certificate or statutory declarationshowing the candidate’s relationship to the mother),and the written endorsement of the PrincipalSupervisor. Periods of parental leave shall not beincluded as part of the 12 or 24 month leave ofabsence maximum.

10. Supervision10.1 Supervision of PhD candidates shall beconducted according to the QUT Code of GoodPractice for Postgraduate Research Studies andSupervision (see MOPP Appendix 66)

10.2 A Principal Supervisor and at least oneAssociate Supervisor from QUT shall be appointed.

10.3 The Principal Supervisor has responsibility forsupervising the candidate on a frequent basis andmust be a current member of QUT staff or anEmeritus Professor of QUT still active in research.The Principal Supervisor shall have undertakensuccessful supervision of research degree candidates,shall normally have a PhD and shall have anestablished research record in the area of theproposed project.

10.4 One Associate Supervisor must be a memberof QUT staff. Where appropriate, more than oneAssociate Supervisor may be appointed andadditional Associate Supervisors may be from eitherQUT or another appropriate industrial, professional,commercial or research establishment. AssociateSupervisors should possess appropriate expertise inthe research field and normally have undertakensuccessful supervision of research degree candidatesand must indicate their agreement to supervise onthe prescribed form. An Associate Supervisor mustbe appointed from an establishment formallycollaborating on a research project.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

419

10.5 For a candidate studying externally, anAssociate Supervisor from the external institutionlinked to the project will normally be appointed. Insuch cases there will be no requirement for a QUTbased Associate Supervisor as Centre Director wouldbe considered as ex-officio associate.

10.6 A person who is currently a candidate for a PhD(at QUT or elsewhere) may not act as a PrincipalSupervisor for a PhD candidate at QUT, and shouldnot normally act as an Associate Supervisor unlessapproved by Research Degrees Committee.

10.7 Where the Principal Supervisor will be absentfrom QUT for a period of three consecutive monthsor longer during the period of candidature, the QUTAssociate Supervisor will become acting PrincipalSupervisor for this period.

10.8 If the Principal Supervisor leaves the staff ofQUT, the QUT Associate Supervisor will normallyfill the role of acting Principal Supervisorimmediately and until a new Principal Supervisor isappointed by the faculty, with the agreement of thecandidate. A formal appointment of a new PrincipalSupervisor must be made within three months of theoriginal Principal Supervisor’s departure.

11. Reporting Procedures11.1 The Principal Supervisor and candidate arerequired to report annually on the prescribed formto the Research Degrees Committee on thecandidate’s progress and research plans. Reportingdates shall be tied to the candidate’s commencementdate. Reports shall be signed by both the candidateand by the Principal Supervisor and submittedthrough the faculty committee, Head of School anddirector of the centre/research concentration to theOffice of Research for consideration by the ResearchDegrees Committee.

11.2 Faculties should develop additional internalpolicies and procedures for review of candidates’progress between annual reports that ensureunsatisfactory progress is dealt with expeditiously.

11.3 Where the candidate’s progress is deemedsatisfactory, the Research Degrees Committee shallapprove continuation of candidature.

11.4 Where progress is deemed unsatisfactory, inthe Confirmation of Candidature, Annual Report orother interim faculty report, the Research DegreesCommittee, on advice from the Faculty ResearchCommittee, will normally place the candidate underreview for a period of up to three months from thedate that the candidate is advised in writing of thedecision. The Research Degrees Committee willinform the candidate of the required remedial action

to be followed taking account of the advice providedby the Principal Supervisor and the faculty.

11.5 After the Review Period the Faculty ResearchCommittee must forward to the Research DegreesCommittee a report on the Candidate’s progresswhich will include written documentation of thesteps that have been taken to resolve the specifieddeficiencies in the candidate’s program and anassessment of progress during the Review Period.The Research Degrees Committee will then approvecontinuation of candidature if the progress is deemedsatisfactory.

11.6 If progress is still unsatisfactory after theReview Period, the Research Degrees Committee,on advice from the faculty committee, shall ask thecandidate to show cause why the enrolment of thecandidate should not be terminated (ref. Regulation12.8).

11.7 A candidate who has been placed under reviewafter an unsatisfactory annual report or interim reportestablished by the faculty may not take leave ofabsence until the continuation of the candidature hasbeen approved by the Research Degrees Committee.

11.8 When a candidate’s progress has been reportedto the Research Degrees Committee as unsatisfactoryin any two consecutive reports during thecandidature, the Research Degrees Committee shallask the candidate to show cause why the enrolmentof the candidate should not be terminated.

11.9 If a candidate fails to submit an annual reportthrough their Principal Supervisor to ResearchDegrees Committee by the due date withoutapplying, in writing, for an extension on theprescribed form two weeks prior to the due date, theResearch Degrees Committee may ask the candidateto show cause why the enrolment of the candidateshould not be terminated.

11.10 Applications for extensions of candidature orscholarships or leave of absence due to delays orproblems with the planned research program willnot normally be considered by the Research DegreesCommittee unless the delays or problems have beendocumented in previous reports.

11.11 If the candidate does not show cause (referRegulations 11.6, 11.8) why the enrolment shouldnot be terminated, the Research Degrees Committeemay terminate the candidate’s enrolment or with theagreement of the faculty offer admission tocandidature for the degree of master (research).

12. Confirmation of Candidature12.1 Within twelve months of admission for full-time candidates and twenty-four months for part-

420

time candidates, eighteen months for InternationalCandidates, the candidate shall present (inconsultation with her/his supervisors) a plan of theresearch program for the remainder of thecandidature and a report on the work done to thispoint. This confirmation report shall incorporate asubstantial literature review and shall provideevidence of the research capacity of the candidateincluding the rate of progress to this point. The planshall include:

the area of study in which the candidate’s courseis located;

any remaining coursework to be completedincluding an assessment plan;

the nature of participation in scholarly activitiesof the centre/research concentration, school, orfaculty in which the study is being undertaken;

the objectives of the program of research andinvestigation and its relationship to publishedresearch in the same field;

the research methods to be followed;

the title of the thesis; and

a time-line for completion of the research program.

12.2 The candidate shall present this confirmationreport and planned research program at aConfirmation Seminar open to faculty members andthe public.

12.3 A candidate who is not able to completeConfirmation of Candidature within the timeframelisted in Regulation 12.1 must apply for an extensionat least one month in advance of that deadlinethrough the faculty to the Research DegreesCommittee. Normally, a maximum of three monthsextension may be granted.

12.4 The faculty shall review the candidate’s progressand planned research program and shall submit theirrecommendations on the prescribed form to theResearch Degrees Committee. This shall include:

an appraisal of the candidate’s progress andsuitability for continuation in the PhD program;

the documents prepared by the candidate pursuantto Regulation 12.1;

a statement that the research program is of thestandard required for a PhD program;

statements of whether the studies continue to bewithin the aims and objectives and physical andhuman resources of the centre/researchconcentration; and

a report on the candidate’s seminar.

12.5 Candidates who are undertaking confirmationin order to transfer from a masters by research or aprofessional doctorate (research) at QUT mustcomplete the confirmation process and should referto Regulation 7.1.

12.6 In considering the application for Confirmationof Candidature, the Research Degrees Committeewill, if the conditions are met:

confirm the candidature and notify the candidate;or

may require changes to the planned researchprogram; or

if the recommendation of the faculty is not toconfirm the candidature immediately, place thecandidate under review for up to three months).At the end of the Review Period, the faculty mustadvise the Research Degrees Committee whetherthe conditions of the review have been met.

12.7 Where a candidate is placed under reviewfollowing the Confirmation Seminar, the PrincipalSupervisor must advise the candidate within sevendays of the seminar of the conditions to be met inthe form of clear, written guidelines on the work tobe completed and due dates for the submission ofmaterials and whether a further ConfirmationSeminar is required. The conditions must beendorsed by the candidate, supervisor(s), directorof centre/research concentration, the Head of School,chair of the appropriate faculty committee or deanas appropriate and be forwarded within fourteen daysto the Office of Research for noting by the Director,Postgraduate Research Studies.

12.8 Where a candidate’s progress remainsunsatisfactory after the Review Period the ResearchDegrees Committee, on advice from the faculty, shalleither grant a further extension of the Review Periodof up to three months or, after giving the candidatethe opportunity to show why one of the followingcourses of action should not be taken:

terminate the candidature with an offer ofadmission to the degree of master, or

terminate the candidature with no such offer.

13. Thesis Guidelines13.1 The thesis must be presented in accordance withthe requirements of the Council, including anyaccompanying declarations and in accordance withAppendix 51 of the Manual of Policies andProcedures – Requirements for Presenting Theses(see MOPP Appendix 51) and the main body of thetext must not exceed 100,000 words.

13.2 Except with the specific permission of theResearch Degrees Committee the thesis must be

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

421

presented in the English language. Such permissionmust be sought at Stage 1 of the application foradmission to the PhD program and will not begranted solely on the grounds that the candidate’sability to satisfy the External ExaminationCommittee will be affected adversely by therequirement to present the thesis in English.

13.3 Where a candidate’s research program formspart of the work of a research team or larger researchproject, the thesis must indicate clearly thecandidate’s individual contribution and the extentto which co-workers contributed to the candidate’sprogram.

13.4 Subject to QUT’s intellectual property policy(see MOPP Appendix 22 - 3.1) the copyright of thethesis is vested in the candidate.

13.5 Where a candidate or the sponsoringestablishment wishes the thesis to remainconfidential for a period of time after the completionof the work, written application for approval statingthe reasons must be made to the Research DegreesCommittee when the thesis is submitted for externalexamination. The period normally shall not exceedtwo years from the date on which the Head of Schoolor nominee recommends acceptance of the thesis tothe Research Degrees Committee.

13.6 A candidate may not present in the thesis anywork for which another degree or diploma has beenawarded by QUT or any other academic institution,but such a candidate shall not be precluded fromincorporating extracts from such work in the thesisprovided that the sum of any such extracts does notconstitute more than 10% of the thesis and providedalso that the source of each such extract is statedexplicitly.

13.7 Prior approval must be obtained from theResearch Degrees Committee for any course of PhDstudy leading to the presentation of a thesis otherthan in writing. Full details of the alternative courseof study should be provided formally at Stage 2together with a proposal regarding the form the finalthesis and its examination is expected to take.

13.8 A candidate may submit with the thesis otherkinds of relevant material (such as films, audio taperecordings, video tape recordings, CD -ROMS,models, software programs, evidence of exhibitions,or other materials for the purposes of illustration)which shall be accompanied by evidence of theextent to which the candidate has been responsiblefor their preparation.

13.9 A PhD may be awarded on the basis of thesubmission of published papers as per the Section14.

13.10 A PhD may be awarded on the basis of thesubmission of a creative work as per the Regulationsset out in Section 15.

13.11 A candidate’s name will not placed on the listfor graduation until the final copy of the thesis isreceived in the Research Students’ Section, Officeof Research.

13.12 A candidate who passes but is required to makerevisions to the thesis after external examinationmust lodge the final copy of the thesis with theResearch Students’ Section, Office of Research, nolater than 12 months after the date of receipt ofexaminers’ reports or the candidate shall be deemedto have failed unless an extension has been approvedby the Research Degrees Committee.

13.13 When the final copy of the thesis has beenlodged with the Research Students’ Section, Officeof Research, the names of the examiners will bereleased to the candidate on request, providing thatthe examiner has not indicated otherwise.

14. Presentation of PhD Theses byPublished Papers14.1 Introduction

14.1.1 The Queensland University of Technologypermits the presentation of theses for the degree ofDoctor of Philosophy in the format of published and/or submitted papers. where such papers have beenpublished, accepted or submitted during the periodof candidature.

14.1.2 Papers submitted as a PhD thesis must beclosely related in terms of subject matter and form acohesive research narrative.

14.2 Format

14.2.1 The thesis may be comprised of publishedpapers, manuscripts accepted for publication,manuscripts submitted for publication or underreview.

14.2.2 The minimum number of papers and/ormanuscripts is normally three. At least one papermust have been published, accepted, or beundergoing revision following refereeing.

14.2.3 Where the papers have multiple authorship,the candidate must be principal author on at leasttwo of the three papers and have written permissionof the co-authors.

14.2.4 Normally, the thesis shall include thefollowing:

title page;

abstract and key words;

list of publications and/or manuscripts;

422

contents;

statement of original authorship;

acknowledgments;

introduction;

literature review;

published papers and submitted manuscripts; and

general discussion.

14.2.5 The abstract summarises the main findingspresented in each published paper or submittedmanuscript and should indicate how the includedworks, when considered together, demonstrate asignificant contribution to knowledge in thediscipline.

14.2.6 The introduction should contain succinctstatements under the following headings:

description of research problem investigated;

overall objectives of the study;

specific aims of the study; and

account of research progress linking the researchpapers.

The account of research progress must link togetherthe various papers submitted as part of the thesis.The intention of this Section is to provide continuityfor the entire thesis so that the reader can move fromone chapter to the next understanding the logicbehind the progression of the research program.

14.2.7 The literature review will, of necessity,replicate literature cited in subsequent chapters butmust contain a clear statement on the significanceof the project aims, a critical review of relevantliterature, identification of knowledge gaps, and therelationship of the literature to the experimentalprogram.

14.2.8 Published papers/papers submitted in thefollowing categories may be included but each mustbe presented as an individual chapter in the thesis:

published papers;

manuscripts accepted for publication;

manuscripts submitted and under review byreferees; and

manuscripts under revision following referees’reports.

14.2.9 Only papers which have been published byor submitted to journals approved by the facultycommittee are allowable under these Regulations.Whilst Short Communications and Letters areacceptable, their number should be less than that offull length papers.

14.2.10 Manuscripts which have been rejected by ajournal must not be included unless they have beensubstantially rewritten to address referees’ commentsas certified in the Final Seminar documentation.

14.2.11 Each chapter comprised of a published paperor submitted manuscript must begin with a clearstatement of the contribution made by each authorof any jointly authored paper. The description mustbe sufficiently detailed to describe accurately thecontribution of each author.

14.2.12 The thesis must contain an overarchingdiscussion of the main features linking thepublications and include a statement of thesignificance of the findings, problems encounteredand the future directions of the work.

14.3 Presentation

14.3.1 The thesis must be presented in accordancewith the requirements of the Council, including anyaccompanying declarations and in accordance withMOPP Appendix 51 .

15. Presentation of PhD Theses byCreative Works15.1 Introduction

15.1.1 In the case of a thesis submitted in the area ofartistic practice, presentation may be in one of twoforms: a theoretical thesis or artwork and exegesis.The artwork may be in the form of exhibition,performance, literary work, film, CD Rom or otherapproved format. The artwork and exegesis will beexamined as an integrated whole. The artwork shouldprovide a coherent demonstration that the candidatehas reached an appropriate standard in the researchand has made a significant and original contributionto knowledge in the area. The exegesis shoulddescribe the research process and elaborate, elucidateand place in context the artistic practice undertaken.In the case of visual or performing arts, the examinerswill attend the exhibition/performance, at which timethey will be given a copy of the exegesis in temporarybinding. A final copy of the exegesis will be providedto the examiners within three months of their viewingthe artwork.

15.2 Examination of a Creative Work Other Than aPrinted Thesis

15.2.1 Where other materials are to be examined,such as in the areas of visual, performing, literary ormedia arts, the candidate must seek approval fromResearch Degrees Committee for the form andpresentation of the thesis at the time of the Stage 2application for entry to the PhD program.

15.2.2 Artistic practice may be examined by atheoretical thesis or by artwork and exegesis. The

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

423

artwork and the exegesis will not be examinedseparately but as an integrated whole constitutingthe original and substantial contribution toknowledge required from doctoral candidates.

15.2.3 A theoretical thesis is a written documentwhich would conform in all respects to the remainderof this policy.

15.2.4 Studio-based inquiry may result in a thesispresented by artwork and exegesis. The artworkshould be the research outcome, while the exegesisshould describe the research process and elaborate,elucidate and place in context the artistic practiceundertaken.

15.2.5 The exegesis would normally not exceed50,000 words and would conform in all respects tothe remainder of this policy. It should also contain adescription of the form and presentation of the artisticpractice which constitutes the remainder of thethesis.

15.3 Presentation

15.3.1 The thesis must be presented in accordancewith the requirements of the Council, including anyaccompanying declarations and in accordance withMOPP Appendix 51.

16. Examinations16.1 Any fees payable in relation to the examinationof a candidate shall be determined by the Council.

16.2 At least three months prior to the maximumcandidature date (or anticipated completion date) thePrincipal Supervisor having obtained the agreementof the faculty committee, shall recommend to theResearch Degrees Committee, on the prescribedform, the composition of a proposed ExaminationCommittee and the title of the candidate’s thesis.

16.3 The Examination Committee shall comprisetwo external examiners who will examine the thesisplus an additional external examiner to be calledupon only if the first two examiners are indisagreement. (ref. Section 18)

16.4 In exceptional circumstances, the ResearchDegrees Committee may act directly to facilitate theexamination process of a thesis including theappointment of examiners.

16.5 Any person who has acted as the candidate’sPrincipal or Associate Supervisor; or participated inthe candidate’s research group or in any capacitywhere a conflict of interest is seen to exist may notbe nominated by the faculty as an examiner. (referto MOPP Appendix 9 – QUT Code of Conduct –Integrity – section (e))

16.6 Examiners must have demonstrable andsubstantial publications and research experience inthe area under investigation, preferably have a PhDand be widely recognised in the relevant field. Atleast one of the nominated examiners should be froman internationally recognised university or equivalentresearch institution. However all of the examinersmay be from Australian institutions provided thatthey are widely recognised as experts withdemonstrable and substantial publications andresearch experience in the relevant field of research.At least one examiner must also have had substantialexperience of examining research degree candidatesat the doctoral level. Agreement will be sought fromexaminers to examine the thesis within 8 weeks ofreceipt of the thesis.

16.7 If more than six months has elapsed betweenthe nomination of examiners and the submission ofthe thesis, the faculty must notify the ResearchDegrees Committee that the nominated examinersare still willing and able to examine the thesis withintwo months of its receipt. If any previouslynominated examiner is unable to examine the thesis,a replacement examiner must be nominated by thePrincipal Supervisor with the agreement of thefaculty for approval by the Research DegreesCommittee.

16.8 In order to determine whether the thesis isacceptable for examination by the ExaminationCommittee, the candidate shall be required to presenta Final Seminar based on the work described in thethesis to the faculty to which he/she is attached.

This final seminar shall normally take place nomore than six months prior to the anticipatedsubmission date.

The faculty shall constitute a panel of threeincluding the Principal Supervisor to attend theseminar and to report on the readiness of the thesisfor external examination. The panel shall bechaired by the Principal Supervisor, and shallquestion the candidate on the content of the thesisat the conclusion of the seminar. Each member ofthe panel must receive a copy of the draft thesis14 days prior to the final seminar.

The panel may require changes to the thesis orask that further work be done prior to submissionof the thesis. The thesis is accepted by theUniversity for external examination only when thepanel signifies its belief that the degreerequirements have been met. The faculty panelshall use the prescribed form when advisingResearch Degrees Committee that the thesis isready for external examination.

424

The final seminar shall be open to the public andshall be widely advertised by the faculty so as toensure attendance by researchers and researchstudents within the faculty.

In all other matters the form and timing of thefinal seminar is determined by the faculty.

16.9 The thesis must be accompanied by a certificateendorsed by the Principal Supervisor, Head ofSchool or nominee, and the faculty committee statingthat all reasonable efforts have been made by thefaculty to ensure that:

the thesis makes an original and significantcontribution to the field of research;

the methodology applied in the candidate’sresearch is effective and appropriate for the thesistopic and the PhD;

the thesis reflects competence in the survey ofliterature and documentation of statements;

the thesis is of the required standard for externalexamination;

the thesis is within the prescribed word limit;

the candidate has presented a Final Seminar ;

that an external candidate has spent at least threemonths minimum at QUT during the course ofhis/her enrolment; and

original correspondence from editors has beensighted and that editorial advice has been followedin the manuscripts submitted for examination (ifapplicable) and

acknowledgment is given regarding the inclusionof all published and other sources of information,together with any substantial financial assistancereceived for the project.

16.10 In exceptional circumstances, the ResearchDegrees Committee may allow a candidate to submithis or her thesis for external examination withoutthe requirement for certification (ref. Regulation16.9). The candidate must apply in writing to theResearch Degrees Committee for such permission,outlining the reasons why the required certificationis not included.

16.11 Three copies of the thesis, in the prescribedformat must be submitted to the Research Students’Section, Office of Research, no later than themaximum candidature date.

16.12 The Office of Research, on the advice of theResearch Degrees Committee, shall provide theexaminers with a copy of the thesis and of theCouncil’s Regulations for the Award of the Degreeof Doctor of Philosophy, and any other relevantinformation.

16.13 Each examiner will be asked to provide awritten report to the Office of Research on thecandidate’s thesis and to recommend one of thefollowing courses of action:

Recommendation 1: The candidate should beawarded the degree without the requirement forrevision, further examination or modification (minorcorrections and typographical errors only); or

Recommendation 2: The candidate should beawarded the degree subject to minor nominatedrevisions being completed to the satisfaction of theHead of School and Principal Supervisor; or

Recommendation 3: The candidate should beawarded the degree following the completion ofmajor nominated revisions to the satisfaction of theHead of School and Principal Supervisor; or

Recommendation 4: The candidate should bepermitted to substantially revise and submit the thesisfor re-examination within twelve months after aspecified amount of further work, which may alterthe substantive conclusions of the thesis, has beencompleted under approved supervision and the thesisappropriately amended to reflect the additionalresearch; or

Recommendation 5: The candidate should beawarded the degree at Master’s level: without therequirement for further revision or furtherexamination; subject to nominated revisions beingcompleted to the satisfaction of the Head of Schooland Principal Supervisor; subject to revision andsubmission for re-examination after completion offurther work; or

Recommendation 6: The thesis should be rejected,the degree should not be awarded and the candidateshould not be permitted to submit the thesis for re-examination for the degree.

16.14 After both examiners’ reports are received theOffice of Research will forward them to the Head ofSchool or nominee, the Principal Supervisor and thecandidate with an appropriate covering letter. (Untilsuch time as the examination process is completethe identity of the examiners will be withheld fromthe candidate.)

17. Examiners in Agreement17.1 Where both examiners recommend that thecandidate should be awarded the degree(recommendation 1, 2 or 3) the Head of School, ornominee will consult with the Principal Supervisor,Centre Director and Postgraduate Studiescoordinator to discuss any corrections or revisionsthat the candidate may be required to make andwhere revisions are required .

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

425

17.2 When all corrections or revisions have beenmade to the satisfaction of the Head of School ornominee and the Principal Supervisor, the Head ofSchool or nominee and the Principal Supervisor mustcertify to the Research Degrees Committee that theyrecommend acceptance of the thesis in fulfilment ofthe conditions for the award of the PhD degree.

17.3 Where both examiners recommend that thethesis be revised and resubmitted for examination(Examiners Report Recommendation 4), afterconsultation with the Principal Supervisor and theCentre Director, the Head of School or nominee willmake written recommendation to the ResearchDegrees Committee within 7 days of the receipt ofthe Examiners Reports listing any revisions required.Once these are approved by the Research DegreesCommittee, the Research Degrees Committee willinform the candidate of the revisions and/or anyaction required

17.4 Where both examiners recommend that thecandidate should be awarded the degree at master’slevel, (Recommendation 5), the Head of School ornominee will consult with the Principal Supervisorto discuss any revisions that the candidate may berequired to make and forward a recommendation tothe Research Degrees Committee. Once approvedthe Head of School will meet with the CentreDirector and Principal Supervisor to discuss outcomewith the Principal Supervisor responsible forinforming the candidate of the decision.

18. Examiners Not In Agreement18.1 Where the recommendations of the externalexaminers are not in agreement as to whether thethesis should be accepted for the award of PhD or asto whether the thesis may be revised and resubmittedthe thesis will be sent to the third nominatedexaminer.

18.2 Upon receipt of the third examiner’s report, amajority decision shall be adopted.

18.3 Where the majority decision is that the thesisbe accepted for the award or the thesis be acceptedfor the award of a masters degree or the thesis berejected and the candidate not be permitted toresubmit, the procedures in Section 17 shall apply.

18.4 Where the majority decision is that thecandidate be required to submit for re-examinationor the thesis fail, the procedures in Section 17 shallapply.

18.5 Where the recommendations of the threeexaminers clearly differ and no clear majority exists,the Head of School or nominee shall liaise with theDirector, Postgraduate Research Studies, and thePrincipal Supervisor to determine the further course

of action which may involve any of the outcomeslisted in Regulation 16.13.

19. Re-examination19.1 A candidate who is required to submit for re-examination may be re-examined only once exceptin the case of an upheld appeal.

19.2 Re-examination shall take place within twelvemonths from the date on which the candidate isadvised in writing by the Head of School or nomineeof such re-examination. The Research DegreesCommittee may, on written application by thecandidate and supported by the Principal Supervisorand Centre Director with suitable justification,approve an extension to this period which, undernormal circumstances, may be a maximum of afurther twelve months.

19.3 A candidate who is required to submit his/herthesis for re-examination must re-enrol in the PhDprogram.

19.4 The thesis shall be re-examined by the sametwo examiners unless:

any of the examiners is unable to re-examine thethesis in which case the Head of School ornominee with the agreement of the PrincipalSupervisor and the faculty shall nominate areplacement examiner(s) who must be approvedby the Research Degrees Committee; or theResearch Degrees Committee replaces one ormore of the examiners on advice from the RDCChair and with suitable justification.

19.5 Examiners re-examining a thesis will be askedto provide a written report on the candidate’s thesisand to recommend one of the following courses ofaction:

(a) the candidate should be awarded the degree withor without minor nominated revisions; or

(b) the candidate should be awarded the degree atmasters level with or without minor nominatedrevisions; or

(c) the thesis should be rejected and the degreeshould not be awarded.

19.6 Regulations applicable to PhD examinationshall apply to the re-examination.

20. Appeals20.1 A candidate whose thesis has been failed orwhose thesis has been recommended for the awardof the degree of master may lodge an appeal againstthe outcome of the examination process.

20.2 The grounds for appeal may be on matters ofprocess only, ie procedural irregularities in theconduct of the examination or documented evidence

426

of examiner bias as evidenced by comments in theexaminers reports.

20.3 An appeal must be lodged within sixty (60) daysof the date of written advice from the Office ofResearch on the outcome of the examination. Thisappeal must include the specific grounds on whichthe appeal is based.

20.4 Appeals as described in Section 20 must besubmitted, in writing, to the Office of the Pro-Vice-Chancellor (Research and Advancement). TheDirector, Postgraduate Research Studies, willdetermine whether a potential conflict of interestexists in relation to her/his consideration of theappeal.

20.5 In cases where a conflict of interest exists, theDirector, Postgraduate Research Studies, willappoint a member of academic staff, with expertisein research candidate supervision, to consider theappeal.

20.6 The Director, Postgraduate Research Studies,or appointee will decide whether a case exists andmay seek the advice of the faculty, school or centre/research concentration as appropriate.

20.7 The appeal may be allowed or dismissed. If anappeal is allowed, the Director, PostgraduateResearch Studies, or appointee cannot recommendthat the degree be awarded but shall recommend that:the thesis be re-examined. This re-examination shallbe carried out in accordance with the Section 19taking account of the issues raised in the successfulappeal.

20.8 The Director, Postgraduate Research Studies,or appointee will make a determination on the appealas soon as practicable and will advise appellants, inwriting, of the result of the appeal.

■ Master of Applied Science(Research)

Students wishing to enrol in a Master of AppliedScience (Research) should contact the relevantfaculty. General course rules follow.

IntroductionThe objectives of the course are:

to provide postgraduate educational opportunitiesin specialised fields of applied science andinformation technology by means of a programwhich involves either an original contribution toknowledge or an original application of existingknowledge

to provide further education in research methods

to enable graduates employed in industry toundertake further education by research and thesis

to enable industrial organisations and otherexternal agencies to sponsor a student researchprogram under the control and supervision of theFaculty

to further relationships between the University andindustry or other external agencies engaged inapplied science, to their mutual advantage.


1.2 The Council’s power to approve recommenda-tions from Faculty academic boards regarding theregistration, supervision and examination of researchdegree candidates and to develop policy and proce-dure relating to research degrees is exercised througha Research Management Committee which shall bea subcommittee of Academic Committee.

1.3 Research Management Committee has delegatedresponsibility for day-to-day administration ofresearch masters degree courses to faculty academicboards. Academic boards shall report biannually tothe Research Management Committee on progressmade by research masters degree candidates.

1.4 Unless the context otherwise indicates orrequires, the words academic board and faculty shallrefer to the faculty in which the candidate registers.

1.5 In order to qualify for the award of the degree ofMaster of Applied Science, a candidate must:

have completed the approved course of studyunder the supervision prescribed by the academicboard

have submitted and the academic board accepteda thesis prepared under the supervision of thesupervisor

have completed any other work prescribed by theacademic board, and

submit to the academic board a declaration signedby the candidate that he or she has not been acandidate for another tertiary award withoutpermission of the academic board.



2.3 The minimum academic qualifications foradmission to a program leading to a Master of

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

427

Applied Science (Research) shall be:

possession of a Bachelor degree in InformationTechnology, Health Science, Applied Science orother approved degree from the QueenslandUniversity of Technology, or


submission of such other evidence ofqualifications as will satisfy the academic boardthat the applicant possesses the capacity to pursuethe course of study.

2.4 Additional requirements for admission to aparticular program may be laid down by theacademic board.

2.5 In considering an applicant for registration theacademic board shall, in addition to assessing theapplicants suitability, assess the proposed programand its relevance to the aims and objectives of theUniversity.

2.6 A candidate may register either as a full-time oras a part-time student. To be registered as a full-timestudent, a candidate must be able to commit to thecourse not less than three-quarters of a normalworking week, averaged over each year of candidacy.Such a student may not devote more than 300 hoursannually to teaching activities, including preparationand marking.

2.7 A candidate may be internal or external. Anexternal candidate is one whose program of researchand investigation is based at a place of employmentor sponsoring institution. Normally, support of thesponsoring institution for the candidates applicationis required for registration.

2.8 A candidate shall be registered initially as:

a graduate student (provisional), ora graduate student.

A graduate student (provisional) becomes a graduatestudent when registration is confirmed. Applicantsnot holding an appropriate Honours degree, or itsequivalent, shall normally be given provisionalregistration.

2.9 A candidate shall receive confirmed registrationas a graduate student when he or she:

has satisfied the requirements for admission andachieved, by work and study, a standardrecognised by the academic board, or

has been accepted for provisional registration inthe Faculty and has achieved, by subsequent workand study, a standard recognised by the academicboard

has satisfied the academic board that he or she isa fit person to undertake the program

has satisfied the academic board that he or shecan devote sufficient time to the research andstudy.

2.10 The academic board may cancel a candidatesregistration if:

after consulting a candidates supervisors andhaving taken account of all relevant circumstances,the academic board is of the opinion that thecandidate either has effectively discontinued hisor her studies or has no reasonable expectation ofcompleting the course of study within themaximum time allowed (see Section 4).

2.11 A candidate whose registration has lapsed orhas been cancelled, and who wishes subsequentlyto re-enter the course to undertake a researchprogram which is the same, or essentially the same,as the previous program, may be re-admitted undersuch conditions as the academic board mayprescribe.

3. Course of Study3.1 A candidate for the degree of Master of AppliedScience shall undertake a program of research andinvestigation on a topic approved by the academicboard. All projects should be sponsored either byoutside agencies such as industry, governmentauthorities, or professional organisations, or by theUniversity itself.


3.3 A candidate may be required by the academicboard to undertake an appropriate course of studyconcurrently with the research program.

The course of study normally will include:

a program of assessed coursework




3.4 Coursework at masters level demands a capacityfor critical analysis and a specialisation of researchinterests not normally appropriate for anundergraduate program. Such coursework may beconducted in a number of ways:

428

as advanced lecture courses

as seminars in which faculty and students presentcritical studies of selected problems within thesubject field

as independent study or reading courses, or



3.5 Coursework will occupy not more than half ofthe total period of registration.

3.6 An application for registration should set outsystematically and fully the candidates intendedcourse of study. The description should include thearea of study within which the candidates course lies,the coursework to be undertaken, the proposed titleof the thesis to be written, the aim of the proposedprogram of research and investigation, its background,the significance and possible application of theresearch program, and the research plan.

4. Period of Time for Completion of Courseof Study4.1 A full-time graduate student (provisional) shallnot be eligible for confirmation of registration as agraduate student until a period of at least 12 monthshas elapsed from initial registration. Thecorresponding period in the case of a part-timestudent shall be at least 24 months.

4.2 A registered graduate student shall present thethesis for examination after a period of at least oneyear for a full-time student or two years for a part-time student has elapsed from the time of confirmedregistration, except in the case of special permissiongranted under 4.4. In special cases the academicboard may approve a shorter period.

4.3 A registered graduate student shall present thethesis for examination no later than two years if afull-time student or four years if a part-time studentfrom the date of confirmed registration.

4.4 A registered graduate student who holds anHonours degree appropriate to the course of studymay submit the thesis for examination after not lessthan one year of registration if a full-time student,or two years if a part-time student. In special casesthe academic board may approve a shorter period.

4.5 Where application is made for permission toextend the period within which the candidate may

submit a thesis for examination, details of thecandidates progress shall be presented to theacademic board together with the reasons for thedelay in completing the course and the expected dateof completion. Where the academic board agrees toan extension, it may set a limit to the maximumperiod of registration in the program.

5. Supervision5.1 For each candidate the academic board shallappoint one or more supervisors with appropriateexperience provided that, where more than onesupervisor is appointed, one shall be nominated asthe Principal Supervisor and others as associatesupervisors.


5.3 In the case of an external student, the PrincipalSupervisor normally shall be from the academic staffof the school supporting the work and at least oneassociate supervisor shall be from the sponsoringorganisation.

5.4 At the end of each six-month period a studentshall submit a report on the work undertaken to thePrincipal Supervisor and the Principal Supervisorshall submit a report to the academic board on thestudents work. This report shall be seen by thestudent before submission to the academic board.

6. Place and Conditions of Work6.1 The research program must normally be carriedout under supervision in a suitable environment inAustralia.

6.2 The academic board shall not admit a candidateto undertake a program of research based at theUniversity unless it has received a statement fromthe Head of School and/or Director of Centre inwhich the study is proposed that, in his or heropinion, the applicant is a fit person to undertake aresearch program leading to the Masters degree, thatthe program is supported, and that the School/Department is willing to undertake the responsibilityof supervising the applicants work.

6.3 The academic board shall not admit a candidateto undertake a research program based at asponsoring establishment unless it has received:

a statement from the employer or director of thesponsoring institution that the applicant will beprovided with facilities to undertake the researchproject and that he or she is willing to acceptresponsibility for supervising the applicants work,and

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

429

a statement from the Head of School or Directorof Centre in which the study is proposed that, inhis or her opinion, the applicant is a fit person toundertake a research program leading to theMasters degree, that the program is supported, andthat after examination of the proposed externalfacilities and supervision, the School/Departmentis willing to accept the responsibility ofsupervising the work.

7. Thesis7.1 In the form of presentation, availability andcopyright, the thesis shall comply with the provisionsof the document Requirements for PresentingTheses.

7.2 Not later than six months after confirmedregistration the candidate shall submit the title ofthe thesis for approval by the academic board. Afterapproval has been granted, no change shall be madeexcept with the permission of the academic board.

7.3 The candidate shall give two months notice ofintention to submit the thesis. Such notice shall beaccompanied by the appropriate fee, if any.





It shall be the candidates own account of the work.Where work is carried out conjointly with otherpersons, the academic board shall be advised ofthe extent of the candidates contribution to thejoint work.

The thesis shall not contain as its main contentany work or material which the student haspreviously submitted for another degree or similaraward.



7.5 Except with the specific permission of theacademic board, the thesis must be presented in theEnglish language. Such permission must be sought

at the time of application for registration, and willnot be granted solely on the grounds that thecandidates ability to satisfy the examiners will beaffected adversely by the requirement to present thethesis in English.


7.7 Where a candidate or the sponsoring establish-ment wishes the thesis to remain confidential for aperiod of time after completion of the work, appli-cation for approval must be made to Research Man-agement Committee when the thesis is submitted.The period normally shall not exceed two years fromthe date on which the examiners recommend accept-ance of the thesis, during which time the thesis willbe held on restricted access in the QUT Library.

8. Examination of Thesis8.1 The academic board shall appoint at least twoexaminers of whom at least one shall be from outsidethe University.

8.2 Normally, examiners must agree to read andreport upon the thesis within two months of itsreceipt.


8.4 On receipt of satisfactory reports from theexaminers, and when the provisions of Section 7.1have been fulfilled, the academic board shallrecommend to Academic Committee that thecandidate be awarded the degree.

8.5 If the examiners reports are conflicting, theacademic board may, after appropriate consultationwith the Principal Supervisor:

seek advice from a further external examiner, or

not award the degree.

8.6 If, on the basis of the examiners reports, theacademic board does not recommend that the degreebe awarded then it shall:

permit the candidate to resubmit the thesis withinone year for re-examination, or

cancel the candidates registration.

■ Master of BusinessAdministration/Master ofInformation Technology*

(IF13#) (IF15%)* Course offered subject to final approval# Non-IT graduates% IT graduates

430

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: Full-time students may completethe course in a minimum of 5 semestersTotal Credit Points: 240Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Brisbane Graduate School of Business: Dr JeremyWilliamsInformation Technology: Mr Bob Smyth

Entry RequirementsPrior degree and work experience

Applications will be considered from those who holda Bachelor’s degree in any field, and have at lasttwo years relevant business experience with eitherCategory I or Category II conditions of entry asfollows:

Category IFor entry into the combined MBA and non-ITprofessional stream of the MInfTech (IF13) course,applicants must also have:

a Bachelor’s degree in a discipline other thanInformation Technology with a grade pointaverage of at least 4.5 (7 point scale); and

have successfully completed, at undergraduatelevel, an introductory programming unit in a blockstructured language, for example: C, Java, Modula2 or Pascal; or

provide other evidence of such qualifications andlevel of performance, as will satisfy the Dean ofthe Faculty of Information Technology that theapplicant possesses the capacity to pursue thecourse of study.

Category IIFor entry into the combined MBA and ITprofessional stream of the MInfTech (IF15) course,applicants must have:

a Bachelor’s degree in Information Technologywith grade point average of at least 4.5 (on a 7-point scale); or

provide other evidence of such qualifications andlevel of performance, as will satisfy the Dean ofthe Faculty of Information Technology that theapplicant possesses the capacity to pursue thecourse of study.

Mature students with no prior degreeIndividuals with no degree and at least five yearsbusiness experience with demonstrated potential forgraduate study in business, will be considered forspecial entry by the Brisbane Graduate School ofBusiness. Entry into the Graduate Diploma or Master

of Information Technology component of the doubledegree is conditional on achieving a grade pointaverage of 4.5 or better (on a 7-point scale) in theMBA component of the double degree program andsatisfying points b) and c) of Category I conditionsof entry as stated above. A student who fails toachieve a GPA of 4.5 or better but satisfactorilypasses the MBA component of the double degreeprogram and have completed all core MBA unitsplus 48 cp of elective units will exit with an MBAaward only.

Students with prior business degree but without twoyears business experience

Applicants with a prior degree in a business area butless than two years relevant business experience maybe considered for entry to the MBA under the SpecialEntry provisions operating within the BGSB. Theymay be admitted to the courses if their grade pointaverage and/or GMAT or similar graduatemanagement aptitude test score is sufficiently highto compensate for the absence of work experience.

Full-time Course StructureOne way to complete the MBA/MInfTech doubledegree program is demonstrated in the followingstructure. Note that the first semester wouldconstitutes the GradCertBusAdmin program, and thefirst and second semesters together would constitutethe GradDipBusAdmin program which are currentlyapproved courses that a student can exit with if theyare unable to continue with the full program.

First Semester, First HalfGSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN408 Marketing Management 1GSN410 Entrepreneurship 1**

First Semester, Second HalfGSN402 Strategic Management of ITGSN403 Understanding DataGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1**

Second Semester, First HalfGSN411 Economics of Strategy 1GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN413 Financial Management 1GSN415 Leadership 1

Second Semester, Second HalfGSN414 Business Conditions Analysis 1GSN406 Issues in Human Resource ManagementGSN416 Business Plans 1GSN412 Business Law 1

Third Semester4 x IT Management units (List A)

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

431

Fourth Semester2 x IT elective units: Non- IT graduates(List B); IT graduates (List C)2 x IT elective units (List C)

Fifth Semester4 x IT elective units (List C)

** International students are normally required toundertake MIN435 Business in Australia in their firstsemester of study instead of GSN410 and GSN409,and should defer these two core units to a laterteaching period. This requirement would be waivedfor students undertaking the double degree programif sufficient evidence can be provided that they haveundertaken similar studies in a prior degree, or haveworked or studied previously in Australia.International students gain credit for MIN435 as anIT Management elective unit.

LIST AStudents will be required to undertake the followingunits:

ITN105 Study of Information Technology(compulsory)

ITN212 Information Modelling for Databases, and

Three of the following IT Management electives:ITN215 Management Support SystemsITN220 Major Issues in Information SystemsITN251 Issues in Information Technology


SystemsITN330 Information Issues & ValuesITN341 Information Policy & PlanningITN343 Principles of Information ManagementITN355 Information Resources for Business &

IndustryLIST BStudents undertaking the non-IT professional stream(IF13) will be required to complete the followingcore IT units:ITN410 Software PrinciplesITN510 Data Networks

LIST CStudents in the non-IT professional stream shouldrefer to the course outline for Master of InformationTechnology (IT45) for a list of electives; students inthe IT professional stream should refer to the courseoutline for Master of Information Technology (IT40)for a list of electives.

Availability of Information Technology UnitStudents should be aware that the Faculty ofInformation Technology currently only offerscompulsory units from the non-IT professionalstream (IF13) during the Summer Program.

■ Graduate Diploma in FacilitiesManagement (IF92)

This course is offered jointly by the School ofConstruction Management and Property in theFaculty of Built Environment and Engineering, andthe Brisbane Graduate School of Business in theFaculty of Business.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 2 years part-time, 1 year full-timeTotal Credit Points: 96Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DannyThenEntry Requirements

Successful completion of IF91; OR

A relevant Bachelor degree from an approvedtertiary institution; OR

Professional qualifications deemed equivalent tothe above by the Deans of the Faculties involvedon the recommendation of the course coordinator;AND

At least two years of appropriate work experience.

Professional RecognitionThis course has been designed in association withthe Facilities Management Association of Australia.Accreditation is currently being sought from theFMA Australia and the British Institute of FacilitiesManagement (BIFM).

Course StructureStudents who commence mid-year should enrol insemester 2 units. Units offered by the School ofConstruction Management and Property are 12 creditpoints. Units offered by the Brisbane GraduateSchool of Business are 6 credit points.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities Management

2 units from List A

Year 1, Semester 2CNP101 Facilities Support Services Management ORCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance

2 units from List A

Year 2, Semester 1CNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies

2 units from List A


2 units from List A

432

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies

4 units from List A

Year 1, Semester 2CNP101 Facilities Support Services ManagementCNP546 Strategic Asset Management & Maintenance

4 units from List A

List AGSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN402 Strategic Use of Information TechnologyGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN406 Human Resources Management IssuesGSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1GSN415 Leadership 1


In addition to the above units, it is stronglyrecommended that all graduate diploma studentsattend an Information Retrieval Skills sessionorganised by the QUT Library.

Graduates of this course can articulate into theMaster of Facilities Management (CN75) offered bythe School of Construction Management andProperty, or the Master of Business Administration(Professional) (GS10) offered by the BrisbaneGraduate School of Business.

■ Graduate Certificate inFacilities Management (IF91)

This course is offered jointly by the School ofConstruction Management and Property in theFaculty of Built Environment and Engineering, andthe Brisbane Graduate School of Business in theFaculty of Business.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 1 year part-time, 1 semester full-timeTotal Credit Points: 48Standard Credit Points/Part-time Semester: 24Course Coordinator: Associate Professor DannyThen

Entry RequirementsA relevant Bachelor degree from an approvedtertiary institution; OR

Professional qualifications deemed equivalent tothe above by the Deans of the Faculties involvedon the recommendation of the course coordinator;

AND

At least two years of appropriate work experience.

Candidates with extensive relevant professionalexperience but without academic qualification mayalso be considered for admission. Such candidatesmay be required to attend an interview.

Professional RecognitionThis course has been designed in association withthe Facilities Management Association of Australia(FMA). Accreditation is currently being sought fromthe FMA Australia and the British Institute ofFacilities Management (BIFM).

Course StructureStudents who commence mid-year should enrol insemester 2 units. Units offered by the School ofConstruction Management and Property are 12 creditpoints. Units offered by the Brisbane GraduateSchool of Business are 6 credit points.

Part-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities Management

2 units from List A


2 units from List A

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1CNP100 Fundamentals of Facilities ManagementCNP102 Space Planning & Workplace Strategies

4 units from List A

List AGSN401 Managing in the Global Business

EnvironmentGSN402 Strategic Use of Information TechnologyGSN404 Financial Statements Analysis 1GSN407 Professional Communication 1GSN405 Strategic ManagementGSN406 Human Resources Management IssuesGSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1GSN415 Leadership 1


In addition to the above units, it is stronglyrecommended that all Graduate Certificate studentsattend an Information Retrieval Skills sessionorganised by the QUT Library.

Graduates of this course have the opportunity toarticulate into the Graduate Diploma in FacilitiesManagement (IF92).

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

433

■ Honours Degrees1. General1.1 These regulations apply to Honours degreesconsisting of an additional year of full-time study(or equivalent) following completion of anundergraduate pass degree. The policy does not applyto pass degrees which may be awarded with Honours.

1.2 Faculties are required to make a submission toAcademic Committee for an Honours program inthe form of a new course proposal. Such a proposalshould seek approval for a single Honours programcovering the full range of majors offered within anundergraduate award, whether or not all majors areto be offered at Honours level.

1.3 Faculties are expected to produce statements ofprocedures to be read with, or which may incorpo-rate, this policy statement.

1.4 Each Honours program will be assigned aseparate quota.

2. Admission to an Honours Degree2.1 Students who wish to undertake an Honoursprogram should normally apply for admission to itat the end of the final year of their pass degree, orwithin 18 months of completing that degree.

2.2 In order to be considered eligible for admission,students should have attained a grade point averageof at least 5.0 or an average grade of credit over theentire basic course, including grades of at least creditin all units directly relevant to, or specified asprerequisite for, the proposed Honours program.

2.3 However, students who have demonstratedoutstanding performance in only the final year of adegree, or whose application is based on other factorsincluding work experience or involvement inresearch, may be admitted at the discretion of theDean.

3. Duration3.1 Except in special circumstances as approved bythe Dean, the requirements for an Honours degreemust be completed within two successive yearsfollowing first enrolment.

4. Program Requirements4.1 Honours programs must comprise one year offull-time study or equivalent with at least 25 per centof the credit points associated with the course to beallocated to a project or dissertation.

4.2 Faculties are responsible for providing candidateswith program outlines which specify the distributionof credit point load between project/dissertation andcoursework, the procedure for project or dissertationapproval and a concise statement of Faculty

requirements, supervision arrangements, andprocedures for examining project reports anddissertations.

5. Unsatisfactory Progress5.1 Failure to make satisfactory progress with eitherthe coursework component of an Honours programor with the project/dissertation, or both, may lead toexclusion from the program.

5.2 Unsatisfactory progress consists of:

receiving a grade of less than 4 (or Satisfactory,where applicable) in one unit of the courseworkcomponent

failure to make sufficient progress with the projector dissertation component, in the opinion of theDean.

5.3 A student who is excluded from or otherwisefails to complete an Honours program will notnormally be readmitted to that program.

6. Assessment6.1 The minimum grade which may be creditedtowards an Honours degree is 4 (or Satisfactory,where applicable).

6.2 A minimum of three copies of a dissertationshould be presented to the supervisor forexamination. Dissertations should be temporarilybound in order to facilitate the making of anyrevisions and editorial changes required byexaminers before final printing and binding.

6.3 Project reports and dissertations will be examinedby an examining committee appointed by the Deanand consisting of at least two examiners, one ofwhom may be external to the University. Thesupervisor of the candidates work may be a memberof the committee but may not chair the committeeor act as the primary examiner.

7. Determination of Level of HonoursAwards7.1 The Faculty Academic Board, on advice fromthe school, will determine the level of Honours tobe awarded.

7.2 Honours degrees will be awarded at the followinglevels after account is taken of the candidatesperformance in all units and appropriate weightapplied to the project or dissertation:

Honours 1 First Class HonoursHonours 2A Second Class Honours, Division AHonours 2B Second Class Honours, Division BHonours 3 Third Class Honours

7.3 The level of Honours award is to be determinedby guidelines, as follows:

434

Honours 1 Grade point average of 6.50-7.00, orequivalent

Honours 2A Grade point average of 5.50-6.49, orequivalent

Honours 2B Grade point average of 4.50-5.49, orequivalent

Honours 3 Grade point average of 4.00-4.49, orequivalent.

7.4 A candidate who does not reach the standardrequired for Honours 3 remains with a pass degree.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education (EarlyChildhood) (IF83)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin GrovecampusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell


3 Science units from the SC011 List A unitsEAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1

Year 1, Semester 23 Science units from the SC011 List B units

CLB305 Education in Context

Year 2, Semester 13 Science units from the SC011 SecondLevel

EAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: EarlyMathematics Explorations

Year 2, Semester 24 Science units from the SC011 Second orThird Levels


PRB424 Early Childhood Professional Practice:Preschool/Kindergarten


EducationEAB443 Early Childhood Foundations 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationPRB423 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Lower Primary

Year 4, Semester 1EAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

Care


Society & the EnvironmentEAB444 Early Childhood Foundations 3PRB425 Early Childhood Professional Practice:

Choice

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education(Primary) (IF84)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin GrovecampusesCourse Duration: 4 years full timeTotal Credit Points: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

General Entry RequirementsApplicants are required to have reached a minimumof Sound Achievement in English over four semes-ters at senior level (or equivalent), to have reached aminimum of Sound Achievement in Mathematics Bover four semesters at Senior level (or equivalent),and to be within the OP offer range for the higher ofthe Bachelor of Applied Science (SC01) or the Bach-elor of Education (Primary) (ED51) programs.


3 Science units from the SC011 List A unitsCLB305 Education in Context

Year 1, Semester 23 Science units from the SC011 List B units

MDB383 Using Technology in the Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 13 Science units from the SC011 SecondLevel

PRB387 Studies of Society & EnvironmentCurriculum


PRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: ClassroomManagement

1 Specific Science units are dependent on the major selected; note that the Science units undertaken must include atleast four from the SC01 Third Schedule and that SC01 core requirements must be met.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

435


Year 3, Semester 2CLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumLEB335 Human Development & EducationMDB384 Science EducationPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision Making

Year 4, Semester 1HMB307 Health & Physical Education CurriculumPRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumMDB450 Primary Mathematics CurriculumCLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

Mathematics

Year 4, Semester 2AAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumCLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

Practice

Transitional Course Structure(for continuing students who commencedin 1999)Year 2, Semester 13 Science units from the SC011 Second SchedulePRB387 Studies of Society & Environment

Curriculum

Year 2, Semester 23 Science units from the SC011 Second orThird Schedules

PRB347 Primary Professional Practice 1: ClassroomManagement

Year 3, Semester 14 Science units from the SC011Second orThird Schedules

Year 3, Semester 2MDB383 Using Information Technology in the

CurriculumPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision MakingCLB343 Language/Mathematics Curriculum 2MDB384 Science Education

Year 4, Semester 1LEB335 Human Development & EducationPRB349 Primary Professional Practice 3: The

Inclusive CurriculumHMB307 Health & Physical Education CurriculumCLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language &

Mathematics

Year 4, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

PracticeAAB914 Visual & Performing Arts CurriculumLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Education(Secondary) (IF71)

Locations: Gardens Point and Kelvin Grovecampuses

Course Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average)Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semesters 1 and 2; Year 2, Semesters 1and 2; Year 3, Semester 1Completion of 240 credit points in units offered bythe Faculty of Science meeting all the requirementsfor the core units and a major as specified for theSC01 program and an approved range of unitssuitable for general science or mathematics and theunits CLB305 Education in Context, LEB335Human Development and Education, LEB336Psychology of Learning and Teaching, CLB341Language Technology and Education.


Classroom ManagementPRB344 Secondary Professional Practice 2:

Curriculum Decision MakingCurriculum Studies 1X2Curriculum Studies 1Y2


Inclusive CurriculumCurriculum Studies 2X2Curriculum Studies 2Y2


Beginning TeachingEducation Studies elective2

Education Studies elective2

Curriculum Studies elective2

1 Specific Science units are dependent on the major selected; note that the Science units undertaken must include atleast four from the SC01 Third Schedule and that SC01 core requirements must be met.

2 Refer to the ED50 Bachelor of Education (Secondary) entry in the Faculty of Education section for details of availableunits

436

ORMiddle Years PathwayLEB450 Middle Years of SchoolingPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4: The

Beginning TeacherPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate

Teaching (prerequisite: GPA ≥ 5)

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of InformationTechnology (IF29)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 408 (Note: the minimumcourse load per semester required for full-timeenrolment may be more than 48 credit points)Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerInformation Technology: Dr Colin Boyd

Course StructureStudents must complete 204 credit points of sciencewith at least 48 credit points from Level 3.

BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1LSB118 Life SciencePCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & Function

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB242 Chemistry 2

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureLSB308 BiochemistryLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2

IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1

Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object Technology

LSB408 MetabolismLSB468 Molecular Biology

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryLSB508 Advanced MetabolismLSB527 Biomedical Research Technologies


Year 4, Semester 2LSB607 Protein PurificationLSB608 Protein Science

IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1

BIOTECHNOLOGY MAJOR(MEDICAL STRAND)Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1LSB118 Life SciencePCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksLSB238 Cell & Molecular Biology 1NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & Function

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of information systemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB142 Chemistry 1


Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureLSB308 BiochemistryLSB338 Cell & Molecular Biology 2


Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyLSB408 MetabolismLSB468 Molecular Biology

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryLSB537 Genetic EngineeringLSB598 Molecular Pathogenesis 1


Year 4, Semester 2LSB637 Molecular GeneticsLSB698 Molecular Pathogenesis 2


INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

437

CHEMISTRY MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1APCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1LSB118 Life Science

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsNRB100 Environmental SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyPCB242 Chemistry 2PCB250 Physics 1

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitecturePCB305 Principles of Physical ChemistryPCB354 Structure & Mechanism in Organic

ChemistryIT Specialisation unit selected from List 1

Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyPCB434 Inorganic ChemistryPCB444 Spectroscopy

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryPCB505 Advanced Physical ChemistryPCB554 Synthesis & Reactivity in Organic

ChemistryIT Specialisation Unit selected from List 1

Year 4, Semester 2PCB634 Organometallic & Coordination ChemistryPCB644 Frontiers in Chemistry


ECOLOGYYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1NRB100 Environmental SciencePCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksLSB118 Life ScienceNRB200 Environment of South East Queensland

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyLSB238 Cell BiologyNRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & Function

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureNRB311 Population EcologyNRB312 Experimental Design


Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyNRB410 GeneticsNRB411 Ecological Methods

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryNRB510 Population GeneticsNRB511 Population Management


Year 4, Semester 2NRB610 Applied EcologyNRB611 Conservation Biology


ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE MAJORThis major is offered at both Gardens Point andCarseldine campuses. Students enrolling in thismajor may be required to attend classes on both ofthese campuses.

(Example of ecology emphasis)Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1NRB100 Environmental SciencePCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1ANRB200 Environment of South East Queensland

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of information systemsITB421 Software development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsLSB118 Life SciencePCB142 Chemistry 1

438

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1NRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & Function

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureNRB300 Environmental MonitoringNRB311 Population Ecology


Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyNRB410 GeneticsNRB400 Environmental Systems

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryNRB500 Environmental ModellingNRB511 Population Management


Year 4, Semester 2NRB600 Issues in Resource ManagementNRB611 Conservation Biology


GEOSCIENCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1APCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksNRB200 Environment of South East QueenslandPCB250 Physics 1

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB142 Chemistry 1

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyNRB230 Planet EarthPCB242 Chemistry 2

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureNRB330 Structural GeologyNRB333 Mineralogy


Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyNRB431 Geological Field MethodsNRB432 Lithology & Petrography

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming Laboratory

Any two level 3 units from the GeosciencemajorIT Specialisation unit selected from List 1

Year 4, Semester 2IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1

MICROBIOLOGY MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1LSB118 Life SciencePCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksLSB238 Cell BiologyNRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & Function

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1APCB142 Chemistry 1


Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer ArchitectureLSB308 BiochemistryLSB328 Microbiology 1


Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyLSB408 MetabolismLSB428 Microbiology 2

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryLSB528 Environmental MicrobiologyLSB578 Virology


Year 4, Semester 2LSB628 Food MicrobiologyLSB648 Molecular Microbiology


PHYSICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 1 OR

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

439

MAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1APCB101 Physical Science

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksMAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1B

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB134 Engineering Mathematics 3PCB107 Physics & Quantitative Techniques

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyPCB250 Physics 1PCB260 Physics 1A

Year 3, Semester 1ITB420 Computer Architecture

IT Specialisation unit selected from List 1PCB362 Physics 2PCB361 AC Theory & Electronics

Year 3, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyPCB460 Instrumentation & Computational MethodsPCB462 Thermodynamics & Solid State Physics

Year 4, Semester 1ITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryPCB561 Quantum & Condensed Matter PhysicsPCB562 Physical Methods of Analysis


Year 4, Semester 2PCB661 Experimental PhysicsPCB665 Physics 3


List 1: Information TechnologySpecialisation UnitsSelect four units from the following list of units:

Computing ScienceITB426 Operating SystemsITB433 Programming LanguagesITB441 GraphicsITB442 Foundations of Artificial IntelligenceITB447 ProjectITB450 Advanced Computer ArchitectureITB454 Software Quality AssuranceITB456 Graphics User InterfacesITB458 Java & Extensible ProgrammingITB461 Foundations of NeurocomputingITB463 Foundations of Pattern RecognitionITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB466 Component Technology

ITB468 Software Engineering ProjectITB469 Unix Programming & System

AdministrationITB470 Windows Programming & System

Administration

Data CommunicationsITB531 Application ServicesITB532 Network ManagementITB533 Comparative Network SystemsITB539 Data Communications ProjectITB542 Network ProgrammingITB543 Data SecurityITB548 Introduction to CryptologyITB551 Network Planning

■ Bachelor of Applied Science/Bachelor of Laws (IF39)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 60(Years 1 & 4), 48 (Years 2, 3, & 5)Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

All commencing students will enter the Bachelor ofApplied Science/Bachelor of Laws (IF39) course.

Professional RecognitionFor information on the academic requirements ofthe Solicitors or Barristers Board of Queenslandplease refer to the section on professional recognitionin the Bachelor of Laws course entry in the Facultyof Law section.

Full-time Course StructureFor detailed information on the range and availabilityof units within the applied sciences refer to the entryfor Bachelor of Applied Science (SC01) in theFaculty of Science section.



3 Science units from SC01 List A3


3 Science units from SC01 List B3

Year 2, Semester 1LWB136 Contracts A

3 Science units from SC01 Second Level3

3 Students will be required to attend an advisory session with an academic adviser to select their Science units. Notethat the Science units undertaken must include at least four from the SC01 Third Schedule and that SC01 corerequirements must be met.

440

Year 2, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts B

3 Science units from SC01 Second Level3

Year 3, Semester 1LWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

2 Science units from SC01 Third Level3

Year 3, Semester 2LWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure

2 Science Units from SC01 Third Level3

Year 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property LawLWB333 Theories of Law

Year 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law


Elective units4


Elective units4

Elective UnitsFor information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to relevant section in the Bachelor ofLaws course entry in the Faculty of Law section.

Cooperative Education ProgramAny student who has completed the first three yearsof the course normally with a GPA of not less than4.5 overall, may, at the discretion of the Director ofAcademic Programs in the Faculty of Science andthe Head of Law School in the Faculty of Law,undertake a Cooperative Education option. Thisinvolves 10-12 months of paid full-time employmentin an approved industrial/commercial environmentduring which time the student is enrolled in the unit

SCB100 Cooperative Education. On completion ofthe approved cooperative education placement thestudent resumes formal studies.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Environmental Science)*/Bachelor of Health Science(Environmental Health) (IF87)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin GrovecampusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 408Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48 (theminimum course load per semester required for full-time enrolment may be more than 48 credit points)Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Neville BofingerHealth: Dr Sandra Capra

* The Environmental Science major is offered at bothGardens Point and Carseldine campuses. Studentsenrolling in this major may be required to attendclasses on both of these campuses.

Course StructureCHEMISTRY STRANDYear 1, Semester 1NRB100 Environmental ScienceLSB118 Life ScienceLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB101 Physical Science5 ORPCB150 Physics 1H5

Year 1, Semester 2PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2PCB263 Physics 2EMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1NRB300 Environmental MonitoringPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB257 Environmental ProtectionPCB305 Principles of Physical ChemistryNRB312 Experimental Design

3 Students will be required to attend an advisory session with an academic adviser to select their Science units. Notethat the Science units undertaken must include at least four from the SC01 Third Schedule and that SC01 corerequirements must be met.

4 A student is required to complete a total of 48 credit points of elective units for the Bachelor of Laws component. Astudent may undertake, as electives, units offered by other faculties or schools but limitations are imposed on thenumber of introductory units which may be undertaken. Before undertaking such units, a student must obtain theapproval of the Faculty of Law and the faculty or school responsible for the units or course. Approval by the Facultyof Law will require a student to demonstrate that the units selected form a coherent program.

5 Students with a Sound Achievement in Senior Chemistry (or equivalent) are recommended to enrol in PUB150. Studentswithout a chemistry background will take PCB101.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

441

Year 2, Semester 2NRB400 Environmental SystemsNRB440 Environmental ChemistryPCB414 Industrial & Environmental ChemistryPUB307 Environmental PollutionPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 3, Semester 1NRB500 Environmental ModellingPCB514 Instrumental AnalysisPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsLSB415 Microbiology

Year 3 Semester 2NRB600 Issues in Resource ManagementNRB640 Physical Chemistry of the EnvironmentPUB403 Environmental Health Management APUB316 Research Methods

Year 4 Semester 1PUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyCNB171 Construction 1PUB510 Environmental Health Management BPUB517 Food Hygiene Studies

Year 4 Semester 2PUB608 Environmental & Occupational ToxicologyPUB604 Environmental Health Management CPUB611 Risk ManagementPUB621 Environmental Health Practice

ECOLOGY STRANDYear 1, Semester 1NRB100 Environmental ScienceLSB118 Life ScienceLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPCB101 Physical Science5 ORPCB150 Physics 1H5

Year 1, Semester 2PCB142 Chemistry 1PCB242 Chemistry 2PCB263 Physics 2EMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1NRB300 Environmental MonitoringPUB107 Introduction to Environmental HealthPUB200 Environmental ProtectionNRB311 Population EcologyNRB312 Experimental Design

Year 2, Semester 2NRB400 Environmental SystemsPUB307 Environmental PollutionPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthNRB410 Genetics

Year 3, Semester 1NRB500 Environmental ModellingPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsCNB171 ConstructionNRB511 Population ManagementLSB415 Microbiology

Year 3 Semester 2NRB600 Issues in Resource ManagementNRB611 Conservation BiologyPUB403 Environmental Health Management APUB316 Research Methods

Year 4 Semester 1PUB112 Introduction to Occupational Health &

SafetyPUB510 Environmental Health Management BPUB517 Food Hygiene StudiesPSB102 Integrated Planning Act

Year 4 Semester 2PUB608 Environmental & Occupational ToxicologyPUB604 Environmental Health Management CPUB611 Risk ManagementPUB621 Environmental Health Practice

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Mathematics)/Bachelor ofBusiness (IF60)

With majors in Accountancy, Banking & Finance,and Economics.Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average)Course Coordinators:Science: Dr Jack WrigleyBusiness: Mr Andrew Paltridge

Major Coordinators:Accountancy: Dr John SweetingBanking & Finance: Mr John PolichronisEconomics: Mr Eugene McCann

Professional recognitionGraduates will be eligible for membership of theMathematical Society of Australia, the StatisticalSociety of Australia Inc. and, depending on unitselection, the Australian Society for OperationsResearch as well as the Economic Society ofAustralia (Qld) and the Australian Institute ofManagement. Students may meet the educationalrequirements for membership of the AustralianInstitute of Banking & Finance, the CharteredSecretaries Australia Ltd, CPA Australia and theInstitute of Chartered Accountants in Australia(ICAA), again depending on unit selection.

Course structureStudents must complete 432 credit points comprisedof 204 credit points from the Bachelor of AppliedScience (Mathematics) and 228 credit points from

5 Students with a Sound Achievement in Senior Chemistry (or equivalent) are recommended to enrol in PUB150. Studentswithout a chemistry background will take PCB101.

442

the Bachelor of Business. Students supplement themathematics component of this program with the96 credit point faculty core units from the Bachelorof Business together with a 60* credit point majorin Accountancy, Banking & Finance or Economics,and a further 72 credit points in which the studentmust complete one of the following:(i) Double Major (six units); or(ii) Extended Major (six units); or(iii) Specialisation (six units).Recommended combinations are:

AccountancyExtended major in Professional Accounting

Banking & Finance MajorExtended major in BankingExtended major in Financial EconomicsExtended major in Funds ManagementDouble major in Economics

Economics MajorExtended major in Financial EconomicsDouble major in Banking & Finance

*Please note that EFB101 Data Analysis for Businesswhich is normally undertaken in the majors ofAccountancy, Banking & Finance, and Economics,is not required as the content will be covered in thestatistics units from the mathematics component ofthe program.At least 48 credit points of the mathematics electivesmust be from Level 3 units.Students without at least Sound Achievement inMathematics C (or equivalent), will need to take theunit MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1A in Year 1,Semester 1. The total number of mathematics unitsto be taken is unchanged. This unit replaces one ofthe Level 2 or 3 Mathematics electives. The unitMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1B is deferred untilYear 1, Semester 2. The unit BSB117 ProfessionalCommunication & Negotiation is deferred until Year3, Semester 1.

ACCOUNTANCY MAJORFor students with four semesters of bothSenior Mathematics B & Senior MathematicsC, at a level of Sound Achievement or better(or equivalent).Year 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BYear 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyAYB121 Financial AccountingMAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB313 Mathematics of Finance

Year 2, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessAYB220 Company AccountingMAB220 Computational Mathematics 1Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1AYB120 Business LawAYB225 Management Accounting 1Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

Year 4, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

For students with four semesters of SeniorMathematics B (or equivalent) only, at a levelof Sound Achievement or better:Year 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2 to 4 program as above except the unit:BSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

replaces one of the Mathematics electives

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORFor students with four semesters of bothSenior Mathematics B & Senior MathematicsC, at a level of Sound Achievement or better.Year 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

443

MAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1B

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB102 Economics 2MAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1

Year 2, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB210 Finance 1MAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB313 Mathematics of Finance

Year 2, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB307 Finance 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsMAB220 Computational Mathematics 1Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

Year 3, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1EFB201 Financial MarketsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

Year 4, Semester 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)


Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB102 Economics 2MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1



ECONOMICSFor students with four semesters of bothSenior Mathematics B & Senior MathematicsC, at a level of Sound Achievement or better.Year 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1B

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB102 Economics 2MAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1

Year 2, Semester 1EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesMAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB313 Mathematics of Finance

Year 2, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsMAB220 Computational Mathematics 1Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

Year 3, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2EFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)

Year 4, Semester 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitMathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)Mathematics elective (Level 2 or 3)


444

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB102 Economics 2 (BSB113)MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1



Mathematics ElectivesLevel 2 unitsMAB312 Linear AlgebraMAB314 Statistical Modelling 2MAB315 Operations Research 2MAB413 Differential EquationsMAB414 Applied Statistics 2MAB420 Computational Mathematics 2MAB422 Mathematical ModellingMAB440 Industry Project (Planning Stage)

Level 3 unitsMAB521 Applied Mathematics 3MAB522 Computational Mathematics 3MAB523 Introduction to Quality ManagementMAB524 Statistical InferenceMAB525 Operations Research 3AMAB526 Statistical Science 3MAB613 Partial Differential EquationsMAB621 Discrete MathematicsMAB623 Financial MathematicsMAB624 Applied Statistics 3MAB625 Operations Research 3BMAB640 Industry ProjectMAB672 Advanced Mathematical Modelling

Major/Extended Major/Specialisation CoreUnitsRefer to the Bachelor of Business (BS56) entry inthe Faculty of Business section for details of coreunits.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(Mathematics)/Bachelor ofInformation Technology (IF58)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 420Course Coordinator: Associate Professor HelenMacGillivrayAssociate Course Coordinators:Information Technology: Dr Colin BoydMathematics: Dr Gary Carter

Course StructureFor students with four semesters of SeniorMathematics B and Senior Mathematics C(or equivalent) with an exit assessment ofat least Sound Achievement in both.

Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1C

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1MAB220 Computational Mathematics 1

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet ApplicationsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1

Level 2 or 3 Maths unit


Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

Year 3, Semester 1ITB448 Object Technology

IT Specialisation Unit selected from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit


IT Specialisation Unit selected from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unitElective


IT Specialisation Unit from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

Year 4, Semester 2IT Specialisation unit from List 1IT Specialisation unit from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

For students with four semesters of SeniorMathematics B (or equivalent) only, withan exit assessment of at least SoundAchievement.Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication NetworksMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1C

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

445

Year 2, Semester 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsITB421 Software Development 3 (UNIX & C)ITB537 Internet Applications

Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

Year 2, Semester 2ITB535 Network AdministrationITB538 Network TechnologyMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1MAB220 Computational Mathematics 1

Year 3, Semester 1ITB448 Object Technology

IT Specialisation Unit selected from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit


IT Specialisation Unit selected from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit


IT Specialisation Unit from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

Year 4, Semester 2IT Specialisation unit from List 1IT Specialisation unit from List 1Level 2 or 3 Maths unitLevel 2 or 3 Maths unit

List 1: Information TechnologySpecialisation UnitsSelect five units from the following list of units:

Computing ScienceITB420 Computer ArchitectureITB426 Operating SystemsITB433 Programming LanguagesITB441 GraphicsITB442 Foundations of Artificial IntelligenceITB447 ProjectITB450 Advanced Computer ArchitectureITB456 Graphics User InterfacesITB458 Java & Extensible ProgrammingITB461 Foundations of NeurocomputingITB463 Foundations of Pattern RecognitionITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB466 Component TechnologyITB468 Software Engineering ProjectITB469 Unix Programming & Systems

AdministrationITB470 Windows 2000 Programming & Systems

Administration

Data CommunicationsITB531 Application ServicesITB532 Network ManagementITB533 Comparative Network SystemsITB539 Data Communications ProjectITB542 Network Programming

ITB543 Data SecurityITB548 Introduction to CryptologyITB549 Error Control & Data CompressionITB551 Network Planning

Mathematics UnitsStudents must complete 192 credit points ofmathematical units with at least 48 credit points fromLevel 3.

Level 2 UnitsMAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB312 Linear AlgebraMAB313 Mathematics of FinanceMAB314 Statistical Modelling 2MAB315 Operations Research 2MAB413 Differential EquationsMAB414 Applied Statistics 2MAB420 Computational Mathematics 2MAB422 Mathematical ModellingMAB440 Industry Project (Planning Stage)Level 3 UnitsMAB521 Applied MathematicsMAB522 Computational Mathematics 3MAB523 Intro to Quality ManagementMAB524 Statistical InferenceMAB525 Operations Research 3AMAB526 Statistical Science 3MAB613 Partial Differential EquationsMAB621 Discrete MathematicsMAB623 Financial MathematicsMAB624 Applied Statistics 3MAB625 Operations Research 3BMAB640 Industry Project (24cp)MAB672 Advanced Mathematical Modelling

This elective unit may be taken from any faculty inQUT, subject to the approval of the Head of School.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science(inHuman Movement Studies)/Bachelor of Education(Secondary) (IF73)

Location: Kelvin Grove campus (some units arelocated at Carseldine and Gardens Point campuses)Course Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average). (Note that the minimum enrolment forfull-time status varies each year).Course Coordinators:Human Movement Studies: Dr Tom CuddihyEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course RequirementsStudents are required to complete 240 credit pointsin approved units in Human Movement Studies (andother areas) and 192 credit points in approved unitsin Education.

446

Teaching areas for students completing this awardare Physical Education (first teaching area) and thesecond teaching areas may be chosen from thefollowing disciplines: Health, Mathematics, Biologyand English.

Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1LSB131 AnatomyHMB313 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Physical

ActivityHMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLEB335 Human Development & Education

Year 1, Semester 2LSB231 PhysiologyHMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 Biomechanics

Discipline Studies YCLB305 Education in Context

Year 2, Semester 1HMB271 Foundations of Motor Control, Learning &


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyCLB341 Language Technology & Education

Discipline Studies Y

Year 2, Semester 2HMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionPYB086 Interpersonal & Group DynamicsHMB275 Exercise & Sport Psychology

Discipline Studies X

Year 3, Semester 1HMB379 Disorders of Human MovementLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingPUB329 Foundations of Health Studies & Health

Discipline Studies XDiscipline Studies Y

EDUCATION COMPONENTYear 3, Semester 2PRB343 Secondary Professional Practice 1:


Curriculum Decision MakingHMB310 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 1

Curriculum Studies 1 #


Inclusive CurriculumHMB370 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 2

Curriculum Studies 2 #


Beginning TeachingEducation Studies elective #

Education Studies elective #

Curriculum Studies elective #

Middle Years PathwayLEB450 Middle Years of SchoolingPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate TeachingPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:

Beginning Teaching

Health Discipline Studies YPUB127 Health Issues in AustraliaHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB332 Health-related FitnessPUB329 Foundation of Health Studies & HealthPYB086 Interpersonal & Group Dynamics

Maths Discipline Studies YMAB101 Statistical Data AnalysisMAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Science 1C

English Discipline StudiesCLB320 Studies in LanguageCLB321 Writing WorkshopCLB323 Teaching Adolescent LiteratureHUB710 Australian Literary Studies

Biology Discipline StudiesLSB118 Life ScienceNRB270 Animal & Plant Structure & FunctionLSB238 Cell & Molecular BiologyNRB410 Genetics

1 x 12 cp Education

SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 TOTAL

Year 1

108

120

108

96

3 x 12 cp discipline(3 x 'X' )

4 x 12 cp Discipline(3 x 'X' + 1 x 'Y')

1 x 12 cp Education


4 x 12 cp Education

4 x 12 cp Education

Year 2

1 x 12 cp Education


1 x 12 cp Education

Year 3


Year 4

4 x 12 cp Education

Key# Refer to the Bachelor of Education (secondary) entry inthe Faculty of Education for details of available units.

Discipline: Refers to 240 credit points (Human MovementStudies + 48 credit points (allocated from Bachelor ofEducation) which make up the required 288 credit points(3 year degree) in Human Movement Studies.

Education: Refers to 192 credit points required for aBachelor of Education.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

447

X: Discipline units taken as Bachelor of Education firstteaching area, Physical Education.Y: Discipline units taken as Bachelor of Education secondteaching area, namely: English, Mathematics, Biology andHealth.

■ Bachelor of Applied Science (inHuman Movement Studies)/Bachelor of Business (IF62)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin GrovecampusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average). Note that the minimum enrolment for full-time status varies each year.Course Coordinators:Human Movement Studies: Dr Graham CostinBusiness: Mr Andrew Paltridge

Business MajorsAccountancy, Banking and Finance,Communication, Economics, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Managementand Marketing. Refer to the Bachelor of Business(BS56) course entry for information on the doublemajors, extended majors and specialisations withinthe Business component of the degree, and majorcoordinators.

Special Course RequirementsStudents must complete 432 credit points from therequired integrated course. These will consist of 216credit points from the Bachelor of Business degree(BS56) and 216 credit points from the Bachelor ofApplied Science (Human Movement Studies) degree(HM42). There are eight primary majors to choosefrom in the Bachelor of Business component of theIF62 degree. These are Accountancy, Banking &Finance, Communication, Economics, HumanResource Management, International Business,Management, and Marketing.

Students must select a Business minor study of fourunits, subject to prerequisite requirements andtimetable availability, from those listed. Analternative minor unit must be substituted if a unithas already been completed in the student’s chosenmajor.

Copies of Faculty of Business Rules and Proceduresare available from the Faculty of Business enquiriescounter at Gardens Point in Z407, or Carseldine inC201.

Course StructureACCOUNTANCYYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyAYB121 Financial Accounting

Year 2, Semester 1HMB271 Motor Control, Learning & DevelopmentHMB273 Bioenergetics & Muscle Physiology in

ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceAYB120 Business Law

Year 3, Semester 1HMB313 Sociocultural Foundations of Physical

ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Business minor unit

Year 3, Semester 2Human Movement Studies major unitHuman Movement Studies elective/minorunit

BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 1Human Movement Studies elective/minorunitHuman Movement Studies elective/minorunit

AYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsAYB301 Auditing

Business minor unitBusiness minor unit

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & Society

448

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB110 AccountingEFB102 Economics 2


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyEFB210 Finance 1

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB307 Finance 2


ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB201 Financial Markets

Business minor unit

Year 3, Semester 2Human Movement Studies major unitHuman Movement Studies elective/minor unit

BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 1Human Movement Studies elective/minor unitHuman Movement Studies elective/minor unit

BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB312 International Finance & EconomicsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Business minor unit

COMMUNICATION MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice


ExerciseHMB274 Functional Anatomy

PYB012 PsychologyCOB221 Communication Technology

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice


ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB113 EconomicsCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on Communication

Business minor unit


BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBusiness minor unit


BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Business minor unit

ECONOMICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic Growth

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Business minor unit


ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human Movement

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

449

BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceEFB211 Firms, Markets & Resources

Business minor unit


BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB323 Financial & Monetary Economics


BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessBusiness minor unit

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour


ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB110 AccountingBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMGB221 Work & Performance


BSB113 EconomicsMGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1

Year 4, Semester 1Human Movement Studies elective/minor unitHuman Movement Studies elective/minor unitBusiness minor unitBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMGB331 Training & Development 1


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB110 AccountingBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyBSB113 Economics

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionMIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Year 3, Semester 1HMB313 Sociocultural Foundations of Physical ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMIB210 Export Management

Business minor unit


BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 1Human Movement Studies elective/minor unitHuman Movement Studies elective/minor unitArea Study 1Business minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessArea Study 2Business minor unit

450

Area Study OptionsStudents must select one of the following pairs ofarea study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development ANDMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

ORMIB208 European Business Development ANDMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

MANAGEMENT MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessLSB131 AnatomyBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour

Year 3, Semester 1HMB313 Sociocultural Foundations of Physical ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB110 AccountingBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

Management


BSB113 EconomicsBusiness minor unit


MGB303 EntrepreneurshipBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMGB309 Strategic Management


MARKETING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1HMB171 Fitness, Health & Wellness

LSB131 AnatomyBSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2HMB172 Nutrition & Physical ActivityHMB272 BiomechanicsLSB231 PhysiologyBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


ExerciseHMB274 Functional AnatomyPYB012 PsychologyBSB114 Government, Business & Society

Year 2, Semester 2HMB275 Exercise & Sports PsychologyHMB276 Research in Human MovementHMB382 Principles of Exercise PrescriptionEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing Management


ActivityHMB379 Disorders of Human MovementBSB110 AccountingBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMIB204 Consumer Behaviour


MIB213 International MarketingBusiness minor unit


MIB305 Market ResearchBusiness minor unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMIB315 Strategic Marketing


HUMAN MOVEMENT STUDIESELECTIVE/MINOR UNITS*HMB277 Exercise in SportHMB361 Functional Anatomy 2HMB362 Biomechanics 2HMB363 Independent StudyHMB364 Seminars in Human MovementHMB371 Motor Control & Learning 2HMB374 Psychology of RehabilitationHMB375 Adapted Physical ActivityHMB376 Motor Development in ChildrenHMB377 Children in SportHMB381 Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physiology in

ExerciseHMB383 Workplace HealthHMB384 Injury Prevention & Rehabilitation

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

451

HMB480 Exercise Prescription for SpecialPopulations

*Individual units may not be available every semester.

BUSINESS MINOR UNITSACCOUNTING(Students without an Accountancy major)Students must complete four of the following:AYB121 Financial AccountingAYB120 Business LawAYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsAYB223 Law of Business AssociationsAYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1

(Students with an Accountancy major)AYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsAYB223 Law of Business AssociationsAYB325 Taxation Law

plus one of the following:AYB311 Financial Accounting TheoryAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

ADVERTISING(Students without a Communication major)COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB304 Advertising CopywritingCOB317 Media Planning

(Students with a Communication major)COB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB304 Advertising CopywritingCOB317 Media PlanningCOB306 Advertising Management

BANKING(Students with a Banking & Finance major)AYB120 Business LawAYB312 Financial Institutions LawEFB310 Financial Institutions – ControlEFB311 Financial Institutions – Lending

(Students without a Banking & Finance major)Students must complete four of the following:EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB210 Finance 1EFB307 Finance 2EFB201 Financial MarketsEFB312 International Finance & Economics

ECONOMICS(Students without an Economics major)Students must complete four of the following:EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary Economics

ELECTRONIC COMMERCEAYB332 Law of Electronic CommerceAYB333 Applications in Electronic CommerceITB823 Web Sites for Electronic CommerceITB850 Network & Security Technologies for

Electronic Commerce

FINANCIAL ECONOMICS(Students with a Banking & Finance major)Students must complete four of the following:EFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesEFB318 Portfolio & Security AnalysisEFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial

MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB326 Applied Portfolio Management

(Students with an Economics major)Students must complete four of the following:EFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB210 Finance 1EFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial

MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB326 Applied Portfolio ManagementEFB327 Econometrics of Financial MarketsEFB328 Public Economics & Finance

FUNDS MANAGEMENT(Students with a Banking & Finance major)EFB308 Finance 3EFB309 Financial DerivativesEFB318 Portfolio & Security Analysisplus one level 2 or 3 Finance unit approved by theBanking & Finance major coordinator.

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT(Students without a Human ResourceManagement or Management major)MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB221 Work & Performanceplus one of the following:MGB307 International Human Resource ManagementMGB314 Organisational Consulting & CounsellingMGB322 Remuneration Management (not offered in

2001)MGB331 Training & Development 1

(Students with a Human Resource Managementmajor)Student must complete four of the following:MGB201 Employment Regulation & AdministrationMGB202 Equity & Diversity ManagementMGB209 Occupational Health & SafetyMGB300 Advanced Organisational BehaviourMGB305 HRM Strategy & PolicyMGB307 International Human Resource ManagementMGB312 Negotiation & Collective BargainingMGB313 Organisational Change & Development

452

MGB314 Organisational Consulting & CounsellingMGB315 Personal & Professional DevelopmentMGB321 Recruitment & Selection 2 (not offered in



(Students with a Management major)MGB221 Work & PerformanceMGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1

plus one of the following:MGB201 Employment Regulation & AdministrationMGB202 Equity & Diversity ManagementMGB209 Occupational Health & SafetyMGB300 Advanced Organisational BehaviourMGB307 International Human Resource ManagementMGB312 Negotiation & Collective BargainingMGB314 Organisational Consulting & CounsellingMGB315 Personal & Professional DevelopmentMGB321 Recruitment & Selection 2 (not offered in



INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS(Students without an International Businessmajor)MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

plus one of the following pairs of units:MIB210 Export ManagementBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

Business

MIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

MIB208 European Business DevelopmentMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

MANAGEMENT(Students without a Human ResourceManagement or Management major)MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & Analysis

plus one of the following:MGB202 Equity & Diversity ManagementMGB203 Government-Management InterfaceMGB206 Management & Organisation TheoryMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementMGB303 EntrepreneurshipMGB311 Managing Change

(Students with a Management major)Student must complete four of the following:MGB203 Government-Management InterfaceMGB206 Management & Organisation Theory

MGB216 Technology ManagementMGB218 Venture SkillsMGB311 Managing ChangeMGB319 Quality ManagementMGB323 Small Business Management

(Students with a Human Resource Managementmajor)MGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementMGB303 EntrepreneurshipMGB309 Strategic Management

plus one of the following:MGB206 Management & Organisation TheoryMGB216 Technology ManagementMGB218 Venture SkillsMGB311 Managing ChangeMGB319 Quality Management

MARKETING(Students without a Marketing major)MIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB204 Consumer BehaviourMIB213 International MarketingMIB315 Strategic Marketing

(Students with a Marketing major)Students must complete any four of the followingunits:

The following units are offered every year:MIB210 Export ManagementMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB308 Professional Marketing PracticeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing


The following units are offered in odd numberedyears:MIB215 Marketing LogisticsMIB220 Business to Business MarketingMIB224 Technology & MarketingMIB230 Sales Management

PUBLIC RELATIONS(Students without a Communication major)COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB329 Publicity MethodsCOB327 Publication Management

(Students with a Communication major)COB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB329 Publicity MethodsCOB327 Publication ManagementCOB324 PR Issues & Strategic Planning

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

453

SMALL BUSINESS & ENTERPRISEDEVELOPMENT(Students with a Management major)MGB218 Venture SkillsMGB323 Small Business ManagementMGB333 Small Business Concepts & Cases

Plus one of the following:EFB206 Corporate FinanceMGB216 Technology ManagementMIB307 Product Innovation & Market Development

SPORT & RECREATION(Students without a Marketing major)MIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB218 Marketing Sport & Recreation (even

numbered years)MIB222 Sport & Recreation Industries (odd

numbered years)MIB318 Management of Sport & Recreation (odd

numbered years)

(Students with a Marketing major)MIB218 Marketing Sport & Recreation (even

numbered years)MIB222 Sport & Recreation Industries (odd

numbered years)MIB318 Management of Sport & Recreation (odd

numbered years)

plus one of the following:MIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing

TOURISM(Students without a Marketing major)MIB217 Marketing ManagementMIB225 TourismMIB226 Tourism Marketing

Plus one of the following:MIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events Marketing

(Students with a Marketing major)MIB225 TourismMIB321 Tourism Marketing

Plus two of the following:MIB218 Marketing Sport & Recreation (even

numbered years)MIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events Marketing

■ Bachelor of Arts(Communication Design)/Bachelor of InformationTechnology (IF90)

Location: Garden Point and Kelvin Grove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points Required: 384Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48

Course Coordinator:Communication Design: Associate Professor JeffJonesInformation Technology: Ms Ruth Christie

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1AAB801 Foundations of Communication Design 1AAB807 Media Technology 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsYear 1, Semester 2AAB802 Foundations of Communication Design 2AAB808 Media Technology 2ITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB411 Software Development 2Year 2, Semester 1AAB814 Applications of Design TechnologyAAB816 Interactive WritingITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB510 Communication NetworksYear 2, Semester 2AAB803 Design Studio 1ITB220 Database DesignITB421 Software Development 3ITB537 Internet ApplicationsYear 3, Semester 1AAB626 Music & Sound for MultimediaAAB804 Design Studio 2AAB809 Media Technology 3ITB442 Foundations of Artificial IntelligenceYear 3, Semester 2AAB810 Media Technology 4ITB441 GraphicsITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesITB448 Object TechnologyYear 4, Semester 1AAB805 Design Studio 3AAB813 Contemporary Issues in Technology &

DesignAAB860/1 ProjectITB460 Software Engineering & Games Design

Communication Design electiveYear 4, Semester 2AAB8055 Professional PracticeAAB860/2 Project

Communication Design electiveInformation Technology elective

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Applied Science(IF86)

Location: Carseldine and Gardens Point campusesCourse Duration: 4 years (8 semesters) full timeTotal Credit Points: 384 (192 credit points in theBachelor of Arts; 192 credits points in the Bachelorof Applied Science)

454

Course Coordinator:Arts: Ms Jane Williamson-FienScience: Dr Neville Bofinger

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTIn first and second years, students are required tocomplete eight units including:

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (see List A)two to three course foundation units (see List B)two to three elective units (See Lists C).

A minimum of four of these eight units must bechosen from School of Humanities and SocialScience units.

In third and fourth years , students are required todo a further eight units to complete:

one major study sequence from those offered inthe School of Humanities and Social Science; and

one minor study sequence chosen from thoseoffered within the School of Humanities andSocial Science or from other minor studysequences offered elsewhere within QUT.

Students must ensure that a minimum of 12 of the16 units in the Bachelor of Arts component of thedouble degree must be chosen from those offeredwithin the School of Humanities and Social Science.

All students doing courses in the School ofHumanities and Social Science are required tocomplete HUB000. This unit will be offered insemesters 1 and 2. Students may be exempted if theyhave completed a first year university course or asimilar unit at another tertiary institution. Studentsseeking exemption must discuss their case with thecourse coordinator.

Arts Major/Minor Study SequencesFor details of majors and minor available, refer tothe Bachelor or Arts (Humanities) (HU22) courseentry in the Faculty of Arts section.

APPLIED SCIENCE COMPONENTStudents are required to complete:

at least six Faculty of Science core units, includingat least three from List A and at least three unitsfrom List B in schedule 1 of the Bachelor ofApplied Science course SC01;

a major study in one of the discipline areas:biochemistry; biotechnology; chemistry;corporate mathematics; ecology; environmentalscience; geoscience; mathematics; microbiology;physics;

Students must complete at least four units from theSC01 Third Level.

Course StructureStudents undertake the two components of thedouble degree concurrently.

Year 1, Semester 1Faculty of Arts foundation unitHUB000 Applied Skills and ScholarshipsTwo Science units from SC01 List A or B

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty of Arts foundation unitCourse foundation unit majorTwo Science units from SC01 List A or B

Year 2, Semester 1Course foundation unit minorElective unit majorTwo Science units from SC01 First/Second Levels

Year 2, Semester 2Elective unit majorElective unit majorTwo Science units from SC01 First/SecondLevels

Year 3, Semester 1Elective unit majorElective unit majorTwo Science units from SC01 Second Levels

Year 3, Semester 2Elective unit majorElective unit minorTwo Science units from SC01 Second/ThirdLevels

Year 4, Semester 1Elective unit minorElective unit minorTwo Science units from SC01 Second/ThirdLevels

Year 4, Semester 2General electiveGeneral electiveTwo Science units from SC01 Third Levels

Arts – Lists A, B and CFor details, refer to the Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)(HU22) course entry in the Faculty of Arts section.

Science Lists and LevelsFor details of Lists A and B, and First, Second, andThird Levels, refer to the Bachelor of AppliedScience (SC01) course entry in the Faculty ofScience section.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

455

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Business (IF30)

Location: Carseldine and Gardens Point campusesCourse Duration: 4 years (9 semesters) full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432 (192 in the Bachelor ofArts; and 240 in the Bachelor of Business)Course Coordinators:Humanities: Ms Jane Williamson-FienBusiness: Mr Andrew Paltridge

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTIn first and second years, students are required tocomplete eight units including:

HUB000 Applied Skills & Scholarshiptwo Faculty of Arts foundation units (See List A)two or three course foundation units from thoseon offer within the School of Humanities andSocial Science (See List B)two or three elective units from major/minor studysequences (See List C).

In third and fourth years, students are required todo a further eight units to complete:

one major study sequence from those offeredwithin the School of Humanities and SocialScience; or

one minor study sequence from those offeredwithin the School of Humanities and SocialScience.

Note: A minimum of 12 of the 16 units in theBachelor of Arts component of the double degreemust be chosen from those offered within the Schoolof Humanities and Social Science.

For details of key terms used in the School ofHumanities and Social Science, refer to the Bachelorof Arts (Humanities) course entry (HU22) in theFaculty of Arts section.

Arts Major/Minor Study SequencesFor details of faculty foundation units, and majorand minor study sequences (Lists A and B), refer tothe Bachelor or Arts (Humanities) (HU22) courseentry in the Faculty of Arts section.

BUSINESS COMPONENTStudents are required to complete 240 credit pointsfrom the Bachelor of Business program. Studentssupplement the arts component of this program withthe 96 credit point faculty core units in the Bachelorof Business program together with a 72 credit pointmajor in one of the following: Accountancy, Banking& Finance, Communication, Economics, HumanResource Management, International Business,

Management or Marketing, as well as a further 72credit points in which the student must complete oneof the following:

(i) Double Major (six units); or(ii) Extended Major (six units); or(iii) Specialisation (six units).

Refer to the Bachelor of Business (BS56) courseentry for information on faculty core units, doublemajors, extended majors and specialisations withinthe Business component of the degree.


Course StructureStudents will undertake the two components of thedouble degree concurrently.

Year 1, Semester 1Faculty of Arts foundation unitArts course foundation unit major 1Two Business units

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty of Arts foundation unitArts elective unit major 1Two Business units

Year 2, Semester 1Arts course foundation unit major 2 or minorArts course foundation unit or elective unit major 1Two Business units

Year 2, Semester 2Arts course foundation unit or elective unit major 1Arts elective unit major 1Two Business units

Year 3, Semester 1Arts elective unit major 1Arts elective unit major 1Two Business units

Year 3, Semester 2Arts elective unit major 2 or minorArts elective unit major 2 or minorTwo Business units

Year 4, Semester 1Arts elective unit major 2 or minorArts elective unit major 1/major 2 or general interestTwo Business units

Year 4, Semester 2Arts elective unit major 1/major 2 or general interestArts elective unit major 2 or general interestTwo Business units

Year 5, Semester 1Four Business units

456

■ Bachelor of Arts (MediaStudies/Journalism)/Bachelorof Business (IF26)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 8 or 9 semesters (students maychoose to complete the course in 9 semesters)Total Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average) for 8 semesters; 48 for 9 semesters.Course Coordinators:Arts: Dr Gary MacLennanBusiness: Mr Andrew PaltridgeMajor Coordinators:Media Studies: Dr Gary MacLennanJournalism: Mr Lee DuffieldCommunication: Ms Robina XavierInternational Business: Mr Michael Cox

Course StructureStudents are required to complete 432 credit pointscomprised of 240 credit points from the Bachelor ofBusiness program and 192 credit points from theBachelor of Arts program.

Students must complete two Faculty of ArtsFoundation units, four School core units and an eight(MES) or ten (JOU) unit major as part of the Artscomponent. 24 credit points of Arts electives areavailable in the Media Studies major only.

Continuing students who commenced their studiesin the Media Studies major prior to 1998 shouldcontinue their course structure as displayed on thediscipline coordinators noticeboard outside B527,Gardens Point campus.

Students who commenced their studies in the MediaStudies major in 1998 or later, should follow thecourse structure below.

In the Bachelor of Arts (Journalism) component ofthis course, on the recommendation of the majorcoordinator, the Arts course coordinator may permitstudents to replace MJB250 Introduction to CreativeWriting and/or the School of Media and Journalismschool core unit (student choice) with either MJB335Professional Media Practice or MJB390 SupervisedProject.

Students must complete the 96 credit point facultycore units in the Business program together with a72 credit point major and a further 72 credit pointsin which the student must complete one of thefollowing:

(i) Double Major (six units); OR(ii) Extended Major (six units); OR(iii) Specialisation (six units).

It is Faculty of Business policy that a grade of 4 orhigher is required in prerequisite units before astudent can enrol in further units. Prerequisiterequirements are provided in the unit synopsis andit is the student’s responsibility to ensure that theyare correctly enrolled.


Faculty of Arts Foundation Unit ListMJB140 Media & SocietyAAB051 Arts in SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsHUB331 Asian IdentitiesHUB600 Australian Society & CulturePYB007 Interpersonal Skills & Processes

School of Media & Journalism School CoreUnit List(choose from only those units not already in yourmajor core)MJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingMJB155 Media ProductionMJB111 Media WritingMJB120 NewswritingMJB275 Media Legal IssuesMJB380 Non-fiction Creative Writing

Faculty of Business Core Unit ListBSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Faculty of Business Major Core UnitsCommunicationCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB334 Communication Research Methods

International BusinessBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessMIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

and any one of the following pairs of Area Studyunits:MIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

ORMIB208 European Business DevelopmentMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

457

For information on the double majors, extendedmajors and specialisations, refer to the relevant sectionin the Bachelor of Business (BS56) course entry.

Bachelor of Arts (MediaStudies)/Bachelor of Business(Communication)

8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB130 Media Text Analysis

Faculty of Arts foundation unit

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeMJB147 Film & Television Genres

School of Media & Journalism core unit

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Year 2, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian TelevisionDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsCOB334 Communication Research MethodsSchool of Media & Journalism core unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Plus ONE of the following Media and Journalismunits:MJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Year 4, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB343 Australian Film

Arts electiveDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2Arts electiveDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

plus ONE of the following Media and Journalismunits:

MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB344 European CinemaMJB311 Asian Film & Media

9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB130 Media Text Analysis


Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeMJB147 Film & Television Genres


Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives in CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Year 2, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian TelevisionDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2COB334 Communication Research MethodsSchool of Media & Journalism core unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 4, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingMJB343 Australian FilmDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2COB335 Communication Strategy & Technology


plus ONE of the following Media and Journalismunits:MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB344 European CinemaMJB311 Asian Film & Media

Year 5, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB113 Economics


458

Bachelor of Arts (MediaStudies)/Bachelor of Business(International Business)

Option 1: Where NO language units aretaken as part of the International Businesscomponent.

8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB130 Media Text Analysis


Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMJB147 Film & Television Genres


Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementMJB209 Australian TelevisionMJB233 Television Cultures

Area Study 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit


School of Media & Journalism unitArea Study 2

Double major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB343 Australian Film

Arts electiveDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


BusinessArts elective

Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

plus ONE of the following Media and Journalismunits:

MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB311 Asian Film & MediaMJB344 European Cinema

9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB130 Media Text Analysis


Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMJB147 Film & Television Genres


Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementMJB209 Australian TelevisionMJB233 Television Cultures

Area Study 1


School of Media & Journalism core unitArea Study 2

plus ONE of the following Media and Journalismunits:MJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB358 Documentary Theory & Practice

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB343 Australian FilmDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit





Year 5, Semester 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitArts elective

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

459

Bachelor of Arts (MediaStudies)/Bachelor of Business(International Business)

Option 2: Where the Language specialisationis to be part of the International Businesscomponent.8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB130 Media Text Analysis

Faculty of Arts foundation unitLanguage 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsMJB147 Film & Television Genres

School of Media & Journalism core unitLanguage 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian Television

Area Study 1Language 5 OR


Year 3, Semester 2MIB211 Globalisation & Business

School of Media & Journalism core unitArea Study 2

EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessOR

MGB220 Methods & Analysis


Year 4, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMIB210 Export ManagementMJB343 Australian Film

Arts elective

Year 4, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB300 Management, the Firm & International



9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB130 Media Text Analysis


Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsMJB147 Film & Television Genres

School of Media & Journalism core unitLanguage 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB141 Film & Television Language

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMJB336 New Media Technologies


Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMJB233 Television CulturesMJB209 Australian Television

Language 5 ORMIB205 Cross-Cultural Communication &

Negotiation


School of Media & Journalism core unitEFB101 Data Analysis for Business



Year 4, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementMJB343 Australian Film

Area Study 1Arts elective


BusinessMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Area Study 2


460

Year 5, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Arts elective

Bachelor of Arts (Journalism)/Bachelor of Business(Communication)

8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues

Year 2, Semester 2COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB224 Feature Writing

Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB334 Communication Research MethodsMJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs ReportingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing

Faculty of Arts foundation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB113 Economics

Faculty of Arts foundation unitSchool of Media & Journalism core unit


9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Year 2, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues

Year 2, Semester 2COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB224 Feature Writing

Year 3, Semester 1MJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2COB334 Communication Research MethodsMJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs ReportingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB110 Accounting

Faculty of Arts foundation unitSchool of Media & Journalism core unit


Year 5, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB113 Economics

Faculty of Arts foundation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Bachelor of Arts (Journalism)/Bachelor of Business(International Business)

Option 1: Where NO language units aretaken as part of the International Businesscomponent.

8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

461

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB224 Feature Writing

Year 3, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementMJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2


Year 3, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs Reporting


Year 4, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing

Faculty of Arts foundation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


BusinessFaculty of Arts foundation unitSchool of Media & Journalism core unit


9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues


MJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB224 Feature Writing

Year 3, Semester 1MIB210 Export ManagementMJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2

Area Study 1

Year 3, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs Reporting

Area Study 2

Year 4, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingDouble Major/Extended Major/Specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit




Year 5, Semester 1Faculty of Arts foundation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Bachelor of Arts (Journalism)/Bachelor of Business(International Business)

Option 2: Where the Language specialisationis to be part of the International Businesscomponent.

8 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Language 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Language 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMJB224 Feature WritingMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1

Language 4

462

Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2

Area Study 1Language 5 OR


Year 3, Semester 2MIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs Reporting

Area Study 2EFB101 Data Analysis for Business


Year 4, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMIB210 Export ManagementMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing


Year 4, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB300 Management, the Firm & International


9 SEMESTER CONCURRENT MODELYear 1, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Language 1

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Language 2

Year 2, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB155 Media ProductionMJB239 Journalism Ethics & Issues

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB224 Feature Writing

Language 4

Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMJB322 Subediting & LayoutMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2


Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 2MIB211 Globalisation & BusinessMJB303 News Production

MJB337 Public Affairs ReportingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business


Year 4, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsMIB210 Export ManagementMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing

Area Study 1


BusinessFaculty of Arts foundation unitArea Study 2School of Media & Journalism core unit

Year 5, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce


Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development, ANDMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

ORMIB208 European Business Development, ANDMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

■ Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor ofEducation (IF70)

Location: Carseldine and Kelvin Grove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432 (240 in the Bachelor ofArts; 192 in the Bachelor of Education)Course Coordinators:Arts: Dr Iraphne ChildsEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTIn years 1 and 2, and year 3 semester 1, studentsare required to complete the following:

The first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude:■ HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship■ two faculty foundation units (see List A)■ two to three course foundation units

(see List B)■ two to three elective units (see List C).

A minimum of four of these eight units must bechosen from School of Humanities and SocialScience units:

one approved Humanities study sequence of atleast 96 credit points as a first teaching area; plus

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

463

approved studies of at least 48 credit points as asecond teaching area.

Students must ensure that a minimum of 12 of the20 units in the Bachelor of Arts component of thecourse must be chosen from those offered withinthe School of Humanities and Social Science.

EDUCATION COMPONENTStudents are required to complete the following fourEducation units in the first five semesters of thecourse. It is recommended that students completethe units in semesters 2 to 5 and not undertake onein semester 1.CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development and EducationLEB336 Psychology of Learning and TeachingCLB341 Language Technology and Education

Approved Study SequencesFollowing are the approved Bachelor of Arts studysequences: English, geography, history, LOTE(Languages other than English: French, German,Indonesian, Japanese and Mandarin), and socialsciences. Any of these areas may also be taken as asecond teaching area.

In addition the Bachelor of Arts component offers asecond teaching area in film and media studies atGardens Point campus (a limited number of placesavailable).

Course StructureARTS COMPONENTYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit first teaching areaCourse foundation unit or HUB000Elective unit first teaching area

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit second teaching areaCourse foundation unit or HUB000Elective unit second teaching areaEducation unit

Year 2, Semester 1Elective unit first teaching areaElective unit first teaching areaElective unit first teaching areaElective unit first teaching areaEducation unit

Year 2, Semester 2Elective unit first teaching areaElective unit first teaching areaElective unit second teaching areaElective unit second teaching areaEducation unit

Year 3, Semester 1Other electiveOther electiveOther electiveOther electiveEducation unit




Year 4, Semester 1CLB306 Understanding Education PracticesPRB345 Secondary Professional Practice 3: The





Curriculum elective2ORMiddle Years PathwayLEB450 Middle Years of SchoolingPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4:


Teaching (prerequisite: GPA ≥ 5)

Notes:Students can take the other electives units in theirapproved study sequencesStudents studying a Language Other Than Englishwill need to amend their enrolment to extend theirLOTE studies into Year 3, Semester 2.

List A: Faculty of Arts Foundation UnitsStudents must complete two of the following Facultyof Arts foundation units in first year:AAB051 Arts and SocietyHUB600 Australian Society and CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral IssuesHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsMJB140 Media and SocietyPYB007 Interpersonal Processes and Skills

List B: Bachelor of Arts Course foundationunitsStudents must complete a minimum of two of thefollowing entry-level units to the various approvedstudy sequences offered by the School of Humanitiesand Social Science.

2 Refer to the ED50 Bachelor of Education (Secondary) entry in the Faculty of Education section for details of availableunits.

464

EnglishHUB716 Introduction to Literary and Cultural Studies

HistoryHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific StudiesHUB649 Interpreting the PastHUB720 Europe since 1945 (not offered in 2001)HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

GeographyHUB202 World Regions

Social ScienceHUB694 Australian PoliticsHUB760 Introduction to Gender StudiesHUB700 Indigenous Australian Culture StudiesHUB601 Human Identity and ChangeHUB120 Introduction to Sociology

LanguagesAll language teaching will be scheduled on theGardens Point campus, however certain Indonesianunits may also be offered at Carseldine subject toenrolment numbers. Students wishing to study alanguage other than English should select from thefollowing:

HUB650 Indonesian 1 ORHUB652 Indonesian 3

HUB660 Japanese 1 ORHUB662 Japanese 3

HUB670 French 1 ORHUN672 French 3

HUB735 German 1 ORHUB737 German 3

HUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1*HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1*HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2*

* Mandarin is only available in an intensive SummerProgram mode followed by in-country study.

Note: Students will note be allowed to enrol in morethan one LOTE unit at the introductory level.Students intending to teach in LOTE mustsuccessfully complete LOTE 6 prior to graduation.

List C: Electives English

Australian WritingHUB701 Indigenous Australian WritingHUB710 Australian Literature & CultureHUB711 Australian Womens Writing (not offered in

2001)HUB712 Australian Childrens & Adolescent Fiction

World WritingHUB625 North American LiteratureHUB724 Nineteenth Century English Literature &

CultureHUB725 Twentieth Century Literature & CultureHUB729 Shakespeare & the Modern WorldHUB730 Gender & Representation

Advanced Seminar (for 3rd Year and Honoursstudents)HUB704 Advanced Seminar in Indigenous Film &

Text (not offered in 2001)

GeographyDiscipline Studies unit (six units from the following):

Environment and ResourcesHUB201 Environment & SocietyHUB207 Environmental HazardsHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB685 Australian Resource ManagementHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the Environment

Regional and Local StudiesHUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB683 Australian Geographical StudiesHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB330 Brisbane in the 20th Century

Advanced Seminar (for 2nd, 3rd Year andHonours students)HUB688 Geographic Research Design

Other electives for Geography majorPSB631 Geographic Information SystemsPSB655 Remote SensingHUB130 Survey MethodsHUB222 Issues in International & Global Studies

HistoryModern HistoriesHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB330 Brisbane in the 20th CenturyHUB618 Asian WomenHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not offered in 2001)HUB627 Australia and the South Pacific (not offered

in 2001)HUB628 Modern Japan (not offered in 2001)HUB629 Modern ChinaHUB692 Conspiracy and Dissent in AustraliaHUB720 Europe Since 1945 (not offered in 2001)HUB723 War and Revolution in Europe 1914-1945

(not offered in 2001)HUB743 Nations and Nationalism in Modern Europe

(not offered in 2001)

Advanced Seminar (for 3rd Year and Honoursstudents)HUB624 Advanced Seminar in Asia Pacific StudiesHUB695 Rethinking Histories (not offered in 2001)

Pre Modern HistoriesHUB721 Classical World RomeHUB722 Foundations of Modern EuropeHUB744 Medieval EuropeHUB744 Classical World – Greece (not offered in

2001)

Social ScienceHUB121 Social Inequality & Difference in Australia

(not offered in 2001)HUB126 Political BehaviourHUB131 Sex, Gender & SocietyHUB135 Ethnicity & Nationalism (not offered in 2001)HUB201 Environment & Society

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

465

HUB207 Environmental HazardsHUB220 Windows on JapanHUB330 Brisbane in the 20th CenturyHUB617 Women, Aid & DevelopmentHUB618 Asian WomenHUB620 The Pacific Since 1945 (not offered in 2001)HUB626 Contemporary Southeast AsiaHUB682 Social Movements in AustraliaHUB683 Australian Geographical StudiesHUB685 Australian Resource ManagementHUB703 Indigenous Politics & Political CultureHUB720 Europe since 1945 (not offered in 2001)HUB752 The Just SocietyHUB757 Ethics, Technology & the EnvironmentHUB772 Political Ideologies

LanguagesFrench (six units from the following)HUB670 French 1HUB671 French 2HUB672 French 3HUB673 French 4HUB674 French 5HUB675 French 6HUB678 French 7HUB677 French 8HUB679 French 9HUB731 French 10HUB452 French for the Tourism IndustryDiscipline unit (compulsory)HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

German (six units from the following)HUB735 German 1HUB736 German 2HUB737 German 3HUB738 German 4HUB739 German 5HUB740 German 6HUB741 German 7HUB742 German 8

Discipline unit (compulsory)HUB722 Foundations of Modern Europe

Indonesian (six units from the following)HUB650 Indonesian 1HUB651 Indonesian 2HUB652 Indonesian 3HUB653 Indonesian 4HUB654 Indonesian 5HUB655 Indonesian 6HUB656 Indonesian 7HUB657 Indonesian 8

Discipline unit (compulsory)HUB626 Contemporary Southeast Asia

Japanese (six units from the following)HUB660 Japanese 1HUB661 Japanese 2HUB662 Japanese 3HUB663 Japanese 4HUB664 Japanese 5HUB665 Japanese 6HUB666 Japanese 7HUB667 Japanese 8

Discipline unit (compulsory)HUB220 Windows on Japan

MandarinHUB450 Mandarin for Chinese 1*HUB453 Introductory Mandarin 1*HUB454 Introductory Mandarin 2*

* Mandarin is only available in an intensive SummerSchool mode followed by in-country study.

Overseas Units all languagesAll LOTE students are encourages to enrol inoverseas units.HUB646 International Intensive ProgramHUB647 International Summer School or equivalentHUB648 International Semester or equivalent

Part-time StudentsPart-time study is only an option during the Bach-elor of Arts component of the course (ie. during Years1 and 2). Under current Faculty of Education require-ments, the Education component of this course mustbe done on a full time basis.

During their first year part-time, Bachelor or Artsstudents normally enrol in four units. The followingis the recommend pattern of enrolment:

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (one per semester)(see List A)one course foundation unit offered by Humanitiesand Social Science (See List B) orone elective unit (see List C).

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Education (EarlyChildhood) (IF81)

Location: Carseldine and Kelvin Grove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384 (192 in the Bachelor ofArts; 192 in the Bachelor Education)Course Coordinators:Arts: Dr. Iraphne ChildsEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTStudents are required to complete the following:

The first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude :• HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship• two faculty foundation units (see List A)• two to three Course foundation units

(see List B)• two to three elective units (see Lists C)

466

Note that a minimum of four of these eight unitsmust be chosen from School of Humanities andSocial Science units.

In second year a further eight units to complete:

one major study sequence chosen from thoseoffered within the School of Humanities andSocial Science; and

one minor study sequence from those offered inthe School of Humanities and Social Science orfrom other minor study sequences offeredelsewhere within QUT.

Major/Minor Study SequencesFor details of majors and minor options, refer to theBachelor of Arts (Humanities( (HU22) course entryin the Faculty of Arts section.

All students except those studying a language as theirmajor, complete the Bachelor of Arts component ofthe degree in semesters 1 to 4, and the Bachelor ofEducation (Primary) component in semesters 5 to 8.

Lists A, B and CFor details, refer to the Bachelor of Arts (HU22)entry in the Faculty of Arts section.

List D Minor Foundation Units for EarlyChildhood EducationStudents may choose these units to providefoundations or disciplines that they have not coveredin the secondary studies. These units are offeredoutside the School of Humanities and Social Science.However, they fulfil the minor study sequencerequirement of the Bachelor of Arts component ofthe double degree.

Students may select four units from the following:

AAB918 Arts Foundation StudiesMDB386 Mathematics FoundationsMDB387 Science FoundationsHMB171 Fitness, Health and WellnessMDB385 Information Technologies in EducationPRB371 Social and Environmental Foundations

Part-time StudentsPart-time study is only an option during the Bach-elor of Arts component of the course (ie. during Years1 and 2). Under current Faculty of Education require-ments, the Education component of this course mustbe done on a full time basis.


HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (one per semester)(see List A)

one course foundation unit offered by the Schoolof Humanities and Social Science (See List B) orone elective unit (see List C).

Course StructureARTS COMPONENTYear 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit (major)HUB000 or elective unit (general)Elective unit (major)

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit (minor)HUB000 or elective unit (general)Elective unit (minor)

Year 2, Semester 1Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)

Year 2, Semester 2Elective unit (major)Elective unit (minor)Elective unit (minor)Elective unit (general)

Note: Students studying a language as their majorneed to begin their education Studies in Year Twoso that they can extend their Language Studies intoYear Three. Language students are required to takeCLB305 Education in Context in Semester 1, Year2 and LEB335 Human Development and Educationin Semester 2, Year 2. Students should consult withthe appropriate language coordinator to organisetheir study program.

EDUCATION COMPONENTYear 3, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextEAB442 Early Childhood Foundations 1EAB347 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early



Year 3, Semester 2LEB335 Human Development & EducationEAB345 Early Childhood Curriculum: Language

EducationEAB443 Early Childhood Curriculum: Early


Lower Primary

Year 4, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingEAB348 Early Childhood Curriculum: ArtsEAB413 Management of Early Childhood ServicesPRB422 Early Childhood Professional Practice: Child

Care

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

467


ChoiceEAB346 Early Childhood Curriculum: Science/

Society & the Environment

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Education(Primary) (IF82)

Location: Carseldine and Kelvin Grove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 384 (192 in the Bachelor ofArts; 192 in the Bachelor of Education)Course Coordinators:Arts: Dr Iraphne ChildsEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTIn first and second years students are required tocomplete the following components of the degree:

The first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude:

• HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship• two faculty foundation units (see List A)• two-three course foundation units (see List B)• two-three elective units (see Lists C)

Note: a minimum of four of these eight units mustbe chosen from School of Humanities and SocialScience units.

In second year a further eight units to complete:


one minor study sequence from those offered inthe School of Humanities and Social Science orfrom other minor study sequences offeredelsewhere within QUT.

All students doing courses in the School ofHumanities and Social Science are required tocomplete HUB000. This unit will be offered insemesters 1 and 2. Students may be exempted if theyhave completed a first year university course or asimilar unit at another tertiary institution. Studentsseeking exemption must discuss their case with thecourse coordinator.

Major/Minor Study SequencesFor details of majors and minor options, refer to theBachelor of Arts (Humanities( (HU22) course entryin the Faculty of Arts section.

All students except those studying a language as theirmajor, complete the Bachelor of Arts component ofthe degree in semesters 1-4, and the Bachelor ofEducation (Primary) component in semester 5-8.

Lists A, B and CFor details, refer to the Bachelor of Arts (HU22)entry in the Faculty of Arts section.

List D – Minor Foundation Units for PrimaryTeachingStudents may choose these units to providefoundations or disciplines that they have not coveredin the secondary studies. These units are offeredoutside the School of Humanities and Social Science.However, they fulfil the minor study sequencerequirement of the Bachelor of Arts component ofthe double degree.

Students may select four units from the following:

AAB918 Arts Foundation StudiesMDB386 Mathematics FoundationsMDB387 Science FoundationsHMB171 Fitness, Health & WellnessMDB385 Information Technologies in EducationPRB371 Social & Environmental Foundations

Part-time StudentsPart-time study is only an option during the Bachelorof Arts component of the course (ie. during Years 1and 2). Under current Faculty of Educationrequirements, the Education component of thiscourse must be done on a full time basis.


HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship

two faculty foundation units (one per semester)(see List A)

one course foundation unit offered by the Schoolof Humanities and Social Science (See List B) or

one elective unit (see List C).

ARTS COMPONENTYear 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit (major)HUB000 or elective unit (general)Elective unit (major)


Year 2, Semester 1Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)

468

Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)


Note that students studying a language as their majorneed to begin their education studies in year two sothat they can extend their language studies into yearthree. Language students are required to takeCLB305 Education in Context in Semester 1, Year2 and LEB335 Human Development and Educationin Semester 2, Year 2. Students should consult withthe appropriate language coordinator to organisetheir study program.

EDUCATION COMPONENTYear 3, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextMDB450 Primary Mathematics CurriculumPRB387 Studies in Society & Environment

CurriculumPRB347 Primary Professional Practice1: Classroom

Management

Year 3, Semester 2AAB914 Visual and Performing Arts CurriculumLEB335 Human Development & EducationMDB383 Using Technology in the CurriculumPRB348 Primary Professional Practice 2: Curriculum

Decision Making

Year 4, Semester 1LEB336 Psychology of Learning and TeachingPRB349 Primary Professional Practice3: The

Inclusive CurriculumHMB307 Health & Physical Education Curriculum

And either:CLB413 Programming & Assessment in Language

and MathematicsOR

CLB334 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies*

* For students who have followed a LOTE pathwayin the course.

Year 4, Semester 2CLB306 Understanding Educational PracticesCLB454 Language & Literacy CurriculumMDB384 Science EducationPRB350 Primary Professional Practice 4: Reflective

Practice

Academy of The Arts Majors■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance)/Bachelor of

Education (Secondary) (IF75)■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama)/Bachelor of

Education (Secondary) (IF76)■ Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts)/Bachelor

of Education (Secondary) (IF78)■ Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of

Education (Secondary) (IF77)

Year 1, Semesters 1 & 2; Year 2, Semesters 1 & 2Students will complete 240 credit points in unitsoffered by the Faculty of Arts.

These units will include the 24 credit points Facultyof Arts foundation program and an approved artsmajor of at least 168 credit points. Dance, Dramaand Visual Arts students will undertake approvedstudies of at least 48 credit points in a secondteaching area from units on offer in the Faculty ofArts. Music students have the option of undertakingapproved studies of at least 48 credit points in asecond teaching area from units on offer in theFaculty of Arts or taking an additional 48 creditpoints in Music electives.

EDUCATION COMPONENTThe following 4 core Education units will beundertaken in semesters 1 to 5:CLB305 Education in ContextCLB341 Language Technology & EducationLEB335 Human Development & EducationLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Year 3, Semester 1CLB305 Education in ContextLEB335 Human Development & EducationLEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingCLB341 Language Technology & Education











INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

469

ORMiddle Years PathwayLEB450 Middle Years of SchoolingPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB426 The Middle Years CurriculumPRB427 Professional Internship of Associate Teaching# Refer to the ED50 Bachelor of Education(Secondary) entry in the Faculty of Education sectionfor details of available units.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Dance)/Bachelor of Education (IF75)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Academy of the Arts: Mr Evan JonesEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course Structure

DANCE WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAOTHER THAN DRAMA AND MUSICYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1CLB305 Education in Context

Year 1, Semester 2AAB100 Dance Composition 1AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB181 Dance Technique Studies 2LEB335 Human Development & Education

Second Teaching Area unit (List C)

Year 2, Semester 1^^

Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB117 Dance in EducationAAB182 Dance Technique Studies 3AAB189 Dance Composition 2



AAB114 Dance in Australian SocietyAAB172 World DanceAAB176 Jazz & Popular DanceAAB183 Dance Technique Studies 4



AAB171 Theatre Dance StylesAAB116 Dance in the Community**

LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingCLB341 Language, Technology & Education

Education ComponentYears 3, Semester 2 and Years 4 Semester 1 & 2Refer to beginning of Academy of the Arts entry forFaculty of Education component of double degree.

DANCE WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAIN DRAMAYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1AAB257 Studies in Acting 1CLB305 Education in Context

Year 1, Semester 2AAB100 Dance Composition 1AAB172 World DanceAAB181 Dance Technique Studies 2AAB251 Theatre History Significant trends in the

20th CenturyLEB335 Human Development & Education


Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB117 Dance in EducationAAB182 Dance Technique Studies 3AAB214 Process DramaAAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance Histories


AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB114 Dance in Australian SocietyAAB183 Dance Technique Studies 4AAB280 Drama as Social ActionAAB304 Forming Knowledge




Years 3, Semester 2 and Years 4 Semester 1 & 2Refer to beginning of Academy of the Arts entry forFaculty of Education component of double degree.

DANCE WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAIN MUSICYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (chose one unit fromList A)

AAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1CLB305 Education in ContextAAB632 Core Musicianship 1

Year 1, Semester 2AAB100 Dance Composition 1AAB172 World DanceAAB181 Dance Technique Studies 2 (Ballet)LEB335 Human Development & EducationAAB633 Core Musicianship 2


Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB182 Dance Technique Studies 3AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1


AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB183 Dance Technique Studies 4AAB114 Dance in Australian Society

470

AAB623 Conducting 1AAB630 Music Textures




Years 3, Semester 2 and Years 4 Semester 1 & 2Refer to beginning of Academy of the Arts entry forFaculty of Education component of double degree.

List A: Faculty of Arts Foundation UnitsRefer to List A in the Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF78) courseentry in this section.

List B: Drama ElectivesAAB258 Studies in Acting 2AAB259 The Performance Instrument: Body & VoiceAAB278 Technical TheatreAAB252 Theatre History: The Sound of TheatreAAB253 Theatre History: Staging Australia

List C: Second Teaching Area UnitsRefer to List C in the Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF78) courseentry in this section.^^ Students who began the course prior to 2001 will

follow an amended course progression to satisfycourse requirements. See course coordinator fordetails.

** Not offered in 2001

■ Bachelor of Arts (Drama)/Bachelor of Education (IF76)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Academy of the Arts: Ms Judith McLeanEducation: Dr Jenny CampbellCourse StructureDRAMA WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAOTHER THAN DANCE AND MUSICYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (choose AAB051from List A)

AAB259 The Performance Instrument: Body & VoiceAAB257 Studies in Acting 1CLB305 Education in Context

Year 1, Semester 2AAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20th

CenturyAAB273 Performance 1AAB278 Technical TheatreAAB271 Studies in Directing



Faculty Foundation Unit (choose one unitfrom List A)

AAB214 Process DramaAAB308 Performance 2LEB335 Human Development & Education



AAB272 Drama & Community Cultural DevelopmentAAB280 Drama as Social ActionAAB304 Forming Knowledge

Drama elective (List B)Second Teaching Area unit (List C)

Year 3, Semester 1^^LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingCLB341 Language, Technology & EducationAAB253 Theatre History: Staging Australia

Drama elective (List B)Second Teaching Area (List C)

Education ComponentYear 3, Semester 2 and Year 4, Semesters 1 & 2Refer to beginning of Academy of the Arts entry forFaculty of Education component of double degree.

DRAMA WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAIN DANCE

Year 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unit (choose AAB051from List A)

AAB259 The Performance Instrument: Body & VoiceAAB257 Studies in Acting 1CLB305 Education in ContextYear 1, Semester 2

Faculty foundation unit (choose one unitfrom List A)

AAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20thCentury

AAB273 Performance 1AAB271 Studies in DirectingAAB114 Dance in Australian Society


AAB125 Dance Analysis & Dance HistoriesAAB214 Process DramaAAB308 Performance 2AAB180 Dance Techniques Studies 1LEB335 Human Development & Education


AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB272 Drama & Community Cultural DevelopmentAAB280 Drama as Social ActionAAB304 Forming KnowledgeAAB185 Dance Techniques Studies 4


LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingCLB341 Language, Technology & EducationAAB117 Dance in EducationAAB278 Technical Theatre

Drama elective (List B)

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

471


DRAMA WITH SECOND TEACHING AREAIN MUSICYear 1, Semester 1

Faculty foundation unit (choose AAB051from List A)

AAB259 The Performance Instrument: Body & VoiceAAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB257 Studies in Acting 1CLB305 Education in Context

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty foundation unit (choose one fromList A)

AAB251 Theatre History: Significant Trends in 20thCentury

AAB273 Performance 1AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB271 Studies in Directing


AAB214 Process DramaAAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB308 Performance 2AAB621 Sound Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1LEB335 Human Development & Education

Year 2, Semester 2 ^^

AAB272 Drama & Community Cultural DevelopmentAAB280 Drama as Social ActionAAB304 Forming KnowledgeAAB630 Music TexturesAAB623 Conducting 1


LEB336 Psychology of Learning & TeachingCLB341 Language, Technology & EducationAAB253 Theatre History: Staging AustraliaAAB278 Technical Theatre




List C: Second Teaching Area UnitsRefer to List C in the Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF78) courseentry in this section.

^^ Students who began the course prior to 2001 willfollow an amended course progression to satisfycourse requirements. See course coordinator fordetails.

■ Bachelor of Music/Bachelor ofEducation (IF77)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Academy of the Arts (Music): Ms Sue ForsterEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Course StructureCLASSROOM MUSIC SPECIALISATIONAND INSTRUMENTAL TEACHING STRAND(without a second teaching area)Year 1, Semester 1AAB641 Principal Studies A*AAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic Design


Year 1, Semester 2AAB642 Principal Studies B*AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB630 Music TexturesCLB305 Education in Context

Music elective (List D)


AAB643 Principal Studies CAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1 (Art Music)


Cultural)Faculty foundation unit (List A)Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)


AAB644 Principal Studies DAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound

Media) ORAAB637 Contemporary Musicianship 4 (Jazz &

Popular)Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)

LEB335 Human Development & Education



(previously LAB341)Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)

472


CLASSROOM MUSIC SPECIALISATIONWITH A SECOND TEACHING AREA INDANCE

Year 1, Semester 1AAB641 Principal Studies A*AAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic Design


Year 1, Semester 2AAB642 Principal Studies B*AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB630 Music TexturesAAB114 Dance in Australian SocietyCLB305 Education in Context




Cultural)AAB180 Dance Technique Studies 1AAB125 Dance Analysis & History 1



AAB644 Principal Studies DAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound) ORAAB637 Contemporary Musicianship 4 (Jazz &

Popular)AAB106 The Analysis of Modern DanceAAB183 Dance Technique Studies 4LEB335 Human Development & Education



(previously LAB341)AAB117 Dance in Education

Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)


CLASSROOM MUSIC SPECIALISATIONWITH A SECOND TEACHING AREA INDRAMA

Year 1, Semester 1AAB641 Principal Studies A*AAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic DesignAAB257 Studies in Acting 1


Year 1, Semester 2AAB642 Principal Studies B*AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB630 Music TexturesAAB251 Theatre History: Significant TrendsCLB305 Education in Context

Year 2, Semester 1^^AAB643 Principal Studies CAAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1 (Art Music)


Cultural)AAB214 Process Drama

Faculty foundation unit (List A)Drama elective (List B)


AAB280 Drama as Social ActionAAB304 Forming KnowledgeAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound


Popular)AAB644 Principal Studies DLEB335 Human Development & Education



Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)


CLASSROOM MUSIC SPECIALISATIONWITH A SECOND TEACHING AREA OTHERTHAN DRAMA AND DANCE

Year 1, Semester 1AAB641 Principal Studies A*AAB632 Core Musicianship 1AAB621 Sound, Recording & Acoustic Design


Year 1, Semester 2AAB642 Principal Studies B*AAB633 Core Musicianship 2AAB630 Music TexturesCLB305 Education in Context





Cultural)Faculty foundation unit (List A)Music elective (List D)Second Teaching Area (List C)

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

473


AAB644 Principal Studies DAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound


Popular)LEB335 Human Development & Education

Music elective (List D)Second Teaching Area (List C)



(previously LAB341)Music elective (List D)Music elective (List D)Second Teaching Area unit (List C)




List C: Second Teaching Area UnitsRefer to List C in the Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Secondary) (IF78) courseentry in this section.

List D: Music ElectiveSemester 1AAB616 Ensemble Project 1 (year-long unit)AAB617 Choral & Instrumental ArrangingAAB618 Composition for Film & TelevisionAAB622 Second Study 1 (year-long unit) +AAB626 Music & Sound for MultimediaAAB628 Second Study 2 (year-long unit)AAB629 Ensemble Project 2 (year-long unit)AAB631 World Music+AAB634 Contemporary Musicianship 1 (Art Music)AAB636 Contemporary Musicianship 3 (Cross

Cultural)AAB638 Sound & Image+AAB639 Music Directing (year-long unit)

Semester 2AAB620 Popular Song Writing+AAB623 ConductingAAB626 Music & Sound for MultimediaAAB635 Contemporary Musicianship 2 (Sound

Media)AAB637 Contemporary Musicianship 4 (Jazz &

Popular)

AAB640 Sex, Drugs, Rock n Roll (The Interaction ofSociety & Music of our Time)+

AAB648 The Australian Music Scene^^ Students who began the course prior to 2001 will

follow an amended course progression to satisfycourse requirements. See course coordinator fordetails.

* Designated unit – See Student Rules for details+ Recommended elective choices for first year

students.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Visual Arts)/Bachelor of Education (IF78)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Academy of the Arts: Associate Professor DavidHawkeEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell


Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB726 Introduction to the History of ArtAAB740 Studio Art Practice 1*

Year 1, Semester 2AAB741 Studio Art Practice 2*CLB305 Education in Context

Second Teaching Area unit (List C)Visual Arts elective (List B)


Faculty foundation unit (choose from List A)AAB742 Studio Art Practice 3*LEB335 Human Development & Education



AAB056 Professional StudiesAAB701 Modernism

Visual Arts elective (List B)Visual Arts elective (List B)Second Teaching Area unit (List C)



Visual Arts elective (List B)Second Teaching Area unit (List C)

Education ComponentYear 3, Semester 2 and Year 4, Semesters 1 & 2^^

Refer to beginning of Academy of the Arts entry forFaculty of Education component of double degree.

List A: Faculty Foundation UnitsAAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB687 Contemporary Moral Issues

474

MJB140 Media & SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Skills & Processes

List B: Visual Arts ElectivesAAB447 DrawingAAB457 SculptureAAP503 Clay MaterialsAAP507 PaintingAAB509 Photographic MediaAAP511 Printmaking

Visual Arts Theory ElectivesSemester 2AAB444 Visual Arts of AsiaAAB728 Readings in Feminism & Visual Arts (TBC)

In addition to QUT units, arrangements exist forcross-institutional enrolments in Art History andTheory subjects offered by The University ofQueensland. Contact the course coordinator fordetails.

List C: Second Teaching Area UnitsEnglish (48 credit points)

Required Unit:CLB320 Studies in Language (previously LAB320)

Up to 12 credit points from introductory units:MJB140 Media & SocietyHUB716 Introduction to Literary & Cultural Studies

No less than 24 credit points from advanced units:CLB321 Writing Workshop (previously LAB321)CLB322 Literature in Teaching (previously LAB322)CLB323 Teaching Adolescent Literature (previously

LAB323)HUB625 North American LiteratureHUB710 Australian Literature & CultureHUB711 Australian Womens WritingHUB712 Australian Childrens & Adolescent FictionHUB724 Nineteenth Century English Literature &

CultureHUB725 Twentieth Century Literature & CultureHUB729 Shakespeare in the Modern WorldHUB730 Gender & Representation

History (48 credit points)Note: Students should seek to select units from eachof areas of Australian, Asian, European and theAncient World.Up to 24 credit points from introductory units:HUB649 Interpreting the PastHUB610 Approaches to Asia Pacific Studies

No less than 24 credit points from advanced units:HUB330 Brisbane in the 20th CenturyHUB618 Asian WomanHUB619 Pacific Culture ContactHUB629 Modern ChinaHUB692 Conspiracy & Dissent in Australian HistoryHUB722 Foundations of Modern EuropeHUB744 Medieval Europe

Geography (48 credit points)Up to 24 credit points from introductory units:HUB201 Environment & SocietyHUB202 World RegionsHUB207 Environmental HazardsHUB685 Australian Resource Management

No less than 24 credit points from advanced units:HUB683 Australian Geographical StudiesHUB626 Contemporary Southeast Asia

Languages Other Than English (LOTE)(48 credit points)

Note: Second Teaching Areas in LOTE must achievethe Level 6 language unit before beginningCurriculum Studies units in that language.Consequently, students need to begin these studiesat Level 3 which requires that the language has beensuccessfully studied to the Higher School Certificate,or that the student has been assessed by thecoordinator of those units to be at satisfactory levelof competency in that language.

IndonesianHUB652 Indonesian 3HUB653 Indonesian 4HUB654 Indonesian 5HUB655 Indonesian 6

JapaneseHUB662 Japanese 3HUB663 Japanese 4HUB664 Japanese 5HUB665 Japanese 6

FrenchHUB672 French 3HUB673 French 4HUB674 French 5HUB675 French 6

GermanHUB737 German 3HUB738 German 4HUB739 German 5HUB740 German 6

Film & Media (48 credit points)Compulsory Unit:MJB130 Media Text Analysis*

36 credit points from advanced units:MJB155 Media ProductionMJB141 Film & Television LanguageMJB147 Film & Television GenresMJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB260 Community & Educational VideoMJB209 Australian TelevisionMJB343 Australian FilmMJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB336 New Media Technologies

Students are recommended to include MJB140Media and Society as their faculty core unit selection.All units are taught on Gardens Point campus.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

475

^^ Students who began the course prior to 2001 willfollow an amended course progression to satisfycourse requirements. See course coordinator fordetails.

* Designated unit – See Student Rules for details.

■ Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor ofLaws (IF36)*

* This course is currently being phased out and isnot accepting new students. It is replaced by theBachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Laws(IF43) course.

Location: Carseldine and Gardens Point campusesCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48(years 1-3), 60 (years 4-5)Course Coordinators:Humanities: Ms Jane Williamson-FienLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENT(Years 1 and 2)Students must complete:

first year requirements for (HU20)

four faculty foundation units (one per semesterover the first two years of study), and

one major study sequence offered by the Schoolof Humanities and Social Science.

NotesAny student who has not completed the Bachelor ofArts component of this course should contact the Artscourse coordinator to discuss their enrolment program.

Students wishing to change status from internal toexternal must do so in writing to the SeniorAdministration Officer (Law School).

Students undertaking this course should not normallyenrol in elective units until year 5 of the course.Students must seek prior approval to undertakeelective units from other schools or faculties.

If the Law course structure does not meet yourprogression through the course contact theAdministration Officer (Law School).

■ Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)/Bachelor of Laws (IF43)

Location: Carseldine and Gardens Point campusesCourse Duration: 5 years full-time

Total Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48(years 1-3); 60 (years 4-5)Course Coordinators:Humanities: Ms Jane Williamson-FienLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

Professional RecognitionFor information on the academic requirements ofthe Solicitors or Barristers Board of Queensland,please refer to the section on ProfessionalRecognition in the Bachelor of Laws course entryin the Faculty of Law section of this handbook.

Course RequirementsARTS COMPONENTIn first and second years students are required tocomplete the following components of the degree:

The first year requirements (eight units) whichinclude :

• HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarship• two faculty foundation units (see List A)• two to three course foundation units

(see List B)• two to three elective units (see List C)

A minimum of four of these eight units must bechosen from School of Humanities and SocialScience units.

Lists A, B and CFor details, refer to the Bachelor of Arts (Humanities)(HU22) course entry in the Faculty of Arts section.

In second year, a further eight units to complete:


one minor study sequence chosen from thoseoffered in the School of Humanities and SocialScience or from other minor study sequencesoffered elsewhere within QUT.

Students must ensure that a minimum of 12 of the16 units in the Bachelor of Arts component of thecourse must be chosen from units offered within theSchool of Humanities and Social Science.

All students doing courses in the School ofHumanities and Social Science are required tocompleted HUB000. This unit will run in bothsemesters. Students may be exempted if they havecompleted a first year university course or a similarunit at another tertiary institution. Students seekingexemption must discuss their case with the Bachelorof Arts course coordinator.

476

Major/Minor Study SequencesFor details of majors and minor available, refer tothe Bachelor or Arts (Humanities) (HU22) courseentry in the Faculty of Arts section.

Part-time StudentsPart-time students note that during their first year,part-time students normally enrol in four units. Thefollowing is the recommended pattern of enrolment:

HUB000 Applied Skills and Scholarshiptwo faculty foundation units (see List A)one course foundation units (See List B) orone elective unit (See List C).

Course StructureARTS COMPONENTYear 1, Semester 1Faculty foundation unitCourse foundation unit (major)HUB000 or elective unit (general)Elective unit (major)


Year 2, Semester 1Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)Elective unit (major)


Note: Students studying a language as one of theirmajors need to take two introductory Law units inyear two so that they can extend their language studyinto year three.

LAW COMPONENTYear 3, Semester 1

Introduction to Legal ResearchLWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & Justice

Year 3, Semester 2LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws and Global Perspectives

Year 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property Law



Elective units6


Elective units6

For information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to the Bachelor of Laws (LW33) courseentry in the Faculty of Law section.

■ Bachelor of Arts (Journalism/Media Studies)/Bachelor ofLaws (IF35)

Location: Gardens Point and Carseldine campusesCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester:60 (years 1 & 4); 48 (years 2, 3, & 5)

Course Coordinators:Law: Ms Lindy WillmottJournalism: Mr Lee DuffieldMedia Studies: Dr Gary MacLennan


Arts Faculty Foundation Units2 from 5 units with none designated by major:AAB051 Arts in SocietyHUB331 Asian Identities

6 A student is required to complete a total of 48 credit points of elective units for the Bachelor of Laws component. Astudent may undertake, as electives, units offered by other faculties or schools provided prerequisites are satisfied butlimitations are imposed on the number of introductory units which may be undertaken. Before undertaking such units,a student must obtain the approval of the Faculty of Law and the faculty or school responsible for the unit or course.Approval by the Faculty of Law will require a student to demonstrate that the units form a coherent program.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

477

HUB600 Australian Society & CultureMJB140 Media & SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsPYB007 Interpersonal Skills & Resources

Media and Journalism School Core Units6 from 8 units with up to 3 designated by major(Note: choose only from those units not already inyour major core):

MJB250 Introduction to Creative WritingMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB155 Media ProductionMJB111 Media WritingMJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB120 NewswritingMJB275 Media Legal IssuesMJB314 Media BusinessMJB380 Non-fiction Creative Writing

In the Bachelor of Arts (Journalism) component ofthis course, on the recommendation of the Arts majorcoordinator, students may be permitted to replaceone or two of the Media and Journalism school coreunit (student choice) units with MJB335 ProfessionalMedia Practice and/or MJB390 Supervised Project.

Course StructureJOURNALISM MAJORStudents complete the Faculty of Arts componentof this program with two faculty foundation units,six school core units and a 10 unit Journalism major.

Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 Newswriting

Faculty of Arts foundation unitIntroduction to Legal Research

LWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society and Justice

Year 1, Semester 2MJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB180 Speech Communication for Journalists

Faculty of Arts foundation unitLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1MJB239 Journalism Ethics & IssuesMJB224 Feature WritingMJB155 Media ProductionLWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2MJB232 Radio & TV Journalism 1MJB336 New Media Technologies

LWB137 Contracts BPLUS select one School of Media &Journalism core unit

Year 3, Semester 1MJB322 Sub-editing & LayoutMJB338 Radio & TV Journalism 2LWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2MJB303 News ProductionMJB337 Public Affairs ReportingLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure



Year 5, Semester 1LWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 EvidenceLWB434 Advanced Research & Legal ReasoningMJB250 Introduction to Creative Writing


PLUS select one School of Media &Journalism core unitElective units7

Elective UnitsFor information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to relevant section in the Bachelor ofLaws course entry in the Faculty of Laws section.

MEDIA STUDIES MAJORStudents complete the Faculty of Arts component ofthis program with two faculty foundation units, fiveschool core units and a nine unit Media Studies major.

Continuing students who commenced their studiesin the Media Studies major prior to 1998 shouldcontinue their course structure as displayed on thediscipline coordinators noticeboard outside B527,Gardens Point campus.

Students who commenced their studies in the MediaStudies major in 1998 or later, should follow thecourse structure below.

7 A student is required to complete a total of 24 credit points of elective units for the Bachelor of Laws component of theJournalism major. A student may undertake, as electives, units offered by other faculties or schools provided pre-requisitesare satisfied but limitations are imposed on the number of introductory units which may be undertaken. Before undertakingsuch units, a student must obtain the approval of the Faculty of Law and the faculty or school responsible for the unit orcourse. Approval by the Faculty of Law will require a student to demonstrate that the units form a coherent program.

478

Full-time StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB130 Media Text AnalysisMJB141 Film & Television Language

Faculty of Arts foundation unitIntroduction to Legal Research



School of Media & Journalism core unitSchool of Media & Journalism core unit

LWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws and Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1MJB233 Television CulturesMJB204 Media Industries & IssuesMJB209 Australian TelevisionLWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2MJB336 New Media Technologies

School of Media & Journalism core unitMJB305 American Film & Society

ORMJB358 Documentary Theory & PracticeLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1MJB343 Australian Film

Faculty foundation unitLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2LWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure

Plus select TWO of the following three Media andJournalism units:MJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB344 European CinemaMJB311 Asian Film & Media



Year 5, Semester 1LWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 Evidence

LWB434 Advanced Research & Legal ReasoningElective units6


Elective units 6

Elective UnitsFor information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to relevant section in the Bachelor ofLaws course entry in the Faculty of Law section.The offering of elective units in any semester isdependent upon sufficient minimum enrolments inthe unit and the availability of staff.

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelorof Education (Secondary)(IF72)

Location: Gardens point, Carseldine and KelvinGrove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average)Course Coordinators:Business: Mr Andrew PaltridgeEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell


Full-time Course StructureBUSINESS COMPONENTYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessBSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic Commerce

Year 1, Semester 2EFB102 Economics 2AYB121 Financial AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

One Education Studies unit (List A)

Year 2, Semester 1EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesAYB220 Company AccountingAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems


6 A student is required to complete a total of 48 credit points of elective units for the Bachelor of Laws component for theMedia Studies major. A student may undertake, as electives, units offered by other faculties or schools provided prerequisitesare satisfied but limitations are imposed on the number of introductory units which may be undertaken. Before undertakingsuch units, a student must obtain the approval of the Faculty of Law and the faculty or school responsible for the unit orcourse. Approval by the Faculty of Law will require a student to demonstrate that the units form a coherent program.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

479


CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsAYB120 Business LawAYB225 Management Accounting 1


Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation













Teaching (prerequisite: GPA ≥ 5)List AEducation units are to be taken over the first fivesemesters of the course.

CLB305 Education in ContextCLB341 Language Technology & EducationLEB335 Human Development & EducationLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelorof Laws (IF41)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 60(Years 1 & 4); 48 (years 2, 3, & 5)Course Coordinators:Business: Mr Andrew PaltridgeLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

Business Majors: Banking and Finance,Communication, Economics, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Managementand Marketing. Refer to the Bachelor of Business(BS56) course entry for information on the doublemajors, extended majors and specialisations withinthe Business component of the degree, and majorcoordinators.

Professional recognitionThe law component of the degree satisfies theacademic requirements for admission to practice asa Solicitor or Barrister in Queensland. Forinformation on the academic requirements of theaccrediting bodies recognising study in the Bachelorof Business component, refer to the section onprofessional recognition in the relevant majors withinthe Bachelor of Business course entry.

Course structureStudents supplement the law component of thisprogram with seven faculty core units and one majorconsisting of six units undertaken in the Faculty ofBusiness, selected from the following: Banking andFinance; Communication; Economics; HumanResource Management; International Business;Management; or Marketing as well as three extendedmajor/specialisation units. For further informationon the units within each of the majors, refer to therelevant section in the Bachelor of Business (BS56)course entry.


Elective UnitsFor information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to the relevant section in the Bachelor ofLaws course entry in the Faculty of Law section.

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations



480

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB102 Economics 2LWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB101 Data Analysis for Business8 OROne approved extended major/specialisation unit9

EFB210 Finance 1LWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB307 Finance 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1EFB201 Financial MarketsLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureOne approved extended major/specialisation unit9

Year 3, Semester 2EFB101 Data Analysis for Business8 OROne approved extended major/specialisation unit9

One approved extended major/specialisation unit9

LWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure




Elective units6


Elective units6

BANKING AND FINANCE EXTENDEDMAJORIF41 students must complete either (a) EFB310Financial Institutions – Control and EFB311 FinancialInstitutions – Lending and AYB312 FinancialInstitutions Law OR (b) EFB308 Finance 3 andEFB318 Portfolio and Security Analysis and oneFinance elective to satisfy academic requirements forSenior Associate Membership of the AustralianInstitute of Banking and Finance – AAIBF (Snr).

COMMUNICATION MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation


Year 1, Semester 2COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyLWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyCOB334 Communication Research MethodsLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1LWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureOne approved extended major/specialisation unitOne approved extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureOne approved extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real Property


8 Students must complete EFB101 Data Analysis for Business and three extended major/specialisation units during thecourse. Exact timing will depend on students choice of extended major or specialisation.

9 All extended major/specialisation units for the Bachelor of Business are valued at 12 credit points and will normallyinvolve at least three contact hours per week. Refer to the unit synopses section for further details.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

481

LWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property LawLWB333 Theories of Law



Elective units6


Elective units6

ECONOMICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB102 Economics 2LWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesLWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureOne approved extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2LWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureTwo approved extended major/specialisation units




Elective units6


Elective units6

Financial Economics Extended MajorStudents only need to complete three of the followingunits to meet course requirements.EFB200 Applied Regression AnalysisEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB210 Finance 1EFB324 Macroeconomics of Global Financial

MarketsEFB325 Financial MicroeconomicsEFB326 Applied Portfolio ManagementEFB327 Econometrics of Financial MarketsEFB328 Public Economics & Finance

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 1, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMGB220 Methods & AnalysisLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourLWB136 Contracts A


482

Year 2, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsTwo approved extended major/specialisation unitsLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1MGB221 Work & PerformanceOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2MGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1LWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure




Elective units6


Elective units6

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB115 Management, People & Organisations


Year 1, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB113 EconomicsLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMIB210 Export Management

International Business Area Study 1LWB136 Contracts A


International Business Area Study 2LWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1Two approved extended major/specialisation unitsLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure


BusinessOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure


Year 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real Property 1LWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law


Elective units6


Elective units6

Area Study units for the InternationalBusiness MajorMIB200 Asian Business Development andMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia

ORMIB208 European Business Development andMIB300 Contemporary Business in Europe

MANAGEMENT MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations




INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

483

MGB220 Methods & AnalysisLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourLWB136 Contracts A

Year 2, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsTwo approved extended major/specialisation unitsLWB137 Contracts B


ManagementMGB303 EntrepreneurshipLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & ProcedureYear 3, Semester 2MGB309 Strategic ManagementOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureYear 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property LawLWB333 Theories of LawYear 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate LawYear 5, Semester 1LWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 EvidenceLWB434 Advanced Research & Legal Reasoning

Elective units6


Elective units6

MARKETING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Introduction to Legal ResearchLWB141 Legal Institutions & MethodLWB142 Law, Society & JusticeYear 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

MIB217 Marketing ManagementLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global PerspectivesYear 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyMIB204 Consumer BehaviourEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessLWB136 Contracts AYear 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingMIB213 International MarketingOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB137 Contracts B

Year 3, Semester 1MIB305 Market ResearchOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2MIB315 Strategic MarketingOne approved extended major/specialisation unitLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure


Year 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real Property 1LWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law


Elective units6


Elective units6

MARKETING EXTENDED MAJORStudents only need to complete 3 units to meet courserequirements.

The following units are offered every year:MIB210 Export ManagementMIB227 Product Innovation & Market DevelopmentMIB308 Professional Marketing PracticeMIB311 Services MarketingMIB319 Events MarketingMIB321 Tourism Marketing


484


The following units are offered in odd numberedyears:MIB215 Marketing LogisticsMIB220 Business to Business MarketingMIB224 Technology & MarketingMIB230 Sales Management

■ Bachelor of Business(Accountancy)/Bachelor ofLaws (IF37)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 540Standard Credit Points: 60 (years 1, 2 & 3/sem 1);48 (years 3/sem 2, 4 and 5)Course Coordinators:Business: Mr Andrew PaltridgeLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott

Professional RecognitionThe combined Accountancy/Law program satisfiesthe academic requirements of the Institute ofChartered Acountants in Australia and the CPAAustralia. For information on the academicrequirements of the Solicitors’ or Barristers’ Boardof Queensland, please refer to the section onprofessional recognition in the Bachelor of Lawscourse entry in the Faculty of Law section.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & Society


Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 2, Semester 1AYB221 Computerised Accounting SystemsAYB220 Company AccountingEFB210 Finance 1LWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of Torts

Year 2, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1LWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in Torts

Year 3, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Negotiation & CommunicationLWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2AYB311 Financial Accounting Theory ORAYB321 Management Accounting TheoryLWB232/2 Criminal Law & ProcedureLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB366 Law of Commercial Entities

Year 4, Semester 1LWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property LawLWB333 Theories of Law

Year 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB331 Administrative LawLWB334 Corporate Law

Year 5, Semester 1LWB364 Introduction to Taxation LawLWB431 Civil ProcedureLWB432 EvidenceLWB434 Advanced Research & Legal Reasoning

Year 5, Semester 2LWB359 Advanced Taxation LawLWB433 Professional Responsibility

Elective units10

Elective UnitsFor information on the availability of law electiveunits, refer to the relevant section in the Bachelor ofLaws course entry in the Faculty of Law section.


INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

485

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelorof Health Science (HealthServices Management) (IF47)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin GrovecampusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average)Course Coordinators:Health: Ms Desley VineBusiness: Mr Andrew PaltridgeBusiness Majors: Accountancy, Banking & Finance,Communication, Economics, Human ResourceManagement, International Business, Managementand Marketing. Refer to the Bachelor of Business(BS56) course entry for information on the doublemajors, extended majors and specialisations withinthe Business component of the degree, and majorcoordinators.

Professional recognitionGraduates are eligible for membership of theAustralian College of Health Service Executives.Students may be eligible for membership of theAustralian Institute of Banking & Finance, CPAAustralia, the Institute of Chartered Accountants inAustralia, the Chartered Secretaries Australia Ltd, theEconomic Society of Australia (Qld) and otherprofessional associations, depending on unit selection.

Course structureStudents are required to complete 432 credit pointscomprised of 192 credit points from the Bachelor ofHealth Science program and 240 credit points fromthe Bachelor of Business program. Studentssupplement the health administration component ofthis program with the 96 credit point faculty coreunits in the Bachelor of Business program togetherwith a 72* credit point major, and a further 72 creditpoints in which the student must complete one ofthe following:

(i) Double major (six units); or(ii) Extended major (six units); or(iii) Specialisation (six units).

For information on the double majors, extendedmajors and specialisations, refer to the Bachelor ofBusiness (BS56) course entry.

* The unit MGB207 Managing Human Resourcesforms part of the Health Science component ofthe degree. Students undertaking majors in HumanResource Management and Management forwhich this is a major core unit, will be able toundertake an elective unit.


ACCOUNTANCY MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2AYB121 Financial AccountingPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the LawDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & Statistics

Year 2, Semester 2AYB120 Business LawBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix Management

Year 3, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1PUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsPUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

486

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2PUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1EFB210 Finance 1PUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 3, Semester 2BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB201 Financial MarketsEFB307 Finance 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsPUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

COMMUNICATION MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticePUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB221 Communication TechnologyPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2COB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix Management

Year 3, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2COB334 Communication Research MethodsPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB113 EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingPUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

ECONOMICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB102 Economics 2PUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

487


CompetitivenessEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration Finance

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & AnalysisPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2MGB211 Organisational BehaviourITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix Management

Year 3, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMGB221 Work & PerformancePUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2MGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1PUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective

Year 4, Semester 2PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJOR(Without a Language Specialisation)Year 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceMIB210 Export ManagementPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix Management

Year 3, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


BusinessPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1Area Study 1

BSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2Area Study 2

PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:

488

MIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJOR(With a Language Specialisation)Year 1, Semester 1

Language 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2Language 2

BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1Language 3

BSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsYear 2, Semester 2

Language 4MIB202 Business & the World EconomyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementYear 3, Semester 1


NegotiationBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMIB210 Export ManagementPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementYear 3, Semester 2EFB101 Data Analysis for Business

ORMGB220 Methods & AnalysisMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceYear 4, Semester 1

Area Study 1BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceYear 4, Semester 2

Area Study 2BSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessPUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health Services

Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:MIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia


List of LanguagesFor details, refer to the course structure for theBachelor of Business (BS56), International Businessmajor, in the Faculty of Business section.

MANAGEMENT MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2MGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the LawYear 2, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementMGB220 Methods & AnalysisPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for HealthPUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsYear 2, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesPUB380 Casemix ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 3, Semester 1BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB303 EntrepreneurshipPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementYear 3, Semester 2MGB309 Strategic ManagementPUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 1BSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 2PUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health ServicesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitElective

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

489

MARKETING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessPUB104 Introduction to Health Services ManagementPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsPUB251 Contemporary Public HealthLWS001 Medicine & the Law

Year 2, Semester 1BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing ManagementPUB233 Communication, Information & Education


Year 2, Semester 2MIB213 International MarketingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesPUB380 Casemix ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMIB204 Consumer BehaviourPUB511 Health Policy Planning & EvaluationPUB514 Contract/Program ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2PUB433 Health Care EconomicsPUB480 Health Administration FinanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingMIB305 Market ResearchDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2BSB111 Business Law & EthicsMIB315 Strategic MarketingPUB418 Health Computer SystemsPUB609 Economic EvaluationPUB659 Management of Health Services

■ Bachelor of Business/Bachelorof Information Technology(Information Systems) (IF48)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 8 or 9 semesters (students maychoose to complete the course in 8 semesters withoverload)Total Credit Points: 432

Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average) for 8 semesters; 48 for 9 semesters.Course Coordinators:Business: Mr Andrew PaltridgeInformation Technology: Dr Marian Orlowski

Business Majors: Accountancy, Banking &Finance, Communication, Economics, HumanResource Management, International Business,Management and Marketing. Refer to the Bachelorof Business (BS56) course entry for information onthe double majors, extended majors andspecialisations within the Business component of thedegree, and major coordinators.

Professional RecognitionStudents may meet education requirements formembership of the Australian Institute of Banking& Finance or the Economic Society of Australia(Qld) depending on unit selection.

Course StructureStudents are required to complete 432 credit pointscomprised of 216 credit points from the Bachelor ofBusiness program and 216 credit points from theBachelor of Information Technology program.

Students must complete the 72 credit point facultycore units in the Business program together with a72 credit point major and a further 72 credit pointsin which the student must complete one of thefollowing:

(i) Double Major (six units) or(ii) Extended Major (six units) or(iii) Specialisation (six units).


Faculty of Business Core UnitsBSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

ACCOUNTANCY MAJOR(For students seeking professionalrecognition)Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

490

Year 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 2, Semester 1AYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessAYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems

Year 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB510 Communication NetworksITB220 Database Design

Year 3, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingAYB223 Law of Business AssociationsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1EFB102 Economics 2EFB210 Finance 1AYB311 Financial Accounting Theory ORAYB321 Management Accounting Theory

Year 4, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB232 Database Systems ORITB324 Personal Productivity SoftwareITB330 Information Issues and ValuesITB221 3GL Systems ORITB322 Information Resources

Year 4, Semester 2ITB223 4GL SystemsITB242 Management Support SystemsITB260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITB236 Object Oriented Systems ORITB331 Information Analysis & Planning

Year 5, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingAYB325 Taxation LawITB240 Group Project ORITB340 Project (1M)ITB241 Information Technology Management ORITB341 Strategic Information Management

ACCOUNTANCY MAJOR(For students NOT seeking professionalrecognition)Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems


BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 2, Semester 1AYB120 Business LawAYB121 Financial AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


Year 3, Semester 1AYB220 Company AccountingBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2AYB225 Management Accounting 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB232 Database Systems ORITB324 Personal Productivity SoftwareITB330 Information Issues and ValuesITB221 3GL Systems ORITB322 Information ResourcesYear 4, Semester 2ITB223 4GL SystemsITB242 Management Support SystemsITB260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITB236 Object Oriented Systems ORITB331 Information Analysis & PlanningYear 5, Semester 1AYB301 AuditingITB240 Group Project ORITB340 Project (1M)ITB241 Information Technology Management ORITB341 Strategic Information ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsYear 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessYear 2, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2EFB210 Finance 1

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

491

Year 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB510 Communication NetworksITB220 Database DesignYear 3, Semester 1BSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB201 Financial MarketsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 3, Semester 2EFB307 Finance 2EFB312 International Finance & EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB232 Database Systems ORITB324 Personal Productivity SoftwareITB330 Information Issues and ValuesITB221 3GL Systems ORITB322 Information Resources


Year 5, Semester 1ITB240 Group Project ORITB340 Project (1M)ITB241 Information Technology Management ORITB341 Strategic Information ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

COMMUNICATION MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsYear 1, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationYear 2, Semester 1BSB113 EconomicsCOB221 Communication TechnologyCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice ORCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeYear 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB510 Communication NetworksITB220 Database Design

Year 3, Semester 1COB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice ORCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 3, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingCOB334 Communication Research MethodsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit




ECONOMICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsYear 1, Semester 2BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessYear 2, Semester 1BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessEFB102 Economics 2Year 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB510 Communication NetworksITB220 Database DesignYear 3, Semester 1EFB202 Business Cycles & Economic GrowthEFB211 Firms, Markets & ResourcesDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

492

Year 3, Semester 2EFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsEFB314 International Trade & Economic

CompetitivenessDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 4, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB232 Database Systems ORITB324 Personal Productivity SoftwareITB330 Information Issues and ValuesITB221 3GL Systems ORITB322 Information Resources



HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORStudents undertaking the major in Human ResourceManagement must consult with the School ofManagement prior to selecting their double major/extended major/specialisation units.

Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & Analysis


Year 3, Semester 1BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB221 Work & PerformanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2MGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit




INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information SystemsYear 1, Semester 2BSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationYear 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB113 EconomicsMIB210 Export ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 Systems Analysis & DesignITB220 Database DesignMIB211 Globalisation & BusinessYear 3, Semester 1

Area Study 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitYear 3, Semester 2BSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessITB510 Communication NetworksMIB202 Business & the World Economy

Area Study 2

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

493

Year 4, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsITB232 Database Systems ORITB324 Personal Productivity SoftwareITB330 Information Issues and ValuesITB221 3GL Systems ORITB322 Information ResourcesYear 4, Semester 2ITB223 4GL SystemsITB242 Management Support SystemsITB260 Electronic Commerce Site DevelopmentITB236 Object Oriented Systems ORITB331 Information Analysis & PlanningYear 5, Semester 1ITB240 Group Project ORITB340 Project (1M)ITB241 Information Technology Management ORITB341 Strategic Information ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:MIB200 Asian Business DevelopmentMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia


MANAGEMENT MAJORStudents undertaking the major in Management mustconsult with the School of Management prior toselecting their double major/extended major/specialisation units.

Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingMGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational BehaviourMGB220 Methods & Analysis



ManagementMGB303 Entrepreneurship


Year 3, Semester 2BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB309 Strategic ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit




MARKETING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB310 Information ManagementITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 2, Semester 1BSB110 AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing Management


Year 3, Semester 1MIB204 Consumer BehaviourMIB305 Market ResearchDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 3, Semester 2MIB213 International MarketingMIB315 Strategic MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

494




■ Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical & ComputerEngineering)/Bachelor ofBusiness (IF28)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses in the Faculty of BuiltEnvironment and Engineering section.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 480Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Engineering: Associate Professor Mohamed DericheBusiness: Mr Andrew Paltridge

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and of theInstitution of Radio and Electronics EngineersAustralia. Students may also be eligible formembership of the Australian Institute of Bankingand Finance, CPA Australia, the Economic Societyof Australia (Qld), the Institute of CharteredAccountants of Australia, the Institute of CharteredSecretaries Australia Ltd, and other professionalassociations, depending on unit selection.


Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office a report in therequired format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial Experience RecordForms and Information Booklets are available fromthe faculty office, Level 10, S Block, Gardens Pointcampus. For further information contact the FacultyStudent Services Officer or the school office.



All units are 12 credit points. Refer to the unitsynopses section for further information.

Course StructureACCOUNTANCY MAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB110 AccountingBSB113 Economics

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BAYB121 Financial AccountingBSB114 Government, Business & Society

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4AYB120 Business LawBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

11 MAB180 Engineering Mathematics is to be taken by those students not obtaining a SA or better in QueenslandMathematics C (or equivalent)

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

495

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitAYB220 Company AccountingAYB225 Management Accounting 1

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitAYB301 AuditingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

BANKING & FINANCE MAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4BSB110 AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB210 Finance 1

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded Systems

BSB111 Business Law & EthicsEFB307 Finance 2

Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitEFB201 Financial MarketsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitEFB312 International Finance & EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit



COMMUNICATION MAJOR

Year 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BCOB308 Advertising Theory and PracticeCOB222 Introduction to Communication Practice

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on Communication

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Electrical Engineering

Mathematics 4BSB116 Marketing & International BusinessCOB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyCOB221 Communication Technology

Year 3, Semester 2BSB113 EconomicsCOB334 Communication Research MethodsEEB411 Classical Control & Power Electronics 2EEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded Systems


496


Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB110 AccountingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit


ECONOMICS MAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111

ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB113 EconomicsBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessEFB102 Economics 2

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CEFB202 Business Cycles & Economic Growth

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4BSB110 AccountingEFB101 Data Analysis for Business

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationEFB211 Firms, Markets & Resources

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyEFB314 International Trade & Economic

Competitiveness

Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to Design

Electrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitEFB323 Financial & Monetary EconomicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit



HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENTMAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CBSB110 Accounting

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBSB113 Economics

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsBSB111 Business Law & EthicsDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMGB221 Work & PerformanceDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

497

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMGB320 Recruitment & Selection 1MGB331 Training & Development 1



INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJOR– without a Language SpecialisationYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB110 AccountingBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CBSB114 Government, Business & Society

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4MIB202 Business & the World EconomyMIB211 Globalisation & Business

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMIB210 Export Management



Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unit

BSB300 Management, the Firm & InternationalBusiness


Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitArea Study 1Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitArea Study 2Double major/extended major/specialisation unit

Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development andMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia


INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MAJOR– with a Language SpecialisationYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB116 Marketing & International Business

Language 1

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Language 2

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Language 3

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4MIB211 Globalisation & Business

Language 4

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation


Negotiation

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsBSB113 Economics


498

EFB101 Data Analysis for Business ORMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB114 Government, Business & Society

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB110 AccountingMIB202 Business & the World Economy

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMIB210 Export Management

Area Study 1

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitBSB300 Management, the Firm & International

BusinessArea Study 2

Area Study unitsStudents must complete one of the following pairsof area study units:MIB200 Asian Business Development andMIB317 Contemporary Business in Asia


List of LanguagesFor language options, refer to the InternationalBusiness major of the Bachelor of Business (BS56)course entry in the Faculty of Business section.

MANAGEMENT MAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB116 Marketing & International BusinessMGB220 Methods & Analysis

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CBSB110 Accounting

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4

MGB207 Managing Human ResourcesMGB211 Organisational Behaviour

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationBSB113 Economics


Year 4, Semester 1EEB584 Introduction to DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMGB210 Operations, Production & Service

ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unitDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMGB303 EntrepreneurshipDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMGB309 Strategic ManagementDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

MARKETING MAJORYear 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1ABSB113 EconomicsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Year 1, Semester 2EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BBSB110 AccountingBSB115 Management, People & Organisations

Year 2, Semester 1EEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CBSB114 Government, Business & Society

Year 2, Semester 2EEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB135 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 4EFB101 Data Analysis for BusinessMIB217 Marketing Management


INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

499

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMIB204 Consumer Behaviour



Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced DesignElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMIB213 International MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMIB305 Market ResearchDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 ProjectElectrical & Computer Engineering elective unitMIB315 Strategic MarketingDouble major/extended major/specialisation unit

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Electrical and ComputerEngineering)/Bachelor ofApplied Science(Mathematics) (IF21)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses in the Faculty of BuiltEnvironment and Engineering, and the Faculty ofScience sections.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 480Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48Course Coordinators:Mathematics: Associate Professor HelenMacGillivrayEngineering: Associate Professor MohammedDeriche (Acting)

Professional RecognitionThis degree meets the requirements for membershipof the Institution of Engineers, Australia and theInstitution of Radio and Electronics Engineers,Australia. They also qualify for admission to the

Mathematical Society of Australia and the StatisticalSociety of Australia Inc.

Special Course RequirementsA candidate for the degree of Bachelor ofEngineering (Electrical and Computer Engineering)/Bachelor of Applied Science (Mathematics) mustobtain at least 60 days of industrial employment/practice in an engineering environment approved bythe course coordinator.

Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrial experi-ence, submit to the faculty office a report in therequired format, describing the work carried out dur-ing the period of employment/practice and includingan Industrial Experience Form signed by the em-ployer. Industrial Experience Record Forms areavailable from the faculty office, Level 10, S Block,Gardens Point campus. For further information con-tact the Faculty Credit and Employment Officer orthe school office.



For students with four semesters of SeniorMathematics B and Senior Mathematics C(or equivalent), with an exit assessment of atleast Sound Achievement in both subjects.Year 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CPCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB210 Statistical Modelling 1MAB220 Computational Mathematics 1

Year 2, Semester 1EEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1MAB312 Linear Algebra

Year 2, Semester 2EEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsEEB440 Classical Signal Processing

500

MAB413 Differential EquationsMAB420 Computational Mathematics 2

Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB560 Digital CommunicationsMAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB314 Statistical Modelling 2

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB640 Digital Signal ProcessingMAB414 Applied Statistics 2MAB422 Mathematical Modelling

Year 4, Semester 1EEB511 Modern Control & Power GenerationEEB584 Introduction to Design

Computing electiveMathematics elective (Level 3)

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced Design

Electrical Engineering electiveElectrical Engineering electiveMathematics elective (Level 3)

Year 5, Semester 1EEB889/1 Project




For students with four semesters of SeniorMathematics B (or equivalent) only, withan exit assessment of at least SoundAchievement.Year 1, Semester 1EEB112 Electrical & Computer Engineering 1MAB100 Mathematical Sciences 1AMAB101 Statistical Data Analysis 1PCB136 Engineering Physics 1CYear 1, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1EEB212 Electrical & Computer Engineering 2MAB111 Mathematical Sciences 1BMAB112 Mathematical Sciences 1CYear 2, Semester 1EEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsMAB220 Computational Mathematics 1MAB312 Linear AlgebraYear 2, Semester 2EEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsEEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingMAB210 Statistical Modelling 1MAB413 Differential EquationsYear 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB560 Digital Communications

MAB311 Advanced CalculusMAB314 Statistical Modelling 2

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB640 Digital Signal ProcessingMAB414 Applied Statistics 2MAB420 Computational Mathematics 2

Year 4, Semester 1EEB511 Modern Control & Power GenerationEEB584 Introduction to Design

Computing electiveMathematics elective (Level 3)

Year 4, Semester 2EEB684 Advanced Design






Electrical Engineering ElectivesEEB904 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering AEEB905 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering BEEB911 Electrical Energy SystemsEEB941 Modern Signal ProcessingEEB960 Wireless CommunicationsEEB961 RF & Applied ElectromagneticsEEB976 Advanced Industrial ElectronicsEEB992 VLSI Circuits & Systems

At the discretion of the course coordinator, studentsmay be allowed to select an elective from advancedtopics offered by the University. Additionally,potential honours students may, with the approvalof the course coordinator, select an elective from thepostgraduate degree courses offered by the Schoolof Electrical Systems Engineering.

Mathematics Electives (Level 3)MAB521 Applied Mathematics 3MAB522 Computational Mathematics 3MAB523 Introduction to Quality ManagementMAB524 Statistical InferenceMAB526 Statistical Science 3MAB613 Partial Differential EquationsMAB621 Discrete MathematicsMAB624 Applied Statistics 3MAB672 Advanced Mathematical Modelling

Note: Some deviations from the above coursestructure may be possible with the permission of thecourse coordinator. This is more likely to apply inthe later years than the earlier years of the course.

INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

501

■ Bachelor of Engineering(Electronics)/Bachelor ofInformation Technology (IF59)

See course requirements and notes relating toundergraduate courses in the Faculty of BuiltEnvironment and Engineering, and the Faculty ofInformation Technology sections.

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 492Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 49.2Course Coordinators:Information Technology: Dr Joaquin SitteEngineering: Dr Vinod Chandran

Professional RecognitionThis course will be accredited by the AustralianComputer Society as meeting the training andexperience requirements for admission to the gradeof Member of the Society. It is accredited by theInstitution of Engineers, Australia, and the Institutionof Radio and Electronics Engineers, Australia asmeeting the training requirements for admission tograduate membership of these institutions.


Candidates must, not later than the fourth week ofsemester following each period of industrialexperience, submit to the faculty office, a report inthe required format, describing the work carried outduring the period of employment/practice andincluding an Industrial Experience Record Formsigned by the employer. Industrial ExperienceRecord Forms and information booklets are availablefrom the faculty office, Level 10, S Block, GardensPoint campus. For further information contact theFaculty Student Services Officer or the school office.

Students should not formally enrol in industrialexperience/practice.

MinorsSubject to the approval of the course coordinator,students may be able to choose a minor area of study.A minor is a collection of four units from the onestudy area, that totals 48 credit points. This will notaffect the total number of credit points required forcourse completion. Students may choose from the

list of minors, available from the office of the Facultyof Built Environment and Engineering.


Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB410 Software Development 1MAB180 Engineering Mathematics 111 ORMAB131 Engineering Mathematics 1APCB136 Engineering Physics 1C

Year 1, Semester 2EEB213 Electrical Circuits & MeasurementsITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB411 Software Development 2MAB132 Engineering Mathematics 1BYear 2, Semester 1EEB312 Analog & Digital ElectronicsITB420 Computer ArchitectureITB421 Software Development 3MAB134 Electrical Engineering Mathematics 3

Year 2, Semester 2BNB007 Professional Studies 1EEB412 Advanced Electronics & Embedded SystemsITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesMAB135 Electrical Electrical Engineering

Mathematics 4Year 3, Semester 1EEB311 Electrical Measurement & MachinesEEB340 Introduction to TelecommunicationsEEB512 Industrial Electronics & Digital DesignITB448 Object Technology

Year 3, Semester 2EEB411 Classical Control & Power ElectronicsEEB440 Classical Signal ProcessingITB426 Operating SystemsITB433 Programming Languages

Year 4, Semester 1EEB560 Digital CommunicationsEEB584 Introduction to DesignITB432 Advanced Programming LaboratoryITB469 Unix Programming & Systems OR

Computing electiveYear 4, Semester 2EEB640 Digital Signal ProcessingEEB684 Advanced Design

Computing electiveITB470 Windows Programming & Systems

AdministrationYear 5, Semester 1EEB781 Professional Studies 2EEB889/1 Project ORITB844/1 Computing Project

Electrical Engineering electiveComputing electiveComputing elective


502

Year 5, Semester 2EEB889/2 Project ORITB844/2 Computing Project

Electrical Engineering electiveElectrical Engineering electiveComputing elective

Engineering ElectivesEEB904 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering AEEB905 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineering BEEB911 Electrical Energy SystemsEEB941 Modern Signal ProcessingEEB960 Wireless CommunicationsEEB961 RF & Applied ElectromagneticsEEB976 Advanced Industrial ElectronicsEEB992 VLSI Circuits & Systems

Computing ElectivesITB441 GraphicsITB442 Foundation of Artificial IntelligenceITB447 ProjectITB450 Advanced Computer ArchitectureITB456 Graphics User InterfacesITB458 Java & Extensible ProgrammingITB461 Foundations of NeurocomputingITB463 Foundations of Pattern RecognitionITB464 Modern Compiler ConstructionITB466 Component TechnologyITB468 Software Engineering Project

At the discretion of the course coordinator, studentsmay be allowed to select an elective from advancedtopics offered by the University. Additionally,potential honours students may, with the approvalof the course coordinator, select an elective from thepostgraduate degree courses offered by the Schoolof Electrical Systems Engineering.

■ Bachelor of Health Science(Family & Consumer Studies)/Bachelor of Education(Secondary) (IF74)

Location: Kelvin Grove campusCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average). (Note that the minimum enrolment forfull-time status varies each year).Course Coordinators:Family and Consumer Studies: Ms Melinda ServiceEducation: Dr Jenny Campbell

Note that this course is currently being phased outand is not accepting new students. Please consultthe course coordinator if you require further adviceregarding completion of this course.

Full-time Course StructureStudents complete 240 credit points in approvedunits offered by the School of Public Health, Facultyof Health. Students will undertake 192 credit pointsin units which are in accordance with requirementsspecified for the PU40 program and 48 credit pointsin approved studies in the second teaching area ofHealth.

In the first five semesters of the course, foureducation units are also undertaken. See List A.

List AEducation units to be taken over the first 5 semestersof the course:CLB305 Education in ContextCLB341 Language Technology & EducationLEB335 Human Development & EducationLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

Year 2, Semester 1PUB225 Living Spaces for PeoplePUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB349 Families & HouseholdsPUB355 Hospitality Studies


Year 2, Semester 2HUB752 The Just SocietyPUB201 Public Health Nutrition 1PUB316 Research MethodsPUB321 Textile StudiesPUB477 Consumer Rights & Advocacy

Year 3, Semester 1PUB341 Nutrition EducationPUB551 Promoting Health in FamiliesPUB655 Health Policy & PlanningPUB529 Health Planning & Evaluation








Beginning TeachingEducation Studies A elective2

Education Studies B elective2


OR


INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

503

Middle Years PathwayLEB450 Middle Years of SchoolingPRB346 Secondary Professional Practice 4: The


Teaching

■ Bachelor of Health Science(Health InformationManagement)/Bachelor ofInformation Technology(Information Management)(IF85)

Location: Gardens Point and Kelvin Grove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Course Coordinators:Health: Ms Jenny NicolInformation Technology: Mr Greg Timbrell

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB225 Introduction to Database DesignLSB142 Human Anatomy & PhysiologyPUB106 Introduction to Health Information

Management

Year 1, Semester 2BSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsITB310 Information ManagementITB510 Communications NetworksPUB233 Communication, Information & Education

for Health

Year 2, Semester 1ITB410 Software Development 1ITB322 Information ResourcesLSB361 Fundamentals of MedicinePUB220 Medical TerminologyPUB251 Contemporary Public Health

Year 2, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB222 System Analysis & DesignLWS001 Medicine & the LawPUB356 Clinical Classification 1

Year 3, Semester 1ITB257 Multimedia SystemsPUB298 Health Information Management 2PUB314 Epidemiology & StatisticsPUB456 Clinical Classifications 2

Year 3, Semester 2ITB242 Management Support SystemsITB331 Information Analysis & PlanningITB412 Technology of Information SystemsPUB380 Casemix ManagementPUB480 Health Administration Finance

Year 4, Semester 1ITB330 Information Issues & ValuesPUB511 Health Policy, Planning & EvaluationPUB599 Health Information Management 3ITB220 Database Design ORITB324 Personal Productivity Software

Year 4, Semester 2PUB553 Professional ExperiencePUB619 Health Information Management 4PUB659 Management of Health Services

IT elective

Public Health electiveITB241 Information Technology Management ORITB340 Project (Information Management) ORITB341 Strategic Information Management

■ Bachelor of InformationTechnology/Bachelor ofEducation (Secondary) (IF79)

Location: Gardens Point, Carseldine and KelvinGrove campusesCourse Duration: 4 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 432Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 54(average). (Note that the minimum enrolment forfull-time status varies each year.)Course Coordinators:Education: Dr Jenny CampbellInformation Technology: Mr Mike Roggenkamp

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2CLB305 Education in ContextITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB310 Information ManagementITB510 Communications NetworksLEB335 Human Development & Education

Year 2, Semester 1ITB411 Software Development 2ITB220 Database DesignITB222 System Analysis & DesignCLB341 Language Technology & Education

Minor

Year 2, Semester 2ITB424 Software Engineering PrinciplesLEB336 Psychology of Learning & Teaching

IT elective unitComputing Science elective unitMinor

504

Year 3, Semester 1IT elective unitIT elective unitIT elective unitMinor







Beginning TeacherEducation Studies elective2





Teaching

Information Technology Elective UnitsUnits should be chosen from units offered withinthe Bachelor of Information Technology (IT21),subject to fulfilling prerequisite requirements.Students should check with the InformationTechnology course coordinator before enrolling.

■ Bachelor of InformationTechnology/Bachelor of Laws(IF38)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 5 years full-timeTotal Credit Points: 528Standard Credit Points/Full-time Semester: 48(years 1, 2/sem 2, 3/sem 2, & 4); 60 (years 2/sem 1,3/sem 1, & 5)Course Coordinators:Information Technology: Mr Robert SmythLaw: Ms Lindy Willmott


This course will be accredited by the AustralianComputer Society as meeting the knowledgerequirements associated with the grade of Memberof the Society.

Full-time Course StructureStudents who commenced the course prior to 1997should refer to the 1997 QUT Handbook.

Year 1, Semester 1ITB105 Study of Information TechnologyITB106 Foundations of ComputingITB225 Introduction to DatabasesITB410 Software Development 1ITB412 Technology of Information Systems

Year 1, Semester 2ITB107 Programming LaboratoryITB310 Information ManagementITB411 Software Development 2ITB510 Communication Networks

Year 2, Semester 1ITB220 Database DesignITB221 3GL SystemsITB222 Systems Analysis & Design


Year 2, Semester 2ITB223 4GL SystemsITB257 Multimedia SystemsLWB143 Legal Research & WritingLWB144 Laws & Global Perspectives

Year 3, Semester 1ITB241 Information Technology ManagementITB242 Management Support SystemsLWB136 Contracts ALWB138 Fundamentals of TortsLWB232/1 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3, Semester 2ITB240 Group ProjectLWB137 Contracts BLWB139 Select Issues in TortsLWB232/2 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 4, Semester 1LWB231 Introduction to Public LawLWB233/1 Real PropertyLWB234/1 Equity & TrustsLWB332 Commercial & Personal Property Law


INT

ER

FAC

ULT

Y C

OU

RS

ES

505


Year 4, Semester 2LWB233/2 Real PropertyLWB234/2 Equity & TrustsLWB235 Australian Federal Constitutional LawLWB334 Corporate Law


Elective units6


Elective units6

Elective UnitsFor availability of Law elective units, refer to relevantsection in the Bachelor of Laws course entry in theFaculty of Law section.

■ Bachelor of MassCommunication (IF27)

Location: Gardens Point campusCourse Duration: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time*Total Credit Points: 288Standard Credit Points per Semester: 48 full-time,24 part-timeCourse Coordinators:Media and Journalism: Dr Helen YatesCommunication: Ms Robina Xavier

The structure of the degree is:

faculty core (six faculty core units)

school core (six school core units)

one Faculty of Arts major from the School ofMedia and Journalism (six major units), from oneof International Journalism, Television and VideoProduction, Media Studies, Creative Writing orProfessional Writing

one Faculty of Business major from the School ofCommunication (six major units), from one ofAdvertising or Public Relations.

Note that part-time entry relates to the level of studytaken per semester. Many units in this degree willonly be offered during the day.

Full-time Course StructureYear 1, Semester 1MJB140 Media & SocietyBSB117 Professional Communication & Negotiation

Faculty core unit (Arts)Faculty core unit (Business)

Year 1, Semester 2Faculty core unit (Business)School core unit (Arts)School core unit (Business)

MJB280 International Journalism

Year 2, Semester 1School core unit (Business)Study Area AStudy Area BStudy Area B

Year 2, Semester 2COB334 Communication Research Methods

Study Area AStudy Area AStudy Area B

Year 3, Semester 1Faculty core unit (Business)Study Area AStudy Area AStudy Area B

Year 3, Semester 2School core unit (Arts)Study Area AStudy Area BStudy Area B

Depending on the combination of study areas astudent selects, the sequence of the above coursestructure may vary slightly.

Faculty Core UnitsBSB117 Professional Communication & NegotiationMJB140 The Media & Society

Plus three units from:BSB110 AccountingBSB111 Business Law & EthicsBSB112 Introduction to Electronic CommerceBSB113 EconomicsBSB114 Government, Business & SocietyBSB115 Management, People & OrganisationsBSB116 Marketing & International Business

Plus one unit from:AAB051 Arts in SocietyHSB002 Introduction to Human RightsHUB331 Asian IdentitiesHUB600 Australian Society & CultureHUB647 Contemporary Moral issuesPYB007 Interpersonal Processes and Skills

506

School Core UnitsCOB216 Theoretical Perspectives on CommunicationCOB334 Communication Research Methods

Plus three units from:MJB336 New Media TechnologiesMJB120 NewswritingMJB111 Media Writing*MJB250 Language & Literature**

MJB280 International Journalism***

* mandatory for Film & Television major** mandatory for Creative & Professional Writing

major*** mandatory for International Journalism major

Plus one unit from:COB221 Communication TechnologyCOB222 Introduction to Communication PracticeCOB308 Advertising Theory & Practice#

COB325 Public Relations Theory & Practice+

# Students studying Advertising will under take thisunit as part of their business major

+ Students studying Public Relations will under takethis unit as part of their business major

One Arts major from the list belowInternational JournalismMJB101 Journalism Information SystemsMJB120 NewswritingMJB121 Journalistic InquiryMJB224 Feature Writing

Plus two units from:MJB232 Radio & Television Journalism 1MJB322 Sub-Editing & LayoutMJB335 Professional Media PracticeMJB337 Public Affairs ReportingMJB338 Radio & Television Journalism 2

Television and Video ProductionMJB155 Media ProductionMJB185 Informational ProductionMJB260 Community & Educational VideoMJB265 Corporate ProductionMJB314 Media Business

Media StudiesMJB147 Film & Television GenresMJB233 Television CulturesMJB295 Virtual CulturesMJB310 Asian & Latin America CinemaMJB349 Media Audiences

Plus one unit from:MJB305 American Film & SocietyMJB307 Feminist Media StudiesMJB344 European Cinema

Creative and Professional WritingMJB229 Film & TV ScriptwritingMJB350 Creative Writing & PublishingMJB380 Non-Fiction Creative WritingMJB399 Professional Issues in Creative Writing

Creative Writing StrandMJB111 Media WritingMJB224 Feature Writing

Professional Writing StrandCOB005 Technical & Scientific WritingCOB314 Corporate Writing & Editing

One Business major from the list belowAdvertisingCOB223 Audience AnalysisCOB303 Advertising CampaignsCOB304 Advertising CopywritingCOB306 Advertising ManagementCOB308 Advertising Theory & PracticeCOB317 Media Planning

Public RelationsCOB223 Audience AnalysisCOB323 Public Relations CampaignsCOB325 Public Relations Theory & PracticeCOB326 Public Relations WritingCOB329 Publicity MethodsCOB336 Public Relations Management

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

507

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

four

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

508

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

509

UN I T S YNOPSES

This section provides synopses of the units offeredin the academic programs section.

The synopses are presented in alpha-numeric orderaccording to their codes.

UNIT CODING AND NUMBERINGThe unit code is of the format XXX999. The firsttwo characters indicate the faculty or schooladministering the unit. The third character indicatesthe level of the course in which the unit is normallytaught.

UNIT CODINGAA Academy of the Arts+

AR Architecture, Interior and Industrial DesignAT ArtsAY AccountancyBN Built Environment and EngineeringBS BusinessCE Civil EngineeringCL Cultural and Language Studies in EducationCN Construction ManagementCO CommunicationEA Early ChildhoodED EducationEE Electrical and Electronic Systems EngineeringEF Economics and FinanceGS Brisbane Graduate School of BusinessHL HealthHM Human Movement StudiesHS Human ServicesHU Humanities and Social ScienceIF Interfaculty CoursesIT Information TechnologyJS Justice StudiesLE Learning and DevelopmentLS Life ScienceLW LawMA Mathematical SciencesMD Mathematics, Science and Technology EducationME Mechanical, Manufacturing and Medical

EngineeringMG Management and Human Resource ManagementMI Marketing and International BusinessMJ Media and JournalismNR Natural Resource SciencesNS NursingOP OptometryPC Physical SciencesPR Professional StudiesPS Planning, Landscape Architecture and SurveyingPU Public Health

PY Psychology and CounsellingQC QUT International CollegeSC ScienceSS Social Science

LEVEL INDICATORSX = Certificate, Associate Diploma, Associate

Degrees, DiplomaB = DegreeD = University DiplomaF = Foundation ProgramP = Graduate DiplomaN = Masters DegreeR = DoctoralS = Special UnitsZ = Offshore Offering

PREREQUISITE AND COREQUISITEUNITSFor definitions of the terms prerequisite andcorequisite unit(s), refer to Rule 2(9)(b) of theStudent Rules section.

+ Many units offered by the Academy of The Arts are only available to students enrolled in the Academy courses. Pleaserefer to the relevant course coordinator for information on availability.

510

■ AAB001 RESEARCH PROJECTStudents enrolled in the BA (Honours) course are required toundertake a major project including a thesis component. Thecreative project should have an industry or arts focus, anddemonstrate an ability to apply academic and creative knowl-edge innovatively. Candidates are also required to write a dis-sertation of 5000 to 8000 words which supports and reflectsupon the practical, creative project.Courses: AA40, AA82, AA92 Credit points: 48

■ AAB002 GRADUATE SEMINARSeminar program of formal presentations of arts researchprojects by Honours students. Students also attend weeklypresentations in the Masters graduate seminar series.Courses: AA40Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB004 CONTEMPORARY AESTHETICDEBATES

Introduction to modern aesthetic debates that inform contem-porary art practice. The unit addresses philosophical discourseon art from Kant to postmodern theories.Courses: AA40, AT22Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB005 READINGS INVISUAL ARTSConcentrates on developing critical and analytical skills inreading and writing about the visual arts. It focuses on criticalart-historical writings since 1968.Courses: AA40Prerequisites: Minimum course GPA of 5, and approval ofcourse coordinatorCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB011 MUSIC THEATRE SKILLSProvides students with an introduction to practical skills de-velopment in acting, dance and singing for music theatre.Courses: AA09, AA21 (Acting Strand only), AA91Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ AAB012 MUSIC THEATRE PROJECTStudio-based performance project combining dance, actingand music students.Courses: AA09, AA21 (Acting Strand only), AA91Prerequisite: AAB011Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 10 per week for 8 weeks

■ AAB051 ARTS IN SOCIETYContemporary and historical perspectives on the relation be-tween arts and society. Relevant themes and theories includefine art, modernism and the avant-garde, craft and utilitarian-ism, art and politics, representation and sexuality, patronageand institutions, cultural studies, postmodernism, art and tech-nological change and cross-cultural encounters. A purpose-designed CD-ROM focusing across Australian arts exemplifiesthe lecture series.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71, AA81, HU22Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB053 GENDER ISSUES IN THE VISUAL &PERFORMING ARTS

This unit introduces students to the ways in which the artscontribute to, or challenge, concepts of femininity and mas-culinity in Western European culture. Areas covered include;an overview of various strands of feminist thought; discus-sion of key issues in the sex/gender debate; analysis of therepresentations of gender in both historical and contempo-rary examples of dance, drama, music and visual arts.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71, AA81Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB055 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICEThrough secondment to professional organisations, final yearstudents gain insights into the practical application of theircourse work. Access to this unit is reserved for students whohave demonstrated an outstanding level of self-directed learn-ing and a high level of requisite skills.

Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71, AA81Prerequisites: Approval of course coordinator.Credit points: 12

■ AAB056 PROFESSIONAL STUDIESThis unit aims to facilitate a smooth and confident transitionfrom undergraduate experiences to life in the arts workforce.Exploration of current issues in the arts, and development ofprofessional skills including public speaking, meeting proce-dures and career management.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71, IF78, AA81Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB057 INDEPENDENT STUDYIn this unit the student constructs and executes a project in anarea of their own choice. The project may be theoretical in thefield of scholarship, practical intensive discipline work or ex-perimental. Access to this unit is reserved for students whohave demonstrated an outstanding level of self-directed learn-ing and high level of requisite skills.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71, AA81Prerequisites: Minimum course GPA of 5, approval of coursecoordinatorCredit points: 12

■ AAB058 ARTS RESEARCHAn introduction to current research methods and approachesin the arts, the unit addresses the issues of the status of theobserver, as well as arts practice as research. This unit is aprerequisite for entry to Honours.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB061 ARTS BUSINESS MANAGEMENTAn introduction to management techniques within the Aus-tralian arts environment, including company structures, cul-tural policy, strategic management and leadership in the arts,legal, ethical, economical and social requirements of arts,boards, entrepreneurial activity.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB062 ARTS EVENT PROMOTION & PUBLICRELATIONS

The roles of publicist, promotion officer, marketing managerand public relations manager in arts organisations. Sponsor-ship, fundraising programs, membership drives. Planning thepromotional and public relations campaign.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA91, AA71Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB063 THE ARTS ENVIRONMENTNew media technologies and the arts; internationalism andinterculturalism; the politics and economics of the arts as prod-uct.

■ AAB064 VISUAL & PERFORMING ARTS OF ASIAIntroductory overview to the influence of selected philosophi-cal traditions on the visual and performing arts in Asia; con-temporary arts practice in Asia; the impact of non-Asian ideasand artforms on selected Asian arts practices.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA71, AA81, AA91, IF78Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB065 DANCE & THEATRE OF ASIAHistorical overview of dance and theatre practice in selectedcountries in Asia; examines artistic process and product inrelation to socio-cultural context in which the artform and theartists exist. Influence of philosophical traditions, worldviews,economic pressures, political constraints and inter/intracultural contact will be examined in relation to perform-ing arts practice in Asia and its subsequent impact on Aus-tralia.Courses: AA11, AA21, AA71, AA81, AA91Prerequisites: AAB064 Campus offered: KGCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

511

■ AAB100 DANCE COMPOSITION 1Introduction to improvisation and choreographic devices; ex-ploration of the fundamental concepts of time, space and en-ergy ; experimentation in the use of dance to express ideas.Courses: AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ AAB106 THE ANALYSIS OF MODERN DANCEDevelopment of the analysis of dance through a concentra-tion on the dance as text; a study of various historical contextsof dance as art. Focus on modern dance.Courses: AA11, IF75, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB125Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB114 DANCE IN AUSTRALIAN SOCIETYA study of the ritual, artistic and social functions of dance incontemporary Australian society.Courses: AA11, IF75, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB116 DANCE IN THE COMMUNITYIdentifying community groups and issues; functions and ben-efits of dance in the community; political and social role ofthe dance artist; philosophy and practice of community arts inAustralia; funding and planning procedures; adaptation ofdance skills.Courses: AA11Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB117 DANCE IN EDUCATIONIntroduction to the philosophy and practice of dance educa-tion, particularly the areas of performance, choreography andappreciation. Appropriate for students planning a career ineither primary, secondary or studio teaching.Courses: AA11, IF75, IF76, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB125 DANCE ANALYSIS & DANCEHISTORIES

Introduction to the analysis of dance through a concentrationon the dance as text; a study of various historical contexts ofdance as art. Focus on ballet.Courses: AA11, IF75, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB158 ADVANCED COMPOSITION 1Exploration of how dance creates meaning: the aesthetic ques-tions that have emerged out of the last major choreographicmovement; an exploration of possible future directions.Courses: AA11Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week■ AAB159 DANCE & TECHNOLOGYMajor choreographic project for public performance. Study ofphilosophical underpinnings for development of personal style.Exploration of social and artistic values in making new work.Courses: AA11 Prerequisites: AAB158Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ AAB168 PERFORMANCE STUDIES 1Students will choose either ballet or contemporary techniquefor the semester. They will undertake daily class within theLevels system (in that technique only) and work to developoutstanding practical skills in chosen dance style. Explora-tion of the ways the performer provides a resource for thechoreographer, repertoire and the processes involved in thelearning, rehearsing and performing of choreographic work.Courses: AA11 Credit points: 12■ AAB169 PERFORMANCE STUDIES 2Further development of skills in both technical and artisticexpression aligned with the exploration of the rehearsal andperforming work ethic.Courses: AA11 Prerequisites: AAB168Credit points: 12■ AAB171 THEATRE DANCE STYLESCharacter, jazz and tap styles – essential steps and variouscombinations.

Courses: AA09, AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB172 WORLD DANCEExposure to a range of ethnic styles through practical work-shops; presentation skills using technology.Courses: AA09, AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB176 JAZZ & POPULAR DANCEHistory and sociology of jazz and popular dances; examina-tion of dance in musical theatre and other commercial con-texts; basic technique and steps in a range of jazz and populardance styles.Courses: AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB180 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 1Students attend daily ballet technique class within the Levelssystem. Alignment component – discussions on alternativebody therapies; conditioning techniques for dancers includ-ing stretching and strengthening.Courses: AA11, IF75, IF76, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 7.5 per week

■ AAB181 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 2Continuation of Dance Technique Studies 1 without align-ment component. Introduction to dance teaching skills.Courses: AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB182 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 3Continuation of Dance Technique Studies. Composition com-ponent replaces introduction to dance teaching skills.Courses: AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB183 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 4Continuation of Dance Technique Studies 3. Further develop-ment of composition component.Courses: AA11, IF75Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB189 DANCE ASSESSMENT AND REPORTINGPROCEDURES

Relates current theoretical issues in assessment to the uniquechallenges of dance assessment. Students will explore a rangeof assessment procedures, methods and strategies to supportquality and equity in dance assessment at all levels.Courses: AA13, AA14 Credit points: 12

■ AAB191 DANCE TEACHING METHODOLOGIESProvides students with the opportunity to investigate and ex-plore dance teaching issues relevant to their own teaching con-text. The unit materials will include strategies and models forplanning and implementing dance lessons and curriculum,catering for the diverse learning needs of students and man-aging the classroom as a complex social environment.Courses: AA13, AA14 Credit points: 12

■ AAB192 STAGECRAFT AND COSTUME DESIGNFOR DANCE

Provides opportunities to investigate the principles of designas they relate to the visual environment of a dance perform-ance/production. Considers principles and theoretical issuesrelevant to design for stage and video, stimulating and inno-vative examples of visual designs for dance performance andpractical information for production/planning and budgeting.Courses: AA13, AA14 Credit points: 12

■ AAB193 DANCE COMPOSITION 2Extends the student’s knowledge and skills of dance compo-sition and provides opportunity for choreographic experimen-tation. Focus on movement, content and form. Music, costumeand lighting will be considered in its relationship to develop-ing performance work.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week

512

■ AAB202 ACTING 1Designated unit. Focusses on the actor’s instrument, using aseries of exercises that deal specifically with whatever im-pedes the actor’s personal truth, and unblocking instrumentalblocks to emotional expression. Work incorporates Stage andCamera requirements.Courses: AA21Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 14 per week■ AAB203 ACTING 2Designated unit. Continuation of the Instrument Work and theintroduction of Craft Techniques, dealing with contemporaryNaturalistic texts for Stage and Film and Television.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB202Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 21 per week■ AAB204 VOICE & MOVEMENT 1Introduction to an organic approach to body and voice andtheir integration as the basis for all forms of dramatic expres-sion. All voice and body work complements and supports theemotional freeing demanded in acting classes. Combat, con-nected speech, and singing are introduced.Courses: AA21Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ AAB205 VOICE & MOVEMENT 2Continuation of the development of a free, responsive actor’sinstrument. Combat, singing, mask work continue. Introduc-tion to Naturalistic text.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB204Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB208 ELEMENTS OF DRAMADevelopment of an understanding of drama theory and prac-tice, and of their interrelation through an introduction to thebasic elements of dramatic performance such as space, per-former, audience, language, rhythm, action.Credit points: 12 (open elective)Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB214 PROCESS DRAMAWorkshops involving individual, face-to-face and group roleplay; participant enrolment, leader-in-role and intervention;identification with role; negotiation, devising and consequentdecision-making; dramatic tension and resolution; structur-ing for the theme and for the dramatic moment; distancingdevices; reflection, re-enactment and remaking.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB233 VOICE & MOVEMENT 3Explores naturalism to the area of heightened language. Focusis on the technical devices of Shakespearean text. Work devel-oped will be performed both on the stage and for camera.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB205Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ AAB234 VOICE & MOVEMENT 4Development of a vocal and physical technique that supportsand serves the professional performer. Advanced classes inphysical theatre will develop physical expressiveness, clarityand strength. Advanced studio work continues developmentin film and television techniques.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB233Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ AAB235 VOICE & MOVEMENT 5Application of acting skills involving voice and movement isconsolidated in production situations. Students are preparedfor auditions for directors and agents.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB234Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ AAB247 ACTING 3Designated unit. Continuation of the development of a per-sonal working process through rehearsal and performance ofincreasingly complex texts.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB203Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 20 per week

■ AAB248 ACTING 4Designated unit. Advanced unit dealing with role, charactercreation and playing in large spaces and dealing with non-Naturalistic texts.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB247Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 20 per week

■ AAB251 THEATRE HISTORY: 20TH CENTURYSTAGES

The first in a series of three Theatre History units, this exam-ines the three major theatre movements of the twentieth cen-tury: Realism, Epic Theatre and Theatre of the Avant Garde.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB252 THEATRE HISTORY: SOUND OFTHEATRE

Introduction to the key features, and major stages of develop-ment, of the Western music theatre tradition. Explores theimportance of music in a variety of theatre styles, practicesand periods.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB253 THEATRE HISTORY: STAGINGAUSTRALIA

Key concepts and practices pertaining to Australian theatreand drama of the twentieth century, including indigenous per-formance, post-colonialism, the “Bush Drama” tradition, andcontemporary practice. The unit augments understandingsdeveloped in other Theatre History units.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB255 THEATRE PRODUCTION 1Students participate in a season of semi-profiled performanceprojects. Acting students working as an ensemble perform inroles for video and theatre. TPM students work in a range oforganisation and technical roles.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB248 or AAB291Corequisites: AAB294 (TPM students only )Credit points: 24 Contact hours: 20 per week

■ AAB256 THEATRE PRODUCTION 2Students participate in a season of profiled performanceprojects. The season gives Acting and TPM students the op-portunity to demonstrate their skills to potential employers inthe industry.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB255Credit points: 36 Contact hours: 20 per week

■ AAB257 STUDIES IN ACTING 1Introduction to the work of Stanislavski and a number of hiskey interpreters including Cohen, Benedetti, Hagen, Adler andMoore. A range of acting styles is explored including an ex-amination of Brechts theories of performance.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB258 STUDIES IN ACTING 2Introduction to methods of script analysis and style analysisappropriate for a practical exploration of Shakespearean playtexts. Students explore and rehearse selected scenes from anumber of Shakespeares plays.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB259 THE PERFORMANCE INSTRUMENT:BODY & VOICE

Understanding vocal and physical patterns; application of in-tegrated approach to body and voice in personal expression.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB271 STUDIES IN DIRECTINGHistory of the development of the role of the director; theo-retical study of key major directors in West European tradi-tion as well as key Australian directors. Practical work includes

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

513

rehearsal techniques and problem-solving exercises.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB272 DRAMA & COMMUNITY CULTURALDEVELOPMENT

Examination of a range of community arts projects. Interro-gation of the concepts of community, culture and develop-ment; cultural development and its relationship to art and thenew technologies.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB273 PERFORMANCE 1Introduction to a clearly defined rehearsal ethic through ex-tended performance project. Text analysis, formal group dis-cussion, role creation and rehearsal, live performance of ascripted drama before an audience.Courses: AA21, IF76 Corequisites: AAB257Credit points: 12Contact hours: 15 per week for five weeks commencingafter mid-semester 2 breakCampus offered: KG

■ AAB274 THEATRECRAFTDevelopment of practical skills in workshop construction andpre-production areas of stage scenery, props and costumes.Courses: AA21Prerequisites: AAB289 Corequisites: AAB292Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB275 UNDERSTANDING THEATRETheories of analysis: script to performance, semiotics,hermeneutics, reception studies, anthropology, phenomenol-ogy; theatrical actions and reactions, feminist studies. Objectsof analysis include the classics, video/film, musicals, dancetheatre, installations, stand-up comedy, opera, hybrid art formsand street theatre.Courses: AA21, AA40, IF76 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB276 VISUAL THEATRE-DESIGNRole of visual expression in theatrical events; elements ofspace; approaches to researching design elements; bearing oftext and resources on events; Western and Eastern influences.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB277 PHYSICAL THEATREStudents will experience a range of physical skills within thecontext of non-text based performance taught by professionaltheatre practitioners.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ AAB278 TECHNICAL THEATREIntroductory technical knowledge and skills in theatrical light-ing and sound operation necessary to stage a production in asmall theatre with a minimum of support staff.Courses: AA21, IF76 Credit points: 12 (open elective)Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB280 DRAMA AS SOCIAL ACTIONCombination of practical and theoretical investigation into theprocess of improvisation and the way drama can be used as atool for critical enquiry and social change. Provides basis forfurther work in writing for performance and advanced im-provisational skills.Courses: AA21, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB214Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB289 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION 1Development of basic skills in theatrical lighting and soundoperation and their integration into the overall production proc-ess.Courses: AA21Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB290 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION 2Continuation of creative use of lighting and sound in perform-ances. Introduction to lighting and sound design.Courses: AA21Prerequisites: AAB274 and AAB292Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB291 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION 3Broadening of skills base in areas of lighting and sound intodrama, contemporary dance, ballet, opera, musicals, concertsand television productions.Courses: AA21Prerequisites: AAB290 Corequisites: AAB293Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 21 per week

■ AAB292 STAGE MANAGEMENT 1Introduction to coordination of a live theatre production in-cluding theatre layout and terminology, role of the stage man-ager, duties and responsibilities from pre-rehearsal to close ofseason, communication procedures, rehearsal room proce-dures.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB289Corequisites: AAB274 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 4 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB293 STAGE MANAGEMENT 2Introduction to the management issues in areas of stage me-chanics, flying, props and wardrobe and preparation of stu-dents to undertake performance crew roles in thesedepartments.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB292Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per weekCampus offered: KG

■ AAB294 STAGE MANAGEMENT 3Broadening the skills base for stage managers into opera, bal-let, modern dance, concerts and television including the re-sponsibilities of production management.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB291 and AAB293Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ AAB304 FORMING KNOWLEDGEThe approaches to art taken by major aestheticians; the char-acteristics and significance of the aesthetic field; the way thearts contribute to the development of mind and knowledge;modes of knowing, propositional knowledge and tacit under-standing.Courses: AA21, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB306 DIRECTING FOR THEATREAnalysis of the directors role in production management in-cluding play selection, resource auditing, pre-productionanalyses, time, budget and resource planning, design, techni-cal effects, promotion and publicity and the responsibilitiesof health, safety and ethical issues.Courses: AA21, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB271Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB307 WRITING FOR PERFORMANCEApproaches to the creative process of writing text for drama.The principal standpoint adopted is that of the writer but thereis a secondary focus on script development from the point ofview of the dramaturg. Both roles are considered in the work-ing environment of Australian writers of drama. Most of thewriting generated by students will be for the stage; but thosewho can demonstrate background in other media may be per-mitted to apply the principles and skills of dramatic writing inthat context.Courses: AA21, IF76, open electiveCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ AAB308 PERFORMANCE 2This is the second in a series of Performance units availableto students in Theatre and Teaching Studies. It builds uponthe work undertaken in Performance 1 by providing teams ofstudents with a theoretically informed, pracrtical experience

514

of play building and/or group devising, led by an experiencedpractitioner.Courses: AA21, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB273Credit points: 12 Campus offered: KG

■ AAB309 PERFORMANCE 3This final year elective unit provides Theatre Studies studentswith an opportunity to collectively manage and perform a pub-lic season of an original production or series of smaller per-formances. Students themselves take on the various roles ofdirection, dramaturgy, rehearsal, research, scripting, stage man-agement, design, publicity, documentation, acting and so on.Courses: AA21 Prerequisites: AAB308Credit points: 12 Campus offered: KG

■ AAB310 STUDIES IN ACTING 3This unit addresses the relationship between ideas and the waythey are formed into action. It is designed to move the studentinto areas of advanced preparation for creating a performanceby introducing major theoretical issues in contemporary cul-tural analysis and developing advanced acting skills.Courses: AA21, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB257Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3Campus offered: KG

■ AAB412 ART CURRICULUM STUDIES 1Students develop planning and teaching skills in selected Artcurriculum areas. Content includes: the nature of the Art cur-riculum area/discipline; its role and contribution as a mediumfor education; introduction to relevant syllabuses and curricu-lum documents; lesson and curriculum unit planning activi-ties; and teaching strategies designed to promote a range oflearning experiences in selected curriculum areas.Courses: ED50, ED54, IF78Prerequisites: 48 credit points in each relevant discipline areaCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB413 ART CURRICULUM STUDIES 2Extends AAB412; Art curriculum development within thecontext of contemporary policies, frameworks and agencies;principles of measurement, assessment and evaluation; teach-ing and learning strategies; directions in curriculum develop-ment.Courses: ED50, ED54, IF78 Prerequisites: AAB412Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB414 DRAMA CURRICULUM STUDIES 1Students develop planning and teaching skills in selected cur-riculum areas; the nature of the curriculum area/discipline andits role and contribution as a medium for education; introduc-tion to relevant syllabuses and curriculum documents; lessonand curriculum unit planning activities; and teaching strate-gies designed to promote a range of learning experiences.Courses: ED55, IF76Prerequisites: 96 credit points in each relevant discipline areaCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB415 DRAMA CURRICULUM STUDIES 2Extends AAB414; curriculum development within the con-text of contemporary policies, frameworks and agencies; prin-ciples of measurement, assessment and evaluation; teachingand learning strategies; directions in curriculum development.Courses: ED55, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB414Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB421 DANCE CURRICULUM STUDIES 1Focuses on the implementation of Dance Curriculum docu-ments. Students develop strategies for dance teaching that caterfor diverse learning needs of students and assist in the man-agement of safe dance learning environments.Courses: ED32, ED37, IF75 Credit points: 12Contact hours: 3 per week Campus offered: KG

■ AAB429 DANCE CURRICULUM STUDIES 2Advanced practical applications in assessment, curriculumplanning and teaching/learning strategies relevant to danceeducation.

Courses: ED37, IF75, IF76 Prerequisites: AAB421Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB444 VISUAL ARTS OF ASIADevelopment of an understanding and awareness of non-West-ern art forms. The influences of historical visarts, backgrounds,philosophical beliefs and trade on the symbolism, forms, tech-niques and uses of various artefacts.Courses: AA71, IF78Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB447 DRAWINGExamination of conventional and contemporary drawing proc-esses; investigation of materials for drawing, shape and vol-ume, line as a means of expression and communication,perspective, rendering, perceptual organisation and expres-sive effects.Courses: AA71, ED22, ED50, IF78, ED26, ED51, ED52Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB457 SCULPTUREThis subject provides an introduction to the history and theoryof sculpture and provides students with the opportunity todevelop their ideas in relation to the exploration and manipu-lation of a range of materials and techniques used in the sculp-ture studio.Courses: AA71, ED22, ED26, ED50 , ED51, ED52, IF78Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB616 ENSEMBLE PROJECT 1Students experience the cooperative interaction of music-mak-ing as a participant or a leader. Options include: leadership inone group, participation in two groups, or participation in onegroup and submission of a written research essay on an ap-proved topic relating to music practice. Year long unit.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: approval of unit coordinatorCredit points: 12■ AAB617 CHORAL & INSTRUMENTAL

ARRANGINGDevelopment of composition & arranging skills for instru-mental/choral ensembles using music of various styles.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB630Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB618 COMPOSITION FOR FILM &

TELEVISIONDevelopment of programmatic compositional skills with par-ticular reference to the impact of music on moving picturesand an understanding of SMPTE and a study of film analysiswith visual and/or thematic coding.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB619 or AAB604 or equivalentCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB619 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC

TECHNOLOGYIntroduces students to the broad range of options available tothe musician in the age of technology. Through the universalelectronic language of MIDI students explore sequencers as atool for composition as well as basics of sound.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB620 POPULAR SONG WRITINGStructures of the popular song. Composing and arranging us-ing MIDI and/or electric and acoustic instruments. Studentslearn to write lead sheets and have the opportunity to havetheir work recordedCourses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB619 or AAB621 or equivalentCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB621 SOUND RECORDING & ACOUSTIC

DESIGNIntroduction to the fundamentals of the physical world ofsound, basic signal flow, sound recording and acoustics.Courses: AA91, AA21, AA81, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

515

■ AAB622 SECOND STUDY 1Widens the base of a student’s practical skills through the studyof a second instrument or voice. Students normally choose aninstrument closely related to that of their Principal Study. Year-long unit. (Available only with the approval of the unit coor-dinator)Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 per week

■ AAB623 CONDUCTINGIntroduces students to a wide range of choral music and stylesand assists them to achieve artistic objectives in music per-formance through conducting workshop activities includingpractical conducting, stylistic practices,repertoire and rehearsaland performance techniques.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB633 or approval of unit coordinatorCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG

■ AAB626 MUSIC & SOUND FOR MULTIMEDIAThis unit deals with studio recording techniques, computer-assisted composition, the role of music in non-linear struc-tures, the effect and affect of sound in digital mediaproductions, sound effects and foley techniques, musicalacoustics, and digital sound theory.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB621 or AAB619Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB628 SECOND STUDY 2Continues the development of a student’s practical skillsthrough the study of a second instrument or voice. (Year-longunit.)Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: IF77 – approval of unit coordinator, AA91 –grade of 6 or above in AAB622Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 per week

■ AAB629 ENSEMBLE PROJECT 2Students experience the cooperative interaction of music-mak-ing as a participant or a leader. Options include: leadership inone ensemble, participation in two ensembles, or participa-tion in one ensemble and submission of a written researchessay on an approved topic relating to music practice. Yearlong unit.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB 616 and approval of the unit coordina-torCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB630 MUSIC TEXTURESAn introduction to the concepts of texture in music. The studyof textural design has been enriched by recent developmentsin music technology, enabling music to be heard as pure tim-bre in the sound media. This unit includes the techniques oforchestration, and other arranging techniques.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: AAB632 or approval of unit coordinatorCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB631 WORLD MUSICThrough a series of lectures, demonstrations and tutorials thestudent will gain an awareness and better understanding ofworld music, its particular significance within Australia andits impact upon contemporary music.Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB632 CORE MUSICIANSHIP 1Students will develop strategies for problem solving techniquesin creative musical thinking, and music making. Content in-cludes aural training, composition techniques, contextualstudy, analysis, composition and improvisation presentationsand the application of computer music printing software.Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4.5 per week

■ AAB633 CORE MUSICIANSHIP 2Students will further develop skills in creative musical think-ing and music making. Content includes aural training, key-board lab, composition techniques, contextual study, analysis,composition and improvisation presentations.Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4.5 per week

■ AAB634 CONTEMPORARY MUSICIANSHIP(SOUND MEDIA)

Music making processes have changed with developments innew media and media integration. This unit develops skills inthis area such as sonic and psycho-acoustic thinking, synthe-sis, sampling and applying software applications.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB633Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB635 CONTEMPORARY MUSICIANSHIP(WESTERN ART MUSIC)

This unit offers an in-depth study of major compositionaltrends, movements and techniques of contemporary westernart music, with an emphasis on Australian music. Aural andkeyboard musicianship skills are taught within the context ofseminal repertoire.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB633Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB636 CONTEMPORARY MUSICIANSHIP(CROSS-CULTURAL MUSIC)

Music operates in a complex cultural environment fuelled byincreased communication and technology. In this unit the stu-dent’s ability to recognise, analyse and create music drawingfrom a diverse range of cultures is developed.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB633Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB637 CONTEMPORARY MUSICIANSHIP(JAZZ & CONTEMPORARY POPULAR MUSIC)

This unit offers a study of the development of jazz and con-temporary popular music through analysis, composition andcomplementary aural and keyboard musicianship sessions.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB632Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB638 SOUND & IMAGEStudents explore why they are influenced and manipulatedby the interaction of narrative, moving images, sound (includ-ing music) and their imagination. Through a discussion ofclassic and contemporary world examples students map thisinterplay through analysis, criticism and viewing.Courses: IF77, AA91Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG

■ AAB639 MUSIC DIRECTINGStudents experience the cooperative interaction of music-mak-ing as a participant or a leader. Options include: leadership inone ensemble, participation in two ensembles, or participa-tion in one ensemble and submission of a written researchessay on an approved topic relating to music practice. Yearlong unit.Courses: AA91, IF77Prerequisites: Approval of the unit coordinatorCredit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB640 SEX, DRUGS, ROCK & ROLLStudents will gain an insight into the musical, societal, artis-tic economic and political landscape of the innovative musicof the 21st century including rock and pop music, world mu-sic, dance music, indigenous music and new age music.Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB641 PRINCIPAL STUDIES ADesignated Unit. Development of strong and reliable tech-nique on a chief practical instrument, voice or composition orproduction skill. Appropriate interpretation, performance/pro-

516

duction skills and public presentation; performance/produc-tion seminar directed ensemble.Courses: AA91, IF77Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB642 PRINCIPAL STUDIES BDesignated Unit. Continued development of strong and reli-able technique on a chief practical instrument, voice or com-position or production skill. Appropriate interpretation,performance/production skills and public presentation; per-formance/production seminar and directed ensemble.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB641Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB643 PRINCIPAL STUDIES CThe study of a range of solo/small ensemble repertoire on achief practical instrument or voice, or the study of a range ofcompositional or production practices and methods. Reper-toire is chosen appropriate to the student’s developing techni-cal and interpretative skills; performance/production seminarand directed ensemble.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB642Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB644 PRINCIPAL STUDIES DA continuation of the study of solo/small ensemble repertoireon a chief practicalinstrument or voice, or the study of a rangeof compositional or production practices and methods. Rep-ertoire is chosen appropriate to the student’s developing tech-nical and interpretative skills; performance/production seminarand directed ensemble.Courses: AA91, IF77 Prerequisites: AAB643Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB645 PRINCIPAL STUDIES EConsolidation and extension of performance/production stud-ies leading to a solo-based recording; performance/produc-tion seminar, directed ensemble.Courses: AA91Prerequisites: Grade of 5 or above for AAB644Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB646 PRINCIPAL STUDIES FConsolidation and extension of performance/production stud-ies leading to a public presentation; performance/productionseminar, directed ensemble.Courses: AA91 Prerequisites: AAB645Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ AAB648 THE AUSTRALIAN MUSIC SCENEThe 1960s saw Australian music starting to break free fromits colonial past. With this came an impetus to provide thenecessary industry to support the developing music culture.In parallel, Australian popular and indigenous music was be-ginning to achieve some worldwide successes. Today with theincreasing globalisation of the music industry, the local scenetakes on new meanings. This unit will explore these relation-ships both musically and culturally.Courses: AA91, IF77, Academy open electiveCredit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1

■ AAB701 MODERNISMAn examination of the concepts and movements that com-prise twentieth-century modernism. Key themes such as avant-garde, modernism and modernity will be explored in detail,especially in relation to the theory and practice of avant-gardemodernism.Courses: AA71, ED50, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB712 CONTEMPORARY ART ISSUESCurrent practices in the visual arts are addressed by analysingand interpreting original works on exhibition, in stockroomsand in studios. By means of lectures, discussions and analysisof artworks and readings, the individuals awareness of the

conceptual, historical and philosophical contexts concerningartists and the artworks is heightened. (Prerequisite for entryto Honours.)Courses: AA71, ED26, ED50Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB726 INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY OFVISUAL ART

Introduction to central themes, concepts and methods of ArtHistory in the modern period. Topics include modernism, for-malism, feminism, postmodernism and postcolonialism.Courses: AA71, IF78 Campus offered: KGCredit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB728 READINGS IN FEMINISM & VISUAL ARTThis unit addresses the topic of feminism in film and the visualarts from the 1960s to the present and offers an investigationinto social, cultural and philosophical attitudes and influenceson visual art.Courses: AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB740 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 1Designated unit. Development of an enquiry-based, self-sus-taining art practice; fostering of appropriate research skills;encouragement of open flexible independent approach to for-mulating resolutions to conceptual and visual concerns; de-velopment of safe workshop practices, safe studio work habitsand appropriate professional skills. Introductions to techno-logical artforms.Courses: AA71, IF78Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 12 per week■ AAB741 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 2Designated unit.Continued development of concepts, skills andapproaches to self-generated contemporary art practice estab-lished in Studio Art Practice 1. Maintaining responsible artpractice; expansion of appropriate research skills; increasedknowledge of safe workshop practices, safe studio work hab-its, appropriate professional skills.Courses: AA71, IF78 Prerequisites: AAB740Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 12 per week■ AAB742 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 3Designated unit. Intensive study in studio practice. Sustainedcritical involvement and an increasing commitment to artisticconceptual pursuits will be underpinned by contemporary theo-retical reference. In consultation with studio staff studentsinvestigate their own personal artistic direction, formulate anddevelop self-generated enquiry and acquire working methods,resources,skills and knowledge necessary to realise concepts.Courses: AA71, IF78 Prerequisites: AAB741Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per weekCampus offered: KG■ AAB743 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 4The diverse conditions of current cultural practice, their pro-duction, reception and contribution to society; Sustained criti-cal involvement and an increasing commitment to artisticconceptual pursuits will be underpinned by contemporary theo-retical reference which includes investigation into a broad rangof artistic’ practices. Students will be required to articulate apersonal position in these issues.Courses: AA71, IF78 Prerequisites: AAB742Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB744 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 5Studies commenced in year two are expanded and developedthrough sustained studio practice and independent research atan appropriately advanced level.Courses: AA71 Prerequisites: AAB743Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 6 per week■ AAB745 STUDIO ART PRACTICE 6Further development of studio work culminating in a gradu-ating exhibition. (Prerequisite for entry to Honours.)Courses: AA71 Prerequisites: AAB744Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 6 per week

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

517

■ AAB751 EXTENDED STUDIO PRACTICE 1Extension of practical studio units of core media studies orelective studio units.Courses: AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ AAB752 EXTENDED STUDIO PRACTICE 2Extension of practice studio units or core media studies orelective studio units.Courses: AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week



■ AAB755 FOUNDATIONS OF DRAWING FORANIMATION

This is a studio based unit that introduces students to media,processes, strategies and traditions of drawing and associatedimagery for use in animated media. The development of criti-cal/reflective frameworks of traditional and contemporarypractice underpin studio development.Courses: AA81Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1

■ AAB756 FOUNDATIONS OF DRAWING FORANIMATION 2

This unit will develop individual knowledge, concepts and skillsto enable students to articulate and present capabilities of mo-tion through drawing for contemporary animation practices.Courses: AA81 Prerequisites: AAB755Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2

■ AAB800 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICEIn this unit, a secondment to professional organisations, finalyear students gain insights into the practical aspects of theircoursework. National and international staff connections pro-vide students with exciting options for professional placementand employment.Courses: AA81 Corequisites: AAB8131Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810, AAB803, AAB804Credit Points: 12 (year long unit) Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB801 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATIONDESIGN 1

This unit covers drawing and rendering skills, visual design,graphic design principles, an overview of media, and designpractice as they relate to communications technologies.Courses: AA81Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB802 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATIONDESIGN 2

This unit further develops design skills for communicationstechnologies including design priorities, visual systems, re-finement of concepts and problem solving through presenta-tion models.Courses: AA81 Prerequisites: AAB801Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB803 DESIGN STUDIO 1Introduction to analog video production, video technology,non-linear video editing, and digital media integration tech-niques.Courses: AA81 Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB804 DESIGN STUDIO 2 (DIGITAL & AUDIOPRODUCTION)

This unit stresses the creative issues related to modelling andrendering three-dimensional computer graphics and anima-tion including high-end computer visualisation and specialeffects for film and television.Courses: AA81, AA84Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB805 DESIGN STUDIO 3This unit covers intermediate and advanced interactive projectdevelopment issues including, concept development, budget-ing, resourcing and product development. Students also ac-quire critical skills through the production of intermediate toadvanced digital video and audio production, and interactivemedia productions.Courses: AA81Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810, AAB803, AAB804Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB806 DESIGN STUDIO 4A critique forum for individual final projects. Each student isrequired to produce a final project for their degree. This unitalso covers media and network technology infrastructures andadvanced network and CD-ROM production techniques.Courses: AA81Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810, AAB803, AAB804, AAB805Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB807 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 1This unit provides an introduction to visual design and illus-tration using computer graphics including a practical intro-duction to authoring software, and network applications.Courses: AA81Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB808 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 2(INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL MEDIA)

In this unit students explore graphical interface design forcomputer screens and computer programming with authoringlanguages. Animation, video, and audio are introduced in thecontext of software development, interactivity, and applica-tions of digital media.Courses: AA81, AA84 Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818)Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB809 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 3(INTERACTIVE DESIGN)

This unit covers contemporary technical and creative issuesinvolved in the assembly and delivery of interactive digitalmedia including computer animation, advanced software de-sign and advanced visual design.Courses: AA81, AA84Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB810 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 4This unit covers an introduction to computer programming,object orientated programming, custom network applicationsand designing multi-user systems. Multi-platform delivery isstressed along with how designers can integrate their existingskills into a highly technical domain.Courses: AA81Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB813 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN

TECHNOLOGY & DESIGNThis unit is comprised of lectures and tutorials related to cur-rent issues, advancements in technology, business develop-ment and industry strategies. Students also develop and delivera one hour seminar during semester two and work collabora-tively throughout the year on a large electronic publication.Courses: AA81

518

Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810, AAB803, AAB804Corequisites: AAB800Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB814 APPLICATIONS OF DESIGNTECHNOLOGY

This introductory unit covers current industry issues throughguest lecturers, concept-to-product processes created to crea-tive endeavours, project management issues and writing tech-niques. Students also work in large groups on an electronicpublication.Courses: AA81Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB815 EXPERIMENTAL MULTIMEDIAThis unit encourages students to break from traditional hu-man computer interface paradigms by building and exploringelectronic devices. Using the underlying rational for humancomputer interaction this unit looks towards developing lat-eral approaches to the creative use of technology as well asself motivated research skills. Students build simple circuitsand integrate them into a media production.Courses: AA81Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810 or permission from lecturerCredit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB816 INTERACTIVE WRITINGThis unit covers specific creative writing and communicationskills appropriate to non-linear, digital technologies, and therelationships between the role of a traditional writer and thoseof technical director, creative director, visual designers andartists and programmers.Courses: AA81, AA84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB817 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT &PROJECT MANAGEMENT

This unit serves as an introduction to project management as agrowing discipline/profession and how it relates to softwaredevelopment and new media production. It focuses on projectmanagement skills and professional development, and projectmanagement as a conscious process, making use of variousconcepts and techniques to achieve a successful project out-come – defining project brief/scope and boundaries. This is theprerequisite unit to the BA Communication Design (Honours).Courses: AA81Prerequisites: AAB807 (AAB818), AAB808, AAB809,AAB810, AAB803, AAB804Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB818 INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIATECHNOLOGY

This unit provides concentrated experience with the softwareand hardware tools used for creative work in new media. It isa production course that covers electronic publishing, com-puter graphics and design, animation, and computer program-ming. It is aimed at both experienced and non-experiencedcomputer users.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB819 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHINGComplementing the contents of AAB818 this unit provides astep-by-step introduction to publishing on the intenet. Con-cepts related to project management, graphic design and mul-timedia are introduced in an intensive, practical way.Courses: AA84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB820 ADVANCED 3D ANIMATIONThis unit addresses theory and practice in the area of advancethree-dimensional computer graphics, including: concept de-velopment; character animation; advanced modelling anima-tion and rendering techniques; and production techniques.Credit Points: 12

■ AAB821 VIRTUAL REALITYThis unit investigates the field of Virtual Reality looking atthe history and related theory of this emerging interactivemedia. This material supports practical activities that directlyaddress current practice in the field.Courses: AA81 Credit Points: 12

■ AAB822 INTERACTIVE DIGITAL VIDEOThis unit finds a focus on the production of interactive digitalvideo projects covering material including; concept develop-ment; creative and design processes; interactive techniquesand styles; advanced digital video production and post pro-duction.Courses: AA81 Credit Points: 12

■ AAB823 ADVANCED DESIGN PROJECTWith the approval of the unit coordinator, the student under-takes activity within the context of a group project in the fieldof Communication Design. Access to this unit is reserved forstudents who have demonstrated an outstanding level of self-directed learning and high level of requisite skills.Courses: AA81 Credit Points: 12

■ AAB825 HISTORY OF ANIMATIONThis unit will provide students with a theoretical context totheir studio practice by establishing a comprehensive histori-cal and contemporary overview of North American, European,Asian and Australian animated imagery.Courses: AA81Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2

■ AAB850 RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENTThis unit provides students with an overview of research anddevelopment issues as they apply to various industry contexts.Project planning and documentation, marketing, legal issuesand academic writing issues are covered through seminars,written assignments and oral presentations. This unit also pro-vides the tools required for students to be properly preparedto finish their major project and are able to complete a relatedthesis.Courses: AA82Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB860 PROJECTThis unit serves as final project seminar which brings togetherall of the creative issues, media and technology skills and or-ganizational skills taught through the Bachelor of IT and theB.A.Communication Design double degree. Final year stu-dents undertaking this unit will document, present and pro-duce a major creative work. It is structured so that studentspresent their ideas, document the project and then continue topresent project progress throughout the semester. The outcomeof this unit will provide the basis for a final year exhibition towhich students, staff and relevant industry bodies will be in-vited.Courses: IF90Prerequisites: Completion of 288 credit points in IF90Credit Points: 24

■ AAB911 EXPLORING MUSIC 1Aural awareness, literacy and musicianship through vocalskills, both solo and ensemble.Courses: ED51Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB912 EXPLORING MUSIC 2Various musical forms as a means of developing compositionand arranging skills, and an awareness of stylistic developments.Various rehearsal and performing techniques will be developed.Courses: ED51 Prerequisites: AAB911Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB913 EXPLORING MUSIC 3A series of lectures on score reading, sight-singing, ensemblework and rehearsal skills. Aural training, music writing tech-niques and music technology skills are developed.

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

519

Courses: ED51 Prerequisites: AAB912Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAB914 VISUAL & PERFORMING ARTSCURRICULUM 1

An in-depth study of two areas from dance, drama, music orthe visual arts; the place of the arts in a balanced curriculum;defining the arts; differences and commonalities; the arts andknowledge; the arts and integration across the primary cur-riculum.Courses: ED51, ED56, IF82, IF84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB916 ADVANCED VISUAL & PERFORMING

ARTS CURRICULUMThe curriculum of dance, drama, music or visual arts to an ad-vanced level; designing and implementing programs in one ofthe disciplines for the primary school; action research in theclassroom to monitor and evaluate an arts curriculum project.Courses: ED51Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAB918 ARTS FOUNDATION STUDIESFoundation experiences introducing the art forms of dance,drama, music and the visual arts; the purposes and functionsof the arts in society; practical workshops in each discipline;visits to galleries and theatres in a range of community con-texts.Courses: ED43, ED51, ED52Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAN006 INDEPENDENT STUDYIndependent work of an artistic or scholarly nature which isof limited scope compared with the research project. The stu-dent devises an outline of study and/or action in consultationwith a staff supervisor. Artistic outcomes would normally beexpected to be to the standard of public showing. Written pres-entation requires a minimum of 6 000-10 000 words, or equiva-lent if other media/reportage is used.Courses: AA24 Credit Points: 12■ AAN011 ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL

PRACTICE 1An investigation of the student’s professional practice throughobservation and research in consultation with the supervisor.Courses: AA24 Credit Points: 12

■ AAN012 ADVANCED PROFESSIONALPRACTICE 2

Extension and elaboration of the student’s professional prac-tice through evaluation and analysis in consultation with thesupervisor.Courses: AA24 Credit Points: 12

■ AAN013 ADVANCED PROFESSIONALPRACTICE 3

A significant artistic outcome as part of the student’s skillsdevelopment including research, rehearsal and preparation foran exhibition or performanceCourses: AA24 Credit Points: 24

■ AAN014 DISCIPLINE STUDYWorking with other students from their home discipline thisunit investigates issues of theory and practice in the visualand performing arts. It will address immediate problems ofprofessional practice and the reflexive relationship betweentheory and practice.Courses: AA24 Credit Points: 12

■ AAN016 FRAMEWORKS FOR PERFORMANCEAddresses issues in interpretation for the musical performer.Students will examine models and frameworks of interpreta-tion with particular reference to their principal instrument.Courses: AA24 Credit Points: 12

■ AAN020 RESEARCH METHODS IN VISUAL &PERFORMING ARTS

Advanced information retrieval, academic writing and tech-nical literacy, research proposal, literature review, project

management for researchers and the politics,business and eth-ics of research in the visual and performing arts.Courses: AA24, AT22 Credit Points: 12Campus offered: KG

■ AAN200 DRAMATURGYAn investigation of the role of the dramaturge in Western cul-tures, particularly the emerging role of the dramaturge in Aus-tralian theatre; the methodologies of the dramaturge, thecriteria used for script assessment, and a comparative studyof the role of the script editor/story editor in the screen writ-ing industry.Courses: AA24, AA40Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week■ AAN601 MUSIC PROJECT 1This is the first in a sequence of self-directed project units.Students will undertake an music project of relevance to thecreative industries. This will incorporate discovery, practiceand reflection. This unit may be taken in the most appropriatelocation to ensure a successful outcome and the detail wouldbe agreed with their supervisor.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN602 MUSIC PROJECT 2This unit follows from AAN601 and enables students to fur-ther develop their project.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95 Prerequisites: AAN601Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN603 MUSIC PROJECT 3This unit follows from AAN602 and enables students to fur-ther develop their project.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95 Prerequisites: AAN602Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN604 MUSIC PROJECT 4This unit follows from AAN603 and enables students to fur-ther develop their project.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95 Prerequisites: AAN603Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN605 MUSIC PROJECT 5This unit follows from AAN604. In this unit the student willcomplete their project.Courses: AA93,AA94 & AA95 Prerequisites: AAN604Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN606 ADVANCED DIGITAL RECORDINGStudents will follow and integrated course of theory and prac-tice. They will use industry standard software for digital re-cording to create a portfolio of recordings using either theirown equipment or in the music and sound labs at QUT.Courses: AA93, AA94, AA95Prerequisites: AAB619 OR AAB621Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2■ AAN607 AUSTRALIAN MUSIC CULTUREThe 1960s saw Australian music starting to break free fromits colonial past. With this came an impetus to provide thenecessary industry to support the developing music culture.In parallel, Australian popular and indigenous music was be-ginning to achieve some worldwide successes. Today with theincreasing globalisation of the music industry, the local scenetakes on new meanings. This unit will explore these relation-ships both musically and culturally.Courses: AA93, AA94, AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2■ AAN608 COMPOSING FOR MOVING PICTURESCreative composition in the area of film and television is an

520

expanding medium for the contemporary composer and, inorder to compete in this exciting and demanding field, musicgraduates will need a combination of musical, technical andsemiotic skills. This unit includes the development of compu-ter sequencing and compositional skills and the ability to workin the non-linear digital world of today’s industry.Courses: AA91, IF77, AA93, AA94, AA95Prerequisites: AAB619 or AAB633Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2

■ AAN609 INDEPENDENT PROJECTIt is important for those students who wish to investigate anarea of study or discovery not centrally covered in the com-pulsory units, to have the opportunity to construct and ex-ecute a project in an area of their own choice. The projectmay be in the field of scholarship and research or in creativework within music or in interdisciplinary workCourses: AA91, AA93, AA94, AA95, IF77Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP■ AAN610 MATERIALS OF MUSICIn an acoustic or electronic ensemble or in an orchestra, therehas to be strong understanding of musical texture. This in-cludes timbral, tonal and rhythmical and structures as well asunderstanding the idiosyncrasies of different instruments. Thestudy of the generic musical skill of textural design has beenfurther enriched since the invention of the microphone andamplifier, enabling music to be heard as pure timbre in thesound media.Courses: AA93, AA94, AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2■ AAN611 MULTI-INSTRUMENTAL STUDIES 1This unit is designed to widen the base of students’ practicalskills and to enhance career opportunities through the studyof second instruments. Students will work through an inten-sive program in groups, on a variety of instruments, to obtainfundamental skills on those instruments which will developand enhance their multi-instrument skills for teaching.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: SP■ AAN612 MULTI-INSTRUMENTAL STUDIES 2This unit is designed to deepen students’ practical skillsthrough the study of second instruments, and to have themengage with multi-instrumental pedagogical methods. Studentswill work through an intensive program, in groups on a vari-ety of instruments to obtain fundamental skills on those in-struments which will develop and enhance theirmulti-instrument skills for group instruction.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: SP■ AAN613 MUSIC & SOUND FOR DIGITAL MEDIAAs digital media and online internet music services prolifer-ate in our society the need for students to be aware of andskilled in the areas of digital music making becomes moreevident. One of the largest growth areas in presentation andpublication of digital music and sound in our society is digitalmedia production. The skills and insights presented in thisunit build upon the student’s existing music and technologyabilities, equipping them appropriately for working in digitalsound and music.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95Prerequisites: AAB619 or AAB621Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: SP■ AAN614 TEACHING MUSIC WITH

TECHNOLOGYBuilding on the established tradition of assisting learning withtechnologies, from blackboards to photocopiers, this unit will

introduce students to the uses of contemporary technology inmusic education. Given the pace of technological change thisunit will be useful for both pre-service teachers and for teach-ers updating their skills and knowledge. The unit provides afoundation for ongoing learning about music technologies byproviding transferable pedagogical principles and practicalskills.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: SP

■ AAN615 ADVANCED CONDUCTINGThis unit is designed to further acquaint Music students witha wide range of works and styles and to assist them to achieveartistic objectives in music performance through an intensiveprogram conducting workshop activities.Courses: AA91, IF77, AA93, AA94, AA95Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 2,SP

■ AAN627 STUDIO MUSIC: TEACHING &MANAGEMENT

This unit applies to keyboard teaching only. With the growingpopularity of schools of music, where fee-paying clients aretaught in small groups, the studio music teacher is required topossess a range of teaching and planning skills beyond that ofthe individualised instruction. This unit also develops the abili-ties of students to teach both practical and theoretical con-cepts to individuals and small groups, thereby empoweringthem to become successful practitioners in the field.Courses: AA93, AA94 & AA95 Prerequisites: AAN604Credit Points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP

■ AAN808 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATIONDESIGN

The major topics of this unit involve the acquisition of tech-nology and design knowledge through demonstration and ap-plication, the development of aesthetic responses throughinvolvement in project production and the development offoundations for a personal philosophy through research andlectures. Students gain a familiarisation with visual languageand systems, design environments, which explore the poten-tial of the Internet and enhance visual communication anddevelop an understanding of the relationship between designtheory and practice. Emphasis is placed on the relationshipbetween design, technology and interactivity preparing thestudent for multimedia production.Courses: AA84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1, 2

■ AAN809 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACEDESIGN

The aim of this unit is for students to develop an understand-ing of interactive media through the study of human compu-ter interface design concepts, theories, methodologies andpractices. Upon completion of the unit students will have aknowledge of the human computer interface and develop anunderstanding of the broader social and cultural implications.After completion of this unit, students will demonstrate anunderstanding of current human computer interface designconcepts, theories, methodologies and practices; an under-standing of the cultural and social implications of interactivemedia; the ability to critically evaluate interactive media theability to challenge existing human computer interface para-digms; practical skills in creation of interactive media works;an understanding of object orientated multimedia developmentapplications proficient resource management skills and effi-cient work practices; and the ability to apply material coveredto design problems.Courses: AA84 Prerequisites: AAN818, AAN808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

521

■ AAN810 INFORMATION ARCHITECTUREThis unit provides knowledge of concepts in Information Ar-chitecture and their application to the production of largeInternet web sites.. The concept of information architectureforms the basis for an understanding of the application of ad-vanced multimedia in the design of dynamic web sites. Thisunit focuses on design supported by practical experience inthe production dynamic interactive systems using advancedweb technologies. In this unit, students learn to understandand apply the principles of a well designed and structuredWeb site; an advanced data base driven web site; the informa-tion architecture behind dynamic web sites; and advanced Webdesign technologies.Courses: AA84 Prerequisites: AAN181, AAN808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2

■ AAN816 INFORMATION DESIGNThis unit aims to develop understanding of the creative andanalytical roles of writers, conceptual designers and informa-tion designers in New Media productions, and practice in theapplication of their relevant skills. On completion of this Unit,students will be able to analyse traditional(linear), non-linearand interactive narrative structures, create original narrativesin appropriate script format, understand theoretical issues as-sociated with branching story structures and interactive nar-ratives, identify and analyse game structures, create originalgame ideas in appropriate script formats, and apply techniquesof information design to the structuring of non-narrative con-tent.Courses: AA84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2

■ AAN817 PROJECT MANAGEMENT &SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Project management is a core requirement in the on-time, on-budget completion of project, whether building a bridge,launching a new product or developing a web site. Projectmanagement and its use of an associated customised method-ology is paramount in successfully seeing a project to frui-tion. It is the roadmap by which all associated team memberswill travel. Without a methodology and the role of projectmanager held by someone within the team, the likelihood ofsuccess is slim. The aim of this unit is to develop within thestudent the ability to scope the needs of a digital media project,including its solution, and then to understand how to managethe client and project resources through its methodology tothe project’s completion.Courses: AA84 Prerequisites: AAN824Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1, 2

■ AAN818 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL MEDIATECHNOLOGY

The major topics of this unit are: the development of profes-sional skills in the use of computer systems and specific soft-ware packages; the fostering of appropriate research skillsthrough the use of appropriate and recommended books, pe-riodicals and other materials The lecture and tutorial seriescovers the history of computing, visual communication tech-nology, the internet, media and related technology, digital rep-resentation, computer graphics, digital audio, Encoding anddecoding systems., Publishing and delivery systems, humancomputer interaction, Use of visual development applications,use of acquisition, editing and publishing tools and processesand electronic publishing and delivery techniques.Courses: AA84Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2,SP

■ AAN819 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHINGThis unit provides an introduction to designing Internet websites for publication and commerce. There is a practical “handson” introduction to the design of dynamic interactive systems

followed by analytical study of design elements of these sys-tems for effectiveness. Concepts related to trust, security, pri-vacy, fulfillment, digital cash and commercial transactions areintroduced in an analytical, practical way. This unit providesstudents with some historical and conceptual knowledge aswell as introductory practical knowledge. Tutorial and labtimes are scheduled to ensure that students have a substantialpiece of work developed by the end of the semester. The unitis based primarily on the process of web design and produc-tion, but also covers advanced issues related to interactivity,servers and publishing systems, and internet programming.Courses: AA84 Prerequisites: AAN818, AAN808Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1,2

■ AAN824 PROJECT ADMINISTRATIONProject administration is a vital component of project man-agement. Administration of a project consists of the develop-ment of all project documentation, including budgets,schedules and client correspondence. While the documenta-tion must revolve around a sound methodology, the imple-mentation of the methodology is only as successful as theadministration of its documentation components and clientinterface. The Project Manager must have a sound workingknowledge of both. The aim of this unit is to develop withinthe student the ability to create the documentation templatesused within the project methodology, as well as write the con-tent for many of the documents that require client review andapproval. In addition, the student will create the documentsrequired for successful client interaction.Courses: AA84Prerequisites: AAN818, AAN808, AAN816Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per weekCampus offered: KG Semester offered: 1, 2

■ AAN851 DESIGN PROJECTStudents enrolled in the Master of Communication Designare required to undertake a major project or an industry-re-lated thesis. The creative project should have an industry orarts focus, and demonstrate an ability to apply academic andcreative knowledge innovatively. This unit also provides thetools required (via frequent seminars) for students to be prop-erly prepared to finish their major project and are able to com-plete a related thesis. Weekly discussion and presentationrelated to the major project are also required.Credit points: 48

■ AAP104 SAFE DANCE PRACTICEFocuses on the knowledge and understanding of the most upto date information regarding safe dance practices. Practicalactivities will focus on the implications of current research insafe dance to dance teaching and learning. Reflects a holisticapproach to training in dance by considering a diverse rangeof issues such as basic anatomy and physiology, developmen-tal issues, injury prevention and management strategies, nu-trition and lifestyle management.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP125 DANCE ANALYSIS & DANCE HISTORIESExamines aesthetic theory and analysis models that will as-sist students to respond to and reflect upon dance. Studentswill apply this understanding to the research and analysis ofdances in a variety of contexts.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP180 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 1Examines theoretical understandings and practical skills tosupport and enhance students’ ability to plan for, manage andpromote effective and safe learning in dance classes.Courses: AA06, AA07 Credit Points: 12Contact hours: 1-week full-time residency in summersemester

522

■ AAP181 DANCE TECHNIQUE STUDIES 2The theories of choreography and the skills of crafting chore-ography will form the basis of study in this unit. This unitalso provides students with the opportunity to investigate cur-rent research relating to the teaching for performance. Issuessuch as psychology of performance and pacing of dance train-ing will be addressed.Courses: AA06, AA07 Credit Points: 12Contact hours: 1-week full-time residency in summersemester

■ AAP189 DANCE ASSESSMENT & REPORTINGPROCEDURES

Relates current theoretical issues in assessment to the uniquechallenges that dance assessment provide. Students will ex-plore a range of assessment procedures, methods and strate-gies to support quality and equity in dance assessment at alllevel.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP190 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE &BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FOR DANCETEACHERS

As small business owners, dance teachers require a diverserange of skills to manage and operate their businesses. Thisunit will consider the implications of the Dance Industry Codeof Ethics for teaching and learning in dance. This unit alsoincludes practical and useful materials for the effective andefficient operations of a business in dance teaching by relat-ing current small business management practices to the spe-cific organisational needs and requirements of dance teachingbusinesses.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP191 DANCE TEACHING METHODOLOGIESProvides students with the opportunity to investigate and ex-plore dance teaching issues relevant their own teaching con-text. The unit materials will include strategies and models forplanning and implementing dance lessons and curriculum,catering for the diverse learning needs of their students andmanaging the classroom as a complex social environment.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP192 STAGECRAFT & COSTUME DESIGNFOR DANCE

Provides opportunities to investigate the principles of designas they relate to the visual environment of a dance perform-ance /production. Considers principles and theoretical issuesrelevant to design for stage and video, stimulating and inno-vative examples of visual designs for dance performance andpractical information for the production/construction andbudgeting for design.Courses: AA06, AA07Credit Points: 12 Campus offered: External

■ AAP421 DANCE CURRICULUM STUDIES 1Focuses on the implementation of Dance Curriculum docu-ments. Students develop strategies for dance teaching that caterfor diverse learning needs of students and assist in the man-agement of safe dance learning environements.Courses: ED32, ED37, IF75, IF76Prerequisites: AAP420 Corequisites: EDP451Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP423 MUSIC CURRICULUM STUDIES 1Focuses on curriculum and methods of teaching music in thejunior secondary school, with emphases on singing, aural train-ing and music literacy. Philosophical bases for the develop-ment, implementation of principles and writing of individuallesson plans for use in teaching practice.Courses: ED19, ED55, IF77Prerequisites: 72 credit points or equivalent in MusicCredit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP429 DANCE CURRICULUM STUDIES 2Advanced practical applications in assessment, curriculumplanning and teaching/learning strategies relevant to danceeducation.Courses: ED37, IF75, IF76Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ AAP431 MUSIC CURRICULUM STUDIES 2Advanced practical applications in assessment, curriculumplanning and teaching and learning strategies relevant to sec-ondary music education.Courses: ED19, ED55, IF77 Prerequisites: AAP423Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP433 MUSIC CURRICULUM STUDIES 2AExtension studies in methods of teaching and curricula rel-evant to specialist teachers of instrumental, secondary or pri-mary music.Courses: ED19, ED55, IF77, AA93, AA94, AA95Prerequisites: AAP434, For AA93, AA94 & AA95 only –144 credit points in MusicCorequisites: AAP431Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP434 MUSIC CURRICULUM STUDIES 1AA specialist extension study in curriculum for students plan-ning a career as a primary, secondary or instrumental musicspecialist in schools; materials and appropriate methods ofteaching related to music in the wider school curriculum out-side the classroom.Courses: ED55, IF77, ED19, AA93, AA94, AA95Prerequisites: 144 credit points or equivalent in MusicCredit Points: 12

■ AAP503 CLAY MATERIALSDevelop ceramic knowledge, artistic concepts and practical/technical skills; investigation of selected historical ceramic eras;understanding of the relationship between ceramics and themakers culture; development of personal imagery and design.Courses: ED22, ED26, ED50, ED51, AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP507 PAINTINGIntroducing and developing an active awareness of both his-torical and contemporary issues in painting and drawingthrough studio practice and tutorials; the skills appropriate tothe range of available media pursued in studio classes andprofessional practice.Courses: ED22, ED26, ED50, ED51, AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP509 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIAPhotographic practice in Visual Arts, with emphasis on, butnot limited to chemical black/white processes. Darkroom andcamera skills, aesthetic and conceptual aspects of photogra-phy, history of art and photography, history of art and photog-raphy, personal approaches to photographic practice. Studentsmust have access to a camera for this unit.Courses: ED22, ED26, ED50, ED51, AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAP511 PRINTMAKINGA selection of printmaking processes from the following willbe undertaken: Relief processes: raised and incised surfacesie. lino, wood, cellograph; Intaglio processes: etching anddrypoint. Monoprint; Serigraphic processes: stencils andscreenprint, including photographic stencils. Concepts in tra-ditional and contemporary printmaking will contribute to stu-dents’ production of their own art practice.Courses: ED22, ED26, ED50, ED51, AA71, IF78Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ AAX104 ARCHITECTURE OF THE BODYPrinciples governing human stability and motion; ways mus-cles work to produce dance movement; machines of the body;movement and dance injuries; alternative body therapies wilbe discussed; conditioning techniques for dancers including

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

523

stretching and strengthening. Introduction to skills essentialfor dance composition.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4.5 per week■ AAX111 REPERTOIRE & PRACTICE PERIOD 1Designated unit. Study of selected repertoire pieces; duo work;rehearsal of individual aspects of the repertoire work; per-formance of all or part of the selected repertoire; preparationfor rehearsals and performance; technique and dress rehears-als; critical evaluation during season and post-performanceevaluation.Courses: AA09, AA11 Credit Points: 12■ AAX112 REPERTOIRE & PRACTICE PERIOD 2Designated unit. Continuation of studies initiated in AAX111.Courses: AA09, AA11 Credit Points: 12

■ AAX137 DANCE TECHNIQUE 1Designated unit. The study of ballet and contemporary tech-nique within the four-tier practical Levels system. Principlesgoverning ballet technique; the practical work includes barrework, adagio, pirouettes, allegro and pointe work. Practical workfor contemporary technique includes floor work, centre workand basic combinations to develop flexibility, strength and co-ordination; vocabulary of contemporary dance techniques.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 12 per week

■ AAX138 DANCE TECHNIQUE 2Designated unit. Continuation of Dance Technique 1.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 12 per week

■ AAX139 DANCE TECHNIQUE 3Designated unit. Consolidation of Ballet technique and Con-temporary technical knowledge through the four-tier Levelssystem. Study of differing stylistic approaches; increased de-gree of difficulty in turning and jumping sequences; rapidchanges of weight and off-balance work; pointe work.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 12 per week

■ AAX140 DANCE TECHNIQUE 4Designated unit. Technique classes within the four-tier Lev-els system of advanced standard incorporating complex exer-cise combinations with rapid changes of weight, level,direction; with an emphasis on performance quality and style;pointe work.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 12 per week

■ AAX141 REPERTOIRE & PRACTICE PERIOD 3Designated unit. Continuation of studies initiated in AAX112.Courses: AA09, AA11 Credit Points: 12

■ AAX142 REPERTOIRE & PRACTICE PERIOD 4Designated unit. Continuation of studies initiated in AAX141.Courses: AA09, AA11 Credit Points: 12

■ AAX143 DANCE COMPOSITION 1Preparation and presentation of short solo and group worksusing a range of thematic and musical stimuli. Applicant ofchoreographic devises to communicate ideas with clarity. Dis-cussion of the role of technology in creating artworks.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week■ AAX144 DANCE COMPOSITION 2Practice and performance of choreographic work 8-15 min-utes long employing advanced choreographic skills in crea-tion of movement material, form and style. Collaborativepractices considered with specific focus on use of video andimage in developing context.Courses: AA09, AA11Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ADB001 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 1Introduction to design theory. Develop exercises for enhance-

ment of fundamental aesthetic perception, developmental ex-ercises in graphic/presentation skills with an emphasis on or-thographic and paraline drawing systems. The major designproject introduces students to a range of issues and provokeexploration, develop students’ comprehension of fundamen-tal spatial and formal values and to enhance sensibilities con-cerning architectural qualities.Courses: BN31, AR48Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 8 per week■ ADB002 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 2Introduction to critical design theory. Developmental exercisesin graphic/presentation skills with emphasis on model mak-ing and perspective drawing. With a focus on the contextual,the major project in this unit encourages ideas that are devel-oped out of analysis of understanding of a particular place.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB001Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 8 per week■ ADB003 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 3Design theory: physical context, landscape, social context,ethics and values. Integration of contextual studies, technol-ogy, specifically building construction and design for climate.Projects are generally of domestic scale.Prerequisites: ADB002 Corequisites: ADB013Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB004 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 4Design theory – physical context, landscape, social context,ethics and values. Integration of contextual studies and of tech-nology, specifically building construction, design for climate.Projects are generally of domestic scale.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB003Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB005 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 5Design theory, sustainability, sociological and contextual con-cerns related to particular design problems. The unit will of-ten include a ‘community service’ project, generally acollaborative, participatory design with selected communitygroups as ‘client’.Courses: BN31, AR48Prerequisites: ADB004 Corequisites: ADB913Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB006 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 6Design theory, urban sustainability, sociological and contex-tual concerns related to particular design problems.Courses: BN31, AR48Prerequisites: ADB005 Corequisites: ADB025Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB007 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 7The content of the unit is project-dependent.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB006Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week■ ADB008 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 8The content of the unit is project-dependent.Courses: AR48Prerequisites: ADB007 Corequisites: ADB026Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week■ ADB009 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 9Design projects and associated lectures and presentations rel-evant to developing the unit objectives. A high degree of reso-lution is expected in design projects in intellectualconceptualisation and strategy, spatial organisation, form, de-tail and technical understanding. Building economics, serv-ices, construction technology, theory and critical analysis willbe integrated into the unit.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB008Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week■ ADB011 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 1Theories of place and architectural regionalism, privacy, personalspace, territoriality, environmental cognition and meaning.Courses: BN31, AR48Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

524

■ ADB012 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 2This unit contains two modules: Australian Studies and theRegion examines local architecture and urban history in thecontext of European influences and its Asia-Oceanic regionalcontext; Urban Theory examines classical and contemporaryurban design theory, theories of townscape, urban space andcity form.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB011Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB013 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 3History and theories of architectural development set againsta background of wider cultural development, contemporarytheory and criticism.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB012Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB014 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 4Case studies of contemporary works of significance. Study ofthe writings of contemporary architects, critics and architec-tural theorists.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB013Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB015 CONTEXUAL STUDIES 5Case studies of contemporary works of significance. Study ofthe writings of contemporary architects, critics and architec-tural theorists.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB021 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 1A study of the properties and behaviour of common buildingmaterials and the historical development of building technolo-gies. Basic structural systems; behaviour of structures andmembers under load; application of knowledge in design ex-ercises and models.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB921Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB022 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 2Detailed consideration of domestic scale building; basic de-sign for climate; energy conservation. The implications of theprinciples of the subject on the form and fabric of buildingsare illustrated.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB021Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB023 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 3Detailed consideration of domestic scale building; design fornatural ventilation, lighting, acoustics and solar controls; im-plications of principles of the subject on the form and fabricof buildings are illustrated.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB022Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB024 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 4Building construction – an overview of construction systemsused in low to medium rise industrial and commercial build-ings. Structures – overview of structural considerations in steeland reinforced concrete structural systems.Courses: BN31, AR48 Prerequisites: ADB023Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADB025 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 5Building Construction – an overview of construction systemsused in medium to high-rise commercial buildings, includinganalysis of principles, advantages, disadvantages and detailsof such systems. Services – an integrated overview of me-dium to high-rise building services including hydraulics, light-ing, electrical services, mechanical equipment and verticaltransportation.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB024Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB026 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 6Topics include case study of building type being studied inADB007, working with engineering consultants and program-ming of work.

Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB025Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB031 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1Theory – analysis of various concepts of professionalism, char-acteristics of professions, discussion of various contemporarycritiques of architectural practice. Estimating – choice of tech-nique, accuracy, square & cube rates, cost control, feasibility,quantity surveying. Specification – role of specification.Courses: AR48Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB033 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 3Self-paced national course (BPA 2) prepared by the RoyalAustralian Institute of Architects as a Continuing Educationprogram which will attract certification from the RAIA. Thecourse will cover ethical, administrative and management is-sues in relation to architectural practice.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB932Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB051 ARCHITECTURAL RESEARCH 1Unit will provide students with an overview of research meth-odology. Students will examine the differences between vari-ous research methods and product. A number of issues will beaddressed in the elected area of research including, definitionof study area; research aims and objectives, initial proposi-tion, structuring research approach, analysis and preliminaryconclusions based on literature review.Courses: AR48Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB052 ARCHITECTURAL RESEARCH 2Students continue their studies on an approved topic com-menced in Architectural Research 1. By means of a thesispresentation the student will demonstrate his/her ability todefine and logically argue propositions, and to conduct re-search to prove its validity by means of a well constructedresearch project including critical analysis.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB051Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB053 ARCHITECTURAL PROJECTThe major project selected by students and approved by theunit coordinator, will have a focus work study that demon-strates the particular skills and interests of the individual. Thiswork should be completed to a highly developed and resolvedstandard.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ADB052Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADB061 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 1The unit will be used to increase the students’ experience inapplying theory to architectural problems. Study of materi-als; anthropometrics and ergonomics, and architectural ideasthrough drawings and models.Courses: BN31Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB062 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 2The unit will be used to increase the students’ experience inapplying theory to architectural problems. Study of materi-als, structures, and architectural ideas through drawings andmodels.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB061Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB063 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 3The unit will be used to increase the students experience inapplying theory to architectural problems, including site analy-sis, levels and contours; practical experiments in Design Sci-ence; construction detailing and documentation throughdrawings, models and computer simulation.Corequisites: ADB022Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB064 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 4This unit will be used to increase the students experience in

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

525

applying theory to architectural problems. A series of exer-cises in construction detailing and documentation.Corequisites: ADB023Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB065 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 5The unit will be used to increase the students experience inapplying theory to architectural problems. A series of exer-cises in construction detailing and documentation.Corequisites: ADB024Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB066 ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS 6The unit will be used to increase the students experience inapplying theory to architectural problems. A series of exer-cises in construction detailing and documentation.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB067 ELECTIVE ARCHITECTURALAPPLICATIONS

This unit provides an opportunity for students to develop andstrengthen areas of interest in a program of their choice, to beapproved by the course coordinator, for example: developArchitectural Research 2 program to the presentation of a dis-sertation; or enhance knowledge and skills in other subjectareas.Credit points: 12

■ ADB101 INTERIOR DESIGN 1Through exercises involving physical, historical, social andcultural constraints; person-environment analysis; and personalreflection, there is the opportunity to integrate material fromassociated units and to begin to develop a basic awareness ofa designer’s role and responsibilities.Courses: BN31Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 7 per week

■ ADB102 INTERIOR DESIGN 2Content includes: the visual and physical attributes of form;perceptual principles of organisation; person-environmentinteraction with a focus on the physical, social and temporalaspects of environment; and aesthetics and its relevance toperson-environment interaction.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB101Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 7 per week

■ ADB103 INTERIOR DESIGN 3The content covered in this unit includes: an introduction tothe theoretical constructs of person-environment interactionand modes of interaction incorporating theories from disci-plines including philosophy, psychology, social science andcultural and communication studies; other conceptual frame-works will be introduced and explored including modernism,post-modernism, feminism and pluralism; issues of design-ing incorporating site, values, activities and technology.Prerequisites: ADB102 Corequisites: ADB123Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB104 INTERIOR DESIGN 4The content covered in this unit includes: ethics and topicalsocial issues; the responsibilities of a designer in a contempo-rary context; application and development of an integrateddesign approach explicitly informed by theory, philosophy,ethics and current demands and considerations.Prerequisites: ADB103 Corequisites: ADB124Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB105 INTERIOR DESIGN 5The content covered in this unit includes: designing as prac-tice; law as it relates philosophically and conceptually to thebuilt environment and people’s relationship with the built en-vironment; the work of national and international designers:a critical approach; tools for fostering alternative ways of think-ing and imagining person-environment interaction; futuristicmaterial.Prerequisites: ADB104 Corequisites: ADB125Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB106 INTERIOR DESIGN 6The content covered in this unit includes: major aspects cov-ered in the course to date; content ientified by the student assignificant in their response to the project.Prerequisites: ADB105 Corequisites: ADB126Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB122 INTERIOR TECHNOLOGY 1Content includes: domestic building construction processesand materials; manufacturing processes and performance; in-troductory technical drawing; measurement and recording ofbuilding environments; application of recorded material. CADas a construct and its role in practice.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB921Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB123 INTERIOR TECHNOLOGY 2The content covered in this unit includes: documentation;analysis and recording of small-scale commercial interiors;building regulations and their relationship to public responsi-bility; building materials; sustainability.Prerequisites: ADB122Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB124 INTERIOR TECHNOLOGY 4The content covered in this unit includes: documentation tech-niques; sustainable design and construction; services; consult-ants, codes and standards.Prerequisites: ADB123Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB125 INTERIOR TECHNOLOGY 5The content covered in this unit includes: theoretical analysisof interior construction and materials; analysis of partitionand furniture systems; comparative analysis of building types;CAD documentation; basic estimating and quoting; introduc-tory specification writing.Prerequisites: ADB124Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB126 INTERIOR TECHNOLOGY 6The content covered in this unit includes: documentation; criti-cal investigation of interior construction processes; environ-mental system analysis; the interface with consultants, buildersand contractors. Leasing and other tenancy occupation issues.Prerequisites: ADB125Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB132 DESIGN IN SOCIETY 1Issues of the international design community will be explored.The historical framework will be reassessed in relation tochanging technology, communication, transport systems andthe advent of shifts in space and time such as virtual reality.The merging of cultures and understandings of design will becritqued in the light of its potential to influence the contem-porary and future designer. Specific attention will be given tointerior design. Other aspects involved include belief systemsand their influence on design and design practice (eg., eco-nomic rationalism, capitalism, modernism, etc).Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB133 DESIGN IN SOCIETY 2Issues to be covcered include: the current context of the con-temporary Australian interior designer; theortical perspectivesand exploration of their limitations and potential; relevant le-gal issues, ethics and professionalism.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB151 DRAWING AS COMMUNICATIONAddresses the theoretical aspects of communication gener-ally and in relation to drawing. It will focus on the relation-ship between drawing and the design processes of imagining,representing and testing and it will introduce students to vari-ous drawing techniques and media.Courses: BN31Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

526

■ ADB152 LIGHT & COLOUR STUDIESContent includes: the interdependence of light and colour; thephysical properties of colour; the psychological and culturaldimensions of colour; colour and its relationship with expres-sion and aesthetics.Courses: BN31Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADB153 MATERIAL STUDIESContent to be addressed includes: textile manufacture andapplication; interior decorative finishes; building codes andstandards relevant to material quality and performance;docmentation and specification of finishes and fittings; therelationship between design technology and material selec-tion; the role of contextual frameworks on designers’ deci-sions in regard to materials.Credit Points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB154 FURNITURE STUDIESContent to be addressed includes: a focus on visual cues, psy-chological responses and other interaction factors through anhistorical analysis of the role of furniture design; furnitureand contemporary and future trends; furniture design and docu-mentation approaches.Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB201 INTRODUCTORY IINDUSTRIALDESIGN 1

Major topics include basic design elements and principles;three-dimensional visualisation of objects; design conceptdevelopment; drawing as a design and communication tool,with an emphasis on marker rendering technicques and sketch-ing techniques; design presentation; and engineering drawingbasics.Courses: BN31 Corequisites: ADB241Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 7 per week

✮ ADB202 INTRODUCTORY INDUSTRIALDESIGN 2

Introduction to basic Industrial design elements and princi-ples, three dimensional visualisation and Industrial design,concept development of simple products, product aesthetics,drawing as a design tool and communication tool, with anemphasis on perspective sketching techniques, engineeringdrawing basics.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB 201Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 7 per week

■ ADB203 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 1The studio exercises to which most of the time is devoted areaimed at a range of different product designs. The followingtheoretical topics are associated with them: scope of problemsolving theory, special characteristics of design problems,design and application transfer, design heuristic, creativity oninnovation and general psychological theories of creativity,visual thinking and the design process, design ethics and cul-ture, and designer’s responsibilities toward the environment.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB 202Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB204 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 2The studio exercises to which most of the time is devoted willaim at a range of different product designs. The followingtheoretical topics are associated with them: methodologicalissues of design, design process and creative thinking, crea-tivity and product innovation, design ethics and culture, anddesigner’s responsibilities toward the environment. The com-plexity and depth of the design project will increase system-atically according to the semester level.Courses: BN31Prerequisites: ADB 203 Corequisites: ADB 224Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB205 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 3The studio exercises to which most of the time is devoted willaim toward design of products or systems in depth. The em-phasis is on integration of knowledge and skills acquired in

the previous semesters. The following theoretical topics areassociated with them: methodological issues of design, de-sign process and creative thinking, creativity and product in-novation, working with an industry client, interdisciplinaryteamwork, design ethics and culture, and the designer’s re-sponsibilities toward the environment.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB 204Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week■ ADB206 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 4The studio exercises aim toward design of products or sys-tems in depth. The emphasis is on integration of knowledgeand skills acquired in the previous semesters. The followingtheoretical topics are associated with them: methodologicalissues of design, design process and creative thinking, crea-tivity and product innovation, work with an industry client,interdisciplinary teamwork, design ethics and culture, anddesigner’s responsibilities toward the environment.Courses: BN31Prerequisites: ADB 205 Corequisites: ADB226, ADB236Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ADB212 ERGONOMICS FOR INDUSTRIALDESIGNERS

The principles of ergonomics and human factors as applied toindustrial design, handtool design, environmental factors,human-information processing, ergonomic methods, displayand control design, interface design, designing for safety andproduct useability.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB911Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB224 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN HISTORYTHEORY & CRITICISM 1

Pre-historical artifacts and their evolutions; innovations inAsia; arts and crafts movement; development of mass-pro-duction and its impact to the society; social and culturalchanges influenced by design; design and politics; ideologyof industrialisation.Courses: BN31 Corequisites: ADB 204Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB226 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN HISTORYTHEORY & CRITICISM 2

Product evolution; Australian inventions; contemporary de-sign; social and cultural changes influenced by design; de-sign and politics; ideology of industrialisation; the meaningof products; designers’ responsibilities toward the users andenvironment; design activity and design knowledge.Courses: BN31Prerequisites: ADB224 Corequisites: ADB206Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB232 DESIGN TECHNOLOGY & SOCIETYIntroduction to applied technologies and how they relate toindustrial design and society in general, renewable and non-renewable resources, social change and life styles, use of re-sources and ecosystems, sustainability and its relation toindustrial design, alternative technologies as related to indus-trial design; and the relationship between social and techno-logical change and industrial design.Courses: BN31Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB233 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 1Application of engineering mechanisms to products or sys-tems, analysis of the performances of mechanical, electrical,hydraulic and pneumatic mechanisms in relation to particularfunctions, modelling methods and technique for determiningthe behaviour of a system or product. Introduction to elec-tronics, plastics manufacturing techniques, the relations be-tween the properties of material and the industrial processesavailable for their fabrication. Introduction to technical docu-mentation and communication.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB 921Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

527

■ ADB234 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 2Electronics, plastic, production techniques in relation to dif-ferent materials, various methods for different finishing op-erations, various methods for forming, automatic andsemi-automatic assembly quality control methods, productioncost, field studies consist of site visits to selected manufactur-ing industries, technical documentation and communication.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB 233Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB235 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3Product analysis, product development strategies, industrialproduction economics, organisation, planning and technolo-gies required for advanced manufacturing and its impact toproduct design solutions.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB234Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB236 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 4Value analysis, technical documentation and communication.Field studies compliment the lecture series.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB235Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB241 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN APPLICATIONSIntroduction to application of basic industrial design skillsand knowledge, industrial design case studies and field stud-ies.Courses: BN31 Corequisites: ADB201Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADB244 COMPUTER AIDED INDUSTRIALDESIGN 1

Overview of the development of the use of Computer AidedIndustrial Design by industrial designers in the design proc-ess, application of CAID to 3D solid modelling concepts, 3Dspatial relationships, design documentation, 3D model to 2Dengineering drawings, development of skills in the use ofComputer Aided Industrial Design (CAID) for evaluating,documenting and presenting design proposals through com-puter rendered and animated images.Courses: BN31Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB245 COMPUTER AIDED INDUSTRIALDESIGN 2

Introduction to 3D surface modelling concepts for complexform development and documentation, introduction to NURBSbased surface modelling, case studies on CAID as applied toindustrial design, application of complex 3D Surface model-ling techniques, as applied to design form evaluations and formrefinement using rapid prototyping, further development ofshading techniques, advanced animation, design documenta-tion.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB244Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB795 PRACTICE EXPERIENCE AThe practice experience partnership with the architectural pro-fession will enable the students to increase their skills in thepractical application of theory in “real life” architectural projects.Courses: AR48 Credit points: 36

■ ADB796 PRACTICE EXPERIENCE BUnder the practice experience partnership with the architec-tural profession the advanced student will progressively be-come an understudy of the architect and be exposed to allaspects of the profession.Courses: AR48 Credit points: 60

■ ADB911 HUMAN ENVIRONMENT 1Contemporary environmental issues: global warming, popu-lation explosion, pollution, energy conservation, sustainability;anthropometrics and statistics, basic ergonomic principles,requirements of special needs groups.Courses: BN31, AR48 Corequisites: ADB101, ADB921Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADB912 HUMAN ENVIRONMENT 2The unit focuses on the following: psycho-social issues andprivacy, perception, personal space, territoriality, cognition,way finding and cultural diversity.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB911Corequisites: ADB013 (Arch), ADB123 (IntDes)Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB913 HUMAN ENVIRONMENT 3Theories of cultural development and social change; consid-eration of the role of designed artifacts in those processes;political and social theories pertaining to design and develop-ment of the built environment; contemporary theories of post-industrialism, post-colonialism and multiculturalism;implications for design for the built environment; the rolesand responsibilities of design professionals, historically andin contemporary society.Courses: BN31 Prerequisites: ADB912Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB921 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGYIntroduction to physical principles relevant to the built envi-ronment design disciplines, including mechanics, statics, elec-tricity, fluids, light and colour, heat and sound; basic chemicalproperties of materials; mathematics as related to the designdisciplines; discipline applications.Courses: BN31, AR48 Corequisites: ADB911, ADB101Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADB931 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY, THEORY

& CRITICISMContent will be presented thematically and illustrated withcase studies from a range of different times and periods andcultures (Europe, Asia, Americas, Islamic) to illustrate thepresence of particular ideas. Themes will include geometry,the body, space, proportion, the history of use, the history ofinnovation, the history of the designer in society. Introductionto Professional Writing.Courses: BN31, AR48Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB932 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 2Unit offers a self-paced national course (BPA 1) prepared bythe RAIA as a basis for the formal examination for registra-tion as an Architect. Covers the context of profession, profes-sional ethics, and the range of professional services fromengagement to completion of a project. Completion of coursewill attract RAIA certification.Courses: AR48Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADB941 ELECTIVE 1The student will choose Elective units to extend and expandan area of knowledge or experience to develop in depth a par-ticular professional expertise. These units may be drawn froman existing range of units available within the School. Theelectives are to be approved by the course coordinator.Courses: BN31Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB942 ELECTIVE 2The student will choose Elective units to extend and expandan area of knowledge or experience to develop in depth a par-ticular professional expertise. These units may be drawn froman existing range of units available within the school, facultyor University. The electives are to be approved by the coursecoordinator.Courses: BN31Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADB943 ELECTIVE 3Elective units chosen will extend and expand an area of knowl-edge or experience to develop in depth a particular profes-sional expertise. Units may be drawn from an existing rangeof units available within the University and must be approvedby the course coordinator.Courses: BN31, AR48Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

528

■ ADB944 ELECTIVE 4Elective units chosen will extend and expand an area of knowl-edge or experience to develop in depth a particular profes-sional expertise. Units may be drawn from an existing rangeof units available within the University and must be approvedby the course coordinator.Courses: BN31, AR48Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADP107 INTERIOR DESIGN 7This unit provides students with the opportunity to pursue atopic of personal and professional relevance in consultationwith staff. The topic will form the focus of a major design/research project incorporating this unit and ADB108. The unitcovers topic identification, qualification and substantiation,context exploration and consolidation.Courses: AR62Prerequisites: ADB106 Corequisites: ADP161Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADP108 INTERIOR DESIGN 8This unit provides students with the opportunity to developan in-depth understanding of an area of interior design of per-sonal and professional relevance in consultation with staff.The unit covers project development and the exploration ofassociated issues.Courses: AR62Prerequisites: ADB107 Corequisites: ADP162Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week■ ADP114 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1This unit addresses the interior design profession, its organi-sation and theoretical and practical relationship with otherprofessions and disciplines; professionalism incorporatingethics, industry product safety standards and continuing edu-cation; specific responsibilities involving brief developmentand post-occupancy evaluation.Courses: AR62 Prerequisites: ADB913, ADP106Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADP155 INTERIOR AS A CONSTRUCT 1Designers require a deep conceptual understanding of the rela-tionship between artefact and culture and they need a vehiclefor supporting this development. The focus in this unit is on theconservation of historic interiors and includes: historic interiorexemplars; social and cultural identity; conservation; preserva-tion and restoration; and relevant charters and policies.Courses: AR62Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADP156 INTERIOR AS A CONSTRUCT 2In this unit, stage design will be used as a frame-of-referencefor exploring various aspects of person-environment interac-tion such as play and imagining. In addition, the unit providesa basis for exploring notions of temporary, transitory spaceand virtual reality.Courses: AR62 Prerequisites: ADP155Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADP161 INTERIOR RESEARCH 1This unit provides methodological support for the majorproject in ADP107. It covers empirical research with an em-phasis on qualitative research relevant to person-environmentinteraction; research rigour incorporating attention to valid-ity, reliability and generalisation; advanced information re-trieval; literature searching and review.Courses: AR62 Prerequisites: ADB106 or equivalentCorequisites: ADP107Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADP162 INTERIOR RESEARCH 2This unit provides methodological support for the majorproject in ADP108. The ability to undertake empirical researchis considered an integral aspect of responsible designing. Theunit content covers data collection, analysis and reporting.Courses: AR62 Prerequisites: ADB107 or equivalentCorequisites: ADP108Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADP207 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 5The studio exercises to which most of the time is devoted willaim toward design of products or systems in depth. The em-phasis is on integration of knowledge and skills acquired inthe previous semesters. The following theoretical topics areassociated with them: design process and creative thinking:applied research, creativity and product innovation, work witha client, multidisciplinary teamwork, product integration anddevelopment, design ethics and culture, and designer’s respon-sibilities toward the environment.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADP217 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE &MANAGEMENT

The role of professional practice management; managementof design projects; type of contracts, design documentation;role of design administration; liability; design law; intellec-tual property; designer-client relationships.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADP218 ADVANCED ERGONOMICSBasics of cognitive ergonomics, product useability evaluationmethods and their applications, case studies.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week■ ADP247 ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED

INDUSTRIAL DESIGNIntroduction to parametric based modelling, introduction tohybrid based modelling, application of rapid prototyping andrapid tooling to the design process, application of concurrentengineering to the design process.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ADP267 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN RESEARCH 1The unit consists of the applied research topic selected by astudent approved and supervised by the industrial design staff.External specialists may be involved as requires.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week

■ ADP268 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN RESEARCH 2AThis unit depends on the topic selected by a student in theprevious semester. Students are responsible for the programas a part of their project work, which will be approved andsupervised by the industrial design staff.Courses: AR61Prerequisites: ADP207, ADP267 Corequisites: ADP 269Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADP269 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN RESEARCH 2BThis unit depends on the topic selected by a student in theprevious semester. Students are responsible for the programas a part of their project work, which will be approved andsupervised by the industrial design staff.Courses: AR61Prerequisites: ADP207, ADP267 Corequisites: ADP268Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADP932 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 2Unit offers a self-paced national course (BPA 1) prepared bythe RAIA as a basis for the formal examination for registra-tion as an Architect. Covers the context of profession, profes-sional ethics, and the range of professional services fromengagement to completion of a project. Completion of coursewill attract RAIA certification.Courses: AR62 Prerequisites: ADP114Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week

■ ADP943 ELECTIVE 3The student will choose Elective units to extend and expandan area of knowledge or experience to develop in depth a par-ticular professional expertise. These units may be drawn froman existing range of units available within the Faculty and

UN

IT S

YN

OP

SE

S

529

University. The electives are to be approved by the coursecoordinator.Courses: AR61Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ARB007 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 7Design projects used to develop theory, critical analysis andissues of architectural quality. Integration of design science,construction, building services, codes and standards. Projectsinclude buildings and building groups of medium to large scale.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB006Credit points: 24 (12 per semester)Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ARB017 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 7Architectural development in the Far East, Southeast Asia,the Pacific and South America. Planning of settlements, in-digenous architecture, materials, techniques and construction,social, cultural and other influences, modernisation, currentarchitectural issues. Theory and methods of critical analysis,critical appraisal of major works and architects, study of ideasand aesthetics.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB016Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB018 CONTEXTUAL STUDIES 8Contemporary theories of design and aesthetics; ethics in ar-chitectural practice, current issues in architecture, changingroles and attitudes, trends and opportunities.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB017Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week■ ARB027 TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE 7Complex constructionsystems, specialised structures, integra-tion of complex services, tall buildings. Case studies of spe-cial aspects of architecture technology.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB026Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB031 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1Building codes and regulations applied in studio exercises.Estimating, cost control, feasibility, computer software forbusiness. Specifications: role, techniques, practical exercises.Courses: AR48 Credit points: 16 (8 per semester)Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ARB032 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 2Practice management, setting up a practice, office systems,marketing. Building economics, finance, cost control, riskmanagement, QA. Building procurement systems. Profes-sional practice, ethics, services, liability, the building contractand contract administration.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB031Credit points: 16 (8 per semester)Contact hours: 3 per week

■ ARB033 PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 3Standard contracts and contract administration. Issues in theprofession, changing roles, new legislation.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB032Credit points: 16 (8 per semester)Contact hours: 2 per week■ ARB043 ELECTIVE 3Elective unit drawn from an existing range of units availablewithin the Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering oranother faculty at QUT, and approved by the course coordi-nator.Courses: BN31Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week■ ARB044 ELECTIVE 4Elective unit drawn from an existing range of units availablewithin the Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering oranother faculty at QUT, and approved by the course coordi-nator.Courses: BN31Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB045 ELECTIVE AElective unit drawn from a range presented by the school,available within the faculty, elsewhere at QUT or external unitssubject to approval.Courses: AR48Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB046 ELECTIVE BElective unit drawn from a range presented by the school,available within the faculty, elsewhere at QUT or external unitssubject to approval.Courses: AR48Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB047 ELECTIVE CElective unit drawn from a range available within the faculty,subject to approval.Courses: AR48Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB051 RESEARCH METHODSAn overview of research methodology, examination of differ-ences between research methods and products. Students willundertake a short, directed research project.Courses: AR48Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB052 ARCHITECTURAL RESEARCH 1The establishment of appropriate research methods and theirdevelopment into a study proposal for an approved electedresearch topic. Establishment of objectives, delineation of ar-eas, structuring research program, reading sources, analysisand preliminary conclusions, individual proposals.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB051Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week

■ ARB053 ARCHITECTURAL RESEARCH 2Continued development of approved research topic com-menced in ARB052. Definition and analysis of propositions,validation by research. Research submission.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB052Credit points: 24 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ARB054 ARCHITECTURAL PROJECTA major project selected by the student and approved by thecourse coordinator. By the end of the semester the studentshould demonstrate through the project the course objectives,expressed as values and attitudes, knowledge and skills.Courses: AR48 Prerequisites: ARB053Credit points: 24 Contact hours: 6 per week

■ ARB081 HISTORY, THEORY & CRITICISM OFURBAN DESIGN

Analysis of urban forms and systems in pre-industrial, indus-trial and post-industrial periods. History topics include urbanactivities, urban culture and diversity, urban services and ur-ban form. Addresses concepts of “good theory” of urban de-sign in relation to the work of a number of theoretical writersand schools. Theoretical topics include the “kunstlerichsenGrundsatzen” of Camillo Sitte, the Garden City movement,Le Corbusier and modernism, counter-modern influences ofthe townscape movement, Jane Jacobs, Kevin Lynch and Re-sponsive Environments approaches, Christopher Alexander,Rapoport, phenomen-ological approaches, and recent move-ments such as “the new urbanism”.Credit points: 12

■ ARB082 URBAN DESIGN STUDIO BIdentification and classification of approaches to urban de-sign, the setting of objectives, urban design rationales, theadoption of a method and the testing of implications for aparticular urban design problem type. This unit will typicallyinvolve a theory based preparation of an urban design pro-posal for an urban/suburban/town area, and/or an urban de-sign issue. Where applicable, work in other units of study willbe incorporated into this unit. The 24cp allows focus, depth

Documents

QUT Handbook 2001 · 2016. 4. 22. · 2001 HANDBOOK Queensland University of Technology . INDEX OF COURSES 2001 Queensland University of Technology HANDBOOK . Gardens Point campus